Skip to main content

Full text of "Finding List of the Books in Science"

See other formats


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http : //books . google . com/| 

y/m m PROPEJITY OF jm 



1 8' 7 




Virginia State Library 

(btued Quarteriy) 


Volame 4. Nos. 2. 3 and 4. 



State Library Board of Virginia 

Armistead C. Gordon, Chairman StaunUm, Va. 

John W. Rflhbume CharloUestnUe, Va. 

Theodore 8. Gamett Norfolk, Va. 

8. 8. P. Patteeon Richmond, Va. 

Edmund Pendleton Richmond, Va. 

H. R. McILWAINE, Librarian 
ETc^fficio Secretary of the Board. 

State Library Staff 

H. R. Mcllwaine LSbroarian 

Earl G. Swem A^bL Librarian 

Mrs. K. P. Minor Rrfertnce Librarian 

H. J. Eckenrode Arckivitt 

G. C. Moedey In charge of Traveling Libraries 

Mias E. B. Martin In charge of Periodicals 

W. F. Lewis Cataloger 

Miss Ethel I. Nolin Asst. Cataloger 

MifiB Roee Goodc Stenographer 

Miss Virginia Jones Stenographer 

John D. Snyder Janitor 

D. M. Petticrew Asst. Janitor 





Science (General) 79 

Mathematics 116 

Astronomy. Geodesy 121 

Physios 124 

Meteorology 127 

Weights and Measures 131 

Chemistry 132 

Geology. (General) 133 

U. S. Geological Surveys hefore 1879 134 

U. S. Geological Survey 138 

State Geological Surveys 160 

Geology of Virginia 178 

Geologry. (Countries other than North America) 186 

Mineralogy 186 

Dynamic and Structural Geology 187 

Stratlgraphlc Geology 188 

Natural History 189 

General Biology 181 

Evolution. Origin of Species 193 

Microscope 194 

Botany • 19^ 

Zoology 200 

Insects 205 

Birds 207 

Human anatomy 209 

Physiology 209 

Bacteriology 211 


General Medicine 211 

State Medicine. Hygiene 214 

Personal Hygiene 22l 

Medical Geography and Climatology 221 

CONTENTS — Continued. 

Hospitals 222 

Medical Jurisprudence 222 

Pathology 223 

Practice of Medicine 224 

Diseases due to Specific Infection 225 

Tuberculosis 227 

Diseaaes of the Nervous System, including Insanity 228 

Surgery 231 

Diseases of Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat 233 

Gynecology and Obstetrics 233 

Diseases and Hygiene of Children 234 

Dermatology 234 

Therapeutics 234 

Dentistry 235 

Pharmacy and Materia Medica 235 

Homeopathy. Osteopathy 236 


Agriculture. (Periodicals. Societies. Documents.) 236 

Agriculture. (General Work, Handbooks, History.) 254 

Agricultural Education. (Including Agricultural Exhibitions). 260 

Agricultural Chemistry 261 

Soils , . 266 

Fertilizers and Improvement of the Soil 268 

Farm Machinery 270 

General Plant Culture and Horticulture 270 

Flowers and Flower Culture. Gardens. Landscape Gardening. 

Parks 282 

Pests and Diseases 283 

Forestry '287 

Animal culture 292 

Cattle. Dairying 293 

Horses 295 

Sheep 296 

Swine 297 

Pets 297 

Poultry 298 

Bees 298 

Silk and Silk Culture 298 

Veterinary Medicine and Surgery 299 

Fish Culture and Fisheries. Angling. Oysters 306 

Hunting Sports. Game Protection 308 

CONTENTS — Continued. 



Technology. (General) 310 

Technical Education 311 

Patents 313 

National and International Expositions 314 

Engineering 319 

Suryeying 322 

Harhors. Lighthouses 323 

River, Lake and Water Supply Engineering 323 

Canals and Inland Navigation 326 

Isthmian Canal Projects 327 

Irrigation. Drainage 329 

Sanitary and Municipal Engineering 330 

Roads and Pavements 3S1 

Railroad Engineering and Operation 337 

Bridge and Roof Engineering 338 

Building. (Including Heating. Ventilation, Lighting. Plumbing). 330 

Fire Protection and Prevention 340 

Mechanical Engineering and Machinery 340 

Electrical Engineering and Industries 343 

Aeronautics 344 

Mineral Industries 345 

Metallurgy. Special Metals 349 

Chemical Technology 350 

Manufactures 353 

Precious Stones. Gems 354 

Mechanic Trades. Miscellaneous Arts and Crafts 354 

Domestic Science 355 

Military Science. 

Miliury Science. (General) 356 

Military Education 859 

Armies 860 

Administration 862 

Maintenance and Transportation 865 

Infantry 365 

Cavalry ' 366 

Artillery 866 

Military Engineering 368 

Medical and Sanitary Service 869 

• * 

CONTENTS — Continued. 

Naval Science. 

Naval Science. (General) 369 

Naval Education 370 

War Vessels 371 

Naval Organization and Distribution. Situation 371 

Naval Administration 372 

Naval Ordnance 373 

Minor Service of Navies 373 

Navigation. Merchant Marine. Shipping 374 

Naval Architecture. Shipbuilding. Marine Engineering 376 





Issued Quarterly. 

Vol. 4 

APRIL, JULY, OCTOBER, 1911 Nos. 2, 3 & 4 



This Finding list is a condensed catalogue of the books in the classes of Mathe- 
matics, Astronomy, Physics, Chemistry, Geoio^, Natural Histonr, Botany, Zoology, 
Human Anatomy, Physiolo^, Bacteriology. Medicine, State ^le<iicine, Pathology, 
Surg2Ty, Therapeutics, Agriculture, General Plant Cidture and Horticulture, For- 
estry. Animal Chilture, Fish Culture and Fisheries, Hunting Sports, Civil Engineering, 
Canajs. Roads. Railroad Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, E.ectrical Engpuieer- 
ing, Mining Engineering, Cnemical Technology, Manufactures, Mechanic Trades, 
Domestic Science, Militcuy Science, and Naval Science, in the Virginia State Library. 
The titles are arranged alphabetically under a few leading subject headings. In the 
index at tha end of the Fmding list, the names of authors, editors, translators, and 
the subject words of .the titles are arranged in one alphabet. 

SoctetleB. Periodicals. Collectioiis. Collected Works. 

^American Joumal of science. Library 
hall 1820-1875, 1897. 1 

American philosophical society. 

Transactions. Library has v. 1-4. 
n. 0. 1818-1834. a 


Historical and literary commit- 
tee. Transactions. . . . Library 
has T. 1, 1819. Qll A5. 8 

Heckewelder, J. G. E. An account 
of the history, manners and customs 
of the Indian nations ... p. 3-348. 
Correspondence between Hecke- 
welder a|id Duponceau respecting 
the languages of the American In- 
dians, p. 351-448. Words, phrases 
and short dialogues in the language 
of the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware 
Indians, p. 451-464. 4 

Anderson^ James. Recreationa in 
agriculture, natural history, arts. 

and miscellaneous literature. 1799- 
1803. 6 y. Library has 1st ser., 
V. 1-4; 2d ser., y. 1, 2. Q162 A54. 



inal record of science and indus- 
try for 1871 [-1878.] Edited by 
Spencer F. Baird, with the assist- 
ance of eminent men of science. 

872-1879. 8 y. Q9 A4. t 

Ayebory], John Labbock, let baron. 
Scientific lectures. 1879. Q171 A97. 


Barnard, F. A. P. The recent pro- 
gress of science, with an examina- 
tion of the asserted identity of the 
mental powere with physical forces. 
1869. Q171 B25. S 

Brard, C. P. Dictionnalre nsuel de 
chlmie de physique, et d'histoire 
naturelle. 1855. Q123 B84. 



80 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Britlah Aflsodjitioii for the adTttnce^ 
ment of scfence. Report of the 
first and eecond meetings ... at 
York in 1831, and at Oxford in 
1832: including its proceedings, 
recommendations, and transactions. 
1833. Q41 B86. 10 

Bachanaii, W. M. The dictionary 61 
Bcience and techi^eal terms used in 
philosophy, literature, professions, 
commerce, arts and trades. With 
supplement, ed. by J. A. Smith. 
1884. Q123 G91 Ref. 11 

Bulletin ,des sciences mathdmatlques, 
astronomiques, physiques et chim- 
Iques. Premidre section .^u Bulletin 
uniTersel des sciences iet de Tin- 
dustrie, publid sous la direction de 
M. le Baron de Fdrussac. . . 1824- 
31. 16 y. Q2 B9. 12 

Bulletin des sciences naturelles et de 
gdologle. Deuzidme section du 
Bulletin universel des sciences et de 
rindustrie, pubUd sous la direo- 
tion de M. le Baron de Fdrussac. 
1824-31. 27 y. Q2 B92. 18 

Colorado. State historical and na;t* 
ura.1 history society. Report. Li- 
brary has 1908. Qll 07. 14 

Connecticat. Academy of arts and 
sciences. Transactions, y. 1-11, 
1886-1902. Qll 08. 16 

y. 6, pt 1, and y. 6, 7, pt. 2, and 
y. 10 wanting. 

Draper, J, W. ScientiflKs memoirs; 
being experimental contributions 
to a knowledge of radiant energy. 
1878. Q113 D7. 16 

^Tear-book of naiture and popu- 
lar science for 1872 1873. Q9 
D76. 17 

Bstes, Bsna. Half-hour recreations 
In popular science. First series. 
[1874.] Q171 B79. 18 

Ferguson, James. Lectures on select 
subjects in mechanics, hydrostatics, 
pneumatics, optics and astronomy. 
A new and improyed ed. adapted 
to the present sta/te of science. 
1826. Q157 F36. 10 

Fisher, A. B. (B) The fidry-land or 
science. By Arabella B. Buckley. 
1882. Q163 F51. 

-A short history' of natural scl« 
rence and of the progress of discoy- 
ery from the time of t^e Greeks to 
the present day, for the use of 
schools and young persons, by Ara* 
bella B. Buckley. 1881. Q125 F53. 



Hseckel, E. H. P. A. Freedom In 

science and teaching. 1879. ''Q171 

. Hll. 

Helmholtz, H. L. F. yon. Popular 
lectures on scientific subjects. Tr. 
by E. Atkinson. 1873. Qi71 H49. 


I. On the relation of natural sci- 
ence to science in general. — ^11. On 
Ooethe's scientific researches. — III. 
On the physiological causes of har- 
mony in music. — IV. Ice and gla- 
ciers. — ^V. On the Interaction of the 
natural forces. — ^VI. The recent pro- 
gress of the theory of vision. — ^VII. 
On the conservation of force. — ^VIII. 
On the aim and progress of physical 

' Same. 2d serieB. 1881. Q171 

H62. 24 

Gttstav Magnus: in memoriam.— 
On the origin and significance of 
geometrical axioms. — On the rela- 
tion of optics to painting.^-On the 
origin of the planetary system. — On 
thought in medicine. — On academic^ 
freedom in Qerman universitlea 

Herschel, Sir J. F. W. Familiar lec- 
tures on scientific subjects. 1874. 
Q171 H56. SS 

About volcanos and earthquakea 
— ^The sun. — On , comets. — ^The 
feather and weather prophets.—- 
Celestial measurlngs and weighings. 
— On light: pt. 1. Refiexion, refrac- 
tion, dispersion, colour, absorption* 
pt. ii. Theories of light interfer- 
ences, diffraction, pt. ill. Double re- 
fraction, polarization. — On sensorial 
vision. — ^The yard, the pendulum, 
and the metre. — On atoms. A dia- 
logue.— On the origin of force. — -On 
the absorption of light by coloured 
media, viewed in connexion with the 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


undulatory theory. — On the eatima^ 
tlon of skill in target shooting. 

-A prelimixuiry discourse on the 

study of natural philosophy. Q171 

Humboldt, Alexander, freiherr yon. 
Cosmos: a sketch of a physical de- 
scription of the universe. Tr. from 
the Qerman by E. C. Ott6. 1860- 
61. 3 Y. Q158 H91. 27 

— Same. 5 v. 1849-1868. /. 2-5 
wanting . Q158 H92. 28 

-Views of nature: or. Contempla- 

tions on the sublime phenomena of 
creation; with eclentific lUustra- 
tione. Tr. from the German by B. 
C. Ott4 and H. G. Bohn. 1850. 
Q171 H862. 29 

Steppes and deserts. — Cataracts of 
the Orinoco. — Nocturnal life of ani- 
mals in the primeval foresta — Ideas 
for a physiognomy of plants. — On 
the structure and mode of action of 
volcanos in different parts of the 
earth. — ^Vltal force, or The Rhodlan 
geniua — The plateau of Caxamarca, 
the ancient capital of the Inca 
Atahuallpa, and first view of the 
Pacific from the ridge of the Andes. 

-Aspects of nature, in different 

lands and different climates; with 
scientific elucidations. Tr. by Mrs. 
Sabine. 1849. Ql71 H866. 80 

Hiimb<4dt library. Library has nos. 

1-44, 46-72, 14-76, 78, 79, 81-93, 

y* 95-110. 81 


AOen, Grant. The evolutionist at 
large, no. 26 Sa* 

Force and energy; a theory 

of dsniamlca no. 106. 83 

^Vignettes from nature, no. 

38. 34 

Avebury, J. Lubbock, 1st baron. 
The pleasures of life. no. 97. 85 

Bagehott Walter. Physics and 
politics: an application of the prin- 
ciples of natural selection and he- 
redity to political society. 1880. 
no. 3. 86 

Bain, Alexander. Mind and 
body: the theories of their relation, 
no. 13. 87 

BaUcwin, F. P. Minute organisms, 
no. 84. p. 36-49. 88 

Ball, Benjamin. The morphine 
habit. With four lectures on The 
border-land of insanity; Cerebral 
duailsfm; Prolonged dreams; Insan- 
ity in twins, no. 87. 89 
Bates, H. W. The naturalist on 
the River Amazon. A record of 
adventures, habits of animals, 
sketches of Brazilian and Indian 
life and aspects of nature under 
the equator, during eleven years of 
travel. 1880. nos. 11, 12. 40 
Blrkbeck, W. L. Historical sketch 
of the distribution of land in Eng- 
land, no. 78. 41 
Black, W. X. Ultimate finance: a 
true theory of co-operation. [Part 
1.] no. 102. 42 
^Ultimate finance; a true the- 
ory of wealth. Part 2. no. 107. 48 
Blasema, Pietro. The theory of 
sound in its relation to music. 1880. 
no. 10.. 44 
Bleyer, J. M. Scientific methods 
of capital punishment, no. 93. 45 
Brown, Robert. Birds of passage, 
no. 99, p. 11-24. 46 
Calrd« John. Oriental religions. 
1882. no. 35. 47 
Carr, N. T. The sun: its constitu- 
tion; its phenomena; its condition. 
[1883] no. 49. 48 
Chishohn, G. G. The glow-worm 
and other phosphorescent animals, 
no. 84, p. 23-36. 40 

Snow. no. 99, p. 24-36. 60 

GUfford, W. K. Conditions of 
mental development, and other es- 
says. 1886. no. 65. 51 

Cosmic emotion; also the 

teaching of science, no. 98. 52 

The philosophy of the pure 

sciences, no. 86, p. 12-49. 58 
The scientific basis of mor- 
als, and other essays, viz.: right 
and wrong; the ethics of belief; the 
ethics of religion. 1884. no. 65. 54 

Seeing and thinking, no. 22. 


^The unseen universe, no. 86. 


^Virchow on the teaching of 

science, no. 98, p. 16-30. 57 

Clodd, Sdward. The birth and 

growth of myth. 1884. no. 54. 58. 

^The childhood of religions: 

embracing a simple account of the 
birth and growth of myths and 
legends. 1883. no. 47. 59 

^The childhood of the world; 

a simple account of man in early 
times. 1884. no. 60. 80 

^The story of creation. A plain 

account of evolution, no. 110. 61 
Dallas, James. Caves, no. 99, p. 

82 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

man, and selection In relation to 
86-60. 69 

Dallas, W. 8. Dragon-flies, no. 84. 
p. 12-23. 63 

^Bats. no. 84, p. 1-12. 64 

Darwin, C. It!Vi The descent of 
sex. nos. 74, 76^76. 65 

^The formation of vegetable 

mould, throuflTh the action of worms; 
with observations on their habits, 
no. 92. 66 

^The origin of species by 

means of natural selection. In two 
parts. 1884. nos. 68, 69. .^7 

Dajrwln and Humboldt; their 
lives and work. [Essasrs by T. H. 
Huxley, O. J. Romanes, Archibald 
Oeike, W. T. Thiselton Dyer, Louis 
A^LSsiz, FYederick H. Hedge.] 1888. 
no. 43. 68 

Dmmmond, Henry. Tropical Af- 
rica, no. 104. 69 

Fisher, Jose|A. The history of 
landholding in England. 1881. no. 
27. 70 

nammarlon» OMnille. The won- 
ders of the heavens, 1880. no. 14. 


Flower, W. H. Fashion in de- 
formity, as illustrated in the cus- 
toms of barbarous and civiliaed 
racea To which is added: Manners 
and fashion. By Herbert Spencer. 

1882. no. 28. 72 
Fowler, Tbonum. Progressive mo- 
rally: an essay in ethics. 1884. no. 
63. 78 

Gardiner, John. Longevity: the 
means of prolonging life after mid- 
dle age. 1880. no. 16. 74 

Geikle, Sir Archibald. Geological 
sketches at home and abroad. In 
two parts. 1882. nos. 88, 39. 76 

Haeckel, EX H. P. A. Freedom 
in science and teaching, no. 106. 


Hecker, J. F. K. The black death: 
an account of the deadly pestilence 
of the fourteenth century. Tr. by 
B. G. Babington. 1886. no. 67. 77. 

^The dancing mania of the 

middle ages, by J. F. C. Hecker. Tr. 
by B. G. Babington. no. 72. 78 

Helmholtz, H. li. F. von. Popular 
* scientific lectures, vis.: on the re- 
lation of optics to painting; on the 
origin of the planetary system; on 
thought in medicine; on academic 
freedom in German universities, 
no. 24. 79 

Hlnton, James* L4fe in nature. 

1883. no. 48. 80 
Huxley, T. H. Animal automat- 
Ism, and other essays. 1884. no. 68. 


-The coming of age of "The 
origin of species.'* no. 89. p. 40-46. 


-A half -century of science, no. 

-Lectures on evolution: with 
an appendix on the study of biology. 
1882*. no. 86. 86 

On the physical basis of life. 

With other essays, vis.: the soien- 
tlflo aspects of positivism; a piece 
of chalk; geological contempora- 
neity; a liberal education. 1881. 
no. 21. 85 

Evidence as to man's place 

In nature. 1880. no. 4. 86 

On the origin of species; or. 
The causes of the phenomena of 
organic nature. A course of six lec- 
tures. 1880. no. 16. 87 

^Technical education, and 

other essays. 1886. no. 66. 88 

Jevons, W. S. Money and the 
mechanism of exchange. 1883. nos. 
60, 61. 89 

Keary, C. F. The dawn of his- 
tory: an introduction to pre-his- 
toric study. 1883. no. 44. INI 

Klngaiey, Chariea. Town geology. 
1880. no. 6. 91 

Ijanrte, 8. S. The rise of univer- 
sities, no. 91. 98 

liowe, F. R. B. Flame, no. 99, p. 
1-11. 98 

Maroel, O. The study of lan- 
guages brought back to its true 
principlea 1880. no. 8. 98 

Miller, TU K. The romance of 
astronomy, no. 20. 98 

Plcton, J. A. The essential na- 
ture of religion, no. 86. 97 

^The mystery of matter [also] 

The philosophy of ignorance, no. 
81. 98 

Pollock, Sir Frederick. The his- 
tory of the science of politics. 
[1883.] 99 

Proctor, R. A. Familiar essa3r8 on 
scientific subjects, viz.: oxygen in 
the sun; sun-spot; storm, and 
famine; new ways of measuring 
the sun's distance; drifting light- 
waves; the new star which faded 
into star- mist; star-grouping, star- 
drift, and star-mist no. 19. 100 

Hereditary traits, and other 

essays. 1882. no. 82. 101 

Illusions of the senses: and 

other essays, no. 82. 109 

^Light science for leisure 

hours. A serl^ of familiar essays on 
scientific subjects, natural phenom- 
ena, etc. 1879. no. 1. 108 

IdUscellaneous essays, 1884. 

no. 61. 104 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


-Notes on earthquakes; with 

thirteen miscellaneous essays, no. 
90. 106 

Rawlinson, George^ The ori«ri|| 
of nations. In two parts: On early 
civilization. On ethnic afflnitles, etc. 
1881. no. 26. 106 

^The relisrions of theiancient 

world. 1884. no. 62. 107 

Bibot, T. A. The diseases of mem- 
ory. Tr. by J. Fitzgerald. 1880. no. 
48. 108 

^The diseases of the will. 1884. 

no. 52. 109 

-The diseases of personality. 

Tr. by J. Fitzgerald. 1887. no. 95. 


Romanes, G. J. The scientific 
evidence of organic evolution. 1888. 
no. 40. Ill 

Sdraltze, Frits. Fetichism: a con- 
tribution to anthropology and the 
liistory of religion. Tr. by J. Fits- 
fferald. 1885. no. 69. 112 

Spencer, Herbert. The data of 
ethics. 1880. no. 9. 118 

^Education: intellectual, moral 

and phsrsical. 1880. no. 5. 114 

Essays speculative and prac- 

tlcaL 1885. no. 70. 115 

^The genesis of science, no. 89. 


^Progress: its law and cause; 

with other disquisitions, viz.: the 
physiology of laughter: origin and 
function of music; the social or- 
ganism — ^use and beauty; the use 
of anthropomorphism. 1882. no. 17. 


^Three essays, viz.: laws, and 

the order of their discovery; origin 
of animal worship; and political fe- 
tichism. 1886. no. 68. 118 

The philosophy of style. To 

which is added The mother tongue, 
by Alexander Bain. [1882] no. 34. 


Stewait, Balfonr. The conserva- 
tion of energy. With an appendix 
by Prof. A. Bain, on The correla- 
tion of nervous and mental forces. 
1881. no. 7. 120 

Sony, James. Aesthetics; dreams; 
and association of ideas. By James 
Sully and O. C. Robertson, no. 101. 


^Illusions: a psychological 

study. 1884. nos. 56, 57. 122 

llteylor, Sedley. Profit-sharing be- 
tween capital andjiabor. Six essays, 
no. 88. 128 

Trench, R. C. English past and 
present, nos. 108, 109. 124 

On the study of words. 1882. 

nos. 80, 81. 126 

^&r'-:.-'^ ■■'■■■- 

TyndaU, John. Liessons in elec- 
tricity: to which is added an ele- 
mentary lecture on magnetism. 1881. 
no. 18. 126 

^The forms of water in clouds 

and rivers, Iceland glaciers. 1880. 
no. 2. 127 

Six lectures on light. 1882. no. 

87. 128 

WAlnwrlgl&t» SamneL Scientific 
sophisms. A review of current the- 
ories concerning atoms, apes, and 
men. 1881. no. 23. 128 

WaUace, A. R. The distribution 
of life, animal and vegetable, in 
space and time. By A. R. 'Wbllace 
and W. T. Thiselton I>yer. 1885. 
no. 64. 180 

Williams, W. M. Current discus- 
sions in science. 1883. no. 41. 181. 

Scientific aspects of some fa- 
miliar things, no. 79. 182 

Wilson, Andrew. Facts and fic- 
tions of zoology. 1882. no. 29. 188 

Science and crime, and other 

essays, viz.: The earliest known life- 
relic; About kangaroos; On giants; 
The polity of a pond; Skates and 
rays: Leaves, no. 88. 184 

Science and poetry, and other 

I. no. 100. 185 

Wilson, DanteL Anthropology. 
With an appendix on arcliaeology, 
by E. B. Tylor. no. 71. 186 

Hntton, Charles, A philosophical 
and mathematical dictionary. A 
new ed., "with numerous additions 
and improvements 1815. 2 v. 
Q121 H9. 137 


HnxleQT, T. H. Lay sermons, ad- 
dresses and reviews. 1871. Q171 
H98i 138 


On the advisableness of improv- 
ing natural knowledge. — Emancipa. 
tion — black and white. — ^A liberal 
education, and where to find it. — 
Scientific education: notes of an af- 
ter-dinner speech. — On the educa- 
tional value of the natural history 
sciences. — On the study of zoology. 
— On the physical basis of life. — ^The 
scientific aspects of positivism. — On 
a piece of chalk. — Geological con- 
temporaneity and persistent types 
of life.— ^Geological reform. — ^The 
origin of species. — Criticisms on 
"The origin of species." — On Des- 
cartes' "Discourse touching the 
method of using one's reason right- 
ly and of seeking scientific truth." — 
Spontaneous generation. 

84 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Huygens, ChristlaaiL £}zercitationeB 
mathematicae et philosophlcae, ex 
manuecriptis in bibliotheca acad- 
emiae Lugduno-Batavae eervatis 
edidit Petrus JoanneB Uylenbroek, 
1883. 2 y. in 1. Q143 H98. 189 

Indiana. Academy of science. Pro- 
ceedings. Library has 1899-1909. 
Qll 16. 140 

IntematlonAl congress of arts and 
science, St. Louis, 1904. Congress 
of arts and science. Universal ex- 
position, St. Louis, 1904; ed. by 
Howard J. Rogers. 8y. QlOl 16 
1904. 141 

Contains bibliographies. 

V. 1. History of the congress, by 
the editor. Scientific plan of the con- 
gress* by Professor Hugo MtLnster- 
berg. Philosophy and mathemat- 
ics. — ^v, 2. History of politics and 
economics; history of law; history 
of religion. — ^v. 3. History of lan- 
guage; history of literature; history 
of art. — ^v. 4. Physics; chemistry; 
astronomy; sciences of the earth. — 
V. 5. — Biology; anthropology; psy- 
chology; sociology. — ^v. 6. Medi- 
cine; technology. — v. 7. Economics; 
politics; Jurisprudence; social sci- 
ence. V. 8. — Education; religion. 

International polar expedition. Re- 
port of the International polar ex- 
pedition to Point Barrow, Alaska. 
1885. Q115 16 U6. 142 

The International scientist's di- 
rectory . . . Comp. by Samuel E. 
Casslno. 1888. Q145 161. 143 

JeTons; W. B. The principles of 
science: a treatise on logic and 
scientific method. 3d ed., 1879. 
Q175 J685. 144 

JTonmal of the Franklin institute. 
Library has v. 1-70. n. s. 1828- 
1860, 1905 to date. 145 

Kansas. Academy of science. Trans- 
actions. Library has 1883-1898, 
1901-07. Qll K2. 146 

liardner, Dionysias. Popular lec- 
tures on science and art. 1852. 
2 V. Q171 L33. 147 

Idbrary of useful knowledge. Nat- 
ural philosophy. 1829-36. 4 ▼. 
Q160 Lr69. 148 
V. 4 wanting. 

Metcalfe, 8. L. Caloric: its mechan- 
ical, chemical, and vital agencies 
in the phenomena of nature. 1843. 
2 v. Q173 M58. 149 

(Michigan. Academy of science. Re- 
port. Library hss 1899, 1900, '02, 
'03-date. Qll M5. ISO 

Mill, H. B. The realm of nature: 
an outline of physiography. 1892. 
Q158. M62. 151 

National academy of sciences, Wash- 
ington. Memoirs. Library has v. 
1-9 except no. 5 of v. 8. Qll NZ 
Ml 152 


^ Barnard, F. A« P. Balance for 
determining specific gravities by in- 
spection. 1888. V. 4, pt 1. p. 203- 
206. 15S 

^ThBory of magic squares and 

of magic nubes. 1888. v. 4, pt. 1, p. 
209-270. ' 154 

Bell, A. 6. Upon the formation of 
a deaf variety of the human race. 
1884. V. 2, p. 177-262. 155 

Billings, J. S. The bacteria of 
river waters. (Presenting a paper 
on the bacteria of the Schuylkill 
River by Dr. J. H. Wright.) 1895. 
V. 7, p. 419-484. 156 

On a new craniophore for 

use in making composite photo- 
graphs of skulls. By J. S. Billings 
and Washington Matthews. 1886. 
V. 3. pt. 2, p. 119. 157 

On composite photography 

as applied to cranlology, by J. S. 
Billings; and On measuring the 
cubic capacity of skulls, by W%Lsh- 
ington Matthews. 1886. v. 3, pt 2, 
p. 105-116. 168 

Brewer, W. H. On the subsidence 
of particles in liquids. 1884. v. 2, p. 
163-175. 159 

Brooks, W. K. The embryology 
and metamorphosis of the Macroura. 
By W. K. Brooks . . . and F. H. 
Herrlck. 1891. v. 6. p. [321]-^76. 


On the Lucayan Indians. 

1889. V. 4, pt. 2. p. 215-223. 161 

Catlin, Robert. A study on the 
relation of atmospheric electricity, 
magnetic storms, and weather ele- 
ments to a case of traumatic neu- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


ralgia, 1893. v. 6, p. 27-33. 162 

OfttteU, J. If. On reaction-timeB 
and the velocity of the nervous Im- 
pulse. By J. M. Cattell and C. S. 
DoUey. 1896. v. 7, p. 393-416. 168 

Chandler, C F. The Baum6 hy- 
drometers. 1886. V. 3. pL 1, p. 63- 
71. 164 

Comstoc^, C. B. Ratio of meter 
to yard. 1886. v. 3. pt. 2. p. 101- 
102. 165 

Cope* E. D. On two new forms 
of polydont and gonorhynchid fishes 
from the Eocene of the Rocky 
Mountains. 1886. v. 3, pt. 2, p. 161- 
165. 166 

^The structure of the colum- 
ella aurls in the Pelycosauria. 1886. 
V. 3, pL 1, p. 93-95. 167 

Gibbs, J. W. On the determina- 
tion of elliptic orbits from three 
complete observations. 1889. v. 4, 
pt. 2, p. 81-104. 168 

Gilbert, G. K. The sufficiency of 
terrestrial rotation for the deflec- 
tion of streams. 1886. v. 8, pt. 1, p. 
7-10. 169 

GlU, T. X. A comparison of an- 
tipodal faunas. 1893. v. 6, p. 91-124. 


^Families and si^families of 

flshea 1893. v. 6, p. 127-138. 171 

G<Nild, B. A. On the reduction of 
photographic observations, with a 
determination of the position of the 
Pleiades, from photographs by Mr. 
Rutherfurd. 1888. v. 4, pt. 1, p. 
173-190. 172 

Reduction of photographic 

observations of the Praesepe. 1888. 
V. 4, pt 1, p. 193-199. 178 

HastlngB, O. 8. On certain new 
methods and results in optics. 1898. 
▼. 6. p. 37-47. 174 

Xangley, 8. P. Energy and vision. 
1891. V. 6, p. 7-18. 176 

Experimental determination 

of wave-lengths in the invisible 
prismatic spectrum. 1884. v. 2, p. 
147-162. 176 

On the temperature of the 

surface of the moon. From re- 
searches made at the Allegheny ob- 
servatory by S. P. LAngley, assisted 
by P. W. Very and J. E. Keeler. 
1886. V. 3, pt. 1. p. 13-42. 177 

' ^The solar and the lunar 

spectrum. 1888. v. 4, pt. 1, p. 169- 
170. 178. 

^The temperature of the 

moon. 1889. v. 4. pt. 2, p. 107-212. 


IxMnnls, EUaa Contributions to 
meteorology. 1886-91. v. 3, pt. 2, p.> 

7-66; V. 4, pt. 2, p. 7-77; v. 6, p. 
21-109. 180 

Matthews, Washington. The hu- 
man bones of the Hemenway col- 
lection In the United States army 
medical museum at Washington 
with observations on the hyoid 
bones of this collection by Dr. J. L. 
Wortman. 1893. v. 6, p. 141-286. 


Mayer, A. M. On a method of 
precisely measuring the vibratory 
periods of tuning-forks, and the 
determination of the laws of the 
vibrations of forks; with special 
reference of these facts and laws 
to the action of a simple chrono- 
scope. 1885. v. 3, pt. 1, p. 45-69. 


Notes on the third memoir, 

p. 45. Resume of bibliography per- 
taining to the paper "On a method 
of precisely measuring the vibra- 
tory periods of tuning-forks, etc." 
1886, V. 3, pt. 2, p. 167-169. 188 

MendenhaU, T. O. Report of 
studies of atmospheric electricity. 
1891. V. 6, p. 113-318. 184 

Michelson, A. A. On the applica- 
tion of interference methods to as- 
tronomical measurements. 1891. v. 

6, p. 579-590. 185 
Newton, H. A. On the capture of 

comets by planets, especially 
their capture by Jupiter. 1893. v. 6, 
p. 7-23. 186 

Osborne, T. B. The proteids or 
albuminoids of the oat kernel. 1893. 
V. 6. p. 51-87. 187 

Packard, A. 8. The cave fauna of 
North America, with remarks on 
the anatomy of the brain and ori- 
gin of the blind species. 1888. v. 
4. pt. 1, p. 3-156. 188 

Further studies on the brain 

of Limulus polyphemus, with notes 
on its embryology. 1893. v. 6, p. 289- 
831. H 189 

Monograph of the bomby- 

dne moths of America north of 
Mexico, including their transform- 
ations tind origin qt the larval 
markings and armature. Part 1. 
Family 1. — Notodontidae. 1896. v. 

7, p. [51-390. 190 
On the Carboniferous xipho- 

surous fauna of North America. 
1886. V. 3. pt. 2. p. 143-167. 191 

On the structure of the brain 

of the sessile-eyed Crustacea. 1886. 
V. 3, pt. 1, p. 99-110. 192 

1. On the Syncarlda, a hith- 
erto und escribed synthetic group 
of extinct malacostracous Crusta- 
cea. II. On the Qampsonychidae, 

86 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

an undeflcribed family of fosail 
flchizopod Crustacea. III. On the 
Anthracaridae, a family of carbon- 
iferous macrurous decapod Crusta- 
cea. 18^6. V. 8. pt. 2, p. 123-139. 


Peiroe, C 8. On small differences 
of sensation. By C. S. Peirce and J. 
Jastrow. 1886. v. 3, pt. 1, p. 76- 
83. ' 194 

Peters, C. H. F. Corrigenda in 
various star catalosrues. 1886. v. 3, 
pt. 2, p. 87-97. 195 

Flamsteed's stars "observed, 

but not existing. 1886. v. 8, pt 2, p. 
69-83. 196 

Report of the eclipse expe- 
dition to Caroline Island* May, 1883. 
V. 2, p. 6-146. 197 

Scndder, S. H. Description of an 
articulate of doubtful relationship 
from the tertiary beds of Floris- 
sant. Colorado, 1886. v. 3, pt. 1, p. 
87-90 198 

Report. Library has 1883-1885, 

1887, 1889, 1899, 1900-1903. 
1907. Qll N2 R. 109 

Nature; a weekly Journal of sci- 
ence. London. Library has v. 1, 
2. Dec. 4, 1864.0ct. 27, 1870; T. 
75 (in part) Jan.- Apr. 1907; v. 
76-date, May, 1907-date. Ql N28. 


New York state mnseam. Memoir. 
Library has noa. 2, 12, 13, in sep- 
arate form. Noe. 3 and 4 are in the 
63d report, v. 2; 5 and 6 in 67th 
report, v. 3; 7 in 57th report, v. 
4; 8 in 69th report, v. 3 and 4; 
9 in 60th report, v. 4, and in 62d 
report, v. 4; 10 in 60th report, 
V. 5; 11 in 6l8t report, v. 3. Qll 

N8 M. aoi 

Contents: M 

£2aton, E. H. Birds of New^ 
York. 1910. no. 12. 202 

Hall, James. A memoir on the 
Palaeozoic reticulate sponges con- 
stituting the family Dictyospongi- 
dae, by James Hall ... in col- 
laboration with J. M. Clarke. 1898. 
no. 2. 20S 

TIHiitlock, H. P. Calcltes of New 
York. 1910. no. 13. 204 

Museum bulletin. Library has 

1-49, 51-144. Qll N8 B. 205 

Bean, T. H. Catalogue of the 
flshes of New York, 1903. no. 60. 


Beaachamp, W. M. Barthenware 
of the New York aborigines. 1898. 
no. 22. 207 

Metallic implements of the 

New York Indians. 1902. no. 66. 206 

^Wlampum and shell articles 

used by the New York Indians. 

1901. no. 41. 20t 
Clarke, J. K. Catalogue of type 

specimens of paleozoic fossils in. 
New York state museum, by J. M. 
'Clarke, with the assistance of Ru- 
dolph Ruedemann. 1903. no. 66. 210 
Geologic map and deso#9- 
tions of the Portage and Nul \ 
quadrangles, including a map of 
Letchworth Park, by J. M. Clarke 
A D. D. Luther. Accompanied by 
a report on the Pleistocene hlstonr 
of the Qenesee Valley, by H. L. 
Falrchild. 1908. No. 118. 211 

Geologic map of the TuUy 

Quadrangle, by J. M. Clarke and 

D. D. Luther. 1906. no. 82. 212 
Geology of the "Watkins and 

Elmira quadrangles, accompanied 
by a geological map. By J. M. 
Clarke and D. D. Luther. 1906. no. 
81. 21S 

Stratigraphlo and paleonto- 

logic map of Canandaigua and 
Naples quadrangles, by J. M. 
Clarke and D. D. Luther. 1904. no. 
63. 214 

Converso^ Mrs. H. M. C. Mirths 
and legends of the New York state 
Iroquois, ed. and annotated by A. 
C. Parker. 1908. no. 126. 214a 

GmatDgs, B. R. Lower Silurian 
system of eastern Montgomery 
County, New York, by E. R. Cum- 
ings. Notes on stratigraphy of Mo- 
hawk Valley and Saratoga County, 
New York, by C. S. Prosser. 1900. 
no. 34. 215 

Ooshlng, H. P. Geology of the 
northern Adirondack region. 1906. 
no. 96. 216 

Geology of the vicinity of 

Little Falls, Herkimer County. 
1906. no. 77. 217 

Dickinson, H. T. Quarries of 
bluestone and other sandstones in 
the upper Devonian of New York 
state. 1903. no. 61. 218 

Eckel, C C. Catalogue of New 
York reptiles and batrachians, by 

E. C. Eckel and F. C. Paulmler. 

1902. no. 61. 219 

Eails, Mary. Index to publlca- 
f tions of the New York state natural 
history survey and New York state 
museum 1837-1902, also including 
other New York publications on re- 
lated subjects. 1903. no. 66. 220 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


FatidiUd, H. Ik. Glacial waters 
in central New York. 1909. no. 127. 


Fmt, M. 8. Check list of New 
York birds. 1900. no. 33. 222 

Felt» £. P. Collection, preserva- 
tion and distribution of New York 
Insects. 1899. no. 26. 22S 

Control of flies and other 

household Insectv. 1910. no. 136. 224 

Control of household insects. 

1909. no. 129. 225 

Elm-leaf beetle In New York 

state. 1898. no. 20. 

Same. ed. 2. 1902. no. 67. 


The fflpsy and brown tail 

moths. 1906. no. 103. 228 

Grapevine root worm. 1902, 

so. 59. 229 

ime. 1903. no. 72. 2S0 

-Illustrated descriptive cata- 

logue of some of the more im- 
portant injurious and beneficial in- 
sects oP'^ew York state. 1900. no. 
37. 231 

M emorial of life and entomo- 
logic work of Joseph Albert Ldnt- 
ner. state entomologist, 1874-98. 
1899. no. 24. 282 

^Monograph of the genus 

Saperda, by B. P. Felt and U H. 
JouteL 1904. no. 74. 288 

Scale insects of importance 

and list of the species in New York 
state. 1901. no. 46. 284 

Shade tree pests in New York 

state. 1899. no. 27. 286 

White marked tussock moth 

and elm leaf beetle. 1907. no. 109. 


Geological papers. 1907. no. 107. 


Grahan, A« W. Guide to the geo- 
logy and paleontology of Niagara 
Falls and vicinity. With a chapter 
on post-Plelocene fossils of Niagara, 
by E. J. Letson. 1901. no. 46. 288 

Hartnagel, C. A. Geologic map 
of the Rochester and Ontario beach 
quadrangles. 1907. no. 114. 280 

KeDogg, J. li. Clam and scallop 
industries of New York state. 1901. 
no. 43. 240 

Feeding habits and growth 

of Venus mercenaria. 1903. no. 71. 


Kemp, J. F. Geology of the Ellz- 
abethtown and Port Henry quad- 
rangles. 1910. no. 138. 242 

Geology of the Lake Placid 

region. 1898. no. 21. 248 

Letson, K. J. Check list of the 
MollUBca of New York. 1906. no. 
88. 844 

Untner, J. A. Cut-worms. 1888. 
no. 6. 245 

^The San Jose scale, Aspldlo- 

tus perniciosus and some other de- 
structive scale-insects ot the state 
of New York. 1896. no. 13. 248 

^The white grub of the May 

beetle. 1888. no. 6. 247 

liuther, D. D. Geologic map of 
the Buffalo quadrangle. 1906. no. 
99. 248 

Geology of the Auburn-Ge- 
noa quadrangles. 1910. no. 137. 


Geology of the Geneva- Ovid 

quadrangles. 1909. no. 128. 250 

MeOonrt, W. XI Fire tests of 
Some New York building stones^ by 
W. X2. McCourt. 1906. no. 100. 251 

Marshall. W. B. Beaks of Unlon- 
Idae inhabiting the vicinity of Al- 
bany, N. Y. 1890. no. 9. 252 

Preliminary list of New York 

Unlonldae. 1892. no. 1. 258 

MenfH, F. J. H. Description of 
the state geologic map of 1901. 
1902. no. 66. 254 

A guide to the study of the 

geological collections of the New 
York state museum. 1898. no. 19. 


Mineral resources of New 

York state. 1896. no. 16. 258 

^Natural history museums of 

the United States and Canada. 1903. 

no. 62. 257 

i/^- — Road materials and road 

building in New York. 1897. no. 17. 


Salt and gypsum industries 

of New York. 1893. no. 11. 259 

Miner, G. S. Key to the land 
mammals of northeastern North 
America. 1900. no. 38. 260 

Preliminary list of the mam- 
mals of New York. 1899. no. 29. 


Miner, W. J. Geology of the Port 
Leyden quadrangle, Liewis County, 
N. Y. 1910. no. 136. 262 

Geology of the Remsen 

quadrangle, Including Trenton Falls 
and vicinity in Oneida and Herki- 
mer counties, 1909. no. 126. 268 

The mining and quarry industry 
of New York state; report of opera- 
tions and production, 1904-date, by 
D. H. Newland. nos. 93, 102, 120, 
132, 142. 264 

Mosquitos or Cullcidae of New 
York state. 1904. no. 79. 265 

Nason, F. D. Some New York 
minerals and their localities, pre- 
pared for the New York state mu- 
seum of natural history. 1888. no. 
4. 266 


Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

^ Xeedham, J. G. Aquatic insects 
in New York state; a study con- 
ducted at the entomologric field sta- 
tion. Ithaca, N. Y., under the di- 
recj^ion of E. P. Felt. By J. O. Need- 
hitxn ... A. D. MacGllllvray . . . 
O. A. Johannsen . . . K. C. Davis. 
1908. no. 68. 267 

^Aquatic insects in the Adl- 

rondack^ hy J. O. Needham and 
Cornelius Betten. 1901. no. 47. 268 

liay flies and midges of 

New York . Third report on aquatic 
insects. A study conducted at the 
entomologic field station, Ithaca, 
N. Y. under the direction of B. 
P. Felt. By J. G. Needham . . . 
K. J. Morton . . . O. A. Johannsen. 
1906. No. 86. 260 

Newland, D. H. Geology of the 
Adirondack magnetic iron ores, by 
D. H. Newland. With a report on 
the Mineville-Port Henry mine 
group, by J. F. Kemp. 1908. no. 
119. 270 

Qypmim deposits of New 

York, by D. H. Newland and Henry 
Leighton. 1910. no. 143. 271 

^Iron ores of the Clinton 

formation in New York state, by 
D. H. Newland and C. A. Hartnagel. 
1908. no. 123. 272 

OgilTle, I. H. Geology of the 
Paradox Lake quadrangle. New 
York. 1906. no. 96. 27S 

Orton, B. F. B. Petroleum and 
natural gas in New York. 1899. no. 
80. 274 

P&leontologic papers. 1900, 1901. 
no. 39. 275 

Barker, A. O. Iroquois uses of 
maize and other food plants. 1910. 
no. 144. 276 

Paulmler, F. C. Higher Crusta- 
cea of New York city. 1906. no. 91. 


Peck, O. H. Boleti of the United 
States. 1889. no. 8. 278 

Contributions to the botany 

of the state of New York. 1887. no. 
2. 270 

Plants of North Elba, Essex 

County, N. Y. 1899. no. 28. 280 

Rafter, G. Vf. Hydrology of the 
state of New York. 1906. no. 86. 


RIes, Heinrich. Clay industries 
of New York, prepared under the 
direction of F. J. H. Merrill . . . 
by Heinrich Rles. 1896. no. 12. 282 

Clays of New York, their 

properties and uses, 1900. no. 36. 


^Lime and cement industries 

of New York, by Heinrich Ries . . . 
Chapters on the cement industry 

in New York, by Edwin C. Eckel. 
1901. no. 44. 284 

Ruedemann, Rnddph. Cephalo- 
poda of the Beekmantown and 
Chasy formations of the Champlain 
basin. 1906. no. 90. 285 

^Hudson River beds near 

Albany and their taxonomic equiv- 
alents. 1901. no. 42. 286 

Shufeldt, R. W. Osteology of 
birds. 1909. no. 130. 287 

SImpeon, G. B. Anatomy and 
physiology of Polyg3rra albolabrls 
and Lrimax maximus and embry- 
ology of liimax maximus. 1901. no. 
40. 288 

Smock, J. C. Building stone in 
the state of New York. 1888. no. 3. 


1890. no. 10. 290 

-First report on the iron 

mines and iron-ore districts in the 
state of New York. 1889. no. 7. 291 

Whltlock, H. P. Contributions 
from the Mineraloglc laboratory. 
1906. no. 98. 292 

Guide to the mineralogic col- 
lections of the New York state mu- 
seum. 1902. no. 68. 29S 

^List of New York mineral 

localities. 1903. no. 70. 294 

Woodworth, J. B. Ancient water 
levels of the Champlain and Hud- 
son valleys. 1906. no. 84. 295 

Pleistocene geology of 

Mooers quadrangle. Being a por- 
tion of Clinton County, including 
parts of the towns of Mooers, 
Champlain, Altona, Chazy, Danne- 
mora and Beekmantown. N. Y. 
1906. no. 83. 296 

. Pleistocene geology of por- 
tions of Nassau County and borough 
of Queens. 1901. no. 48. 297 

-Annual report. Library has 

1862. '67, '70, '71. '73, '75, 
'81, '83-'85, '87, '88, '90-date. 
Qll N8 R. 298 

"These reports are made up of 
the reports of the director, geo- 
logist, paleontologist, botanist and 
entomologist, and museum Bulle- 
tins and Memoirs, issued as ad- 
vance sections of the reports." 

N. Y. state museum. Bulletin 
66 (Index to publications) p. 241. 

Tital varies. 

Report of state geologist for 1887 
appears in State museum report 
for both 1887 and 1889. 

"General index to the Annual re- 
ports, I-XX . . . exclusive of the 
geological and palaeontological pa- 
pers": 21st rep't, p. 149-190. 


Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


"Index to reports 1-10" of the 
state entomologist: 48th rep't, pt. 1, 
p. 541-633. 

"Index to entomologrlst's reports 
1-13 and to supplement of 14": 52d 
rep*t. pt. 1, p. 401-600. 

General author and subject in- 
dex to the l8t-54th reports (1847- 
1900) also list of these reports with 
contents of each, may be found in 
"Index to publications of the New 
Tork state natural history survey 
and New Tork state museum. By 
Mary Ellis. 1903." (N. Y. state 
museum. Bulletin 66) 

Beanchamp, W. If. Aboriginal 
chipped stone implements of New 
York. 1897. (In 50th. v. 1.) 299 

^AboriflTinal occupation of 

New Tork. 1900. (In 54th. v. 1.) 


^Aboriginal use of wood in 

New York. 1905. (In 58th, v. 4.) 


Civil, religious and mourning 

councils and ceremonies of adop- 
tion of the New York Indians. 1907. 
(In 60th, V. 3.) 802 

^A history of the New York 

Iroquois, now commonly called the 
Six Nations. 1906. (In 57th, v. 2.) 


^Metallic ornaments of the 

New York Indians. 1903. (In 57th, 
V. 2.) • 804 

Perch Lake mounds, with 

notes on other New York mounds, 
and some accounts of Indian trails. ^ 
1905. (In 58th, v. 4.) 805 

Polished stone articles used 

by the New York aborigines before 
and during European occupation. 
1897. (In 51st, v. 1.) 806 

Clarke, J. M. Early Devonic his- 
tory of New York and eastern 
North America. 1908. (In 60th, v. 4 
and 62d. v. 4.) 807 

Quelph fauna in the state of 

New York, by J. M. Clarke and Ru- 
dolf Ruedemann. 1903. (In 60tk, 
V. 6.) 808 

^Naples fauna in western New 

York, part 2. 1904. (In 57th.) 809 

^The Oriskany fauna of Be- 

craft Mountain, Columbia County, 
N. Y. 1900. (In 53d.) 810 

Cushliig, H. P. Geology of the 
Long Lake quadrangle. 1907. (In 
60th, v. 2.) 811 

'Eastman^ C, R% Devonic fishes of 
the New York formations. 1907. 
(In 60th, v. 5.) 812 

Fslrchild, H. £. Drumlins of 
central western New York. 1907. 
(In 60th. v. 2.) 818 

-Glacial waters in the Lake 

Erie basin. 1907. (In 59th, v. 1.) 


Felt» E. p. Insects aflPecting park 
and woodland trees. 1905-06. 2 v. 
(In 59th. v. 3 and 4.) 815 

Gmben, A. W. Guide to the geo- 
logy and paleontology of the Scho- 
harie Valley in eastern New York. 
1904. (In 68th, v. 3.) 816 

Kemp, J. F. The geology of 
Moriah and "W^stport towmships, 
Essex County, N. Y., with a geo- 
logical map, prepared under the dU 
rection of F. J. H. Merrill ... by 
J. F. Kemp. 1895. (In 48th.) 817 

Lather, D. D. Geology of the 
Penn Yan-Hammondsport quadran- 
gles. 1906. (In 59th, v. 2.) 818 
(,/^errill, F. J. H. Road materials 
and road building in New York. 
1897. (In 50th. v. 1.) 819 

Parker, A. C. Excavations in an 
Erie Indian village and burial site 
at Ripley, Chautauqua Co., N. Y. 
Being the record of the state mu- 
seum archeological expedition of 
1906. 1907. (In 60th, v. 3.) 319a 

Ruedemann, Rndotf. Graptolites 
Of New York. 1904-08. (In 57th, 
V. 4 and 61st, v. 3.) 819b 

State botanist. Report. Library 
has 1869, '70, '72, '74, '81, '83-'85, 
'87, '88, '90-date. (In New York 
state museum. Reports.) 320 

Report on edible fungi of 

New York 1895-99, by C. H. Peck. 
1900. (In 53d, V. 2.) 821 

State entomologist. Report on 
injurious and other insects of the 
state of New York. (In'^ew York 
state museum reports, 87-date; 
1883-date.) 822 

State geologist. Report 1884- 
date. (In New York state museum. 
Report 188 4 -date.) 828 

State paleontologist Report 1899- 
1903. 1900-05. 5 v. (In New York 
state museum reports, v. 53-57.) 


Nlchol, J, P. A cyelopsedia of phy- 
fiical Bciences, comprlBing acoua- 
tlcB, astronomy, dynamics, elec-* 
tricity,<h^t, hydrodynamics, mag- 
netism, philosophy of mathematics, 
meteorology, optics, pneumatics, 
statics, &c. Ac. 1857. Q121 N6 Ref. 

Osanam, [Jacqnes]. Recreations in 
mathematics and natural philoso- 

I (phy . . . First composed by M. 
ozanam . . . lately reoomposed, 
and greatly enlarged, in a new 


Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technolcxjy. 

edition, by ... M. Montucla, and 
now translated Into English, and 
improved with many additions and 
obserratlons, by Charles Hutton. 
1814. 4 V. Q164 098. 

Pearsoh, Karl. The grammar of 
science. 1892. Q175 P36. 829 

The Phlllpplne Journal of Bcience 
. . . Pub. by the Bureau of sci- 
ence of the government of the 
Phillpipine Islands. Library has v. 
1, no. 8, Oct., 1906. Q75 P61. 830 

Powell, Baden. An historical view 
of the progress of the physical and 
mathematical sciences from the 
earliest ages to the present times. 
1834. Q125 P88. 881 

Proctor, H, A, The borderland of 
science: a series of familiar dis- 
sertations on stars, planets, and 
meteors; sun and moon; earth- 
quakes; flyinif-machlnee; coal; 
gambling; ghosts; &c. 1874. Q171 
P96. 882 

-. Light science for leisure hours. 

2d series. Familiar essays on sci- 
entific subjects . . . with a sketch 
of the life of Mary Somerville. 
1873. Q171 P95. 888 

Robinson, John. A system of me- 
chanical philosophy. With notes 
by David Brewster. 1822. 4 v. 
Q160 R66. 884 

Rodwell, O. F. A dictionary of sci- 
ence; comprising astronomy, chem- 
istry, dynamics, electricity, heat, 
hydrodynamics, hydrostatics, llghi, 
magnetism, mechanics, meteorol- 
ogy, pneumatics, sound, and 
statics; preceded by an essay on 
the history of the physical sci- 
ences. 1873. Q121 R7 Ref. 885 

Royal society of Oaniidm. Proceed- 
ings and transactions, v. 1-date; 
1883-date, v. 12, 1st ser., 1894 
wanting. Q21 R. 38(1 

Science; a weekly Journal devoted 
to the advancement of science, 
publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American asso- 
ciation for the advancement of 

science. Library has y. 29-date, 
Jan., 1909-date. Ql 84. 

Science lectures at South Kensing- 
ton. 1878-79. 2 T. Q171 835. 888 


I. Photography, by W. Abney. — 
The absorption of light and the col- 
ours of natural bodies, by Q. Q. 
Stokes. — ^Fluorescence* by G. Q. 
Stokes. — The kinematics of 
ohinery, by A. B. W. Kennedy.- 
the steam-engine, by F. J. Bram- 
well. — Radiation, by O. Forbes.^- 
Microscopes, by H. C. Sorby. — Elec- 
trometers, by J. T. Bottomley. — 
On the apparatus relating to vege- 
table physiology, by S. H. Vines. — 
Electrical measurements, by Q. 
Carey Foster. 

n. Polarised light, by W. Spottta- 
woode. — ^Thermal conductivity, by 
O. Forbes. — ^Thermo-dynamics, by 
O. Forbes. — On balances, by H. W. 
Cfaisholm. — Qeometrical and en- 
gineering drawing, by T. F. Plgot* 
— ^The laws of fluid resistance, by W. 
Froude. — The bathometer by C. W. 
Siemens. — ^Instruments for experi- 
ments on sound. On tempera- 
ment. By C. W. Siemens. — Sensi- 
tive flames as illustrative of sym- 
pathetic vibration, by W. F. Bar- 
rett — ^Lighthouse illumination, by 
T. F. Pigot. — The velocity of light, 
by Q. Forbes. — ^Apparatus for 
physiological Investigation, by J. 
Burdon-Sanderson. — ^Apparatus for 
physiological chemistry, by T. Laud- 
er Brunton. — On eudiometers, by H. 
McLeod.— technical chemistry, by 
H. B. Roscoe. 

The science record for 1872. Ed. 
by Alfred E. Beach. 1872. Q9 S41. 


Smithsonian Instltntton. Blackford, 
C. M. The Smithsonian institu- 
tion, reprinted from the North 
American review for January, 
1909, with revisions by the au- 
thor. [1909.] Qll S6 A21, 840 

^The exhibit of the Smithson- 

ian institution at the Cotton states 
exposition, Atlanta, 1895. 1895. 
Qll S6 A3. 841 

— ^The exhibits of the Smithsonian 
institution and United States na- 
tional museum at the Jamestown 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


tercentennial expoeltlon, Norfolk, 
Virginia. 1907. Qll S6 A4 1907. 


[Groode, O. B.] An account of 

the Smithsonian Institution, Its 
origin, history, objects and 
achleYements. 1895. Qll 86 A2. 


Contributions to knowledge, v. 

l-date» Washington, 184 8 -date. 
T. 27 wanting. Qll S6 C. 844 


AgasHlg, I4. J. R. Classlflcatlon of 
Ineects from embryologlcal data. 
(In V. 2.) S45 

Alexander, S. Statement and ex- 
position of certain harmonies of the 
eolar system. (In v. 21.) 846 

AlTord, B. The tangencles of cir- 
cles and of spheres. (In v. 8.) 847 

Andrews, K. A« The young of the 
crayfishes Astacus and Cambarus, 
1907. (In V. 36.) 348 

Badie, A. D. Discussion of the 
magnetic and meteorological ob- 
servations made at the Glrard Col- 
lege observatory, In 1840-46. (In v. 
11, 13. 14.) 849 

Records and results of a 

magnetic survey of Pennsylvania 
and parts of adjacent states In 
1840-41. (In v. 13.) 850 

Bailey, J. W. Microscopical ex- 
amination of soundings madsi by 
the IT. S. Coast survey, off the 'At- 
lantic coast (In V. 2.) 861 

Microscopical observations 

made In South Carolina, Georgia 
and Florida. (In v. 2.) 852 

^Notes on new species and lo- 
calities of microscopical organisms. 
(In v. 7.) 858 

Barnard, J. G. Internal structure 
of the earth considered as affecting 
the phenomena of precession and 
nutation. (In v. 23.) 

^Problems of rotary motion 

presented by the gyroscope, the pre- 
cession of the equinoxes, and the 
pendulum. (In v. 19.) 854 

Bams, Carl. A continuous rec- 
ord of atmospheric nucleatlon. 1906. 
(In V. 34.) 855 

^The structure of the nuc- 
leus; a continuation of experiments 
with Ionized air. (In v. 29.) 858 

Bendire, O. E. Life histories of 
North American birds, from the 
parrots to the grackles, with spe- 
cial reference to their breeding hab- 
its and eggs, with seven lithograph- 
ic plates. 1896. (In v. 32.) 857 

^Life histories of North Amer- 
ican birds with special reference to 
their breeding habits and eggs, with 
twelve lithographic plates. (In v. 
28.) 858 

BilllngB, J. S. The composition 
of ejcpired air and Its effects upon 
animal life. By J. S. Billings, 8. 
Weir Mitchell, and D. H. Bergey. 
1896. (In V. 29.) 859 

Bowen, T. J. Grammar and dic- 
tionary of the Yoruba language, 
with an Introductory description of 
the country and people of Yoruba. 
(In V. 10.) 860 

Bransford, J. F. Archaeological 
researches in Nicaragua. (In v. 26.) 


Brewer, T. Bf. North American 
oology. (In V. 11.) 868 

Oaswell, A. Meteorological ob- 
servations made at Providence, R. 
I. (In V. 12.) 868 

Clark, H. Ij. The apodous holo- 
thurians; a monograph of the Syn- 
aptidae and Molpadildae, including 
a report on the representatives of 
these families in the collections of 
the United States national museum. 

1907. (In V. 86.) 864 

Clark, H. J. Lucemarlae and 

their allies. (In v. 23.) 865 

Cleaveland, P. Results of me- 
teorological observations made at 

Brunswick, Me., betwen 1807 and 

1859. (in V. 16.) 366 

CofBn, J. H. Orbit and phenom* 
ena of a meteoric fire-ball seen July 
20, 1860, (In V. 16.) 

On the winds of the north* 

em hemisphere. (In v. 6.) 867 

^The winds of the globe. (In 

V. 20.) 

Cope, SL D. Contents of a bone 
cave in the Island of AnguiUa (West 
Indies). (In v. 25.) 869 

DaJl, W. H. Remains of later 
pre-historic man obtained from 
the Catherina archipelago and espe- 
cially from the caves of the 
Aleutian islands. (In v. 22.) 870 

Di^vls, C. H. Law of deposit of 
the flood .tide: its dynamical action 
and office. (In v. 3.) 871 

Ilean, J. The gray substance of 
the medulla oblongata and trape- 

sium. (In V. 16.) 878 

Downes, J. Occultatlons of plan- 
ets and stars, by the moon, dur- 
ing 1853. (In V. 6.) 878 

Occultatlons visible in the U. 

S. during 1851. (v. 2.) 

— — Occultatlons visible In the 
U. S. and other parts of the world 
during 1852. (In v. 3.) 


Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Draper, U. On the construction 
of a silvered glass telescope, fifteen 
and a half inches in aperture, and 
its use' In celestial photography. 
(Reprinted from vol. XIV), and, On 
the modem reflecting telescope and 
the making and testing of optical 
mirrors, by Q. W. Ritchey. 1904. 
(In V. 34.) S74 

Duclaux, K, Atmospheric ac- 
tinometry and the actinic consti- 
tution of the atmosphere. (In v. 
29.) 87B 

EDet^ D. On the physical geog- 
raphy of the Mississippi valley. (In 
V. 2.) S76 

lailott, D. G. Classification and 
synopsis of the trochilidae. (In v. 
28.) S77 

Ferrel, W. Converging series ex- 
pressing the ratio between the di- 
ameter and the circumference of 
a circle. (In v. 18.) 878 

Force, P. Record of auroral phe- 
nomena observed in the higher 
northern latitudes. (In v. 8.) 879 

Gibbes, R. W. Mosasaurus and 
the three allied new genera. (In 
v. 2.) 880 

GIbbB, W. Researches on the 
Ammonia cobalt bases. (In v. 9.) 


GUliss, J. BC Account of the to- 
tal eclipse of the sun, on Sept. 7, 
1868, as observed near Olmos, Pe- 
ru. (In V. 11.) 882 

Giraid, C. Contributions to the 
natural history of the tresh water 
fishes of North America. (In v. 3.) 


Publications of learned so- 
cieties and periodicals, in the li- 
brary of the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion, Dec. 31. 1854. (In v. 7.) 388a 

Publications of learned so- 
cieties and periodicals, in the li- 
brary of the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion. May, 1856. (In v. 8.) 883b 

Goode, G. B. Oceanic ichthy- 
ology, a treatise on the deep-sea 
and pelagic fishes of the world, 
based chiefly upon the collections 
made by the steamers Blake. Alba- 
tross, and Pish Hawk in the north- 
western Atlantic, with an atlas con- 
taining 417 figures. By Q. B. 
Ooode . . . and T. H. Bean. 1896. 
(In V. 30. 31.) 884 

Goold, B. A. On the transatlan- 
tic longitude. (In v. 16.) 885 

Gray, A. Plantae Wrightlanae 
Texano-Neo-Mexicanae. (In v. 3. 5) 


Habel, S. Sculptures of Santa 
Lucia Cosumalwhuapa in Guate- 

mala. (In V. 22.) 8S7 

Hare, R. On the explosiveness 
of nitre. (In v. 2.) 8S8 

Harkness, W. Observations on 
terrestrial magnetism and on the 
deviations of the compasses of the 
U. S. iron-clad Monadnock. (In v. 
18.) 889 

Harvey, W. H. Nereis Boreall- 
Americana, or contributions to a 
history of the marine algae of 
North America. (In v. 3. 6, 10.) 880 

Haven, S. F. Archaeology of the 
U. S. (In V. 8.) 891 

Hayes, I. I. Physical observa- 
tions in the Arctic seas. (In v. 16.) 

HlldreCb, 8. P. Results of me- 
teorological observations made at 
Marietta, O., between 1826 and 
1869. (In V. 16.) 888 

Hllgard, E. W. On the geology of 
lower Liouisiana and the salt de- 
posits of Petite Anse Island. (In v. 
23.) 894 

HItefaoock, E. Illustrations of sur- 
face geology. (In v. 9.) 895 

Hyatt, Alphens. Genesis of the 
arietidae. (In v. 26.) 898 

Jones, J. Bxplorations of the 
aboriginal remains of Tennessee. 
(In V. 22.) 398a 

Researches, chemical and 

physiological, concerning certain 
North American vertebrata. (In v. 
8.) 897 

Kane, B. K« [Physical observa- 
tions in the Arctic seas.] Reduced 
and discussed, for the Smithsonian 
institution. By C. A. Schott. 1869- 
60. (In V. 10. 11. 12. 13.) 898 

rtipham, I. A. Antiquities of 
Wisconsin. (In v. 7.) 899 

Le Conte, J. £. Coleoptera of 
Kansas and eastern New Mexico. 
(In V. 11.) 400 

Leidy, J. Ancient fauna of Ne- 
braska. (In V. 6.) 401 

Cretaceous reptiles of the 

XT. S; (In V. 14.) 401a 

Flora and fauna within liv- 
ing animals. (In v. 5.) 401b 

Memoir upon the extinct 
species of fossil ox. (In v. 5.) 401c 

Memoir on the extinct sloth 

tribe of North America.. (In v. 7.) 


lileber, F. On the vocal sounds 

of Laura Bridgman compared with 

the elements of phonetic language. 

(In V. 2.) 408 

Ijocke, J. Observations on ter- 
restrial magnetism. (In v. 3.) 408 

Loomis, E. On certain storms in 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Burope and America, Dec, 1836. 
(In V. 11.) 404 

liununer, O*. A determination of 
the ratio (x) of the specific heats 
at constant pressure and at constant 
volume for air, oxygen, carbon- 
dioxide, and hydrogen. (By O. 
Lfummer, and E. Pringsheim. (In 
V. 29.) 405 

BIcCllntock. Sir li. Meteorological 
ob8er\'ations in the Arctic seas. (In 
V. 13.) 406 

Mayer, B. Observations on Mex- 
ican history and archaeology. (In v. 
9.) 407 

MeedK I^ W. On the relative in- 
tensity of the heat and light of the 
sun upon different latitudes of the 
earth. (In v. 9.) 408 

Meek, F. B. Palaeontology of the 
Upper Missouri. (In v. 14.) 409 

Mitchell, S. W. Researches upon 
the anatomy and physiology of the 
respiration in the Chelonia. (In v. 
13.) 410 

Researches upon the venom 

of the rattlesnake: with an investi- 
gation of the anatomy and physiol- 
ogy of the organs concerned. (In 
V. 12.) 411 

Researches upon the venoms 

of poisonous serpents. By S. W. 
Mitchell and T. T. Reichert (In v. 
26.) 412 

Morgan, Ij. H. Systems of con- 
sanguinity and affinity of the hu- 
man family. (In v. 17.) 418 

Morley, E. W. On the densities 
of oxygen and hydrogen and on the 
ratio of their atomic weights. (In 
V. 29.) 414 

Newoomb, S. On the general in- 
tegrals of planetary motion. (In v. 
21.) 414a 

—Investigation of the orbit of 
Neptune. (In v. 15.) 414b 

^Investigation <jf the orbit of 

Uranus. (In v. 19.) 418 

Ohnstead, B. On the recent se- 
cular period of the Aurora Borealis. 
(In V. 8.) 416 

Pkskering, €. On the Oliddon 
mummy case in the museum of the 
Smithsonian Institution. (In v. 16.) 


Pampelly, R. Oeological re- 
searches in China, Mongolia, and 
Japan during 1862-66. (In v. 16.) 


Rao, G. Archaeological collection 
of the United States National Mu- 
seum. (In V. 22.) 418a 

^Palenque tablet in the 

United States National Museum. 

(In V. 22.) 418b 

Prehistoric fishing in Europe 

and North America. (In v. 26.) 419 
RIggs, S. R. Grammar and dic- 
tionary of the Dakota language. 
Collected by the members of the 
Dakota mission. (In v. 4.) 420 

Rltchey, G. W. On the modern 
reflecting telescope, and the making 
and testing of optical mirrors. 1904. 
(In V. 34) 421 

Rankle, J. D. New tables for de- 
termining the values of the coef- 
ficients in the perturbative func- 
tions of planetary motion; Asteroid 
supplement to new tables. (In v. 
9.) 422 

Sehotty C. A. Tables and results 
of the precipitation, in rain and 
snow, in the U. S. (In v. 18, 24.) 


^Tables, distribution, and va- 
riation of the atmospheric temper- 
ature in the U. S. and some adja- 
cent parts of America. (In v. 21.) 


Schumann, Victor. On the ab- 
sorption and emission of air and its 
ingredients. 1903. (In v. 29.) 424 

Secchi, A. Researches on elec- 
trical rheometry. (In v. 3.) 425 

Shaler, N. S. A comparison of 
the features of the earth and the 
moon. 1903. (In v. 34.) 426 

Sherzer, W. H. Glaciers of the 
Canadian Rockies and Selkirks 
(Smithsonian expedition of 1904). 
1907. (In V. 34.) 427 

Smith, N. D. Meteorological ob- 
servations made near Washington, 
Ark. (In v. 12.) 428 

Sonntag, A. Observations on ter- 
restrial magnetism in Mexico. (In 
V. 11.) ^ 420 

Squler, K G. Aboriginal mon- 
uments of the state of New York. 
(In V. 2.) 480 

^Ancient monuments of the 

Mississippi valley. (In v. 1.) 481 

Stlmpson, W. Synopsis of the ma- 
rine invertebrata of Grand Manan. 
(In V. 6.) 432 

Stockwell, J. N. Memoir on the 
secular variations of the elements 
of the orbits of the 8 principal plan- 
ets. (In V. 18.) 488 

Swan, J. G. The Haldah Indiana 
of Queen Charlotte's islands, Brit- 
ish Columbia. (In v. 21.) 

^The Indians of Cape Flattery, 

Washington territory. (In v. 16) 


Torrey, John. Observations on the 

94 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Batis maritima of LinnaeuB. (In v. 
6.) 4S5 

On the Darlingtonia califor- 

nica, a new pitcher-plant from 
northern California. (In v. 6.) 486 

^Plantae Fremontianae, or de- 

acriptions of plants collected by 
Col. J. C. Fremont, in California. 
(In V. 6.) 4ST 

True, F. W. The whalebone 
whales of the western North At- 
lantic compared with those occur- 
ring in European waters, with some 
observations on the species of the 
North Pacific. 1904. (In v. 83.) 


Walker, S. C. Ephemeris of the 
planet Neptune for 1852. (In v. 3.) 


Ephemeris of ttte planet Nep- 
tune for 1846-51. Researches rela- 
tive to the planet Neptune. (In v. 
2.) 489 

Whittlesey, C. Ancient mining on 
the shores of Lake Superior. (In v. 
13.) 489a 

Description of ancient works 

in Ohio. (In v. 3.) 489b 

On fluctuations of level in 

the North American lakes. (In v. 
12.) 489c 

On the fresh water glacial 

drift of the northwestern states. 
(In V. 16.) 440 

Wood, H. G. jr. Contribution to 
the history of the fresh water al- 
gae of North America. (In v. 19 ) 


Fever: a study in morbid and 

normal physiology. (In v. 23.) 441) 

Woeikof , A. jT. Discussion and an- 
alysis of Prof. Coflfin's tables and 
charts of the winds of the globe. 
(In V. 20.) 442 

Wyman, J. Anatomy of the ner- 
vous system of Rana Pipiens. (In 
V. 6.) 448 

— Miscellaneous collections, v. 1- 
date. 1862-date. {iibrary has v. 
1-date, except v. 4:- v. 1, 2, 27, 
46, 49 Incomplete. Qll S6 M 444 


Abbe, develand. the mechanics 
of the earth's atmosphere. A col- 
lection of translations. 1893. v. 34. 


^The mechanics, of the earth's 

atmosphere; a collection of trans- 
lations. Third collection. 1910. v. 
61, no. 4. 446 

Abbot, C. G. Observation of the 
total solar eclipse of January 3, 
1908: a bolometric study of the 

solar corona. 1908. v. 52, p. 31-47. 


^Additions and corrections to 

the List of foreign correspondents, 
to January, 1883. 1883. v. 26 448 

Adler, Cyma. The relation of 
Richard Rush to the Smithsonian 
instituUon. 1909. v. 62, p. 236-251. 


Aldrlcta, J. H. A catalogue of 
North American Diptera (or two- 
winged flies). 1905. Part of v. 46. 


Antliropi^oglcal society of Wadh* 
Ington. Abstract of transactions, 
with the annual addreie of the pres- 
ident, for the flrst year, ending Jan- 
uary 20, 1880, and for the second 
year, ending January 18, 1881. Pre- 
pared by J. W. PowelL 1881. v. 25. 


^Transactions of the ^jithro- 

pological society of Washington. 
Published with the co-operation of 
the Smithsonian institution. 1879- 
82, 1883-85. v. 25, 34. 452 

Arnold, J. H. The peoples of For- 
mosa. 1909. v. 52, p. 287-293. 46S 

Arnold, Ralph. New and charac- 
teristic species of fossil moUusks 
from the oil-bearing tertiary for- 
mation of Santa Barbara County, 
California. 1908. v. 60, p. 419-447. 

Basaler, R. S. The Nettelroth col- 
lection of invertebrate fossils. 1909. 
V. 62, p. 121-162. 455 

Becker, G. F. The age of the 
earth. 1910. v. 66, no. 6. 457 

BInney, W. G. Check list of the 
shells of North America. 2d ed. v. 
2. 458 

Biological society of WasliingSSn. 

Proceedings. Pub. with the co-op- 
eration of the Smithsonian institu- 
tion. V. 1. Pub. as V. 25 of Mis. 
Col. _45» 

Bolton, H. C. A catalogue of~sci- 
entiflc and technical periodicals, 
(1666 to 1882,) together with chro- 
nological tables and a library check- 
list. 1886. V. 29. 460 

Catalogue of scientiflc and 

technical periodicals. 1665-1896. 
Together with chronological tables 
and a library checklist. 2d ed. 1897. 
V. 40. 461 

^A select bibliography of 

chemistry, 1492-1892. 1893. v. 36. 


^A select bibliography of 

chemistry. 1492-1897. 1st supple- 
ment. 1899. V. 39. 463 
-A select bibliography .of 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


chemistry, 1492-1897. Section VUI. 

— Academic dissertations. 1901. v. 

41. 464 

A select bibliography of 

chemistry, 1492-1902. Second sup* 
plement« 1904. v. 44. 465 

Booth, J. C. On recent improve- 
ments in the chemical arts. By Prof. 
J. C. Booth, and Campbell Mortit. 
1862. V. 2. 466 

BriUon, N. li. A preliminary treat- 
ment of the Opuntioideae of North 
America. By N. L. Britton and J. 
N. Rose. 1908. v. 50, p. 503-639. 

/ 467 

)/Brockett, PanL Bibliography of 

Aeronautics. 1910. v. 65. 468 

Browning, P. ^ Index to the lit- 
erature Of indium, 1863-1903. 1906. 
Part of V. 46. 469 

^hidex to the literature of 

graUium. 1874-1903. 1904. Part of 
V. 46. 470 

^Index to the literature of 

germanium, 1886-1903. 1904. Part 
of V. 46. 471 

Bnsck, Angoflt. Notes on a horn- 
Teedhig lepidopterous larva ttova 
Africa, with two plates. 1910. v. 66, 
no. 8. 472 

^Report on a trip for the pur- 
pose of studsring the mosquito fauna 
of Panama. 1908. v. 52, p. 49-77. 


Catalogiie of publications of so- 
cieties and of other periodical works 
in the library of the Smithsonian 
institution, July 1, 1858. Foreign 
worka 1859. v. 3. 474 

Cncalogae of publications of so- 
cieties and of periodical works. Be- 
longing to the Smithsonian institu- 
tion, Jan. 1, 1866. Deposited in the 
Library of Congress. 1866. v. 9. 


OEMalogae of publications of the 
Smithsonian institution. Corrected 
to June, 1862. 1862. v. 5. 476 

Cstalogne of publications of the 
Smithsonian institution (1846-1882) 
with an alphabetical index of arti- 
cles in the Smithsonian contribu- 
tions to knowledge, Miscellaneous 
collections. Annual reports, Bulle- 
tins and Proceedings of the U. S. 
National museum, and Report of 
the Bureau of ethnology. By W. J. 
Rhees. 1882. v. 27. 477 

Checklist of publications of the 
9mIthsonian institution, July, 1872. 
1872. v. 10. 478 

Christensen, G. C. The American 
ferns of the group Dryopterls oppo- 
sita contained In the U. S. National 

museum. 1909. v. 52, p. 365-396. 


Ghncnlar in reference to American 
archaeology. 1878. v. 15. 480 

dark, A. H. Five new recent 
crinoids from the north Pacific 
Ocean. 1907. v. 50, p. 337-342. 


New genera of recent crin- 
oids. 1907. V. 50, p. 343-364. 


Preliminary notice of a col- 
lection of recent crinoids from the 
Philippine Islands. 1909. v. 52, p. 
199-234. 488 

Clarke, F. W. A preliminary study 
of chemical denudation. 1910. v. 
56, no. 5. 484 

^A recalculation of the atomic 

weights. 3d ed., rev. and enl. 1910. 
V. 54, no. 3. 486 

Cockerel], T. D. A The scales of 
the African characinid fishes, with 
two plates. 1910. v. 56, no. 1. 


^The scales of the mormyrid 

fishes, with remarks on Albula and 
Blops. 1910. V. 66, no. 3. 487 

IMrections for meteorological ob- 
servations, and the registry of pe- 
riodical phenomena. 1868. v. 1. 


Byar, H. G. Descriptions of some 
new species 'and a new genus of 
American mosquitoes. By H. G. 
Dyar and Frederick Knab. 1909. 
V. 52, p. 253-266. 490 

Bberhardt, C. C. Indians of Peru. 
1909. V. 52, p. 181-194. 491 

£aUoC» D. G. Description of a new 
subspecies of African monkey of the 
genus Cercopithecus. 1910. v. 66, 
no. 7. 492 

Fewkes, J. W. Excavations at 
Casa Grande, Arizona, in 1906-07. 

1907. V. 50, p. 289-329. 493 
Prehistoric ruins of the Gila 

Valley. 1910. v. 52, p. 403-436. 


Fisher, W. K. Necessary changes 

in the nomenclature j:>f starflshea 

1908. V. 52,* p. 87-93. 495 

Fnlcher, G. S. Our present knowl- 
edge of canal rays: a detailed bibli- 
ography. ^909. V. 52, p. 295-324. 


GUI, T. N. The archer-fish and its 

feats. 1909. v. 62. p. 277-286. 497 

^The Millers-thumb and its 

habits. 1908. v. 52, p. 101-116. 


^The story of the devil-fish. 

1909. v. 52. p. 155-180. 499 
Grabao, A. W. Phylogeny of Pu- 


Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

flU8 and its allies. 1904. Part of v. 
44. 500 

Gayoty A. H. Tables, meteorolog- 
ical and physical, prepared for the 
Smithsonian institution. 3d ed.. rev. 
and enl. 1869. v. 1. 501 

Same. 4th ed., rev. and enl. 

Ed. by William Libbey. jr. 1884. v. 
28. 502 

Ha|e, G. E. Some recent contri- 
butions to our knowledge of the 
sun. 1909. V. 62. p. 331-360. 503 

Heller, Eidmiind. New species of 
insectivores from British East Af- 
rica, Uganda, and the Sudan, with 
one plate. 1910. v. 66, no. 16 


Henry, Joseph. Directions for con- 
structing lightning-rods. 1871. v. 
10. 505 

Holden, E. S. Mountain observa- 
tories in America and Europe. 1896. 
v. 37. 500 

Jordan, D. S. The cretaceous 
fishes of Ceara, Brazil. By D. 8. 
Jordan and J. C. Branner. 1908. v. 
62, p. 1-29. 507 

Joiiet, C. M. Index to the litera- 
ture of thorium. 1817-1902. 1903. 
V. 44. 508 

IieOonte, J. li. Classification of 
•the Coleoptera of North America. 
Prepared for the Smithsonian in- 
stitution by J. L. LeConte and G. H. 
Horn. 1883. v. 26. 512 

Ijeldy, Joseph. Researches in hel- 
minthology and parasitology. With 
a bibliography of his contributions 
to science; arranged and ed. by 
Joseph Leidy, jr. 1904. Part of v. 
46. 5tS 

Ust of foreign correspondents of 
the Smithsonian institution. Cor- 
rected to January, 1872. 4th ed. 
1872. v. 10. 514 

liist of observatories. 1902. v. 
41. 515 

lilst of publications of the 
Smithsonian institution, July, 1877. 
V. 14. 516 

liist of publications of the Smith- 
sonian institution, July, 1879. v. 16. 


lilst of publications of the Smith- 
sonian institution 1846-1903, by W. 
J. Rhees. 1903. v. 44. 518 

liist of the principal scientific and 
literary institutions in the United 
States. May, 1879. 1879. v. 16. 


lilst of works published by the 
Smithsonian institution, January, 
1866. V. 7. 520 

liOc^w. Heimaiin. Monographs of 
the Diptera of North America. Pre- 

pared by H. Loew. . . Ed., with ad- 
ditions, by R, Osten Sacken. 1862- 
73. V. 6, 8, 11. 521 

McAdie, A. G. Catalogue of earth- 
quakes on the Pacific coast, 1897 
to 1906. 1907. Part of v. 49. 522 

Bladdren, A. G. Smithsonian ex- 
ploration in Alaska in 1904, in 
search of mammoth and other fos« 
sil remains. 1906. v. 49. 523 

Merrill, G. P. The meteor crater 
of Canyon I>iablo. Arizona; its his- 
tory, origin, and associated me- 
teoric irons. 1908. v. 60. p. 461-498. 


Morgan, li. H. Circular in refer- 
ence to the degrees of relationship 
among different nations. 1862. v. 
2. 528 

Morris, J. G. Catalogue of the de- 
scribed Lepidoptera of North Amer- 
ica. 1860. V. 3. 529 

Miiller, Bmno. The air-sacs of 
the pigeon. 1907. v. 60, p. 365- 
414. 580 

Osten-Sacken, C. R., freiheir von 
der. Catalogue of the described 
Diptera of North America. 1858. 
V. 3. 681 

2d ed. 1878. v. 16. 582 

Phillips, P. li. Virginia cartogra- 
phy; a bibliographical description. 
1896. V. 37. 588 

Reese, A. M. The development of 
the American alligator. (A. mississ- 
ippiensls) with twenty-three plates. 
1908. Part of v. 61. 538 

Samnel Pierpont Langley, secre- 
tary of the Smithsonian institution. 
1887-1906. Memorial meeting. De- 
cember 3, 1906. Addresses by Doc- 
tor White, Professor Pickering, and 
Mr. Chanute. 1907. Part of v. 49. 


Saussnre, Henri de. Ssmopsls of 
American wasps . . . Solitary wasps. 
1875. V. 14. 588 

Schmltter, Ferdinand. Upper Yu- 
kon native customs and folk-lore. 
1910. V. 66, no. 4. 589 

Sergi, Ginseppe. The varieties of 
the human species: principles and 
method of classification. 1894. v. 
88. 540 

The Smithsonian institution: doc- 
uments relative to its origin and 
history. Ed. by W. J. Rhees. 1879. 
v. 17. 541 

The Smithsonian Institution: doc- 
uments relative to its origin and 
history. 1836-1899. Comp. and ed. 
by W. J. Rhees . . . Twenty-fourth 
Congress to [Fifty-fifth [ Congress. 
1901. 2 V. V. 42-43. 542 

The Smithsonian institution; jour- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


nals of the Board of regents, re- 
porta of committees, atatlstica, etc 
Ed. by W. J. Rheea. 1879. v. 18. 


Smlthaonian meteorological ta- 
bles (Based on Ouyot'a meteorolog- 
ical and physical itables). 1893. 
Part of V. 36. 644 

Stknpson, WUUan^ Report on the 
Crustacea (Brachyura and Anomu- 
ra) collected by the North Pacific 
exploring expedition, 1853-1866. 
1907. Part of y. 49. 546 

Taltx>t, H. P. A bibliography of 
the analytical chemistry of manga- 
nese, 1786-1900. By H. P. Talbot 
and J. W. Brown. 1902. v. 41. 


Townaend, C. H. T. The taxonomy 
of the muacoidean flies, including 
descriptions of new genera and spe- 
cies. 1908. Part of v. 61. 548 

TrmTera, M. W. Researches on the 
attainment of very low tempera- 
tures. 1904. Part of v. 46. Part 
7 in V. 49. 549 

Tnckerman, Alftred. Index to the 
literature of the spectroacope. 1888. 
V. 32. 

^Index to the literature of the 

spectroscope (1887-1900, both in- 
clusive) (Continuation of the pre- 
vious index by the same author 
published in 1888). 1902. v. 41. 550 

Walcott, C. D. Cambrian geology 
and paleontology. 1908. Part of 
V. 63. Also part of v. 67. 553 

Wataofii, Sereno. Bibliographical 
index to North American botany; 
or. Citations of authorities for all 
the recorded indigenous and natur- 
alized species of the flora of North 
America. Part 1. Polypetalae. 1878. 
v. 16. 558 

Woodwardf J. J. On the structure 
of cancerous tumora and the mode 
in which adjacent parts are invaded. 
1873. v. 16. 554 

— Publicationa of the Smithsonian 
inetitution available for distribu- 
tion March, 1901. 1901. Qll S6 
no. 1256. 555 

— Publications available for distri- 
bution March, 1909. 1909. Qll S6 
no. 1859. 556 

— Annual report of the Board of 
regents. Library has 1853-date. 
Qll S6 R. 657 

The first report was submitted to 

Congress in 1847. Annual reports 
were printed In pamphlet form up 
to 1863, but in the volume for that 
year the essential portion of the 
contents of the preceding seven re- 
ports was reprinted, and this is now 
considered as the first of a set of 
Smithsonian reports, cf. Annual re- 
port, 1886, pt 1, p. 487. 

Beginning with 1884, the reports 
are published in two annual vol- 
umes, one being the report of the 
Smithsonian institution, the other 
the report of the U. S. National mus- 
eum. For Che latter see U. S. Na- 
tional museum. Annual report 

(From 1887) 

Abbot, C. G. The N rays of M. 
Blondlot. 1903, p. 207-214. 558 

Some recent astronomical 

events. 1901, p. 163-169. 559 

Adams^ H. B. The state and 
higher education. 1889, p. 696-710. 


Adler, Cyms. Progress of oriental 
science in America during 1888. 
1888, p. 676-702. 561 

Aflalo, F. G. Some private zoos. 
1901, p. 689-696. 562 

Agasatz, Alexander. The Gulf 
stream. 1891, p. 189-206. 563 

Altken, John. Phenomena con- 
nected with cloudy condensation. 
1893, p. 201-230. 564 

Allen, G. A. Manners and cus- 
toms of the Mohaves. 1890, p. 616- 
616. 565 

Allen, Haniijon. A biographical 
sketch of John Adam Ryder. 1896. 
p. 673-687. 566 

Allen, H. T. Atnatanaa, natives of 
Copper River, Alaska. 1886, p. 268- 
266. 567 

Allen, J. A. The influence of phys- 
ical conditions in the genesis of spe- 
cies. 1906, p. 376-402. 568 

Anderson, Tempest, & Flett, J. S. 
Preliminary report on the recent 
erupti6n of the Soufriere in St. Vin- 
cent, and of a visit to Mont Pel6e 
in Martinique. 1902, p. 309-330. 


Anderson, 'WlUlam. The molecu- 
lar structure of matter. 1889, p. 
711-720. 570 

Anthony, Baonl. The evolution of 
the human foot 1903. p. 619-535. 


Anthony, W. A. Transatlantic 
telephoning the remarkable inven- 
tion by which Dr. M. I. Pupin has 
revolutionized the transmission of 

98 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

electricity. 1901, p. 299-306. 572 

Arctowsid, Henryk. The Antarc- 
tic voyage of the Belgica during the 
years 1897, 1898. and 1899. 1901, 
p. 377-388. 573 

Arwastrong, H. E. The place of 
research In education. 1895, p. 743- 
768. 574 

Anerbach, Felix. On the absolute 
meamirement of hardness; trans- 
lated by Carl Barus. 1891, p. 207- 
236. 575 

Austen, W. C. R. The rarer met- 
als and their alloys. 1896, p. 497- 
51&r 576 

V/Baoon, J. M. Scientific ballooninsr. 
1898, p. 307-319. 577 

Bailey, li. H. The factors of or- 
ganic evolution from a botanical 
standpoint. 1897. p. 453-475. 578 

Baker, Frank. The ascent of man. 
1890, p. 447-466. 579 

Ball, Sir Robert. Atoms and sun- 
beams. [A study of the constitution 
of matter.] 1893, p. 121-133. 580 

^Notes on Mars. 1900, p. 157- 

172. 581 

^The wanderings of the North 

pole. 1893, p. 75-87. 582 

Bamee, C. Ix Science in early 
England. 1895, p. 729-741. 588 

Bateson, WUUasn. The problems 
of heredity and their solution. 1902, 
p. 559-580. 584 

Beckwltta, Panl. Notes on customs 
of the Dakotahs. 1886, p. 246-257. 


Becqnerel, Henri. On the radio- 
activity of matter. 1902, p. 197-206. 


Bellby, G. T. Gold in science and 
in industry. 1905, p. 215-234. 587 

BeU, Robert. Rising of the land 
around Hudson Bay. 1897, p. 359- 
367. 588 

Berger, Philippe. The excavation 
of Carthage. 1898, p. 601-614. 581^ 

Bertbier, A. Some new modes of 
lighting. [Incandescent petroleum 
oil lamps.] 1904, p. 267-274. 590 

Berthelot, MarceDin. Biographical 
sketch of Milne-Edwards. 1893. p. 
709-727. 591 

The life and works of Brown- 

Sequard. 1898, p. 677-696. 592 

Bidwell, Sbelford. Some curiosi- 
ties of vision. 1898. p. 197-207. 


Billings, J. 8. American Inven- 
tions and discoveries in medicine, 
surgery and practical sanitation. 
1892, p. 613-619. 594 

Progress of medicine in the 

nineteenth century. 1900, p. 637- 
644. 595 

^and others. The composi- 
tion of expired air and its effects 
upon animal life. Abstract of a re- 
port on the results of an investiga- 
tion ... by J. S. Billings, S. W. 
Mitchell, and D. H. Bergey. 1896, 
p. 389-412. 596 

A Feckbam, A. W. The Influ- 
ence of certain agents in destros^ng 
the vitality of the typhoid and of 
the colon bacillus. 1894, p. 451- 
468. 597 

Binet, Alfred. Psychology of pres- 
tidigitation. 1894, p. 556-571. 598 

Bird sanctuaries of New Zealand, 
1904, p. 419-422. 599 

Blaikie, W. B. How maps are 
made. 1893, p. 419-433. 800 

Blandford, H. F. How rain is 
formed. 1889, p. 287-301. 601 

Blumentrltt, Ferdinand. List of 
the native tribes of the Philippines 
and of the languages spoken by 
them; translated, with introduction 
and notes by O. T. Mason. 1899, 
p. 527-547. 60a 

Blytt, Axel. On the movements 
of the earth's crust; translated by 
W. S. Dallas. 1889, p. 325-375. 60S 

Boas, Fnxa, The mind of primi- 
tive man. 1901, p. 451-460. 604 

Boehmer, G. H. Report on astro- 
nomical observatories. 1886, p. 
367-483. 605 

Bolton, H. C. An experimental 
study of radio-active substances. 

1899, p. 165-162. 606 
^The revival of alchemy. 1897, 

p. 207-217. 607 

Bolton, W. von, Sk Fenerlein, O. 
The tantalum lamp. 1906, p. 129- 
140. 608 

Bonfort, Helene. Sketch of Heln- 
rich Hertz. 1894, p. 719-726. 609 

Bonvier, R. ]j. Bees and flowers. 
1904, p. 469-484. 610 

Boyd, H. A. Excavations at €tour- 
nia, Crete. 1904, p. 659-571. 611 

Boys, C V. Electric-spark photo- 
graphs of flying bullets. 1898. p. 
165-182. 619 

Quarti flbers. 1890, p. 815- 

834. 618 

Brabrook, E. W. The past prog- 
ress and present position of the an- 
thropological sciences. 1898, p. 
621-626. 614. 

Brackett, W. S. Indian remains 
on the upper Yellowstone [Mon- 
tana]. 1892, p. 577-581. 615 

Brandt, Karl. Ldfe in the ocean. 

1900, p. 493-506. 616 
Brlnkley, F. Primeval Japanese. 

1903, p. 805-810. 617 

Brinton, B. G. The "nation" as 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


an element in anthropology. 1893, 
p. 589-600. 618 

BrookB, A. H. An exploration to 
Mount McKinley, America's highest 
mountain. 1903, p. 407-426. 619 

Brooks, W. K. The lesson of the 
life of Huxley. 1900, p. 701-711. 620 

^The origin of the oldest fos- 
sils and the discovery of the bot- 
tom of the ocean. 1894, p. 359-376. 


BrowDf Addison. Endowment for 
scientific research and publication. 
1892, p. 621-638. 622 

Brown, M, W. George Gabriel 
Stokes. 1904, p. 773-777. 62S 

Bmnton, T. It. Modern develop- 
ments of Harvey's work in the treat- 
ment of diseases of the heart and 
circulation. 1894, p. 459-478. 624 

Bryce^ James. The migration of 

the races of men considered his- 

to^ally. 1893, p. 567-588. 625 

vX^nrr, W. H. The Panama route 

for a^ship canal. 1902, p. 537-657. 

-The present aspects of the 
Panama canal. 1904, p. 737-744. U27 

^The republic of PStnama. 

1903, p. 811-826. 628 

Bushel], S. W. Chinese architec- 
ture. 1904, p. 677-692. 629 

Caldw^, G. C. The American 
chemist. 1893, p. 239-262. 630 

Cterhart, H. S. The imperial 
physico-technical institution in 
Charlottenburg. 1900, p. 403-415. 


Ciarr, liucien. The mounds of the 
Mississippi valley historically con- 
sidered, 1891, p. 503-699. 682 

Carter, R. B. Color-vision and 
color-blindness. 1890, p. 687-704. 633 

Chamberlain, T. C. On Lord Kel- 
vin's address on the age of the earth 
as an abode fitted for life. 1899, p., 
2^-246. 684^ 

y/Xlianate, Octave. Aerial naviga- 
tion. 1903, p. 173-181. 686 

Chapman, F. BC Flamingoes^ 
nests. 1903, p. 673-576. 686 

Chree. Charles. Some application 
of physics and mathematics to ge- 
ology. 1891, p. 127-153. 687 

Clark, C. M. Telpherage. 1902, p. 
275-286. 688 

Clarke, F. W. The atomic theory. 
1903, p. 243-262. 689 

Cierke, A. M. A southern obser- 
vatory. [Royal observatory. Cape of 
Good Hope.] 1891, p. 115-126. 640 

Stellar numbers and dis- 
tances; by'itfneans of photographic 
star gauging. 1891, p. 103-108. 


^The sun's motion in space. 

1891, p. 109-114. 612 

Coben, J. B. The air of towns. 
1895, p. 349-387. 648 

ColUgnon, Maxime. Polychromy 
in Greek statuary. 1895, p. 601- 
623. 644 

Conant, IX Ij. Primitive number 
system. 1892, p. 583-594. 645 

Cook, O. F. The evolutionary sig- 
nificance of species. 1904, p. 397- 
412. 646 

Pood plants of ancient Amer- 
ica. 1903, p. 481-497. 647 

Comn, Alfred. Physical phenom- 
ena of the upper regions of the at- 
mosphere. 1896. p. 125-133. 648 

^The wave theory of light; its 

influence on modern physics. 1899, 

p^3-105. 649 

y/^oont von Zeppelin's dirigible air 

ship. 1899, p. 563-665. 650 

Coupin, HcmrL Animals that hunt. 
1903, p. 667-671. 651 

CovUle, F. V. Desert plants as a 
source of drinking water. 1903, p. 
499-605. 652 

Cox, John. Comets' tails, the co- 
rona, and the aurora borealis. 1902, 
p. 179-192. 658 

Creak, £. W. The general bearings 
of magnetic observations. 1896, p. 
107-115. 654 

^Terrestrial magnetism in its 

relation to geography. 1903, p. 391- 
406. 655 

Crelghton, Charles. Plague in In- 
dia. 1906, p. 809-338. 656 

Crookes, Sir Wllllain. Diamonds. 
1897, p. 219-236. 657 

Modem views on matter, the 

realization of a dream. 1903, p. 
229-241. 658 

Sir William Crookes on psy- 
chical research. Portions of two ad- 
dresses. 1899, p. 186-205. 650 

Some of the latest achieve- 
ments of science. 1899, p. 143-153. 


Curie, Pierre. Radium. 1903, p. 
187-198. 661 

I Cams, G. S. Progress of meteor- 
ology in 1889. 1889, p. 206-285. 

>^ 662 

\yVvatlat T. R The Zeppelin air 
ship. 1900, p. 217-222. 668 

Bagger, J. H. Alloys of aluminum. 
1889, p. 726-727. 664 

Dall, W. H. On the preservation 
of the marine animals of the north- 
west coast 1901, p. 683-688. 665 

^Professor Baird in science. 

1888, p. 731-738. 666 

Dana, J. D. Biographical memoir 
of Arnold Ouyot [with list of his 
writings]. 1887, p. 693-722. 667 

100 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

^A memoir of Asa Gray. 1888, 

p. 746-762. 668 

Darwin, G. H. The evolution of 
satellites. 1897. p. 109-124. 669 

Dastre, Albert. The fight against 
yellow fever. 1906, p. 339-350. 670 

^'— The life of matter. 1902, p. 
393-429. 671 

The new radiations— cathode 

rays and Rontgen rays. 1901. p. 
271-286. 672 

A new theory of the origin 

of species. 1903, p. 507-517. 678 

Salt and its physiological 

uses. 1901, p. 661-574. 674 

^The stature of man at va- 

rious epochs. 1904, p. 517-532. 675 

The theory of energy and the 

living world. The physiology of ali- 
mentation. 1898, p. 515-649. 676 

Daubr^ Aagnste. Deep-sea de- 
posits. 1893, p. 545-566. 677 

Davenport, Cyril. Cameos. 1904, 
p. 713-719. 678 

Dean, Bashford. The marine bi- 
ological stations of Europe. 1893. 
p. 506-519. 679 

DcUtaEsch, Frledrlch. Discoveries 
in Mesopotamia. 1900, p. 535-649. 


Dewar, James. History of cold 
and the absolute ^ro. 1902. p. 
207-240. 681 

^Lfiquid hydrogen. iI899. p. 

131-142; 1900. p. 269-264. 682 

Magnetic properties of liquid 

oxygen. 1893. p. 183-187. 68S 

New researches on liquid air. 

1896. p. 135-148. 684 
^Note on the liquefaction of 

hydrogen and helium. 1898, p. 259- 
266. 685 

Solid hydrogen. 1901. p. 

251-261. 686 

Dlller, J. S. Crater lake, Oregon. 

1897. p. 369-379. 687 
Ditte, Alfred. Metals in the at- 
mosphere. 1904, p. 235-247. 688 

Dubois, EHigene. Pithecanthropus 
erectus. A form from the ances- 
tral stock of mankind. 1898, p. 
445-459. 689 

Dubois, Baphael. Physiological 
light. 1896. p. 413-431. 690 

DuBois-Reymond, Emll, On the 
relation of natural science to art. 
1891. p. 661-682. 691 

Duncan, I/oiils. Present status of 
the transmission and distribution of 
electrical energy. 1896, p. 207-221. 


Dugmore, A. R. Nature pictures. 
1900. p. 607-516. 698 

The outlaw; a character 

study of a beaver who was cast out 

by his companions. 1900, p. 517- 
622. 694 

Dnrand, W. F. Robert Henry 
Thurston. [Obituary.] 1903, p. 848- 
849. 695 

Dyer, W. T. llilselimi. Botanical 
biology. 1889, p. 399-421. 696 

Botanical work of the British 

association. 1895, p. 465-476. 697 

Cdlnger, lindwig. Have fishes 
memory? 1899, p. 379-394. 698 

Eddy, W. A. Tbe BifTel tower. 
1889. p. 736-743. 699 

EeJls, Myron. The stone age of 
Oregon. 1886. p. 283-296. 700 

^The Twana, Chemakum and 

Klallam Indians of Washington Ter- 
ritory. 1887, p. 606-681. 701 

EUTel, Gnstave. The Eiffel tower. 

1889, p. 729-736. 702 
EUls, Havelock. Mescal, a new 

artificial paradise. 1897, p. 537- 
548. 70S 

Sisdale, Henry. Scientific prob- 
lems of the future. 1894, p. 667- 
679. 704 

Emmons, S. F. Theories of ore 
deposition historically considered. 
1904. p. 309-336. 705 

Evans, A. J. The palace of ^nos. 
1901. p. 426-437. 706 

Evans, John. Antiquity of man. 

1890. p. 467-474. 707 
Ewart, J. C. The multiple origin 

of horses and ponies. 1904. p. 437- 
456. 708 

Ewlng, J. A. The molecular pro- 
cess in magnetic induction 1892, 
p. 256-268. 709 

Falkenberg, Panl. The garden 
and its development. 1899. p. 403- 
418. 710 

Fano, Ginllo. The relations of 
physiology to chemistry and mor- 
phology. 1894. p. 377-389. 711 

Farlow, W. G. Memoir of Asa 
Gray. 1888. p. 763-783. 712 

IVirrlngton, O. C. A century of the 
study of meteorites. 1901, p. 193- 
197. 718 

Faulhaber, G. Construction of 
large telescope lenses. 1904, p. 3^3- 
170. /14 

Fewkes, J. W. Preliminary ac- 
count of an expedition to the cliff 
villages of the Red Rock country 
and the Tusayan ruins of Sikjratki 
and Awatobi. Arizona, in 1896. 1895, 
p. 657-688. 715. 

Preliminary account of an 

expedition to the pueblo ruins near 
Winslow. Arizona, in 1896. 1896. 
p. 617-539. 716 

A preliminary account of ar- 
chaeological field work in Arizona 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


In 1897. 1897. p. 601-623. 717 

The Tuaayan ritual; a study 

of the influence of environment on 
aboriginal cults. 1896. p. 683-700. 

Flacher, TlieolMild. Morocco. 1904. 
p. 355-372. 719 

FIske, Jobn. Reminiscences of 
Huxley. 1900. p. 713-728. 720 

Fleming, Somford. Time-reckon- 
ing for the twentieth century. 1886. 
p. 345-366. 721 

Fletcher, A. C. A study from the 
Omaha tribe: the import of the to- 
tem. 1897. p. 577-586. 722 

Fock, A, The economic conquest 
of Africa by the railroads. 1904. 
p. 721-735. 728 

Forbes, H. O. Antarctica; a van- 
ished Austral land. 1894. p. 297- 
316. 724 

'Forel, AugnsL Ants' nests. 1894, 
^^ 479-505. 725 

The psychical faculties of 

ants and some other insects. 1903. 
p. 587-599. 726 

Foster, Sir Micbael. The growth 
of science in the nineteenth cen- 
tury. 1899. p. 163-183. 727 

Recent advances in science 

and their bearing on medicine and 
surgery. 1896. p. 339-364. 728 

Recent progress in physiol- 
ogy. 1897. p. 437-452. 729 

Fonmier, Henri. Automobile 
races. 1901. p. 693-609. 780 

Fo^K, FVan<;l8. The great Alpine 
tuni^els. 1901. p. 617-630. 781 

Freshfleld, D. W. On mountains 
and mankind. 1904. p. 337-354. 


. fVobenlns, Ijeo von. The origin of 

African civilizations. 1898. p. 637- 

650. 788 

Gage, 6. H. The process of life 
revealed by the microscope; a plea 
m physiological histology. 1896, 
p. 381-396. 784 

Galton, Frauds. The possible im- 
provement of the human breed un- 
...der the existing conditions of law 
-^nd sentiment. 1901. p. 523-538. 


Gambler, J. W. The Ouanches; 
the ancient inhabitants of Canary. 
1894. p. 541-553. 786 

Gasdne, I>. Progress in radio- 
graphy. 1905, p. 151-161. 787 

Gandry, Albert. The Baousse- 
Rouss^ explorations, study of a new 
human type, by M. Vemeau. 1902, 
p. 451-453. 788 

Gelkle, Sir Archibald. Geological 
change, and time. 1892. p. 111- 
131. 780 

Gelkle, James. Glacial geology. 
1890. p. 221-230. 740 

The tundras and steppes of 

prehistoric Europe. 1898. p. 321- 

34^ 741 

i/Mxlbson, G. H. High-speed electric 

^nterurban railways. 1903. p. 311- 

321. 742 

Gilbert, G. K. Continental prob- 

lems^^f geology. 1892. p. 163-173. 

y/^ 748 

l/- The history of the Niagara 

lliver. 1890. p. 231-257. 744 

John Wesley Powell. 1902, 

p. 633-640. 745 

Modification of the Great 

Lakes by earth movement. 1898, 
p. 349-361. 746 

Gill, Tlieodore. Flying fishes and 
their habits. 1904. p. 495-515. 747 

Huxley and his works. 1895. 

p. 759-779. 748 

^The name mammal and the 

idea expressed. 1903. p. 537-544. 


Parental care among fresh- 
water fishes. 1905. p. 403-531. 750 

Some questions of nomencla- 
ture. 1896. p. 457-483. 751 

Glazebrook, 'R, T. The aims of 
the national physical laboratory of 
Great Britain. 1901. p. 341-357. 


Goodale, G. Ij. Some of the pos- 
sibilities of economic botany. 1891, 
p. 617-646. 758 

Goode, G. B^ Report upon the 
exhibit of the Smithsonian institu- 
tion and the United States national 
museum at the Cotton states and 
international exhibition. Atlanta. 
Ga.. 1895. 1896. p. 613-636. 754 

Goodyear, W. H. A discovery of 
Greek horizontal curves in the 
Maison Carrie at Nlmea [in 1891]. 
1894, p. 573-588. 755 

Gorgas, W. C. Sanitation of the 
Panama canal zone. 1904. p. 745- 
749. 756 

Gowland, WIIMam. The art of 
casting bronze in Japan. 1894, p. 
609-651. 757 

Gradenwltz, Alfred. The Marien- 
felde-Zossen high-speed electric 
railway trials. 1903. p. 323-331. 


Graff, Imdwlg von. Zoology since 
Darwin. 1895, p. 477-491. 750 

Graffigny, Henri de. Explorations 
of the upper atmosphere. 1897, p. 
301-316. 760 

Graham Bell*8 tetrahedral kites. 

1903. p. 183-185. 761 

Gray, Asa. List of the writings of 

102 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Dr. Aea Gray. 1888, p. 786-826. 


Gmy, Thomas. The development 
of electrical science. 1898, p. 217- 
23ie 7«S 

\/' ^The inventors of the tele- 

Ibaph and telephone. 1892, p. 639- 
657. 764 

Green, B. R. The building for the 
Library of Confess. 1897, p. 626- 
632. 765 

Gregory, J. W. The plan of the 
earth and iU causes. 1898, p. 863- 
388. 766 

Gregory, W. K. A marine univer- 
sity. [Marine biological laboratory. 
Woods Hole.] 1902, p. 625-632. 767 

GrlfflUis, G. S. Antarctic explo- 
ration. 1890, p. 293-304. 768 

Grogan, EX S. Through Africa 
from Cape to Cairo. 1900, p. 431- 
448. 769 

Groevenor, G. H. The geographic 
conquests of the nineteenth cen- 
tury. 1900, p. 417-430. 770 

Reindeer in Alaska. 1902, 

p. 613-623. 771 

Gttillaunie, C. EX The extreme 
infra-red radiations. 1898, p. 161- 
165. 772 

Giilick, J. T. Divergent evolution 
through cumulative segregation. 
1891, p. 269-336. 778 

Gnttstadt, Albert. The national 
scientific institutions at Berlin; 
translated and condensed by O. H. 
Boehmer. 1889, p. 89-144. 774 

Haeckel, EiSmst. On our present 
knowledge of the origin of man. 
1898, p. 461-480. 775 

Hagae, Arnold. Geological his- 
tory of the Yellowstone national 
park. 1892, p. 133-151. 776 

Soaping geysers. 1892, p. 

153-161. 777 

Hale, G. E2. The function of large 
telescopes. 1898, p. 123-137. 778 

Stellar evolution in the light 

of recent research. 1902, p. 149- 
163. 779 

Rumford spectroheliograph 

of the Yerkes observatory. 1904, p. 
131-162. 780 

Hales, Henry. Prehistoric New 
Mexican pottery. 1892, p. 535-654. 


Hallock, William. The flow of 
solids; or. The behavior of solids 
under high pressure [with refer- 
ence to the literature]. 1893. 789 

Halm, Jacob. A new solar theory. 
1902, p. 165-178. 783 

Hammer, W. J. The telephono- 
graph [the invention of Waldemar 
Poulsen]. 1901. p. 307-312. 784 

Hamy, EX T. The Royal menagerie 
of France and the National menag- 
erie established on the 14th of Bru- 
maire of the year IX (November 4, 
1793). 1897, p. 507-617. 785 

The yellow races. 1896, p. 

505-517. 786 

Harknees, WUUam. On the mag- 
nitude of the solar system. 1894, 
p. 93-111. 787 

^The progress of science as 

exemplified in the art of weighing 
and measuring. 1888, p. 597-633. 


Harrington, Bf. W. Weather mak- 
ing, ancient and modem. 1894» p. 
249-270. 789 

Hastings, C. S, The history of the 
telescope. 1892, p. 95-109. 780 

Hatc^ F. H. & Corscorphlne, G. S. 
The CuUinan diamond, a descrip- 
tion of the big diamond recently 
found in the premier mine, Trans- 
vaal. 1906, p. 211-213. 791 

HavUand, G. D. Observations on 
termites, or white ants. 1901, p. 
667-678. 792 

Heatley, J. T. P. The development 
of Rhodesia and its railway system 
in relation to oceanic highways. 
1905, p. 279-292. 79S 

Hetanc The biologic relations be- 
tween plants and ants. 1896, p. 
411-456. 794 

Helmholtz, Robert von. Memoir 
of Oustav Robert KlrchofC; trans- 
lated by Joseph de PerotU 1889, 
p. 627-540. 795 

Henneasy, Henry. On the physi- 
cal structure ot the earth. 1890. p. 
201-219. 796 

Herdman, W. A. Oceanography, 
bionomics, and aqui-culture. 1896, 
p. 433-453. 797 

^The pearl fisheries of Ceylon. 

1904, p. 485-493. 798 

H^risson, K. dlrisson, comte d*. 
The loot of the imperial summer 
palace at Pekin. 1900, p. 601-636. 


Herscfael, Sir W. J. Color pho- 
tography. 1901, p. 313-316. 800 

Hertwlg, Oscar. The growth of 
biology in the nineteenth century. 
1900, p. 461-478. 801 

Carl Gegenbaur. 1904, p. 

787-791. 802 

Hertz's experiments. 1892, p. 
203-227. 80S 

Herz, O. F. Frozen mammoth in 
Siberia. 1903, p. 611-626. 804 

Hewett, £. Ij. A general view of 
the archeology of the Pueblo re- 
gion. 1904, p. 583-606. 805 

Hinks, A. R. New measurements 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


of the distance of the 8un. 1905, 
p. 101-118. 80« 

Hoar, G. F. and Wrl«^t, O. D. 
Francis Amasa Walker. [Memorial 
addresses.] 1897, p. 636-663. 807 

Hobhs, W. H. Smigrant diamonds 
in America. 1901, p. 369-366. SOS 

Holdeo, B. S. The besinnlngs of 
American astronomy. 1897, p. 101- 
108. 809 

Holdich, Sir T. H. The progress 
of geographical knowledge. 1902, 
p. 351-373. 810 

Hoknes, W. H. Contributions of 
American archaeology to human 
history. 1904. p. 651-558. 811 

^Fossil human remains found 

near Lansing, Kansas. 1902, p. 466- 
462. 812 

On some spurious Mexican 

antiquities and their relation to an- 
cient art. 1886, p. 319-334. SIS 

Order of development of th^ 

primal shaping arts. 1901, p. 501- 
513. 814 

Review of the evidence re- 
lating to auriferous gravel man In 
California. 1899, p. 419-472. 815 

Traces of aboriginal opera- 
tions in an iron mine near Leslie, 
Mo. 1903, p. 723-726. SIS 

Hough, Walter. The development 
of illumination. 1901, p. 493-600. 


Hovey, H. C. Aluminum. 1889, 
p. 721-725. 818 

Howard, IX O. The economic 
status of insects as a class. 1898, 
p. 551-569. 810 

Howes, 6. B. The morphological 
method and recent progress in zool- 
ogy. 1902, p. 581-608. 820 

Howortli, Sir Henry. The methods 
of archaeological research. 1894, 
p. 589-60«. 821 

Hrdlloka, Alee. The painting of 

human bones among the Indians. 

13^4, p. 607-617. 822 

Vr Habbard, G. G. The evolution of 

commerce. 1891, p. 647-660. 823 

The Japanese nation — a typ- 
ical product of environment. 1895, 
p. 667-681. 824 

Relations of air and water 

to temperature and life. 1893, p. 
265-275. 825 

Hnffaker, E. C. On soaring flight, 
with an introduction by S. P. Lang- 
ley. 1897, p. 183-206. 826 

Hoggins, William. Celestial spec- 
troscopy. 1891, p. 69-102. 827 

Hnlbert, H. B. The Korean lan- 
guage. 1903, p. 793-804. 828 

Hunt, Robert. History of photo- 
graphy. 1905, p. 163-192. 829 

^The history of some discov- 
eries of photography. 1904, p. 287- 
308. 830 

Inwards, Richard. Meteorological 
observatories. 1896, p. 149-166. 


Israel, Oflcar. Rudolph Virchow. 
1902, p. 641-659. 832 

Ives, F. E. Photography in the 
colors of nature. 1893, p. 161-162. 


Jacob, Georg. Oriental elements 
of culture in the Occident. 1902, 
p. 509-529. 834 

Janssen, Jean. Four days' obser- 
vations at the summit of Mont 
Blanc. 1894, p. 237-247. 835 

Janssen, Jules. Photographic 
photometry [with special reference 
to its application to astronomical 
physics]. 1894, p. 191-196. 836 

i/^- ^The progress of aeronautics. 

1900, p. 187-193. 837 

Johnston, Sir Harry. Liberia. 1905, 
p. 247-264. 838 

^The Okapi; the newly dis- 
covered beast living in Central Afri- 
ca. 1901, p. 661-666. 839 

^The pygmies of the great 

Congo forest. 1902. p. 479-491. 


Joly, John. An estimate of the 
geological age of the earth. 1899, 
p. 247-288. 841 

Judd, J. W. The rejuvenescence 
of crystals. 1892, p. 281-288. 842 

Kahlbaum, G. W. A. Varlationa 
of specific gravity. 1904, p. 261- 
266. 843 

Keltic, J. S. The function and 
field of geography. 1897, p. 381- 
399. 844 

Stanley and the map of Af- 
rica. 1890, p. 277-291. 845 

Kelvin, W. T., 1st baron. The age 
of the earth aa an abode fitted for 
life. 1897, p. 337-357. 846 

On Boscovich's theory. 1889, 

p. 435-439. 847 

On ether and gravitational 

matter through infinite space. 1901, 
p. 215-230. 848 

King, Clarence. The age of the 
earth. 1893, p. 335-362. 849 

Kirchhoff, Alfred. The sea in the 
life of nations. [A lecture delivered 
at the "Institut ffir Meereskunde." 
at Berlin.] 1901, p. 389-399. 850 

Klrkaldy, G. W. Upon maternal 
solicitude in Rhsmchota and other 
nonsocial insects. 1903, p. 677-686. 


Kltson, A. lEL Notes on the Vic- 
toria lyre bird (Menura Vlctdriae). 
1905, p. 363-374. 852 

104 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 


KUngelfuw, Fr. A lightning spi- 
ral observed near Basel. 1904, p. 
259-260. 85S 

KoenlgBberger, I^eo. The investi- 
gations of Hermann von Helmholtz 
on the fundamental principles of 
mathematics and mechanics. 1896, 
p. 93-124. 854 

Kranse, F. Sling contrivances for 
projectile weapons. 1904, p. 619-688. 


Kropotktn, P. A. Unsuspected ra- 
diations. 1900, p. 371-386. 856 

liang, Andrew. Psychical research 
of the century. 1900, p. 675-681. 


lianglcavel, Bembard. Dogs and 
savages. 1898, p. 651-676. 858 

lian^ey, 8. P. experiments with 
the Liangley aerodrome. 1904, p. 
113-126. 859 

^The flre walk ceremony in 

Tahiti. 1901, p. 639-544. 860 

"Gk>od seeing." 1902, p. 193- 

m. 861 

/ The greatest flying creature, 

(introducing a paper by F. A. Lu- 
cas). 1901. p. 649-654. 862 

^The laws of nature. 1901, p. 

546-652. 868 

^The new spectrum. 1900, p. 

683-692. 864 

-A preliminary account of the 

V 1 

solar eclipse of May 28, 1900, as 
observed by the Smithsonian expe- 
dition. 1900, p. 149-165. 865 
—Story of experiments in me- 
chanical flight 1897, p. 169-181. 


The I/angley aerodrome. 1900, p. 
197-216. 867 

Lapworth, Charles. The relations 
of geology. 1903, p. 363-390. 868 

Ijarsen, Alex. Photographing 
lightning with a moving camera. 
1906, p. 119-127. 869 

1x9 Bon, Gnstave. Intra-atomic 
energy. 1903, p. 263-293. 870 

liechalas, Georges. The percep- 
tion of light and color. 1898, p. 
179-196. 871 

lie Ckmte, Joseph. A century of 
geology. 1900, p. 266-287. 872 

Earth -crust movements and 

their causes. 1896, p. 233-244. 878 

Ijendenfeld, Robert von. Relation 
of wing surface to weight. 1904, p. 
127-130. 874 

lieon, Nicholas. Studies on the 
archaelogy of Michoacan (Mexico). 
The "lienzo" (drawing on linen) of 
TucutacAto. 1886, p. 307-318. 875 

lie Sage, G. li. The Newtonian 
Lucretius. [Translated by C. Q. Ab- 
bott, with introductory note on the 

lie Sage theory of gravitation by 
S., P. Langley.] 1898, p. 139-160. 


Letters from the Andr6e party. 
The balloon expedition to the pole. 
An account of the start by Andr^e's 
fellow-voyager. Nils Strlndberg — 
Letters relating to the expedition 
from Strindberg's father. 1897, p. 
401-412. 877 

Lewes, V. B. Incandescent man- 
tles. 1900. p. 387-401. 878 

Liberty, A. Ia Pewter and the re- 
vival of its use. 1904, p. 693-711. 


LleMg, Justus von. Justus von 

Liebig, an autobiographical sketch; 

translated ftom the German by J. 

C^ Brown. 1891. p. 257-268. 880 

,^>^Ijllienthal, Otto. Practical expe- 

^^riments in soaring. 1893. p. 195- 

19^ 881 

v>^^ — ^The problem of flying. 1893, 

](. 189-194. 882 

Ldppincott, J. B. The Tuma recla- 
mation project. 1904, p. 383-388. 


LIveing, G. D. Crystallization. 
1892, p. 269-280. 884 

Lockyer, Sir Norman. The chem- 
istry of the stars. 1898. p. 167-178. 


The early temple and pyra- 
mid builders. 1893, p. 95-105. 886 

Progress in astronomy dur- 
ing the nineteenth century. 1900, 
p. 123-147. 887 

& Lockyer, W. J. S. On solar 

changes of temperature and varia- 
tions in rainfall in the region sur- 
rounding the Indian Ocean. 1900, 
p. 173-184. 888 

^- liodge. Sir O. J. The modern the- 
ory of light 1889, p. 441-448. 889 

Modern views on matter. 

1903, p. 216-228. 890 

Ikiewy, Manrloe. The Institute of 
France in 1894. 1894, p. 697-708. 


— & Polsenx, Pierre. Recent 
progress accomplished by aid of 
photography in the study of the 
lunar surface. 1898, p. 105-121. 


rommel, Engene. The scientlflc 
work of George Simon Ohm; trans- 
lated by William Hallock. 1891. p. 
247-256. 893 

Lovering, Joseph. Michelson's re- 
cent researches on light. 1889. p. 
449-468. 894 

Lncas, F. A. The dinosaurs or 
terrible lizards. 1901. p. 641-647. 


The greatest flying creature. 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


the great pterodactyl ornithosto- 
ma. 1901, p. 654-659. 896 

^The restoration of extinct 

animate. 1900» p. 479-492. 897 
^The truth about the mam- 
moth. 1899, p. 353-359. 898 
Lammer, Otto. Light and its ar- 
tmcial production [translated from 
the Ger.]. 1897, p. 273-299. 899 

Observations on vision in 

brightness and obscurity, with a 
hypothesis on the cause of color- 
blindness. 1904, p. 249-258. 900 
liydekker, Blcliard. Mammoth 
ivory. 1899, p. 361-366. 901 

Some Tibetan animals. 1904, 

p. 429-435. 002 

Lyle, E. P., Jr. Santos-Dumont 
circling the Eiffel tower in an air 
ship. 1901. p. 575-592. 908 

McCaw, W. D. Walter Reed, a 
memoir. 1905, p. 549-556. 904 

Mccormick, J. C. Mound In Jef- 
ferson county, Tennessee. 1887. p. 
571-674. '905 

McGee, W. J. The relation of in- 
stitutions to environment. 1895. p. 
701-711. 906 

McKendrick, J. G. Experimental 
phonetics. 1902, p. 241-259. 907 
Macnanmra, N. C. The craniology 
of man and anthropoid apes, 1902, 
P. 431-449. 908 

Magowan, D. J. Modes of keep- 
ing time known among the Chinese. 
1891, p. 607-612. 909 

Maire, Albert. Materials used to 
write upon before the invention of 
prlnUng. 1904, p. 639-658. 910 

Makaroff, S. O. The "Yermak" 
ice breaker. 1900, p. 449-459. 911 
MaOery, Garrlck. Relations be- 
tween Professor Baird and partici- 
pating socieUes. 1888, p. 717-7*20. 
, 912 

\y Maltble, M. R. Rapid-transit sub- 
ways in metropolitan cities. 1904, 
-). 75^-771. 918 

««K?oiu, Gngllelmo. "Wireless tel- 
egraphy. 1901, p. 287-298. 914 

Maroon, Jules. Amerriques, Amer- 
igho Vespucci and America. 1888. 
p. 647-673. 915 

Marey, Jules. The history of chro- 
nophotography. 1901, p. 317-340. 


Comparative locomotion of 

different animals. 1893, p. 601- 

^"*- 917 

, ^The work of the physiolog- 
ical station at Paris. 1894, p. 391- 
412. 918 

Markham, A. H. Arctic explora- 
tions. 1896. p. 273-296. 919 

Markham, Sir C. R. The first 


year's work of the national Ant- 
arctic expedition. 1903, p. 459- 
465. 920 

The present standpoint of 

geography. 1893, p. 395-418. 921 

The promotion of further 

discovery in the Arctic and Ant- 
arctic regions. 1894, p. 317-341. 


Martin, T. C. The utilization of 
Niagara. 1896, p. 223-232. 928 

Mascart, Eleuth^re. The age of 
electricity. 1894. p. 153-172. 924 

Mason, O. T. The birth of inven- 
tion. 1892, p. 603-611. 925 

Influence of environment up- 
on human industries or arts. 

1895, p. 639-665. 926 
Migration and the food 

quest; a study in the peopling of 
America. 1894, p. 523-539. 927 

North American bows, ar- 
rows, and quivers. 1893, p. 631- 
679. 928 

Progress of anthropologry in 

1889-92. 1889, p. 591-668; 1890, 
p. 527-608; 1891, p. 433-502; 1892, 
p. 465-512; 1893, p. 601-629. 929 

^The Ray collection from 

Hupa reservation. 1886, p. 205- 
239. 930 

^Traps of the American In- 
dians — a study in psychology and 
invention. 1901, p. 461-473. 931 

Maspero, G. C. C. Henry Brugsch. 

1896, p. 667-672. 932 
Masson, Orme. Deduction from 

the gaseous theory of solution. 

1892, p. 289-298. 938 

Matthews, Washington. Navajo 

dye stuffs. 1891, p. 613-615. 934 
f^- Maver, William, Jr. Progress in 
''^wireless telegraphy. 1904, p. 275- 

280. 935 

(^ ^Wireless telegraphy. Its past 

and present status and its pros- 
pects. 1902, p. 261-274. 936 
Means, T. H. The Nile reservoir 
dam at Assuan. 1902, p. 531-535. 

MeUMa, RaphaeL The photo* 
graphic image. 1890, p. 377-387. 
^ 938 

ly' MelvlDe, G. W. The submarine 
boat: its value as a weapon of naval 
warfarfe. 1901, p. 717-738. 989 
Melville, R^ D. The evolution of 
modem society in its historical as- 
pects. 1894, p. 507-521. 940 

Mendenhall, T. C. Commemora- 
tion of Prof. Henry A. Rowland. 
1901, p. 739-753. 941 

Fundamental units of meas- 
ure. 1893, p. 135-149. 942 

106 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 


-Helmholtz. 1896, p. 


^The henry [the unit of in- 
duction]. 1894, p. 141-162. 944 

^Progresa In physics in the 

nineteenth century. 1900, p. 316- 
331. 945 

Merriam, C. H. Bogroslof volca- 
noes. 1901, p. 367-376. 946 

The sreographic distribution 

of life in North America, with spe- 
cial reference to the Mammalia. 
1891, p. 366-416. 947 

M cooc r o chinldt, Ijeopold. The an- 
cient HitUtes. 1903, p. 681-703. 


MetchnikoT, Illya. Old age. 1904, 
p. 533-660. 949 

Meyer, A. B. The antiquity of the 
lion in Greece. 1903, p. 661-667. 


Meyer, Hermann. Bows and ar- 
rows in central Brazil. 1896, p. 
649-690. 951 

Meyer, Victor. The chemical 
problems of to-day; translated by 
L. H. Friedburg. 1890, p. 361-376. 


Mlall, Ij. C. Life history studies 
of animals. 1897, p. 483-606. 958 

Some difficulties in the life 

of aquatic insects. 1891, p. 349- 
364. 954 

MInot, C. S. Morphology of the 
blood corpuscles. 1890, p. 429-431. 


Moiasan, HenrL Fluorine. 1897, 
p. 269-272. 956 

Molisdh, Hans. Luminosity in 
planets. 1906, p. 361-362. 957 

The Mont Blanc observatory. 
1893, p. 269-263. 958 

Mpntellns, Oscar. The age of 
bronze in Egypt. 1890, p. 499-616. 


Morgan, Jacques de. Account of 
the work of the service of an- 
tiquities of Egypt and of the Egypt- 
ian institute during the years 1892, 
1893 and 1894. 1896, p. 691-612. 


MoniUard, L. P. The empire of 
the air; an ornithological essay on 
the flight of birds. 1892, p. 397- 
463. 961 

Miiner, August. Memoir of Hein- 
rlch Leberecht Fleischer; trans- 
lated by Henrietta Szold. 1889, p. 
607-626. 962 

Miiller, F. M. Oriental scholar- 
ship during the present century. 
1893, p. 681-700. 96S 

Murray, Sir John. The general 
conditions of existence and distri- 
bution of marine organisms. 1894, 

p. 397-409. 

Present condition of the floor 

of the ocean; evolution of the con- 
tinental and oceanic areas. 1899» 
p. 309-328. »e5 

^The renewal of Antarctic 

exploration. 1893, p. 363-373. 900 

Scientific advantages of an 

Antarctic expedition. 1897, p. 413- 
436. 967 

NadaUlac, J. F. A. du P. marquis 
de. The unity of the human species. 
1897, p. 649-669. 968 

Neumann, Oskar. From the So- 
mali coast through southern Ethi- 
opia to the Sudan. 1903, p. 776- 
792. 9e« 

Newcomb, Simon. Aspects of 
American astronomy. 1897, p. 85- 
99. 970 

Evolution of the scientific 

investigator. 1904, p. 221-238. 971 

^The problems of astronomy. 

1896, p. 88-92. 079 

Newell, F. H. Irrigation. 1901, 
p. 407-423. 97S 

^The reclamation of the West. 

1903, p. 827-841. 974 

The work of the reclama- 
tion service. 1904, p. 373-381. 975 

Newton, H. A. A memoir of EUas 
Loomis [with list of his publica- 
tions]. 1890. p. 741-770. 976 

Nichols, Brnest Fox, and Hull, 
G. F. The pressure due to radia- 
tion. 1903, p. 116-138. 977 

Niewenglowski, G. H. Progress 
in color photography. 1898, p. 209- 
216. 978 

' Nordenskiold, Otto, and others. 
The Swedish Antarctic expedition. 
1903, p. 467-479. 979 

Nordmann, Ch. The sun-spot per- 
iod and the variations of the mean 
annual temperature of the earth. 
1903, p. 139-149. 980 

A notable advance in color pho- 
tography. 1900, p. 623-626. 981 

Osbom, H. F. Present problems 
in evolution and heredity. 1892, p. 
313-374. 988 

Osten-Sacken* K. R. R. bsron 
Ton. The so-called Bugonla of the 
ancients, and its relation to a bee- 
llke-fly — Eristalls tenax. 1898, p. 
487-600. 98S 

Ostwald, WUhelm. On chemical 
energy. 1893, p. 231-238. 984 

Packard, R. I^ Pre-Columbian 
copper-mining in North Ainerica. 
1892, p. 176-198. 985 

Paine, A. B. The children's room 
in the Smithsonian InstltutioQ. 1901. 
p. 663-660. 986 

Palm^n, J. A. Report on the mi- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


gration of birds; translated from 
the Oerman by C. W. Shoemaker. 
1892, p. 375-396. 987 

Farker, W. K. Memoir of. 1890, 
p. 771-774. 088 

Pearj, R. "EL North polar explo- 
ration: field work of the Peary 
ArcUc Club, 1898-1902. 1903, p. 
427-467. 989 

Pelroe, C. 8. The century's great 
men in science. 1900, p. 693-699. 


Pelser, F. H A sketch of Baby- 
lonian society. 1898, p. 679-599. 


The Fekln observatory. 1900, p. 
185-186. 992 

Pemter, J. K. Methods of fore- 
casting the weather. 1903, p. 161- 
165. 99S 

Petarle, W. K. F. Race and civil- 
izaUon. 1896. p. 689-600. 994 

Recent research in Egypt 

1897. p. 671-675. 995 

Phillips, W. A. A new group of 
stone implements from the south- 
ern shores of Lake Michigan. 1897, 
p. 587-600. 996 

Pickering, W. H. Schiaparelli's 
latest views regarding Mars. 1894, 
p. 113-116. 997 

Plnofaoc, GUTord, and Merrlam, 
C H. Forest destruction. 1901, p. 
401-405. 998 

Playfair, Sir R. li. The Mediter- 
ranean, physical and historical. 
1890, p. 269-276. 999 

Polncar^, Henri Light and elec- 
tricity, according to Maxwell and 
Hertz. 1894, p. 129-139. 1000 

PomepckJ, J. F. Karl Alfred von 

ZH«€]. 1904, p. 779-786. 1001 

^Powell, B. F. 8. Baden. Progress 

with air shipa 1903, p. 167-171. 

-Recent aeronautical pro- 
gress and deductions to be drawn 
therefrom, regarding the future of 
aerial navigation. 1902, p. 121-131. 


Powell, J, W. The personal char- 
acteristics of Professor Baird. 1888, 
p. 739-744. 1004 

Relation of primitive peo- 
ples to environment. Illustrated by 
American examples. 1895, p. 625- 
«37. 1005 

Poynting, J. H. Radiation in the 
Bolar system. 1904, p. 186-193. 


Recent studies In gravita- 
tion. 1901, p. 199-214. 1007 

Preeco, Sir W. H. Signaling 
through space without wires. 1898, 
p. 249-257. 1008 


Prlsse d'Avennes, BImllo. Egypt- 
ian and Arabian horses. 1904, p. 
467-467. 1009 

Putnam, F. W. A problem in 
American anthropology. 1899, p. 
473-486. 1010 

Qnatrefages de Bsean, A. J. D. 
The advent of man in America. 
1892, p. 613-620. 1011 

Raoovltza, £. G. A summary of 
general observations on the spout- 
ing and movements of whales. 1903, 
p. 627-645. 1012 

Radau, Rodolplie. Photography 
in the service of astronomy; trans- 
lated by Aaron N. Skinner. 1889, 
p. 469-490. lOlS 

Ramsay, Sir Wifliam. The kinetic 
theory of gases and some of its 
consequences. 1898, p. 277-278. 


^Liiquids and gases. 1892, p. 

303-312. 1015 

-Present problems of inor- 

ganic chemistry. 1904, p. 207-220. 


Progress in chemistry in the 

nineteenth century. 1900, p. 233- 
257. 1017 

^The recently discovered gases 

and their relation to the periodic 
law. 1898, p. 267-276. 1018 

Some suggestions regarding 

solutiona 1892, p. 299-301. 1019 

^An undiscovered gas. 1897, 

p. 247-258. 1090 

-,^and Soddy, Wederlck. Ex- 
periments in radio-activity and the 
production of helium from radium. 
1903, p. 203-206. 1021 

Ranyard, A. O. The great lunar 
crater Tycho. 1893, p. 89-94. 1022 

Raspail, Xavier. On the sense of 
smell in birds. 1899, p. 367-373. 


Bees, J. K. Variation of latitude. 
1894, p. 271-279. 1024 

Reich, Emll. Theodore Momm- 
sen. [Obituary.] 1903, p. 861-858. 


Renleanx, Franz. Technology and 
civilization. 1890, p. 705-719. 1026 

Reynand, G. The laws of orien- 
tation among animals. 1898, p. 
481-498. 1027 

Rhees, W. J. Catalogue of pub- 
lications of the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution. 1886, p. 485-867. 1028 

^William Bower Taylor. 1896. 

p. 646-656. 1029 

Rice, W. N. Scientific thought in 
the nineteenth century. 1899, p. 
395-402. 1080 

Rld|?way, Robert. Spencer Fuller- 
ton Balrd. 1888. p. 703-713. 1081 

108 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Riviere, ESmiL The engraved 

pictures of the grotto of La Mouthe, 

^ ordogne, France; introduction by 

V . *T. Mason. 1901. p. 439-449. 


RockblUv W. W. Explorations in 
Mongolia and" Tibet 1892. p. 669- 
679. 10S3 

^An inquiry Into the popula- 
tion of China. 1904. p. 659-676. 


Rodway, Jamea The struggle for 
life in the forest, [in Guiana]. 1891. 
p. 337-347. 10S5 

Romanes, G. J. Weismann's the- 
ory of heredity. 1890. p. 433-446. 


Rontgen, W. C von. The X-rays. 
1897. p. 137-156. 1087 

Roscoe, Sir Henry. Bunsen mem- 
orial lecture. 1899. p. 606-644. 


^The life-work of a chemist. 

[Louis Pasteur.] 1889. p. 491-606. 


Rosen, £2ric von. Archaeological 
researches on the frontier of Ar- 
gentina and Bolivia in 1901-02. 
1904. p. 573-681. 1040 

Rotch, A. I>. The exploration of 
the atmosphere at sea by means 
of kites. 1901. p. 246-249. 1041 

The exploration of the free 

air by means of kites at Blue Hill 
observatory. Massachusetts. 1897. 
p. 317-324. 1042 

The highest meteorological 

station in the world [Mt. Charchani. 
Peru]. 1893. p. 263-267. 1048 

^The use of kites to obtain 

meteorological observations. 1900. 
p. 223-231. 1044 

Ronle, Ijonls. CoraL 1902. p. 
609-612. 1045 

Riicker, A. W. Hermann von 
Helmholtz. 1894. p. 709-718. 1046 

^A model of nature. 1901. p. 

171-191. 1047 

Terrestrial magnetism. 1894, 

p. 173-189. 1048 

Rnge, Soi^Qs. The development 
of the cartography of America up 
to the year 1670. 1894. p. 281- 
296. 1040 

RnsseB, -F. A. R. The atmosphere 
in relation to human life and health. 
1895. p. 203-348. 1050 

Russell, I. c. Volcanic eruptions 
on Martinique and St. Vincent. 1902. 
p. 331-349. 1051 

Sairord, W. E, The Abbott col- 
lection from the Andaman Islands. 
1901. p. 476-492. 1052 

Guam and Its people. 1902. 

p. 493-508 1058 

Sanderson, J. S. Bnrdon- Biology 
in relation^o other natural sciences. 
1893. p. 436-463. 1054 

Elementary problems in 

physiology. 1889. p. 423-433. 1055 

^Ludwig and modem physi- 
ology. 1896. p. 366-379. 1056 

Relation of motion In ani- 
mals and plants to the electrical 
phenomena which are associated 
with it. 1899. p. 329-361. 1057 

Samier, Carl. The old Indian set- 
tlements and architectural struc- 
tures in northern Central / merica. 
1896. p. 637-656. 1058 

Sayce, A. H. The primitive home 
of the Aryans [Northeastern Eu- 
rope]. 1890. p. 476-487. 1059 

Scaife, W. B. Geographical lati- 
tude. 1889. p. 749-793. 1060 

Schiaparelli, Giovanni. The plan- 
et Mars. 1894. p. 116-128. 1061 

Schiott, JuL Musk oxen in captiv- 
ity. 1903. p. 601-609. loea 

Schubert, Hemiaxm. The squar- 
ing of the circle; an historical 
sketch of the problem from the 
earliest times to the present day. 
1890. p. 97-120. 1088 

Schoster, Arthur. Atmospheric 
electricity. 1896. p. 91-106. 1084 

Schweinitz, R. A. de. The war 
with the microbes. 1896. p. 486- 
496. 1065 

Seebohm, Henry. The North Pole 
basin. 1893. p. 376-394. 1066 

Seely, F. A. Time-keeping in 
Greece and Rome. 1889. p. 377- 
397. 1067 

Seton, E. T. The national zoo at 
Washington, a study of its animals 
in relation to their natural envi- 
ronment. 1901. p. 697-716. 1068 

Shaler, N. S. General description 
of the moon. 1903. p. 103. 113. 


Shaw, H. S. Hdle- The motion of 
a perfect liquid. 1899, p. 107-118. 


Shnfeldt, R. W. A Navajo artist 
and his notions of mechanical draw- 
ing. 1886. p. 240-244. 1071 

Shute, D. K. The anthropology 
of the brain. 1892. p. 696-601. 


Siemens, Werner von. On the 
general circulation of the atmos- 
phere; translated from the German, 
by Geo. E. Curtis. 1891. p. 179- 
187. 1078 

Simon. Jules. The centennial of 
the Institute of France. 1896. p. 
713-727. 1074 

Sittig, Otto. Compulsory migra- 
tion in the Paciflc ocean. 1895. p. 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


519-535. 1075 

Skeat, W. W. The wild tribes of 
the Malay peninsula. 1902, p. 
463-478. 1076 

Skinner, J. O. The house spar- 
row. 1904, p. 423-428. 1077 
Smith, G. V. The use of flint 
blades to work pine wood; (epoch 
of the ancient shell heaps). 1891, 
p. 601-605. 1078 
Smithsonian InsdtatlOD. The 
meteorological work of the Smith- 
sonian Institution. 1892, p. 89-93. 


Sd' Jer, J. F. Anchor stones. 1887, 

p. 683-688. 1080 

^A primitive urn burial [Al- 

tamaha mound, Qeorgia]. 1890, 
p. 609-613. 1081 

^Were the Osages mound 

ballders? 1888, p. 687-696. 1082 
Sokeland, Herrmann. On ancient 
desemers or steelyards. 1900, p. 
&S1-564. 1082a 
Sollas, W. J. Evolutional geology. 
1900. p. 289-314. 1088 
Funafuti: the story of a co- 
ral atoll. 1898, p. 389-406. 1084 
Solvay, Emest. The part played 
by electricity in the phenomena of 
animal life [translated by J. W. 
Mallet]. 1894, p. 437-450. 1086 
Spears, J. R. The Corbin game 
park [in Long Island and in New 
Hampshire]. 1891, p. 417-423. 


Spofford, A. R. Memorial of Dr. 

Joseph M. Toner. 1896, p. 637-643. 

Steams, IL £. C. On certain par- 
asites, commensals and domiciliars 
in the pearl oysters Meleagrinae. 
nu, p. 339-344. 1089 

Stein, M. A. A Journey of geo- 
graphical and archaeological ex- 
ploration in Chinese Turkestan* 
1903. p. 747-774. 1090 

Sternberg, G. M. Malaria. 1900, 
p. 645-656. 1091 

Pasteur. 1895. p. 781-786. 


^Transmission of yellow fever 

by mosquitoes. 1900, p. 667-673. 

Stevens* W. Ii. Recent progress 
in optics. 1895. p. 117-134. 1094 
Stevenson, J. J. The debt of the 
world to pure science. 1897, p. 
326-336. 1094a 

Stiillne, Winiam. Rudoloh Albert 
von KoUiker, M. D.. professor of 
anatomy in the University of Wtlrz- 
burg. 1906, p. 567-662. 1096 

Stokes, H. N. The revival of in- 
organic chemistry. 1898, p. 289- 

306. 1096 

Stokes, Sir G. G. The luminifer- 
ous aether. 1893, p. 113-119. 1097 

Stoney, G. J. Survesi^ of that v * 
of the range of nature's operatiun'to 
which man is competent to study. 
1899, p. 207-222. 1098 

Strebel, Herman. The sculptures 
of Santa Lucia Cozumahualpa, 
Guatemala, in the Hamburg ethno- 
logical museum. 1899, p. 649-661. 


Suyematsa, Kencho. The ethics 
of Japan. 1906. p. 293-307. 1100 

Swasey, Ambrose. Some refine- 
ment of mechanical science. 1905, 
p. 141-160. 1101 

SynOngton, JiAnson. Problems 
arising from variations in the de- 
velopment of skull and brains. 1903, 
p. 647-660. 1108 

^^^ymons, T. W. The projected new 
nSarge canal of the state of New 
York. 1904, p. 761-767. 1108 

Taylor, Isaac. The pre-historic 
rases of Italy. 1890, p. 489-498. 


Taylor, W. B. Professor Baird as 
administrator. 1888, p. 721-729. 


Tean, J. J. H. The evolution of 
petrological ideas. 1902, p. 287- 
308. 1106 

Thayer, A. H. The law which 
underlies protective coloration. 

1897. p. 477-482. 1107 
Thomas, Cyms. Central American 

hieroglyphic writing. 1903. p. 706- 
721. 1108 

Thompson, R. J. Aboriginal bur- 
ial mounds. Eden township, Seneca 
county, Ohio. 1892, p. 671-676. 


Thompson, S. P. The researches 
of Dr. R. Koenig on the physical 
basis of musical harmony and tim- 
bre. 1890. p. 336-369. 1110 

^Telegraphy across space. 

1898. p. 236-247. 1111 
Thomson, EUhn. Electricity dur- 
ing the nineteenth century. 1900. 
p. 333-368. Ilia 

Electric welding develop- 
ment. 1904. p. 281-285. 1118 

Electrical advance In the 

past ten years. 1897, p. 125-136. 


The field of experimental re- 
search. 1899, p. 119-130. 1115 

Thomson, J. J. Cathode rays. 
1897. p. 157-168. 1116 

On the discharge of elec- 
tricity through exhausted tubes 
without electrodes. 1892, p. 229- 
264. 1117 

no Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

On bodies smaller than 

atoms. 1901, p. 231-243. 1118 

Radium. 1903. p. 199-201. 


ThomsoBt J. P. The physical 
geo^aphy of Australia. 1896, p. 
246-272. 1120 

Tboulety Jnlien. Oceanography. 
1898, p. 407-426. 1191 

Thnrston, R. H. The animal as 
a prime mover. 1896, p. 297-338. 


^A century's progress of the 

steam engine. 1899, p. 691-603. 


^Utilizing the sun's energy. 

1901, p. 263-270. 1124 

Toplnard, PauL The last steps 
in the genealogy of man; trans- 
lated by Walter Hough. 1889, p. 
669-694. 1125 

Tregear, BSdward. The Polynesian 
bow. 1892, p. 199-202. 1126 

Treleaae, William. Botanical op- 
portunity. 1897. p. 619-636. 1127 

Treab, Mel<dilor. A tropical bo- 
tanic garden [Buitenzorg, Java]. 
1890, p. 389-406. 1128 

Tristram, H. B. Field study in 
ornithology. 1893, p. 466-486. 1129 

Trouton, F. T. Repetition of 
Hertz's experiments and determi- 
nation of the direction of the vi- 
bration of light. Experiments on 
electro-magnetic radiation, includ- 
ing some of the phase of secondary 
waves. 1889, p. 191-203. IISO 

Tsybikov, G. T. Lhasa and cen- 
tral Tibet. 1903, p. 727-746. 1131 

Tanzelmami, G. W. TOn. Hertz's 
researches on electrical oscillations. 
1889, p. 146-190. 1182 

Tamer, H. H. Some reflections 
suggested by the application of pho- 
tography to astronomical research. 
1904, p. 171-184. 1138 

Tomer, Sir William. On heredity. 
1889, p. 641-664. 1134 

TylQr, E. B. Stone age basis for 
oriental study. 1893, p. 701-708. 


UndsBt, IngvaU. Scandinavian 
archaeology; translated by L. D. 
Lodge. 1889, p. 671-689. 1136 

Varlgny, Henri de. The air and 
life. 1893, p. 621-644. 1137 

^Air and life [translated by 

the author]. 1896, p. 136-201. 


^The breeding of the Arctic 

fox. 1900, p. 627-633. 1138 

^Temperature and life. 1890, 

p. 407-428. 1140 

Vaschide, Nicolas, & Bousseaa, 
P. Experimental studies on the 

mental life of animals. 1903, p. 
646-566. 11*1 

Vlrehow, Rndolplk Anthropology 
in the last 20 years; translated by 
Rev. C. A. Bleismer. 1889, p. 655- 
670. 11« 

^The founding of the Berlin 

University and the transition from 
the philosophic to the scientific a^e. 
[Translation.] 1894, p. 681-695. 


The peopling of the Philip- 
pines, translated, with notes, by O. 
T. Mason. 1899, p. 609-626. 1144 

Recent advances in science, 

and their bearing on medicine and 
surgery. 1898, p. 671-678. 1145 

Study and research. [Trans- 
lation.] 1894, p. 663-666. 1146 

Vivian, R. A. Some bird life in 
British Papau. 1904, p. 413-417. 


Vries, Hugo de. The evidence of 
evolution. 1904, p. 389-396. 1148 

Waloott, C. D. Qeologic time, as 
indicated by the sedimentary rocks 
of North America. 1893, p. 301- 
834. 1148 

Waldeyer, Wilhelm. On the rela- 
tions between the United States of 
America and Germany, especially 
In the field of science. 1906, p. 
633-647. 1150 

Walker, G. T. Boomerangs. Illus. 
1901, p. 616-621. 1161 

Wallace, A. R. The Ice age and 
its work. Map. 1893, p. 277-300. 


^The method of organic evo- 
lution. 1894, p. 413-436. Il53 

The wanderings of the water buf- 
falo. 1901, p. 679-682. 1154 

Wanner, Atrens. Relics of an 
Indian hunting ground in York 
county, Pennsylvania. 1892, p. 565- 
670. 1155 

Ward, H, B. The fresh-water 
biological stations of the world. 
1898. p. 499-613. 1156 

Ward, IX F. The petrified foresf* 
of Arizona. 1899, p. 289-307. 1157 

Wamerke, Iieon. Photographs in 
natural colors, by the process of 
L. Lumi^re. 1893, p. 163-164. 


Waterhonae» James. The begin- 
nings of photography — a chapter 
in the history of the development 
of photography with the salts of 
silver. 1903, p. 333-361. 1159 

Watklns, J. £. The Ramsden di- 
viding engine. 1890, p. 721-739 


The transportation and lift- 
ing of heavy bodies by the ancients. 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


a probable method. 1898, p. 615- 
619. IIM 

Webster, C. li. Ancient mounds 
and earth-works In Floyd and Cer- 
ro Gordo counties, Iowa. 1887. p. 
575-589. Ilea 

^Ancient mounds In Johnson 

county. Iowa. 1887. p. 593-597. 


Ancient mounds in Iowa and 

Wisconsin. 1887. p. 598-602. 1164 

Weed, W. H. Geysers. 1891. p. 
163-178. 1166 

Welch, W. H. The evolution of 
modem scientUlc laboratories. 1896, 
p. 493-504. 1166 

Wells, H. G. The discovery of the 
future. 1902. p. 375-392. 1167 

vX Wcstham, F. H. On aerial locomo- 
tion. 1889. p. 303-323. 1166 

Wbaiton, W. J. li. The physical 
condition of the ocean. 1894, p. 
343-358. 1160 

White, C. A. The mutation theory 
of Professor de Vries. 1901, p. 631- 
6i/»^. 1170 

v^Whlte, Sir W. H. The progress 
in steam navl^ration. 1899. p. 567- 
590^ 1171 

* \^ Submarine navigation. 1905. 

p. 235-246. 1172 

Wledemaim, Alfked. The excava- 
tion at Abusir, Egypt. 1903, p. 
669-680. 1178 

Wiener, Otto. Color photography 
by means of body colors, and me- 
chanical color adaptation in na- 
ture. 1896, p. 167-205. 1174 

Wlesner, Jiriins. The relation of 
plant physiology to the other sci- 
ences [translated from the Ger- 
man]. 1898, p. 427-444. 1176 

Wiley, H. W. The waste and con- 
servation of plant food. 1894, p. 
213-236. 1176 

v/Wffley, B. A. The erection of the 
Gokteik bridge. 1901, p. 611-616. 


WflUams, F. W. Chinese folklore 
and some western analogies. 1900, 
p. 676-600. 1178 

WlllUms, G. F. The genesis of 
the diamond. 1905, p. 198-209. 


WlllJamii, nucott. Was primitive 
man a modern savage? 1896, p. 541- 
5«. 1180 

Wfllonghby, O. Indians of the 
Quinaielt agency, Washington ter- 
ritory. 1886, p. 267-282. ll'SOa 

Wilsliig, Johamies. Determina- 
tioD of the mean density of the 
earth by means of a pendulum 
principle; translated and condens- 

ed by J. H. Gore. 1888. p. 635-646. 


Wilson, €. T. R^ Condensation 
nuclei. 1904, p. 195-206. 1182 

Wilson, Thomas. Criminal an* 
thropology. [A report on the sec- 
ond international congress of crim- 
inal anthropology held at Paris. 
Aug.. 1889.] 1890. p. 617-686. 


Primitive industry. 1892, 

p. 521-534. 1184 

Wingler, Captain. On sea charts 
formerly used in the Marshall Is- 
lands, with notices on the naviga- 
tion of these islanders in general. 
1899. p. 487-508. 1186 

Winkler, demens. The discovery 
of new elements within the last 
twenty-five years. 1897. p. 237-246. 


Wlnlock, W. C. Progress of as- 
tronomy for 1889-1892 [with bib- 
liography]. 1890. p. 121-182; 1892, 
p. 681-774. 1188 

WItskowBkl, WHUam, and Gore, 
J. H. History of geodetic opera- 
tions in Russia. 1890, p. 305-314. 


Wood, R. W. The photography 
of sound waves and the demon- 
stration of the evolution of reflect- 
ed wave fronts with the cinemat- 
ograph. 1900. p. 359-369. 11100 

Woodward, H. B. Joseph Prest- 
wich. 1896. p. 667-666. 1101 

Woodward, R^ 8. The mathemat- 
ical theories of the earth. 1890. p. 
183-200. 1192 

Worthlngton, A. M. The splash 
of a drop and allied phenomena. 
Illus. plates. 1894, p. 197-211. 


Wright, J. The electric furnace. 
1^ illus. 1903. p. 295-310. 1104 
^/Wright, Wilhor. Some aeronaut- 
ical experiments. 2 illus. 2 plates. 
1902. p. 133-148. 1195 

Wu Ting Fang. Mutual helpfulness 
between China and the United 
States. 1900. p. 565-574. 1106 

Yates, I>. 6. Charm stones, notes 
on the so-called "plummets" or 
sinkers. 4 plates. 1886. p. 296- 
806^ 1197 

ToDng, C. A, Variable stars. 1893. 
p. 107-11. 1198 

Tonnghnsband, Sir Frank. Geo- 
graphical results of the Tibet mis- 
sion. 4 plates. 1905. p. 265-277. 

The Smitheonian institution 

1846-1896. The history of its 
first half century. E3d. by G. B. 
Goode. 1897. Qll S6 Al. 1200 

112 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 


Preface, by the president of the 
United States. — ^Introduction, by 
the secretary of the Smithsonian 
institution. — History of the Smith- 
sonian institution: L James Smith- 
son, by S. P. Lanffley. ii. The 
founding: of the Institution, 1835- 
1846, by O. B. Goode. ilL The es- 
tablishment and the board of re- 
firents, by G. B. Ooode. iv. The three 
secretaries, by G. B. Goode. v. The 
benefactors, by S. P. Langley. vl. 
The Smithsonian buildings and 
errounds, by G. B. Goode. vii. The 
Smithsonian library, by C. Adier. 
viii. The U. S. national museum, 
by F. W. True. Ix, Bureau of Amer- 
ican ethnology, by W. J. McGee. 
X. The international exchange sys- 
tem, by W. C. Wlnlock. xl. The 
astrophysical observatory, by 8. P. 
Langley. xii. The National zoolog- 
ical park, by F. Baker, xiiL E3x- 
ploration work of the Smithsonian 
institution, by F. W. True. xiv. 
The Smithsonian publications, by 
C. Adler. xv. Biographical sketch 
of George Brown Goode, by D. S. 
Jordan. — ^Appreciations of the work 
of the Smithsonian institution: i. 
Physics, by T. C. M:endenhall. ii. 
Mathematics, by R. S. Woodward, 
ili. Astronomy, by E. S. Holden. 
iv. Chemistry, by M. Benjamin, v. 
Geology and mineralogy, by W. N. 
Rice. vi. Meteorology, by M. Ben- 
jamin, vii. Paleontology, by B. D. 
Cope. viii. Botany, by W. G. Far- 
low, ix. Zoology, by T. Gill. x. 
Anthropology, by J. W. Fewkes. xl. 
Geography, by G. G. Hubbard, xii. 
Bibliography, by H. C. Bolton, xiii. 
The co-operation of the Smithson- 
ian institution with other institu- 
tions of learning, by D. C. Gllman. 
xiv. The influence of the Smithson- 
ian institution upon the develop- 
ment of libraries, the organization 
and work of societies and the pub- 
lication of scientific literature ir 
the United States, by J. S. Billings. 
XV. Relation between the Smithson- 
ian institution and the Library of 
Congress, by A. R. Spofford. — ^Ap- 
pendix: Principal events in the his- 
tory of the institution, comp. by 
W. J. Rhees. — ^Index. 

SomerviUe, Mrs. Mary. On the con- 
nection of the physical sciences. 
From the 7th London ed. IH'fc*. 
Q158 S69. 1201 

Sweet, AL P. Theory of the uni- 
verse. 1908. Q173 S97. 

U. S. Delegates to the Pan-Amer- 
ican scientific congress, Santiago 
de Chile, li^08-09. Report. 1909. 
QlOl C6 1908e. ia03 

U. S. National museum. Bulletin. 
Library has nos. 1-15, 17, 18, 2 0- 
23, 26, 27, aO, 34-38, 40-date. 
Qll U5 B. 


Banks, Nathan. Catalogue of ne- 
arctic spiders. 1910. (no. 72) 1205 

^Directions for collecting and 

preserving insects. 1909. (no. 67) 


Bassler, R. S. Dendroid grapto- 
lites of the Niagaran dolomites at 
Hamilton, Ontario. 1909. (no. 66) 


Bendlre, C. B. Directions for col- 
lecting, preparing, and preserving 
birds' eggs and nesta 1891. (no. 
39) 1908 

Blalsdell, F. E. A monographic 
revision of the Coleoptera belong- 
ing to the Tenebrionide tribe Ble- 
odiini inhabiting the United States, 
Lower California, and adjacent Is- 
lands. 1909. (no. 63) 1909 

Oockerell, T. D. A. Directions for 
collecting and preserving scale in- 
sects (coccidae). 1897. (no. 39) 


Cope, £. D. The batrachia of 
North America. 1889. (no. S4) 1911 

Check-list of North Ameri- 
can batrachia and reptilia; with a 
systematic list of the higher groups 
and an essay on geographical dis- 
tribution. Based on the specimens 
in the U. S. national museum. 1876. 
(no. 1) 1212 

On the zoological position of 

Texas. 1880. (no. 17) 121S 

Cooes, EaUott. Avifauna Colum- 
biana; being a list of birds ascer- 
tained to inhabit the District of 
Columbia, with the times of arrival 
and departure of such as are non- 
residents, and brief notices of hab- 
its, etc. Second edition revised to 
date and . . . rewritten; by Elliott 
Coues . . . and D. W. Prentiss. 18 8 S. 
(no. 26) 1214 

Ornithology [of Kerguelen 

Island]. 1875. Part 1 of Kidder, J, 
H. Contributions to natural his- 
tory of Kerguelen Island. 1215 

Covllle, P. V. Directions for col- 
lecting specimens and information 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


UlUBtratlng: the aborigrinal uses of 
plants. 1895. (no. 39, pt J) 1216 
Cushman, J. A. A monograph of 
the Foraminlfera of the north Pa- 
cific Ocean. 1910. (no. 71) Library 
has pt. 1. 1217 

DaH, W. H. Index to the names 
which have been applied to the sub- 
divisions of the class brachiopoda 
excluding the rudistes previous to 
the year 1877. 1877. (no. 8) iai8 

Instructions for collecting 

mollusks, and other useful hints for 
the conchologist 2d ed. 1907. (no. 
39. PL O) 1219 
A monograph of West Amer- 
ican pyramidellid mollusks. by W. 
H. Dall and Paul Bartsch. 1909. 
(no. 68) 1220 

A preliminary catalogue of 

the shell-bearing marine mollusks 
and brachlopods of the southeast- 
ern coast of the U. S.. with illus- 
trations of many of the species. 
1889. (no. 37) 1221 
I>yar, H. G. A list of the North 
American Lepidoptera and key to 
the literature of this order of in- 
sects. By H. G. Dyar . . . assisted 
by C. H. Femald. G. D. Hulst, and 
August Busck. 1902. (no. 62) 1222 
Bdwards, Henry. Bibliographical 
catalogue of the described trans- 
formations of North American lepi- 
doptera. 1889. (no. 35) 1228 
Eggers, H. P. A., baron. The flora 
of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands. 
1879. (no. 13) 1224 
Flint, J. M. A contribution to the 
oceanography of the Pacific, com- 
piled from data collected by the 
United States steamer Nero while 
engaged in the survey of a route 
for a trans-Pacific cable. 1906 
(no. 55) 1225 
Directions for collecting in- 
formation and objects illustrating 
the history of medicine. 1905. (no. 
39. pt. S) 1226 
Foster, ti. 8. The published writ- 
ings of G. N. Lawrence. 1844-1891. 
1892. (no. 40) 1227 
Geare, R. I. A list of the publi- 
cations of the United States na- 
tional museum (1875-1900) in- 
cluding the Annual reports^ Pro- 
ceedings, Bulletins, Special bulle- 
tins, and Circulars, with index to 
tlUes. 1902. 1906. (no. 61) 1228 
Gill, nieodore. Bibliography of 
the fishes of the Pacific coast of the 
United States to the end of 1879. 
1882. (no. 11) 1229 
Goode* 6. B. Bibliographies of 
American naturalists. I. The pub- 

lished writings of S. F. Baird, 1843- 
1882. 1883. (no. 20) 1280 

——Catalogue of the collection 
to Illustrate the animal resources 
and the fisheries of the U. S.. ex- 
hibited at Philadelphia in 1876 by 
the Smithsonian institution and the 
U. S. fish commission, and forming 
a part of the U. S. National mus- 
eum. 1879. (no. 14) 12S1 

—Catalogue of the fishes of the 
Bermudas. Based chiefly upon the 
collection of the United States na- 
tional museum. 1876. (no. 5) 1232 

Classification of the collec- 
tion to illustrate the animal re- 
sources of the United States. 1876. 
(no. 6) 12SS 

Descriptive catalogues of the 

collections sent from the U. S. to 
the International fisheries exhibi- 
tion, London, 1883, constituting a 
report upon the American section. 
1884. (no. 27) 1234 

Exhibit of the fisheries and 

fish culture of the United States of 
America, at the International fis- 
cherei-ausstellung, held at Berlin, 
April 20, 1880, and forming a part 
of the collections of the national 
museum, made by U. S. fish com- 
mission. 1880. (no. 18) 1285 

^The published writings of 

Philip Lutley Sclater, 1844-1896. 
1896. (no. 49) 1238 

^The published writings of 

Dr. Charles Girard. 1891. (no. 41) 


HolmeiH, W. H. Instructions to 
collectors of historical and anthro- 
pological specimens. (Especially 
designed for collectors in the in- 
sular possessions of the United 
States.) 1902. (no. 39, pt. Q) 1288 

HrdUcka, Ales. Directions for 
collecting information and speci- 
mens for physical anthropology. 
1904. (no. 39, pt. R) 1289 

Jordan, D. S. Contributions to 
North American ichthyology. Based 
primarily on the collections of the 
United States National museum. 
1877-78. 3 V. (nos. 9, 10. 12) 1240 

^The fishes of North and Mid- 
dle America: a descriptive cata- 
logue of the species of fish-like 
vertebrates found in the waters of 
North America, north of the Isth- 
mus of Panama. By D. S. Jordan 
and B. W. Evermann. 1896-1900. 
4 V. (no. 47) 1241 

Kidder, J. H. Contributions to 
the natural history of Kerguelen 

114 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Island, made in connection with 
the American transit-of- Venus ex- 

f edition. 1874-75. 1875. 2 v. (no. 
) 1242 

RnoiKiton, F. H. Directions for 
collectinsr recent and fossil plants, 
by P. H. Knowlton. 1891. (part B 
of no. 39) 1243 

Komlien, Iiodwl^. Contributions 
to the natural history of Arctic 
America, made In connection with 
the Howgate polar expedition, 1877- 
78. 1879. (no. 15) 1244 

LawTeoce, G. N. Birds of south- 
western Mexico. Collected by F. E. 
Sumlchrast for the United States 
national museum. 1875. (no. 4) 


liO Bianco, Salvatore. The meth- 
ods employed at the Naples zoologr- 
ical station for the preservation of 
marine animals. Tr. from the Ital- 
ian by B. O. Hovey. 1899. (no. 39, 
pt. M) 1246 

liucas, F. A. Notes on the prepa- 
ration of rough skeletons. 1891. 
(no. 39, pt. C) 1247 

Lyon, M. W. Catalogue of the 
type-specimens of mammals in the 
United States national museum, in- 
cluding the biological survey col- 
lection, by M. W. Lyon, Jr. . . . and 
W. H. Osgood. 1909. (no. 62) 1248 

Maicou, J. B. Bibliography of 
publications relating to the collec- 
tion of fossil invertebrates in the 
United States national museum. 
Including complete lists of the writ- 
ings of F. B, Meek, C. A. White, 
and C. D. Walcott 1885. (no. 30) 


Mafion, O. T. Directions for col- 
lectors of American basketry. 1902. 
(no. 39, pt. P) 1250 

Meams, EX A. Mammals of the 
Mexican boundary of the United 
States. A descriptive catalogue of 
the species of mammals occurring 
In that region; with a general sum- 
mary of the natural history, and a 
list of trees. 1907. (no. 56) 1251 

Merrill, G. P. Directions for col- 
lecting rocks and for the prepara- 
tion of thin sections. 1895. (no. 39, 
pt. I) 1262 

Miller, G. S. The families and 
genera of bats. 1907. (no. 57) 125» 

Directions for preparing 

study specimens of small mam- 
mals ... 2d ed.. rev., with abstracts 
In German, French, and Spanish. 
1901. (no. 39, pt. N) 1254 

Mortensen, Theodor. On some 
West Indian echlnoids. 1910. (no. 
74) 1255 

Needbam, J. G. Directions for 
collecting and rearing dragon files, 
stone flies, and may flies. 1899. (pt. 
O, no. 39) 1256 

Pterce, W. D. A monographic re* 
vision of the twisted winged in- 
sects comprising the order Strep- 
siptera Kirby. 1909. (no. 66) 1257 

PUslxry, H. A. The barnacles 
(Cirripedia) contained in the col- 
lections of the U. S. National mus- 
eum. 1907. (no. 60) 1258 

Raneosn, B. H. The taenioid ces- 
todes of North American birds. 
1909. (no. 69) 1259 

Richardson, Harriet. A mono- 
graph on the isopods of North 
America, 1905. (no. 54) X290 

Ridgway, Robert. Directions for 
collecting birds. 1891. (no. 39, pt. 
A) 1261 

Nomenclature of North 

American birds chiefly contained in 
the United States national museum. 
1881. (no. 21) 1262 

Riley, O. V. Directions for col- 
lecting and preserving insects. 1892. 
(no. 39, pt. F) 1263 

Rnthven, A. G. Variations and 
genetic relationships of the garter- 
snakes. 1908. (no. 61) 1264 

Schnchert, Charles. Directions for 
collecting and preparing fossils. 
1895. (pt. K, no. 39) 1265 

Scndder, X. P. The published 
writings of Isaac L«ea. 1885. (no. 
23) 1266 

Smith, J. B. A catalogue, biblio- 
graphical and synonymical, of the 
species of moths of the lepidopter- 
ous superfamily Noctuidae, found 
in boreal America. 1893. (no. 44) 


Contribution toward a mon- 
ograph of the insects of the lepi- 
dopterous family Noctuidae of tem- 
perate North America. Revision of 
the species of the genus Agrotls. 
1890. (no. 38) 1268 

-Contributions toward a mon- 

ograph of the insects of the lepl- 
dopterous family Noctuidae of bo- 
real North America. A revision of 
the deltoid moths. 1895. (no. 48) 


Stejnegei'f lieonhard. Directions 
for collecting reptiles and batra- 
chlans. 1891. (no. 39, pt. E) 1270 

^Herpetology of Japan and 

adjacent territory. 1907. (no. 58) 


Streets, T. H. Contributions to 
the natural history of the Hawaiian 
and Fanning Islands and lower 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


California, made in connection with 
the U. S. North Pacific aurveyins 
expediUon, 1873-76. 1877. (no. 7) 


TasBin, Wirt. Directions tor coi- 
lectiniT minerals. 1896. (no. 39, pt. 
H) 1273 

l^e, F. W. An account of the 
beaked whales of the family Ziphi- 
dae in the collection of the United 
States National museum, with re- 
marks on some specimens in other 
American museums. 1910. (no. 73) 


-Contributions to the natural 

history of the cetaceans. A review 
of the family delphinidae. 1889. 
(no. 36) 1275 

U. S. National musemn. Cata- 
logue of the type and flgrured speci- 
mens of fossils, minerals, rocks, and 
ores in the Department of geology, 
United States National museum, 
prepared under the direction of 
G. P. Merrill. 1905-07. 2 v. (no. 63, 
pt 1-2) 1276 

Van^ian, T. W. Recent Madre- 
poraria of the Hawaiian Islands 
and Laysan. 1907. (no. 59) 1277 

Ward, li. F. Guide to the flora 
of Washington and vicinity. 1881. 
(no. 22) 1278 

Wood, EIlTlra. A critical sum- 
mary of Troost's unpublished man- 
uscript on the crinoids of Tennes- 
see. 1909. (no. 64) 1279 

— Proceedings, v. 
date. Qll U5 P. 

1-date. 1878- 

— Report upon the condition and 
progrees of the U. <S. National mu- 
seum. Library has 1884-date, ex- 
cept 1894. Qll U5 R. 1281 

Special bulletin. Library hae 

no. 4, pU. 1 & 2. 1282 


Nutting, C. C. American hy- 
droids. 1900. Pt. 1. The Plumulari- 
dae: Pt. 2. The Sertularidae. 1288 

AVhew^, William^ History of the 
inductive sciences, from the earll- 
eBt to the present time. A nev/ 

ed., rev. and continued. 1847. 3 
V. Q125 W55. 1284 

-The philoeophy of the inductive 

sciences, founded upon their his- 
tory. New ed., 1847. 2 v. Q175 
W65. 1285 

Whitehurst, John. The works of 
John Whitehurst, with memoirs of 
nis life and writings. 1792. Q113 
W59. 1286 

Wilkes, Cfliarles. United States ex- 
ploring expedition. During the 
years 1838-42. Under the com- 
mand of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. 
1846-61. 23v. v. 1-5. 17-19, 21, 
22 wanting. QllB W68. 1387 

V. 6. Hale, H. Ethnography and 
philology. V. 7. Dana, J. D. Zoo- 
phytes. V. 8. pt. 1. Peale, T. R. 
Mammalia and ornithology, v. 8, 
pt. 2. Cassln, J. Mammalogy and 
ornithology. v. 9. Pickering, C. 
Races of man. v. 10 Dana, J. D. 
Geology, v. 11. Wilkes, C. Mete- 
orology. V. 12. Gould, A. A. Mol- 
lusca and shells, v. 13, 14. Dana. 
J. D. Crustacea, v. 15. Gray, A. Bot- 
any, phanerogamia. v. 16. Brack- 
enridge, W. D. Botany, cryptoga- 
mia. V. 20. Baird, S. P. Herpetol- 
ogy. V. 23. Wilkes, C. Hydrography. 

Winslow, C p. Force and nature. 
Attraction and repulsion: the rad- 
ical principles of energy, dis- 
cussed in their relations to physi- 
cal and morphological develop- 
ments. 1869. Q173 W77. 1288 

Wisconsin. Academy of eciences, 
arts and letters. Transactions. 
Library has 1870-2, v. 12, pt. 1, 
1898, V. 12, pt. 2, 1899. Qll WiJ. 


ionng, Thomas. A course of lectures 
on natural philosophy and the me- 
chanical arts . . .. New ed., with 
references ani notes by the Rev. 
p. Kel'land. n. d. 2 v. Q113 Y76. 


116 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 


At^vood, G. E. Complete graded | cades minutorum secundorum, 
arithmetic. 3aL-8th] grade. 1901- auctore Carolo Bremiker. 1852. 

02. 6 Y. QA103 ASS. 


Grammar achool algebra* [3(1 

ed.J 1003. QA152 ASS. 1202 

^Standard school algebra. 1902. 

QA152 A895. 1203 

Belfleld, H. H. Rational elementary 
arithmetic. 1903. QA103 B429. 


Benian, W. W. Academic algebra, by 
W. W. Beman and D. E. Smith. 
1903. QA152 B46. 1206 

Benson, Jj* S. Replies by Prof. Law- 
ri^nce S. Benson, author of Ben- 
son's Geometry, to Prof. E. T. 
Quimby . . . Prof. Wm. Chauve- 
net . . . Prof. Robert D. Allen 
. . . and Prof. A. T. Bledsoe. 
1872. QA453 B47. 1207 

B4zout [Etienne]. First principles 
of the differential and Integral cal- 
culus, or The doctrine of fluxions 
. . . taken chiefly from the math- 
ematics of B6zout. 1824. QA303 
B57. 1208 

Biot, J- B. An elementary treatise 
on analytical geometry; tr. by F. 
H. Smith. 1S40. QA551 B62. 1200 

QA55 BSl. 


-Same. 1846. QA551 B623. 1800 

-€ame. 1851. QA551 B625 


An experimental treatise on op- 
tics . . . Being the third part of 
a course on natural philosophy, 
comp by John Farrar. 1826. 
QAlOl L124. 1801 

Bonnycastle, Charles. Inductive ge- 
ometry: or, An analysis of the re- 
lations of form and magnitude. 
1834. QA453 B71. 1802 

Bremiker, [Karl]. Logarlthmorum 
VI decimalium nova tabula bero> 
linensis et numeronim vulgarium 
Rb I usque ad. 100000, et func- 
tiooum trigonometricarum ad de- 

Bridge, Bewick. A treatise on the 
elements of algebra. 5th ed. 1821. 
QA152 B8&. 1304 

Br(x>k8, Edward. A new normal 
mental arithmetic. [cl873.] QA103 
B868. 13U5 

— ^The normal elementary algebra: 
part L Rev. ed. [1902?] QA152 
BS7. 1306 

— ^The normal elementary geom- 
etry embracing a brief treatise on 
mensuration ana trigonometry. 
Rev. ed. [cl884.] QA529 B87. 


-The new normal primary arith- 

metic. [C1878.] QA103 B846. 1808 

— The normal rudiments of arith- 
metic, oral and written. 1903. 
QA103 B858. 1300 

-The normal standard arithme- 

tic, by analysis and induction- 
1902. QA103 B848. 1810 

Buchanan, Roberdeau. An intro- 
duction to the differential calculus 
by means of finite differences. 
1905. QA306 B89. 1811 

Carr, E. McN. Beginners' objective 
arithmetic, on the objective meth- 
od. 1898. QA103 C31. 1318 

Castle, Frank. Workshop mathe- 
matics. 1904. 2 V. in 1. QA39 
€37. 1314 

CUlford, W. K. The common sense 
of the exact sciences. 1894. QA9 
C63. 1315 

Golbiim, Warren. Intellectual arith- 
metic, upon the inductive method 
of instruction. Rer. ft enl- ed. 
[C.1891.] QAlOl C68. 1810 

Cook, J. W. The new advanced 
arithmetic, by J. W. Cocfk . . . 
and Miss N. Cropsey- [cl89a.l 
QA103 C77. 1317 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


The new elementary arithmetic, 

by J. W. Cook . . . and Miea N 
Cropaey. 1902. QA103 C760. 

l>ATie8, Charles. Elements of ana- 
lytical geometry. Rev. ed. 1860. 
QA561 D288. 1310 

Matapmatical dictionary aud 

cyclopedia of mathematical sci- 
ence. Fy Charles Davies and W. 
G. Peck. [1855.] QA5 D26 Ref. 


I>e Morgan, Augustus. An essay on 
probabilities, and on their appli- 
cation to life contingencies and in« 
Borance offices. A new ed. 1841. 
QA273 D386. 1321 

I>iDikel, Otto. Generalized geometric 
means and algebraic equations. 
1909. QA212 D92. 1322 

^Sufficient conditions for imagi- 
nary roots of algebraic equations. 
1908. QA212 D91. 1323 

Dvrell, Fletcher. The advanced 
practical arithmetic, by F. Durell 
and E. R. Robbins. 1903. QA103 
D955. 1324 

— The elementary practical arith- 
metic, by Fletcher Durell and E. 
R. Robbins. 1903. QA103 D95. 


— An elementary treatise on the 
application of trigonometry. To- 
gether with logarithmic and other 
tables. 1822. QA303 B67. 1329 

^A school algebra. By Fle«:cher 

Durell and E. R. Robbins. 1903. 
QA152 D95. 1326 

Fairbank, C. A. Elements of alge- 
bra; a new and natural presenta- 
tion of the elements of algebra as 
they grow out of arithmetic; by 
C. A. F. and Edwin Hebden. 
[1899.] QA152 F16. 1327 

Farrar, John. An elementary treats 
ise on mechanics, comprehending 
the doctrine of equilibrium and 
motion, as applied to solids and 
fluids, chiefly compiled, and do- 
signed for the use of the students 
of the university at Cambridee. 
^ew England. 1825. QA807 F25 


^An introduction to the elements 

of algebra, designed for the use 
of those who are acquainted only 
with the flTBt principles of arith- 
metic. Selected from the algebra 
of Euler. 2d ed. 1821. QA154 
LI 5. 1330 

Freeland, William. Algebra for 
schools and colleges. 1895. QA152 
F85. 1331 

Fnkuzawa, Sampachi. Vler mathe- 
matische abhandlungen. 1907. 
QA331 F8. 1332 

Gerrish, Claribel. The beginner's al- 
gebra, by Claribel Gerrish and 
Webster Wells. 1902. QA152 G37. 


Gideon, Edward. The model algebra, 
arranged for elementary schools. 
1903. QA152 G43^ 1334 

^The model primary arithmetic, 

containing oral and written exer- 
cises for beginners. 1902. QA103 
044. 1335 

Goodeve, T. M. Principles of me- 
chanics. 1881. QA807 G64. 1336 

Gore, J. H. Plane and solid geome- 
try. 3d ed., rev., 1903. QA453 G66. 


Oreenleaf, Benjamin. The national 
arithmetic, on the inductive sys- 
tem. 1855. QA103 08142. 1338 

[Greenwood, J. M.] Notes on the 
history of American text-books on 
arithmetic. [By J. M. Greenwood 
and Artemas Martin] 1899-1900. 
2 v. in 1. QAlOl G85. 1339 

Gregory, O. O. Mathematics for 
practical men: being a common- 
place book of principles, theorems, 
rules, and tables. 1825. QA37 G81. 


Groesbeck, John. The Crittenden 
commercial arithmetdc and bust- 

118 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

nesB manual. Rer. ed. 1899. 
QA103 Q88. 134L1 

Gailnum, A. Cours oomplet d'al- 
g^bre 616me:2taire^ 5 me M. 1857. 
QA152 096. 1842 

-Cours complet d'arithmetique. 

8me 6d. 1868. QA103 096. 1843 

-Cours de g6om6trie 614meataire. 

4me 6d. 1857-58. QA453 696. 


-Cours 616mentaire de trigo- 

nom^trie rectillgne. 1856. QA533 
096. 1845 

Hewett, E. C The Rand-McNally 
primary arithmetic; principles and 
processes derived by Induction. 
For pupils of the four lowest 
grades. [cl896.] QA103 H579. 


HopAiiis, J. W. The elements of 
arithmetic in theory and practice, 
by J. W. Hopkins and P. H. Un- 
derwood. 1903. QA103 H795. 1847 

Mental arithmetic, by J. W. 

Hopkins and P. H. Underwood. 
1903. 1348 

Primary arithmetic, by J. W. 

Hopkins and P. H. Underwood. 
1903. QA103 H791. 1340 

Button, Charles. A course of math- 
ematics. Composed for the use of 
the Royal military academy. 9th 
ed., with many corrections and im- 
provements, by Olinthus Gregory. 
1827-28. 3 V. QA37 H98. 1350 

— Tracts on mathematical and 
philosophical subjects, compris- 
ing among numerous important; 
articles, the theory of bridges, with 
several plans of recent improve- 
ment; also, the results of numer- 
ous experiments on the force of 
gun-powder, with applications to 
the modern practice of artiUery. 
1S12. 3 v. QA3 H98. 1351 

"History of trigonometrical 
tables'*: v. 1. p. 278-306. 

"History of logarithms": v. 1, p. 

"History of algebra": v. 2, p. 143- 

"The mean density of the earth, 
being an account of the calcula- 
tions made from the survey and 
measures taken at Mount Slxlclial- 
lln. Improved from the Pbiloao- 
phical transactions, vol. 68, for the 
year 1778": v. 2, p. [l]-68. 

Kator, Henry. Mechanics. By H. 
Kater and Dlonysius Lardner. 
1830. QA807 K175. 1853 

King, J. B. BulBiness arithmetic 
[C1891.] QA103 K52. 1354 

liscrolx, S. F. Complement dee 
616mens d'algdbre. 4me 6d. 1817. 
QA154 L148. 

-An elementary treatise on arith- 

metic, taken principally from the 
arithmetic of S. F. Lacrolx; and tr. 
with alterations and additions by 
John Farrar. 3d ed. 1825. QAlOl 
L214. 185e 

-Elementary treatise on trigron- 

ometry and on the application of 
algebra to geometry; from Lacrolx 
and B620ut. [Tr. by John Far- 
rar.] 1820. QA531 L14. 1857 

-Elements of algehra. Tr. for the 

use of the students at the Univer- 
sity at Cambridge, New England. 
By John Farrar. 2d ed. 1825. 
QA154 L15. 1358 

— E16mens d'algdbre. Rev. et cor. 

12e 6d. 1818. QA154 L.146. 1859 

— ^Tralte ^l^mentaire d'arlthmtti- 
que 14 6d., rev. et cor. 1818. 
QAlOl L12. I860 

Trait6 ei6mentaire du oalcuj des 

probabilitds. 1816. QA273 L14. 


Lardner, Dionysins. A treatise on 
arithmetic, practical and theoret- 
ical. 1834. QAlOl L32. 1862 

-A treatise on geometry and its 

application in the arts. 1840. 
QA453 L32. 1868 

Legendre, A. M. Elements of ge- 
ometry and trigonometry. Revised 
land adapted by Charl^ Davies. 
1850. QA529 L492. 1864 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


— Elements of geometry. Tr. by 
John Farrar. 2d ed., cor. and enl. 
1825. QA531 M4. 1365 

of useful knowledge. Math- 
ematics. 1835-36. 2 ▼. QA37 L69. 


layman, E. A. Five-placei logarith- 
mic and trigonometric tables. 
Adapted from Gauss's tables, by 
E. A- Lyman and E. C. Ooddard- 
[C1899.] QA531 L98. 1867 

Plane and spherical trigonome- 
try, by E. A. Lyman and E. C. 
Ooddard. [cl900.] QA531 L98. 


>Iilne, W. J. Elements of arithmetic; 
[C1893.] QA103 M659. 1369 

— ^A mental arithmetic. [1897.] 
QA103 M66. 1370 

Standard (arithmetic. [cl895.] 

QA103 M668. 1371 

[Morton, Pierce.] Oeometry, plane, 
solid, and spherical, in six books. 
To which is added, in an appendix, 
the theory of projection. 1830. 
QA453 M88. 1372 

Mnrray, Dw A. Logai:lthmic and tri- 
gonometric tables, five-place and 
four-place. 1902. QA533 M98. 


Plane trigonometry, for col- 
leges and secondary schools. 1901. 
QA533 M975. 1374 

Myers, G. W. Rational grammar 
school arithmetic, by vJ. W. Myers 
and S. C. Brooks. 1903. QA103 
M995. 1376 

Newton^ ^ir Isaac. The mathematical 
principles of natural philosophy, 
by Sir Isaac Newton; translated 
into English by Andrew Motte: to 
which are added, Newton's System 
of the world; A short comment on, 
and defend of, the Principia, by 
William Emerson; with The laws 
of the moon's motion according to 
gravity, by John Machin ... A 
new ed. (with the life of the au- 
thor carefully rev. and cor. by Wil- 

liam Davis. 1819. 

3 V. 


Overman, Frederick. Mechanics for 
the millwright, machinist, en- 
gineer, architect and student. 
1851. QA807 096. 1378 

Peck, W. M. First steps in arithme- 
tic. By W. M. Peck. H. K. Wil- 
liams and M. S. Warlow. 1903. 
QA103 P374. 1379 

--Chrammar school arithmetic ex- 

tending over the course of graded 
grammar school work. 3d ed. re- 
vised, 1903. QA103 P38. 1379a 

[Pemberton, Henry.] A view of Sir 
Isaac Newton's philosophy. 1728. 
QA803 P4. 1380 

Pettee, G. D. Plane geometry. 
[C1896.] QA455 P49. 1381 

Proctor, R. A. Chance and luck: a 
idiscuBSion of the laws of lurk, 
coincidences, wagers, lotteries, and 
the ifallacies of gambling; with 
notes on poker and martingales- 
1887. QA273 P96. 1382 

Rawlins, J. M. Lippincott's element- 
ary algebra. [1901] QA152 R259. 


-^Lippincott's elmentary arithme- 
tic [1899.] QA103 R25. 1384 

-Lippincott's mental arithmetic 

embracing the principles of analy- 
sis and induction. [cl899.] QA103 
R255. 1385 

^Lipplncott's practical arithmetic. 

[C1899.] QA103 R26. 1386 

Reynand, [A. A. L.] baron. E16- 
mens d'alg^bre. 7me M. 1828. 
QA154 R46. 1387 

Traits d'arithm6tique. 14me ed. 

1827. QA145 R4. 1388 

Ritt, Q- Nouvelle arithm6tique des 
6coles primaires 1858. QA103 
R61. 1389 

Robinson, H. N. Elements of geom- 
etry, plane and spherical trigo^ 

120 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

nometry, and conic sections. 4Ui 
ed. 1851. QA529 R66. ISM 

Salgey, Emile. Solutions rftisonnSes 
probldmes d'arithm^tique. 1857. 
QA103 S13. 1391 

Sensenig, D. M. Essentials of arith- 
metic, by D. M. Bensenig and R. 
F. Anderson. [1902.] QA103 S48. 


-The new complete arithmetic by 

D M. Sensenig and R. F. Ander- 
son. [cl900.] QA103 «S47. 1308 

Slmson, Robert. The elements of 
Euclid, viz. the first six books, to- 
gether with the eleventh and 
twelfth. Also, the book of Euclid's 
Data, in like manner corrected. To 
this edition are also annexed ele- 
ments of plane and sphericad 
trigonometry. 1825. QA451 S64. 


Smith, E. B. The elements of plane 
trigonometry. 1881. QA533 S65. 


Smith, F. H[oiiiiey.] An elementary 
treatise on algebra: prepared for 
the use of the cadets of the Vir- 
ginia military institute. 4th rev. 
ed.. with a largd addition of pr*- 
miscuous example^f By S. Crutcii- 
fleld. 1858. QA154 S65. 1306 

Lecture on the history of math- 
ematics. 1841. QA21 S64. 1307 

Sonthworth, G. A. The Southworth- 
Stone arithmetic, a rational meth- 
od. [By] G. A. Southworth and J. 
C. Stone. [1904. J Library has bk. 
1 only. QA103 S73. 1308 

Taylor, Jl M. Elements of algebra. 
[C1900.] QAlbZ T243. 1309 

Thurston, E. li. A mental commer- 
cial arithmetic. 1897. QA103 
T541. 1.100 

Tombeck, H. E. Traits d'arithmfi- 
tique & Tueage des classes de sci- 
ences des lyc^es et des candidats 
au baccalaur^at des sciences et 
aux 6coles du gouvernement. 
1863. QA103 T65. 1401 

Venable, C 8* An easy algebra for 
beginners. 1892. QA152 V443. 

— Elementary arithmetic. [cl88S.] 
QA103 V442. 140;; 

SAme. 1892. QA103 V447. 1404 

— ^Elements of geometry, after 
Legendre, with a selection of s^ 
ometrical exercises, and hints for 
the solution of the same. 189 0. 
QA453 V44. 1405 

— 'High school algebra: an ele- 
mentary algebra. 1891. QA152 
V44. i4,oe 

■«ame. 1902. QA152 V442. 1407 


— Mental arithmetic, [n. d.] QA103 
V45. Id08 

-Notes on elements of (analytical ) 

solid geometry. 1891- QA457 
V44. 1400 

-Practical arithmetic. 

QA103 V43. 


Walsh, J. H, New grammar school 
arithmetic, pt. 1 [-2]. 1903. 2 v. 
QA103 W23. 1411 

^New primary arithmetic. 1903- 

QA103 W2. 1412 

Waud, S. W. A treatise on algebra- 
ical geometry. 1835. QA551 W35. 


Weidenhamer, Edward. Mental arith- 
metic. 1900. QA103 W41. 1414 

Wentworth, Q. A. An elementary 
arithmetic. 1902. QA103 W47. 


White, C. E. Number lessons. A 
book for second and third year 
pupils. 1892. QA103 W575. 1410 

White, E. E. First book of arithme- 
tic for pupils. [C1890.] QA103 
W596. 1417 

An intermediate arithmetic 

[C1898.] QA103 W61. 1418 

Yoang, J. W. A. Arithmetic, by J. 
W. A. Toun? and L. L. Jackson. 
1904. QA163 T66. 1410 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



Aiiy. Sir G- B. Popular astronomy: 
a series of lectures delivered at 
Ipswich. 9th ed. 1877. QB45 
A29. 1420 

The Ameiicsa ephemerls and nautloil 
almanac. Library has 1897, '9'i, 
1900, '03-date. QB8 U5. 1421 

The Amerlcaii nautical almanac. Li- 
brary has 1911. 1912. QB8 U5.1. 

BaJl, Sir R. a The earth'i 
nlng. 1902. QB981 B2. 

-Elements of astronomy. 

QB46. B2. 



Chandler, W. E. Speech In faror 
of civilian astronomers and a 
Board of visitors to the United 
States naval observatory; In the 
Senate April 11, 1900. 1900. QB81 
C4&. 1425 

Ckirtis, H. D. Definitive determina- 
tion of the orbit of comet 18981. 
1902. QB723 C97. 1426 

Darl«y, George. Familiar astronomy. 
1830. QB46 D22. 1427 

EIsoB, H. W. Comets, their origin, 
nature and history. 1910. QB721 
E49. 1428 

Ennis, Jacob. The origin of the stars, 
and the causes of their motions 
and their light 1868. 2d ed. 
with amendments. QB981 E6. 


''Catalogue of writers on the 
cause of stellar motion, and on 
kindred subjects, quoted": p. 37C- 

Farrar, Jchn, An elementary treatise 
on astronomy, adapted to the pres- 
ent Improved state of science, be- 
ing the fourth part of a course of 
natural philosophy. 1827. QB43 
F24. 14S1 

Ferguson, James. Astronomy, ex- 
plained upon Sir Isaac Newton's 
principles. With notes, and sup- 
plementary chapters, by David 

Brewster. 2d eil. 1S21. 2 




Grant, Robert- History of physical 
astronomy, from the earliest ages 
to the middle of the 19th century. 
Comprehending a detailed account 
of the establishment of the theory 
of gravitation by Newton, and its 
development by his successors; 
with an exposition of the progress 
of research on all the other sub- 
jects of celesual physics. 1862. 
QB31 G7. 1483 

Guilmin, A. Lecone de cosmo- 
graphie. 3me 6d. 1856. QB43 G97. 


GniUemin, A. [V.] The world of 
comets. Tr. and ed. by James 
Olaisher. 1877. QB721 G95. 1435 

Hall, Asaph. Reports on observar 
tions of Encke's comet during 
Its return in 1871-. By Asaph 
Hall and Wm. Harkness. 1872. 
QB723 E5. 1436 

Hershel, Sir J. F. W. Astronomy 
1833. QB43 H55. 1487 

— Outlines of astronomy. 1849. 
QB43 H5G. 148li 

-Same. 1872. QB43 H57. 1489 

Hind, J. R. The solar system: a de- 
scriptive treatise upon the sun, 
moon, and planets, including an 
account of all the recent discov- 
eries. 1852. QB501 H66. 1440 

International meridian conference, 

Washington, D. C. 1884. Inter- 
national conference held at Wash- 
ington for the purpose of fixing a 
prime meridian and a universal 
day. October, 1884. Protocols of 
the proceedings. 1884. QB224 
165. 1411 

Kirkwood, Daniel. Comets and me- 
teors: their phenomena in all 
ages; their mutual relations; and 
the theory of their origin. 1873. 
QB749 K5. 1442 

122 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Krayenhoff, baron. Pr6cis hlstorlque 
dee op6ratlozis gdodteiques et aa- 
tronomiqaeB, faltes en Hollaade; 
pour servir de base & la topo- 
graphie de cet 6tat. 1827. BQ296 
N54. 1448 

liaplace, marquis de. The system uf 
the world. 1809. 2 v. QB42 
L3. 1444 

Ix>weU, Percival. Mars as the abode 
of life. 1908. QB641 L924. 1445 

McCallie, J. P. An example in peri- 
odic orbits, n. d. QB355 M12. 


Mackay, Andrew. The theory and 
practice of finding the longitude at 
sea or land: to which are added, 
various methods of determining 
the latitude of a place, and rarla- 
tion of the compass; with new 
tables. 3d ed. 1810. 2 y. QB226 
Mz. 1447 

Martin, M. E. The friendly stairs, 
with an introduction by Harold 
Jacoby. 1907. QB801 M38. 1448 

Missouri. University. Laws observa- 
tory. Bulletin. Library has noe. 
2, 3, 6-11, 13-16. QB4 M68. 1449 

Newcomb, Simon. Astronomy for 
everybody. 1903. QB51 N5. 1450 

Proctor, R. A. The eizpanse of 
heaven: a series of essays on tlie 
wonders of the firmament. 1874 
QB51 P56. 

Popular astronomy. 1878., QB44 

N5. 1451 

**Llst of astronomical works, most 
of which have been consulted": 
p. 542-648. 

Nichol, J. P. The paenomena and or- 
der of 'he solar system. 1838. 
QB501 N59. 14S2 

Views of the architecture of the 

heavens. In a sei les of letters to 
a lady. 3d e'J. 1839. QB801 
N62 1453 

The Pacific coaster's nautical alma- 
nac. Library nas 1898-1900. 
1902, 1903. QB8 U52. 1451 

Parker, W. H. Familiar talks on 
astronomy, with chapters on geog- 
raphy and navigation. 1889. 
QB51 P24. 1455 

— Flowers of the sky. [n. d.] QB&l 
P97. 14KT 

•iHalf-houTs with the stars: 

plain ana easy guide to the knowl- 
edge of tAxe oonstellations, show- 
ing, in 12 maps, the position of the 
principal star-groups night after 
night throughout the year, with 
Introduction and a separate ex- 
planation of each map. True for 
every year. 4th ed. 1873. QB6S 

— ^The moon: her motloos, aspect, 
scenery, and physical oonditioi^ 
1873. QB681 P96. 1459 

— ^The orbs around us: a series of 
familiar essays on the moon and 
planets, meteors and comets, the 
sun and coloured pairs of suns. 
1872. QB51 P975. 1460 

Other worlds thajoi ours: the 

plurality of worlds studied under 
the light of recent scientific re- 
searches. 1871. QB61 P98. 1461 

-Transits of Venus. A popular 

account of past and coming trans- 
its, from the first obseired by Hor- 
rocks A. D. 1639 to the transit 
of A. D. 2012. 1875. QB509 P8. 


-The unirerse and the coming 

transits: presenting researches into 
and new views respecting the con- 
stitution of the heavens: together 
with an investigation of the condi- 
tions of the coming transits of 
Venus. 1874. QB819 P9. 1468 

Rambosson, J. P. Astronomy. Trans- 
lated by C. B. Pitman, [n. d.] 
QB44 RIG. 1464 

Roberts, Isaac. Photographs of stars. 
Btaivolusters and nebulae, togeth- 
er with records of results obtain- 
ed in the pursuit of celestial pho- 
tography, n. d. Library has r. 2. 
QB801 R64. 1401 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Robinson* H. N. A treatise on as* 
tronomy, descriptive, physical, and 
pracilcal. 1860. QB43 R66. 14611 

F. H. Photometric investi- 
fatk>DB. [1905.] QB4 M«8. 1467 
(Lawn observatory. University 
of Missouri. Bulletin no. 7.) 

— The Polaris vertical circle 

method of determining time and 
azimuth. 1905. QB4 M68. 1468 
(Laws observatory. University 
of Missouri. Bulletin no. 6.) 

Sioithsoniaii insUtation. Astrophysl- 
cal observatory. Annals. 1900 
Library has ▼. 1, 2. QB4 S(>6. 


-The 1900 solar eclipse expedition 

of the Astrophysicai observatory of 
the Smithsonian institution. By S. 
P. Langley, director, aided by C. 
G. Abbot 1904. QB544 00 86. 


Tiaman, O. H. Report on geodetic 
operations in the United States to 
the fourteenth general conference 
of the International geodetic asso- 
ciation. 1903. QB296 U85. 1471 

Tnnier, H* H. Hal ley's comet. An 
evening discourse. September 4, 

1908. QB723 HI T9. 1472 

V. 8. Ck)a8t and geodetic survey. 
Geodesy. The figure of the eartti 
and isostasy from measurements 'n 
the United States, by J. F. Hayfor j 

1909. QB283. U5. 1478 

-Geodesy. Supplementary Inves- 

tigation in 1909 of the figure of 
the earth and isostasy, by J. PI. 
Hayford. 1910. QB283 U3] 


— Geodetic operations in the 
United States 1906-1909. A re- 
port to the sixteenth general con- 
ference of the International 
geodetic association, by O. H. Tltt- 
mann and J. F. Hayford. 1909. 
QB296 U8S 1909. 14T.7 

— Report of the superintendent 
Library has 1852-1860, 1862-1908. 
1908-dftte. QB296 U5. 1470 

^The work of the Coast and ge 

odQtic survey. 2d ed. 190.*. 
QB296 U487 1905a. 1477 

U. S. Hydrographic office. The sun's 
apparent declination and equatiju 
of time. Library has 1908-1911. 
QB217 U6. 147S 

-Telegraphic determination of 

longitudes in Mexico, Centril 
America, the West Indies, and jn 
the north coast of South Amer- 
ica. QB229 U5 1888-90. 14711 

U- 8. Lake survey. Report upon tMc 
primary triangulation of tlie 
United States Lake survey. By C. 
B. Comstock, aided by the assis- 
tants on the survey. 1882. QB296 
U95. 1480 

(Professional papers of the Corps 
of engineers, U. S. army. no. 24.) 

V, S. Nautical almanac office. A it;it 
of positions of bright stars an'( 
planets prepared for the use of 
navigators. 1907. QB6 U42. 1181 

A list of stars for navigators for 

the year. Library has 1908. QB6 
U43. 1482 

U. 8. Naval observatory. Astro- 
nomical, magnetic and meteorolog- 
ical observations. Library has Ap- 
pendix 2 of 1867; Appendix 2 of 
1875; Pts. 1 and 2 and Appendix 
3 of 1876; 1877-1882; 1885; l^Sl; 
1889-92. QB4 W3 O. 14<13 

-Publications. Library has 2d 

series, y. l-date. QB4 W3 P. 1484 

-Report of the superintendent. 

Library has 1901, •03-'05. QBS2 
U5. 148.5 

— Reports on the total solar 
eclipses of July 29, 1878, and Jan- 
uary 11, 1880. 1880. QB4 W3 
O. 1486 

Its Washington observations, 
1876. Appendix IIL) 

'Report on observations of the 

total eclipse of the sun, August 7, 
1869. 1870. QB4 W3 O. 1487 
([Its Washington observatlonsi 
1867] Appendix IL) 

124 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Vinoe, Samuel. A complete system 
of astronomy 2d ed.» with addi- 
tions and corrections. 1814-23. '4 
V. QB43 V76 IdHH 

Warner & Swasey. A few astro- 
nomical instruments. From the 
works of Warner & Swasey, Cleve- 
land, Ohio. C1900. QB86 W2. 


•By starlight and moonlight with 

the Warner & Swaaey prism ter- 

restrial telescope. Some easy as- 
tronomical observations. QB8S 
W27, 1490 

Yale imiversity. Observatory. Trans- 
actions of the astronomical obser- 
vatory of Yale university. Library 
has V. 1, pts. 6, 7« 8; v. 2, pte. 1, 
2. QB4 Y2. 14'il 

Young, C. A. The sun. 1881. QBSJl 
Y688. 1492 


Amott, Neil. Elements of physios. 
A new ed., rev. and cor. from the 
last English ed. with additions by 
Isaac Hays. 1853. QC21 A75. 


Bogby, J. H. G. On some cases of 
divided circuits of lines of force 
in a magnetic field. [1895.] 
QC761 B14. 1404 

Bansch St Lomb opdcal co. Lenses. 
Their history, theory and manu- 
facture. [1906.] QC375 B33. 1405 

Becquerel, A. €L Trait6 complet du 
magn^tisme. 1846. QC753 B39. 


Benjamin, Park. The intelHectual 
rise in electricity; a history. 1895. 
QC507 B46. 1407 

Blot, J. B. Precis 616mentaire de 
physique exp^rimentale. 2me 6d. 
1821. 2 V. QC21 B61. 1408 

Brennan, M. S- A popular exposi- 
tion of electricity, with sketches 
of some of its discoverers. 1885. 
QC527 B83. 1400 

Brewster, Sir David. Optics. i831. 
QC357 684. 1600 

Caillsrd, E. M. Electricity the sci- 
ence of the nineteenUi century. A 
sketch for general readers. 1891. 
QC527 C13. 1601 

Calhoun, G- K. Products of arcs and 
sines of 15-degree rhumbs, for 
use in analysis of deviations when 
15-degree rhumbs are used. 1910. 
QC849 C2. 1602 

Carpenter, W. B. Mechanical phi- 
losophy, horology, and astronomy. 
New ed. 1857. QG125 029. 1603 

Cavallo, Tiberius. A complete treatise 
on electricity, in theory and prac- 
tice with original experiments. 
4 cd. 1795. 3 V. QC516 037. 1604 

Dibdin, W. J*. Practical photometry: 
a guide to the study of the meas- 
urement of ligM. 1889. 00391 
D54. 1601 

Donkin, W. F. Acoustics; theoreti- 
cal, part 1. 1870. QC223 D68. 


Enfield, William. Institutes of nat- 
ural philosophy, theoretical and 
experimental. 2d ed., with cor- 
rections and considerable addi- 
tions 1799. QC19 E56. 1607 

[Estes, Dana]? Spectrum analysis 
explained. Including an explana- 
tion of the received theory of 
sound, heat, light, and color. 1872. 
QC451 B79. 1600 

(!arrar, J<4m. Elements of electric- 
ity, magnetism, and electro-dy- 
namics, embracing the late dis- 
coveMes and Improvements, diges:- 
ed into the form of a treatise. 

1826. QC521 F28. 1609 

Fischer, E. &L Elements of natural 
philosophy. Ed. by John Farrar. 

1827. QC23 F52. 1610 

Gage, A* P* The elements of phys- 
ics. 1901. QC23 015. 1511 

— ^The principles of physics. 1901. 
QC21 G2. 1512 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


<i«iioCt Adolphe* Elementary treatise 
on physics, experimental and ap- 
plied, for the use of colleges and 
schools; tr. from Ckmot's Bldments 
de physique (with the author's 
sanction) by £. Atkinson. 16th ed. 
edited by A. W. Reinold. 1904- 
QC21 G2. 1513 

^Natural philosophy for general 

readers and young persons. Tr. 
and ed. from Ganot's Cours €16- 
mentaire de physique ... by E. 
Atkinson. 3d ed. 1878. QC21 A8^ 


Gibson, C R. Electricity of to-day; 
its work and mysteries described 
in non-technical language. 1907. 
QCo27 G4. 1515 

Gordon, J. E* H. A physical treatise 
on electricity and magnetism 
1880. 2 y. QC521 066. 1516 

Henry, Joseph. A summary of re- 
searches in sound: conducted in 
the service of the United States 
light-house board, during the years 
1865 to 1877. 1879. QC233 H52. 


Hoaston, E. J- A dictionary of elec- 
trical words, terms and phrases. 
4th ed. greatly enl. QC505 H85 
Ref. 15111 

littlehales, O. W. Contributions to 
terrestrial magnetism, the mag- 
netic dip or inclination. As ob- 
served at thirty important mari- 
time stations, together with an in- 
vestigation of the secular change 
in the direction of a freely sus- 
pended magnetic needle at twenty- 
nine of the stations. 1897. QC828 
L78. 1525 

liockyer, Sir J. N. The spectroscope 
and its applications. 1873. QG451 
L79. 1520 

Studies in spectrum analysis. 

1878. QC451 L81. 1527 

Lommel, E. G. J. von. The nature or 
light, with a general account of 
physical optics. 1876. QC357 
L84. 1528 

Maxwell, J- C. A treatise on el'^c- 
tricity and magnetism. 2d ed. 
1881. 2 V. QC518 M465. 1529 

Bfendenhall, T. O. A century ot 
electricity. 1887. QC607 M53. 


Same. 1902. 2 v. QC505 H87 

Ref. 1510 

I1«0, George. Electricity ncovers a 
law of evolution. [1909.] QC507 
127. 1520 

Kohlrausch, P. W. G. An introduc- 
tion to physical measurements, 
with appendices on absolute elec- 
trical measurements, etc. Tr. from 
the 2d German ed. by T. H. Wal- 
ler and H. R. Procter. 1881. QG37 
K79. 1521 

Ijardner, Dlonyslvji. Hydrostatics and 
pneumatics. 1831. QC145 I»34 

-A manual of electricity, mag- 

netism, and meteorology. 1846 

2 V. QC527 L32. 1528 

— ^Treatise on heat 1833. QC254 

L32. 1524 

, J. H, J. Principles of phys- 
ics and meteorology. Ist American 
ed., rev. 1848. QG21 M973. 1531 

Itfatknial oonference of elecCrldaiifr 

Philadelphia, 1884. Report. 1886. 
QC501 N2 1884a 1582 

FsitliigCon, C. F. A manual of nat- 
ural and experimental philosophy. 
1828. 2 V. QC21 P27. 1588 

Pickering, E. €. Elements of physi- 
cal manipulation. 1873-76. 2 v. 
V. 2 wanting. QC37 P59. 1534 

Fhlpson, T. L. Phosphorescence; or. 
The emission of light by minerals, 
plants, and animals. 1869. QC478 
P57. 1585 

Pope, R. W. Electricity: its past, 
present and future. A lecture de- 
livered before the Franklin insti- 
tute, December 16, 1889. QC507 
P82. 1586 

PMstOB, Thomas. The theory of 
light. 3d ed.. edited by C. J. Joly. 
1901. QC355 P94. 1587 

126 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

PriTat-Deflclianel, Angnntin. Ele- 
mentary treatise on natural phil- 
oeophy. Tr. and ed., with ezten- 
eiye additions. 1872. 4 y. QC21 D4. 

Robinson, H. N* Elements of natural 
philosophy, -with some of their re- 
sults and applications. 1848. QC23 
R66. 1580 

Rood, O. N. Students' t'ezt^Mok of 
color; or. Modern chromatics, with 
applications to art and industry- 
1899. QG495 R77. 1540 

Roscoe, Sir H. E. Spectrum analy- 
sis. Six lectures dellTered in 1808 
before the Society of apothecaries 
of London. 1870. QC451 R79. 1541 

Saigey, Emlle. The unity of natuvtfti 
phenomena. A popular introdus- 
tion to the study of the forces of 
nature. From the French. With 
an introduction and notes by T. 
F. Moses. 1873. QG75 S13. 1542 

Schellen, Heinrich. Spectrum analy- 
sis in its application to terrestrial 
substances. Tr. from the 2d enl. 
and rev. German ed. by Jane and 
Caroline Lassell. Ed., with notes, 
by William Huggins. 1872. QC451 
S3 2. 1543 

Shaw, E. R. Phsrslcs by experiment. 
An elementary text-book for the 
use of schools. QC33 653. 1544 

Stallo, J. B. The concepts and the- 
ories of modern physics. 1882. 
QC73 078 1545 

Stewart, Balfour. The conseirTatlon 
of energy. With an appendix, 
treating of the vital and mental ap- 
plications of the doctrine. 187S. 
QC73 8885. 1546 

Tyndall, John. Contributions to 
molecular physics in the domain of 
radiant heat. A series of memoirs 
published in the 'Philoeophical 
transactions' and 'Philosophical 
magazine,' with additions. 1873. 
QC331 T98. 1547 

rev., with additions. 1870. QC2&7 
T98. lB4a 

— 'Lectures on light. Delivered in 
the United Staies in 1872-'73. 
1873. QC361 T97. 1549 

-Light and electricity: notes of 

two courses of lectures before ths 
Royal institution of Great Britain. 
1871. QC361 T98. 1550 

-On radiation. The "Rede*' lec- 

ture, delivered before the Univer- 
sity of Cambridge. 1868. QC475 
T97. 1S51 

U. 8. Coast and geodetic survey. 
Principal facts of the earth's mag- 
netism and methods of determin- 
ing the true meridian and the mag- 
netic declination. Reprinted from 
the United States magnetic declina- 
tion tables and isogonlc charts for 
1902. 1909. QC815 U6. 

— ^Heat considered as a mode of 
motion. From the 2d London ed. 

— Results of observations made at 
the magnetic observatory at Br^ld- 
win, Kansas, 1901-1904, by D. L. 
Hazard. 1909. QC830 B2. 1558 

— Results of observations made at 

the magnetic observatory at Bald- 
win, Kansas, 1905-'06, by D. L. 
Hazard. 1910. QC830 B2 I9flff 


— Results of observations made at 

the magnetic observatory at Chel- 
tenham, Maryland, 1901-1904. by 
D. L. Hazard. 1909. QC830 C4. 


— ^Results of observations made at 
the magnetic observatory txp'T 
Honolulu, Hawaii, 1902-1904. By 
E. L. Hsaard. 1909. QC830 H7 


— Results of observations made at 
the magnetic observatory near 
Honolulu, Hawaii, 1905 and 1906. 
By D. L. Hazard. 1910. QC830 
H7. 1906 1557 

-Results of observations made at 

the magnetic observatory at Sitka, 
Alaska, 1902-1904. By D. L. Haz- 
ard. 1909. QC830 S67. 1558 

— Results of observations made at 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


the magnetic obaervatorjr at Sitka, 
Alaska, 1905-1905. B7 B. L. Haz- 
ard. 1910. QG830 S68. 165V 

-Reanlta of observations made at 

the magnetic observatory at Vie 
Quea. Porto Rico, 1903-1904, by D. 
I> Hasard. 1909. QC830 V62. 


-ReauUs of observations made at 

the magnetic observatory at Vie- 
qnea, Porto Rico, 1905 and 1903, 

by D. L. Hazard. 1910. QC830 V63. 


— United States magnetic declina- 
tion tables and Isogenic charts for 
1902, and principal facts relating 
to the earth's magnetism, by L. A. 
Bauer. 1902. QC825 1 U5. 1663 

— United States magnetic tables 
and magnetic charts for 1905. By 
L. A. Bauer. 1908. QC825 1 U7 
1905. 1563 


Abbe, Clevrtand. Meteorology. 1859 
to 1909. QC857 U 5 A12. 1564 

Abercromby, Ralph. Weather: a pop- 
ular exposition of the nature of 
weather changes from day to day 
1887. QC 863 A14. 1665 

Angot, Alfred, The aurora borealls. 
1897. QC971 A6. 1666 

Arago, D. F. J. Meteorological es- 
says: With an Introduction by 
Baron Alexander von Humboldt. 
1855. QC865 A65. 1667 

Baldwin* E. B. Auroral observations 
on the second Wellman expedition 
made in the neighborhood of 
Pranz Joeeph Land. 1901. QC972 
B18. 1B«« 

Basanelt« T[lioiiia8]. Outlines of a 
mechanical theory of storms, con- 
taining the true law of lunar in- 
fluence, with practical Instructions 
to the navigator, to enable him 
approximately to calculate the 
coming changes of the wind and 
weather, for any given day, and 
for any part of the ocean. 1854. 
QC866 B32. 1569 

Benttey, W. A. Studies of frost and 
ice crystals. 1907. QC929 S7 B4. 


Bigelow, F. H. Studies on the ther- 
modynamics of the atmosphere. 
1907. QC880 B59. 1671 

Blodfeet, Lorin. Climatology of the 
United States, and of the temper- 

ate latitudes of the North Amer- 
ican continent. Embracing a full 
comparison of these with the cli- 
matology of the temperate latltudos 
of Europe and Asia. And especially 
in regaid to agriculture, sanitary 
inveatigations, and engineeria^. 
With Isothermal and rain charts 
for each season, the extreme 
months, and the year. Including a 
summary of the statistics of met- 
eorological, observations in the 
Unitei States, condensed from re 
cent scientific and official publi- 
cations. 1857. QC983 B65. 157J 

ConTentlon of Weallier bureau of- 
ficials. Proceedings. Library has 
2d, 1901; 8d, 1904. QC851 07. 


Espy, J. P. The philosophy of 
storms. 1841. QC941 E77. 1674 

Finley, J. P- Certain climatic feat- 
ures of the two Dakotas, illustrat- 
ed with one hundred and sixty- 
threQ tables, charts and diagrams. 
1893 QC984 N9 F5. 1575 

Flanunarion, Oamille. The atmos- 
phere. 1873. QC863 F6. 1676 

Forry, Samnel. The climate of the 
United States and its endemic In- 
fluences. 1842. QC983 F72. 1677 

Forster, T. I. M. Researches about 
atmospheric phaenomena. 2d ed., 
o^jrrected and enlarged. ^Pi5. 
QC865 F73. 1678 

Qarrioet, E. B. Notes on frost. Re- 

128 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

vised Jany. 1908. QC929 F9 G 

Farmers' buUetin 104. 

Oreely, A. W. Isothermal lines of 

the United States, 1871-1880. 1881. 

QC851 U4. 1580 

(U. S. War dept Professional 

papers of the Signal service, no. 2) 

Harris, Sir W. S. Observations on 
the effects of lightning on float- 
ing bodies; with an account of a 
new method of applying fixed and 
continuous conductors of electric- 
ity to the masts of ships. 1823. 
QC966 H31. 1581 

Hartwlg, G. L. The aerial world: a 
popular account of the phenomena 
and life of the atmosphere. 1875. 
QC863 H33. 1583 

Hayden, Everett. The great storm off 
the Atlantic coast of the United 
States March 11-14, 1888. 1888. 
QC945 H41. 1583 

Henry, A. J. Amplification of weath- 
er forecasts. QC995 H49. 1584 
Yearbook, 1900, p. 107-114. 

(U. S. Weather bureau. Circular 
D, Instrument division. 8d ed.) 

Normal annual precipitation in 

the United States, 1870-1901. 
QC983 U55. 1585 

Japan. Central meteorological ob- 
servatory, Tokio. Explanatory 
notes on the exhibits to the World's 
Columbian expoeitlon at Chicago, 
U. S. A., 1893. QC876 J3. 1586 

Jenkins, T. A. The barometer, ther- 
mometer, hygrometer, and atmos- 
pheric appearances at sea and on 
land as aids In foretelling weather 
with brief rules for their use, and 
the practical application of their 
separate and combined indications 
as weather guides. 1869. QC871 
J64. 1587 

Marvin, C* F. Anemometry. A cir- 
cular of general information re- 
specting the theory and operation 
of Instruments for indicating, meas- 
uring, and automatically recording 
wind movement and direction with 
Instructions for the erection and 
care of each instrnments of the 
Weather bureau pattern. 1907. 
QC932 M39. 1588 

Barometers and the measure- 
ment of atmospheric pressure. A 
pamphlet of information respect- 
ing the theory and construction of 
barometers in general, with sum- 
mary of instructions for the care 
and use of the standard Weather 
bureau instruments. 1909. QC885 

M3d. 1580 

(U. S. Weather bureau. Instru- 
ment division. Circular F. 3d ed.) 

Inetructlons for obtaining and 

tabulating records from recording 
Instruments. 1903. QC871 M39. 

(U. S. Weather bureau. Cireular 
A, Instrument division, second ed.) 

Maryland. Weather service. [Reports. 
New ser.] Library has v. 1, 1899; 
V. 2, 1907; v. 3, 1910. QC984 
M3 Al. 1501 

Micfaiganu State board of health. 

Principal meteorological conditions 
in Michigan. Library has 1889, 
'91, '94. QC984 M5 A3. 1502 

—Weather service. Annual report 
Library has 1896. QC984 M5 A5. 


Mount Weather obeervatory, Blne- 
mont, Va. Bulletin. Library has 
V. 1; V. 2; pt 4-6; t. 3. QC851 U5 
B4. 15fMr 

yew York (State). University. Re- 
sults of a series of meteorological 
observations, in the State of New 
York, from 1826-1850. Compiled 
by F. B. Hough. 1855. QC984 N7 
N6. 15051 

Same. 2d eer. From 1850 to 

1863, inclusive. Prepared by F. B. 
Hough. 1872. QC984 N7 N6. 1508 

Ohio- Meteorological bureaii. An- 
nual report. Library has 7th, 1889; 
9th. 1891. QC984 03 A3. 1507 

— ^Report . . . (or the month. 
Library has Feb., 1883; Feb. 1889; 
Dec. 1889; Fob. 1890; Mar. 1890; 
Apr. 1890; Aug. 1890. QC984 OS 
Al. 1508 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Oregon. Westher bureau. Biennial 
report. Iiibrarj has 1890-96. 
QG984 07 Al. 1599 

Pockets, F. The theory of the forma- 
tion of precipitation on mountain 
slopes. 1901. QC915 P73. 1600 

Reid, Sir AVilUam. An attempt to 
develop the law of storms by means 
of facts. 3d ed. 1850. QC942 R35. 


-The progress of the development 

of the law of storms, and of the 
variable winds. 1849. Q0942 R34. 


Beeley, D. A. Instruments for making 
weather observations on the farm. 
QC876 S45. 1603 

(In Yearbook. 1908, p. 433-442.) 

Sullivan, R. H. The so-called change 
of climate in the semiarid West. 
QC984 5 895. 1604 

(In Yearbook, 1908, p. 289-300.) 

Taylor instrument companies. Weath- 
er and weather instruments. cl908. 
QC876 T2. 1605 

V. S. Hydrographic office. Cyclonic 
storms. 1910. QC945 U5 A3. 1606 

U. S. Snrfi^eon-generars office. Army 
meteorological register, for 12 
years, from 1843 to 1854, in- 
clusive. 1855. QC983 A114. 1607 

U. S. Weathcnr bureau. The annual 
precipitation of the United States 
for the yeans 1872 to 1907. Q0925 
1 U5. 1608 

— Bulletin. Library has noe. 11 
(pt. 3). 30, 33-36. 1609 


Abbe, Cleveland. A first report 
on the relations between climates 
and crops. 1905. (no. 36) 1610 

Garrlott, S. B. Long-range 
weather forecasts. 1904. (no. 36) 


^Weather folk-lore and local 

weather signs. 1903. (no. 33) 1612 

Henry, A. J. Loss of life in the 
United States by lightning. 1901. 
(no. 30) 161S 

International meceorolofdcal oon- 
rresR, Chicago, III.. 1893. Report of I 

the International meteorological 
congress, held at Chicago, 111., 
August 21-24, 1893, under the au- 
spices of the Congress auxiliary of 
the World's Columbian exposition. 
Ed. by O. Li. Fassig. 1894-96. 3 v. 
in 1. (no. 11) Lribrary has pt. 3. 

Moore, W. li. Climate: its phy- 
sical basis and controlling factors^ 


-Bulletin (Lettered series.) 

Library has P, G, H, L, M, N, O. 
P, Q, R, S. 1616 

Bigelow, F. H. The daily normal 
temperature and the daily normal 
precipitation of the United States. 

1908. (R) 1617 
Report on the temperatures 

and vapor tensions of the United 
States reduced to a homogeneous 
system of 24 hourly observations 
for the 33-year interval, 1873-1906. 

1909. (S) 1618 

Frankenfield, H. C. The floods of 
the spring of 1903, in the Missis- 
sippi watershed. 1904. (M) 1619 

^Vertical gradients of tem- 
perature, humidity, and wind direc- 
tion. A preliminary report on the 
kite observations of 1898. 1899 (F) 


Ganiott, E. B. Cold waves and 
frost in the United States. 1906. 
(P) 16S1 

^West Indian hurricanes. 

1900. (H) 1622 

Henry, A. J. Climatology of the 
United States. 1906. (Q) 162S 

MoAdie, A. G. Climatology of 
California. 1903. (L) 16S4 

Stockman, W. B. Periodic varia- 
tion of rainfall in the arid region. 
1905. (N) 1626 

Very, F. W. Atmospheric radia- 
tion: a research conducted at the 
Allegheny observatory and at 
Providence, R. I. 1900. (G) 1627 

-A chronological outline of r'ne 

history of the meteorology in the 
United States. QC857 U5 C. 1628 

-Classification of clouds and in- 

ternational meteorological sym- 
bols. QC921 U5. 1629 

— Explsnation of the weather map. 
QC995 U5. 16.30 

130 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

— Highest temperature ever ob- 
served at the regular Weather bu- 
reau and selected co-operative sta- 
tiODS. QC983 U33. 1681 

— Instructions for co-operative o^ 
Mnrers. Third ed., comprising 
circulars B and C, Instrument di- 
TUion. 1906. QC871 U51. l«3a 

— Instructions to special river and 
rainfall observers of the Weather 
bureau. 1909. QG871 U5. 1633 

—-Lowest temperature ever observ- 
ed at the regular Weather bureau 
and selected co-operative stations 
QG98S U66. 1634 

*— A manual for observers in cli- 
matology and evaporation. 1909. 
QC871 U54. 1635 

— Meteorological chart of the 
Great Lakes. Library has no. 2, 
1906; no. 1, 1907. QC984 1 M5. 


— Monthly weather review. Li- 
brary has T. 15p 23, 25-38 (incom- 
plete). QC851 US M9. 1637 

— ^Normal eunshine. [Chart] com* 
piled from observations at Weather 
Bureau stations from 1871 to 
1908. QC983 U56. 1638 

-Normal temperature of the air 

at the surface of the earth. [Chart] 
compiled from observations at the 
regular Weather bureau and se- 
lected co-operative stations be- 
tween 1871-1908. QG983 U55. 


-Oregon section of the climate 

and crop service of the weather 
bureau. Report . . . Portland, 
Oreg., Weather bureau olflce. Li- 
brary has Dec, 1901; Oct. '03- 
Jan., '04; Apr.-June; Aug.-Oct. 
•04; July, '05; Aug. '06; Apr. '07. 
QC984 U5 07. 1640 

— Photomicrographs of snow crys- 
tals. QC929 S7 U5. 1641 

-Precipitation: average, greatest, 

and least monthly amounts, from 
the establishment of station to the 
end of 1904. QC983 U66. 1642 

— Psychrometric tables for obtain- 
ing the vapor pressure, relaiive 
humidity, and temperature of the 
dew-point. From readings of the 
wet and dry bulb thermometers. 
1900. QC917 M39. 1649 

— ^Report of the chief. Library 
has 1896-1902, 1904-date. QC983 

R. ie44 

— Southern Texas. [Summary of 
the climatological data.] QC984 
T4 U5. 164IS 

-Southwestern New Mexico and 

southern Arizona. [Summary of 
the climatological data.] QC984 N6 
U6. 164a 

— special report on the hurricane 
of i9.ugust 13-16, 1901, on the 
Louisiana and Mississippi coasts. 
QC945 U&4. 164T 

— ^The weather bur au. 1910. QC875 
U59. 164B 

— ^West Indian hurricane of Sep- 
tember 17 to 21, 1909. QC945 U53. 


-Western Texas and southern 

New Mexico. [Summary of the cli- 
matological data.] QC984 T4 
U51. 1650 

^Wind-barometer table. By Prof. 

E. B. Garriott. QG885 U5. 1651 

Waldo, Frank. Modem meteorology: 
an outline of the growth and pres- 
ent condition of some of its phases. 
1893. QC863 W18. 1659 

Weeks, J. R. The Weather bureau 
and the public schools. QC869 
W39. 1653 

(In Yearbook, 1907. p. 267-276.) 

Williamson, R. S. On the use of 
the barometer on surveys and 
reconnaissances. Part I. Met- 
eorology in its connection with 
hjrpsometry. Part II. Barometric 
hypsometry. 1868. QC895 W72. 


— rPractical tables in meteorology 
and hypsometry, being the appen- 
dix to the paper On the use of the 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


barometer on surveys and recon- 
naivances. 1868. QC895 W72. 


(Professional papers of the Corps 
of engineers, U. 8. army. no. IS — 


Alezaader, i. H. Universal diction- 
ary of weights and measnree, an- 
cient and modem; reduced to the 
atandards of the United States of 
America. 1860. QC82 A4 Ref. 


caadice, F. W. Weights, measures, 
and money, of all nations. 1875. 
QC88 G6. 16B7 

Oonf €t«]ioe on weights and meaonres 
of the United States. 1st, Wash- 
ington, 1905. January 16 and 17, 

1905. [Proceedings. 2d ed.] 
1907. QC89 U5 C8. 1658 

2d Washington, 1906. [Pro- 
ceedings.] 1906. QC89 U5 G7 

1906. !««» 

3d, Washington, 1907. Proceed- 
ings May 16 and 17, 1907. 1910- 
QC89 U5 C7 1907. 1660 

-4th, Washington, 1908. Pro- 

ceedings December 17 and 18, 
1908. 1910. QC89 U6 07 1908. 


IntoniKtioiial association for obtain- 
ing a nmif orm decimal system of 
meASinres, weightSv and coins. 

What is the best unit of length? 
. . . with answers from the Brit- 
ish branch of the association, 
shewing that the best unit of 
l0ngth is the metre. 1858. QGlOl 
17. 1M2 

Japan- Bnrean of conuneroe and in* 
dnstry. (Dept. of agricnltore and 
commerce.) Details of the weights 
and measures, exposed at the 
World's Columbian exposition. 
1893. QC89 J35. 1M3 

Massachnsetts. Revised laws of 
Massachusetts relating to weights 
and measures and the Inspection 
and sale of various articles. 1905. 
QC89 U6 M4. ^«^* 

Rhode Island. State sealer of 
weights, measures and balances. 
Annual report. Library has 1901. 
'03, '04, '05. '08-date. QC89 U6 
R5. 1665 

Saigey,  La pratique des polds 

et measures dn systems mdtriqie 
ou guide des maltres dans I'en- 
seignement de ce systdme. 4 me 
6d. 1866. QC91 C12. 1666 

^Traltd de m6trologie andenua 

et modeme, suivi d'un pr6cls de 
chronologle, et des slgnes num6rl- 
Ques. 1834. QC83 S13. 1667 

Soaqnet, J. B. M^rologie Fran- 
calse ou manuel thdorlque et 
pratique du systdme m^trlque 
1840. QC89 F8. 1668 

U« 8. Bnrean of standards. Circu- 
lar of the bureau of standards. 
Library has nos. 6, 7, 13, 17, 21. 
22, 24-26, (1st and 2d ed. of 26). 
27, 28, 29, 30. QC81 U5. 1669 

-The international metric aystem 
of weights and measures. 1906. 
QC91 U45. 1670 

-Tables o^ equivalents of tbe 

United States customary and 
metric weights und measures. 3d 
ed. 1906. QC94 U55. 1671 

ti* S* Dept of state. Report upon 
weights and measures, by John 
Quincy Adams, secretary of state 
of the United States. Preparea 
in obedience to a resolution of the 
Senate of the third March. 1817. 
1821. QC88 A22. 1672 

Printed also as Senate docu- 
ment 119 and House document 109, 
16th Congress, 2d session, under 
titles beginning: Report of the 
secretary of state, upon weights and 

Papers in the Appendix (p. 
[1871-241) include tables of 
weights and measures as used in 
the United States, and laws of the 
several states. 1784-1819. 

132 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Yates, JameB. On the French ays- 
tern of meaauree* weights, ana 

coins, and its adaptation to gen- 
eral use. 1854. QC91 Y91. 1673 


(Except Chemical Technology, Medical and Pharmaceatlcal Chemistrj, 

and Agricultural CSiemistry.) 

AUdn, A[rthiir.] A dictionary of 
chemistry and mineralogy, with 
an account of the proceesee em- 
ployed in many of the most im- 
portant chemical manufactures. 
1807. QD5 A3. 1674 

-An account of the most 

important recent diacoyeries and 
improvements in chemistry and 
mineralogy, to the present time; 
being an appendix to their Dic- 
tionary of chemistry and min- 
eralogy, by A. & C. R. Alkin. 1814. 
QD5 A8. 1676 

Bolley, P. A. Manual of technical 
analysis. 1857. QD75 B68. 1676 

Brande, W^ T A manual of chem- 
istry. 3d Amer. ed. 1829. QD30 
B826. 1677 

Comstock, J. li. Elements of chem- 
istry. QD30 C74. 1678 

Cooke, J. p. The new chemistry. 
Rev. ed', remodeled and enl. 1901. 
QD39 077. 1679 

Donovan, MlchaeL Chemistry. 1832. 
QD30 D69. 1680 

Rkeley, J. B. An elementary ex- 
perimental chemistry. [1900.] 
QD46 B36. 1681 

Faraday,' Michael. A course of six 
lectures on the chemical history 
of a candle: to which is added a 
lecture on platinum. Ed. by Wil- 
liam Crookes. QD39 F2. 1682 

Fownes, Oeorge. Fownes' manual of 
chemistry, theoretical and practi- 
cal. A new American from the 
12th English ed. 1885. QD30 P79. 


Fresenliis, K. R- Manual of quali- 
tative chemical analysis. Newly 
ed. by S. W. Johnson. 1882. QD81 
P89. 1684 

A system of instruction in 

quantitative chemical analysia. 
From the last English and Ger- 
man editions. Ed. by O. D. Allen 
with the cooperation of S. W. 
Johnson. 1882. QDlOl F88. 1685 

CkxMsh, F. A. Outlines of inorganic 
chemistry, by F. A. Gooch and C. 
F. Walker. 1905. QD151 065. 1686 

Gumey, Sir Ooldsworthy. A course 
of lectures on chemical science, 
as delivered at the Surrey Instl-^ 
tute. 1823. QD39 G98. 1687 

Ifenry, William. The elements of 
experimental chemistry, 11th ed., 
comprehending all the recent dis- 
coveries. 1829. 2 v. QD30 H52. 


Houston, E* J. A short course in 
chemistry. [cl884.] QD33 H86. 


Johnston, John. A manual of chem- 
istry, on the basis of Dr. Turner's 
Elements of chemistry; contain- 
ing, in a condensed form, all the 
most important facts and princi- 
ples of tie science. New ed. 1843. 
QD30 J715. 1600 

liiebig, Jostus, freiherr von. Or- 
ganic chemistry In its applications 
to agriculture and physiology. 
Ed. by Lyon Playfalr. 2d Amer- 
ican ed., with lan Introduction, 
notes, and appendix, by J. W. 
Webster. 1841. QD251 L71. 1601 

O. H. First principles 
of chemical theory. 1908. QD453 
M4. 1602 

Meyer, Lothar. Modem theories of 
chemistry. Tr. from the German 
by P. P. Bedson and W. C. Wil- 
liams. 1888. QD39 M61. 1608 

Montgomery, J. P. Some new com- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


pounds of urea with acids and 
salts. 1903. QD315 M78. 1604 

Morflt, OMupbell. Chemical and 
pharmaceutic manipulations: a 
manual of the mechanical and 
chemlco-mechanlcal operations of 
the laboratory. 1849. QD61 M84. 


Mniphy, J. G. Review of chemistry 
for students. 1861. QD30 M97. 


Murray, John. Elements of chemis- 
try. 6th ed. 1828. 2 v. QD30 
M98. 1607 

Nichols. J. R. Ohemistry of the 
farm and the sea. With other fa- 
miliar chemical essays. 1867- 
QD39 N65. 1608 

Noad« H. M. Chemical analysis, 
qualltatlTe and quantitatlva 1849. 
01)75 N72. 1600 

Noyes, W- A. Organic chemistry for 
the laboratory. 1897. QD261 N98. 


Ostwald, Wllbelm. CouTersatlonb 
on chemistry; first steps in chem- 
istry. i906. 2 T. QD35 085. 1701 

Fsrkes, Samiiel. Chemical cate- 
chism, with notes, Illustrations, 
and experiments. From the 8th 
London ed. 1818. QD30 P24. 


PekMue, [T.] J. Tralt6 de chimle 
g6n6rale. 2 me.^d. 1854-57. 7 v. 
QD28 P39. 1703 

nieips, Mrs. A. H. Ii, Chemistry 

for beginners. 1852. QD30 P55- 

Remsen, Ira. A laboratory manual, 
containing directions for a course 
of experiments in general chemiEh 
try, systematically arranged, to ac- 
company the author's "Elements 
of chemistry/' by Ira Remsen. 
3d ed., rev. and enl. 1904. QD45 
R42. 1705 

Sainte-PreaTe, B. Notions de physi- 
que et de chimle. 6 me 6d. 1856. 
QD33 S15. 1706 

Th^nard, L. J. baron. Traits de 
chlmie 616mentaire, thdorique et 
pratique; 56d., rev., cor. et augm. 
1827. 5 V. QD28 T38. 1707 

Tomer, Edwards Elements of chem- 
istry. 8th ed. Ed. by Baron Lie- 
big and William Gregory. 1847. 
2 V. QD30 T94. 1708 

V(l<4ette, J. H. M Dlctionnalre des 
analyses chlmiques. Par. J. H. M. 
Vlolette . . . et P. J. Archam- 
bault. 1851. 2 ▼. QD5 V79. 1700 

Watts, Henry- A dictionary of chem- 
istry and the allied branches of 
other sciences. 1866-68. 5 ▼. QD5 
W4 Ref. 1710 

Supplement. 1872- QD5 

W4 Ref. 

Second supplement. 1875. 

QD5 W4 Ref. 

Third Supplement 1879- 

81. 2 T. QD5 W4 Ref. 
pt. 2 wanting. 

Wnrtz, O. A. The atomic theory. 
Tr. by B. Cleminshaw. 1881. 
QD461 W94. 1711 


Agassiz, li. J. R. Geological sketches. 
1870. QE35 A27. 1712 

Anderson, John. The course of cre- 
ation: with a glossary of scientific 
terms. 1851. QE31 A54. 1718 

AnsEted, D. T. The ancient world; 
or, picturesque sketches of cre- 
ation. 1847. QE31 A62. 1714 

Ohambeiiln, T. C. Geology, by 
T. C. Chamberlin and R. D. Salis- 
bury. 2d ed., revised, 1906. 3 v. 
QE26 C44. 1715 

Cnvler, Georges, baron. Essay on 
the theory of the earth. By M. 
Cuvler . . . with . mineralogical 
illustrations, by Professor Jame- 
son. 4th ed. with additions. 1822. 
QE35 C99. 1710 


134 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

]>aiiA, J. D. The geological story 
briefly told. [1895.] QE28 D159. 


Manual of geology, treating of 

the principles of the science with 
special reference to American 
geological history. Illustrated by 
over eleven hundred and ftfty fig- 
ures in the text, twelve plates, and 
a chart of the world. 3d ed. 
[1880.] QE26 D169. 1718 

I>e La Beche, Sir H. T. The ge- 
ological observer . 1861. QB26 
D329. 1710 

The geological magazine; or. Month- 
ly journal of geology: with which 
ia incorporated The geologist. Lon- 
don. Library has new series, de- 
cade 5, V. 3-date, 1906-date. QBl 
03. 1720 

Hartwig, G. L. The subterranean 
world. 1871. QE31 H33. 1721 

Heilpriii, Angelo. The earth and its 
story; a first book of geology. 
1896. QE28 H46. 1722 

Hunt, T. S. Chemical and geological 
essays. 1875. QE35 H937. 1723 

Kingsley, Charles. Town geology. 
1873. QE35 K65. 1724 

Le Conte, Joseph. Elements of ge- 
ology; a text-book for colleges and 
for the general reader. 1881. QE26 
L47. 1725 

liyell, Sir Charles, Isi hart. A man* 
ual of elementary geology: or. 
The ancient changes of the earth 
and its inhabitants, as illustrated 
by geological monuments. 4th and 
entirely rev. ed. 1852. QE26 L93. 


-^—•Principles of geology; or. The 
modem changes of the earth and 
its inhabitants considered as il- 
lustrative of geology. 11th and en* 
tirely rev. ed. 1872. 2 v. QE26 
L98. 1787 

Bfacfarlane, James. An American 
geological railway guide, giving 
the geological formation at every 
railway station, with notes on in- 
teresting places on the routes, and 
a description of eacu ol the forma- 
Uons. 1879. QE74 M14. 1788 

Miller, S. A. North American geolosT 
and palaeontology for the use of 
amateurs, students, and scientists. 
1889. QE71 M64. 1789 

Pa^e, David. Chips and chapters; 
a book for amateur and young 
geologists. 1869. QB29 PI 3. 


Phillips, John. Manual of geology, 
theoretical and practical. Ed. by 
Robert Etheridge . . . and H. O. 
Seeley. 1885. 2 v. v. 2 wanting. 
QE26 P66. 1781 

^Treatise on geology. A new ed. 

1842-46. 2 V. QE26 P54. 1788 

Roberts, R. D. The earth's history: 
an introduction to modern geology. 
1893. QE31 R64. 1788 

Ure, Andrew. A new system of 
geology. 1829. QE26 U75. 1784 

v»inchell, Alexander. Sketches of 
creation: a popular view of some 
of the grand conclusions of the 
sciences in reference to the history 
of matter and of life. Together 
with a statement of the intima- 
tions of science respecting the 
primordial condition and the ulti- 
mate destiny of the earth and the 
solar system. 1870. QE35 W729. 



ii^eatherstonhangh, G. W. Geological 
report of an examination made in 
1834 of the elevated country be- 
tween the Missouri and Red rivers. 
1835. QE73 F28. 1786 

— ^Report of a geological reoon- 
noissance made in 1835, from the 
seat of government, by the way 
of Green Bay and the Wisconsin 
Territory to the Coteau de 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Prairie, an elevated ridge dlTlding 
the Misaouri from the St. Peter's 
RiTer. 1836. QB73 F29. 1737 

Owen, D. D. Letter of the secretary 
of the TreasuiT, communicating a 
reiK>rt of a geological reconnoia- 
sance, of the Chippewa land dis- 
trict of Wisconsin, and the north- 
em part of Iowa. 1848. QB73 
03. 1788 

— ^Report of a g.eological explora- 
tion of part of Iowa, Wisconsin, 
and Illinois, made under instruc- 
tions from the secretary of the 
Treasury . . . 1839. 1844. QE73 
022. 1730 

Report of a geological survey of 

Wisoonsin, Iowa, and Minnesota; 
and incidentally of a portion of 
Nebraska Territory. Made under 
instructions from the United States 
treasury department. 1852. QB73 
034. 1740 

IT. 8. Geographical and geological 
survey of the Rocky Mountain 
region. Report on the geology 
and resources of the Black Hills of 
DAkota. with a/tlas. By Henry 
Newton, and W. P. Jenney. 1880. 
QE74 P84. 1741 


Caswell, J. H. Microscopic pet- 
rography of the Black Hills of Da- 
kota, (p. 469-527.) 1742 

Gray, Asa. Botany of the Black 
Hille of Dakota, (p. 629-537.) 174S 

Jenney, W. P. Mineral resources 
of Black Hills of Dakota, (p. 225- 
324.) 1744 

Newton, Henry. Geology of 
Black Hills of Dakota, (p. 1-224.) 


Tattle, H. P. Astronomy and 
barometric hypsometry of the Black 
Hills of Dakota, (p. 539-555.) 174a 

Whitfield, R. P. Paleontology of 
the Black Hills of Dakota, (p.326- 
468.) 1747 

Report of the Geographical and 

geological survey of the Rocky 
Mountain region, by J. W. Powell. 
1877. QB74 P8. 1748 

— ^Report on the geology of the 
Henry Mountains. By G. K. Gil- 

bert. 2d ed. 1880. QE74 P82. 


— Report on the geology of the 
high plateaus of Utah, with atlas. 
By C. E. Dutton. 1879-'80. QE74 
P83. 1750 

-Report on the lands of the arid 

region of the United States, with 
a more detailed account of tho 
lands of Utah. With maps. By J. 
W. Powell. 2d ed. 1879. QE74 
P85. 1751 

U. S. Geological exploration of the 
fortieth parallel. Report of sur- 
vey . . . under the direction of 
Clarence King, U. S. geologisi. 
[1870-80.] 7 V. and atlas. Atlas 
wanting. QB74 K. i73a 

(Professional papers of the En- 
gineer department, U. S. army. no. 


Hague, Arnold. Descriptive ge- 
ology. By Arnold Hague and S. F. 
Emmons. 1877. (v. 2.) 1758 

Hague, J. D. Mining industry, by 
J. D. Hague: with geological con- 
tributions, by Clarence King. 1870. 
(V. 3.) 1754 

King, darenoe. Systematic ge- 
ology. 1878. (V. 1.) 1755 

Marsh, O. C Odontornithes: a 
monograph on the extinct toothed 
birds of North America. 1880. (v. 7.) 


Meek, F. B. Part I. Palaeon- 
tology. By F. B. Meek. Part II. 
Palaeontology. By James Hall and 
R. P. Whitfield. Part III. Orni- 
thology. By Robert Ridgway. 1877. 
(V. 4.) 1757 

Watson, Sereno. Botany. By 
Sereno Watson, aided by Prof. D. 
C. Eaton, and others. 1871. (v. 6.) 


Zlrk^, Ferdinand. Microscopical 
petrography. 1876. (v. 6.) 1759 

U. 8. Geographical surveys west oi 
the 100th meridian. Progress- 
report upon Geographical and 
geological explorations and sur- 
veys west of the one hundredth 
meridian, in 1872, under the 
direction of George M. Wheeler. 
1874. QE74 W5. f700 

-Report upon United States geo- 

graphical surveys weet of the 100th 

136 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

meridian in charge of . . . Geo. 
M. Wheeler. 18 < 5-1889. v. 1, 
Geoerraphical report. — v. 2, Astron- 
omy. — V. 3, Geologry. v. 4, Pale- 
ontology. — ^v. 5. Zoology. — ^v. 6, Bot- 
any. — V. 7, Archaeology. Library 
has V. 1-5. 7. QE74 W. 1761 


Cope, E. D. Report upon the col- 
lections of fishes made in portions 
of Nevada, Utah, California, Colo- 
rado, New Mexico, and Arizona, 
during the years 1871. 1872, 1873, 
and 1874. By Prof. E. D. Cope and 
Dr. H. C. Yarrow, (v. 5. (1875). p. 
635-703.) 1762 

Report upon the extinct ver- 

tebrata obtained in New Mexico by 
parties of the expedition of 1874. (v. 
4, pt. 2.) 1763 

Couee, EUlloCt. Report upon the 
collections of mammals made in 
portions of Nevada. Utah. Califor- 
nia. Colorado, New Mexico, and 
Arizona, during the years 1871. 
1872. 1873. and 1874. By Dr. El- 
liott Coues and Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 
(V. 5, (1875), p. 35-129.) 1764 

Synopsis of the reptiles and 

batrachians of Arizona; with criti- 
cal and field notes, and an exten- 
sive synonymy, (v. 5. (1875), p. 585- 
633.) 1765 

Cresson, E. T. Report upon the 
collections of Hsnnenoptera made 
in portions of Nevada, Utah, Col- 
orado, New Mexico, and Arizona, 
during the years 1872. 1873. and 
1874. By E. T. Creason. With list 
of Formicidae. by Edward Norton. 
V. 5 (1875). p. 705-736.) 1766 

<>ilbert, G. K. Report on the ge- 
ology of portions of Nevada. Utah. 
California, and Arizona. Examined 
in the years 1871 and 1872. (v. 3. p. 
17-187.) 1767 

Report on the geology of 

portions of New Mexico and Ari- 
zona, examined in 1873. (v. 3, p. 
603-567.) 1768 

Hagen, H. A. Report upon the col- 
lections of Neuroptera and Pseudo- 
Neuroptera. made in portions of 
Colorado. New Mexico, and Arizona, 
during the years 1872, 1873, and 
1874. (V. 5 (1875). p. 909-922.) 1769 
Henstiaw, H. W. Report upon 
the ornithological collections made 
In portions of Nevada. Utah. Cali- 
fornia. Colorado. New Mexico, and 
Arizona, during the years 1871, 
1872. 1873. and 1874. (v. 5 (1875) p. 
[131].507.) 1770 

Howen, E. E. Report on the ge- 

ology of portions of Utah. Nevada. 
Arizona, and New Mexico. Exam- 
ined in the year 1872 and 1873. (v. 
3, p. 227-301.) 1771 

Loew, Oscar. Report upon min- 
eralogical, agricultural conditions 
observed in portions of Colorado, 
New Mexico, and Arizona in 1873. 
(V 3, p. 569-661.) 1772 

Marvine, A. R. Report on the 
geology of route from St. George, 
Utah, to Gila River, Arizona. Ex- 
amined in 1871. (v. 3, p. 189-225.) 


Bleed, T. lu Report upon the 
collections of diurnal Lepidoptera 
made in portions of Colorado. Utah, 
New Mexico, and Arizona, duringr 
the years 1871, 1872, 1873. and 
1874. with notes upon all species 
known to inhabit Colorado. By 
T. L. Mead; and a list of all species 
collected, by W. H. Edwards, (v. 
5 (1875), p. 737-794.) 1774 

Osten-Sacken, C. R., freiherr von 
der. Report upon the collection of 
Diptera made in portions of Colo- 
rado and Arizona during the year 

1873. (V. 5 (1875) p. 803-807.) 

Reports upon the astronomical 
determinations at main stations oc- 
cupied in the years 1872. 1873. and 

1874. and results of barometric ob- 
servations of the years 1871. 1872, 
1873, 1874, and 1875. In two parts. 
[1877.1 (V. 2.) 1776 

Stevenson, J. J. Report on the 
geology of a portion of Colorado. 
Examined in 1873. (v. 3, p. 303-501.) 


Report upon geological ex- 
aminations in southern Colorado and 
northern New Mexico, during the 
years 1878 and 1879. By J. J. Stev- 
enson . . . With an appendix upon 
the carboniferous invertebrate fos- 
sils of New Mexico, prepared by C. 
A. White. [1881.] (Supplement to 
v. 3.) 1778 

Stretch, R. H. Report upon new 
species of Zygaenidae and Bombyci- 
dae collected in portions of Cali- 
fornia and Arizona during 1871, 
1872. and 1873. (v. 5 (1875). p. 795- 
802.) 1779 

Tliomas, Cyras. Report upon the 
collections of Orthoptera made in 
portions of Nevada. Utah. Californ- 
ia. Colorado. New Mexico, and Ari- 
zona, during 1871. 1872. 1873 and 
1874. (V. 5 (1875). p. 843-908.) 1780 

Uhler, P. R. Report upon the 
collections of Hemiptera made in 
portions of Nevada, Utah, Call- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


fomia, Colorado, New Mexico, and 
Arizona, during the years 1871. 

1873, and 1874. (v. 5 (1875), p. 
18271-842.) 1781 

Ulke, Henry. Report upon the 
collections of Coleoptera made in 
portions of Nevada, Utah, California, 
Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, 
durin«r 1871, 1872, 1873, and 1874. 
(V. 6 (1876, p. 809-827.) 1782 

VerrlU, A. E. Report upon the 
collections of fresh water leeches 
made in portions of Nevada, Utah, 
Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, 
during the years 1872, 1873, and 

1874. (V. 5 (1876), p. 956-967.) 1783 
White, C. A. Report on the Car- 
boniferous invertebrate fossils of 
New Mexico, (v. 3, Suppl. Appen- 
dix.) 1784 

Report upon the invertebrate 

fossils collected in portions of Ne- 
vada, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, 
and Arizona, by "parties of the ex- 
peditions of 1871, 1872, 1873, and 
1874. (V. 4. (1877) pt. 1.) 1785 

Tarrow, H. C. Notes upon ereo- 
graphical distribution and varia- 
tion with regard to the zoology of 
the western United States as relates 
more particularly to mammals and 
birds, (v. 6, p. [19]-34.) 1786 

Report upon the collections 

of batrachians and reptiles made in 
portions of Nevada, Utah, Cali- 
fornia, Colorado, New Mexico, and 
Arizona, during the years 1871, 
1872, 1873, and 1874. (v. 6 (1876). 
p. 509-684.) 1787 

Report upon the collections 

of terrestrial and fiuvlatile MoUusca 
made in portions of Colorado, Utah, 
New Mexico, and Arizona, during 
the years 1872, 1873, and 1874. (v. 
6 (1876), p. 923-964.) 1787a 

U. 8. Geological and geographical 
survey of the territories. Bulle- 
tin. 1874 and 1876 [-1882] v 
I [-VI]. 1875-82. 6 V. Library has 
no 4, 2d series; v. 2, no. 3; v. 3, 
nos. 1, 2, 4; V. 4; V. 5, nos. 1, 2 
3; V. 6, nofl. 1, 3; also 2, let ser. 
QE74 Hb. 1788 

— Illustrations of Cretaceous and 
Tertiary plants of the western ter- 
ritories of the United States. 1878. 
QE74 H4. 1789 

-Miscellaneous publications. — nu. 

1[-12]. 1873-80. nos. 5, 6, 8 
wanting. Lib. has 4th ed. of no. 
1. QE74 Hm. 1790 


Allen, J. A. History of North 
American pinnipeds, a monograph 
of the walruses, sea-lions, sea-bears 
and seals of North America. 1880. 
(no. 12.) 1791 

Cones, Klllott. Birds of the Colo- 
rado valley . . . scientific and popu- 
lar information concerning North 
American ornithology; Part first: 
Passeres to Lianiidae, bibliographi- 
cal appendix, seventy illustrations. 
1878. (no. 11.) 1792 

Birds of the northwest: a 

hand-book of the ornithology of the 
region drained by the Missouri 
River and its tributaries. 1874. (no. 
3.) 1798 

Gannett^ Henry. Lists of eleva- 
tions principally in that portion of 
the United States west of the Miss- 
issippi River. 4th ed. 1877. (no. 1.) 


Meteorological observations 

during the year 1872, in Utah, 
Idaho, and Montana. 1873. (no. 2.) 


Jackson, W. H. Descriptive cat- 
alogue of photographs of North 
American Indians. 1877. (no. 9.) 


Mattbews, Washington. Ethno- 
graphy and philology of the Hid- 
atsa Indians. 1877. (no. 7.) 1797 

Porter, T. C. Synopsis of the 
flora of Colorado, by T. C. Porter 
and J. M. Coulter. 1874. (no. 4.) 


White, O. A. Bibliography of 
North American invertebrate pale- 
ontology, being a report upon the 
publications that have hitherto been 
made upon the invertebrate paleon- 
tology of North America, including 
the West Indies and Greenland. By 
C. A. W^hlte . . . and H. A. Nichol- 
son. 1878. (no. 10.) 1799 

-Report on the geology of the 

eastern portion of the Uinta Moun- 
tains and a region of country 
Adjacent thereto. With atlas. 1876. 
QE74 P81. 1800 

[lstl-12t.h annual report. 1867- 

83. QE74 Hr. 1801 

No more published. Survey suc- 
ceeded by U. S. Oeological survey. 

-Report of the United States 

Geological survey of the territories. 
F. V. Hayden, United States ge- 
ologist in charge. [Final reports 
or monographs, vol. l]-3, 5-13. 

138 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

1873-90. 12 V. T. 6 and 8 want- 
ing. QE74 H. 1802 

Vol. 4 not published. 


Cope, R D. The vertebraU of 
the CretaceouB formations of the 
West. 1875. (V. 2.) ISOS 

^The vertebrata of the Ter- 
tiary formations of the West. Book 
1. 1883. (V. 3.) 1804 

Ooiies, Xllioct. Monographs of 
North American Rodentla. By El- 
liott Coues and J. A. Allen. 1877. 
(V. 11.) 180» 

Gill. T. N. Material for a biblio- 
graphy of North American mam- 
mals, prepared by Theodore GUI and 
Blllott Coues. In the eleventh vol- 
ume of the flnal reports of the Sur- 
vey, being Appendix B of the mon- 
ographs of North American Roden- 
tla. By Elliott Coues and J. A. Al- 
len. 1877. 1806 

lieidj, Joseph. Contributions to 
the extinct vertebrate fauna of the 
western territories. [1873.] (v. 1.) 


^Fresh-water rhlsopods of 

North America. 1879. (v. 12.) 1808 

licsqaereiix, Iieo. Contributions 
to the fossil flora of the western 
territories. 1874-83. (v. 8-8.) Pts. 1 
and 3 wanting (v. € and 8 of main 
series.) 1809 

Bieek; F. B. A report on the 
Invertebrate Cretaceous and Tertiary 
fossils of the upper Missouri coun- 
try. 1876. (V. 9.) 1810 

Packard, A. S. A monograph of 
the geometrld moths or Phalaenldae 
of the United States. 1876. (v. 10.) 


Scndder, S. H. The Tertiary in- 
sects of North America. 1890. (v. 
13.) 18ia 

lliomaB, Cyras. Ssmopsls of the 
Acridldae of North America. 1873. 
(V. 5) 181S 


U. 8. Geological Survey. Bulletin. 
Library has nos. 1-6. 24-407, 409- 
date. pt. 1., no. 381 wanting. QE75 
B. 1814 


Adams, G. I. Economic geology 
of the lola quadrangle, Kansas, by 
G. I. Adams, Erasmus Haworth, 
and W. R. Crane. 1904. (no. 283.) 


Gypsum deposits in the 

United States, by G. I. Adams and 
others. 1904. (no. 223.) 1810 

Oil and gas flelds of the 

western interior and northern Texas 
coal measures and or the Upper 
Cretaceous and Tertiary of the 
western Gulf coast. 1901. (no. 
184.) 1817 

— — Stratigraphy and paleontol- 
ogy of the upper Carboniferous 
rocks of the Kansas section, by G. 
I. Adams, G. H. Glrty, and David 
White. 1903 (no. 211.) 1818 

Alden, W. C. The drumlins of 
southeastern Wisconsin (prelimi- 
nary paper). 1906. (no. 273.) 1810 

Arnold, Ralph. Geology and oil 
resources of the Coallnga district, 
California, by Ralph Arnold and 
Robert Anderson, with a report on 
the chemical and phs^ical proper- 
ties of the oils, by I. C. Allen. 1910. 
(no. 398.) 1820 

Geology and oil resources of 

the Santa Maria oil district, 81anta 
Barbara County, California, by 
Ralph Arnold and Robert Ander- 
son. 1907. (no. 322.) 1821 

Geology and oil resources, of 

the Summer land district, Santa Bar- 
bara County, CSalifornta. 1907. (no. 
321.) 1822 

Paleontology of the Coalinga 

district, Fresno and Kings counties, 
California. 1909. (no. 396.) 182S 

^Preliminary report on the 

Coalinga oil district Fresno and 
Kings counties, Calif orniSs 1908. 
(no. 367.) 1824 

Preliminary report on the 

McKlttrick-Sunset oil region, Kern 
and San Luis Obispo counties. Cal- 
ifornia, by Ralph Arnold and H. R. 
Johnson. 1910. (no. 406.) 1825 

^Preliminary report on the 

Santa Maria oil district, Santa Bar- 
bara County, California, by Ralph 
Arnold and Robert Anderson. 1907. 
no. 317.) 1820 

Ashley, G. A. Tne valuation of 
public coal lands. The value of 
coal land, by G. A. Ashley. Depth 
and minimum thickness of beds 
as limiting factors in valuation, by 
C. A. Fisher. 1910. (no. 424.) 1827 

Ashley, H. E. The colloid mat- 
ter of clay and its measurement. 
1909. (no. 388.) 1828 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


:, R. M., jr. The Cretacecus 
foraminlfera of New Jersey. 1898. 
(no. 88.) 1829 

lilocene foraminlfera from 

the Monterey ahale of California, 
with a few species from the Tejon 
formation. 1906. (no. 268.) 1830 

Bain, H. F. The copper deposits 
of Missouri, by H. F. Bain and B. 
O. Ulrlch. 1905. (no. 267.) 1881 

The fluorspar deposits of 

southern Illinois. 1906. (no. 266.) 


^Zlnc and lead deposits of 

northwestern Illinois. 1906. (no. 
246.) 1888 

^Zlnc and lead deposits of the 

upper Mississippi Valley. 1906. (no. 
294.) 1884 

Bttker, Marcos. Oeoffraphlc dic- 
tionary of Alaska. 1902. (no. 187) 


Geographic dictionary of 

Alaska. 2d ed. Prepared by James 
McCormlck. 1906. (no. 299) 1886 

The northwest boundary of 

Texas. 1902. (no. 194) 1887 

Survey of the northwestern 

boundary of the United States. 
1867-1861. 1900. (no. 174.) 1888 

BisU, S. BL A ereolofflc reconnais- 
sance In southwestern Nevada and 
eastern California. 1907. (no. 308) 


Barnes, Phlneoa. The present 
technical condition of the steel In- 
dustry of the United States. 1886. 
(no. 26) 1840 

Barns, Oart The compressibility 
of liquids. 1892. (no. 92.) 1841 

High temperature work In 

Umeous fusion and ebullition, chiefly 
In relation to pressure. 1893. (no. 
103) 1842 

^The mechanism of solid vls- 

eoslty. 1892. (no. 94) 1848 

On the thermo-electric mea- 

surement of high temperatures. 
1889. (no. 64) 1844 

^Phsrslcal properties of the 

Iron-carburets, third paper. By 
Car] Bams and Vincent Strouhal. 
1886. (no. 36) 1845 

Subsidence of fine solid par- 
ticles in liquids. 1886. (no. 36) 


The viscosity of solids. 1891. 

(no. 73) 1847 

The volume thermodynamics 

of liquids. 1892. (no. 96) 1848 

Baacom, Florence. The ancient 
volcanic rocks of South Mountain, 
Pennsylvania. 1896. (no. 136) 1849 

Bassler, R. S. The bryoioan fau- 

na of the Rochester shale. 1906. 
(no. 292) 1880 

Bastin, EI. S. Geology of the peg- 
matites and associated rocks of 
Maine, including feldspar, quartz, 
mica, and gem deposits. 1911. (no. 
446) 1851 

-Peat deposits of Maine, by 

E. S. Bastin and C. A. Davis. Pre- 
pared In co-operation with the 
Maine State survey commission. 
1909. (no. 376) 1888 

Bayley, W. S. The eruptive and 
sedimentary rocks on Pigeon Point, 
Minnesota, and their contact phe- 
nomena. 1893. (no. 109) 1858 

Becker, G. F. Experiments on 

schistosity and slaty cleavage. 1904. 

(no. 241) 1854 

Relations between local mag- 
netic disturbances and the genesis 
of petroleum. 1909. (no. 401) 1855 

Beldeo, A. W. MHaahing and cook- 
ing tests of coal at the fuel-testing 
plant, Denver, Colorado, July 1, 
1907, to June 30, 1908, by A. W. 
Belden, O. R. Delamater and J. W. 
Groves. 1909. (no. 368) 1858 

Boyle, C. B. A catalogue and 
bibliography of North American 
Mesozoic in vertebra ta. 1893. (no. 
102) 1857 

Branner, J. C. Bibliography of 
clays and the ceramic arts. 1896. 
(no. 143) 1858 

^The clays of Arkansas. 1908. 

(no. 361) 1859 

Breckenridge, Ij. P. A study of 
four hundred steaming tests made 
at the fuel-testing plant, St. Louis, 
Mo., in 1904, 1906, and 1906. 1907. 
(no. 326) 1860 

Burrows, J. S. Mine sampling and 
chemical analyses of coals tested 
at the United States fuel-testing 
plant, Norfolk, Va., in 1907. 1908. 
(no. 362) 1861 

Results of purchasing coal 

under government specifications, by 
J. S. Burrows, with a paper on 
burning the small sizes of anthra- 
cite for heat and power purposes, 
by D. T. Randall. 1909. (no. 378) 


Butts, Charles. Economic geology 
of the Klttanlng and Rural Valley 
quadrangles, Pennsylvania. 1906. 
(no. 279) 1868 

CaUdns, F. C. A geological re- 
connaissance in northern Idaho 
and northwestern Montana, by F. 
C. Calkins; with notes on the eco- 
nomic geology, by D. F. McDonald. 
1909. (no. 384) 1864 

140 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Calyeit* W. R. Geology of the 
Lewifltown coal field, Montana. 1909. 
(no. 390) 1865 

Campbell, M. R. Geolonr of the 
Big Stone Gap coal field of Vir- 
ginia and Kentucky. 1893. (no. 
Ill) 1866 

^Reconnaissance of the borax 

deposits of Death Valley and Mo* 
have Desert. 1902. (no. 200) 1867 

Capps, S. R., Jr. Pleistocene geo- 
logy of the Leadville quadrangle, 
Colorado, 1909. (no. 386.) 1868 

duunbertln, R. T. Notes on ex- 
plosive mine gases and dusts, with 
special reference to explosions In 
the Monongah, Darr, and Naomi 
coal mines. 1909. (no. 383) 1869 

Chester, F. D. The gabbros and 
associated rocks in Delaware. 1890. 
(no. 69) 1870 

Clapp» F. G. Economic geology 
of the Amity quadrangle, eastern 
Washington County, Pennsylvania. 
1907. (no. 300) 1871 

Limestones of southwestern 

Pennsylvania. 1906. (no. 249) 1872 

Clark, W. B. Correlation papers; 
Eocene. 1891. (no. 83) 1878 

^The Mesosoic echinoder- 

mata of the United States. 1898. 
(no. 97) 1874 

^The eocene deposits of the 

Middle Atlantic slope in Delaware, 
Maryland, and Virginia. 1896. (no. 
141) 1875 

Clarke, F. W. The action of am- 
monium chloride upon silicates, by 
F. W. Clarke and George Steiger. 
1902. (no. 207) 1876 

Analyses of rocks and min- 
erals from the laboratory of the 
United States Geological survey, 
1880 to 1908. 1910. (no. 419) 1877 

Analyses of rocks from the 

laboratory of the United States Ge- 
ological survey, 1880-1899. 1900. 
(no. 168) 1878 

^Analyses of rocks from the 

laboratory of the United States Ge- 
ological survey, 1880 to 1903. 1904. 
(no. 228) 1870 

Analyses of rocks, with a 

chapter on analytical methods, la- 
boratory of the United States Ge- 
ological survey, 1880-1896, by P. 
W. Clarke and W. F. Hillebrand. 
1897. (no. 148) 1880 

The constitution of the sili- 
cates. 1896. (no. 126) 1881 

— —Contributions to chemistry 
and mineralogy from the laboratory 
of the United States Geological sur- 
vey. 1900. (no. 167) 1882 
-Contributions to mineralogy 

from the United States Geological 
survey, by F. W. Clarke. W. F. Hille- 
brand, F. L. Ransome, S. L. Pen- 
fleld, W^ldemar Lindgren. George 
Steiger, and W. T. Schaller. 1906. 
(no. 262.) 1883 

The data of geochemistry. 

1908. (no. 330) 1884 

Mineral analyses from the 

laboratories of the United States 
Geological survey, 1880 to 1903. 
1903. (no. 220) 1885 

Report of work aone in the 

Division of chemistry and physics, 

mainly during the fiscal years 1884- 

1893. 1886-93. (no. 27. 42, 66, 60. 

64, 78, 90« 113) no. 64 wanting. 


Cleland, H. F. A study of the 
fauna of the Hamilton formation 
of the Cayuga Lake section in cen- 
tral New York. 1903. (no. 206) 1887 

Collier, A. J. The Arkansas coal 
field, by A. J. Collier, with reports 
on the paleontology, by David White 
and G. H. Girty. 1907. (no. 326) 


^The coal resources of the 

Yukon, Alaska. 1903. (no. 218) 

Geology and coal resources 
of the Cape Ltisbume reflrion, Alas- 
ka. 1906. (no. 278) 180O 

The gold placers of parts of 

Seward Peninsula, Alaska, includ- 
ing the Nome, Council, Kougarok, 
Port Clarence, and Goodhope pre- 
cincts, by A. J. Collier, F. L. Hess, 
P. S. Smith, and A. H. Brooks. 1908. 
(no. 328) 1801 

^The tin deposits of the York 

region. Alaska. 1904. (no. 229) 


Contrilmtloiia to economic geol- 
ogy 1902-date. (no. 213, 226, 260. 
286, 430) 1803 

Cragln, F. W. Paleontology of the 
Malone Jurassic formation of Texas, 
by F. W. Cragin; with stratigraphie 
notes on Malone Mountain and the 
surrounding region near Sierra 
Blanca, Texas, by T. W. Stanton. 
1906. (no. 266) 1804 

Crldler, A. F. Geology and min- 
eral resources of Mississippi. 1906. 
(no. 283) 1805 

Cross, Whitman. On hypersthene- 
andesite and on tricllnlc p3^oxene 
in augitic rocks, by Whitman Cross, 
with a geological sketch of Buffalo 
Peaks, Colorado, by S. F. Emmons. 
1883. (no. 1) 1806 

Dale, T. N. The chief commercial 
granites of Massachusetts, New 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Hampshire and Rhode Island. 1908. 
(no. 354) 1897 

Geology of the Hudson Val- 
ley between the Hoosic and the 
Kinderhook. 1904. (no. 242) 1898 

The granites of Maine, by 

T. N. Dale, with an introduction by 
G. O. Stnith. Prepared in co-opera- 
tion with the Maine state survey 
commission. 1907. (no. 313) 1899 

The granites of Vermont. 

1909. (no. 404) 1900 

Slate deposits and slate in- 
dustry of the United States, by T. 
N. Dale, with sections by E. C. 
Eckel. W. F. HiUebrand, and A. T. 
Coons. 1906. (no. 27S) 1901 

Structural details in the 

Green Mountain region and in 
eastern New York (second paper). 
1902. (no. 195) 1902 

Taconic physiography. 1905. 

(no. 272) 1908 

Dall, W. H. Correlation papers; 

Neocene, by W. H. Dall and G. D. 

Harris. 1892. (no. 84) 1904 

List of marine mollusca, 

comprising the Quaternary fossils 
and recent forms from American 
localities, between Cape Hatteras 
and Cape Roque, including the 
Bermudas. 1886. (no. 24) 1905 

Daly, R. A. The geology of As- 
cutney Mountain, Vermont 1903. 
(no. 209) 1906 

IHurUm, N. H. Artesian well pros- 
pects in the Atlantic coastal plain 
region. 1896. (no. 138) 1907 

Bibliography of North Amer- 
ican geology. 1887. (no. 44) 1908 

Catalogue and index of con- 
tributions to North American ge- 
ology, 1732-1891. 1899. (no. 127) 


Geology and mineral resour- 
ces of the Laramie basin, Wyoming; 
a preliminary report by N. H. Dar- 
ton and C. E. Slebenthal. 1909. (no. 
364) 1910 

A reconnaissance of parts of 

northwestern New Mexico and 
northern Arizona. 1910. (no. 435) 


Record of North American 

geology for 1887 to 1889, Inclusive, 
[1890, and 1891] 1891-92. (no. 75, 
91. 99) 1919 

^The relations of the traps of 

the Newark system in the New Jer- 
sey region. 1890. (no. 67) 1918 

-Structural materials in parts 

of Oregon and Washington. 1909. 
<no. 387) 1914 

Diner, J. 8. The educational se- 

ries of rock specimens, collected 
and distributed by the United States 
Geological survey. 1898. (no. 150) 


Geology of the TaylorsviUe 

region. California. 1908. (no. 353) 


A late volcanic eruption In 

northern California and its pecu- 
liar lava. 1891. (no. 79) 1917 

Notes on the geology of 

northern California. 1886. (no. 33) 


Perldotite of Elliott County, 

Kentucky. 1887. (no. 98) 1919 

^Topographic development of 

the Klamath Mountains. 1902. (no. 
196) 1920 

Eckel, E. C. Cement materials 
and industry of the United States.. 
1905. (no. 243) 1921 

ddridlse, G. H. A geological re- 
connaissance in northwest Wyo- 
ming. 1894. (no. 119) . 1922 

^The Santa Clara Valley, Pu- 

ente Hills, and Los Angeles oil dis- 
tricts, southern California, by G. H. 
Eldrldge and Ralph Arnold. 1907. 
(no. 309) 1988 

Emerson, B. K. The geology of 
eastern Berkshire County, Massa- 
chusetts, 1899. (no. 159) 1924 

^The green schists and asso- 
ciated granites and porphyries of 
Rhode Island, by B. K. Emerson 
and J. H. Perry. 1907. (no. 311) 


^A mlneraloglcal lexicon of 

Franklin, Hampshire, and Hamp- 
den counties, Massachusetts. 1895. 
(no. 126) 1926 

EbnmoDS, S. F. The downtown 
district of Leadville, Colorado, by 
8. F. Emmons and J. D. Irving. 
1907. (no. 320) 1927 

A reconnaissance of some 
mining camps in Elko, Lander, and 
Eureka counties, Nevada. 1910. 
(no. 408) 1928 

&'ome ore deposits in Maine 

and the Milan mine in New Hamp- 
shire. 1910. (no. 432) 1929 

Fenneman, N. M. Geology of the 
Boulder district, Colorado. 1906. 
(no. 265) 1980 

Oil fields of the Texas-Ix>u- 

Isiana gulf coastal plain. 1906. 
(no. 282) 1981 

^The Tampa coal field, Routt 

county, Colorado, by N. M. Fenne- 
man and H. S. Gale, with a chapter 
on the character and use of the 
Tampa coals, by M. R. Campbell. 
1906. (no. 297) 

t • . »k*. 


142 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Femaldt R. H. Incidental prob- 
lema In sas-producer tests, by R. 
H. Fernald, C. D. Smith, J. K. Cle- 
ment and H. A. Grlne. 1909. (no. 
893) 19S8 

Recent development of the 

producer-sas power plant In the 
United SUtes. 1909. (no. 416) 19S4 

Fisher, C. A. Geology of the Oreat 
F^Us coal fleld, Montana. 1909. 
(no. 856) 19S5 

Fltofa, G. H. Trlanffulatlon and 
spirit leveling In Indian Territory. 
1900. (no. 175) 19S6 

Fontaine, W. H. The Potomac 
formation In Virginia. 1896. (no. 
146) 1987 

FnUer, M. Ij. Summary of the 
controlling factors of artesian flows. 
1908. (no. 819) 1988 

Gale, H. S. Coal fields of north- 
western Colorado and northeastern 
Utah. 1910. (no. 416) 1989 

Geology of the Rkngely oil 

district, Rio Blanco County, Colo- 
rado, with a section on the water 
supply. 1908. (no. 360) 1940 

Gannett, Henry. Altitudes In 
Alaska. 1900. (no. 169) 1941 

^The areas of the United 

States, the states and the territories. 
1906. (no. 802) 1942 

Boundaries of the United 

States and of the several states and 
territories, with an outline of the 
history of all important changes of 
territory; 2d ed. 1900. (no. 171) 


Same. 3d ed. 1904. (no. 226) 


^A dictionary of altitudes in 

the United States. 1884. (no. 5) 

Same. 2d ed. 1891. (no. 76) 

— Same. 3d ed. 1899. (no. 160) 


-fi^me. 4th ed. 1906. (no. 274) 


-A dictionary of geographical 
positions in the United States. 1895. 
(no. 123) 1949 

^A gazetteer of Colorado. 

1906. (no. 291) 1950 

^A gazetteer of Cuba. 1902. 

(no. 192) 1951 

^A gazetteer of Delaware. 

1904. (no. 230) 1952 

^A gazetteer of Kansas. 1898. 

(no. 164) 1958 

— ^A gazetteer of Indian Ter- 
ritory. 1905. (no. 248) 1954 

A gazetteer of Maryland. 

1904. (no. 231) 1955 

^A gazetteer of Porto Rico. 

1901. (no. 183) 1950 

A gazetteer of Texas. 1902. 

(no. 190) 1957 

Same. 2d ed. 1904. (no. 224) 

S3; 1W8 
^A gazetteer of Utah. 1900. 

(no. 166) 1959 

^A gazetteer of Virginia. 1904. 

(no. 232) 1960 

^A gazetteer of West Vir- 
ginia. 1904. (no. 233) 1961 

^A geographic dictionary of 

Connecticut 1894. (no. 117) 1962 

^A geographic dictionary of 

MassachusetU. 1894. (no. 116) 1968 

^A geographic dictionary of 

New Jersey. 1894. (no. 118) 1964 

^A geographic dictionary of 

Rhode Island. 1894. (no. 115) 1965 

Manual of topographic meth- 
ods, by Henry Gkinnett, 1906. (no. 
307) 1966 

The origin of certain place 

names in the United Statea 1902. 
(no. 197) 1967 

Same. (2d ed.) 1905. (no. 

258) 1968 

Results of primary triangu- 

lation. 1894. (no. 122) 1969 

Gannett, S. 8. Gtsographic tables 
and formulas. 1903. (no. 214) 1970 

Geographic tables and for- 
mulas. 2d ed. 1904. (no. 234) 1971 

Results of spirit leveling in 

California, 1896 to 1907. Inclusive, 
by S. S. Gannett and D. H. Bald- 
win. 1908. (no. 342) 1972 

Results of spirit leveling in 

Illinois, 1896 to 1908, Inclusive, 
comp. by S. S. Gannett and D. H. 
Baldwin. In co-operation with the 
Illinois state (>eolog)lcal Bu^ey, 
during 1906 to 1908, inclusive. 1910. 
(no. 421) 1978 

Results of spirit leveling in 

Ohio, 1898 to 1908, inclusive, comp. 
by &*. S. Gannett and D. H. Bald- 
win. In co-operation with the state 
of Ohio during 1901 to 1908, in- 
clusive. 1909. (no. 411) 1974 

Results of spirit leveling in 

Pennsylvania for the years 1899 to 
1905, inclusive, by S. S. Gannett and 
D. H. Baldwin. 1906. (no. 288) 1975 

Results of spirit leveling In 

the state of New York for the years 
1896 to 1905, inclusive, by S. 8. 
Gannett and D. H. Baldwin. 1906. 
(no. 281) 1976 

Results of spirit leveling In 

West Virginia, 1896 to 1908. inclu- 
sive, comp. by S. S. Gannett and D. 
H. Baldwin. In co-operation with 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


the West Virginia state geological 
survey during 1901 to 1908, inclu- 
sive. 1909. (no. 399) 1977 

Genth, P. A, [U K. W.] The min- 
erals or North Carolina. 1891. (no. 
7^) 1978 

Gilbert^ G. K. Rate of recession 
of Niagara Falls, by Q. K. Gilbert, 
accompanied by a report on the 
survey of the crest, by W. Carvel 
MaU. 1907. (no. 306) 1979 

^The San Francisco earth- 
quake and fire of April 18, 1906, 
and their effects on structures and 
structural materials; reports by O. 
K. Gilbert, R. L. Humphrey, J. S. 
Sewell, and Frank Soule, with pre- 
face by J. A. Holmes. 1907. (no. 
3**) 1980 

GUpIn, J. E. The fractionation 
of crude petroleum by capillary 
diffusion, by J. E. Oilpin and M. P. 
Cram, under the supervision of D. 
T. Day. 1908. (no. 366) 1981 

Glrty, G. H. The fauna of the 
Caney shale of Oklahoma. 1909. 
(no. 377) 1982 

^The fauna of the Moorefleld 

shale of Arkansas. 1911. (no. 439) 


^The fauna of the phosphate 

beds of the Park City formation in 
Idaho, Wyoming, and Utah. 1910. 
(no. 436) 1984 

Goocb, F. A. Analyses of waters 
of the Yellowstone national park, 
with an account of the methods 
employed, by F. A. Oooch and J. B. 
Whitfield. 1888. (no. 47) 1985 

Goode, R. U. Slirvey of the boun- 
dary line between Idaho and Mon- 
tana, from the international boun- 
dary to the crest of the Bitterroot 
Hountaina 1900. (no. 170) 1986 

Go«» W. F. M. Comparative tests 
of run-of-mine and briquetted coal 
on locomotives, including torpedo- 
boat tests and some foreign speci- 
fications for briquetted fuel. 1908. 
(no. 363) 1987 

^The utilization of fuel in lo- 
comotive practice. 1909. (no. 402) 


Gmtom, Jj. C. Reconnaissance of 
some gold and tin deposits of the 
southern AppisLlachians, by L. C. 
Graton; with notes on the Dahlone- 
ga mines, by Waldemar Lindgren. 
1906. (no. 293) 1989 

Griswold, W. T. The Berea grit 
oil sand in the Cadiz quadrangle, 
Ohio. 1902. (no. 198) 1990 

Geology of oil and gas fields 

in Steubenvllle, Burgettstown, and 

v}?J^io"® Quadrangles. Ohio, West 
T ifniS; Sf ^ Pennsylvania, by W. 
I no. aiti) 1991 

-or7^*''?if^"''® ^' ^*^e Berea oil 

SfrHi't, ^%^^''"^*°» quadrangle 
Harrison, Belmont and Guernsey 

counties Ohio. 1908. (no. 346) ?M2 

^^SS* ^' y- ^® gneisses, gabbro- 
schists, and sssociated rocks of 
southwestern Minnesota. 1899. (no 
^ 1993 

H-.5f"'*u^*"'*'*^- Coal-mine acci- 
dents: their causes and prevention; 
a preliminary statistical report by 
Clarence Hall and W. O. Snelling 
rin^ iutroducUon by J. a. Holmes! 
1807. (no. 333) JJJJJ 

it.^?^' Fr ,9- Manganese depos- 
its of the United States, with sec- 
tions on foreign deposits, chemis- 
trj^ and uses. 1910. (no. 427) 1995 
Harris, G. D. Oil and gas in Lou- 
isiana, with a brief summary of 
their occurrence in adjacent statea 
1910. (no. 429) ^^^^ 

Hay, O. P. Bibliography and cat- 

^^IV ?^ ^^^ '^««" vertebrata of 
North America. 1902. (no. 179) 

Hay, Robert. A geological re- 
connaissance in southwestern Kan- 
sas. 1890. (no. 67) i99g 

, :T^e geology of the Port Ri- 

if^ ?Ji*^^y reservaUon and vicin- 
ity. 1896. (no. 137) 1999 

Hayes, O. W. Oil fields of the 
Texas-Louisiana gulf coastal plain, 
by C. W. Hayes and William Ken- 
nedy. 1903. (no. 212) 20OO 

Hess, F. E. The magnesite de- 
posits of California. 1908. (no. 
866) 2001, 

^A reconnaissance of the 

gypsum deposits of California, by 
F. L. Hess; with a note on errors 
in the chemical analysis of gypsum, 
by George Steiger. 1910. (no. 413) 


Hill, R. T. The Lower Cretaceous 
Gryphaeas of the Texas region by 
R. T. Hill and T. W. Vaughn. 1898. 
(no. 151) 2008 

^The present condition of 

knowledge of the geology of Texas. 
1887. (no. 45) 2004 

HlUebrand, W. P. The analysis 
of silicate and carbonate rocks. 
1907. (no. 305) 2005 

^The analysis of silicate and 

carbonate rocks, a revision of Bul- 
letin 306, by W. P. HlUebrand. 1910. 
(no. 422) 2006 

144 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

CoxnparlBon of a wet and 

crucible-flre methods for the aasay 
of gold telluride ores, with notes 
on the errors occurring in the op- 
erations of Are assay and parting; 
by W. F. Hillebrand and E. T. Al- 
len. 1905. (no. 253) 2007 

^The mercury minerals from 

Terlingua. Texas, by W. F. Hille- 
brand and W. T. 6'challer. 1909. 
(no. 405) 2008 

Some principles and meth- 
ods of rock analysis. 1900. (no. 
176) 2000 

HobbSt W. H. The configuration 
of the rock floor of Greater New 
York. 1905. (no. 270) 2010 

HoIden» E. S. Earthquakes in 
California in 1890 and 1891. 1892. 
(no. 95) 2011 

Holmes, J. A. Preliminary report 
on the operations of the fuel-test- 
ing plant of the United States Ge- 
ological survey at St. Louis, Mo.. 

1906. 1906. (no. 290) 2012 
Howe, H. M. Copper smelting. 

1885. (no. 26) 2013 

Humphrey, R. li. The Are resist- 
ive properties of various building 
materials. 1909. (no. 370) 2014 

Organization, equipment, and 

operation of the structural-materi- 
als testing laboratories at St. Louis. 
Mo., by R. L. Humphrey, with pre- 
face by J. A. Holmes. 1908. (no. 
329) 2015 

Portland cement mortars 

and their constituent materials, re- 
sults of tests made at the structu- 
ral-materials testing laboratories. 
Forest Park, St. Louis, Mo., 1905- 

1907, by R. L. Humphrey and Wil- 
liam Jordan, Jr. 1908. (no. 331.) 


The strength of concrete 

beams, results of tests of 108 beams 
(first series) made at the structu- 
ral-materials testing laboratories, 
by R. L. Humphrey. 1908. (no. 344) 


Iddlngs, J. P. On a group of vol- 
canic rocks from the Tewan Moun- 
tains, New Mexico, and on the oc- 
currence of primary quartz in cer- 
Uin basalts. 1890. (no. 66) 2018 

Keeler, J. E. Earthquakes in Cal- 
Ifomla in 1889. 1890. (no. 68) 2019 

Kemp, J. F. The geological re- 
lations and distribution of platinum 
and associated metals. 1902. (no. 
193) 2020 

^The trap dikes of the Lake 

Champlain region, by J. F. Kemp 

and V. F. Marsters. 1893. (no. 107) 


Keyes, €. R. A bibliography of 
North American paleontology. 1888- 
1892. 1894. (no. 121) 2022 

Kindle, K. M. The Devonian fau- 
na of the Ouray limestone. 1909. 
(no. 391) 202S 

Knopf, Adolph. Geology of the 
Seward Peninsula tin deposits, 
Alaska. 1908. (no. 358) 2024 

Knowlton, F. H. A catalogue of 
the Cretaceous and Tertiary plants 
of North America. 1898. (no. 152) 


Flora of the Montana forma- 
tion. 1900. (no. 163.) 2026 
-Fossil flora of the John Day 

basin, Oregon. 1902. (no. 204.) 


Fossil wood and lignite of 

the Potomac formation. 1889. (no. 
56.) 2028 

Lee, W. T. Geological reconnais- 
sance of a part of western Arizona, 
by W. T. Lee; with notes on the 
igneous rocks of western Arizona, 
by Albert Johannsen. 1908. (no. 
352.) 2029 

^The Manzano group of the 

Rio Grande Valley, New Mexico, by 
W. T. Lee and G. H. Girty. 1909. 
(no. 389.) 20SO 

Lielth, C. K. The iron ores of the 
Iron Springs district, southern Utah, 
by C. K. Leith and EL C. Harder. 
1908. (no. 338.) 20S1 

Rock cleavage. 1905. (no. 

239.) 20S2 

Lindgren, Waldemar. Report of 
progress in the geological re- 
survey of the Cripple Creek district, 
Colorado; by Wkldemar Llndgren 
and F. L. Ransome. 1904. (no. 524.) 


Tests for gold and silver in 

shales from western Kansas. 1902. 
(no. 202.) 20S4 

liordv N. W. Experimental work 
conducted in the chemical labora- 
tory of the United States fuel-test- 
ing plant at St. Louis, Mo. Janu- 
ary 1, 1905, to July 31. 1906. 1907. 
(no. 323) 2085 

Maddren, A. G. The Innoko gold- 
placer district, Alaska, with ac- 
counts of the central Kuskokwim 
Valley and the Ruby Creek and 
Gold Hill placers. 1910. (no. 410.) 


Marshall, R. B. Results of spirit 
leveling in Delaware, District of 
Columbia, Maryland, and Virginia. 
1896 to 1909. inclusive. Work done 
in cooperation with the state of 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Maryland durinfir the entire period 
and with the state of Virginia In 
part of 1908. 1910. (no. 434.) 2037 

Results of spirit leveling In 

Maine, New Hampshire, and Ver- 
mont, 1896 to 1909, Inclusive. Work 
done In cooperation with the state 
of Maine during 1899 to 1909, in- 
clusive. 1910. (no. 437.) 2038 

Martin, G. C. Qeology and min- 
eral resources of the Controller Bay 
region, Alaska. 1908. (no. 335.) 


^The petroleum fields of the 

Pacific coast of Alaska, with an 
account of the Bering River coal 
depoBlU. 1905. (no. 250.) 2040 

^A reconnaissance of the 

Matanuska coal field, Alaska, In 
1905. 1906. (no. 289.) 2041 

MelTOle, W. H. Contributions to 
the mineralogy of the Pacific coast, 
by W. H. Melville and Waldemar 
Ltindgren. 1890. (no. 61.) 2042 

3tai&, J. S. Binders for coal bri- 
quets, investigations made at the 
fuel-testing plant, St. Louis, Mo. 
1908. (no. 343.) 2043 

Mofllt, F. H. The Fairhaven gold 
placers, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. 

1905. (no. 247.) 2044 
Mineral resources of Kenal 

Peninsula, Alaska. Gk>ld fields ot 
the Tumagaln Arm region, by F. 
H. Moffit. Coal fields of the Kache- 
mak Bay region, by R. W. Stone. 

1906. (no. 277.) 2045 
Mineral resources of the Kot- 

sina-Chitlna region, Alaska, by F. 
H. Moffit and A. Q. Maddren. 1909. 

(no. 374.) awe 

^Mineral resources of the Na- 

besna- White River district, Alaska, 
by F. H. Moffit and Adolph Knopf, 
with a section on the Quaternary, 
by 8. R. Capps. 1910. (no. 417.) 

Moldenke, Richard. Washing and 
coking tests of coal and cupola 
tests of coke conducted by the 
United States fuel-testing plant at 
St. Louis, Mo. January 1, 1906. to 
June 30, 1907. By Richard Mol- 
denke, A. W. Belden and Q. R. Del- 
amater, with Introduction by J. A. 
Holmes. 1908. (no. 336.) 2043 

Monroe, C. E. A primer on ex- 
plosives for coal miners, by C. B. 
Munroe and Clarence Hall, 1909. 
(no. 423.) 2049 

Newell, F. H. Report of progress 
of the Division of hydrography for 
1893[-18961. 1895-*96. (nos. 131, 

140.) ^ao*^ 

Nlckles, J. M. Bibliography of 

North American geology for 1908- 
1909. with subject index. 1909. (nos. 
409, 444.) 2051 

^A synopsis of American fossil 

Bryozoa, Including bibliography and 
synonymy, by J. M. Nickles and R. 
S. Bassler. 1900. (no. 173.) 2052 

Osbom, H. F. Cenozoic mammal 
horizons of western North America, 
by H. P. Osborn; with faunal lists 
of the Tertiary mammalia of the 
west, by W. D. Matthew. 1909. (nos. 
361.) 205S 

Paige, Sidney. Geologic recon- 
naissance in the Matanuska and 
Talkeetna basins. Alaska, by Sidney 
Paige and Adolph Knopf. 1907. 
(no. 327.) 2054 

Papers on the conservation 
of mineral resources, reprinted from 
Report of the National conservation 
commission. February, 1909. 1909. 
(no. 394.) 2055 

Parker, K. W. Preliminary report 
on the operations of the coal-test- 
ing plant of the United States Geo- 
logical survey at the Louisiana pur- 
chase exposition, St. Louis, Mo., 

1904. E. W. Parker. J. A. Holmes. 
M. R. Campbell, committee in 
charge. 1905. (no. 261.) 2056 

Peale, A. C. Lists and analyses of 

the mineral springs of the United 

States [a preliminary study]. 1886. 

(no. 32.) 2057 

^The Paleozoic section in the 

vicinity of Three Forks, Montana, by 
A. C. Peale, with petrographic notes 
by G. P. Merrill. 1893. (no. 110.) 


Penrose, R^ A. F. Jr. Nature and 
origin of deposits of phosphate of 
time, by R. A. F. Penrose. Jr.. with 
an introduction by N. S. Shaler. 
1888. (no. 46.) 2050 

Perrlne, C. D. Earthquakes In 
California in 1892 [-1898.] 1893-99. 
(nos. 112, 114, 129, 147, 155. 161.) 


Phalen, W. C. Economic geology 
of the Kenova quadrangle, Ken- 
tucky, Ohio, and WJest Virginia. 
1908. (no. 349.) 2001 

PIrsson, li. V. Petrography and 
geology of the igneous rocks of the 
Highwood Mountains, Montana. 

1905. (no. 237.) 2002 
Fdpe, G. S. The purchase of coal 

by the government under specifica- 
tions, with analyses of coal deliv- 
ered for the nscal year 1908-9. 1910. 
(no. 428.) aO«» 

Pratt, J. H. Corundum and its 
occurrence and distribution in the 

146 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

United States (a rev. and enl. ed. of 
bulletin no. 180.) 1906. (no. 269.) 


^The occurrence and distribu- 
tion of corundum in the United 
States. 1901. (no. 180.) 2065 

Prtndle, Ii. M. The Fairbanks 
and Rampart quadrangles, Yukon- 
Tanana region, Alaska, by L. M. 
Prindle, with a section on the Ham- 
part Placers by F. L. Hess, and a 
paper on the water supply of the 
Fairbanks region, by C. C. Covert. 
1908. (no. 337.) 2066 

^The Fortymile quadrangle, 

Yukon-Tanana region, Alaska. 1909. 
no. 375) 2067 

^The gold placers of the For- 

tsrmile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks 
region, Alaska. 1906. (no. 261.) 2068 

The Rampart gold placer 

region, Alaska, by L. M. Prindle and 
F. L. Hess. 1906. (no. 280) 2060 

The Yukon-Tanana region, 

Alaska. Description of the Circle 
quadrangle. 1906. (no. 296.) 2070 
C. S. The Devonian sys- 

tem of eastern Pennsylvania and 
New York. 1894. (no. 120.) 2071 

Parington, C. W. Methods and 
costs of gravel and placer mining 
in Alaska. 1906. (no. 263.) 2072 

Raoadall, D. T. The burning of 
coal without smoke in boiler plants; 
a preliminary report. 1908. (no. 
334.) 2073 

^The purchase of coal under 

government and commercial speci- 
fications on the basis of its heating 
value, with analyses of coal deliver- 
ed under government contracts. 

1908. (no. 339.) 2074 
^The smokeless combustion of 

coal in boiler plants, with a chapter 
on central heating plants, by D. T. 
Randall and H. W. Weeks. 1909. 
(no. 37».) 2075 

Tests of coal and briquets as 

fuel for house-heating boilers. 1908. 
(no. 366.) 2076 

Ransome, F. Ir. Geology and ore 
deposits of the Bullfrog district, Ne- 
vada, by F. L. Ransome, Wl H. Em- 
mons and G. H. Garrey. 1910. (no. 
407.) 2077 

^Notes on some mining dis- 
tricts in Humboldt County, Nevada. 

1909. (no. 414.) 2078 
Preliminary account of Gold- 

fleld. Bullfrog, and other mining dis- 
tricts in southern Nevada, by F. Jm 
Ransome, with notes on the Man- 
hattan district, by G. H. Garrey and 
W. H. Emmons. 1907. (no. 303.) 


^A report on the economic 

geology of the Silverton Quadrangle, 
Colorado. 1901. (no. 182.) 2080 

Some lava flows of the west- 
ern slope of the Sierra Nevada, Cal- 
ifornia. 1898. (no. 89.) 2081 

Ray, W. T. Comparative tests of 
run-of-mine and briquetted coal on 
the torpedo boat Biddle, made with 
the collaboration of Lieut, com- 
mander Kenneth McAlpine, U. S. N., 
and Ensign J. W. Hayward, U. S. 
N., by W. T. Ray and Henry 
Kreisinger. 1909. (no. 403.) 2082 

^The significance of drafts in 

steam-boiler practice, by W. T. Ray 
and Henry Kreisinger. 1909. (no. 
367.) 2083 

^Tests of run-of-mine and 

briquetted coal in a locomotive 
boiler, by W. T. Ray and Henry 
Kreisinger. 1909. (no. 412.) 2084 

Record of deep well drilling for 
1904-1906. (nos. 264, 298.) 2085 

Report of the United States fuel- 
testing plant, at St. Liouis, Mo., Jan- 
uary 1, 1906, to June 30. 1907. J. 
A. Holmes in charge. 1908. (no. 
332.) 2086 

Rq>ort on progress of investlgfa- 
tions of mineral resources of Alaska 
in 1904-1906. (nos. 269, 284.) 2087 

Resolts of primary triangrulation 
and primary traverse . . . 1900-01- 
date. (nos. 181, 201. 216, 246. 276, 
440.) 2088 

Rice, G. S. The explosiblllty of 
coal dust, by G. S. Rice, with chap- 
ters by J. C. W. Frazer, Axel Ijar- 
sen, Frank Haas, and Carl Scholz. 
1910. (no. 426.) 2080 

Richardson, G. B. Reconnaissance 
of the Book Cliffs coal field between 
Grand River, Colorado, and Sunny- 
side. Utah. 1909. (no. 371.) 2090 

Russell, I. C. Correlation papers; 
the Newark system. 1892. (no. 86.) 


A geological reconnaissance 

in central Washington. 1893. (no. 
108) 2092 

Notes on the geologry of 

southwestern Idaho and southeast- 
ern Oregon. 1903. (no. 217) 2098 
^—Preliminary report on the 
geology and water resources of 
central Oregon. 1906. (no. 252) 


-Suba^rial decay of rocks and 

origin of the red color of certain 
formations. 1889. (no. 62) 2095 
Schlnndt, Herman. Radioactivity 
of the thermal waters of the Yel- 
lowstone national park, by Her- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


man Schlundt and R. B. Moore. 
1909. (no. 395) 2096 

Sduneckebler, li. F. Catalogue 
and index of the publications of the 
Hayden, Kinsr* Powell, and Wheeler 
jnirveye: namely, Geological and 
geographical survey of the ter- 
ritories, Geographical explora- 
Uon of the fortieth parallel. Ge- 
ographical and geological surveys 
of the Rocky Mountain region. Ge- 
ographical surveys west of the one 
hundredth meridian. 1904. (no. 
222) 2097 

Schrader, F. C. Economic geolo- 
gy of the Independence quadrangle, 
Kansas, by F. C. Schrader and Eras- 
mus Haworth. 1906. (no. 296) 


Mineral deposits of the Cer- 

bat Range, Black Mountains, and 
Grand W^h Cliffs, Mohave County. 
Arisona. 1909. (no. 397) 2099 

Sc^ncheit, ChArles. A synopsis 
of American fossil brachiopoda, in- 
cluding bibliography and synony- 
my. 1897. (no. 87) 2100 

Scndder* S. H. A classed and an- 
notated bibliography of fossil in- 
secto. 1890. (no. 69) 2101 

^Index to the known fossil 

insects of the world, including my- 
riapods and arachnids. 1891. (no. 
71) 2102 

^Insect fauna of the Rhode 

Island coal field. 1893. (no. 101) 


Revision of the American 

fossil cockroaches, with descrip- 
tions of new forms. 1895. (no. 124) 


Some insects of special in- 
terest from Florissant, Colorado, 
and other points in the tertiaries 
of Colorado and Utah. 1892. (no. 
93) 2105 

Systematic review of our 

present knowledge of fossil insects, 
including myriapods and arach- 
nids. 1886. (no. 31) 2106 

Shaler, N. S. The geology of Nan- 
tucket. 1889. (no. 63) 2107 

Shatmck, G. B. The Mollusca of 
the Buda limestone, by G. B. Shat- 
tuck, with an appendix on the co- 
rals of the Buda limestone, by T. 
W. Vaughan. 1903. (no. 205) 2108 

Sradtli, E. A. Tertiary and Oeta- 
ceous strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tom- 
bigbee. and Alabama rivers, by E. 
A. Smith and L. C. Johnson. 1887. 
(no. 43) 2109 

Smltb, G. O. A geological recon- 
naissance across the Cascade 
Range near the forty-ninth paral- 

lel, by G. O. Smith and F. C. Cal- 
kins. 1904. (no. 235) 2110 

Smithy P. S. Geology and mineral 
resources of the Solomon and Casa- 
depaga quadrangles, Seward Penin- 
sula, Alaska. 1910. (no. 433) 2111 

Spencer, A. O. The Juneau gold 
belt, Alaska, by A. C. Spencer, and 
a reconnaissance of Admiralty Is- 
land, Alaska, by C. W. Wright 1906. 
(no. 287) 2112 

Magnetite deposits of the 

Cornwall type in Pennsylvania. 
1908. (no. 369) 2118 

Spurr, J. £. Descriptive geology 
of Nevada south of the fortieth par- 
allel and adjacent portions of Cal- 
ifornia. 1903. (no. 208) 2114 

^The ore deposits of Tonopah, 

Nevada (preliminary report). 1903. 
(no. 219) 2115 

Stanton, T. W. The Colorado for- 
mation and its invertebrate fauna. 
1893. (no. 106) 2116 

Contributions to the Creta- 
ceous paleontology of the Pacific 
coast. The fauna of the Knoxville 
beds. 1895. (no. 133) 2117 

Geology and paleontology of 

the Judith River beds, by T. W. 
Stanton and J. B. Hatcher; with a 
chapter on the fossil plants, by F. 
H. Knowlton. 1905. (no. 257) 2118 

Stokes, H. N. On pyrite and mar- 
casite. 1901. (no. 186) 2119 

Stone, R. W. Coal resources of 
the Russell Fork basin in Ken- 
tucky and Virginia. 1908. (no. 348) 


Mineral resources of the El- 
ders Ridge quadrangle, Pennsylva- 
nia. 1905. (no. 256) 2121 

Oil and gas fields of Greene 

County, Pa., by R. W. Stone and 
F. G. C^app. 1907. (no. 304) 2122 

Stix>ng, R^ ML Commercial deduc- 
tions from comparisons of gasoline 
and alcohol tests on internal-com- 
bustion engines. 1909. (no. 392) 


Sulllvaji, S3. C. The interaction 
between minerals and water solu- 
tions, with special reference to ge- 
ologic phenomena. 1907. (no 312) 


Todd, J. E. The moraines of the 
Missouri coteau and their attend- 
ant deposits. 1896. (no. 144) 2125 

^The moraines of southeast- 
ern South Dakota and their attend- 
ant deposits. 1899. (no. 158) 2126 

The United States Geological 
survey: its origin, development, or- 
ganization, and operations. 1904. 
(no. 227) 2127 

148 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Vphamy W. Altitudes between 
Lake Superior and the Rocky Moun- 
tains. 1891. (no. 72) 2128 

^The upper beaches and del- 
tas of the grlacial Lake Afl^assis. 
1887. (no. 39) 2129 

Van Hise, C. R. Correlation pa- 
pers; Archean and Algonkian. 1892. 
(no. 86) 2120 

Pre-Cambrian greolo^y of 

North America, by C. R. Van Hlse 
and C. K. Leith. 1909. (no. 360) 


Vanglian, T. W. A brief contri- 
bution to the geolosry and paleon- 
tology of northwestern Louisiana. 
1896. (no. 142) 2182 

Reconnaissance in the Rio 

Grande coal fields of Texas, by T. 
W. Vauffhan, including a report on 
igneous rocks from the San Carlos 
coal field, by E. C. E. Lord. 1900. 
(no. 164) 2132a 

Walcott, C D. The Cambrian 
rocks of Pennsylvania. 1896. (no. 
134) 2188 

Correlation papers; Cambri- 
an. 1891. (no. 81) 2134 

Second contribution to the 

studies on the Cumbrian faunas of 
North America. 1886. (no. 30) 2185 

Ward, li. F. Types of the Lara- 
mie flora. 1887. (no. 37) 2180 

WarmaB, P. C. Bibliography and 
index of the publications of the 
United States (Geological survey, 
with the laws governing their 
printing and distribution. 1893. 
(no. 100) 2187 

Catalogue and index of the 

publications of the United States 
Geological survey, 1880 to 1901. 
1901. (no. 177) 2188 

Catalogue and index of the 

publications of the United States 
Geological survey, 1901 to 1903. 
1903. (no. 215) 2189 

Watson, T. li. (3irax\ites of the 
southeastern Atlantic states. 1910. 
(no. 426) 2140 

Watteyne, Victor. The preven- 
tion of mine explosions; report and 
recommendations by Victor Wat- 
teyne . . . Carl Meissner . . . and 
Arthur Desborough. 1908. (no. 369^ 


Weed, W. H. The El Paso tin de- 
posits. 1901. (no. 178) 2142 

Oeology of the Castle Moun- 
tain mining district, Montana, by 
W. H. Wteed and L. V. Pirsson. 
1896. (no. 139) 2148 

^The glaclation of the Yel- 
lowstone valley, north of the park. 
1893. (no. 104) 2144 

-The Laramie and the over- 

lying Livingston formation in Mon- 
tana, by W. H. Weed, with report 
on flora, by F. H. Knowlton. 1893. 
(no. 106) 2145 

Weeks, F. B. Bibliography and 
index of North American geology, 
paleontology, petrology and miner- 
alogy, for 1892 and 1893 [1894- 
1899. 1901-1904] (no. 130, 136, 146, 
149. 166. 162, 172, 203, 221, 240. 
271) 2140 

^Bibliography and index of 

North American geology, paleon- 
tology, petrology, and mineralogy 
for the years 1901-1905, inclusive. 
1906. (no. 301) 2147 

Bibliography of North Amer- 
ican geology for 1906 and 1907. 
with subject index, by F. B. Weeks 
and J. M. Nickles. 1909. (no. 372) 


Bibliography of North Amer- 

•ican geology, paleontology, petrol- 
ogy, and mineralogy, for the years 
1892-1900, inclusive. 1902. (no. 188) 


^Index to North American ge- 
ology . . . 1902. (no. 189) 2140a 

North American geologic 

formation names: bibliography, syn- 
onymy and distribution. 1902. (no. 
191) 2150 

Welter, Stuart. A bibliographic 
index of North American Carbon- 
iferous invertebrates. 1898. (no. 
163) 2151 

White, C. A. The Bear River 
formation and its characteristic 
fauna. 1895. (no. 128) 2152 

Correlation papers; (Creta- 
ceous. 1891. (no. 82) 2158 
-On invertebrate fossils from 

the Pacific coaM. 1889. (no. 51) 


On Mesozoic fossils. 1884 

(no. 4) 2155 

On the fresh-water inverte- 
brates of the North American Ju- 
rassic. 1886, (no. 29) 2150 

On the relation of the Lara- 
mie molluscan fauna to that of the 
succeeding fresh- water Eocene, and 
other groups. 1886. (no. 34) 2157 

^The Texan Permian and its 

Mesozoic types of fossils. 1891. 
(no. 77) 2158 

White, Ihivld. The effect of oxy- 
gen in coal. 1909. (no. 382) 2150 

Flora of the outlying Car- 
boniferous basins of southwestern 
Missouri. 1893. (no. 98) 2100 

White, I. C. Stratigraphy of the 
bituminous coal field of Pennsyl- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


vania, Ohio and West Virginia. 1891. 
(no. 66) 2101 

WilUam, Albert, Jr. Odd and 
silver conversion tables, giving the 
coinage values of troy ounces of fine 
metal, and the weights of fine metal 
represented by given sums of 
United States money. 1883. (no. 
2) 2162 

Wmiama, G. H. The gabbros and 
associated horn-blende rocks oc- 
curring in the neighborhood of Bal- 
timore, Md. 1886. (no. 28) 216S 

^The greenstone schist areas 

of the Menominee and Marquette 
regions of Michigan; a contribution 
to the subject of dynamic meta- 
morphism in eruptive rocks, by O. 
H. Williams, with an introduction 
by R. D. Irving. 1890. (no. 62) 2164 

WilUams, H. S. Contributions to 
Devonian paleontology, 1903; by H. 
8. Williams and £. M. Kindle. 1906. 
(no. 244) 2165 

Contributions to the geology 

of Maine, by H. S. Williams and H. 
£2. Gregory. 1900. (no. 165) 2166 

The correlation of geological 

faunas, a contribution to Devonian 
paleontology. 1903. (no. 210) 2167 

— —Correlation papers; Devonian 
and Carboniferous. 1891. (no. 80) 


On the fossil faunas of the 

Upper Devonian, along the merid- 
ian of 76* 30', from Tompkins 
County, N. T., to Bradford County, 
Pa. 1884. (no. 3) 2169 

On the fossil faunas of the 

Upper Devonian; the Genesee sec- 
tion. New York. 1887. (no. 41) 2170 

Wnils, Bailey. Changes in river 
courses in Washington Territory 
due to glaciation. 1887. (no. 40) 


Wilson^ H. ]!£. The fire tax and 
waste of structural materials in the 
United States, by H. M. Wilson and 
J. Lfc Cochrane. 1910. (no. 418) 


Results of spirit-leveling, fis- 
cal year 1900-'01, by H. M. Wilson, 
J. H. Renshawe, E. M. Douglas, and 
R. U. Goods. 1901. (no. 185) 2178 

Wlnslow, Arthur. The dissemi- 
nated lead ores of southeastern Mis- 
souri. 1896. (no. 132) 2174 

Woodward, R. 8. Formulas and 
tables to facilitate the construction 
and use of maps. 1889. (no. 60) 


—^Latitudes and longitudes of 
certain points in Missouri, Kansas, 
and New Mexico. 1889. (no. 49) 


-On the form and position of 

the sea level, with special reference 
to its dependence on superficial 
masses symmetrically disposed 
about a normal to the earth's sur- 
face. 1888. (no. 48) 2177 

Report on astronomical work 

of 1889 and 1890. 1890. (no. 70) 


Woolsey, C H. Economic geology 
of the Beaver quadrangle, Pennsyl- 
vania (southern Beaver and north- 
western Allegheny counties). 1906. 
(no. 286) ai79 

Wright, €. D. Briquettlng tests 
at the United States fuel-testing 
plant, Norfolk. Virginia, 1907-8. 
1909. (no. 386) 2180 

^The Porcupine placer dis- 
trict. Alaska. 1904. (no. 236) 2181 

Wrl^ttt, F. E. The Ketchikan 
and Wrangell mining districts, Alas- 
ka, by F. EL Wright and C. W. 
Wright. 1908. (no. 347) 2182 

Wright, G. F. The glacial boun- 
dary in western Pennsylvania, Ohio, 
Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois, by 
G. F. Wright, with an introduction 
by T. C. Chamberlln. 1890. (no. 
68) 2188 


... v. 1-datft 
Waahington, 1890-date. QL75 M. 



Bayley, W. 6. The Menominee 
iron-bearing district of Michigan, 
by W. S. Bayley, C. R. Van Hise, 
geologist in charge. 1894. (v. 46) 


Becker, G. F. Geology of the 
Comstock lode and the Washoe dis- 
trict, with atlas. 1882. (v. 3) 2186 

Geology of the quicksilver 

deposits of the Pacific slope, with 
an atlas. 1888. (v. 13) 2187 

Clements, J. M. The Crystal Falls 
iron-bearing district of Michigan, 
by J. M. Clements and H. L. Smyth, 
with a chapter on the Sturgeon 
River tongue, by W. S. Bayley. 1899. 
(V. 36) 2188 

^The Vermillion iron-bearing 

district of Minnesota, with an at- 
las: by J. M. Clements and C. R. 
Van Hise, geologist in charge. 1903. 
(V. 45) 2189 

Curtis, J. S. Silver-lead deposits 
of Eureka, Nevada. 1884. (v. 7) 


Dntton, C. B3. Tertiary history 
of the Grand Cafion district, with 
atlas. 1882. (v. 2) 2191 

150 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Bmeraon, B. K. Geology of old 
Hampshire County, MaasachusettB, 
comprising Franklin, Hamipshlre, 
and Hampden counties. 1898. (v. 
29) 21M 

Emmons, S. F. Geology and min- 
ing industry of LeadviUe, Colorado, 
with atlas. 1886. (v. 12) 219S 

Geology of the Denver basin 

in Colorado, by S. F. Emmons and 
G. H. Eldridge. 1896. (v. 27) 2104 

Fontaine, W. M. Contributions to 
the knowledge of the older Meso- 
zoic flora of Virginia. 1883. (v. 6) 


^The Potomac or younger Me- 

sozoic flora. 1889. (v. 15) 2106 

Gannett, Henry. A manual of to- 
pographic methods. 1893. (v. 22) 


Gilbert, G. K. Lake Bonneville. 
1890. (V. 1) 2108 

Hague, Arnold. Geology of the 
Eureka district, Nevada, with an 
atlas. 1892. (v. 20) 2100 

Geology of the Yellowstone 

National park. Part II. Descriptive 
geology, petrography and paleontol- 
ogy, by Arnold Hague, J. P. Id- 
dings, W. H. Weed and C. D. Wal- 
cott, G. H. Girty, T. W. Stanton, 
and F. H. Knowlton, 1899. (v. 32, 
pt. 2) 2200 

Hatcher, J. B. The Ceratopsia, by 
J. B. Hatcher, based on prelimi- 
nary studies by O. C. Marsh, ed. ariQ 
completed by R. S. Lull. 1907. (v. 
49) 22011 

HoUlck, C. A. The Cretaceous 
flora of southern New York and 
New England. 1906. (v. 60) 2202 

Hyatt, Alpheus. Pseudoceratites 
of the Cretaceous, by Alpheus Hy- 
att; ed. by T. W, Stanton. 1903. (v. 
44) 220S 

Irving, R. D. The copper-bearing 
rocks of Lake Superior. 1883. (v. 
5) 2204 

The Penokee iron-bearing 

series of Michigan and Wisconsin, 
by R. D. Irving and C. R. Van Hise. 
(V. 19) 2205 

Leith, C. K. The Mesabi iron- 
bearing district of Minnesota. 1903. 
(V. 43) 2206 

lieaqnereaz, lieo. The flora of the 
Dakota group, a posthumous work, 
by Leo Lesquereux. Ed. by F. H. 
Knowlton. 1891. (v. 17) 2207 

Beverett, fYaok. Glacial forma- 
tions and drainage features of the 
Erie and Ohio basins. 1902. (v. 41) i 

2208 I 

^The Illinois glacial lobe. 1899. ; 

(V. 38) 2200 ! 

Lord, EHlot. Comstock mining and 
miners. 1883. (v. 4) 2210 

Bfarsb, O. C. Dinocerata. A mon- 
ograph of an extinct order of gi- 
gantic mammals. 1886. (v. 10) 


Newberry, J. S. The flora of the 
Amboy clays; a posthumous work 
ed. by Arthur Hollick. 1896. (v. 26) 


Fossil flshes and fossil plants 

of the Triassic rocks of New Jersey 

and the Connecticut Valley. 1888. 

(V. 14) 221S 

^The later extinct floras of 

North America, a posthumous work« 
ed. by Arthur Hollick. 1898. (v. 86) 


^The Paleozoic flshes of North 

America. 1889. (v. 16) 2215 

Pampelly, Baplia^. Geology of 
the Green Mountains in Massachus- 
etts, by Raphael Pumpelly, J. E. 
Wolff, and T. N. Dale. 1894. (v. 23) 


Russell, L C. Geological history 
of Lake Lahontan, a Quaternary 
lake of northwestern Nevada. 1886. 
(V. 11) 2217 

Scndder, S. H. Adephagous and 
clavicorn Coleoptera from the Ter- 
tiary deposits at Florissant, Colo- 
rado, with descriptions of a few 
other forms and a systematic list 
of the non-rhynchophorous Terti- 
ary Coleoptera of North America. 
1900. (V. 40) 2218 
^Tertiary rhynchophorous Col- 
eoptera of the United States. 1893. 
(V. 21) 2210 

Shaler, N. S. Geology of the Nar- 
ragansett basin, by N. S. Shaler. J. 
B. Woodworth, and A. M. Foerste. 
1899. (V. 33) 2220 

Sm4th, J. P. The Carboniferous 
ammonoids of America. 1903. (v. 
42) 2221 

Sparr, J. E. Geologry of the Aspen 
mining district, Colorado, with at- 
las. 1898. (V. 31) 2222 

Stone, G. H. The glacial gravels 
of Maine and their associated de- 
posits. 1899. (V. 34) 222$ 

Upham, Warren. The glacial 
Lake Agassis. 1895. (v. 25) 2224 

Vaugban, T. W. The Eocene and 
lower Oligocene coral faunas of the 
United States, with descriptions of 
a few doubtfully Cretaceous spe- 
cies. 1900. (y. 39) 2225 

Van HIse, C. R« The Biarquette 
iron-bearing district of Michigan, 
with atlas, by C. R. Van HIse and 
W. S. Bayley, including a chapter 

Bulletin of the Virginla. State Library. 


on the Republic trough, by H. Lu 
Smyth. 1897. (v. 28) 2226 

^A treatise on metamorphlsm. 

1904. (V. 47) 2227 

Walcott, C. B. Fossil medusae. 

1898. (V. 30) 2228 
Paleontology of the Eureka 

district. 1884. (v. 8) 2229 

Ward, li. F. Status of the Meso- 
zoic floras of the United States. Sec- 
ond paper, by L. F. Ward, with 
the collaboration of W;. M. Fon- 
taine, Arthur Bibbins, and G. R. 
Wleland. 1905. (v. 48) 22S0 

"The first paper appeared in 
Twentieth ann. rep. U. S. Geol. sur- 
vey. pL II. 1900, p. 211-748.". 

White, David. Fossil flora of the 
lower coal measures of Missouri. 

1899. (V. 37) 22S1 
WhitflcM, R. P. Brachiopoda and 

lemellibranchiata of the Raritan 
clays and greensand marls of New 
Jersey. 1885. (v. 9) 2232 

"Sketch of the geology of the 
Cretaceous and Tertiary formations 
of New Jersey." by Q. H. Cook: p. 

Gasteropoda and cephalopo- 
da of the Raritan clays and green- 
sand marls of New Jersey. 1892. 
(V. 18) 22S8 

^Mollusca and Crustacea of 

the Miocene formations of New 
Jersey. 1894. (v. 24) 22S4 

'Profesfilonal papers, no. 1-date. 

Washington. 190z-date. QE75 P. 


Adlams, G. I. Zinc and lead de- 
posits of Northern Arkansas, by G. 
I. Adams, assisted by A. H. Purdue 
and E. F. Burchard, with a section 
on the determination and correla- 
tion of formations, by E. O. Ulrich. 
1894. (no. 24) 2236 

Alden, W. C. The Delavan lobe 
of the Lake Michigan glacier of the 
Wisconsin stage of glaciatlon and 
associated phenomena. 1904. (no. 
34) 2237 

Arnold, Ralph. The Tertiary and 

Quaternary Pectens of California. 

1906. (no. 47) 2238 

Ashley, G. H. Geology and min- 
eral resources of part of the Cum- 
berland Gap coal fleld. Kentucky, 
by G. H. Ashley and L. C. Glenn, 
in co-operation with the state geo- 
logical department of Kentucky. 
1906. (no. 49) 2239 

Atwood, W. W. Glaciatlon of the 

Uinta and Wasatch Mountains. 
1909. (no. 61.) 2240 

Ayres, H. B. The Southern Appa- 
lachian forests, by H. B. Ayres and 
W. W. Ashe. 1905. (no. 37) 2241 

Ban^l, Joseph. Geology of the 
Marysv411e mining district. Mon- 
tana; a study of igneous intrusion 
and contact metamorphlsm. 1907. 
(no. 57) 2242 

Boatwell, J. M. Economic geology 
of the Bingham mining district. 
Utah . • . with a section on areal 
geology by Arthur Keith, and an 
introduction on general geology by 
S. F. Emmons. 1905. (no. 38) 2243 

Brooks, A. H. The geography and 
geology of Alaska; a summary of 
existing knowledge, by A. H. 
Brooks; with a section on climate, 
by Cleveland Abbe, jr.. and a topo- 
erraphic map and description there- 
of, by R. U. Goode, 1906. (no. 45) 


Preliminary report on the 

Ketchikan mining district, Alaska, 
with an introductory sketch of the 
geology of southeastern Alaska. 
1902. (no. 1) 2245 

Calhoun, F. H. H. The Montana 
lobe of the Keewatin ice sheet 
1906. (no. 50) 2246 

Collier, A. J. A reconnaisance of 
the northwestern portion of Seward 
Peninsula. Alaska. 1902. (no. 2) 


Ball, W. H. Contributions to the 
Tertiary paleontology of the Pa- 
cific coast. I. The Miocene of As- 
toria and Coos Bay. Oregon. 1909. 
(no. 59) 2248 

Darton, N. H. Geology and un- 
derground waters of the Arkansas 
Valley in eastern Colorado. 1906. 
(no. 52) 2M» 

Geology and water resources 

of the northern portion of the Black 
Hills and adjoining regions, in 
South Dakota and Wyoming. 1909. 
(no. 65) 2260 

Geology of the Bighorn 

Mountains. 1906. (no. 51) 2251 

Preliminary report on the 

geology and underground water re- 
sources of the central Great Plains. 
1905. (no. 32) 2262 

Preliminary report on tne 

geology and water resources of Ne- 
braska west of the one hundred 

and third meridian. 1903. (no- *;> 


Diller, J. S. The geology and pe- 
trography of Crater Lake national 
park, by J. S. Diller and H. B. 

152 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Patton. 1902. (no. 3) 2254 

Dodwell, Arthur. Forest condi- 
tions in the Olympic forest reserve. 
Washington, from notes by Arthur 
Dodwell and T. F. Rlxon. 1902. 
(no. 7) 2255 

Fisher, C. A. Oeology and water 
resources of the Bighorn Basin, 
Wyoming. 1906. (no. 63) 2256 

Forest conditions in the Cascade 
Range forest reserve, Oregon, by H. 
D. Langille, F. Q. Plummer, Arthur 
Dodwell. T. F. Rlzon and J. B. Lei- 
berg; with an introduction by Hen- 
ry Gannett. 1903. (no. 9) 2255a 

Gannett, Henry. The forests of 
Oregon. 1902. (no. 4) 2257 

The forests of Washington; 

a revision of estimates. 1902. (no. 
6) 2258 

Glrty, G. H. The Carboniferous 

formations and faunas of Colorado. 

1903. (no. 16) 2259 

T he Guadalupian fauna. 1908. 

(no. 68) 2260 

Howe, Ernest. Landslides in the 
San Juan Mountains, Colorado, in- 
cluding a consideration of their 
causes and their classification. 1909. 
(no. 67) 2261 

Hyatt, Alphens. The Triassic 
cephalopod genera of America, by 
AlpheuB Hyatt and J. P. Smith. 
1906. (no. 40) 2262 

Iddlngs, J. P. Chemical composi- 
tion of igneous rocks expressed by 
means of diagrams, with reference 
to rock classification on a quanti- 
tative chemico-mineraloflTical basis. 

1903. (no. 18) 2266 
Irving, J. D. Economic resources 

of the northern Black Hills. With 
contributions by S. F. Emmons and 
T. A. Jaggar, Jr. 1904, (no. 26) 

Iielbcrg, J. B. Forest conditions 
in the Absaroka division of the 
Yellowstone forest reserve, Mon- 
tana, and the Livingston and Big 
Timber quadrangles. 1904. (no. 29) 

Forest conditions in the Lit- 
tle Belt Mountains forest reserve, 
Montana, and the Little Belt Moun- 
tains quadrangle. 1904. (no. 30) 


^Forest conditions in the 

northern Sierra Nevada, California. 
1902. (no. 8) 2267 

Forest conditions in the San 

Francisco Mountains forest reserve, 
Arizona, by J. B. Lelberg, T. F. 
Rlxon, and Arthur Dodwell, with 
an introduction by F. G. Plummer. 

1904. (no. 22) 2268 

Lindlgreii, Waldemar. The copper 
deposits of the CUfton-Morencl dis- 
trict, Arizona. 1906. (no. 43) 2266 

^A geological reconnaissance 

across the Bitterroot Range and 
Clearwater Mountains in Montana 
and Idaho. 1904. (no 27) 2270 

Geology and gold deposits of 

the Cripple Creek district, Colora- 
do, by Waldemar Lindgren and 
Frederick Leslie Ransome. 1900. 
(no. 64) 2271 

Mendenhall, W. C. Geology of the 
central Copper River region, Alas- 
ka. 1906. (no. 41) 2272 

^The mineral resources of the 

Mount Wrangell district, Alaska. 
Schrader. 1903. (no. 16) 2278 

Reconnaissance from Fort 

Hamlin to Kotzebue Sound, Alaska, 
by way of Dall, Kanutl, Allen, and 
Kowak rivers. 1902. (no. 10) 2274 

Parker, £. W. Report on the op- 
erations of the coal-testing plant 
of the United States Geological 
survey at the Louisiana purchase 
exposition, St. Louis, Mo., 1904 . . . 
B. W. Parker, J. A. Holmes, M. R. 
Campbell, committee In charge. 
1906. (no. 48) 2275 

Plummer, F. G. Forest conditions 
In the Black Mesa forest reserve. 
Arizona, prepared by F. G. Plum- 
mer from notes by T. F. Rlxon and 
Arthur Dodwell. 1904. (no. 23) 


Forest conditions In the Cas- 
cade Range, Washington, between 
the Washington and Mount Ranler 
forest reserves. 1902. (no. 6) 2277 

Forest conditions In the Lin- 
coln forest reserve. New Mexico, by 
F. G. Plummer and M. G. Oowsell. 
1904. (no. 33) 2278 

Ransome, F. li. The geology and 
ore deposits of Goldfield. Nevada, 
by F. L. Ransome, assisted in the 
field by W. H. Emmons and G. H. 
Garrey. 1909. (no. 66) 2276 

^The geology and ore deposits 

of the Blsbee quadrangle, Arizona. 
1904. (no. 21) 2280 

^The geology and ore deposits 

of the Coeur d'Alene district, Idaho, 
by F. L. Ransome and F. C. Cal- 
kins. 1908. (no. 62) 2281 
-Geology of the Globe copper 

district. 1903. (no. 12) 

RiOR, Helnrloh. The clays of the 
United States east of the Mississip- 
pi Rlv^r. 1903. (no. 11) 228S 

Rlxon, T. F. Forest conditions In 
the Gila River forest reserve. New 
Mexico. 1906. (no. 39) 2284 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


SftUsbnry, R. D. The interpreta- 
tion of topogrraphic maps, by R. D. 
Salisbury and W. W. Atwood. 1908. 
<no. 60) 2885 

Scbmder, F. C. A reconnaissance 
in northern Alaska, across the 
Rocky Mountains, along Koyukuk, 
John, Anaktuvuk, and Colville riv- 
ers, and the Arctic coast to Cape 
t4isbume in 1901 . . . With notes by 
\V. J. Peters. 1904. (no. 20) 2286 

Smith, G. O. Contributions to the 
geology of Washington: Oeology 
and physiography of central Wash- 
ington, by G. O. Smith; Physio- 
graphy and deformation of the 
Wenatchee-Chelan district, Cascade 
Range, by Bailey Willis. 1903. (no. 
19) 2287 

^The geology of the Perry 

basin in southeastern Maine, by 
George Otis Smith and David 
White. 1905. (no. 36) 2288 

Spencer, A. C. The copper depos- 
its of the Encampment district. Wy- 
oming. 1904. (no. 25) 2289 

Sporr, J. E. Economic geology of 
the Georgetown quadrangle Tlo- 
gether with the Empire district), 
Colorado, by J. E. Spurr and G. H. 
Garrey; with general geology, by 
8. H. Ball. 1908. (no. 63) 2290 

Geology of the Tonopah min- 
ing district, Nevada. 1905. (no. 42) 


Ore deposits of the Silver 

Peak quadrangle, Nevada. 1906. 
<no. 65) 2292 

lYiff, J. A, Preliminary report on 
the geology of the Arbuckle and 
Wichita Mountains in Indian Ter- 
ritory and Oklahoma. With an ap- 
pendix on reported ore deposits of 
the Wichita Mountains, by H. P. 
Bain. 1904. (no. 31) 229S 

IVirr, R. S. The Yakutat Bay re- 
gion, Alaska. Physiography and 
glacial geology, by R. S. Tarr. Areal 
geology, by R. S. Tarr and B. 8. 
Butler. 1909. (no. 64) 2294 

Tight, W. G. Drainage modiflca- 
tionr in southeastern Ohio and ad- 
jacent parts of West Virginia and 
Kentucky. 1903. (no. 13) 2296 

Ulricli, E. O. The lead, zinc, and 
fluorspar deposits of Western Ken- 
tucky, by E. O. Ulrlch and W. S. T. 
Smith. 1905. (no. 36) 2296 

Veatoh, A, C. Geography and ge- 
ology of a portion of southwestern 
Wyoming, with special reference to 
coal and oil. 1907. (no. 66) 2298 
Geology and underground 
water resources of northern Louisi- 

ana and southern Arkansas. 1906. 
(no. 46) 2299 

Underground water resour- 
ces of Long Island, New York, by 
A* C. Veatch, C. S. Slichter, Isaiah 
Bowman, W. O. Crosby, and R. E. 
Horton. 1906. (no. 44) 2300 

Washington, H. S. Chemical an- 
alyses of igneous rocks published 
from 1884 to 1900, with a critical 
discussion of the character and use 
of analyses. 1903. (no. 14) 2801 

The superior analyses of ig- 
neous rocks from Roth's tabellen, 
1869 to 1884, arranged according 
to the quantitative system of clas- 
sification. 1904. (no. 28) 2302 

-Annual report. Library has 

v. 2-date, 1881-date. QE75 R. 


Ashley, G. H. The eastern inter- 
ior coal field. 1902. (In 22d, 1901, 
pt. 3) 2304 

Ayres, H. B. The Flathead forest 
reserve. (In 20th, 1899, pt 5) 2305 

The Lewis and Clark forest 

reserve, Montana. (In 21st, 1900, 
pt. 5) 2300 

Timber conditions in the 

pine region of Minnesota. (In 2l8t, 
1900, pt. 6) 2307 

^Washington forest reserve. 

(In 19th, 1898, pt. 5, p. 283-313) 


Bain, H. F. Preliminary report 
on the lead and zinc deposits of the 
Ozark region. With an introduction 
by C. R. VanHlse, and chapters on 
the physiography and geology by 
G. L Adams. (In 22d, 1901, pt. 2) 


^The western interior coal 

field. (In 22d, 1901, pt. 3) 2310 

Baker, Marcus, Alaskan geog- 
raphic names. (In 21st, 1900, pt. 2) 


Becker, G. P. Brief memorandum 
on the geology of the Philippine 
Islands. (In 20th, 1899. pt. 2) 2312 

Reconnaissance of the gold 

fields of southern Alaska, with 
some notes on general geology. (In 
18th, 1897, pt. 3) 2313 

Reconnaissance of the gold 

fields of the southern Appalach- 
ians. (In 16th, 1895, pt. 3) 2314 

Report on the geology of 

the Philippine Islands. Followed by 
a version of Ueber tertl&re fossll- 
ien von den Phllipplnen (1895), by 
K. Martin. (In 21st, 1900, pt. 3) 


154 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

A summary of the geology 
of the Comstock lode and the Was- 
hoe district. (In 1881) 2316 

Summary of the geology of 

the quicksilver deposits of the Pa- 
cific slope. (In 8th, 1886-87, pt. 2) 


The Witwatersrand banket, 

with notes on other gold-bearing 
pudding stones. (In 18th, 1897, pt. 
6) 2318 

Brandegee, T. S. The Teton and 
Yellowstone park (southern part) 
forest reserves, from notes by T. S. 
Brandegee. (In 19th. 1898, pt. 5) 


Teton forest reserve. Prom 

notes by Dr. T. S. Brandegee. (In 
1898, pt. 5, p. 191-212) 2320 

Yellowstone Park forest re- 
serve. (Southern part.) From notes 
by Dr. T. S. Brandegee. (In 19th, 
1898, pt. 6, p. 213-216) 2321 

Brooks, A. H. The coal resources 
of Alaska. (In 22d, 1901, pt 3) 


A reconnaissance from Pyr- 
amid Harbor to Eagle City, Alas- 
ka, including a description of the 
copper deposits of the upper White 
and Tanana rivers. (In 21st, 1900, 
pt. 2) 2323 

^A reconnaissance in the Ta- 
nana and White River basins, Alas- 
ka, in 1898, by Alfred Hulse 
Brooks. (In 20th, 1899, pt. 7) 2324 

Campbell, Rf. R. Geological sec- 
tion along the New and Kanawha 
rivers in West Virginia, by M. R. 
Campbell and W. C. Mendenhall. 
(In 17th, 1896, pt. 2) 2325 

Chamberlin, T. C. Preliminary 
paper on the driftless area of the 
upper Mississippi Valley, by T. C. 
Chamberlin and R. D. Salisbury. 
(In 6th, 1885) 2326 

Preliminary paper on the 

terminal moraine of the second 
glacial epoch. (In 3d, 1882) 2327 

^The requisite and qualifying 

conditions of artesian wells. (In 
6th, 1884) 2328 

^The rock-scorings of the 

great ice invasions. (In 7th, 1886) 


Cliatard, T. M. Salt-making pro- 
cesses in the United States. (In 7th, 
1886) 2330 

Clements, J. M. The Crystal Falls 
iron-bearing district of Michigran, 
by J. M. Clements and H. L. Smyth, 
with a chapter on the Sturgeon 
River tongue, by W. S. Bayley, 
and an introduction by C. R. Van 
Hise. (In 19th, 1898, pt. 3) 2331 

Gross, Whitman, Geology and 
mining industries of the Cripple 
Creek district, Colorado, by Whit- 
man Cross and R. A. F. Penrose, 
Jr. (In 16th, 1895, pt. 2) 2332 

Geology of Silver Cliff and 

the Rosita Hills, Colorado, by 
Whitman Cross, accompanied by a 
paper on the mines of Custer Coun- 
ty, Colorado, by S. F. Emmons. 
(In 17th, 1896, pt. 2) 2833 

Geology of the Rico Moun- 
tains, Colorado, by Whitman Cross 
and A. C. Spencer. (In 21st, 1900, 
pt. 2) 2334 

^The laccoUitic mountain 

groups of Colorado, Utah, and Ari- 
zona. (In 14th, 1893, pt. 2, p. 167- 
241) 2335 

Curtis, J. S. Abstract of a report 
on the mining geology of the Eu- 
reka district, Nevada. (In 4th, 
1883) 2336 

The quantitative determina- 
tion of silver by means of the mi- 
croscope. (In 6th, 1885) 2337 

Dale, T. X. On the structure of 
the ridge between the Taconic and 
Green Mountain ranges in Ver- 
mont. (In 14th, 1893, pt. 2) 2338 

^The Rensselaer grit plateau 

in New York. (In 13th, 1892, pt. 
2 ) 2339 

The slate belt of eastern 

New York and western Vermont. 
(In 19th, 1898, pt. 3) 2340 

Structural details in the 

Green Mountain region and in east- 
ern New York. (In 16th, 1895, pt. 
1, p. 643-570) 2341 

^The structure of Monument 

Mountain, in Great Barrington, 
Massachusetts. (In 14 th report, 
1893, pt. 2) 2342 

^A study of Bird Mountain, 

Vermont. (In 20th, 1899, pt. 2) 


Dall, W. H. Report on coal and 
lignite of Alaska. (In 17th report, 
1895, pt. 1) 8344 

A table of the North Amer- 
ican Tertiary horizons, correlated 
with one another and with those 
of western Europe, with annota- 
tions. (In 18th, 1897, pt. 2) 2345 

Dttrton, N. H. New developments 
in well boring and irrigation in 
eastern South Dakota, 1896. (In 
18th, 1897, pt. 4) 2346 

Pine Ridge timber. (In 19th, 

1898, pt. 6, p. 387) 2347 

Preliminary description of 

the geology and water resources of 
the southern half of the Black 
Hills and adjoining regions in 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


South Dakota and 'WVomln^r. (In 
2l8t, 1900, pt. 4) 2S48 

Preliminary report on arte- 
sian waters of a portion of the Da- 
kotas. (In 17th, 1896, pt. 2) 2349 

Preliminary report on the 

geology and water resources of 
Nebraska west of the one hundred 
and third meridian. (In 19th, 1898, 
pt. 4) 2850 

Davis, A. P. Hydrography of Ni- 
caragua. (In 20th, 1899, pt. 4) 


Hydrography of the Ameri- 
can isthmus. (In 2 2d, 1901, pt. 4, 
p. 507-630) 2852 

Davis, W. M. The structure of 
the Triassic formation of the Con- 
necticut Valley. (In 7th, 1886) 


^The Triassic formation of 

Connecticut. (In 18th, 1897, pt. 2) 


Diller, J. S. The Bohemia mining 
region of western Oregon, with 
notes on the Blue River mining 
region and on the structure and 
age of the Cascade Range. Accom- 
panied by a report on the fossil 
plants, associated with the lavas 
of the Cascade Range, by F. H. 
Knowlton. (In 20th, 1899, pt. 3) 


The Coos Bay coal field. (In 

19th, 1898. pt. 3, p. 309-376) 2356 

^A geological reconnaissance 

In northwestern Oregon. (In 17th. 
1896. pt. 1) 2357 

Geology of the Lassen Peak 

district. (In 8th, 1887. pt. 1) 2358 

Tertiary revolution in the 

topography of the Pacific coast. 
(In 14th, 1893, pt. 2) 2359 

DodwcJD, Arthur. Olympic forest 
reserve, Washington, from field 
notes by Arthur Dodwell and T. F. 
Rlxon. (In 21st. 1900. pt. 6. p. 145- 
208) 2860 

Datton, C. EL The Charleston 
earthquake of August 31, 1886. 
(In 9th. 1888) 2361 

^Hawaiian volcanoes. (In 4th, 

1883) 2362 

Mount Taylor and the Zunl 

Plateau. (In 6th, 1885) 2368 

^The physical geology of vhe 

Grand Cafion district. (In 1881) 


Eldridge, G. H. The asphalt and 
bituminous rock deposits of the 
United States. (In 22d, 1901, pt 

1) 2865 
^A geological reconnaissance 

across Idaho. (In 16th. 1895, pt. 

2) 2866 

-A reconnaissance in the Su- 

shltna Basin and adjacent terri- 
tory, Alaska, in 1898. (In 20th. 
1899. pt. 7) 2867 

^The ulntalte (gllsonlte) de- 
posits of Utah, by George Homans 
Eldridge. (In 17th, 1896, pt. 1) 


Eimmons, S. F. Abstract of a re- 
port upon the geology and mining 
industry of Leadville, Lake Co., 
Colorado. (In 1881) 2369 

^The mines of Custer County, 

Colorado. (In 17th, 1896, pt. 2. p. 
405-472) 2870 

Endlich, F. BL Catalogue of min- 
erals found in Colorado. (In 10th, 
1889) 2871 

Fitch, C. H. Woodland of Indian 
Territory. (In 21st, 1900, pt. 5) 


Fuller, M. li. The Gaines oil field 
of northern Pennsylvania. (In 
22d, 1901. pt. 3) 2378 

Gannett, Henry. The average el- 
evation of the United States. (In 
13th. 1892. pt. 2. p. 283-289) 2874 

Classification of lands, In- 
cluding papers by C. H. Fitch, R. B. 
Marshall, E. C. Barnard, and John 
B. Leiberg; by Henry Gannett. (In 
21st, 1900, pt 5) 2875 

^The forests of the United 

States. (In 19th-20th, 1898, pt. 5, p. 
1-66; 1899, pt. 5, p. 1-37) 2876 

Magnetic declination in the 

United States. (In 17th, 1896, pt. 1. 
p. 203-440) 2377 

Summary of forestry work 

in 1899-1900. (In 21st. 1900, pt. 6) 


Summary of the primary trl- 

angulatlon executed by the United 
States Geological survey between 
the years 1882 and 1894. (In 16th, 
1895. pt. 1. p. 875-885) 2870 

Gilbert, G. K. Contributions to 
the history of Lake Bonneville. (In 
1881) 2880 

A new method of mieasurlng 

heights by means of the barometer. 
(In 1881) 2381 

Recent earth movement In 

the Great Lakes region. (In 18th. 
1897. pt. 2) 2882 

^The topographic features of 

lake shores. (In 1884, p. 69-123) 


^The underground water of 

the Arkansas Valley in eastern Col- 
orado. (In 17th, 1896, pt. 2) 2884 

Glrty, G. H. Devonian fossils 
from southwestern Colorado. The 
fauna of the Ouray limestone. (In 
20th, pt 2) 2885 

156 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Glenn, William. Chromic iron 
with reference to its occurrence in 
Canada. (In 17th, 1896, pt. 3) 2886 

Gorman. M. W. The eastern part 
of the Washinfirton forest reserve. 
(In 19th, 1898, pt. 5) 2887 

Graves, H. S. The Black Hills 
forest reserve. (In 19th, 1898, pt. 
6) 2888 

Hague, Arnold. Abstract of re- 
port on the ffeologr of the Eureka 
district, Nevada. (In 1882) 2889 

Hay, Rotwrt. Water resources of 
a portion of the Great Plains. (In 
16th, 1896, pt. 2) 2800 

Hayes^ C. W. The Arkansas baux- 
ite deposits. (In 2lBt, 1900, pt. 3) 


^The coal fields of the United 

States. (In 22d, 1901, pt. 3) 2802 

Physiography of the Chat- 

tanoofira district in Tennessee, Qeor- 
eria and Alabama. (In 19th, 1898, 
pt. 2) 2808 

^The southern Appalachian 

coal field. (In 22d, 1901, pt. 3) 2804 

^The Tennessee phoerphates. 

(In 17th, 1896, pt. 2) 2805 

Tennessee white phosphate. 

(In 21st, 1900, pt. 3) 2806 

Hm, R. T. Geography and geol- 
ogy of the Black and Grand prai- 
ries. Texas, with detailed descrip- 
tions of the Cretaceous formations 
and special reference to artesian 
waters. (In 2l8t, 1900, pt. 7, p. 5- 
666) 2807 

Geologry of the Edwards 

Plateau and the Rio Grande Plain 
adjacent to Austin and San Anto- 
nio, Texas, with reference to the 
occurrence of underground waters, 
by R. T. Hill and T. W. Vaughan. 
(In 18th, 1897, pt. 2) 2808 

The mineral resources of 

Porto Rico. (In 20th, 1899, pt. 6) 


Hobbs, W. H. The Newark sys- 
tem of Pomeraug Valley, Connec- 
ticut. With a report on fossil wood 
by F. H. Knowlton. (In 2l8t, 1900, 
pt 3) 2400 

The old tungsten mine at 

Trumbull, Conn. (In 22d, 1901, pt. 
2) 2401 

Hoffman, W. J. Report on the 
Chaco cranium. Miscellaneous eth- 
nographic observations on Indians 
inhabiting Nevada, California, and 
Arizona. (In 10th, 1876) 2402 

Iddlngs, J. P. The eruptive rocks 
of Electric Peak and Sepulchre 
Mountain, Yellowstone National 
Park. (In 12th, 1891) 2408 

Obsidian Cliff, Yellowstone 

National Park, by Joseph Paxson 
Iddings. (In 7th, 1886) 2404 

Irrigation literature. (In 11th, 
1890, pt. 2) 2405 

Irving, K. D. The copper-bearing 
rocks of Lake Superior. (In 3d, 
1882) 2406 

On the classification of the 

early Cambrian and Pre-Cambrian 
formations. (In 7th, 1886) 2407 

The Penokee iron-bearing 

series of Michigan and Wisconsin, 
by R. D. Irving and C. R. Van Hlse. 
(In 10th, 1889. pt. 1) 2408 

Preliminary paper on an in- 
vestigation of the Archaean forma- 
tions of the northwestern states. 
(In 6th, 1884) 2400 

Jack, J. G. The Pikes Peak, 
Plum Creek, and South Platte for- 
est reserves. (In 20th, 1899, pt. 5) 


Jaggar, T. A. The laccoliths of 
the Black Hills, by T. A. Jaggar, 
Jr., with a chapter on experiments 
illustrating intrusion and erosion, 
by Ernest Howe. (In 2l8t, 1900, 
pt. 3) 2411 

Johnson, W. D. The high plains 
and their utilization. (In 21st-22d. 
pt. 4, 1899-1901) 2412 

Keith, Arttmr. Geology of the 
CatocUn belt (In 14th, 1893, pt. 2, 
p. 286-395) 2418 

Keyes, C. R. The origin and rela- 
tions of central Maryland granites, 
by Charles Rollin Keyes. With an 
introduction on the general rela- 
tions of the granite rocks in the mid- 
dle Atlantic Piedmont plateau, by 
G. H. Williams. (In 15th, 1894) 


King, P. H. Principles and con- 
ditions of the movements of ground 
water. (In 19th, 1898, pt. 2. p. 69- 
294) 2415 

King, Clarence. Production of the 
precious metals in the United 
SUtes. (In 1881) 2416 

Liane, A. C. The northern interior 
coal field. (In 22d, 1901, pt. 3) 


l4iwson. A, C. Sketch of the ge- 
ology of San Francisco Peninsula. 
(In 16th, 1894) 2418 

Iteilierg, J. B. Bitterroot forest 
reserve. (In 19th, 1898, pt. 5, p. 
253-282) «*^* 

^The Bitterroot forest reserve. 

(In 20th. 1899, pt. 5) 2420 

^The Cascade Range and Ash- 
land forest reserves and adjacent 
regions. (In 21st. 1900, pt. 5) 2421 

Present condition of the for- 
ested areas in northern Idaho out- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


aide the limitji of the Priest River 
forest reserve and north of the 
Clearwater River. (In 19th, 1898, 
pt. 5, p. 373-386) 2422 

Priest River forest reserve. 

(In 19th. 1898. pt. 5. p. 217-262) 


San Bernardino forest re- 
serve. (Preliminary report) (In 
19th. 1898. pt. 5. p. 359-365) 2424 

San Gabriel forest reserve. 

(Preliminary report. (In 19th. 1898, 
pt. 5. p. 367-371) 2425 

The San Qabriel. San Ber- 
nardino, and San Jacinto forest re- 
serves. (In 20th. 1899. pt. 5) 2426 

San Jacinto forest reserve. 

(Preliminary report.) (In 19th, 
1898. pt. 5. p. 351-357) 2427 

Ijeverett^ Frank. The water re- 
sources of Illinois. (In 17th. 1896. 
pt. 2) 2428 

^Wlater resources of Indiana 

and Ohio. (In 18th. 1897, pt. 4) 


Uhnarj'exdhaMige and map-dis- 
tribution lists of the United States 
Geological survey. (In 20th, pt. 1. 
1899) 24S0 

Iiliidfi:ren, WaMemar. The gold 
and silver veins of Silver City, De 
Lamar and other niining districts 
in Idaho. (In 20th. 1899. pt 3) 


The gold belt of the Blue Moun- 
tains of Oregon. (In 22d. 1901. pt 
2) 2482 

The gold-quartz veins of Ne* 

vada City and Grass Valley dis- 
tricts. California. (In 17th. 1896, 
pt 2) 8488 

The gold-silver veins of 

Ophlr. California. (In 14th. 1893, 
pt. 2) 2484 

The mining districts of the 

Idaho Basin and the Boise Ridge. 
Idaho. With a report on the fossil 
plants of the Payette formation, 
by F. H. Knowlton. (In 18th, 1897. 
pt 3) 2485 

McGee, "W. J. The geology of the 
head of Chesapeake Bay. (In 7th. 
1886) 2486 

The Lafayette formation. 

(In 12th. 1891. pt 1) 2487 

The Pleistocene history of 

northeastern Iowa. (In 11th. 1890. 
pt 1) 2488 

^The potable waters of east- 
em United States. (In 14th. 1893. 
pt 2) 2489 

Marsh, O. €. Birds with teeth. 
(In 3d, 1882) 2440 

The dinosaurs of North 

America. (In 16th. 1895, pt 1) 


The gigantic mammals of the 

the order Dinocerata. (In 5th, 1884) 


Blatthes, F. El Glacial sculpture 
of the Bighorn Mountains. Wyo- 
ming. (In 21st 1900, pt 2) 2448 

Mendenball, W. €. A reconnais- 
sance from Resurrection Bay to the 
Tanana River, Alaska. (In 20th. 
1899. pt 7) 2444 

Newell, F. H. Hydrography of 
the arid regions. (In 12th, 1891. pt. 
2) 2445 

The public lands and their 

water supply. (In 16th. 1895. pt 
2) 2446 

Results of stream measure* 

ments. (In 14th. 1893. pt 2) 2447 

^Water supply for irrigation. 

(In 13th. 1892. pt 3) 2448 

Nitze, H. B. C. Investigations of 
some of the mineral resources of 
Porto Rico. (In 20th. 1899, pt 6) 


Monazite. (In 16th, 1895. pt 

4) 2450 

Orton, B. F. B. The rock waters 
of Ohio. (In 19th. 1897-98, pt 4) 


^The Trenton limestone as a 

source of petroleum and inflamma- 
ble gas in Ohio and Indiana. (In 
8th. 1886-87. pt 2) 2452 

Pftrker, B. W. The manufacture 
of coke in 1898. (In 20th. 1899, pt 
6) 2458 

Phillips, W. B. Illuminating and 
fuel gas and by-products. (In 20th. 
1899. pt 6. continued) 2454 

Phinney, A. J. The natural gas 
fleld of Indiana. (In 11th, 1890, pt 
1) 2455 

Plnmmer, F. O. The Mount 
Rainier forest reserve Washington. 
(In 21st 1900, pt 5) 2456 

Pratt, J. H. Tungsten, molybde- 
num, uranium, and vanadium in 
the United States. (In 21st 1900. 
pt 6) 2457 

Parington, C. W. Preliminary re- 
port on the mining industries of 
the Telluride quadrangle, Colorado. 
(In 18th. 1897. pt 3) 2458 

Ransome, F. I^ The ore deposits 
of the Rico Mountains. Colorado. 
(In 22d. 1901. pt 2) 2459 

Reid, H. F. Glacier Bay and its 
glaciers. (In 16th. 1895. pt 1) 


Report of progress of stream 
measurements fur 1896-1900. (In 
18th-22d. 1897-1901. pt 4) 2461 

Ricfl, Heinrioh. The kaolins and 

158 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Are clays of Europe and the clay- 
working industry of the United 
States in 1897. (In 19th. 1898. pt. 
6) 2402 

The pottery industry of the 

United States. (In 17th, 1896. pt 
3) 2463 

Bohn, Oscar. A reconnaissance 
of the Chitina River and the SkolaS 
Mountains. Alaska. (In 21st, 1900, 
pt. 2. p. 393-440) 2464 

RnsselU I. C. Existing glaciers 
of the United States. (In 5th. 1884) 


^A geological reconnaissance 

in southern Oregon. (In 4th, 1883) 


Glaciers of Mount Rainier. 

by I. C. Russell; with a paper on 
the rocks of Mount Rainier, by G. 
O. Smith. (In 18th, 1897, pt. 2) 


The Portland cement indus- 
try in Michigan. (In 22d, 1901, pt. 
3) 2468 

^A preliminary paper on the 

geology of the Cascade Mountains 
in northern Washington. (In 20th, 

1899. pt. 2) 2469 
— • — Quaternary history of 

Mono Valley. California. (In 8th, 
1887, pt. 1) 2470 

— • — Second expedition to Mount 
Saint Ellas, in 1891. (In 13th, 1892, 
pt. 2, p. 1-91) 2471 

Sketch of the geological 

history of Lake Lahontan, Qua- 
ternary lake of northwestern Ne- 
vada. (In 1882) 2472 

Schrader, P. C. Preliminary re- 
port on a reconnaissance along the 
Chandlar and Koyukuk rivers, 
Alaska, in 1899. (In 21st, 1899- 

1900, pt. 2) 2478 
^A reconnaissance -of a part 

of Prince William Sound and the 
Copper River district, Alaska, In 
1898. (In 20th. 1899, pt. 7) 2474 

Schuyler, J. D. Reservoirs for Ir- 
rigaUon. (In 18th, 1896-97, pt. 4) 


Scadder, S. H. The American 
Tertiary Aphidae. (In 18th, 1892) 


^The fossil butterflies of Flo- 

rtssant. (In 8th, 1887) 2477 

Sbaler, N. S. General account of 
the fresh- water morasses of the 
United States, with a description of 
the Dismal Swamp district of Vir- 
ginia and North Carolina. (In 
10th, 1889, pt. 1) 2478 

^The geological history of 

harbors. (In 13th, 1892. pt. 2. p. 
93-209) 2479 

The geology of Cape Ann, 

Massachusetts. (In 9th, 1888) 2480 

Geology of the Cape Cod 

district. (In 18th,. 1897, pt. 2) 2481 

^The geology of the island of 

Mount Desert, Maine. (In 8th, 
1887, pt. 2) 2482 

Geology of the Richmond 

Basin, Virginia, by N. S. Shaler and 
J. B. Woodworth. (In 19th. 1898, 
pt. 2) 2488 

The geology of the road- 
building stones of Massachusetts, 
with some consideration of similar 
materials from other parts of the 
United States. (In 16th, 1895. pt. 
2) 2484 

The glacial brick clays of 

Rhode Island and southeastern 
Massachusetts, by N. S. Shaler, J. 
B. Woodworth, and C. F. Marbut. 
(In 17th, 1896, pt. 1) 2485 

^The origin and nature of 

soils. (In 12th, 1891, pt. 1, p. 213- 
346) 2486 

^Peat deposits. (In 16th, 1895. 

pt. 4) 2487 

Preliminary report on sea- 
coast swamps of the eastern United 
States. (In 6th, 1886, p. 363-398) 


^Preliminary report on the 

geology of the common roads of 
the United States. (In 16th, 1894) 


Report on the geology of 

Martha's Vineyard. (In 7th. 1886) 


Slichter, C. S. Theoretical inves- 
tigation of the motion of ground 
waters. (In 19th, 1898. pt. 2. p. 
296-384) 2491 

Smith, G. O. The Pacific coast 
coal fields. (In 22d. 1901. pt. 3) 


Smith, W. S. T. A geological 
sketch of San Clemente Island. (In 
18th. 1897. pt. 2) 2493 

SpniTv J. E. Economic geology 
of the Mercur mining district, 
Utah, by J. E. Spurr, with an in- 
troduction on the Oquirrh Moun- 
tains, by S. F. Emmons. (In 16th, 
1896, pt. 2) 2494 

Geology of the Yukon dis- 
trict. Alaska. With an introductory 
chapter on the history and condi- 
tion of the district to 1897. by H. 
B. Goodrich. (In 18th. 1897. pt, 3) 


^The ore deposits of Monte 

Cristo, Washington. (In 22d. 1901, 

pt.2) 2496 

A reconnaissance in south- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


western Alaska, in 1898. (In 20th. 

1899, pt 7) 2497 
Stanton, T. W. The faunal rela- 
tions of the Eocene and upper 
Cretaceous on the Pacific coast. 
(In 17th, 1896, pt. 1) 2498 

Stxiek, H. H. The Pennsylvania 
anthracite coal field. (In 22d, 1901, 
pt. 3) 2499 

Storrs, li. S. The Rocky Moun- 
tain coal fields. (In 22d, 1901, pt 
3) 2500 

Sndwoith, G. B. The Stanislaus 
and Lake Tahoe forest reserves 
and adjacent territory. (In 2lBt, 

1900, pt. 5) 2501 
^The White River Plateau 

and Battlement Mesa forest re- 
serve. (In 20th, 1899, pt. 6) 2502 

Taff, J. A. Chalk of southwestern 
Arkansas, with notes on its adapt- 
ability to the manufacture of hy- 
draulic cements. (In 22d, 1901, pt. 
3) 2503 

Geologry of the eastern Choc- 
taw coal field, Indian Territory, by 
J. A. Taff and Q. I. Adams. (In 
21st, 1900, pt. 2) 2504 

(Geology of the McAlester- 

Jjehlgh coal field, Indian Territory. 
Accompanied by a report on the 
fossil plants, by David White, and 
a report on the Paleozoic inverte- 
brate fossils, by G. H. Girty. (In 
19th, 1898, pt. 3) 2505 

Preliminary report on the 

Camden Coal field of southwestern 
Arkansas. (In 21st, 1900, pt. 2) 


^The southwestern coal field. 

(In 22d, 1901, pt. 3) 2507 

Thompson, A. H. Report upon 
the construction of topoerraphic 
maps, and the selection and survey 
of reservoir sites in the hydro- 
graphic basin of the Arkansas 
River, Colorado. [Report upon the 
location and survey of reservoir 
sites duriner the fiscal year ending 
June 30, 1892.] (In 13th, 1892, pt. 
8) 2508 

Report upon the location 

and survey of reservoir sites during 
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1891. 
(In 12th, 1891. pt. 2) 2509 

Tower, G. W., Jr. Geology and 
mining industry of the Tintic dis- 
trict, Utah, by G. W. Tower and G. 
O. Smith. (In 19th, 1898, pt. 3) 


Town, F. B. The Bighorn forest 
reserve. (In 19th, 1898, pt. 6) 2511 

Trfangolatlon, primary traverse 
and spirit leveling. 1896-97, 1899- 

1900. (In 18th-21st. pt. 1, 1897- 
1900) 2512 

Turner, H. W. The Esmeralda 
formation, a fresh-water lake de- 
posit in Nevada. With a descrip- 
tion of the fossil plants, by P. H. 
Knowlton, and of a fossil fish, by 
F. A., Lucas. (In 21st, 1900, pt. 2) 

« .- 251S 

^Further contributions to the 

^^Vi}?^..^i ^^® S*®""* Nevada. (In 
17th, 1896, pt. 1) 2514 

The rocks of the Sierra Ne- 
vada. (In 14th, 1893, pt. 2) 2515 

Van HIse, C. R. The iron-ore de- 
posits of the Lake Superior region. 
(In 21st. 1900, pt. 3) 2516 

,, Preliminary report on the 

Marquette iron-bearing district of 
Michigan, by C. R. Van Hise and 
W. S. Bayley, with a chapter on the 
Republic trough, by H. L. Smith. 
(In 15th, 1894) 2517 

Principles of North Ameri- 
can Pre-Cambrlan geology, by C. R. 
Van Hise, with an appendix on fiow 
and fracture of rocks as related to 
structure, by L. M. Hoskins. (In 
16th, 1895, pt. 1) 2518 

Walcott, O. D. The fauna of the 
Lower Cambrian or Olenellus zone. 
(In 10th. 1889, pt 1) 2519 

The North American conti- 
nent during Cambrian time (In 
12th, 1891. pt. 1) 2520 

Pre-Cambrian Igneous rocks 

of the Unkar terrane, Grand Can- 
yon of the Colorado. Arizona. With 
notes on the petrographlc charac- 
ter of the lavas, by J. P. Iddlnga 
(In 14th, 1893) 2521 

Ward, li. F. The Cretaceous for- 
mation of the Black Hills as indi- 
cated by the fossil plants. By L. P. 
Wlard, with the collaboration of 
W. P. Jenney, Wm. M. Fontaine, 
and F. H. Knowlton. (In 19th, 
1898, pt. 2) 2522 

The geographical distHbu- 

tlon of fossil plants. (In 8th, 1887, 
pt. 2) 2523 

The Potomac formation. (In 

16th. 1894) 2524 

Sketch of paleobotany. (In 

5th, 1884) 2525 

Some analogies in the Lower 

Cretaceous of Europe and America. 
(In 16th, 1895, pt. 1) 2526 

Synopsis of the flora of the 

Laramie group, by Lester F. Ward. 
(In 6th, 1885) 2527 

Weed, W. H. The formation of 
travertine and siliceous sinter by 
the vegetation of hot springs. (In 
9 th, 1888) 2528 

160 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

-Geolosry and mineral re- 

sources of the Judith Mountains 
of Montana, by W. H. Weed and L. 
V. Pirsson. (In 18th. 1897, pt 3) 


Geolosry and ore deposits of 

the Elkhom mining district, Jeffer- 
son County, Montana, by W. H. 
Weed, with an appendix on the 
microscopical petrography of the 
district, by Joseph Barrell. (In 
22d, 1901, pt. 2) 2530 

Geology of the Little Belt 

Mountains, Montana, with notes on 
the mineral deposits of the Nei- 
hart. Barker, Togo, and other dis- 
tricts, by W. H. Weed, accompanied 
by a report on the petrogrraphy of 
the igneous rocks of the district, 
by L. V. Pirsron. (In 20th, 1899, 
pt. 3) 2581 

Mineral vein formation at 

Boulder Hot Springs, Montana. (In 
21st, 1900. pt. 2) 2532 

Weeks, P. B. An occurrence of 
tungsten ore in eastern Nevada. 
(In 21st, 1900, pt. 6 (section 1) p. 
319-320) 2538 

Weeks, J. D. The Potomac and 
Roaring Creek coal fields, in West 
Virginia. (In 14th, 1893, pt. 2) 


White, C. A. On the geology and 
physiography of a portion of north- 
western Colorado and adjacent 
parts of Utah and Wyoming (In 
9th, 1888) 2536 

A review of the fossil Ostre- 

idae of North America and a com- 
parison of the fossil with the liv- 
ing forms, by C. A. White, M. D.; 
with appendices by Prof. Angelo 
Heilprin and Mr. J. A. Ryder. (In 
4 th, 1883) 2536 

-A review of the non-marine 

fossil Mollusca of North America. 
(In 3d, 1882) 2537 

White, Bavld. The northern Ap- 
palachian coal field, embracing pa- 
pers on the bituminous coal fields 
of Pennsylvania, Maryland, and 
Ohio, by David White, M. R. Camp- 
bell and R. M. Hazeltine. (In 22d, 
1901, pt. 3) 2538 

-The stratigraphic succession 

of the fossil floras of the Pottsville 
formation in the southern anthra- 
cite coal fleld, Pennsylvania. (In 
20th, 1899, pt. 2) 2539 

Williams, Albert, Jr. Popular fal- 
lacies regarding precious-metal ore 
deposits. (In 4th, 1884, p. 253-271) 


Winiams, G. H. General rela- 
tions of the granite rocks in the 
Middle Atlantic Piedmont Plateau. 
(In 16th, 1894, p. 667-684) 2541 

WlBls, Bailey. The mechanics of 
Appalachian structure. (In 13th, 
1892, pt. 2) 2542 

Some coal fields of Puget 

Sound. (In 18th, 1897, pt. 3) 2543 

Wilson, H. M. EIngineering re- 
sults of irrigation survey. (In 13th, 
1892) 2544 

Irrigation in India. (In 12th, 

1891, pt. 2) 2545 

Wolff, J. E. The age of the 

Franklin white limestone of Sus- 
sex County, New Jersey, by J. E. 
Wolff and A. H. Brooks. (In 18th, 
1897, pt. 2) 2546 

Woodworth, J. B. The Atlantis 
coast Triassic coal fleld. (In 2 2d, 
1901, pt. 3) 2547 


Alabama. Geological survey, 1848- 
1857. First [-second] biennial re- 
port on the geology of Alabama. 
By M. Tuomey. Library has 2d 
report. QESl 1848. 2548 

Alabama. Geological surrey, 1873 — 
Bulletin. Library has no. 5, 1896, 
no. 6, 1900, no. 7, 1903, no. 8. 
1904. QESl 1873 A2. 2549 


Birewer, W. M. A preliminary re- 
port on the upper gold belt of Ala- 

bama, in the counties of Cleburne. 
Randolph, Clay, Talladega, Elmore, 
Coosa, and Tallapoosa. Suplemen- 
tary notes on the most important 
varieties of the metamorphic or 
crystalline rocks of Alabama, their 
composition, distribution, structure, 
and microscopic characters. By 
E. A. Smith, G. W. Hawes, J. M. 
Clements and A. H. Brooks. 1896. 
(no. 6) 2550 

Eckel, E. G. The materials and 
manufacture of Portland cement. 
By E. C. Eckel. The cement re- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


sources of Alabama. By E. A. Smith. 
1904. (no. 8) 2551 

Hall, B. K. A preliminary report 
on a part of the water powers of 
Alabama. 1803. (no. 7) 2552 

RIes, Helmicli. Preliminary re- 
port on the clays of Alabama. 1900. 
(no. 6) 255S 

Jndex to the mineral resources 

of Alabama. By E. A. Smith and 
Henry McCalley. 1904. QE81 1873 
Z. 2354 

-Report of progress for 1873 

[-1888]. By E. Allen Smith. 1873- 
88. Library has 1874, 1882. 
QE81 1873 Al. 2355 

— Report on the coal measures of 
the .plateau region of Alabama, 
by Henry MoCalley, Including a 
report on the coal measures of 
Blount county, by A. M. Gibson. 
1891. QE81 1873 P7. 2556 

— Report on the geological struc- 
ture of Murphree's valley, and its 
minerals and other mater iala of 
economic value. By A. M. Gibson. 
1893. QE81 1873 M^. 2537 

—Report on the geology of the 
coastal plain of Alabama, by E. 
A. Smith, L. €. Johnson, and D. 
W. Langdon, jr., with contribu- 
tions to its paleontology by T. H. 
Aldrich and K. M. Cunningham. 
lo94. QE81 1873 C5. 

— Report on the valley regions of 
Alabama. (Paleozoic strata) By 
Henry MoCalley. 1896-97. 2 v. 
QE81 1873 V18. 2559 

— Report on the Warrior coal basin 
by Heny McCalley. 1899-1900. 
QE81 1873 W3. 2500 

^Report upon the •Cooea coal 

fteld, with sections, by A. M. Gib- 
son. 1896. QE81 1873 €7. 2501 

Mohr, O. T. List of trees and plants 
characteristic of each region of the 
sUte. QB81 1873 Al. 2502 

(In Report [of progress] 1881 
and 1882. p. 291-297.) 


U. 6. Geological survey. The geo- 
logy and mineral resources of a 
portion of the Copper River dis- 
trict, Alaska, by Frank Charles 
Schrader and Arthur Coe Spencer. 
1901. QE83 U57. 2508 

-Reconnaissances in the Cape 

Nome and Norton Bay regions, 
Alaska, in 1900, by Alfred H. 
Brooks, George B. Richardson, 
Arthur J. Collier and Walter C. 
Mendenhall. 1901. QE83 U57. 



Arkansas. Geological survey. 1858. 
First report of a geological recon- 
iioissance of the northern counties 
of Arkansas made during the years 
1857 and 1858, hy D. D. Owen. 
1858. QE87 1858. 2505 

Atkudsbb. Geological survey, 1887 — 
Annual report of the geological 
survey of Arkansas 1887-92. John 
C. Branner, state geologist. 1888- 
1900. Library has 1888. v. 2 and 
3. QE87 1887. 2500 

Hill, R. T. Neozoic geology of south- 
ivestem Arkansas. QE87 18ft7. 

(In Arkansas. Geological survey. 
Annual report 1888. v. 2, p. [11- 


Connecticut. Geological survey, 18? 5- 
37. A report on the geological 
survey of Connecticut. By C. IT. 
Shepard. 1837. QE93 1837. 2508 

Oonnecdciit. Geological survey, 
1842. Report on the geology of 
the state of Connecticut. By J. G. 
Percival. 1842. QE93 1842. 2509 

Connectlcnt. Geologloal and natural 
history survey, 1904. Bulletin. 
Library has nos. 1-15. QE93 
1904 B. 2570 


Biennial report of the commis- 
sioners. 1904-date. (no. 1, 9, 12) 
Library has l8t-datc». 2571 

Conn, H. W. A preliminary re- 
port on the algae of the fresh wa- 

162 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

tera of Connecticut by H. W. Conn 
and Lfc W. Webster. 1908. <no. 10) 


Bvans, A. W. The bryophytes of 
Connecticut, by A. W. Evans and 
G. E. NiohoU. 1908. (no. 11) 257S 

Graves, C. B. Catalosrue of the 
flowering plants and ferns of Con* 
necticut growing without cultiva* 
tlon, by C. B. Graves, E. H. Eamea 
C. H. Bissell. Lruman Andrews, E. 
B. Harger, . . . and C. A, Weather- 
by. (no. 14) 2574 

Gieeory, H. E. Bibliography of 
the geology of Connecticut. 1907. 

(no. 8) af»6 

— —Preliminary geographical 
map of Connecticut, by H. B. Gre- 
gory and H. H. Robinson. 1907. 
(no. 7) a«^7* 

Rioe, W. N. Manual of the geol- 
ogy of Connecticut, by W. N. Bice 
and H. B. Gregory. 1906. <«^o- jj 

White, E. A. Second report on 
the Hymeniales of Connecticut. 
1910. (no. 15) «678 


Booth, J. O. Memoir of the geolog- 
ical survey of the state of Dela- 
ware: including the application of 
the geological observations to 
agriculture. 1841. QE95 1837. 


Florid*. Geological survey, 1907— 
Bulletin. Library has no. 1, 1908. 
QE99 1907 B. 2580 

First annual report. 1907-08. 

QE99 1907 R. 2581 


Georgia. Geological survey, 1890 — 
Bulletin. Library has no. 1 (2d 
ed.) 1907; 13, 1906; 14-17, 1908; 
18, 19, 1909; 24. 1910. QElOl 
1890 B. 2582 



HaH, B. M. Second report on the 

water powers of Georgia. By B. M. 

Hall and M. R. Hall. 1908. (no. 16) 


Jones, S. P. Second report on the 
gold deposits of Georgia. 1909. (no. 
19) 2684 

McCaUie, S. "W. A preliminary 

report on the marbles of Georgia 
(2d ed., rev. and enl.) 1907. (no. 1) 


^A preliminary report on the 

mineral resources of Georgia. 1910. 
(no. 23) 2686 

^A preliminary report on the 

underground waters of Georgia. 
1908. (no. 16) 2687 

Report on the fossil iron 

ores of Georgia. 1908. (no. 17) 


^A second report on the pub- 
lic roads of Georgia. 1910. (no. 24) 


Veatch, Otto. Second report on 
the clay deposits of Georgia. 1909. 
(no. 18) 2690 

Watson, T. L. A preliminary 
report on the manganese deposits 
of Georgia. 1908. (no. 14) 2691 

^A preliminary report on the 

ocher deposits of Georgia. 1906. 
(no. 13) 2692 


Illinois. Geological Bunrey. Geo- 
logical survey of Illinois. 1866-90. 
8 V. in 9. QE105 1858. 2593 



1. (1866) Geology: Physical fea- 
tures, general principles and sur- 
face geology; Stratigraphical geol- 
ogy, tertiary deposits and coal 
measures; Subcarboniferous lime- 
stone series; Devonian and Silurian 
systems; by A. H. Worthen. — Geol- 
ogy of the lead region, by J. D. 
Whitney. — Report on the coal fields 
of Illinois; On the origin and for- 
mation of the prairies; by Leo 
Lesquereux. — Chemical report for 
the Geological survey of Illinois, 
by J. V. Z. Blaney. — Geology of 
Randolph. St. Clair. Madison and 
Hancock counties, by A. H. Wor- 
then. — Geology of Hardin County, 
by A. H. Worthen and Henry En- 
gelmann. — Geology of John^n, 
Pulaski. Massac and Pope counties, 
by Henry Engelmann. 

2. (1866) Palaeontology: Descrip- 
tions of new species of vertebrates, 
mainly from the subcarboniferous 
limestones and coal measures, by 
J. S. Newberry and A. H. Worthen. 
— Remarks on the occurrence of 
fossil fishes in Illinois, by A. H. 
Worthen. — Supplement to descrip- 
tions of vertebrates, consisting of 
a description of a new genus and 
species of reptiles, from the coal 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


measures, by E. D. Cope. — De- 
scriptions of invertebrates from the 
carboniferous system, by F. B. 
Meek and A. H. Worthen. — Supple- 
ment to the descriptions of inver- 
tebrates, consisting of descriptions 
of Polyzoa from the palaeozoic 
rocks, by H. A. Prout. — Report on 
the fossil plants of Illinois, by Leo 

3. (1868) Oeology and palaeon- 
tology: Coal measures and lower 
carboniferous limestones; Geology 
of Alexander, Union, Jackson, Per- 
ry, Jersey, Qreen and Scott coun- 
ties; by A. H. Worthen. — Qeology 
of Washington, Clinton, and Jef- 
ferson counties, by Henry Engel- 
mann. — Qeology of Cook County, 
by H. M. Bannister. — Geology of 
1a Salle County, by H. C. Freeman. 
— ^Palaeontology of Illinois, by F. 
B. Meek and A. H. Worthen, — Sup- 
plementary paper on the fossil in- 
sects of Illinois, by S. H. Scudder. 
— ^Appendix: Chemical analyses, by 
J. V. Z. Blaney. 

4. (1870) Geology and palaeon- 
tology: Geology of Calhoun, Pike, 
Adams, Brown, Schuyler and Fulton 
counties, by A. H. Worthen. — Ge- 
ology of DeKalb, Kane, Du Page, 
McHenry, Lake, Kendall, Morgan, 
Menard, Tazewell, McLean, Logan 
and Mason counties, by H. M. Ban- 
nister.— Geology of Grundy, Will, 
Kankakee, Iroquois, Vermilion, 
Champaign, Edgar and Ford coun- 
ties, by Frank H. Bradley. — Geol- 
ogy of Henderson, Warren, Mercer, 
Knox, Stark and Woodford coun- 
ties, by H. A. Green. — ^Descriptions 
of vertebrates, by J. S. Newberry 
and A. H. Worthen. — ^Descriptions 
of plants, by Leo Lesquereux. 

5. (1873) Geology and palaeontol- 
ogy: Geology of northwestern Il- 
linois, by James Shaw. — Geology 
of Jo Daviess, Stephenson, Carroll, 
Winnebago, Boone, Ogle, Lee, 
Whiteside. Bureau, Henry, Mar- 
shall and Putnam counties, by 
James Shaw. — Geology of Rock 
Island County, by A. H. Worthen 
and James Shaw. — Geology of Pe- 
oria, McDonough, Monroe, Macou- 
pin, and Sangamon counties, by 
A. H. Worthen. — Palaeontology of 
Illinois, by F. B. Meek and A. H. 
Worthen; Fossils of the Burlington 
limestone. Fossils of the Keokuk 
group. Fossils of the St. Liouis 
group. FoBsils of the Chester group. 
Fossils of the coal measures. 

6. (1875) Geology and palaeontol- 

ogy: Coal measures, by A. H. Wor- 
then. — Geology of (ISlark, Crawford, 
Lawrence, Richland, Wabash, Ed- 
wards, White, Hamilton, Wayne. 
Clay, Cumberland, Coles, Douglas, 
Williamson, and Franklin counties, 
by A. H. Worthen. — Geology of 
Bond, Fayette, Montgomery, Chris- 
tian, Shelby, Effingham, Moultrie, 
Macon, and Piatt counties, by G. 
C. Broadhead. — Geology of Galla- 
tin and Saline counties, by E. T. 
Cox. — Geology of Livingston Coun- 
ty, by H. C. Freeman. — Descrip- 
tions of vertebrates, by Orestes St. 
John and A. H. Worthen. — ^De- 
scriptions of invertebrates, by A, 
H. Worthen and F. B. Meek. 

7. (1833) Geology and palaeontol- 
ogy: Geology, by A. H. Worthen. — 
Palaeontology, by A. H. Worthen, 
Orestes St John and S. A. Miller, 
with an addenda by Charles Wachs- 
muth and W. H. Barrls. 

8. (1890) Geology and palaeontol- 
ogy, ed. by Josua Lindahl: [pt. 1] 
Drift deposits of Illinois; Econom- 
ical geology (coal, natural gas and 
oil, artesian water); Description of 
fossil invertebrates; by A. H. Wor- 
then. — New species of crinoids and 
blastoids from the Kinderhook 
group of the lower carboniferous 
rocks at Le Grand, Iowa; A new 
genus from the Niagara group of 
western Tennessee; by Charles 
Wachsmuth and Frank Springer. — 
American palaeozoic sponges; 
Sponges of the Devonian and Car- 
boniferous systems; by E. O. Ul- 
rich. — Description of lower Silu- 
rian sponges, by B. O. Ulrich and 
Oliver Everett. — Palaeozoic Bryo- 
zoa, by E. O. Ulrich. — ^Appendix; 
The private life and scientitlc works 
of Prof. Amos Henry Worthen, by 
N. W. Bliss and C. A. White [in- 
cluding a bibliography of all known 
publications of Prof. Wx>rthenl — 
General index, by Josua Lindahl. — 
[pt. 2] Plates and explanations. 

nitnois. State geological survey. Bul- 
letin. Iribrary has noe. 4-date. 
1906-date. QE105 1906 B. 2594 


Atwood, W. W. Physical geog- 
raphy of the Evanston-Waukegan 
region, by W. W. Atwood and J. W. 
Goldthwalt. 1908. (no. 7) 2595 

Barrows, H. H. Geography of the 
middle Illinois Valley. 1910. (no. 
15) 25*« 

164 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Bartow, Bdward. The mi^ieral 
content of Illinois waters, by E3d- 
ward Bartow, J. A. Udden, S. W. 
Parr and O. T. Palmer. 1909. (no. 
10) 2507 

Bowman* laalali. Water resources 
of the East St. Louis district, by 
Isaiah Bowman, assisted by C. A. 
Reeds. 1907. (no. 6) 2598 

Carman, J. EX The Mississippi 
Valley between Savanna and Da- 
venport. 1909. (no. 13) 2599 

Feomeman, N. BI. Physiography 
of the St. Louis area. 1909. (no. 
12) 2600 

Goldthwait, J. W. Physical fea- 
tures of the Des Plaines valley. 

1909. (no. 11) 2601 
Rolfe, C. W. Paving brick and 

paving brick clays of Illinois. By 
C. W. Rolfe, R. C. Purdy, A. N. 
Talbot and I. O. Baker. 1908. (no. 
9) 2602 

WeUer, Stoart. The geological 
map of Illinois (2d ed). 1907. (no. 
6 ) 2608 

Year-book for 1906-date. (no. 4, 
8, 14) 2604 


Indiana. Geological survey. First 
[-tenth] annu4d req;>oTC of the Geo- 
logical survey of Indiana, made 
during the year 1869[-1878] by 
E. T. Cox, state geologist. 1869- 
79. Ist report and 1 atlas want- 
ing. QE109 1869. 2605 

Indiana. Dept. of geology and 
natural resources. Bulletin. Li- 
brary has no. 1, 1910. QE109 
1881 B. 2606 


BlaJidiley, W. S. On the Coleop- 
tera known to occur in Indiana. 

1910. (Indiana Dept. of geology 
and natural resources. Bulletin no. 
1) 2607 

-First [-second] annual report. 

1879-1880. 188u. let report want- 
ing. QE109 1879. 2808 

Indiana. Dept. of geology and nat- 
ural resources. Annual report. 
Library has 11th, 12th, I6th, 
17th, 23rd-date; 1881, 1882, 
1888, 1891, 1898-date. QE109 
1881. 2600 

Contents (in part.) 

Ashley, O. H. The geology of the 
lower Carboniferous area of south- 

em Indiana. By O. H. Ashley, as- 
sisted by E. M. Kindle. (In 27th, 
1902, p. 49-122) 2610 

Blatcdiley, W. S. The mineral wa- 
ters of Indiana; their location, or- 
igin and character. (In 26th, 1901, 
p. 11-168, 659-663) 2611 

CimlngB, B. B. The fauna of the 
Salem limestone of Indiana. By E. 
R. Cumings, J. W. Beede, E. B. 
Branson, B. A. Smith. (In 80th, 
1906) 2612 

Orod, Bf. N. Geology of Barthol- 
omew Cllounty, Indiana. 1881. (In 
11th, 1881, p. 160-213) 261S 

Geology of Decatur County, 

Indiana. 1882. (In 12th, 1882, p. 
100-162) 2614 

Geology of Wabash County, 

Indiana, by M. N. Elrod, M. D., 
and A. C. Benedict. 1891. (In 17th, 
1891, p. 192-272) 2615 

Hopkins, T. C. A short descrip- 
tion of the topography of Indiana, 
and of the rocks of the different 
geological periods; to accompany 
the geological map of the state. 
(In 28th. 1903) 2616 

KUidle, E. m. The stratigraphy 
and paleontology of the Niagara of 
northern Indiana. (In 28th, 1908, 
p. 897-486) 2617 

NewBon, J. F. A geologic and to- 
pographic section across southern 
Indiana. (In 26th, 1901, p. 227- 
302) 9618 

White, C. A. Fossils of the Indi- 
ana rockai no. 2-3. (In 11th and 
13th, 1881 and 1883) 2619 

No. 1 is in Second annual report 
of Indiana Dept. of stotistics and 
geology, 1880. 

13 th report wanting. 


Iowa. Geological survey, 1857. Re- 
port on the Geological survey of 
the state of Iowa: embracing the 
results of investigations made 
idurlng portions of the years 1855. 
56 & t>7. By James Hall, state 
geologist; J. D. Whitney, chemist 
and mineralogist. 1858. QElll 
1857. 2620 

Iowa. Geological survey, 1870. Re- 
port on the Geological survey of 
the state of Iowa, January, 1870, 
oontaining results of examinationa 
and observations made within the 
years 1866, 1867. 1868, and 1869. 
By C. A, White. 1870. 2 v. QElll 
1870. 2621 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


University, Geological »ur- 
vey. [Reports]. Erasmus Hawortn, 
state geologist. Library has v. 5, 
1899. V. 7, 1902, v. 8. 1904. 
QE113 1895 R. 2622 


Kentucky. Geological survey, 1854- 
1860. [First-] fourth report of 
the geological survey in Kentucky, 
made during the years 1854-59, 
by D. D, Owen, principal geologist, 
1856-61. Library has v. 1. 1855. 
QE115 1855. 2623 


lioulsiana. Geological purvey. Bul- 
letin. Library has nos. 1-3, 
1905. 5-7, 1907. QE117 1905 B. 


Hanis, G. D. Cartography of 
southwestern Louisiana, with spe- 
cial reference to the Jennings sheet, 
by O. D. Harris. 1907. (no. 6) 2625 

Notes on the geology of the 

Winnfleld sheet. 1907. (no. 6) 2626 

^A report on the establish- 
ment of tide gage work in Louisi- 
ana. 1905. (no. 3) 2627 

^A report on the underground 

waters of Louisiana, by G. D. Har- 
ris, A. C. Veatch, and others. 1906. 
(no. 1) 2628 

Rock salt, its origin, geolog- 
ical occurrences and economic im- 
portance in the state of Louisiana, 
together with brief notes and refer- 
ences to all known salt deposits 
and industries of the world, by G. 
D. Harris, assisted by J. C. Maury 
and Lh Reinecke. 1908. (no. 7) 2629 

U. 8. Coast and geodetic survey. 
A report on terrestrial magnetism 
and meridian line work in Louisi- 
ana, by members of the Division 
of terrestrial magnetism of the 
Coast and geodetic survey. Dr. L. 
A. Bauer, division director, land 
members of the State geological 
survey; with introductory remarks 
by G. D. Harris. 1905. (no. 2) 2680 

Veatch, A. G. Geology and un- 
derground water resources of north- 
em Ix>ui8iana, with notes on ad- 
joining districts. 1906. (no. 4) 2681 


fThonuuBy, Raymond. GedQogie 

pratique de la Louisiane. 1860. 
QE117 1860. 2682 

Holmes, Ezekiel. Report of an ex- 
ploration and survey of the ter- 
ritory on the Aroostook river 
[Maine] 1838. 1839. (Bound with 
Maine. Geological survey. 3d an- 
nual report, 1838.) QE119 1836. 

Maine. Geological survey. First 
[-3d] annual report on the geo- 
logy of the state of Maine. By 
Charles T. Jackson, geologist co 
the state. 1837-39. Library has 
3d, 1838. QE119 1836, 2634 


Maryland. Geological survey, 1896 — 
Alleghany County. 1900. QE122 
A4 A. 2635 

— CiUvert County. 1907. QE122 
CI 6 A. 2686 

Cecil County. 1902. QB122 C4 

A. 2637 

Garrett County. 1902. QE122 G2 

A. 2638 

— [Report]. 1897-date. Library 
has V. 1-date. QE121 1896 R. 


voL I (1897) pt. I. Introduction: 
establishment and plan of opera- 
tion of the survey, by W. B. Clark. 
— pt. n. Historical sketch, embrac- 
ing an account of the progress of 
investigation concerning the phys- 
ical features and natural resources 
of Maryland, by W. B. Clark. — 
pC m. Outline of present knowl- 
edge of the physical features of 
Maryland, embracing an account 
of the physiography, geology, and 
mineral resources, comp. by W. B. 
Clark. — pc TV. Bibliography and 
cartography of Maryland, including 
publications relating to the physi- 
ography, geology, and mineral re- 
sources, by B. B. Mathews. — pt. V. 
First report upon magnetic work 
in Maryland, including the history 
and objects of magnetic surveys, 
by L. A. Bauer. 

vol. n (1898) pt. L Admlnistra- 

166 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

tive report, contalnlnar an account 
of the operatlona of the survey dur- 
ing 1896 and 1897 and additional 
legrislation, by W. B. Clark. — pC, II. 
The building and decorative stonea 
of Maryland, by O. P. Merrill and 

E. B. Mathews. The physical, chem- 
ical, and economic properties of 
building stones, by G. P. Merrill. 
An account of the character and 
distribution of Maryland building 
stones, together with a history of 
the quarrying industry, by E. B. 
Mathews. — pi. m. Report on the 
cartography of Maryland, by H. 
Gannett and E. B. Mathews. The 
aims and methods of cartography, 
with especial reference to the top- 
ographic maps now under con- 
struction in Maryland by the U. 8. 
Geological survey in co-operation 
with the Maryland Geological sur- 
vey, by H. Gannett. The maps and 
map-makers of Maryland, by E. 
B. Mathews. 

ToL m (1899) pi. I. Introduc- 
tion, including an account of the 
organization and conduct of high- 
way investigations by the Maryland 
Geological survey, by W. B. Clark. 
— ^pt. n. The relations of Maryland 
topography, climate and geology to 
highway construction, by Ww B. 
Clark. — ^pt. m. Highway legisla- 
tion in Maryland, and its influence 
on the economic development of 
the state, by St. G. U Sioussat. — 
pC IV. The present condition of 
Maryland highways, by A. N. John- 
son. — ^pt. V. Construction and re- 
pair of roads, by A. N. Johnson. — 
pt. VI. Qualities of good road- 
metals, and the methods of te sting 
them, by H. F. Reid.— pt. VH. The 
administration of roads, by H. F. 
Reid. — ^pt. vm. The advantages of 
good roads, by H. F. Reid. — [Ap- 
pendix] Laws of Maryland relating 
to highways. 

vol. rv (1902) pt. I. Paleozoic 
Appalachla, or the history of Mary- 
land during paleozoic time, by 
B, Willis. — ^pt. n. Second report on 
the highways of Maryland, by H. 

F. Reid and A. N. Johnson. — ^pt. 
m. Report on the clays of Mary- 
land, by H. Ries. _ 

VOL V (1905) pt. I. Second report 
on magnetic work in Maryland, by 
L. A. Bauer.— pt. H. Final report 
on the survey of the boundary line 
between Allegany and Garrett coun- 
ties, by L. A. Bauer.— pt. HI. Third 
report on the highways of Mary- 
land, by A. N. Johnson. — pt. IV. 

Report on the coals of Maryland, 
by W. B. Clark, with the collabo- 
ration of G. C. Martin, J. J. Rut- 
ledge, B. S. Randolph, N. A. Stock- 
ton, W. B. D. Pennlman, and A. L. 

VOL VI (1906) pt, I. The physi- 
cal features of Maryland, by W. B. 
Clark and E. B. Mathews. — pC IL 
Exhibits of Maryland mineral re- 
sources, by W. B. Clark. — pt. m. 
Fourth report on the highways of 
Maryland, by A. N. Johnson. — 
pt. IV. First report on state high- 
way construction, by Wv. W. Crosby. 
— ^pt. V. The counties of Maryland, 
their origin, boundaries, and elec- 
tion districts, by E. B. Mathews. 

voL Vn (1908) pt. L Report on 
the work of the commission [on 
the Maryland-Pennsylvania boun- 
dary . . .] by W. B. Clark. — pt. H. 
Report of the engineer in charge 
of the resurvey of the boundary be- 
tween Maryland and Pennsylvania, 
part of the Mason and Dixon line, 
by W. C. Hodgkins.— pt. m. His- 
tory of the boundary dispute be- 
tween the Baltimores and the 
Penns resulting in the original Ma- 
son and Dixon line, by E. B. Math- 
ews. — ^pt. IV. Manuscripts and pub- 
lications relating to the Mason and 
Dixon line and other lines in Penn- 
sylvania, Maryland and the Vir- 
ginias involving the charter rights 
of Lord Baltimore and the Penns, 
by L. Burchard and E. B. Mathews. 

VOL vm (1909) pt. I. Second re- 
port on state highway construction, 
by W. W. Crosby.— pt. H. Maryland 
mineral industries, 1897-1907, by 
W. B. Clark and E. B. Mathews.— 
pt. m. Report on the limestones 
of Maryland, with special reference 
to their use in the manufacture of 
lime and cement, by E. B. Mathews 
and J. S. Grasty. 


-St. Mary'B County. 1907. QB122 

S14 A. 2640 


Hitchcock, Edward. Ichnology of New 
England. A report on the sand- 
stone of the Connecticut Valley, 
eapecially its foesil footmarks, 
made to the goyernment of the 
commonwealth of Massachusetts. 
1858. QB124 C7. 264a» 

MassachnseCts. Geological survey. 
Pinal report on the geology of 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Massachusetts: in four parts: I. 
Economical geology. II. Sceno- 
graphical geology. III. Scientific 
geology. IV. Elementary geology. 
With an appended catalogue of 
the specimens of rocks and min- 
erals in the state collection. By 
Edward Hitchcock. 1841. QE123 
1833 Al. 2641 

^Report on a re*ezamination of 

the economical geology of Maasar 
chusetts. By E)dward Hitohoock. 
1838. QB123 1838. 2642 

Report on the geologry, min- 
eralogy, hotany, and zoology of 
Maseaohusetts. Made and pub- 
lished by order of the govt, of 
that state. By Edward Hitchcock. 
1833. Atlaa wanting. QE123 
1833. 2643 


Foster, J. W. Report on the geo- 
logy and topography of a portion 
of the Lake Superior land district, 
in the state of Michigan. By J. 
W. Poster and J. D. Whitney. 
Part 1, Copper lands. 1850. QE125 
1849. 2644 

Grabaa, A* W. The Monroe forma^ 
tlon of southern Michigan and ad- 
joining regions, by A. W. Orabau 
and W. H. Sherzer. Pub. as part 
of the annual report of the Board 
of geological and biological survey 
for 1909. 1910. QE125 1899 P. 


Lame, A. C. Foesils of the Marshall 
and Coldwater. By A. C. Lane 
and W. P. Oooper. Reprinted 
from Geological survey of Michi- 
gan, vol. VII, part II. [1900.J 
QE125 1873. 2646 

Alichigan. Geological survey, 1873. 
[Reports]. Library has v. 1-7, v. 
8, pts. 1 and 2, v. 9 pt. 1, 1873- 
1903. QE125 1873. 2647 


Cole, £. J. The delta of the St. 
Clair River. 1903. (v. 9, pt. 1) 9648 

Garrignea, S. 8. Report on the salt 
manufacture of Michigan. (In vol. 

3, pt 1, 1876, p. 167-216) 2649 

Gordon, C. H. Geological report 
on Sanilac County, Michigan. 1900. 
(V. 7, pt. 3) 2650 

Grlmsley, G. P. The gypsum of 
Michigan and the plaster industry, 
1904. (V. 9. pt. 2) 2651 

Hale, D. J. Marl (bog lime) and 
its application to the manufacture 
of Portland cement, by D. J. Hale 
and others, 1903. (v. 8, pt. 8) 2652 

Lane, A. C. Coal of Michigan, its 
mode of occurrence and quality. 
1902. (V. 8, pt. 2) 2653 

Geological report on Huron 

County, Michigan, by A. C. Lane. 
1900. (V. 7, pt. 2) 2654 

Geological report on Isle 

Royale, Michigan. 1898. (v. 6, pt. 1) 


-The geology of lower Mich- 

igan, with reference to deep bor- 
ings. Ed. from notes of C. E. 
Wright, late state geologist, by A. 
C. Lane . . . with an Introduction 
on the origin of salt, gypsum and 
petroleum by L. L. Hubbard, and 
accompanied by seventy-three 
plates and a map. 1896. (v. 5, pt. 
2) 2656 

Palaclie, Cbarlea The crystalli- 
sation of the calcite from the cop- 
per mines of Lake Superior. (In v. 
6, pt. 2, 1898) 2657 

Pumpelly, Raphael. Copper dis- 
trict [of the upper peninsula of 
Michigan] by Raphael Pumpelly. 
Assistants: A. R. Marvine, L. G. 
Emerson, and S. B. Ladd. 1873. (v. 
1, pt. 2. 2656 

Ries, Heinrlch. Clays and shales 
of Michigan, their properties and 
uses. 1900. (V. 8, pt. 1) 2659 

Romlnger, Carl. Geological re- 
port on the upper peninsula of 
Michigan, exhibiting the progress 
of work from 1881 to 1884. Iron 
and copper regions. 1895. (v. 6, pt. 
1) 2666 

Geology of lower peninsula 

of Michigan. [1876] (v. 3. pt. 1) 


Marquette iron region. Me- 
nominee iron region. 1881. (v. 4) 


Palaeontology. Fossil corals. 

[1876] (V. 3. pt. 2) 2668 

Palaeozoic rocks [of the 

upper peninsula of Michigan] 
[1873] (V. 1. pt. 3) 2664 

Sherzer, W. H. Geological report 
on Monroe County, Michigan. 1900. 
(V. 7, pt 1) 2665 

168 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

cblgiu^ Geological survey, 1S99. 
ReiK>rt o<f the state Board of geo- 
logical suryey. Library has 1900, 
1903-07. QB12o 1899. 2006 



Adams, O. C. An ecological sur- 
vey in northern Michigan. Prepar- 
ed under the direction of C. C. 
Adama 1906. (In 1905) 26e7 

Cooper, W. F. Geological report 
on Bay County [Michigan] 1906. 
(In 1906) 2668 

Fuller, M. L. Failure of wells 
along the lower Huron River, Mich- 
igan, in 1904. 1905. (In 1904) 2669 

Gordon, C. H. Reports of C. H. 
Gordon on the Port Huron oil field, 
and the erosion of the shore north 
of Port Huron. [1902] (In 1901) 


Graban, A. W. Stratigraphy of 
the Traverse group of Michigan. 
[1902] (In 1901) 2671 

Gregory, W. M. Preliminary re- 
port on Arenac County and parts 
of Ogemaw, Iosco, and Alcona 
counties. [1902] (In 1901) 2672 

[Lane, A. C] Limestonea [By 
A. C. Lane. Stratigraphy of the 
Traverse group of Michigan. By A. 
W. Grabau. 1902] (In 1901) 2676 

Ijeverett, Frank. Alcona County, 
Michigan. Surface geology by Frank 
Leverett. Subsurface geology by A. 

C. Lane. [1902] (In 1901) 2674 
Fearse, A. S. The crawfishes of 

Michigan, by A. S. Pearse. The in- 
sect galls of Michigan, by M. T. 
Cook. The birds of School Girl's 
Glen region, Ann Arbor, Michigan: 
a study in local ornithology, by A. 

D. Tinker. Preliminary list of the 
sites of aboriginal remains in 
Michigan, by H. I. Smith. 1910. 
(In 1909) 2«76 

RuflseH, I. G. A geological recon- 
naissance along the north shore of 
lakes Huron and Michigan. [1905] 
(In 1904) a«76 



Minnesota. Geological and natural 
history survey, 1872. First [-24th 
(and final)] annual report 1872?- 
1898. N. H. Wlnchell. atate geo- 
logist. Library has 24th. 1898. 
QE127 1872 R. 2677 

Mlnneeota. Geological and natural 
hiatory Burvey. 1884. 1872-[1901] 

The gfiology of Minnesota. Vol. 
I[-VI] oif the final report. 1884* 
1901. 6 y. in 7. Library has 
y. 1, 2, and 3 (pt. 1.) QB127 
1884. 2678 


Miwaiartppt. State geologrical survey. 
Bulletin. 1907. Library bas nos. 
1-3, 7. QB129 B. 2679 



Brown, C. 8. The lignite of Mis- 
sissippi [1907] (no. 3) 2680 

CHder, A. F. Cement and Port- 
land cement materials of Missis- 
sippi. 1907. (no. 1) 2681 

Donston, C. EI. Preliminary ex- 
amination of the forest conditions 
of Mississippi, by C. E. Dunaton. 
[1910?] (no. 7) 2682 

Logan, W. N. Clays of Missis- 
sippi. [1907] (no. 2) 268S 


Missouri. Geological survey, 185!%. 
First [-5th] report of progress of 
the geological survey of Missouri, 
By G. C. Swallow. 1855-61. 4 v. 
Library has let and 2d. 1853, '54. 
QE131 1853. 2684 

Missouri. Geological survey, 1871. 
Reports on the geological survey 
of the state of Missouri 1855-71. 
By G-. C. Broadhead, F^ B. Meek 
and B. F. Shumard. 1873. QE131 

(Missouri. Geologic&l survey, 1873. 
Preliminary report on the iron ores 
and coal fields from the field work 
of 1872. 1873. QE131 1873 Al. 

^Report of the Geological survey 

of the state of Missouri, including 
fi^ld work of 1873-1874. G. C. 
Broadhead, state geologist. 1874. 
QE131 1874. 2087 

Missouri. Bureau of geology and 
mines. Biennial report of the 
state geologist. Library has 1902- 
1910. QE131 R. 

— 'Preliminary report of the struc- 
tural and economic geology of 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Missouri. J no. A. QallaLer, state 
geologist. 1900. QB131 1900. 


'[ReiKMrts. 2d series] 1901? — 

Library lias v. 2-9. QE131 1900. 



Buckley, K. R. Geology of the 
disseminated lead deposits of St. 
Francois and Wellington counties. 
2 V. (V. 9) 2691 

^The geology of the Granby 

area, by £. R. Buckley and H. A. 
Buehler. [1906] (v. 4) 2692 

^Public roads, their improve- 
ment and maintenance. [1907] (v. 
5) 2698 

^The quarrying industry of 

Missouri, by E. R. Buckley and H. 
A. Buehler. 1904. (v. 2) 2694 

Buehler, H, A. The lime and ce- 
ment resources of Missouri. [1907] 
(V. 6> 2695 

Marbat, C. F. The geology of 
Morgan County. [1908] (v. 7) 2696 

Rowley, R. R. The geology of 
Pike County. [1908] (v. 8) 2697 

Van Horn, F. B. The geology of 
Moniteau County, by P. B. Van 
Horn, with an introduction by E. 
R. Buckley. [1905] (v. 8) 2698 


V, S. Geological and geographical 
survey of the territories. Final 
report of the United States Geo- 
logical survey of Nebraska and 
portions of the adjacent terri- 
tories, made under the direction of 
the Commission of the General 
land office. By F. V. Hayden U. 
8. geologist. 1872. QE135 U5. 


New Hampshire. 

Hitchcock, C. H. The geology of New 
Hampshire. A report comprising 
the resulitfl of explorations order^io 
by the legislature. 3 y. QE139 
1874. 270O 

New Hampshire. Geological survey 
First annual report [1840-1] on 
the geology of the state of New 
Hampshire. By C. T. Jackson, 
state geologist. 1841. QE139 
1841. 2700a 

Final report on the geology and 

mineralogy of the state of New 
Hampshire; with contributions to- 
ward the improvement of agricul- 
ture and metallurgy. By C. T. 
Jackson. 1844. QE139 1844. 


New Jersey. 

Cook, G. H. Geology ,of New Jer- 
sey. George H. Cook, state ge- 
ologist. 1868, QE141 1868. 2702 

New Jersey. Geological survey. 
First [^hlrd] annual report of the 
geologicaJ survey of the state of 
New Jersey 1864[-1856.] 1855-67. 
Library has 1st, 1854. QE141 All. 


New Jersey. Geological survey. An- 
nual report, John C._ Smock, state 
geologist. Library** has 1894. 
QE141 1863. 2704 

— Final report of the state geo- 
logist. George H. Cook, state 
geologist. Library has v. 1-4, 
1888, '90, 1894, '95. QE141 1888. 


-Report on the clay deposits of 

Woodbridge, South Amboy and 
other places in New Jersey. 1878. 
QE141 1878. 2700 

Rogers, H. B. Description of the 
geology of th^ state of New Jer- 
sey. 1840. QE141 1835. 2707 

-Report on the geological survey 

of the state of New Jersey. 2d ed. 
1836. QE141 1835. 2708 

Vermeole, C. C Report on water- 
supply. 1894. (New Jersey. Ge- 
ological survey. Final report, v. 3 ) 
QE141 1888. 2700 

Whitfield, R. P. Brcu:hiopoda and 
lamellibranchiata of the Raritan 
clays and greensand marls of New 
Jersey, 1886. (New Jersey. Ge- 
ological survey, [Report on pale- 
ontology, V. 1.1) QB141 1884. 

New York. 

CoBzens, Issachar. A geological his- 
tory of Manhattan or New York 

170 i Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

island, together with a map of the 
ialand. 1843. QB146 N53 C8«. 


New York (State). Oeologlcal sur- 
vey. Communication from the 
governor transmitting several re- 
ports relative to the geological sur- 
vey of the Btata Jany. 24, 1840. 
QE146 1839. 2712 

Now York (State). Natural history 
survey. Geology of New York. 
1842-43. 4v. QE145 1842. 2718 

North Oarolliuu 

North Carolina. Oeologlcal survey. 
1852-1863. Report of the North 
Carolina Geological survey. Agri- 
culture of the eastern counties; to- 
gether with •descriptions of the 
fossils of the marl beds. By Bbe- 
nezer Emmons. 1858. QE147 
1858. 2714 

Ncwrth Carolina. Geological survey, 
1891. Biennial report of the state 
geologist. Library has 1894-date. 
QE147 1891 A2. 2715 

Bulletin. Library has nos. 1-3, 

5-17, 19, 21. QE147 1891 B. 2716 


Ashe, W. W. Forest fires: their 
destructive work, causes and pre- 
vention. 1896. (no. 7) 2717 

^The forests, forest land, and 

forest products of eastern North 
Carolina. 1894. (no. 5) 2718 

Shade trees for North Caro- 
lina. 1908. (no. 16) 2719 

^Terracing of farm landa 

1908. (no. 17) 2720 

Coker, R. E. Experiments in 
oyster culture in Pamlico Sound, 
North Carolina. 1907. (no. 15) 


^The natural history and cul- 
tivation of the diamond-back ter- 
rapin, with notes on other forms 
of turtles. 1906. (no. 14) 2722 

Knnz, G. F. History of the gems 
found in North Carolina. 1907. (no. 
12) 272*^ 

lianey, F. B. The Gold Hill min- 
ing district of North Carolina. 1910. 
(no. 21) 2724 

liewis, J. V. Corundum and the 
basic magnesian rocks of western 

North Carolina. 1896. (no. 11) 2725 

Nitze, H. B. C. Gold deposite of 
North Carolina. By H. B. C. Nitae 
and G. B. Hanna. 1896. (no. 3) 

Gold mining in North Caro- 
lina and adjacent south Appalach- 
ian regions, by H. B. C. Nitxe and 
H. A. J. Wilkena 1897. (no. 10) 


Iron ores of North Carolina. 

A preliminary report. 1893. (no. 
1) 2729 

Monazite, and monasite de- 
posits in North Carolina. 1895. 
(no. 9) 2730 

Pfnchot, Gifford. Timber trees 
and forests of North Carolina. By 
Gifford Pinchot and W. W. Ashe. 
1897. (no. 6) 27S1 

Pratt, J. H. The tin deposits of 
the Carolinas, by J. H. Pratt and 
D. B. Sterrett. 1904. (no. 19) 2732 

Rtes^ Heinricb. Clay deposits 
and clay industries in North Caro- 
lina, a preliminary report. 1897. 
(no. 13) 2733 

Swain, G. F. Papers on the wa- 
terpower in North Carolina, a pre- 
liminary report, by G. F. Swain, 
J. A. Holmes, E. W. Myers. 1899. 
(no. 8) 2734 

Watson, T. Ij. The building and 
ornamental stones of North Caro- 
lina, by T. L. Watson and F. B. 
Laney, with the collaboration of 
G. P. Merrill. 1906. (no. 2) 2735 

North Carolina. Geological survey, 
1891. Economic papers. Library 
has nos. 1, 1897, 3, 1900, 4. 1901, 
6, 1902-date. QE147 1891 E. 2736 


Aslie, W. W. The possibilities of 
a maple sugar industry in western 
North Carolina. 1897. (no. 1) 2737 

Cobb, J. N. Investigations rela- 
tive to the shad fisheries of North 
Carolina, by J. N. Cobb. 1906 (no. 
12) 2738 

Coker, R. E. Oyster culture in 
North Carolina. 1905. (no 10) 2789 

Holmes, J. S. Forest fires in North 
Carolina during 1909. 1910. (no. 
19) 8740 

The mining industry in North 
Carolina, (no. 4, 6-9, 11, 14, 15) 


North Caitrfina drainage conven- 
tion, Newbern. 1908. Proceedings 
of drainage convention held at New- 
bern, North Carolina, September 9, 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


1908, comp. by J. H. Pratt 1908. 
(no. 17) 2742 

Proceedings of second an- 
nual drainage convention held at 
New Bern, North Carolina, Novem- 
ber 11 and 12, 1909, comp. by J. 
H. Pratt, and North Carolina drain- 
age law. 1909. (no. 18) 2748 

Pratt, J. H. Report of committee 
appointed by Governor R. B. Glenn 
to investigate the Ashing industries 
in North Carolina. Comp. by J. H. 
Pratt. 1906. (no. 13) 2744 

Report of convention called 

by Governor R. B. Glenn to inves- 
tigate the fishing industries in 
North Carolina, comp. by J. H. 
Pratt 1908. (no. 16) 2745 

Talc and pyrophyllite depos- 
its in North Carolina, by J. H. 
Pratt 1900. (no. 3) 2746 

Simmons, R. E:. Wood-using in- 
dustries of North Carolina, by R. 
E. Simmons, under the direction of 
J. S. Holmes and H. S. Sackett 
1910. (no. 20) 2747 

[Report] State geologists: J. 

A. Holmes, J. H. Pratt. Library 
has V. 1, and 2. QE147 1891 R. 



I. Corundum and the perldotites 
of western North Carolina, by J. H. 
Pratt and J. V. Lewis. 1905. — IL 
The fishes of North Carolina, by 
H. M. Smith. 1907. 

North Dakota. 

JToith Dakota. Geological Burvey. 
Biennial report. Library has 2d 
(24 led.) 1902; 3dj 1904, 5th, 
1908. QE149 1900. 2749 


Klippart, J. H. Agricultural survey. 
(In Ohio. Geological survey. Re- 
port of progress in 1870. <p. [311]- 
400) QE161 1870. 2750 

Nerwberry, J. S. The surface ge- 
ology of Ohio. (In Report of the 
Geological survey of Ohio, vol. II. 
1874.) QE151 1873. 2751 

Ohio. Geological survey. Report of 
the Geological survey of Ohio. 
1873-93. 7 V. in 9. QE151 1873. 



V. 1, pt. 1 (1873) Geology. Histor- 
ical sketch; Physical geography of 
Ohio; Geological relations of Ohio; 
Geological structure of Ohio, Silu- 
rian and Devonian systems; Geol- 
ogy of Cuyahoga and Summit coun- 
ties, by J. S. Newberry. — Geology 
of Gallia, Meigs, Athens, Morgan 
and Muskingum counties, by E. B. 
Andrews. — Geology of the Cincin- 
nati group; Geology of Hamilton, 
Clermont and Clarke counties, by 
E. Orton.^-Geology of Ashtabula, 
Trumbull, Lake, and Geauga coun- 
ties, by M. C. Read. — Surface geol- 
ogy of the Maumee Valley; Geology 
of Williams, Fulton and Lucas 
counties; Geology of West Sister 
Island; by G. K. Gilbert. — Geology 
of Sandusky, Seneca, Wyandot and 
Marion counties, by N. H. Win- 
chell. — Atlas of 5 fold. maps. 

V. 1, pt. 2 (1873) Palaeontology. 
Descriptions of invertebrate fossils 
of the Silurian and Devonian sys- 
tems, by F. B. Meek. — Descriptions 
of fossil fishes and plants, by J. S. 

v. 2, pt. 1 (1874) Geology. Sur- 
face geology; The carboniferous 
system; Geology of Erie County 
and the islands; Geology of Lorain 
County; by J. S. Newberry. — Geol- 
ogy of Ottawa, Crawford, Morrow, 
Delaware, Van Wert, Union, Pauld- 
ing, Hardin, Hancock, Wood, Put- 
nam, Allen, Auglaize, Mercer, Hen- 
ry, and Defiance counties, by N. H. 
Winchell. — Surface geology of 
south-eastern Ohio; Geology of 
Washington, Noble, Guernsey 
(southern half). Belmont (south- 
ern half), Monroe, Pickaway, and 
Fairfield counties; . by E. B. An- 
drews. — Geologry of Pike, Ross and 
Greene counties, by E. Orton. 

V. 2, pt. 2 (1875) Palaeontology. 
Descriptions of fossil fishes, by J. 
S. Newberry. — ^Descriptions of Si- 
lurian fossils; Descriptions of Cri- 
noidea from the Waverly group; 
by J. Hall and R. P. Whitfield. — 
Descriptions of the corals of the 
Silurian and Devonian system^ by 
H. A. Nicholson. — ^Descriptions of 
invertebrate fossils from the Car- 
boniferous system, by P. B. Meek. — 
Synopsis of the extinct Batrachia 
from the coal measures, by E. D. 
Cope. — ^Descriptions of fossil plants 
from Liower Carboniferous strata, 
by E. B. Andrews. — Atlas of 4 fold, 
maps and 6 fold, charts. 

172 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

V. 3. pt. 1 (1878) Geology. Re- 
view of geolofflcal structure of Ohio; 
Geology of Tuscarawas, Columbi- 
ana, Portage and Stark counties, 
by J. 8. Newberry. — Geology of Car- 
roll, Harrison, Guernsey, Muskin- 
gum and Belmont counties, by J. J. 
Stevenaon. — Geology of Huron, 
Richland, Knox and Licking coun- 
ties, by M. C. Read. — Geology of 
Medina County, by A. W. Wlieat. — 
Geology of Warren, Butler, Preble, 
and Madison counties, by B. Orton. 
— Geology of Clinton, Fayette, Shel- 
by and Miami counties, by J. Hus- 
sey.—- Geology of Logan and Cham- 
paign counties, by F. C. HilL^-Ge- 
ology of Darke County, by A. C. 
Llndemuth. — Geology of Aahland, 
Wayne and Holmes counties, by M. 
C. Read. — Geology of Coschocton 
County, by J. T. Hodge. — Geology of 
Franklin County, by E. Orton. — 
Geology of Hocking Valley coal 
field, by M. C. Read. — Geology of 
JeflTerson and Mahoning counties, 
by J. S. Newberry.— Supplemental 
report on Perry County and por- 
tions of Hocking and Athens coun- 
ties, by E. B. Andrews. — Supple- 
mental report on the Hanging Rock 
district, by B. Orton.— Oeology of 
Brown County, by H. Herzer. 

V. 4, pt. 1 (1882) Zoology. Re- 
port on the Mammalia of Ohio, by 

A. W. Brayton. — Report on the 
birds of Ohio, by J. M. Wheaton. — 
Report on the reptiles and amphib- 
ians of Ohio, by W. H. Smith. — 
Report on the fishes of Ohio, by D. 
S. Jordan. 

V. 6 (1884) Economic geology. 
The stratigraphical order of the 
lower coal measures of Ohio; The 
coal seams of the lower coal meas- 
ure* of Ohio; by E. Orton. — Coal 
mining in Ohio, by A. Roy. — ^The 
iron ores of Ohio, by B. Orton. — 
Iron manufacture of Ohio, by N. 
W. Lord. — ^The manufacture of 
coke, by H. Newton. — ^Building 
stones of Ohio. comp. from notes 
of Professor Orton. — ^The clays of 
Ohio, and the industries established 
upon them, by E. Orton, jr. — ^The 
gas coals of Ohio, by E. McMillin. 
— The glacial boundary in Ohio, by 
G. F. Wright. — The coal seams of 
the lower coal measures of Ohio, 
by A. A. Wright, E. Orton. Jr., and 

B. Orton. — ^The Meigs Creek coal 
seam in Morgan, Muskingum, 
Guernsey and Noble counties, by 

C. N. Brown. — Report of the chem- 

ical department, by N. W. Lord. — 
Atlas of 8 fold, mapa 

V. 6 (1888) Economic geology. 
The geology of Ohio considered 
in its relations to petroleum and 
natural gas; The origin and ac* 
cumulation of petroleum and na- 
tural gaa; The Trenton limestone 
as a source of oil and gas in Ohio; 
The Berea grit as a source of oil 
and gas in Ohio; The Ohio shale 
as a source of oil and gas in 
Ohio; by E. Orton. — ^The history 
and development of the Macks- 
burg oil field, by F. W. Min- 
shall. — The drilling and care of oil 
wells, by F. H. Newell. — ^The trans- 
portation, uses and modes of using 
natural gsji, by E. McMillin. — Mea- 
surement of gas wells and other 
gas streams, and the piping of na- 
tural gas. by S. W. Robinson. — 
The Pittsburgh coal seam in Jeffer- 
son, Belmont and Guernsey coun- 
ties, by C. N. Brown. — ^The Pome- 
roy and Federal Creek coal field, 
by E. Lovejoy. — ^The manufacture 
of salt and bromine, by W. J Root. 
— Natural and artificial cements, by 
N. W. Lord. — Gypsum or land plas- 
ter in Ohio; The production of lime 
in Ohio; The drift deposits of Ohio; 
Supplemental report on the new 
gas fields and oil fields of Ohio; by 

B. Orton. — Table of elevations In 
Ohio. — ^Atlas of 4 fold. maps. 

V. 7 (1893) Economic geology, 
archaeology, botany, paleontology, 
pt. 1. Economic: Geological scale 
and geological structure of Ohio; 
The clays of Ohio, their origin, 
composition and varieties; by B. 
Orton. The clay working indus- 
tries of Ohio, by E. Orton, jr. The 
coal fields of Ohio, by E. Orton. — 
pt. 2. General: The archaeology of 
Ohio, by O. Fowke. The botany of 
Ohio, by W. A. Kellerman and W. 

C. Werner. Contributions to the 
paleontology of Ohio, by R. P. 
Wliitfield. Observations on the so- 
called Waverly group of Ohio, by 
C. L. Herrick. Fossils of the Clin- 
ton group in Ohio and Indiana, by 
A. F. Foerste. The fossil fishes of 
Ohio, by B. W. Claypole and A. A. 
Wright. New and little known 
Lamelllbranchiata from the Lower 
Silurian rocks of Ohio and adja- 
cent states, by E. O. Ulrich. — ^At- 
las of 10 fold. maps. 

-Part I. Report of progress in 

1869, by J. S. Newberry, chief 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


geologist. Part II. Report of, 
progress in the second district, by 
£. B. Andrews, assist, geologist. 
fPjart III. Report on geology of 
Montgomery County, by Edward 
Orton, assist, geologist. 1871. 
QE151 1869. 2708 

Report of progress in 1870. By 

J. S. Newberry, chief geologist. In- 
cluding reports by E. B. Andrews, 
Edward Orton, J. H. Klippart, as- 
Blatant geologists. T. Q. Wormley, 
lehemlst. G. K. Gdlbort, M. C. 
Read, Henry Newton, W. B. Pot- 
ter, local assistants. 1871. QE151 
18/0. 2754 


pt. 1. Report of progress of the 
Geological survey in 1870. Sketch 
of the structure of the lower coal 
measures in north-eastern Ohio, by 
J. S. Newberry. — pt. 2. Report of 
labors in the second geological dis- 
trict, during the year 1870, by E. 
B. Andrews. — pt. 3. The geology of 
Highland County, by E. Orton. — 
pt. 4. Agricultural survey, by J. H. 
Klippart. — pt. 5. Report of chemi- 
cal department, by T. G. Wormley. 
— pt. 6. Sketches of the geology of 
Geauga and Holmes counties, by 
M. C. Read. — pt. 7. Report on the 
geology of Williams, Fulton and 
Lucas counties, by G. K. Gilbert. — 
pt. 8. Sketch of the present state 
of the iron manufacture in Great 
Britain, by W. B. Potter. — ^pt. 9. 
A sketch of the present state of 
the steel Industry, by H. Newton. 


-Report of the Geological survey 

of Ohio. Volume VII. E}conomic 
geology. Archfleology. Botany. 
Paleontology. 1893. QE151 1873. 


The geological scale and the ge- 
ological structure of Ohio, by E. 
Orton. — ^The clays of Ohio, their 
origin, composition and varieties, 
by E. Orton. — ^The clay working 
industries of Ohio, by E. Orton, jr. 
— The coal fields of Ohio, by E. 

Ohio. Geological surrey. First an- 
nual report of the Geological sur- 
vey of Ohio, (tihird organisation) 
by Edward Orton, state geologist. 
1890. QE151 1890. 2756 


Geological scale and geological 
structure of Ohio. — Origin and ac- 
cumulation of petroleum and na- 
tural gas. — The Trenton limestone 
as a source of oil and gas. — The 
Clinton limestone as a source of 
oil and gas. — Remaining sources of 
oil and gas in Ohio. — ^The utilisa- 
tion of natural gas in Ohio. — ^The 
measurement of natural gas, by 8. 
W. Robinson. — ^The Wood County 
oil field. 

Ohio. Geological survey. Bulletin. series. Library has no. 1-date; 
1903-date. QE151 1903. 2757 


Bleinlnger, A. V. The manufac- 
ture of hydraulic cements. 1904. 
(no. 3) 9758 

Bownocker, J. A. Coal: pt. 1, 
Coals of the Monongahela forma- 
tion or upper productive coal mea- 
sures; pt. 2, Chemical analyses and 
calorific tests of the Clarion, lower 
Kittanning, middle Kittannlng and 
upper Freeport coals. Geology, by 
J. A. Bownocker; chemistry, by N. 
W. Lord, E. E. Somermeier. 1908. 
(no. 9) 2759 

^The occurrence and exploi- 
tation of petroleum and natural 
gas in Ohio. 1903. (no. 1) 2760 

Salt deposits and the salt in- 
dustry in Ohio. 1906. (no. 8) 2761 

Derby, A. G. A bibliography of 
Ohio geology. Part one. A subject 
index of the publications of the 
Geological survey of Ohio, from its 
inception to and including Bulletin 
eight of the fourth series, by A. G. 
Derby. Part two. A bibliography 
of the publications relating to the 
geology of Ohio, other than those 
of the state Geological survey. By 
M. W. Prosser. 1906. (no. 6) 2762 

Eno, F. H. The uses of hydraulic 
cement. 1904. (no. 2) 276S 

Orton, EX The limestone resources 
and the lime industry in Ohio, by 
Edward Orton. Jr., and S. V. Pep- 
pel. 1906. (no. 4) 2764 

Peppel, S. V. The manufacture 
of artificial sand stone or sand- 
lime brick. 1905. [1906] (no. 6) 


Prosser, C. 8. Revised nomencla- 
ture of the Ohio geological forma- 
tions. 1905. (no. 7) 2766 

Scavffer, O. R. The Middle De- 
vonian of Ohio. 1909. (no. 10) 2767 

174 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 


I'eiuiflylTaaiia. Geological survey, 2d. 
Annual report of the Geological 
survey of Pennsylvania for 1885- 
1887. 1886-89. 6 v. Report for 
1887 ^K^untlng. QE157 1874. 2768 


1886. Report of the state geolo- 
gist for 1886, by J. P. Lesley. — 
Preliminary report on oil and gas, 
by J. F. Carll. — Vegetable origin of 
coal, by L. Lesquereux. — Prelimi- 
nary report of work done in 1886, 
on the re-survey of the Pittsburg 
coal region, by B. V, d'lnviUiers. — 
The coal-beds and fire-clays of the 
Wellersburg basin, in Somerset 
County, by J. P. Lesley and E. B. 
Harden. — Report on the Tipton 
Run coal openings, Blair County, 
(coal-beds in the Pocono forma- 
tion, no. x) by C. A. Ashbumer. — 
Second report of progress in the 
anthracite coal-regions, pt. II, by 
C. A. Ashburner. — Report on the 
Cornwall ore mines. Lebanon 
County, by J. P. Lesley and E. V. 
d'InvilUers. — Some general consid- 
erations respecting the origin and 
distribution of the Delaware and 
Chester kaolin deposits, by J. P. 
Lesley. — Report on the Brandy- 
wine Summit kaolin bed, Delaware 
County, by C. A. Ashburner. — Notes 
on the Quaternary geology of the 
'WVoming-Lackawanna Valley in 
Luzerne and Lackawanna counties, 
by C. A. Ashburner. F. A. Hill and 
H. C. Lewis.^-Some general con- 
siderations of the pressure, quan- 
tity, composition, and fuel-value of 
rock-gas, or the natural-gas of the 
oil regions of Pennsylvania, by J. 
P. Lesley. — Report of the progress 
of the geodetic triangulation of 
Pennsylvania, by M. Merriman. 

1886. pt. I. Report on the Pitts- 
burg coal region, by E, V. d'lnvll- 
liers. General mining methods of 
the Pittsburg region, by S. Taylor. 
Mining methods of the Westmore- 
land coal company, by A. N. Hum- 
phreys. On the character and dis- 
tribution of Palaeozoic plants, by 
L. Lesquereux. — pt. II. Report on 
the oil and gas regions, by J. F. 
Carll. Report on the composition 
and fuel-value of natural gas. by 
F. C. Phillips. A list of publica- 
tions relating to petroleum. — pt. 
III. Third report of progress in 
the anthracite coal region, by F. 

A. Hill.— pt. IV. The Lehigh River 
section, by A. Winslow. The Lehigh 
paint ore mines, by F. A. Hill. Re- 
port on iron ore mines and lime- 
stone quarries of the Cumberland- 
Lebanon Valley, by B. V. d'Invil- 
Uers. Report on the serpentine 
ranges of Radnor township, Dela- 
ware County, and L. Merlon. Mont- 
gomery County, by T. D. Rand. 

1887. Cave fossils, by J. Leidy. — 
Fossil tracks in the Trias, by A. 
Wanner. — New Boston basin, by B. 
S. Lyman. — State line serpentine, 
by F. D. Chester. 

-iFinial report ordered by Leg- 

Islafture, 189i. A summary de* 
scriptlon of the geology of Penn- 
sylvania, in three volumes, with 
a new geological map of the state. 
a map and list of bituminous 
mines, J. P. Lesley, state geologist, 
1892-95. 3 Vi m 4. QE167 1874. 


V. 1. Laurentian, Huronian, Cam- 
brian and Lower Silurian forma- 
tions, by J. P. Lesley. — ^v. 2. Upper 
Silurian and Devonian formations, 
by J. P. Lesley. — ^v. 3, pt 1. Carbon- 
iferous formation, by J. P. Lesley, 
E. V. d'InvilUers and A, D. W. Smith. 
— ^v. 3, pt 2. Bituminous coal fields, 
by E. V. d'lnviUiers, and the New 
Red of Bucks and Montgomery 
counties, by B. 8. Lyman. 

-Final report ordered by Legis- 

lature, 1891. A general index of 
the Final summary report of the 
geology of Pennsylvania. J. P. 
Lesley, state geologist. With an 
appendix containing a list of and 
brief guide to the publications of 
the Survey. Comp. by W. A. Inff- 
ham. 1895. QE157 1874. 2770 

— Grand atlas. 1884-85. 5v. in 6. 

Library has dlv. 1, pt. 1 reduced. 
QE157 1874. 2771 

-New general map of the an- 

thracite region. Revised to date. 
1890. [1890.] QE157 1874. 2772 

— ([RefportB of progrrelBs.] 61 v. 



Allen, Charles. Two hundred ta- 
bles of elevation above tide-level 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


of the railroad stations, summits 
and tunnels; canal locks and dams, 
river riffles, &c., in and around 
Pennsylvania. 1878. (N) 2774 

Ashbtuuer, C. A. First report of 
progress in the anthracite coal re- 
gion. The geology of the Panther 
Creek basin or eastern end of the 
southern field. 1883. (AA) 2775 

^The geology of McKean 

County, and its connection with that 
of Cameron, Elk and Forest. 1880- 
81. (R) 2776 

Second report of progress in 

the anthracite coal region. Part 
1. Statistics of production and ship- 
ment for 1883 and 1884. 1886. (AA) 


^The township geology of Blk 

and Forest counties, by C. A. Ash- 
burner, and of Cameron County, 
by A. W. Sheaf er. Relates especially 
to the geology of the Coal Measures 
of the Carboniferous age. 1885. 
(RR, pt. 2) 2778 
Beecher, C. E. Ceratiocaridae 
from the Upper Devonian meas- 
ures in Warren County, by C. B. 
Beecher. Eurypteridae from the 
lower productive Coal Measures in 
Beaver County, and the Lower Car- 
boniferous, pithole shale, in Venan- 
go County, by James Hall. 1884. 
(PPP) 2779 
Carll, J. F. Geological report on 
Warren County and the neighbor- 
ing oil regions, with additional oil 
well records. 1883. 2780 
^The geology of the oil re- 
gions of Warren, Venango, Clarion, 
and Butler counties, including sur- 
veys of the Garland and Panama 
conglomerates in Warren and Craw- 
ford, and in Chautauqua Co., N. 
Y., descriptions of oil well rig and 
tools, and a discussion of the pre- 
glacial and postglacial drainage of 
the Lake Brie country. (Ill) 2781 

Oil well records and levels. 

Published in advance of Report of 
progress III. 1877. (II) 2782 

Seventh report on the oil 

and gas fields of western Pennsyl- 
vania. For 1887, 1888. (Following 
the Annual reports of 1885 and 
1886.) With additional unpublish- 
ed well records. 1890. (15) 2788 
ClHUioe, H. M. The geology of 
Clarion County. 1880. (W) 2784 
Part 1. The geology of Clin- 
ton County. Part 2. A special 
study of the Carboniferous and De- 
vonian strata along the west branch 
of the Susquehanna River. 1880. 
(G4) 2785 

Part 1. The northern town- 
ships of Butler County. Part 2. 
A special survey made in 1875 
along the Beaver and Shenango 
rivers in Beaver, Lawrence and 
Mercer counties. 1879. (V) 2786 
Report on the mining meth- 
ods and appliances used in the an- 
thracite coal fields. 1883. (AC) 


^A revision of the bituminous 

Coal Measures of Clearfield County. 
1884. (H7) 2788 

daypole, EI. W. A preliminary 
report on the palaeontology of Per- 
ry County, describing the order and 
thickness of its formations and its 
folded and faulted structure. 1886. 
(F2) 2789 

Dewees, J. H. Report of progress 
in the Juniata district on the fossil 
iron ore beds of middle Pennsyl- 
vania, by J. H. Dewees, with a re- 
port of the Aughwick Valley and 
east Broad Top district, by C. A« 
Ashbumer. 1878. (F) 2790 

D'InTUUers, S. V. The geology 
of Centre County, by E. V. D'lnvil- 
liers. Appendix A. Extracts from 
report to Lyon, Shorb & co., by J. 
P. Lesley. Appendix B. Observations 
on the geological formations. By 
A. L. Bwing. 1884. (T4) 2791 

The geology of the South 

Mountain belt of Berks County. 
1883. (D3, V. 2, pt. 1) 2792 

Report on the geology of the 

four counties. Union, Snyder, Mif- 
flin and Juniata with descriptions. 
Of the Clinton fossil ore mines, 
Marcellus carbonate iron ore mines, 
Oriskany glass and mines, and 
Lewistown limestone quarries. 1891. 
(F3) 2793 

fV>ntalne, W. M. The Permian or 
Upper Carboniferous flora of West 
Virginia and s. w. Pennsylvania. 
By W. M. Fontaine and I. C. White. 
1880. (PP) 2794 

Frazer, Persifor. The geology of 
Lancaster County. 1880. (CCC) 

Hall, C. £. Catalogue of the Ge- 
ological museum. By C. E. Hall 
[and others] 1878-89. (O, OO, 000> 


^The geology of Philadelphia 

County and of the southern parts 
of Montgomery and Bucks. By C. 
E. Hall. With analyses of rocks. By 
Dr. F. A. Genth, and F. A. Genth, 
Jr. (C6, C7) 2797 

Hnnt, T. S. Special report on the 
trap dykes and Azoic rocks of 

176 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

floutheastem Pennaylvania. Part 1. 
Historical IntroducUon. 1878. (E) 


Ijefaman, A. £. [Topographical 
map of the South Mountains in 
Adams, Franklin, Cumberland and 
York counties. Surveyed and drawn 
by A. E. Lehman, from 1876 to 
1886. Scale 1600 ft to one inch. 
And geological maps of Adams 
County, by Persifor Fraser, jr., and 
of Cumberland and Franklin 
counties, by R. H. Sanders. 
1 Atlas missing. (D6, D6) 2799 

liesley, J. P. A dictionary of the 
fossils of Pennsylvania and neigh- 
boring states named in the reports 
and catalogues of the survey. 1889- 
00. (P4) 2800 

^A geological hand atlas of 

the sixty-seven counties of Penn- 
sylvania, embodying the results of 
the field work of the survey, from 
1874 to 1884. 1886 (X) 2801 

^The geology of Chester 

County, after t^e surveys of H. D. 
Rogers, Persifor Fraser, and C. E. 
Hall. Ed. by J. P. Lesley. 188 S. 
(C4) 2802 

The geology of Lehigh and 

Northampton counties. General in- 
troduction by J. P. Lesley. Slate 
belt and quarries by R. N. Sanders. 
Water gaps by H. M. Chance. 
Limestone belt and iron ore mines 
by F. Prime. South Mountain rocks 
by F. Prime. Itinerary survey of 
the mountains by 0. E. Hall. 1888. 
(D3, V. 1) 2808 

liesquerenz, Leo. Description of 
the coal flora of the Carboniferous 
formation In Pennsylvania and 
throughout the United States. 1880- 
84. (P) 2804 

Lewis, H. C. Report on the ter- 
minal moraine in Pennsylvania and 
western New York. To which is ap- 
pended: The terminal moraine in 
Ohio and Kentucky, by O. F. 
Wright; and The terminal moraine 
in New Jersey, by G. H. Cook; re- 
printed from their reports. 1884. 
(Z) 2805 

BfoCreath, A. S. Second report 
of progress in the laboratory of the 
survey at Harrlsburg, by Andrew S. 
McCreath. Including: 1. Classifica- 
tion of coals, by Persifor Fraser, 
jr. 2. Firebrick tests, by Franklin 
Piatt. 3. Notes on dolomitic lime- 
stones, by J. P. Lesley. 4. Utili- 
sation of anthracite slack, by 
Franklin Piatt. 6. Determination 
of carbon in Iron or steel, by A. S. 
McCreath. 1879. (MM) 2806 

Third report of progress in 

the laboratory of the survey at 
Harrisburg. 1881. (M3) 2807 

Pennsylvania. Geological survey. 
2d. Geological maps of Skuylkill, 
Carbon, Berks and Dauphin coun- 
ties. Topographical map of the Blue 
Mountain at Port Clinton, in two 
sheets. [Harrisburg?] 1891. (AA) 


Plattt fVanldln. The geology of 
Blair County. 1881. Atlas wanting. 
(T) 2809 

Report of progress in the 

Cambria and Somerset district of 
the bituminous coal-fields of west- 
em Pennsylvania. By F. and W. G. 
Piatt. 1877. Pt. 1 and atlas want- 
ing. (HH, HHH) 2810 

—A special report to the Leg- 
islature upon the causes, kinds, and 
amount of waste in mining anthra- 
cite. By Franklin Piatt. With a 
chapter on the methods of mining. 
By J. P. Wetherill. Illustrated by 
36 figures of mining operations; a 
plan of an anthracite breaker; and 
a specimen sheet of the work of 
the Geological survey in the anthra- 
cite coal fields. 1881. (A2) 2811 

Piatt, W. G. Report of progress 
in Armstrong County. 1880. (H6) 


Report of progress in Jeffer- 
son County. 1881. (H6) 281S 

Prime, IVederick. The brown 
hematite deposits of the Siluro- 
Cambrian limestones of Lehigh 
County, lying between ShimersviUe, 
Millerstown, Schnecksville, Balliets- 
vlUe, and the Lehigh River. 1878. 
(DD) 9814 

Sherwood, Andrew. The geology 
of Lycoming and Sullivan counties. 

1. Field notes by Andrew Sher- 
wood. 2. Coal basins by Franklin 
Piatt. 1880. (GG) 2815 

^The geology of Potter Coun- 
ty. By Andrew Sherwood. Report 
on the coal fields by Franklin Piatt. 
1880. (GGG) 9816 

Report of progress in Brad- 
ford and Tioga counties. 1. Lim- 
its of the Catskill and Chemung 
formation. By Andrew Sherwood. 

2. Description of the Barclay, Bloss- 
burg. Fall Brook, Arnot, Antrim 
and Gaines coal-fields, and at the 
forks of Pine Creek in Potter 
County. By Franklin Piatt. 8. On 
the coking of bituminous coal. By 
John Fulton. [cl878] (G) 2817 

Stevenson, J. J. The geology of 
Bedford and Fulton counties. By 
J. J. Stevenson. 1882. (T2) 2818 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Report of process In the 

Fayette & Westmoreland district of 
the bituminous coal-flelds of west- 
ern Pennsylvania. 1877-78, 2 v. 
(KK, KKK) 2819 

Wall, J. S. Report on the coal 
mines of the Monongrahela River re- 
iTion, from the West Virgrinia state 
line to Pittsbursrh, includlngr the 
mines on the lower You^hiosrheny 
River. By J. S. Wall. Part 1. De- 
scription of the mines. 1884. (K4) 


Wblte, I. C. The geology of Erte 
and Crawford counties. By I. C. 
White. With notes on the place of 
the Sharon conglomerate in the 
Palaeozoic series. Discovery of the 
preglacial outlet of Lake Erie. By 
J. W. Spencer. 1881. (QQQQ) 2821 

^The geology of Lawrence 

County. To which is appended a 
special report on the correlation 
of the Coal Measures of western 
Pennsylvania and eastern Ohio. 
[C1879] (QQ) 2822 

The geology of Mercer Coun- 
ty. 1880. (QQQ) 2823 

^The geology of Pike and 

Monroe counties. By I. C. White. 
Special surveys of the Delaware and 
Lehigh water gaps. By H. M. 
Chance. 1882. (06) 2824 

^The geology of Susquehanna 

County and Wayne County. By I. C. 
White. 1881. (OS) 2825 

^The geology of the Susque- 
hanna River region in the six 
counties of Wyoming, Lackawanna, 
Luzerne, Columbia, Montour, and 
Northumberland. 1883. (07) 2826 

Report of progress in the 

Beaver River district of the bitu- 
minous coal-flelds of western Penn- 
sylvania, by L C. White. 1878. (Q) 


Rhode Island. 

Rhode Island, Geological and agri- 
cultural survey. Report of the 
geological nud agricultujral aur-^ 
vey of the state of Rhode Island, 
made under a resolve of leglslSf* 
ture in thei year 1839. By C. T. 
Jackson. 1840. QE159 1840. 

Tnomey, Michael. Report on the ge- 
ology of Sowth Carolina. 1848. 
QE161 1848. 2829 

Safford, J. M. .Geology of Tennes- 
see. 1869. QE165 1869. 2880| 

Tennessee. Geological and mineralog- 
ical survey, 1854-55. A geologi- 
cal reconnoissance of the state of 
Tennessee; being the author's arst 
biennial report. By James M. Saf- 
ford, state geologist. 1856. QE165 
1855 S12. 2S31 

Second biennial report. By J. M. 

Saflord, sta/te geologist. 1857. 
QE165 1855 S14. 2832 

Tennessee. Geological survey. Third 
[-ninth] geological report to the 
21st [-27Ui] Gemeral assembly of 
the state of Tennessee, made 1835 
[-1847] By G. Troost, geologist 
to the state. 1 6^ 5-4 8. 7 v. Library 
has 5fth. 1839. 9fch, 1847. QE165 
x835. 2833 

Texas. Geological and agricultural 
survey. Annual report of the ge- 
ological and agricultural survey 
of Teitas. 1874-76. Library has 
1st. Q£167 1874. 2834 

^A partial report on the geology 

of western Texas, consisting of a 
general geological report and a 
journal of geological observations 
along the route traveled by the 
expedition between Indianola, 
Texas, and the valley of the Mlm- 
bres, New Mexico, during the years 
1855 and 1856; with an appendix 
giving a detailed report on the ge- 
ology of Orayson County. 1886. 
QE167 1855. 28Sti 

_ I. 

Texa^ Geological survey. First 
[-4th] annual report of the geo- 
logical survey of Texas, 188;* 
[-1892] E. T. Dumble, state ge- 
ologist. 1890-93. 4 v. V. 3 and 4 
wanting. QE167 1889 R. 2886 


Comstoek, T. B. A preliminary 
report on the geology of the cen- 
tral mineral region of Texas. [1890] 
(In 1st, 1889) 2837 

Report on the geology and 

mineral resources of the central 
mineral region of Texas. [1891] 
(In 2d. 1890) 2888 

Cummins, W. F. Report on the 
geology of northwestern Texas. 
[1891] (In 2d. 1890) 28S9 

178 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

-The southern border of the 

central coal field. [1890] (In Ist, 
1889) aS40 

[Dnnkble, K T.] Reports on the 
iron ore district of east Texas. 
[1891] (In 2d. 1890) 2841 

HIU, R. T. A brief description of 
the cretaceous rocks of Texas and 
their economic value. [1890] (In 
1st, 1889) 2849 

Hyatt, Alplieus. Carboniferous 
cephalopoda [1891] (In 2d. 1890) 


Pemrase, B. A. F. Jr. A prelimi- 
nary report on the geologry of the 
Gulf Tertiary of Texas from Red 
river to the Rio Grande. [1890] 
(In 1st, 1889) 2844 

Streeruwiu, W. H. von. Geology 
of Trans-Pecos Texas. Preliminary 
statement. [1890] (In 1st, 1889) 


Report on the geolofiry and 

mineral resources of Trans-Pecos 
Texas. By W. H. von Steeruwitz. 
[1891] (In 2d, 1890) 2846 

T^rr, R. S. A preliminary report 
on the coal tlelds of the Colorado 
River [Texas] [1890] (In 1st, 1889) 



Vermont. Geological survey. Pre- 
liminary report on the natural his- 
tory of the state of Vermont. By 
Augustus Young, state naturalist. 
1866. QE171 V5. 2848 

— Report of the state geologist on 
the mineral Industries and geol- 
ogy of certain areas of Vermont. 
George H. Perkins, state geologist. 
1902. QE171 1898. 2849 

— Report of the state geologist on 
the mineral Industries and geology 
of certain areas of Varment. 1903- 
1904. G. H. Perkins, state geol- 
ogist. 1904. QG171 1898. 2850 

— Report of the state geologist on 
the mineral industries and geology 
of certain areas of Vermont. 1905- 
1906. G. H. Perkins, state geolo- 
gist. 1906. QE171 1898. 2851 

— Report of the state geologist on 
the mineral Industries and geology 
of certain areas of Vermont. 1907- 
1908. G. H. Perkins, state geol- 
ogiet. 1908. QE171 1898. 2852 
Report of the state geologist on 

the mineral industries of Vermont. 
1899-1900. G. H. Perkins, state 
geologist. 1900. QE171 1898. 

— Report on the geology of Ver- 
mont: descriptive, theoretical, 
economical and ecenographical, 
by Edward Hitchcock [and 
others]. 1861. 2v. v. 2 wanting. 
QE171 1860. 2854 



Boydi, C. R. Resources of southwest 
Virginia. 1881. P219 1 B78. 2855 

Burke, William. Mineral springs ot 
Virginia. 185 i P219 31 B958. 


-Virginia mineral springs, wltli 

remariks on their use. 2d ed. 1853. 
F219 31 B959. 2857 

Campbell, J. Ii. Geology & mineral 
resources of the James river val- 
ley. 1882. F219 21 C188. 2858 

" ^v^ R. O. Geological visit to the 

^nia copper region. 1859. 
21 0976. 2850 

Howell. Report on the agrl- 
-al and mineral resources of 

Virginia and West Virginia. 1870. 
F219 21 F53. 2860 

Same. 1871. F219 21 F533. 


Froehling & Robertson. Hand book 
of the minerals & mineral re- 
sources of Virginia prepared for 
the Virginia commission to the St. 
Ix>uis exposition. [1904] F219 21 
F926. 2862 

Gannett, Henry. A 

Virginia. 1904. 

gazetteer of 

F219 0198. 


Heinrich, O. J. Mesozoic formation 
in Virginia. 1878. F219 1 H469. 


Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Hotchklss, Jededlah. Virginia; a ge- 
ograptaioal & political BummAry. 
1876. F219 V811. 2865 

Lyell, Sir diaries. On structure & 
probable age of coal field of James 
river, near Richmond, Va. 1847. 
F219 1 L984 Office. 2866 

>AcCreath, A. S. Iron ores of the 
valley of Virginia. 1883. P219 
21 Ml. 2867 

Mineoral resources of the uppei 
Cumberland Valley of south-east- 
ern Kentucky and south-western 
Virginia. Tributary to the pro- 
posed €umberland Valley exten- 
sions of the Louisville & Nashville 
railroad. By A. S. MoCreath and 
E. V. D'Invilllers. 1888. P219 1 

— Mineral wealth of Virginia tribu- 
tary to the lines of the Norfolk 
& Western & Shenandoah valley 
railroad companies. 1884. P219 
21 M132. 2869 

(Bound with McCreath, A. S., & 
InviUiers, B. V. d*. New River- 
Cripple Creek mineral region of 
Virginia. 1887). 

Mineral wealth of Virginia trib- 
utary to the lines of the Shenan- 
doah valley & Norfolk & Western 
railroad companies. 1883. F219 
21 M131. 2870 

Bfanry, M. F. Physical survety of 
Virginia. 1868. P219 M45. 2871 

-Same. 1869. F219 M451. 2872 

— ^Physical survey of Virginia; her 
resources, climate & productions. 
Preliminary report, no. 2, 1878. 
P219 M452. 2873 

The resources of the coal field 

of the upper Kanawha with a 
sketch oif the iron belt of Virginia. 

1873. F219 21 M459. 2874 


V y&n River railroad, mining & man* 

V ofacturing co. Iron ores & other 

minerals from the New river In 

Virginia. 1876. P219 21 N532. 


Wcldin, P. U. Letters descriptive 
of the Virginia springs. 1835. 
F219 31 N632 Office. 2876 

Same. 2d ed. 1837. F219 31 

N64. 2877 

Peale, A. O. [Mineral sprlnga of 

Virginia and West Virginia]. P219 

31 U5. 2878 

Extract from Bulletin 32 of U. 

S. geological survey. 

PolUrd, E. A. Virginia tourist; 
sketches of the springs and moun- 
tains of Virginia. 1871. F219 

Raymond, R. W. Natural coke of 
Ohesterfiield county, Va. 1883. 
F219 21 R2. 2879 

Rogers, W. B. Report of the geol- 
ogical reconnoissance of the state 
of Virginia. 1836. F219 I R73. 


Reprint of annual reports & 

other papers on the geology of the 
Virginias. 1884. F219 I R7. 2881 


Some observations on the tertiary 
marl of lower Virginia. 1834. p. 1. 
Report of geological reconnoissance 
of the state of Virginia. 1835. 
p. 21; Report of progress of 
the Geological survey for the 
year 1836. p. 123; Report of 
progress of the Geological sur- 
vey for the year 1837. p. 147; Re- 
port of progress of the Geological 
survey for the year 1838, p. 189; 
Report of progress of the Ge- 
ological survey for the year 1839. 
p. 245; Report of progress of the 
Geological survey for the year 1840. 
p. 411; Report of progress of 
the Geological survey for the year 
1841. p. 537; Analyses of waters of 
the principal mineral springs of 
Virginia, p. 547; Temperature of 
springs, p. 565; Temperature of 
the air at the Warm Springs and 
at Richmond, p. 566; Subterranean 
temperature in the coal mines of 
eastern Virginia, p. 567; Connection 
of thermal springs in Virginia with 
anticlinal axes and faults, p. 576; 
The physical structure of the Ap- 
palachian chain, p. 599; The age 

180 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

of the coal rocks of eastern Vir- 
ginia, p. 643; Contributions to ths 
geology of the tertiary formations 
of Virginia, 1835 and 1837. p. 659; 
Observations on the natural coke 
of the Oolite coal resrion in the 
vicinity of Richmond, p. 675; Re- 
port on the Pridevale coal and iron 
ore. West VLrsinia, 1854. p. 679; 
The gravel and cobble-stone de- 
posits of Virginia and the Middle 
states, p. 707; Notes from Mac- 
farlane's Geological railway guide. 
1879. p. 715; Artesian borings at 
Fortress Monroe, 1882. p. 731; 
Glossary of geological and other 
scientific terms, p. 737; Appendix, 
p. 749. 

ShiOer, N. S. Geology of the Rich- 
mond Baain, Virginia, by N. 8. 
Shaler and J. B. Wood worth. 1899. 
F21d 1 S52. 2882 

Extract from the 19th annual re- 
port of the U. S. Geological aurvey. 
1897-98. pt. 2. 

Surface, O. T. Geography of Vir- 
ginia. 1907. P219 S961. 2888 

Vindall, P. B. ObservationB on min- 
eral waters of western Virginia. 
1858. P219 31 T588. 

Torrey, Bra^lford., A world of green 
hills; cbeervations of nature and 
human nature In the Blue Ridge. 
1898. F219 T69. 

Viii^liiU. Board pt immigration. 
• Virginia: a geographical and po- 
litical summary. 1876. F219 V81. 

Vlrgfida. Department iof Agricul- 
ture. Hand-book of Virginia. 
1879. i'*219 V81. 

Same. 1881. 

-Same. 1885. 
-Pame. 1886. 
-Same. 1893. 
-Same. 1897. 
-Same. 1906. 
-Same. 1909. 

Alrginlji. Department of agriculture 
and immigration. Virginia; in- 
formation for the homeseeker and 
investor 1905. F219 V8. 3887 

-Same. 1906. F219 V81. 

Virgliiia* Geological survey. Bulletin 
1905. T. L. Watson, geologist in 
charge. (Lrlbrary has no 1-date.) 
F219 1 V8. 


BasBler, R. 8. The cement re- 
sources of Virginia west of the Blue 
Ridge. With an introductory chap- 
ter on the materials and manufac- 
ture of hydraulic cements, by E. 
C. Eckel. 1909. (no. II-A) 2890 

Gro¥er, N. O. Hydrography of 
Virginia by N. C. Orover and R. H. 
Bolster. 1906. (no. 3) 2891 

Ries, Hdhirich. Clay deposits of 
the Virginia coastal plain; with a 
chapter on the geology of the Vir- 
ginia coastal plain by W. B. Clark 
& B. U Miller. 1906. (no. 2) 2892 

Watson, T. L. Annual report on 
the mineral production of Virginia. 
1908. 1909. (no. 1-A) 289S 

Liead and sine deposits of 

Virginia. 1905. (no. 1) 2894 

Mineral resources of Vir- 

ginia. 1907. F219 21 W343. 2895 

Weeks, J. D. Notes of a trip 

through the James River valley. 

1881. F219 21 W396. 2896 

West Virginia. 

West Vlr^nia. Geological survey. 
Bulletin. Library has no. 2. 1911. 
QE177 B. 2807 

-County reports and maps. Mar% 

shall, Wetzel and Tyler counties, 
by R. V. Hennen. [1909.] QE178 

-Oounty reports and maps. Pleas- 

ants, Wood and Ritchie counties, 
fby G. P. Grimsley. [1910.] QE178 

— [Reports.] 1899. State geolo- 
gist: Israel C. White. Library has 
V. lA, 2, 2A-date. QB177. 2900 


V. 1. Magnetic declination, by 
R. U. Goode. Administrative report; 
Levels above tide; Petroleum and 
natural gas; by I. C. White. 1899. 
V. 1 A. Petroleum and natural gas. 
Precise levels. [1904] — ^v. 2. Lev- 
els above tide. True merldlana Re- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


port on coal. [1903] — ^v. 2 A. Sup- 
plementary coal report, by I. C. 
White [1908] — V. 3. Clays, lime- 
stones and cements, by O. P. Orlms- 
' ley. [1906] — ^v. 4. Iron ores, salt 
and sandstones, by O. P. Orlmsley. 
[1909] — ^v. 5. Forestry and wood 
Industries, by A. B. Brooks. 


Wisconsin. Geological survey. Re- 
port. Y. 1. James Hall, on general 
geology and paleontology, and J. 
D. Whitney, on the upper Mis- 
eiesippi lead region. 1S62. QE179 
1S61. 2901 


U. S. EIngineer dept. Report upon the 
reconnaissance of northwestern 
Wyomingi, Inoluding Yellowstone 
National Park, made in the sum- 
mer of 1873, by W. A. Jones, cap- 
tain of engineers. With appendix. 
1875. QB182 Y4 1**73. 2902 


General report. — Astronomical re- 
port, by Liieut. S. E. Blunt. — Geo- 
logical report, by Prof. T. B. Corn- 
stock. — Report on mineral and ther- 
mal waters, by Assistant Swigeon, 
C. L. Heizmann. — Botanical report, 
by Dr. C. C. Parry. — Entomological 
report, by J. D. Putnam. 


Caniida. Geological survey. Report 
of progresB for [1842]-1884. 
1846-85. 27 \. and 3 atlases. Li- 
brary has 1853-'56', 1863-'66, 
1871-1884. QE185 R, 2903 


Bailey, li. W. Report on the ge- 
ology of southern New Brunswick, 
embracing the counties of Char- 
lotte, Sunbury, Queens, Kings, St. 
John and Albert, 1878-79; by L. W. 
Bailey, G. F. Matthew and R. W. 
Ells. 1880. (1878-79, pt. D) 2904 

Banenuan, H. Report on the ge- 
ology of the country near the forty- 
ninth parallel of north latitude west 
of the Rocky Mountains. From ob- 
servations made 1859-1S61. 1884. 
(1882-84, pt. B) 2905 

Bell, Robert. The geographical 
distribution of the forest trees of 
Canada. (FYom the report of the 

survey for 1880.) (1879-80.) 2906 

Report on geological re- 
searches north of Liake Huron and 
east of LAke Superior. 1878. (1876- 
77) 2907 

Dawson, G. M. On the superficial 
deposits and glaciation of the dis- 
trict in the vicinity of the Bow and 
Belly rivers. 1885. (1882-84.) 2908 
Report on the Queen Char- 
lotte Islands, 1878. 1880. (1878- 
79, pt. B) 2909 

Harrington, Bw J. Notes on the 
Iron ores of Canada and their de- 
velopment. (1873-74) 2910 

Hoffmann, C. C. Chemical contri- 
butions to the geology of Canada. 
Coals and lignites of the North- 
west Territory. 1884. (In 1882-84, 
pt. M.) 2911 

Hunt, T. S. On the Laurentian 
limestones of North America. 
(1863-66) 2912 

lisflamme, J. C. K. Report of the 
geological observations in the 
Saguenay region. 1884 (1882-84, pt. 
D) 2913 

Michel, A. Reports of A. Michel 
and Dr. T. S. Hunt on the gold re- 
gion of Canada. 1866.(In 1863-66) 


Scudder, S. H. The insects of the 
Tertiary beds at Quesnel, (British 
Columbia). (In 1875-76) 2915 

Vennor, H. G. Report on parts of 
the counties of Lieeds, Frontenac 
and Lanark, with notes on the gold 
of Marmora (1872) 2916 

Whlteaves, J. F. Notes on some 
Jurassic fossils, collected by Mr. 
G. M. Dawson, in the Coast Range 
of British Columbia. 1878. (1876- 
77, p. 150-159) 2917 

Notes on the Cretaceous fos- 
sils collected by Mr. James Rich- 
ardson, at Vancouver and the ad- 
jacent islands. (1873-74) 2918 

Annual report (New series) 

Volume 1-16, 1886-1904. 1886- 
1906. QE185 R. 2910 

Directors: 1869-95, A. R. C. Sel- 
wyn. — 1895-1901, George M. Daw- 
son. — 1901-1906, Robert Bell (act- 
ing director). 



Adams, F. D. The artesian and 
other deep wells of the Island of 
Montreal, by F. D. Adams and O. 
E. Lieroy. 1904. (v. 14, pt. O) 2920 

Preliminary report on the 

182 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

flreology of a portion of central 
Ontario situated In the counties of 
Victoria, Peterborough and Has- 
tings, together with the results of 
an examination of certain ore de- 
posits occurring In the region, by 
F. D. Adama 1894. (v. 6, pt. J) 


Report on the geology of a 

portion of the Lauren tlan area ly- 
ing to the north of the Island of 
Montreal. 1896. <v. 8, pt. J) 2922 

Ami, H. M. Preliminary lists of 
the organic remains occurring In 
the various geological formations 
comprised in the southwest quarter- 
sheet map of the Eastern Townships 
of the province of Quebec, (v. 7, 
1896?) 292S 

Bailey, Jj, W. The mineral lo- 
sources of the province -jf New 
Brunswick. 1898. (v. 10, pt. M) 


Preliminary report on geo- 
logical investigations In south- 
western Nova Scotia. 1895. (v. C. 
pt. Q) 2925 

Report of explorations and 

surveys in portions of the counties 
of Carleton, Victoria. York and 
Northumberland, New Brunswick. , 
1885. 1886. (1885, pt. G) 2926 

Report on explorations and 

surveys in portions of northern New 
Brunswick, and adjacent areas in 
Quebec, and in Maine. U. S. By L. 
W. Bailey and W. Mclnnes. 1888. 
(V. 3, pt. M) 2927 

Report on explorations In 

portions of the counties of Victoria, 
Northumberland and Restlgouche. 
New Brunswick. To accompany 
<iuarter sheet map 2. n. w. By L. 
W. Bailey and W. Mclnnes. 1887. 
(1886, pt. N) 2928 

Report on portions of the 

province of Quebec and adjoining 
areas in New Brunswick and Maine, 
relating more especially to the 
counties of Temlscouata and Rl- 
mouski. P. Q.. by L. W. Bailey 
and W. Mclnnes. 1893. (v. 5, pt 
M) 2929 

Report on the geology of 

south-west Nova Scotia, embrac- 
ing the counties of Queen's, Shel- 
bume. Yarmouth. Dlgby and part 
of Annapolis, by L. W. Bailey. 1898. 
v. 9. pt- M) 29S0 

Report upon the Carbonifer- 
ous system of New Brunswick with 
special reference to workable coal. 
1902. (V. 13, pt. M) 29S1 

Barlow, A. E. Report on the ge- 
ology and natural resources of the 

area Included by the Nlplsslng and 
Temlscamlng map-sheets, compris- 
ing portions of the district of Nl- 
plsslng, Ontario, and the county of 
Pontlac, Quebec. 1899. (v. 10. pt. 
1) 2982 

Report on the origin, geo- 
logical relations and oom position 
of the nickel and copper deposits 
of the Sudbury mining district, On- 
tario, Canada. 1904. (v. 14, pt. H) 


Bayley, W. S. Notes on microsco- 
pical examinations of rocks from 
the Thunder Bay silver district. 
1889. (In 1887) 2984 

Ben, Robert. Observations on the 
geology, zoology and botany of 
Hudson's Strait and Bay, made in 
1885. (1885, pt. DD) 2985 

Report of an exploration on 

the northern side of Hudson Strait. 
1901. (V. 11. pt. M) 2986 

Report on an exploration of 

portions of the At-ta-wa-pish-kat & 
Albany rivers. Lonely Lake to 
James' Bay. (1886. pt. G> 2987 

Report on the geology of the 

basin of Nottaway River, with a 
map of the region, 1900. 1902. (v. 
13, pt K) 2988 

Report on the geology of the 

French River sheet, Ontario. 1898. 
(V. 9, pt. 1) 2989 

Report on the Sudbury min- 
ing district, to accompany sheet 
130, series of geologically coloured 
maps of Ontario. 1888-90. 1891. 
(V. 5. pt. F) 2940 

Bowmaii, Amos. Report on the 
geology of mining district of Cari- 
boo. British Columbia. 1888. (1887, 
pt. O) 294i 

Bnimell, H. P. H. Report on nat- 
ural gas and petroleum in Ontario 
prior to 1891. 1892. (v. 5, pt. Q) 


Chalmers, Robert. Preliminary 
report on the surface geology of 
New Brunswick. 1885. (1885, pt 
GG) 2948 
Report on the surface geol- 
ogy and auriferous deposits of 
south-eastern Quebec. 1898. (v. 10. 

pt J) _ «•** 

Report on the surface geol- 
ogy of eastern New Brunswick, 
north-western Nova Scotia and a 
portion of Prince Edward Island, to 
accompany 1-4 sheet maps, no. 2 
s. e., no. 5 s. w. and no. 4 a w. (v. 
7, pt M) aw5 

Report on the surface geol- 
ogy of north-eastern New Bruns- 
wick, to accompany quarter-sheet 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


maps 2 n. e. and 6 s. w. 1888. 
(1887, pt. N) 2946 

Report on the surface geol- 
ogy of southern New Brunswick to 
accompany 1-4 sheet maps 1 s. w., 
1 s. e., and 1 n. e. 1890. (v. 4, pt. 
N) 2947 

Report on the surface jreol- 

ogy shown on the Predericton and 
Andover quarter-sheet maps, New 
Brunswick. 1902. (v. 12, pt. M) 


Report to accompany quar- 
ter-sheet maps 3 s. e. and 3 s. w. 
Surface geology Northern New 
Brunswick and south-eastern Que- 
bec. 1887. (1886, pt. M) 2949 

Coste, Eiigene. Observations on 
mining laws and mining: in Canada. 
With suggestions for the better de- 
velopment of the mineral resources 
of the Dominion. 1885. (1886, pt. 
K) 2950 

Dawson, G. M. General note on 
the mines and minerals of econom- 
ic value of British Columbia, with 
a list of localities. 1877. (In 1876- 
77, p. 103-148) 2951 

^The mineral wealth of Brit- 
ish Columbia, with an annotated 
list of localities of minerals of eco- 
nomic value. 1889. (1887, pt. R) 


Notes to accompany a geol- 
ogical map of the northern portion 
of the Dominion of Canada, east 
of the Rocky Mountains. 1887. 
(1886, pt. R) 2958 

Preliminary report on the 

physical and geological features of 
that portion of the Rocky Moun- 
tains between latitude 49 degrees 
and 51 degrees 30 seconds. 1886. 
(1885, pt. B) 2954 

Report on a geological ex- 
amination of the northern part of 
Vancouver Island and adjacent 
coasts. 1887. (1886, pt. B) 2955 

Report on a portion of the 

West Kootanie district. British 
Columbia. 1889. 1890. (v. 4, pt. B) 


Report on an exploration in 

the Yukon district. N. W. T. and 
adjacent northern portion of Brit- 
ish Columbia. 1887. 1888. (1887, pt. 
B) 2957 

Dowling, D. B. Report on an ex- 
ploration of Ekwan River, Sutton 
Mill Lakes and part of the west 
coast of James Bay, by D. B. Dow- 
ling. Appendix 1, — Preliminary list 
of fossils by J. F. Whiteaves. Ap- 
pendix II. — ^List of plants by John 
Macoun. 1904. (v. 14, pt. F) 2958 

Report on geological explo- 
rations in Athabaska, Saskatche- 
wan and Keewatin districts, includ- 
ing Moose Lake and the route from 
Cumberland Lake to the Churchill 
River, and the upper parts of Burnt 
River and the upper parts of Burnt- 
wood and Grass rivers, by D. B. 
Dowling. 1902. (v. 13, pt. FF) 2959 

Report on the coal field of 

the Souris River, eastern Assiniboia. 
1904. (V. 15. pt. F) 2960 

Report on the country in the 

vicinity of Red Lake and part of 
the basin of Berens River, Keewa- 
tin; by D. B. Dowling. 1896. (v. 7. 
pt. F) 2961 

Report on the geology of the 

west shore and islands of Lake 
Winnipeg. 1900. (v. 11. pt. F) 2962 

Dresser, J. A. Report on the ge- 
oloery and petrography of Shefford 
Mountain, Quebec, (v. 13, pt. L) 


Ells, R. W. Report on a portion 
of the province of Quebec, com- 
prised in the south-west sheet of 
the "Eastern Townships" map 
(Montreal sheet), by R. W. KUs. 
With a chapter on the Laurentlan, 
north of the St. Lawrence River, by 
F. D. Adams. 1896. (v. 7, pt. J) 


Report on Graham Island, 

B. C. 1906. (V. 16. pt. B) 2965 

Report on the geological for- 
mations of eastern Albert and West- 
moreland counties. New Bruns- 
wick, and of portions of Cumber- 
land and Colchester counties, Nova 
Scotia, embracing the Spring Hill 
coal basin and the Carboniferous 
system north of the Cobequid 
Mountains. (1885, pt. E) 2966 

Report on the geology and 

natural resources of the area in- 
cluded in the map of the city of 
Ottawa and vicinity. 1901. (v. 12. 
pt. G) 2967 

Report on the geology of a 

portion of eastern Ontario (To ac- 
company map-sheet no. 119). 1904. 
(V. 14, pt. J) 2968 

Report on the geology of Ar- 

genteuil. Ottawa and part of Pon- 
tiac counties, province of Quebec, 
and portions of Carleton, Russell 
and Prescott counties, province of 
Ontario. 1901. (v. 12, pt. J) 2969 

Report on the geology of a 

portion of the Eastern townships 
[Quebec] relating more especially 
to the counties of Compton, Stan- 

184 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

stead, Beauce, Richmond and Wolfe. 
1887. (1886, pt. J) 2970 

Report on the mineral re- 
sources of the province of Quebec. 
1890. (V. 4. pt. K) 2971 

Second report on the geology 

of a portion of the province of 
Quebec. [Relating more especially 
to the counties of Megantlc, Beauce, 
Dorchester, L^vis, Bellechasse and 
Montmagny] 1888. (1887, pt. K) 


Ferrier, W. F. Notes on the mi- 
croscopical character of some rocks 
from the counties of Quebec and 
Montmorency. [1893?] (In v. 5. 
1890-91) 2978 

Petrographical characters of 

some rocks from the area of the 
Kamloops map-sheet, British Col- 
umbia. (In V. 7, pt. B, appendix 1) 


Fletcber, Hugh. Report on geo- 
logical surveys and explorations in 
the counties of Ouysborough, Anti- 
gonish, Pictou, Colchester, and Hal- 
ifax, Nova Scotia, from 1882 to 

1886. By Hugh Fletcher and E. R. 
Faribault 1887. (1886, pt. P) 2975 

Report on geological surveys 

and explorations In the counties of 
Pictou and Colchester, Nova Scotia, 
by Hugh Fletcher. 1892. (v. 6. pt. 
P) 2976 

Gwlllim, J. C. Report on the At- 
lln mining district, British Colum- 
bia. 1901. (V. 12, pt. B) 2977 

HofhnanD, G. C. Report on Can- 
adian graphite, with special refer- 
ence to its employment as a refrac- 
tory material. (1876-77) 2978 

Ingall, K. D. Report on mines 
and mining on Lake Superior. Pt. I. 
A. History and general conditions 
of the region. B. Silver mining. 
1888. (1887, pt. H) 2979 

Report on the iron ore de- 
posits along the Kingston and Pem- 
broke railway in eastern Ontario. 
1901. (V. 12. pt. 1) 2980 

liawsoii, A. C. Report on the ge- 
ology of the Lake of the Woods 
region, with special reference to 
the Keewatin (Huronlan?) belt of 
the Archaean rocks. 1886. (1885, 
pt. CO 2981 

Report on the geology of the 

Rainy Lake region. 1888. (1887, pt. 
F) 2982 

Low, A. P. Preliminary report on 
an exploration of country between 
Lake Winnipeg and Hudson Bay. 

1887. (1886, pt. F) 2983 
Report of the Mistassinl ex- 

pediUon. 1884-5. 1885. (1885, pt. 
D) 2984 

Report on a traverse of the 

northern part of the Labrador Pe- 
ninsula from Richmond Gulf to 
Ungava Bay. 1898. (v. 9, pt. L) 


Report on an exploration of 

the east coast of Hudson Bay, from 
Cape Wolstenholme to the south 
end of James' Bay. (v. 13, pt. D) 


Report on an exploration of 

part of the south shore of Hudson 
Strait and of Ungava Bay. 1899. 
(V. 11, pt. L) 2987 

Report on explorations in 

James' Bay and country east of 
Hudson Bay, drained by the Big, 
Great Whale and Clearwater rivers. 
1888. (V. 3, pt. J) 2988 

Report on the geology and 

economic minerals of the southern 
portion of Portneuf, Quebec and 
Montmorency counties, province of 
Quebec. 1892. (v. 5, pt L) 2989 

Report on the geology and 

physical character of the Nasta- 
poka Islands, Hudson Bay. 1903. 
V. 13, pt. DD) 2990 

McOonnnell, R. G. Report on a 
portion of the district of Athabasca 
comprising the country between 
Peace River and Athabasca River 
north of Lesser Slave Lake, 1893. 
(V. 5, pt. D) 2991 

Report on an exploration of 

the Finlay and Omenlca rivers. 
1896. (V. 7, pt. C) 2992 

Report on the Cypress Hills, 

Wood Mountain and adjacent coun- 
try, embracing that portion of the 
district of Assiniboia, lying between 
the international boundary and the 
61st parallel and extending from 
Ion. 106 deg. to Ion. 110 deg. 50 
minutes. 1885. (1885, pt. C) 2998 

Report on the geological 

structure of a portion of the 
Rocky Mountains, accompanied by 
a section measured near the 51st 
parallel. 1887. (1886, pt, D) 2994 

Report on the Klondike gold 

fields. 1905. (V. 14. pt. B) 2995 

McEtoj, James. Report on the 
geology and natural resources of 
the country traversed by the Yel- 
low Head Pass route from Edmon- 
ton to Tdte Juane Cache, compris- 
ing portions of Alberta and British 
Columbia, (v. 11, pt. D) 2996 

Mdimes, William. Report on the 
geology of the area covered by the 
Seine River and Lake Shebandowan 
map-sheets, comprising portions of 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Rainy River and Thunder Bay dis- 
tricts, Ontario. 1899. (v. 10, pt. H) 


OflBim, Alfired. Notes on certain 
Archaean rocks of the Ottawa Val- 
ley. (Tr. from the German by N. 
N. Evans.) 1902. (v. 12. pt. O) 2998 

Poole, H. S. Report on the coal 
prospects of New Brunswick. 1903. 
(V. 13. pt. MM) 2999 

Report on the Pictou coal 

fleld, Nova Scotia. 1904. (v. 14, pt. 
M) 8000 

Report of the Section of chemis- 
try and mineralogy by O. C. Hoff- 
man. 1900. (v. 11 (1901) pt. R) 


Smltb, W. H. C. Report on the 
geology of Hunters Island and ad- 
jacent country. 1892. (v. 6. pt. O) 


Tyrrell, J. B. Notes to accompany 
a preliminary map of the Duck and 
Riding Mountains in north-western 
Manitoba. 1888. (1887, pt, E) 3003 

Report on a part of northern 

Alberta, and portions of adjacent 
districts of Assiniboia and Saskatch- 
ewan. 1887. (1886. pt. E) 3004 

Report on explorations in the 

north-eastern portion of the dis- 
trict of Saskatchewan and adjacent 
parts of the district of Keewatin. 
1902. (V. 13, pt. P) 8005 

Report on north-western 

Manitoba, with portions of the ad- 
jacent districts of Assiniboia and 
Saskatchewan (In v. 6, pt. E) 
y 8008 

^ >^ — Report on the country be- 
^^heetk Athabasca Lake and Church- 
ill River, with notes on two routes 
travelled between the Churchill and 
Saskatchewan rivers, by J. B. Tyr- 
rell, assisted by D. B. Dowllng. 
18ftiJ. (V. 8, pt. D) 8007 

. X- Report on the Doobaunt, Ka- 

Wan and Ferguson rivers and the 
north-west coast of Hudson Bay, 
and on two overland routes from 
Hudson Bay to Lake Winnipeg. 
1897. (V. 9, pt. F) 3008 

Report on the east shore of 

Lake Winnipeg and adjacent parts 
of Manitoba and Keewatin, from 
notes and surveys by J. B. Tyrrell. 
Comp. by D. B. Dowling. 1900. 
(V. 11, pt. 6) 8009 

Upham, Warren. Report of ex- 
ploration of the glacial Lake 
Agassiz in Manitoba. 1890. (v. 4. 
pt. E) 8010 

Young, G. A. The geology and 
petrography of Mount Tamaska, 

province of Quebec. 1906. (v. 16, 
pt. H) 8011 

Nystrom, Erik. Investigation of the 
peat <bog8 and peat industry of 
Canada, during the season 1908-9. 
iBy Erik Nystr&m and S. A. Anrep. 
1909. QE185 1 B. 8012 

Plans of various lakes and rivers 
between Lake Huron and the 
river Ottawa, to accompany 
the geological reports for 1853-54- 
SS-Se. 1857. QB1S5 R. 8013 

Atlas to accompany the "Report 
of Progress . . . 1863-54-55-56." 

Report of progress from Its com- 
mencement to 1863; illustrated by 
498 wood cuts in the text and ac- 
companied by an atlas of maps 
and sections. 18e3-[65]. Library 
has atlas only. QE185 R. 3014 

Canada. Geological survey. Section 
of mines. Annual report for 1886- 
1905. 1887-1907. QB185 R. 

(Canada. Geological survey. An- 
nual report v. 2-16, pt. S) 


Mineral resources of Canada. 
Coal. (In 1902, part S, v. 16) 8018 

Infusorial earth. (In 1902, part 
S, V. 15) 8017 

Manganese. (In 1902, part S, v. 
15) 8018 

Salt. (In 1902, part S, v. 15) 


Zinc. (In 1902, part S, v. 15) 



Alvarado, Julio. The Geographical 
and exploring commission of the 
Mexican republic. Sketch of Its 
organization and labors, [1900?] 
QE201 1900 A47. 8021 

EfTloffstein, P. W., baron TOn. Con- 
trl'biTtlons to the geology and the 
physical geography of Mexico. To- 
gether with a graphic description 
{by P. von Gerolt] of an ascent 
of tbe volcano Popocatepetl. 1864. 
QE201 E31. 3022 

186 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Countries Other Than Xorth America. 

Avebitry, John Luhbock, 1st baron. 
The scenery of Switzerland and 
the causes to which it is due. 
1896. QE285 A94. 3023 

Dufr^iioy, P. A. Explication de la 
carte g6ologlque de la France . . . 
Par Mm. Dufr^noy et Elie de 
Beaumont. 2 v. QE268 D86. 3024 

Oras, Scipfton. Statistique min^r- 
alogique du ddpartement des 
Basses-Alpes, ou Description g6- 
ologique des terrains qui consti^ 
tuent ce d^partement, avec Tindi- 
cation des gites de min6rauz utiles 
qui s*y trouvent contenus. 1840. 
QE268 G76. 3025 

Hartt, C. P. Thayer expedition. 
Scientific results of a journey in 
Brazil. By Louis Agassiz and his 
traveling companione. Geolog> 
and physical geography of Brazil 
1870. QE235 H33. 3026 

Japan. Imperial geological survey. 
Outlines of the geology of Japan: 
descriptive text to accompany the 
geological map of the empire of the 
scale 1: 1,000.000. 1900. QE304 
1900. ^3027 

empire on the scale i: 1,000,000. 
Part 3 economic geology. 1902. 
QE304 1902. 3028 

McOaskey, H. D. Report on a geo- 
logical reconnoissance of the iron 
region of Angat, Bulacan. 1903. 
(Philippine Islands. Mining bu- 
reau. Bulletin no. 3.) QE302 
A58 1902. 302^ 

Maclure, William. Observations on 
the geology of the West India is- 
lands, from Barbadoes to Santa 
Cruz, inclusive. 1832. QE77 M16. 



M^moires gSologiques 

— Outlines of the geology of Jax 
pan: descriptive text to accom- 
pany the geological map of the 

et m^tallurgiques sur Tallemagne, 
comprenant 1<3 gisement, Texploi- 
tation et le traitement des min- 
erals d'etain de Saxe, et des min- 
erals de cuivre de Mansfeld; une 
description geologique de la Si- 
b6rie et des notices sur les mines 
et usines k fer, & plomb et k zinc 
de cette dernidre oontrSe. 1828. 
2 V. in 1. QE269 bxZl. 3031 

Nicol, James. Guide to the geology 
of Scotland; containing an account 
of the character, distribution, and 
more interesting appearances of 
its rocks and minerals. With a 
geological map and plates. 1844. 
QE264 N63. 3032 

deaveland, Parker. An elementary 
treatise on mineralogy and ge- 
ology, 2d ed. 1822. OK3S5 062. 


Dana, J. D. Manual of mineralogy 
6i*d lithology, containing the ele- 
ments of the science of minerals 
and rocks. For the use of the 
practical mineraloglat and geolo- 
gist, and for instruction in schools 
and colleges. 3d ed. 1884. QE363 
D165. 3034 


— Same. 12th ed. 1904. QE363 
1^17. 3035 

Same. 1848. QE363 D16. 3036 

Same. 3d ed., rewritten, rear- 
ranged, and enlarged. 1850. QE 
363 D18. 3037 

Prazer, Persifor. Tables for the de- 
termination of minerals. Based 
on the tables of Weisbach. 1878. 
QE367 F84. 3038 

Hamlin, A. G. The tourmaline. Its 
relation as a gem; Its complex na- 
ture; its wonderful physical prop- 
erties with special reference to the 
beautiful and matchless crystals 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


found in the state of Maine. 1873. 
QE394 T72 H2. 3039 

Jameson^ Robert. Manual of min- 
eralogy: containing an account oi 
simple minerals, and also a de- 
scription and arrangement of 
mountain rocks. 1821. QE363 J30. 


^A system of mineralogy, in 

which minerals are arranged ac- 
cording to the natural history 
method, 3d ed., enlarged and im- 
proved. 1820. QE363 J31. 3041 

Joyce, Frederick. Practical chemical 
mineralogy; or. Concise and easy 
methods, illustrated by experiment, 
for readily ascertaining the na- 
ture and value of the different 
metallic ores and other mineral 
substances, as comprehended in 
their assay, analysis, reduction, 
&C. 1825. QE367 J89. 3042 

Kirwan, Richard. Elements of min 
eralogy. 3d ed. 1810. QE362 K61. 


liesley, J. P. A collection of occa- 
sional surveys of iron, coal and 
oil districts in the United States, 
made during the last ten years. 
1874. QE375 L63. 3044 

[Ix>wry, Delvalle.] Ck)nversations on 
mineralogy. With plates, en- 

graved by Mr. and Miss Lowrr, 
from original drawings. 2d ed. en- 
larged. 1826. 2 V. QE365 L92. 


Mohs, Friedrich. Treatise on min- 
eralogry; or. The natural history of 
the minerals hitherto found in tLe 
ithe German, with additions, by 
William Haidinger. 1825. 3 v. 
QE363 M69. 3046 

New York (State) Natural history 
survey. Mineralogy of New York; 
comprising detailed descriptions of 
the minerals hitherto found In the 
state of New York, and notices of 
their uses in the arts and agricul- 
ture. By Lewis C. Beck. 1842. 
QE375 N7. 3047 

Shepard, C. U. Treatise on mineral- 
ogy: second part, consisting of de- 
scriptions of the species, and 
tables illustrative of their natural 
and chemical affinities. 1835. 
QE363 S54. 3048 

Streeter, E. AV. Precious stones and 
gems, their history and distin- 
guishing characteristics. 4th ed 
1887. QE392 S91. 3040 

Werner, A. O. A treatise on the ex- 
ternal characters of fossils. Trans- 
lated from the German of A. G. 
Werner by Thomas Weaver. 180o. 
QE362 W36. 3050 


Balch, E. S. Glacidres; or Freezing 
caverns. 1900. QE576 B17. 3061 

Boscowitz, Arnold. Earthquakes, 
translated from the French of Ar- 
nold Boscowitz by C. B. Pitman. 
1890. QE534 B74. 3052 

Bnckland, William. Reliquiffi di- 
luvianae; or Observations on the 
organic remains contained in caves, 
fissures, and diluvial gravel, and 
on other geological phenomena, at- 
testing the action of an universal 
deluge. 1823. QE507 B92. 3053 

[Campbell, J. F.] Frost and fire. Nat- 
ural engines, toolmarks and chips, 

with sketches taken at home and 
abroad, by a traveller. 1865. 
2 Y. QE505 €18. 3054 

Collin, Alex. Recherches experiment- 
ales sur les glissements spontanea 
des terrains argileux, accompag- 
n^es de considerations sur quel- 
ques prlnclpes de la m^canique 
terrestre. 1846. 2 v. in 1. QE599 
069. 3055 

Dana, J. D. Corals and coral islands. 
1872. OE565 D15. 3056 

Darwin, C. R. The structure and 
distribution of coral reefs. 3d ed.. 

188 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology- 

with an appendix by T. G. Bonney. 
1889. QE565 D2. 8067 

Dntton, C. E. Earthquakes in the 
light of the new seismology. 1904. 
QE534 D98. 8056 

Huxley, T. H. Physiography; an in- 
troduction to the study of nature. 
1882. QE503 H99. 8059 

Jndd, J. W. Volcanoes: what they 
are and what they teach. 1881. 
QE522 J92. 3060 

Milne, John. Earthquakes and other 

earth movements. 1886. QE534 
M63. 8001 

Stefani, Carlo dew Le pieghe delle 
Alpi Apuane. Contribuzione agli 
studi suir origine delle mon- 
tagne per Carlo de Stefani. 1889. 
QE621 S8. 8062 

Tyndall, John, The glaciers of the 
Alpe. Being a narrative of excur- 
sions and ascents, an account of 
the origin and phenomena of gla- 
ciers and an exposition of the phy- 
sical principles to which they are 
related. New ed. 1896. QE576 
T98. 3063 


Ball, Sir 

R. S. The cause of an ice 
2d ed., 1892. QE698 B15. 


Bayle, Emile. Cours de g^ologie ap- 
pliqu€e aux constructions. Sec- 
onde partie. 1850. QE714 B35. 


— Explication des planches de fos- 
Siles qui accompagnent le cours 
lithographic de geologie profess^ k 
r^cole royale des ponts et chaus- 
66es par M. Dufr6noy, par M. 
Emile Bayle. 1848. QE714 B3o. 


Croll, James, Climate and time in 
their geological relations; a theory 
of secular changes of the earth's 
climate. 1875. QE698 C92. 3067 

Dawson, Sir J. 

earth and 

W. The story of the 
man. 1873. QE721 


Filmier, Louis. The world before 
the deluge. The geological por- 
tion carefully revised, and mucb 
original matter added, by H. W. 
Bristow. 1869. QE651 F48. 8060 

Geikie, James. The great ice ago, and 
its relation to the antiquity of 
man. 1882. QE697 G31. 8070 

The great ice age and its rela- 

tion to the antiquity of man. 3d 

ed., largely rewritten. 1895. QB697 
033. 8071 

Maryland. Geological survey. Eocene. 
1901. QE692 M4. 3072 

Maryland. Geological survey, 1896. 
Pliocene and Pleistocene. 1906. 
QE695 M4. 8073 

Mnrchison, R. I. M., 1st baron. Silu- 
ria. The history of the oldest 
known rocks containing organic 
remains, with a brief sketch of the 
distribution of gold over the earth. 
1854. QE661 M97. 8074 

New YoriK (State) Natural history 
survey. Paleontology by James 
Hill. 1847-94. 8 v. in 13. QE74/ 
N7. 8075 

V. 6 by James Hall, aasiated by 
G. B. Simpson; v. 7-8 by James 
Hall, assisted by J. M. Clarke. 

Orbigny, A. 1). d\ Cours 616men- 
taire de pal^ontologie et de g^olo- 
gie stratigraphlques. 1849-1852. 2 
V. in 3. QE711 064. 3076 

Parkinson, J&mes. Organic remains 
of a former world. An examina- 
tion of tbe mineralized remains ot 
the vegetables and animals of the 
antediluvian world. 1808-11. 
3 V. QE710 P24. 8077 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Trne, P. W. Remarks on the type 
of the fosBil cetacean Agorophlus 
pygmseufl (Mmier). 1907. QE882 
C5 T8. 3078 

Tyndall« John, The forms of water 
in clouds & rivers, ice & glaciers. 
1876. QE576 T97. 8079 

Wright. Q. P. The ice age in North 
America, and its bearings upon 
the antiquity of man, by G. P. 
Wright. With an appendix on "The 
probable cause of glaciation/' by 
Warren Upham. 1889. QE697 W95. 



Adams, €. O. An ecological survey of 
Isle Royale, Lake Superior. 1909. 
QH106 M5 A6. 3081 

Amerlcaii museum of natural history. 
New York. Annual report. Li- 
brary has 1870, •81-'85, '87, '90, 
'91, '94. QHl A51. 8082 

Bulletin. Library has v. 1-4 

(incomplete). QHl A52. 3088 

Baird, WUIiMn. A cyclopsddia of the 
natural sciences. 1858. QHl 3 B16 
Ref. 8084 

BlumenbAch, J. P. A manual of the 
elements of natural history. Tr. 
from 10th German ed., bj R. T. 
Gore. 1825. QH45 B65. 8085 

Backland« P. T. Curiosities of nat- 
ural history. 1st [- 4 th] series. 
1879-82. QH50 BS9. 8080 

Baffon, O. li. li. comte de, 1707-1788. 
Natural history, general and par- 
ticular, tr., with notes and obser- 
vations, by William Smellie. A 
new ed., corrected and enlarged. 
And some account of the life of 
M. de Buffon, by William Wood. 
1812. 20 V. QH45 B96. 8087 

Catesby, Mark. The natural history 
of Carolina, Florida and the Ba- 
hama Islands: containing the 
figures of birds, beasts, fishes, ser- 
pents, insects, and plants: parti- 
cularly the forest-trees, shrubs, 
and other plants, not hitherto de- 
scribed, or very incorrectly figured 
by authors. Together with their 
descriptions in English and French. 
To which, are added observations 
on the air, soil, and waters: with 
remarks upon agriculture, grain. 

pulse, roots, &c. To the whole, is 
prefixed a new and correct map 
of the countries treated of. 
Histoire naturelle de la Car- 
oline, la floride, & les Isles Ba- 
hama: contenant les desseins des 
olseauz, animauz, pofssons, ser- 
pents, insectes, & plantes. Et en 
particuller, des arbres des forets, 
arbrlsseauz, & aulres plantes, qui 
n'ont point 6t6 decrits, jusques & 
present par les auteurs, ou peu 
ezactement dessin^s. Avec leur 
descriptions en francois & en an- 
glois. A quel on a adjout6, des 
observations sur I'air, le sol, & les 
eauz, avec des remarques sur 
I'agriculture, les grains, les le- 
gumes, les raclnes, &c. Le tout est 
precede d'une carte nouvelle & 
ezacte des pals dont lis s'agist. 
1754. 2 V. QH105 N8 C3. 8088 

Same. Rev. by Mr. Edwards. 

1771. 2 V. QH105 N8 C5. 3080 

Darwin, C. R. Journal of researches 
into the natural history and geol- 
ogy of the countries visited dur- 
ing the voyage of H. M. S. Beagle 
round the world, under the com- 
mand of Capt. Fltz Roy. 1846. 
2 V. QHll D2. 8000 

-Same. New ed. 1871. QHll D23. 


Pleld Colambian museum, Chica^. 

Annual report of the director to 
tne Board of trustees. Li- 
brary has 1895, '97, '98, 1902, '03, 
'04-'06, '08-date. QHl F4. 8092 

Prance. Miniatdre de la guerre. Di- 
rection des affaires de V Alg6rie. 
Catalogue ezplicatif et raisonn^ de 
rEzposition permanente des pro- 
duits de TAlgdrie suivi du Cata- 

190 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

logue m^thodique des produits al- 
g^riens k rSxposition universelle 
de Paris en 18b5. 1855. QH195 
A4 F8. 3003 

Godman, J. D. American natural 
hiBtory. Part 1, Mastology. 1826 
-28. 3 V. QH102 G57. 3004 

Hartwlg, O. L. The harmonies of na- 
ture; or. The unity of creation. 
1866. QH50 H32. 3005 

-The polar world: a popular de- 

scription of man and nature in 
the Arctic and Antarctic regions 
of the globe. With additional 
chapters. 1869. QH84 1 H33. 


The polar and tropical worlds: 

a popular and scientific descrip* 
tion of man and nature. By G. 
Hartwig . . . Ed. by A. H. Guern- 
sey. 1883. QH50 H327. 3007 

Harvey, W. H. The sea-side book; 
being an introduction to the nat- 
ural history of the British coasts. 
New ed. 1849. QH9l H34. 3008 

Hughes, Griffith. The natural his- 
tory of the island of Barbadoee. 
[n. d.] QH41 H8. 3000 

liinn^, O. Ton, A general system of 
nature, through the three grand 
kingdoms of animals, vegetables, 
and minerals. By Sir Charles 
Linnd: tr. from Gmelin, Fabricius, 
Willdenow, &c. with a life of 
Linn6 and a dictionary of the 
terms of natural history, by Wil- 
liam Turton. 1806. 7 v. QH43 S7. 


Micbelet, A. M. Nature; or, The 
poetry of earth and sea. From 
the French. 1872. Translated by 
W. H. D. Adams. QH81 M65. 3102 

Milwaukee, Wis. Public museum. An- 
nual report of the Boar4 of trus- 
tees. Library has 21st, 1903. 
QHl M6. 3103 

Morley, M. W. Life and love, by 
Margaret Warner Morley. 1908. 
QH81 M86. 3104 

New Jersey state museum, Trenton. 

Annual report. Library has 1905, 
1909. QHl N5. 3105 

Plinius Secundus, O. The natural 
history of Pliny. Tr. .with co^ 
pious notes and illustrations, by 
John Bostock and H. T. Riley. 
Library has v. 2-6, 1855-57. QH 
41 P735. 3106 

Pouchet, F. A. The universe: or. 
The infinitely great and the in- 
finitely little. By F. A. Pouchet 
New ed. With an introduction by 
Arnold Guyot. 1873. QH50 P872. 


SpallanzanI, Lozzaro. Travels in the 
Two Sicilies, and some parts of 
the Apennines. Tr. from Italian. 
1798. 4 V. QK152 S73. 3108 

Swainson, William. A preliminary 
discourse on the study of natural 
history. 1839. New ed. QH51 S97. 


{Temminck, C. J. Verhandelingen 
over de natuurlijke geschiedenis 
der nederlandsche overzeesche 
bezittingen, door de leden der 
natuurkundige commissie in Indid 
en andere schrijvers. Ultgegeven 
op last van den koning. 1839-1842. 
3 v., 2v. of plates. QHl 86. 8110 

White, Gilbert. The natural history 
of Selbome. by Gilbert White. 
With an introduction by B. S. 
Morse. Abridged. 1896. QH48 
W58. sill 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



American Naturalist. Library has t. 
1-6, 1867-'72; v. 8. 1874; ▼. 42, 
1908-date. QH301 A5. 8112 

Bastian, H. C. The beginningB of 
life: being some account of the na- 
ture, modes of origin and trans- 
formations of lower organisms. 
1872. 2 y. QH325 B32. 3113 

Driesch, Haii6. The science and phil- 
osophy of the organism; the Gif- 
ford lectures delivered before the 
University of Aberdeen in the 
year 1907-1908. 1908. 2 v. QH307 
D8. 3114 

Girard, Charles. Principes de bio- 
logie appliques k la medicine, 
1872. QH309 052. 8115 

Grindon, L. H. Life: its nature, va- 
rieties, and phenomena. 1st Amer- 
ican ed. 1869. QH311 G86. 8116 

Haeckel, E. H. P. A. The wonders 
of life; a popular study of biolog- 
ical philosophy, by Ernst Haeckel 
tr. by Joseph McCabe. 1905. QH311 
H18. 3117 

Letourneau, C. J. M. Biololgy. By 
Charles Letourneau. Tr. by Wil- 
liam Maccall. 1878. QH307 L64. 


Locy, W. A. Biology and its makers, 
with portraits and other illustra- 
tions. 1908. QH305 L7. 311i^ 


An outline of the rise of biology 
and of the epochs in its history. — 
Vesallus and the overthrow of au- 
thority in science. — ^William Harvey 
and experimental observation. — ^The 
introduction of the microscope and 
the progress of independent obser- 
vation. — ^The progress of minute 
anatomy. — ^Linnaeus and scientific 
natural history. — Cuvier and the 
rise of comparative anatomy. — ^Bi- 
chat and the birth of histology. — 
The rise of physiology. Harvey. Hal- 
ler. Johannes Miiller. — ^Von Baer 
and the rise of embryology. — ^The 
cell-theory. Schleiden. Schwann. 
Schultze. — Protoplasm the physical 
basis of life. — The work of Pasteur, 

Koch, and others. — ^Heredity and 
germinal continuity. Mendel. Gal- 
ton. Welssmann. — The science of 
fossil life. — What evolution is; the 
evidence upon which it rests, etc. — 
Theories of evolution. Lamarck. 
Darwin. — Theories continued. Weis- 
mann. De Vries. — The rise of evo- 
lutionary thought. — Retrospect and 
prospect. Present tendencies in bi- 

Loeb, Jacques. The dynamics of liv- 
ing matter, 1906. (Columbia uni- 
versity biological series. VIII) 
QH331 L7/. 3120 

Louisiana. Gulf biologic station. 
Bulletin. Library has nos. 2, 
7, 10. 11. QH323 L8. 8121 

McRae, Charles. Fathers of biology, 
1890. QH305 M17. 8122 

Oregon. State biologist. Biennial re- 
port. Library has 3rd, 4th, 1907, 
09. QH323 072. 8123 

Spencer, Herbert. The principles of 
biology. 1870. 2 v. Vol. 2 wanting. 
QH307 S745. 3124 

Same. Rev. & enl. 1904. 2 v. 

QH307 S75. 3124a 

U. 8. Biological survey. Bulletin. Li- 
brary has nos. 8-36. 8125 


Bailey, Vernon. Birds known to 
eat the boll weevil. 1905. (no. 22) 


Beal, F. E. L. Birds of California 
in relation to the fruit industry. 
1907-10. (nos. 30. 34) S127 

Cuckoos and shrikes in their 

relation to agriculture. The food of 
cuckoos by F. E. L. Beal. The food 
of shrikes by S. D. Judd. 1898. (no. 
9) 8128 

Food of the bobolink, black- 
birds and grackles. 1900. (no. 13) 


Cooke, W. W. Distribution and 
migration of North American ducks, 
geese, and swans. 1906 (no. 26) 


Distribution and migration 

of North American shore birds. 
1910. (no. 35) 3181 

192 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

^Distribution and migration of 

North American warblera 1904. 
(no. 18) 3132 

Howcil^ A. H. Birds that eat the 
cotton boll weeviL A report of pro- 
gress. 1906. (no. 26) 3133 

The relation of birds to the 

cotton boll weevn. 1907. (no. 29) 


Judd, S. D. Birds of a Maryland 
farm. A local study of economic 
ornithology. 1902. (no. 17) 3185 

^The bob-white and other 

quails of the United States in their 
economic relations. 1905. (no. 21) 


The grouse and wild turkeys 

of the United States, and their eco- 
nomic value. 1906. (no. 24) 8137 

^The relation of sparrows to 

agriculture. 1901. (no. 15) 8188 

Lantz, D. K. The brown rat in 
the United States. 1909. (no. 33) 

C oyotes in their economic re- 
lations. 1906. (no. 20) 3140 

^An economic study of field 

mice (genus Mlcrotus). 1907. (no. 
31) 3141 

Raising deer and other large 

game animals in the United States. 
1910. (no. 36) 8142 

McAtee, W. Ij. Food habits of the 
grosbeaks. 1908. (no. 32) 8142a 

^The horned larks and their 

relation to agriculture. 1905. (no. 
23) 8148 

MerrUun, G. H. Life zones and 
crop zones of the United States. 
1898. (no. 10) 8144 

Oberholser, H. C. The North 
American eagles and their economic 
relations. 1906. (no. 27) 8145 

Palmer, T. S. Digest of game laws 
for 1901. By T. S. Palmer and H. 
W. Olds. 1901. (no. 16) 8146 

Hunting licenses; their his- 
tory, objects, and limitations. 1904. 
(no. 19) 8147 

^The jack rabbits of the Unit- 
ed States. Rev. ed. 1897. (no. 8) 


^Laws regulating the trans- 
portation and sale of game. By T. 
S. Palmer and H. W. Olds. 1900. 
(no. 14) 8149 

^Legislation for the protec- 
tion of birds other than game birds. 
Rev. ed. 1902. (no. 12) 8150 

Plumb, O. S. The geographic dis- 
tribution of cereals in North Amer- 
ica. 1898. (no. 11) 8151 

WilUaras, R^ W., Jr. Game com- 
missions and wardens, their ap- 
pointment, powers and duties. 1907. 

(no. 28) 3152 

-Circular. Library has nos. 17, 

28. 29. 31-35, 38. 39, 40. 42-44, 
47, 49, 50-54, 60-64, 66, 67, 69. 
71-73, 76-77. 815S 

-North American fauna. Library 

has noe. 1-5. 7. 8, 10, 11. 13-31. 


Bailey, Vemoni. Biological sur- 
vey of Texas. Life zones, with char- 
acteristic species of mammals, birds, 
reptiles and plants. 1905. (no. 25) 


Revision of American voles 

of the genus Mlcrotus. 1900. (no. 
17) 3156 

Goldman, EL A. Revision of the 
wood rats of the genus Neotoma. 
1910. (no. 31) 3157 

Ho^dl, A. H. Revision of the 
skunks of the genus Chincha. 1901. 
(no. 20) 8158 

Revision of the skunks of the 

genus Spilogale. 1906. (no. 26) 


Merriam, C. H. Descriptions of 
fourteen new species and one new 
genus of North American mam- 
mals. 1889. (no. 2) 3130 

Descriptions of twenty-six 

new species of North American 
mammals. 1890. (no. 4) 3161 

Monographic revision of the 

pocket gophers; family Oeomyldae 
(exclusive of the species of Thomo- 
mys). 1896. (no. 8) 3168 

Results of a biological re- 

oonnoissance of south-central Ida- 
ho. 1891. (no. 6) 8168 

Results of a biological survey 

of Mount Shasta, California. 1899. 
(no. 16) 8164 

Results of a biological survey 

of the San Francisco mountain re- 
gion and desert of the Lilttle Colo- 
rado, Arizona. 1890. (no. 3) 8165 

Revision of the North Amer- 
ican pocket mice. 1889. (no. 1) 


Synopsis of the weasels of 

North America. 1896. (no. 11) 3167 

Miner, G. S., Jr. Genera and sub- 
genera of voles and lemmings. 1896. 
(no. 12) 3168 

Revision of the North Amer- 
ican bats of the family Vesperdl- 
ionidae. 1897. (no. 13) 8169 

Nataral history of the Tres Ma- 
rias islands, Mexico. 1899. (no. 14) 


Nelson, C W. The rabbits of 
North America. 1909. (no. 29) 8171 

O^rood, W. H. Biological invest!- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


^ration in Alaaka and Yukon terri- 
tory. 1909. (no. 30) 3172 

^A bioloirical reconnaissance 

of the base of the Alaska penin- 
sula. 1904. (no. 24) S178 

^Natural history of the Queen 

Charlotte islands, British Colum- 
bia. Natural history of the Cook 
inlet region, Alaska. 1901. (no. 21) 


Results of a biological re- 

connoissance of the Yukon River 
region, (no. 19) 8175 

Revision of the mice of the 

American genus Peromyscus. 1909. 
(no. 28) 3176 

^Revision of the pocket mice 

of the genus Perognathus. 1900. 
(no. 18) 8177 

Palmer, T. 8. Index generum 

mammalium: a list of the genera 
and families of mammals. 1904. 
(no. 23) 3173 

Freble, £. A. A biological inves- 
tigation of the Athabaska-Macken- 
zie region. 1908. (no. 27) 8179 

^A biological investigation of 

the Hudson Bay region. 1902. (no. 
22) 8180 

Revision of the Jumping 

mice of the genus Zapus. 1899. (no. 
15) 8181 

Revision of the shrews of the 
American genera Blarlna and No- 
tiosorex. C. H. Merriam. The long- 
tailed shrews of the eastern United 
States. G. S. Miller, jr. Synopsis of 
the American shrews of the genus 
Sorex. C. H. Merriam. 1896. (no. 
10) 8188 


Cazellefl^ ML E. Outline of the evo- 
lution-philosophy. By Dr. M. B. 
Cazelles. Tr. from the French by 
O. B. Frothingham. With an ap- 
pendix, by E. L. Youmans. 1875. 
QH367 CSS. 8188 

[Chambers, Robert] Vestlgee of the 
natural history of creation. 1887. 
QH363 C43. 8184 

Chapman, H. C. Evolution of life. 
1873. QH367 C46. 8185 

Darwtn, C. R. Darwinism, stated by 
Darwin himself. Characterifltic 
passages from the writings of 
Charles Darwin. Selected and ar- 
ranged by Nathan Sheppard. 1890. 
QH365. 8186 

— The descent of man, and selec- 
tion in relation to sex. 1871. 
QH365 D1871 a. 8187 

— On the origin of species by 
means of natural selection, or The 
preserration of fayoured races in 
the struggle for life. 1860. QH365 
O1860. 8188 

-The Tariation of animals and 

plants under domestication, [c 
1868.] 2 V. QH365 V1868. 3189 

Gray, Asa, Darwiniana: essays and 
reviews pertaining to Darwinism. 

1878. QH365 5 G77. 


Hiickel, E. H. P. A. The evolution of 
man: a popular exposition of the 
principal points of human onto- 
geny and phylogeny. From the 
German of Ernst Haeckel. 1879. 
QH368 H21. 8191 

HnxIesTt T. H. Evidence as to man's 
place in nature. 1882. QH368 
H98. 3192 

-More criticisms on Darwin, and 

administrative nihilism. 1882. 
QH367 H98. 8193 

-On the origin of species: or. 

The causes of the phenomena of 
organic nature. A course of six 
lectures to wor'king men. 1870. 
QH367 H986. 8194 

Jordan, D. S. The blood of the na- 
tion; a study of the decay of 
races through the survival of the 
unfit. 1906. QH556 J82. 8195 

Martin, JT. Jj. Dr. Girardeau's anti- 
evolution: the logic of his reply. 
1889. QH369 M37. 8196 

Miyart, St. G. J. Man and apes, an 
exposition of structural resem- 
blances and differences bearing 
upon questions of affinity and ori- 
gin. 1874. QH368 M68. 8197 

194 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

On the geneBis of species. 1871. 

QH367 M72. 8108 

0*NelU, T. W. The refuUtion of Dar- 
winlBm; and the converse theory 
of deyelopment; based exclusiyelr 
upon Darwin's facts, and compris- 
ing qualitative and quantitative 
analyses of the phenomena of va- 
riation; of reversion; of correla- 
tion; of crossing; of close-inter- 
breeding; of the reproduction of 
lost members; of the repair of in- 
juries; of the reintegration of tin* 
sue; and of sexual and asexual 
generation. 1880. QH369 058. 


Schmidt, B. O. The doctrine of des- 
cent and Darwinism. 1876. QH367 
S35. 8200 

-Same. 1900. QH367 S3 7. S201 

Semper, Bgarl. Animal life as af- 
fected by the natural conditions of 
existence. 1881. QH371 S47. 3202 

Spencer, Herbert. The factore of or- 
ganic evolution. 1887. QH366 S74. 

Wallace, A. R. Contributions to the 
theory of natural selection. A 
series of essays. 1870. QH367 
W19. 8204 

-Darwinism; an exposition of the 

theory of natural selection, with 
some of its applications. 1889. 
QH366 W2. 8205 


Carpenter, W. B. The microscope: 
and its revelations. With an ap- 
pendix by F. O. Smith. 1866. 
QH206 C286. 8206 

-Same. 4th ed. 1868. 



— ^The microscope and its revela- 
tions, by the late William B. Car- 
penter . . . 8th ed. in which the 
first seven and the twenty-third 
chapters have been entirely re- 
written, and the text throughout 

reconstructed, enlarged, and re- 
vised by the Rev. W. H. Dallinger. 
1901. QH206 03. 8208 

Clarke, L. L. Objects for the micro- 
scope; being a popular description 
of the most instructive and beau- 
tiful subjects for exhibition. 3d 
ed. 1870. QH277 C61. 8200 

Gosse, P. H. Evenings at the micro- 
Bcope; or. Researches among the 
minuter organs and forms of ani- 
mal life. 1870. QH277 G67. 8210 


Alabama. Geological survey, 1873. 
Plant life of Alabama, an account 
of the distribution, modes of as- 
sociation, and adaptations of the 
flora of Alabama, together with a 
systematic catalogue of the plants 
growing in the state. By Charles 
Mohr. 1901. QK146 M69. 3211 

[Rally, WiUiam L.] Trees, plants, 
and flowers, where and how they 
grow. A familiar history of the 
vegetable kingdom. 1870. QK81 
B16. 8212 

Rary, Anton. Comparative morphol- 
ogy and biology of the Fungi, My- 

cetozoa and bacteria, tr. by H. E. 
F. Garnsey, rev. by I. B. Balfour. 
1887. QK601 B3. 8218 

Rass, FI<n«nce. Nature stories for 
young readers. Plant life. Rev. 
ed. 1902. QK49 B3. 8214 

Rotany. Pub. under the superintend- 
ence of the Society for the diffu- 
sion of useful knowledge. 1838. 
QK46 S67. 8218 

Rritton, N. L. An illustrated flora of 
the northern United States, Cana- 
da and the British possessions 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


from Newfoundland to the paral- 
lel of the southern boundary of 
Virginia, and from the Atlantic 
Ocean westward to the 10 2d meri- 
dian, by N. L. Britton and Addison 
Brown. 1896-98. 3 v. QK117 B8. 


— Manual of the flora of the north- 

ern states and Canada, 2d ed., rey. 
and enL 1901. QKllO B86. 3217 

Caldwell, O. W. Handbook of plant 
morphology; being the Handbook 
of plant dissection by J. C. Arthur, 
C. R. Barnes and J. M. Coulter re« 
vised and rewritten by O. W. Cald- 
well. 1904. QK53 C12. 3218 

Chamberlain, C. J. Methods in plant 
histology. 1905. 2d ed. QK673 
C44. 8210 

Clayton, John. Flora Virginica exhi- 
bens plantas quas nobilissimus 
vir D. D. Johannes ClaytonuB, in 
Virginia crescentes observayit, 
collegit & obtulit. 1762. F220C61. 

Flora Virginica ezhibens plantas 

quaa ▼. c. Johannes Clayton in 
Virginia obseryavit atque collegit. 
1743. 2v. in 1. 1743. (Bouna 
with GronoTius, J. F. Flora orien- 
talis. 1755). F220 C615 Office. 


Clnte, W. N. Our ferns in their 
haunte; a guide to all the native 
species, by W. N. Clute, ill. by W. 
W. Stilson [1901]. QK525 C7. 

Cooke, Mordecal Cabitt. Fungi; their 
nature and uses; by M. C. Cooke, 
ed. by the Re\. M. J. Berkeley. 
1875. QK601 C77. 

Darwin, C. R. The different forms of 
flowers on plants of the same 
Bpeciee. 1877. QK926 D215. 

— The effects of cross and self 
fertilisation in the vegetable king- 
dom. 1877. QK926 D22. 

-InsectiTorous plants. 1875. 

QK886 D22. 

— The movements and hablta of 
climbing plants. 2d ed., rev. 1876. 
QK773 D22. 8227 

— The power of movement in 
plants. By Charles Darwin as- 
sisted by Francis Darwin. 1881. 
QK771 D22. 

— The various contrivances by 
which orchids are fertilised by in- 
sects. (2d ed.) 1877. QK926 D243. 

DeaMn, Richard. Florigraphia bri- 
tannica; or, Engravings and de- 
scriptions of the flowering plants 
and ferns of Britain. 1857. 4 v. 
QK306 D28. 3290 

Doubleday, Mrs. N. B. (De G) Na- 
ture's garden; an aid to know- 
ledge of our wild flowers and their 
insect visitors; with illustrations 
by Henry Troth and A. R. Dug- 
more. Text by Neltje Blanchan 
[pseud.] 1900. QK118 D7. 3231 

Eaton, Amos. Manual of botany, for 
North America: containing generic 
and speciflc descriptions. 5th ed., 
rev. cor. and extended. 1829. 

QKllO Ei3. 3282 


ElUott, Stephen, A iftetch of the 
botany of South Carolina and 
Georgia. 1821-24. 2 v. QK125 E4. 

Emerson, G. B. A report on the 
trees and shrubs growing natur- 
ally in the forests of Massacnu- 
setts. 1846. QK166 1846 E53. 

Evelyn, John. Silva: or, A discourse 
of forest-treej, and the propaga- 
tion of timber in His Majesty's 
dominions. With notes. By A. 
Hunter. 4th ed., with the editor's 
last corrections. 1S12. 2 v. QK488 

Gibson, W. H. Our native orchids; a 
series of drawings from nature of 
all the species found in the north- 
eastern United States, by W. H. 
Gibson. With descriptive text 
elaborated from the author's 

196 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

notes, by H. L. Jelliffe. 1905. 
QK495 064 05. 

Qrmf, Ami. Genera florsB Amerlcs 4>o- 
reall-orienUlis illusUata. The 
genera of the plants of the United 
Statee illustrated by figures and 
analysea from nature, by Isaac 
Sprague. Superintended, and 
with descriptions, &c., by Asa 
Gray. 1848-49. 2 v. QKllO 073. 


— Plates prepared between the 
years 1849 and 1859, to accom- 
pany a report on the forest trees 
of North America. 1891. QK481 

Henshaw* J. W. Mountain wild 
flowers of America, a simple and 
popular guide to the names and 
descriptions of the flowers that 
bloom aboTe the clouds. 1906. 
QKllO H52. 8239 

Henslow, George. The origin of 
floral structures through insect 
and other agencies. 1888. QK641 
H55. 8240 

Henslow, J. 8. Descriptive and phy- 
siological botany. New ed. 1845. 
QK641 H52. 8241 

Jenner, Edward. A flora of Tun- 
bridge Wells, being a liat of indi- 
genous plants within a radius of 
fifteen miles around that place. 
[1845?] QK306 J54. 8242 

Keeler, H. L. Our northern shrubs 
&nd how to identify them; a hand- 
book for the nature-lover, with 
205 plates from photographs and 
with 35 illustrations from draw- 
ings. 1903. QK482 K27. 8243 

liiji^tfoot, John. Flora scotica: or, A 
systematic arrangement, in the 
Liinnsean method, of the native 
plants of Scotland and the He- 
brides. 1777. 2 V. QK308 L»7. 


lindley, Johi«, The treasury of bot- 
any: a popular dictionary of the 

vegetable kingdom; with which is 
incorporated a glossary of botan- 
ical terms. Ed. by John Lindley 
and Thomas Moore. Assisted by 
numerous contributors. 1866. 2 v. 
QK7 L74. 

linii^, Carl von. The families ot 
plants, with their natural charac- 
ters. Tr. from the last ed. (as 
pub. by Dr. Reichard) of the Gen- 
era plantarum, and of the Mantis- 
sas plantarum of the elder Linne- 
us. By a botanical society at 
Lichfield. 1787. 2 v. QK91 L83. 


-A system of vegetables, accord- 

ing to their classes, orders, gen- 
era, species, with their characters 
and differences. Tr. from 13th 
ed. (as pub. by Dr. Murray) of the 
Systema vegetabilium of the late 
Professor Linneus; and from the 
Supplementum plantarum of the 
present Professor Linneus . . . 
By a botanical society, at Lich- 
field. 1783. 2 V. QK91 L82. 8247 

lilvingston, B. B. The rOle of diffu- 
sion and osmotic pressure in 
plants, 1903. QH611 L78. 8248 

Loudon, J. O. Arboretum et frutice- 
tum Britannicum; or. The trees 
and shrubs of Britain, with their 
propagation, culture, management. 
2d ed. 1844. 8 v. QK306 L88. 8249 

SVIacloskie, George. Elementary bot- 
any with students' guide to the ex- 
amination and description of 
plants. 1883. QK47 M16. 8250 

Maine. Forest commission. Forest 
trees of Maine and how to know 

. them. E. E. Ring, forest com- 
missioner. 1908. QK484 M2 A4. 


Maitby, A. E. A graded series for 
plant analysis with an outline in 
botany adapted for use in all 
grades of schools; by A. E. Malt- 
by and I. N. Moore. 2d ed. 1896. 
QK57 M26. 8252 

Marlon, Fnlgenoe. The wonders of 
vegetation. From the French of 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Fulgence Marion. Ed., with num- 
erous additions, by Scheie de Vere. 
1872. QK49 M34. 8268 

»Iichiiel, Mrs. H. C. De S. (Abbott) 
Studies in plant and organic chem- 
ifitry, and literary papers, with 
biographical sketch. 1907. QK861 
M62. 8254 

BUcluiiix, F. A. The North American 
sylva, or A description of the for- 
est trees^ of the United States, 
Canada and Noya Scotia, to 
which is added a description of 
the most useful of the' European 
forest trees. 3 y. QK481 M62. 


Miner, H. B. Orchids the royal fam- 
ily of plants. With illustrations 
from nature. 1885. QK495 064 

P«xtoii*B magazine of botany, and 
register of flowering plants, y. 1- 
16. 1834-49. Library has y. 1-5. 
QKl P3. 8262 

Peiroe, G. J. A text-book of plant 
physiology, 1903. QK711 P37. 

New York (State) Natural history 
suryey. A flora of the state of 
New York,, oomprlsing full de- 
scriptions of all the Indigenous 
and naturalized plants hitherto 
discovered in the state; with re- 
marks on their economical and 
medicinal properties. By John 
Torrey. 1843. 2 y. y. 2 wanting. 
QK177 N5. 8257 

Newhall, C. 8. The trees of north- 
eastern America. Illustrations 
from original sketches by C. S. 
Newhall. With introductory note 
by N. L. Britton. 1890. QK482 

Nlles, G. G. Bog-trotting for orchids, 
with illustrations from nature 
1904. QK495 064 N6. 8259 

Pardo de Tayera, T. H. The medici- 
nal plants of the Philippines, by T. 
H. Pardo de Tayera; tr. and rey. 
by J. B. Thomas, Jr. 1901. QK368 
P22. 3260 

Parsons, P. T. (Smith) D. How to 
know the ferns; a guide to the 
names, haunts, and habits of our 
common ferns, by P. T. Parsons; 
illustrated by Marion Satterlee 
and A. J. Smith. 1899. QK525 
P26. 8261 

Peterson, M. G. How to know wild 
fruits; a guide to plants when not 
in flower by means of fruit and 
leaf, by M. O. Peterson; illustrat- 
ed by M. B. Herbert. 1905. QK118 
P48. 8284 

PIcicering, Charles. Chronological 
history of plants: man's record of 
his own existence illustrated 
through their names, uses, and 
companionship. 1879. QK15 P6. 


Porcher, F. P. Resources of the 
Southern flelds and forests, medi- 
cal, economical, and agricultural. 
Being also a medical botany of the 
Confederate States. QK125 P83. 


Prescott, H. P. Strong drink and to- 
bacco smoke; the structure, 
growth, and uses of malt, hops, 
yeast, and tobacco. 1870. QK671 
P92. 8267 

Rogers, J. E. The tree book; a pop- 
ular guide to a knowledge of the 
trees of North America and to 
their uses and cultiyation, by J. B. 
Rogers; with sixteen plates in 
colour and one hundred and sixty 
in black-and-white from photo- 
graphs by A. R. Dugmore. 1905. 
QK482 R75. 8268 

Rydberg, P. A. Flora of Colorado, 
1906. QK150 R98. 8260 

Sachs, Jaliufl. Text- book of botany, 
morphological and phyeiological. 
Ed. with appendix by S. H. Vines. 
2d ed. 1882. QK45 S122. 8270 

Saricent, C. 8. Manual of the trees 
of North America (exclusiye of 
Mexico) by C. S. Sargent, with 
six hundred and forty-four illus- 

198 J. Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

trations from drawings by C. E. 
Faxon. 1905. QK481 S21. 3271 

-The silYa of North America; a 

deecription of the trees which 
grow naturally in North America 
exclusive of Mexico, by €. S. Sar- 
gent; ill. with figures and analyses 
drawn from nature by C. E. Fax- 
on. 1891-1902. 14v. Vol. 1-5; il- 
lustrations engraved by Philibert 
ana Eugene Picart. QK481 S24. 


V. 1. Magnoliaceae — llicineae. — 
V. 2. Cyrillaceae — Sapindaceae. — 
V. 3. Anacardiaceae — ^Leguxninosae. 
— V. 4. Rosaceae— <Saxifragaceae. — 
V. 5. Hamamelideae — Sapotaceae. 
— ^v. 6. Ebenaceae — Polygonaceae. — 
V. 7. Lauraceae — ^Juglandaceae. — 
v. 8. CupuUferae (Quercus) — ^v. 9. 
Cupuliferae — Salicaceae. — ^v. 10. Ul- 
laceae— Coniferae. — ^v. 11. Conife- 
rae (Plnus) — v. 12. Coniferae (Abie- 
tlnae after PinuB) — ^v. 13. Supple- 
ment: Rhamnaceae — Rosaceae. — 
V. 14. Supplement: Caricaceae — 
Coniferae. General index. 

Segora, J. C. Resefia sobre el cul- 
tivo de algunas plantas industri- 
ales que se explotan 6 son suscep- 
tiblee de explotarse en la repdbllca 
formada por J. C. Segura y M. 
D. Cordero. 1S84. QK211 S45. 


Senbert, Moritz. Lehrbuch der ge- 
sammten pflanzenkunde, von Dr. 
Moritz Seubert . . . Vierte ver- 
mehrte und verbesserte auflage. 
1866. QK45 S49. 3274 

Slosson, Margaret. How ferns grow, 
1906. QK521 S6. 3275 

Torrey, John, A flora of North Amer- 
ica: containing abridged descrip- 
tions of all the known indigenous 
and naturalized plants growing 
north of Mexico; By John Torrey 
and Aea Gray. 1838-1843. 2 v. 
V. 2 wanting. QKllO T69. 3270 

U. S. Natlmial mitsenm. Contribu- 
tions from the United States Na- 
tional herbarium. Library has v. 
1. no. 9; V. 2-date. QKl U5. 3277 


Britton, N. li. The genus Cereus 
and its allies in North America. By 
N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose. (In 
v. 12, pt. 10, p. 413-437) 8278 

^Thompsonella, a new genua 

of Crassulaceae from Mexico. By 
N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose. (In 
v. 12. pt. 9, p. 391-302) 8279 

Cheetnut, V. K. Plants used by 
the Indians of Mendocino County, 
California. 1902. (v. 7, no. 3) 32S0 

Clarke, C. B. The Cyperaceae of 
Costa Rica. 1908. (v. 10, pt. 6) 


Cognkmx, Alfired. Roseanthus, a 
new genus of Cucurbitaceae from 
Acapuloo, Mexico. (In v. 3, no. 9, p. 
577-578) 8282 

Collins, G. N. Apogamy in the 
maize plant. (In v. 12, pt. 10, p. 
453-455) 8283 

Cook, O. F. Economic plants of 
Porto Rico. By O. F. Cook and G. 
N. Collins. 1903. (v. 8, pt. 2) 3284 

^History of the coconut palm 

in America. 1910. (v. 14. pt. 2) 3285 

Origin and distribution of 

the cocoa palm. 1901. (v. 7, no. 2) 


Relationships of the ivory 

palms. 1910. (V. 13, pt. 5) 3287 

Coulter, J. M. Botany of western 
Texas; a manual of the phanero- 
gams and pteridophytea of western 
Texas. 1891-94. (v. 2) 8288 

Hesperogenia, a new genus of 

Umbelliferae from Mount Rainier. 
By J. M. Coulter and J. N. Rose. 
(In v. 5, no. 4, p. 203) 3282 

^Leibergia, a new genus of 

Umbelliferae from the Columbia 
River region. By J. M. Coulter and 
J. N. Rose. (In v. 3, no. 9, p. 575- 
576) 3290 

^Monograph of the North 

American Umbelliferae. By J. M. 
Coulter and J. N. Rose. 1900. (v. 
7, no. 1) 3291 

Preliminary revision of the 

North American species of Cactus. 
Anhalonium, and Lophophora. 1894. 
(V. 3, no. 2) 3292 

^Preliminary revision of the 

North American species of Echino- 
cactus, Cereus, and Opuntia. 1896. 
(V. 3, no. 7) 3293 

Report on the Mexican Um- 
belliferae, mostly from the state of 
Oaxaca, recently collected by C. Q. 
Pringle and E. W. Nelson. By J. M. 
Coulter iand J. N. Rose. (v. 3, no. 
5, p. 289-309) 3294 

Supplement to the Mono- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


grraph of the North American Um- i 
belllferae. By J. M. Coulter and J. 
N. Roae. (In v. 12. pt. 10. p. 441- 
451) 8295 

Coville, P. V. Botany of the Death 
Valley expedition. 1893. (In v. 4) 

-[Botany of Yakutat Bay, 

Alaska] 2. Botanical report. (In 
V. 3. no. 6. p. 334-353) S297 

 Crepis occidentalis and its 

allies. (In v. 3. no. 9. p. 659-565) 


^Notes on the plants used by 

the Klamath Indians of Oregon. 
1897. (V. 6. no. 2) 8299 

Fink, Brace. The lichens of Min- 
nesota. 1910. (V. 14. pt 1) 8800 

Funston* Frederick. Botany of 
Yakutat Bay. Alaska. 1. Field re- 
port. (In V. 3, no. 6, p. 325-333.) 


Greene, K, E. The genus Ptelea 
in the western and southwestern 
United States and Mexico. 1906. 
V. 10. pt 2) 8802 

Henderson, I^. F. Two new spe- 
cies of plantis from the northwest- 
ern United States. (In v. 5, no. 4. 
p. 201-202) 3808 

Hitchcock, A. S. Catalogue of the 
grasses of Cuba. 1909. (v. 12. pt 6) 


^The North American spe- 
cies of Panicum. by A. S. Hitch- 
cock and Agnes Chase. 1910. (v. 
15) 8805 

Report on the collection of 

plants made by C. H. Thompson in 
southwestern Kansas in 1893. (In 
V. 3. no. 9. p. 537-557) 8806 

T Vpes of American grasses: 
a study of the American species of 
grasses described by Linnaeus. Oro- 
novius. Sloane, Swartz. and Mich- 
aux. 1908. (V. 12. pt 3) 8807 

Holzlnger, J. M. Report on a col- 
lection of plants made by J. H. 
Sandberg and assistants in north- 
ern Idaho in the year 1892. 1895. 
(V. 3. no. 4) 3808 

Johnston, J. R. A collection of 
plants from the vicinity of La Gua- 
ira. Venezuela. (In v. 12. pt 2. p. 
105-111) 8809 

Kearney, T. H. Plant covering of 
Ocracoke Island; a study in the 
ecology of the North Carolina 
strand vegetation. 1900. (v. 5, no. 
5) 3310 

Lefberg, J. B. Oeneral report on 
a botanical survey of the Coeur 
d'Alene Mountains in Idaho during 

the summer of 1896. 1897. (v. 5. 
no. 1) 3811 

Mann, Albert Report on the dia- 
toms of the Albatross voyages in 
the Pacific Ocean. 1888-1904. By 
Albert Mann (Assisted in the bi- 
bliography and citations by P. L. 
Ricker). 1907. (v. 10. pt 5) 3812 

Mason, W. R. A new spleenwort 
from China. (In v. 12, pt 9. p. 411. 
pi. 60) 8313 

Studies of tropical American 

ferns, no. 1, 2. 1908. (v. 10, pts. 7. 
13) 3314 

^A study of certain Mexican 

and Guatemalan species of Poly- 
podium. 1903. (V. 8. pt 3) 8815 

Mobr, O. T. Plant life of Alabama. 
Prepared in co-operation with the 
Geological survey of Alabama. 1901. 
(V. 6) 3316 

Perkins, J. R. The Leguminosae 
of Porto Rico. 1907. (v. 10. pt 4) 


Piper, C. V. Flora of the state of 
WJashington. 1906. (v. 11) 3318 

North American species of 

Festuca. 1906. (v. 10. pt 1) 8319 

PIttler de Falvega, H. F. The 
Lecythidaceae of Costa Rico. (In 
V. 12. pt 2. p. 96-101) 3320 

^The Mexican and Central 

American species of Sapium. 1908. 
(V. 12. pt 4) 3821 

New or noteworthy plants 

from Colombia and Central Amer- 
ica. 1909. (V. 12. pt 5; v. 13. pt 4) 


A preliminary treatment of 

the genus CastiUa. 1910. (v. 13. pt. 
7) 3323 

Tonduzia, a new genus of 

Apocynaceae from Central Amer- 
ica. (In V. 12. pt 2. p. 103-104) 


Radlkofer, Ladwlg. Three new 
species of Sapindaceae from west- 
ern Mexico and Lower California. 
(In V. 1. no. 9. p. 367-368) 3325 

Hose, J. N. Conzattia, a new ge- 
nus of Caesalpiniaceae. (In v. 12. 
pt 9. p. 407-408) 3326 

Descriptions of plants, mostly 

new. from Mexico and the United 
States. (In v. 3. no. 5. p. 311-323) 


-Echinocereus baileyl. a new 

cactus from Oklahoma. (In v. 12. 
pt 9. p. 403) 3328 

Five new species of Crassu- 

laceae from Mexico. (In v. 12. pt 
10. p. 439-440) 8329 

-The genus Talinum in Mex- 

ico, by J. N. Rose and P. C. Stand- 

200 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

ley. (In v. 13. pt. 8. p. 281-288.) 


New species of Opuntia from 

Arizona. (In v. 12. pt. 9, p. 401- 
402) 8S81 

Nopalea lutea, a new cactus 

from Guatemala. (In v. 12, pt 9. 
p. 406) 3832 

^Notes on useful plants of 

Mexico. (In v. 5, p. 209>259) 3833 

Plants from the Biff Horn 

Mountains of Wyoming. (In v. 3, 
no. 9, p. 667-574) 3334 

Rediscovery of Cereus nudi- 

florus. (In V. 12. pt. 9. p. 397-398) 


Rediscovery of Echeveria 

carnlcolor. (In v. 12. pt. 9, p. 393) 


Report on a collection of 

plants made in the states of Sonora 
and Colima, Mexico, by Dr. Edward 
Palmer, in the years 1890 and 
1891. (In y. 1, no. 9, p. 293-366. 
370-392) 3337 

^A species of Pereskia from 

Guatemala. (In v. 12, pt. 9, p. 399) 


Studies of Mexican and Cen- 
tral American plants. (v. 5. 
no. 3, p. 109-144; v. 6, no. 4. p. 145- 
200; V. 8, pt 1, p. 1-66; v. 8. pt 4. 
p. 281-339; v. 10, no. 3; v. 12. no. 
7; V. 13, no. 9) 3339 

^Three new species of Cras- 

sulaceae from Guatemala. (In v. 
12, pt 9. p. 395-396) 3340 

^Three new species of Eche- 

veria from southern Mexico, by J. 
N. Rose and J. A. Purpus. 1910. (v. 
13, pt 2) 3341 

Three new species of Trades- 

cantia from the United States. (In 
v. 6. no. 4. p. 204-206) 3342 

^Treleasea, a new genus of 

Commelinaceae. (In v. 5, no. 4, p. 
207-208) 3343 

Two new species of Acacia 

of the series FiUcinae. (In v. 12. 
pt 9, 409) 3344 

Rydberg* P. A. Flok-a of the Black 
Hills of South Dakota. 1896. (In 
V. 3, no. 8) 3345 

Flora of the sand hills of 

Nebraska. 1895. (v. 3, no. 3) 3343 
Safford, W. £. The useful plants 
of the island of Guam; with an in- 
troductory account of the physical 
features and natural history of the 
island, of the character and history 
of its people, and their agriculture. 
1906. (V. 9) 3347 

Scrilmer, F. I/. The grasses of 
Alaska, by F. L. Scribner and E. 
D. Merrill. 1910. (v. 13, pt 3) 

Smith, J. D. Catalogue of the bo- 
tanical library of J. D. Smith pre- 
sented to the Smithsonian institu- 
tion. Com p. by A. C. At wood. 1908. 
(V. 12, pt 1) 3346 

Standley, P. C. The Allioniaceae 
of the United States, with notes on 
Mexican species. 1909. (v. 12, pt 8) 


^The type localities of plants 

first described from New Mexico. 
A bibliography of New Mexican bot- 
any. 1910. (V. 13, pt 6) 3351 
Vasey, George. Monograph of the 
grasses of the United States and 
British America. 1892. (v. 3, no. 1) 


Ward, H. M. Disease in plants. 1901. 
QK921 W25. 3353 

WUIdenow, D. C. The principles of 
botany, and of vegetable physiol- 
ogy. Tr. from the German. A new 
ed.. 1811. QK46 W69. 3354 

Wirt, Mrs. E. W. (Gamble) Flora's 
dictionary. [cl837] QK84 WS. 



Ai^siz, E. (Carey) Seaside studies 
in natural history. By E. C. Agas- 
8iz and Alexander Agassiz. Marine 
animals of Massachusetts Bay. 
Radiates. 1865. QL128 A26. 83M 

Agassiz, Ix>iils. Contributions to the 
natural history of the Unitea 
States of America. 1867-62. 4 v. 
QL151 A2. 3357 

V. 1. pt. 1. Essay on classifica- 
tion, pt. 2. North American Testu- 
dinata. 1857. — ^v. 2. pt 3. Embryol- 
ogy of the turtle. 1857. — ^v. 3. pt. 1. 
Acalephs in general, pt 2. Cteno- 
phorae. 1860. — ^v. 4. pt 3. Disco- 
phorae. pt 4. Hydroidae. pt 5. Ho- 
mologies of the Radiata. 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Methods of study in natural his- 
tory. 1870. QL.361 A27. 88SS 


General sketch of the early pro- 
gress in natural history. — Nomen- 
clature and classification. — Catego- 
ries of classification. — Classification 
and creation. — Different views re- 
specting orders. — Gradation among 
animala — ^Analogous types. — ^Fam- 
ily characteristics. — ^The characters 
of genera. — Species and breeds. — 
Formation of coral reefs. — Age of 
coral reefs as showing permanence 
of species. — Homologies. — ^Alternate 
generations. — The ovarian egg. — 
Embryology and classification. 

Principles of zodlogy: touching 

the structure, development, difitri- 
bution, and natural arrangement 
of the races of animals, living and 
extinct; with numerouB illustra- 
tions. For the use of schools and 
colleges. Pt. I. Comparative phy* 
Biology. By Louis Agassiz and A. 
A. Gould. 1848. QL47 A26. 3350 

— The structure of animal life. 

Six lectures delivered in .1862^ 
1874. 3d ed. QL799 A3. 3360 

Audubon, J. J. The quadrupeds of 
North America, by J. J. Audubon 
and John Bachman. 1851-64. 
3 V. QL715 A92. 8861 

^The viviparous quadrupeds of 

North America. By J. J. Audubon 
and John Bachman. 1846-63. 3 v. 
V. 3 wanting. QL716 A9. 3862 

BaJrd, S. F. The mammals of North 
America; the descriptions of spe- 
cies based chiefly on the collec- 
tions in the museum of the Smith* 
sonian institution. With eighty- 
seven plates of original figures, il- 
lustrating the genera and species, 
and including details of external 
form and osteology. [1857]-69. 
QL716 B16. 3363 

Battel.—- Premidres lecons sur les 
animaux sauvages. 1867. QL791 
B33. 3364 

Beddard, F. E. A book of whales. 
With forty illustrations by W. S. 

Berridge. 1900. QL737 C4 B6. 


Bell, Thomas. A history of British 
quadrupeds, including the Cetacea. 
1837. ,QL727 B43. 8366 

Beneden, P. J. van. Animal para- 
sites and messmates. 1876. qL757 
B46. 8367 

Broderlp, W. J. Leaves from the 
note book of a naturalist. 1862. 
QL60 B865. 3368 

Zoological recreations. From 2d 

London ed. 1849. QL60 B868. 


Brown, Thomas. The taxidermist's 
manual; or. The art of collecting, 
preparing, and preserving objects 
of natural history, designed for 
the use of travelers, conservators 
of museums and private collectors, 
1870. QL63 B876. 8370 

Buckland, F. T. Familiar history 
of British fishes. [1873?] QL633 
G7 B92. 3371 

-Log-book of a fisherman and 

zoologist; 1876. QL60 B924. 3372 

Caipenter, W. B. Zoology; being a 
systematic account of the general 
structure, habits, instincts, and 
uses of the principal families of 
the animal kingdom; as well as of 
the chief forms of fossil remains. 
1847-48. New ed. 2 v. QL46 C29. 


Onvier, Georges, baron. The animal 
kingdom, by the Baron Cuvier, 
with add. descriptions by Edward 
Griflith. 1827-35. 17 v. v. 11 
wanting. QL46 C99. 3374 

Damon, W. E. Ocean wonders: a 

companion for the seaside. lS7!y. 
QL122 D16. 3375 

IHckerson, M. C. The fxog book; 
North American toads and frogs, 
with a study of the habits and life 
histories of those of the north- 
eastern states, with over three 

202 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

hundred photographs from life. 
1906. QL651 D54. 8376 

Dnnniaii, Thonuis. A glossary of bi- 
ological, anatomical, and physio- 
logical terms. 1879. QL9 D92. 


Fignier, Ix>ul0. Mammalia. Their 
various orders and habits popu- 
larly illustrated by typical Bpecies. 
With 267 engravings, by MM. A. 
Mesnel, A. De Neuville, and E. 
Riou. 1870. QL706 F47. 8878 

The ocean world: being, a de- 
scription of the sea and its living 
inhabitants. By Louis Flguier. 
The chapters on conchology rev. 
and enl. by C. O. Groom-Napier. 
[With 427 illustrations]. 1869. 
QL121 F47. 8870 

Reptiles and birds. A popular 

account of the various orders; 
with a description of the habits 
and economy of the most inter- 
esting. By Louis Figuier. Ed. by 
Parker Gillmore, with 307 illustra- 
tions. 1870. QL50 F49. 8880 

Fisher, Mrs. A. B. (Bncidey) Life 
and her children; glimpses of ani- 
mal life from the amoeba to the 
insects. 1882. QL791 F5. 8881 

Fleming, John. The philosophy of 
zoology; or, A general *"iew of the 
structure, functions, and classifi- 
cation of animals. 1822. 2 v. 
QL45 F59. 8882 

Forbes, S. A. The fishes of Illinois, 
by S. A. Forbes and R. E. Rich- 
ardson. [1908] QL628 13 F8. 


Gesner, Konrad. Conradi Gesneri 
. . . Historiae animalium lib. 1. 
[-1111.1 1551-58. 4 V. in 3. 
QL41 G39. 3884 

Goldsmith, Oliver. A history of the 
earth and animated nature. A 
new ed., with corrections and al- 
terations. 1873. 4 V. in 2. QL50 
G625. 3385 

Goode, G. B. American (fishes; a 
popular treatise upon the game 
and food fishes of North America 
with especial reference to habits 
and methods of capture. 1888. 
QL625 0645. 3386 

Giinnell, Mortem. Neighbours of 
field, wood, and stream; or. 
Through the year with nature's 
children. [1901] QL791 G86. 


Onitton, fing^ne. Nouvei^e classifi- 
cation zoologique, basde sur les 
appareils et les fonctions de la re- 
production, 1854. QL352 096. 

Hamerton, P. O. Chapters on ani- 
mals. By P. G. Hamerton. With 
twenty illus. by J. Veyr&ssat and 
Karl Bodmer. 1874. QL50 H21. 


Hartmann, Robert. Anthropoid apes. 
1886. QL737 P9 H3. 3390 

Hay, W. P. The life history of the 
blue crab (callinectes sapidus) 
Appendix to report of the com- 
missioner of fisheries. 1904. 
QL445 C15. 3391 

Holbrook, J. E. North American 
herpetology; or, A description of 
the reptiles inhabiting the United 
States. 1842. 5 v. QL651 H72. 


Homaday, W. T. Taxidermy and 
zoological collecting. A complete 
handbook for the amateur taxi- 
dermist, collector, osteologist, mu- 
seum-builder, sportsman, and 
traveller, by W. T. Hornaday. 
With chapters on collecting and 
preserving insects by W. J. Hol- 
land. Illus. by G. B. Hudson and 
other artists. 1891. QL63 H82. 


Huxley, T. H. The crayfish: an In- 
troduction to the study of zoology. 
1880. QL47 H98. 3394 

A manual of the anatomy of in- 

vertebrated animals. 1878. QL363 
H98. .1305 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


-A mannal of the anatomy of 

Yertebrated animals. 1881. QL805 
H9. 3306 

Jardlne, Sir William, 7 th bart. The 
niataraliflt'a Ubrary. 40 v. Oon-» 
tents: Ornithology, v. 1-14; Mam- 
malia, V. 15-27, Entomology, v. 
28-34; Icthyology, v. 36-40. 3397 


Baahnan, J. S. The natural his- 
tory of Jlshes, particularly their 
structure and economical uses. 1840. 
(V. 35) S398 

[Dnnliar, WHUam] Bees. 1862. 
(V. 34) 3399 

Duncan, JTames. Beetles. 1852. 
(V. 33) 8400 

British butterflies. [1846?] 

(V. 29) 3401 

British moths, sphinxes, etc. 

n. d. (V. 30) 3402 

Exotic moths. 1852. (v. 32) 


Foreign butterflies. 1852. (v. 

31) 3404 

^Introduction to entomology. 

1853. (V. 28) 3405 

Hamilton, Rohert^ Amphibious 
Carnivora. 1839. (v. 25) 3406 

^British flahes. 1852. 2 v. (v. 

36-37) 3407 

^Whales, etc. 1852. (v. 26) 


Jardine, Sir William, 7th bart. 
Birds of Great Britain and Ireland. 
[1845?] 4 V. (V. 1-4) 3409 

Deer, antelopes, camels, &c. 

1855. (V. 21) 3410 

^Fishes of the perch family. 

(V. 38) 3411 

Oallinaceous birds. 1860. 

(V. 14) 3412 

Game birds. [1845?] (v. 8) 


Goats, sheep, oxen, &c. 1866. 

(V. 22) 3414 

Lions, tigers. &c., &c. 1858. 

(V. 16) 341« 

Mammalia. Thick-skinned 

quadrupeds, n. d. (v. 23) 3416 

Monkeys. [1846?] (v. 27) 


Nectarinladae, or sun-birds. 

1843. (V. 5) 3418 

Ornithology. Humming blrda 

2 V. (V. 6-7) 3419 

MaoGllliTray, William. British 
quadrupeds. 1866. (v. 17) 3420 

Scliombiirgk, Sir R. H. Ichthyol- 
ogy. Pishes of British Guiana. 1862. 
2 V. (V. 39-40) 3421 

Selby, P. J. Parrots. 1866. (v 
10) 3422 

Pigeons. [1845?] (v. 9) 3423 

Smith, C. H. Dogs. 1839-46? 2 v. 
(V. 18-19) 3424 

Horses. [1846?] (v. 20) 3425 

Mammalia. Introduction to 

Mammalia. [1846] (v. 15) 3426 

Swainson, William. Birds of west- 
ern Africa. [1845?]-1853. 2 v. (v. 
11-12) 3427 

Flycatchers. 1853. (v. 13) 


Waterhouse, G. R. Marsupialia or 
pouched animals. [1846?] (v. 24) 


Kendall, W. G. The fishes of the 
Connecticut Lakes and neighbor- 
ing waters, with notes on the 
plankton environment. 1908. 
QL628 N4 K5. 3430 

Kingsley, Charles. Glaucus; or. The 
wonders of the shore. 5th ed., cor. 
and enl. 1873. QL122 K55. 3431 

Kingsley, JT. 8. The naturalist's as- 
sistant; a hand-book for the col- 
lector and student, with a biblio- 
gralThy of fifteen hundred works 
necessary for the systematic zoolo- 
gist. 1882. QL53 K55. 3432 

^The Rivereide natural history. 

Ed. by J. S. Kingsley. Articlea by 
C. C. Abbott, J. A. Allen, W. B. 
Barrows, [etc., etc.] lUustratea 
by more than twenty-two hundred 
wood-cuts in the text, one hun- 
dred and sixty-eight full-page en- 
gravings, and twelve plates in 
color . . . [C1888] 6 v. QL45 
K56 Ref. 3433 


1. Lower invertebrates. — 2 Crus- 
tacea and insects. — 3. Liower verte- 
brates. — 4. Birds. — 5. Mammals. — 
6. Man [based on F. A. H. von Hell- 
wald's Naturgeschichte des mens- 
chen, 1882-85] 

SVIassachnsetts. CommiBeioners on 
the zoological survey of the State. 
Reports of the Commissioners on 
the zoological survey of the state. 
1838. QL183 1838. 3434 

Report on quadrupeds; by Eben- 
ezer Emmons. — Report on birds, by 

204 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

W. O. B. Peabody. — Report on 
fishes, by D. H. Storer. — Report by 
O. B. Emerson, chairman of the 
Commission. — Report on the habits 
of some insects injurious to vege- 
tation, in Massachusetts, by T. W. 
Harria — Report on the molluscous 
and other inferior animals, by A. A. 

-Reports on the fishes, reptiles 

and birds of Massachusetts. 1839. 

QL183 1838. 3435 


Fishes and reptiles, by D. H. 

Storer. Birds, by W. B. O. Peabody. 

Reports on the herbaceous 

plants and on the quadrupeds of 
Massachusetts. 1840. QL183 1838. 

Plants, by Chester Dewey. Quad- 
rupeds^ by Ebenexer Emmons. 

The menageries. 1828-1831. 4 T. 
T. 4 wanting. QL50 M53. 3487 

V. 1, 2, quadrupeds; v. 3. 4, mon- 
keys, opossums, and lemurs. 

Miles, A. H. Natural history In anec- 
dote: illustrating the nature, hab- 
its, manners and customs of ani- 
mals, birds, fishes, reptiles, in- 
sects, «tc. Arr. and ed. by A. H. 
Miles. [1896] QL50 M62. 8438 

Mtvart, St. G. J. American types of 
animal life. 1893. QL50 M685. 


Monkeys. — The opossum. — ^Thc 
turkey. — The bullfrog. — The rattle- 
snake. — ^The serotine, or Carolina 
bat. — ^The American bison. — ^The 
racoon. — ^The sloth. — The sea-lion. 
— Whales and mermaids. — T h e 
other beasts. 

Morgan, L. H. The American beaver 
and his works. 1868. QL737 R6 
M84. 8440 

New York (State) Natural history 
survey. Zoology of New Yor'k, or 
the New York fauna. By James 
De Kay. 1842-44. pt. 2 wanting. 
Library has 3 v. QL195 N5. 3441 

[Pennant, Thomas] British zoology. 
1776-77. 4 V. QL255 P4. 3442 

1. Quadrupeds. Birds. — 2. Water- 
fowl. — 3. Reptiles. Fish* — 4. Crus- 
tacea. Mollusca. Testacea. 

Pope, T. £. B. Devils Lake, North 
Dakota. A study of physical and 
biological conditions, with a view 
to the acclimatization of fish. 
1908. QL146 U6. 3443 

Richardson, Harriet. Marine isopods 
collected in the Philippines by the 
U. S. fisheries steamer Albatross 
in 1907-8. 1910. QL444 185 R52. 


Rogers, J. E. The shell book; a pop- 
ular guide to a knowledge of the 
families of living mollusks, and an 
aid to the identification of shells 
native and foreign, by J. E. Rog- 
ers; eight plates in colour, and 
ninety-six in black-and-white, 
mostly from photographs by A. R. 
Dugmore. 1908. QI/405 R72. 3445 

Seton, E. T. The biography of a 
grizzly. 1900. QL795 B3 S4. 3446 

^Lives of thj hunted, containing 

a true account of the doings of 
five quadrupeds & three birds, 
and. In elucidation of the same, 
over 200 drawings. 1901. QL50 
S49. 3447 

Krag, the Kootenay ram. — A 
street troubadour: being the adven- 
tures of a cock sparrow.— Johnny 
Bear. — The mother teal and 
the overland route. — Chink; the 
development of a pup. — The kan- 
garoo rat. — Tito: the story of the 
coyote that learned how. — ^Why the 
chickadee goes crazy once a year. 

Shufeldt, R. W. Outlines for a mu- 
seum of anatomy. 1885. QLS14 
S56. 3448 


givalnson, WiUUtm. Animals in me- 
nageries. 1838. QL50 S97. 3440 

-On the habits and instincts of 

animals. 1840. QL50 S96. 8450 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


■On the natural bietory and 

classification of fishes, amphibi- 
ans, and reptiles. 1838. 2 y. 
QL616 897. 8451 

-On the natural history and 

classification of quadrupeds. 1835. 
QL708 S79. 8452 

— Taxidermy, bibliography [of 
zoology], and biography. 1840. 
QL63 S97. 8453 

-A treatise on malacology; or» 

Shells and shell fish. 1840. QL403 
S97. 8454 

A treatise on the geography and 

classification of animals. 1836. 
QLlOl 897. 8458 

Taylor, J. E. Half-hours at the sea- 
side; or. Recreations with marine 
objects. New el. 1907. QL122 
T24. 8456 

Thomson, Sir C. W. The depth of 
the eea. An account of the gen- 
eral results of the dredging 
cruises of H. M. SS. 'Porcupine' 
and 'Lightning' during the sum- 
mers of 1868, 1869, and 1870, 
under the scientific direction ot 
Dr. Carpenter, J. Gwjm Jeffreys, 
and Dr. Wjnrille Thomson. By O 
Wyviiie Thomson. 1873. QL121 
T48. 8457 

Thomson, William. The natural his- 

tory of Ireland. 1849-66. 4 v. t. 4 
wanting. QL257 T4. 8468 

1. Birds: Rap tores & Insessores. 
1849. — 2. Bird8:Ra8ores & Qralla- 
tores. 1860. — 3. Birds: Natatores. 
1861. — 4. Mammalia, reptiles, and 
fishes. Also Invertebrata. [Com p. 
from the author's manuscript notes 
by R. Patterson, J. R. Oarrett and 
O. Dickie, and ed. by R. Patterson] 

Wallace,' A. R. The geographical dis« 
tribution of animals, with a study 
of the relations of living and ex- 
tinct faunas as elucidating the 
past changes of the earth's sur- 
face. 1876. 2 V. QLlOl W18. 


Wood, J. G. Bible animals; being a 
description of every living creat- 
ure mentioned in the Scriptures 
from the ape to the coral. 1870. 
QL83 W87. 8460 

— ^The dominion of man. 1889. 
QL50 W87. 8461 

-Homes without hands Being a 

description of the habitations of 
animals, classed according to* their 
principle of construction. With 
new designs by W. F. Keyl and B. 
Smith, engraved by G. Pearson. 
1870. QL60 W88. 8462 

— ^The new illustrated natural 
history. 1874. QL60 W89. 8468 


Avebnry, J. Lubbock, 1st baron. 
Ants, bees, o.nd wasps. A record 
of observations on the habits of 
the social Hymenoptera. 1882. 
QL568 A2 A8. 8464 

Bodfcen, lu M. Episodes of insect 
life. By Acheta Domestica, M. 
E. 8. [pseud.] 3 v. 1851. QL467 
Bif2. 8465 

Cowan, Frank, Curious facts in the 
history of insects; including spi- 
ders and scorpions. A complete 
collection of the legends, super- 

stitions, beliefs, and ominous 
signs connected with insects; to- 
gether with their uses in medi- 
cine, art, and as food; and a sum- 
mary of their remarkable injuries 
and appearances. 1865. QLr467 
C87. 8466 

Edwards, W. H.. The butterfiies of 
North America. 1868-72. Text 
reprinted, 1879. QL548 E26. 


'Synopsis of North American 

butterflies. Rev. and brought 

206 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

down tp 1882. [1882?] QL54S 
E27. 8468 

Fignier, lionis. The insect world; 
being a popular account of the 
orders of insects, together with a 
description of the habits and 
economy of some of the most in- 
teresting epecicB. Illustrated by 
676 wood-cuts. By MM. E. 
Blanchard, Delahaye, after Reau- 
mur. Re\. and cor. by B. W. 
Janson. 1869. QL467 F47. 8469 

Insect architecture. 2d ed. 1830. 
(The Library of entertaining 
knowledge. Pub. under the super- 
intendence of the Society for the 
diffusion of useful knowledge) 
QL497 A6 86. 8470 

Insect transformations. 1830. (The 
Library of entertaining know- 
ledge [▼. vi, published under the 
superintendence of the Society for 
the diffusion of useful know- 
ledge]) QL467 159. 8471 

Jaeger, Benedict. The life of North 
American insects. By B. Jaeger. 
Assisted by H. C. Preston. With 
numerous illustrations. QLr467 
J22. 8472 

Kellogg, V. L. American insects, by 
Vernon L. Kellogg, with many 
original illustrations by Mary 
Wellman. 1906. QL463 K32. 


Kirby, William. An introduction to 
entomology: or, Elements of the 
natural history of insects: com- 
prising an account of noxious and 
useful insects, of their metamor- 
phoses, food, stratagems, habita- 
tions, societies, motions, noises, 
hybernation, instinct, etc., etc. By 
William Kirby and William Spence 
. . . 7th ed. with an appendix 
relative to the origin and progress 
of the work. 1858^ QL463 K6. 


McCook, H. €. The honey ants of 
the Garden of the Gods, and the 
Occident ants of the American 
plains. A monograph of the ar- 
chitecture and habits of the honey- 

bearing ant, Myrmecocystus mel- 
liger» with notes upon the anato- 
my and physiology of the alimen- 
tary canal; together with a nat- 
ural history of the Occident har- 
vesting ants, or, stone-mound 
builders of the American plains. 
1882 [1881] QL568 P7 M18. 


-The natural history of the agri- 

cultural ant of Texas. A mono- 
graph of the habits, architecture, 
and structure of Pogonomyrmex 
barbatus. 1880. QL568 F7 M16. 


-Nature's craftsmen; popular 

studies of ants and other insects, 
illus. from nature. 1907.' QL467 
M114. 8477 

Packard, A. 8. Our common insects. 
A popular account of the insects 
of our fields, forests, gardens and 
houses. Illus. with 4 plates and 
268 woodcuts. 1878. QL467 Pll. 


[Rennie, James] Insect miscella- 
nies. 1831. (The library of enter- 
taining knowledge, [vol. xxiii- 
xxiv, published under the super- 
intendence of the Society for the 
difTusion of useful knowledge]) 
QL467 R41. 8470 

Say, Thomas. American entomology, 
or Descriptions of the insects of 
North America. 1824-28. 3 v. 
QL466 S27. 8480 

Scudder, S. H. Butterflies; their 
structure, changes, and life-his- 
tories, with special reference to 
American forms. 1889. QL548 
S43. 3481 

Smith, J. B. Insects of New Jersey: 
a list of the species occurring in 
New Jersey, with notes on those 
of economic importance. 1900. 
QL475 N5 86. 8482 

Swainson, William. On the history 
and natural arrangement of in- 
sects. By William Swainson and 
W. E. Shuckard. 1840. QL468 
S97. 3488 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


V. 8. Entomological commission. 
Second report for the years 1878 
and 1879, relating to the Rocky 
Mountain locuet, and the western 
cricket and treating of the host 
means of subduing the locust In 
its permanent breeding grounds, 
with a Yiew of preventing its mi- 

grations into the more fertile por- 
tions of the trans-MissiBsippi 
country. App. ii-iv, viii: papers 

by 8. H. Scudder, Jonn Marten, 

B. P. Mann. Commissioners: C. 

V. Riley, A. S. Packard, jr., Cyrns 

Thomas. i880. QL507 1 U5. 3484 


Alabama. Dept. of education. Bird 
day book. Library has May 
'09. QL676 A35. 8485 

The architecture of birds, with en- 
gravings. 1833. QL675 A77. 8486 

Audubon, J. J. The birds of Ameri- 
ca, from drawings made in the 
United States and their territories. 
1856. 7 T. QL674 A94. 8487 

Ornithological biography, or An 

account of the habits of the birds 
of the United States of America; 
accompanied by descriptions of 
the objects represented in the 
work entitled The birds of Ameri- 
ca, and Interspersed with delinea- 
tions of American scenery and 
manners. 1831-1849 [i. e. 1839] 
6 T. QL674 A:i2. 3488 

^Trees, plants, and flowers, 

where and how they grow. A fa- 
miliar history of the vegetable 
kingdom. 1881. QL681 B13. 84115 

Balrd, 8. F. A history of North 
American birds, by S. F. Baird, T. 
M. Brewer, and R. Ridgway. Land 
birds, illus. by 64 plates and 693 
woodcuts. 1875. 3 v. QL681 B16. 


-The water birds of North Amer- 

-A synopsis of the birds of North 

America. 1839. QL681 A98. 8401 

BaUey, Mrs. F. A. (Merrlam) Birds 
through an opera glass; cl889. 
QL676 B17. 3492 

Handbook of birds of the west- 
ern United States, including the 
great plains, great basin. Pacific 
slope, and lower Rio Grande Val- 
ley, by P. M. Bailey; with thirty- 
three full-page plates by L. A. 
Fuertes, and over six hundred cuts 
in the text. 2d ed., rev. 1904. 
QL683 BZZ' 8408 

Baity, W. li. Our own birds; a fa- 
miliar natural history of the birds 
of the United States. Rev. and ed. 
by E. D. Cope. 1881. QL681 B13. 


ica. By S. F. Baird, T. M. Brewer, 
and R. Ridgway. Issued in con- 
tinuation of the publications of 
the Geological survey of Califor- 
nia. J. D. Whitney, state geolo- 
gist. 1884. 2 V. QL681 B165. 


BoniHiarte, G. li. [J. I/.] prince de 
Caninjo. American ornithology; 
or, The natural history of birds 
inhabiting the United States, not 
given by Wilson. With figures 
drawn, engraved, and coloured, 
from nature. 1825-33. 4 v. QL674 
W76. 3408 

Chapman, F. M. The economic value 
of birds to the state. 1903. QL676 
C46. 3499 

Coues, 'Eailott. Fi^d fomltholo«;yji 
Comprising a manual of instruc- 
tion for procuring, preparing and 
preserving birds; and A check list 
of North American birds. 1874. 
QL681 C86. 30OO 

— ^Key to North American birds; 
containing a concise account of 
every species of living and fossil 
bird at present known from the 

208 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

continent north of tlie Mexican 
and United States boundary. Il- 
lustrated by 6 flteel plates, and 
upwards of 250 woodcuta. 1872. 
QL(>81 C85. SSOOa 

l>omeBtic habita of birds. 1833. 
QL676 Dtitf. 3501 

[Doubleday, Mrs. N. B. (De Graff) ] 
Bird neighbors. An introductory 
acquaintance with one hundred 
and fifty birds coodmonly found 
in the gardens, meadows, and 
woods about our homes, by Neltje 
Blanchan [pseud.] with Introduc- 
tion by John Burroughs and fifty- 
two colored platea. 1902. QL676 
D733. 8502 

The faculties of birds. 1835. QL699 
F14. 8503 

Goss, N. 8. A revised catalogue of 
the birds of Kansas. With de- 
ficrlptlTe notes of the nests and 
eggs of the birds known to breed 
in the state. 1886. QL6S4 K2 06. 


Grant, Jf. B. Our common birds and 
how to know them, with sixty- 
four plates. 1891. QL681 G76. 


HofFman, Ralph. A guide to the 
birds of New Bngland and eastern 
New York; containing a key for 
each season and short descrip- 
tions of over two hundred and fif- 
ty species, with particular refer- 
ence to their appearance in the 
field, by Ralph Hoffmann, with 
four full-page plates by L. A. 
Fuertes and nearly one hundred 
cuts in the text. 1904. QL683 H7. 


Knox, A. E. Ornithological rambles 
in Sussex; with a sjrstematic cata- 
logue of the birds of that county, 
and remarks on their local distri- 
bution. 1849. QL690 G7 K7. 8507 

liangille, J. H. Our birds in their 
haunts: a popular treatise on the 
birds of eastern North America. 
1884. QL681 L28. 8508 

Maasachiisetts. State board of agri- 
culture. Useful birds end their 
protection. Containing brief de- 
scriptions of the more common 
and useful species of Massachu- 
setts, with accounts of their food 
habits, and a chapter on the 
means of attracting and protect- 
ing birds. By E. H. Forbush, or- 
nithologist. Illus. by the author. 
C. A. Lyford, C. A. Reed, and 
others. 1907. QL684 M4 F6. 


Montague, GLeorge] Ornithological 
dictionary of British birds. By G. 
Montagu. 2d ed. With a plan of 
study, and many new articles and 
original observations. By James 
Rennle. 18^31. QL.690 G7 M68. 


National assodatloii of Audubon so- 
cieties. Educational leafiets. Li- 
brary has 2 collections in en- 
velopes. QL671 N27. 8511 

Newton, Alft^ed« A dictionary of 
birds, by Alfred Newton, assisted 
by Hans Gadow, with contribu- 
tions from Richard Lydekker, C. 
S. Roy and R. W. Shufeldt. 
1893-96. QL673 N57. 8512 

Nnttail, Thomas. A manual of the 
ornithology of the United States 
and of Canada. The land birds. 
1832. QL681 N88. 8518 

— ^A manual of the ornithology of 
the United States and of Canada. 
1834. QL681 N92. 8514 

Rhode Island. Commissioners of 
birds. Annual report. Library 
has 1902, '04, '07. '08. QL684 
R4. 8515 

Ridipvay, Robert. A manual of 
North American birds. Illustrated 
by 464 outline drawings of the 
generic characters. 1887. QL681 
R54. 3516 

Ruskin, John, Love's meinie. Lec- 
tures on Greek and English birds. 
1873. QL676 R96. 8517 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Stumard, Henry. Outdoor common 
birds: their habits and general 
characteristics, [n. d.j QL690 G7 
S78. 8fil8 

SwainsoB, William. On the natural 
history and classification of birds. 
1836-37. 2 Y. QL673 S97. 8519 

Tnunball, Qurdon. Names and por- 
traits . of birds which interest 
gunners, with descriptions in lan- 
guage understanded of the peo- 
ple. 1888. QL676 T86. 8620 

Warren, B. H. Report on the birds 
of Pennsylvania. With special 
reference to the food-habits, based 
on over four thousand stomacu 
examinations. 2d ed. rev. and aug. 
1890. QL684 P4 W2. 8521 

Wilson, iUexander. American or- 
nithology; or. The natural history 
of the birds of the United States: 
illustrated with plates. 1808-25. 
8 V. and supp. Supp. by Qeorge 
Ord. QL674 W75. 8522 


Bock, O. E, Hand-atlas der anato- 

mie des menschen. Nebst einem 

tabellarischen handbuche der ana- 

' tomle von Dr. C. E. Bock. Drltte 

auflage. 1860. QM25 B66. 8528 

CVnveilhier, Jeui, Traits d'anatomie 
descriptive. 2 me 6d. 1845. v. 2 
wanting. QM23 C95. 8524 

Ecker, Alexander. The cerebral con- 
volutions of man, represented 
according to original observations, 
especially upon their development 
in the foetus. Intended for the 
n«e of physicians. Tr. by R. T. 
Edes. 1873. QM455 E18. 8525 

FYey, Helnrieh. The histology ana 
histochemistry of ma^. A treatise 
on the elements of composition 
and structure of the human body. 
Tr. irom 4th German ed., by A. E. 
J. Barker, ana rev. by the author. 
1875. QM551 F89. 8526 

Gray, Henry. Anatomy, descriptive 
and surgical. By Henry Gray. Ed. 
by T- P. Pick and Robert Howden. 
New Amer. ed. Rev. and re-edited 
with additions by J. C. DaCosta 
1905. QM23 G7 1905 Ref. 8527 

Anatomy, descriptiVQ and surgi- 
cal. With an introduction on 
general anatomy and development. 
By T. Holmes. New Amer. from 
5th and enl. ed. 1870. QM28 G7 
1870. 8528 

Jarjavay, J. F. Trait6 d 'anatomie 
chirurgicale on de I'anatomie dans 
ses rapports avec la pathologie ex- 
terne et la mddeclne op^ratoire. 
1852. 2 V. QM531 J37. 8529 

Maclise, Joseph. Surgical anatomy. 
1870. QM531 M2. 8580 

Monro, Alexander, A description of 
all bunsae mucosae of the human 
body. [1788] QM485 M75. 8581 

Owen, Sir Richard. The principal 
forms of the skeleton and of the 
teeth. 1854. QMlOl 097. 8582 

U. S. Government hospital for the in- 
sane, Wasliington, D. C. Illustra- 
tions of the gross morbid anatomy 
of the brain in the Insane. A se- 
lection of seventy-five plates show- 
ing the pathological conditions 
found in post-mortem examina- 
tions of the brain in mental dis- 
eases. By I. W. Blackburn, path- 
ologist. 1908. QM455 U6. 8588 


Abemethy, John. Physiological 
lectures and discourses delivered 
before the Royal college of sur- 
geons in London. 1830. QP71 
A14. 8534 

Anderson, W. G. The use of oxygen 
in mountain climbing. 1909. 
QP913 01 A55. S58d 

Bernard, Clande. Leoons de physiol- 
ogie exp6rimentale appliqu6e k la 

210 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

mMecine, faitee au ColI6ge de 
France. 1855. QP71 B51. 3586 

Brown-S^nard, C. £. Course of lec- 
tures on the physiology and path- 
ology of the central neryous sys- 
tem. Delivered at the Royal col- 
lege of surgeons of England in 
May. 1858. 1860. QP361 B87. 

er grammar grades. L1900] QP36 
W18. 3540 

-Intermediate physiology and hy- 

[Bnckalew, 8. F.] Object lessons on 
the iiuman body. Rev. 1894. 
( Practical work in the school room 
iS&ries, pt 1.) QP37 B92. 3538 

Coleman, W. M. Physiology for be- 
ginners, with an appendix on na- 
ture study. 1903. QP36 069. 3540 

Colton, B. P. Elementary physiology 
and hygiene. 1902. QP36 C72. 


Conn, H. W. An elementary physi- 
ology and hygiene for use in 
schools, [1903] QP36 075. 3542 

Cyclopaedia of anatomy and physi- 
ology. Ed. by R. B. Todd. 1835- 
59. 5 V. in 6. QPll T63. 3543 

Barwin, C. R. The expression of the 
emotions in man and animals. 
1873. QP401 D22, 3544 

Flint, Austin, Jr. The physiology of 
man; designed to represent the 
existing state of physiological 
science, as applied to the func- 
tions of the human body. 1870- 
1871. 3 V. QP34 F62 3545 

Gardner, John. Longevity: the 
means of prolonging life after 
middle age. 3d ed., rev. and enl. 
1875. QP85 022. 3546 

Geddes, Patrick, The evolution of 
sex. By Patrick Geddes and J. A. 
Thomson. 1890. QH471 G29. 


Hall, J. W. The new century primer 
of hygiene, for fourth year pupils. 
[1901] QP36 H17. 3548 

Hall, IV. 8. Elementary anatomy, 
physiology and hygiene; for high- 

glene, for lower grammar grades; 
by W. S. Hall and J. W. Hall 
[1901] QP37 H18. 3550 

Hammond, W. A. Physiological me- 
moirs. 1863. QP6 H22. 3551 

Hinton, James, ed. Physiology for 
practical use. With an introduc- 
tion by E. L. Youmans. 1874. 
QP38 H66. 

LeConte, Joseph. Sight: an exposi- 
tion of the principles of monocu- 
lar and binocular vision. 2d ed., 
rev. and enl. 1897. QP475 L46. 


Lewes, G. H. The physiology of com- 
mon life. 1875. 2 v. QP38 Lr66. 


Morley, M. W. The renewal of life; 
how and when to tell the story to 
the young. 1906. QH471 M86. 


Lnys, J. B. The brain and its 
functions. 1882. QP376 L94. 3556 

Mac£, Jean. The servants of the 
stomach. Rev. and cor. 1868. 
QP38 M145. 3557 

Marey, E. J. Animal mechanism: a 
treatise on terrestrial and atrial 
locomotion. 1874. QP301 M3z. 

Paget, Stephen. Experiments on 
animals, by Stephen Paget, with 
an introduction by Lord Lister. 
New and rev. ed. 1903. OP44 P2. 


Pettlgrew, J. B. Animal locomotion; 
or. Walking, swimming, and fly- 
ing, with a dissertation on aero- 
nautics. 1874. QPS^Ol P51. 3560 

Richardson, J. O. Report on the 
structure of the white blood cor- 
puscle. 1872. QP95 R52. 3561 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


RoUeston, George. The Harveian 
oration, 1873. 1873. QPlOl R75. 


Rosentlud, Isidor. General physiol- 
ogy of muscles and nervee, by Dr. 
1, Rosenthal. [1881] QP321 R82. 

^mon, J. F. Animal chemistry with 
reference to the physiology and 
pathology of man, by J. F. Simon. 
Tr. and ed. by G. B. Day. 1846. 
QP514 856. 8564 

l^nith, R. B. Standard school physi- 
ology. Hygiene. Anatomy. By R. 
B. Smith and E. C. WiUard. 1899. 
QP36 S67. 8566 

Starke, J. Alcohol, the sanction for 
its use scientifically established 
and popularly expounded by a 
physiologist; tr. from the German. 
1907. QP915 A3 S8. 8566 

SCow^l* O. H. A healthy body. A 
text-book on anatomy, physiology, 
hygiene, alcohol, and narcotics. 
For use in intermediate grades in 
public and private schools. Rev. 
[1893.] QP36 S88. 8567 

A primer of health for primary 

classes. With special reference 
to the efCects of alcoholic drinks 
and tobacco upon the human sys- 
tem. [1892] QP37 S89. 8668 

Thorns, W. J. Human longevity, its 
facts and its fictions including an 
inquiry into some of the more re- 
markable instances, and sugges- 
tions for testing reputed cases, 
illustrated by examples. 1873. 
QP85 T5. 3669 

Triplett, W. H. The laws and me- 
chanics of circulation, with the 
principle involved in animal move- 
ment. 1885. QPlOl T'^C. 8670 

r ^ 

Walker, Alexander. Intermarriage: 
or. The mode in which, and the 
causes why, beauty, health and in- 
tellect, result from certain unions, 
and deformity, disease and insan- 
ity, from others. 1838. QP261 
W3. 8671 

White, Mrs. E. G. (Harmon) In- 
struction relating to the princi- 
ples of healtLful living. 1897. 
QP38 W52. 8672 


Conn, H. W. Agricultural bacteriol- 
ogy; a study of the relation of 
bacteria to agriculture, with 
special reference to the bacteria 
in the soil, in water, in the dairy. 
In miscellaneous farm products, 
and in plants and domestic ani- 
mals. 1901. QR51 07. 8578 

Newman, George. Bacteria; espec- 
ially as they are related to the 
economy of nature, to industrial 
processes and to the public health. 
1899. QR56 N55. 8574 

Tyndall, John. Essays on the fioat- 
Ing-matter of the air, in relation 
to putrefaction and infection. 
1882. QR79 T92. 8575 

U. S. Commission to investigate 
cause of yellow fever. Report of 
Commission of medical ofllcers de- 
tailed by authority of the presi- 
dent to investigate the cause of 
yellow fever. 1899. QR201 Y8 U4. 



Acad^mie roymle de m^dedne. M6- 

moires. 1843. Library has v. 10. 
R45 A16. 8677 

Adams, 8. H. The great American 

fraud. Articles on the nostrum 
evil and quacks, reprinted from 
Collier's weekly. [1906] R730 
A22. 3678 

212 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

The AmeiicMi journal of medical 
BclenceB. Library has v. 8, 
1831. Rll A3 5. 8570 

The American medical intelligencer. 
By Robiey Dunglison. Library 
has V. 2, 1839. Rll A4. 3680 

The Americaii medical recorder. 
Conducted by James Webster, 
[and others] Library has y. 13, 
1828. Kll A5. 8581 

Braithwalte, WilUanu An epitome 
of Braithwaite's retrospect of 
practical medicine and surgery. 
By W. S. Wells. 2 v. R129 B81. 

Cyclopaedia of j^ractical medicine; 
comprising treatises on the nature 
and treatment of diseases, materia 
medica and therapeutics, medical 
Jurisprudence, etc. Ed. by John 
Forbes, Alexander Tweedie, John 
Conolly. 1833-1835. 4 Y. R121 
F69. 3583 

DftYls, N. 8. Contributions to the 
history of medical education and 
medical institutions in the United 
States of America. 1776-1876. 
Special report. Prepared for the 
United States Bureau of educa- 
tion. 1877. R745 D26. 3584 

Dictioimaire de m6decine ou reper- 
toire general des sciences medi- 
cales consider6es sous le rapport 
th6orique et pratique. 2 me ed. en- 
tierement refondue et consider- 
ablement augmentde. 1832-1836. 
30 Y. R121 A23. 8585 

Drewry, W. F. Correlation of the 
physician and the layman. 
[1908?] R708 D76. 3586 

DnnsCer, E. S. The relation of the 
medical profession to modern ed- 
ucation. An address dellYered 
June 16, 1869. 1870. R708 D92. 


Ellis, John. Personal experience of 
a physician, with an appeal to the 
medical and clerical professions; 
and an appendix, a reYiew of 

"Christ and the temperance ques- 
tion," in the Christian union. 
1892. R707 E47. 3588 

Fnuicis, J. W. AnniYersary dis- 
course before tbe New-Tork acad- 
emy of medicine. DeliYered No- 
Yember 10th, 1847. 1847. R708 
F795. 8580 

— : — Introductory discourse to the 

seYeral oouises of clinical in- 
struction at BellOYue hospital. 
New York, delivered 18 th Octo- 
ber, 1858. 1858. R708 F81. 3500 

Gerste. A. Notes sur la mddecine et 
la botanique des anciens Mexi- 
cains. 1909. R465 G5. 

Same. 2d ed. 1910. R465 051. 

De quelques travaux r6cents sur 


la botanique et la m6decine des an- 
ciens Mexicalns*': p. [147]-157. 

Godman, J. D. Addresses dellYered 
on Yarious public occasions, With 
an appendix, containing a brief 
explanation of the injurious ef- 
fects of tight lacing, upon the or- 
gans and functions of respiration, 
circulation, digestion, &c. 1829. 
R117 058. 8502 

Good, J. M. The study of medicine. 
By J. M. Good. Containing all the 
author's final corrections and im- 
proYements. With much addi- 
tional modern information on phy- 
siology, practice, pathology and 
the nature of diseases in general. 
By Samuel Cooper. 1829. 5 y. 
R129 G64. 8503 

Gould, G. M. A new medical dic- 
tionary; including all the words 
and phrases used in medicine, 
with their proper pronunciation 
and definitions. Based on recent 
medical literature. 1890. R121 
G69 1890. 8504 

Half-yearly abstract of the medical 
sciences; being a practical and 
analytical digest of the contents 
of the principal British and conti- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


nental medical works published in 
the preceding six months. Ed. by 
W. H. Ranking. New York, 1845; 
Philadelphia, 1846-1869. 30 nos. 
in 15 V. R31 Hi6 8595 

Hairard vnlTerBity. Medical school. 
Catalogue of students. Library 
has 1883. R747 H365. 8596 

The healing art; or, cnapters upon 
medicine, diseases, remedies, and 
physicians, historical, biographical 
and descriptive. 1887. 2 v. R131 
H43. 3697 

Magni Hippocratis medicorum om- 
nium facile principis, Opera omnia 
quae extant, in Yiii sectiones ex 
Erotiani mente distributa. Nunc 
denuo latina interpretatione, & 
annotationibus iUustrata, Anutio 
Foeeio . . authore . . . 1657. 8598 

Hoffmann, Fiiderlciifl. Opera omnia 
physico-medica cum yita auctoris. 
1748. 6 Y. Library has v. 1 & 2 
in 1 v. R128 7 H69. 3599 

Indiana. Uniyersity. School of medi- 
cine. Equipment and facilities. 
1907. R747 16 71. 8600 

Register. Library has 1907. '08. 

'09, 10. R747 16 7. 3601 

The Jefferson medical college. Phil- 
adelphia. Announcements. Li- 
brary has 1910-11. R747 J27. 


The Jonrnal of the American medi- 
cal association. Library has v. 47, 
1906-date. 8603 

The Lancet. Library has v. 1-103, 
1823-'72. 8604 

Maine. Medical association. Trans- 
actions. Library has 1866, '67, 
'68, in 1 y. R15 M2. 8605 

Mallet;, J. W. The claims of science 
for its own sake upon the medical 
profession. R708 M25. 8606 

Medical review of reyiews. Library 
has V. 12, 8607 

Moct, Valentine. Address before the 
graduates of 1860 of the Uniyer- 
sity medical college of New York. 
1860. R708 M9. 8608 

Nysten, P. H. Dictionnaire de m6de- 
cine, de chirurgie, de pharmacie, 
des sciences accessoires et de I'art 
refondue par E. Littr6 et Ch. 
T6t6rinaire. lOme 6d.entl6rement 
Robin. Ouyrage augments de la 
synonymie grecque, latine. alle- 
mande, anglaise, espagnole et 
italienne et suivi d'un glossaire de 
ces di verses langues. 1855. R121 
N28. 3609 

Same, lime M. 1858. 

Paine, Martyn. The institutes of 
medicine. 8th ed. 1865. R129 
P17. 8610 

Medical and physiological com- 
mentaries. 1840-44. 3 V. R117 P 
14. 8611 

Pan-American medical congress. 1st, 
Washington. D. C. 1893. Trans- 
actions of the first Pan-American 
medical congress, September 5. 6. 
7, and 8, 1893. 1895. 2 v. R106 
P2 1893. 8612 

Parr, Bartholomew. The London 
medical dictionary; including, un- 
der distinct heads, every branch of 
medicine with whatever relates to 
medicine in natural philosophy, 
chemistry, and natural history. 
1819. 2 V. R121 P25. 8618 

Polic*s medical register ana direc- 
tory of North America. Li- 
brary has v. 2, 1890; 1904. R711 
P7 Ref. 8614 

The Practitioner: a Journal of thera- 
peutics and public health. Ed. by 
T. L. Brunton. Library nas v. 
19. July-Dec, 1877. R31 P89. 


Renonard, P. V. History of medi- 
cine, from its origin to the nine- 
teenth century, with an appendix, 
containing a philosophical and 
historical review of medicine to 
the present time, by P. V. Renou- 
ard. Tr. from the French by C. O. 
Comegys. 1867. R131 R42. 3616 

214 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Southern cUnlc. Library has t. 28, 
1905-date. 3617 

fThoniaSt Joseph. Lippincott's medi- 
cal dictionary: a complete vocabu- 
lary of the terms used in medicine 
and the allied eciences; with their 
pronunciation, etymology, and sis- 
niflcation . . . prepared on the basis 
of Thomas's Complete medical dic- 
tionary by R. W. Green, with 
the editorial collaboration of 
John Ashhurst, jr., G. A. Pier- 
sol, Joseph P. Remington. cl905. 
R121 T45 1905 Ref. 9618 

Tokio. Imperial university of Japan. 
Medical faculty. Mittheilungen. 
Library has v. 6, nos. 1-4; v.;7t 
nos. 1, 2; v. 9, no. 1. R97 T6. 

Toner, J. M. Contributions to the 
annals of medical progress and 
medical education in the Un!te(» 
States before and during the war 

of independence. 1874. R152 T66. 


TH-state medical aasociAtion of the 
CarollnjM and Virginia. Transac- 
tions of the annual session. Li- 
brary has 2d. 1900. R15 T81. 


Verelns deutsdier aente in Paris. 

Denkschrift zur feier des zehn<» 

Jaehrigen stiftungsfestes. 1854. 
R55 V48. 

Virginia medical semi-monthly. Li- 
brary has V. 12, 1907-date. 8623 

Williams, 8. W. American medical 
biography: or, memoiir. of emi- 
nent physicians, embracing princi- 
pally those who have died since 
the publication of Dr. Thacher's 
work on the same subject. With 
engravings. 1845. R153 W72. 




American pnhtlc health association. 

Public health. The Lomb prize 
essays. Award made at the thir- 
teenth annual meeting of the 
American public health associa- 
tion, Washington, D. C, Dec. 10, 
1885. With an appendix. 1886. 
RA436 A51. 3625 

Anstie, F. E. Notes on epidemics. 
Ist Amer. ed. 1866. RA653 A62. 


Belgium. Congrds d'hygidne pub- 
lique. Comte rendu des seances. 
Tezte dee resolutions votees. 
Pidces k I'appui. 1851. RA254 Cl 
1851. 8627 

Belgium. Ministdre de Tint^rieur. 
Hygiene publique. Documents et 
m^ructions relatifs & rassainis- 
sement des lieux insalubres. 1850. 
RA254 Cl 1850. 3628 

-Tableau atatistique k Tappui du 

projet d'organisation d'un service 

medical rural. 1849. RA254 Cl 
1849. 3629 

Chapin, C. V. Municipal sanitation 
in the United States. 1901. RA 
445 C46. 8630 

Cobb, A. G. Earth-burial and cre- 
mation. The history of earth- 
burial with its attendant evils, and 
the advantages offered by crema- 
Uon. 1892. RA637 C65. 8631 

Colorado. State board of health. 
Biennial report. Library has 1904, 
'06, '08. RASl Bl. 8632 

Creighton, Charles. A history of epi- 
demics in Britain. 1891-94. 2 v. 
Library has Vol. 1. RA650 6 C9l. 


Delaware. State board of health. 
Biennial report. Library has 1902, 
04. RA37 Bl. 8634 

Detroit. Board of health. Annual 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


report. Library has 1908. RA88 
D47 Bl. 3085 

Frost, W. H. Acute anterior poliomy- 
elitie (infantile paralysis) a pre- 
cis. 1911. RAll B175. 36S6 

(U. S. Public health and marine 
hospital service. Public health bul- 
letin no. 44) 

Georgia. State board of health. An- 
nual report. Library has 1905, 
'07-'09. RA47 Bl. 8637 

Circular letter. Library has no. 

11. RA47 B5. 8638 

Glen, W. C. The law relating to pub- 
lic health and local government. 
With the statutes and cases. 4th 
ed. 1866. RA241 A5 G5. 8630 

Harrington, Charles. A manual of 
practical hygiene for students, 
physicians, and medical officers. 
3d ed., rer. and enL 1905. RA425 
H325. 8640 

Hartwell, E. M. Public baths in 
Europe. 1901. RA606 H33. 8641 

(Monographs on social econom- 
ics. Bd. by Chas. H. VerrlU.) 

Hawaii. Board of health. Report of 
the president, for the eighteen 
months ending Dec. 31, 1902. RA 
386 Bl. 3642 

Hitchcodc, H. O. Report of the com- 
mittee on epidemic, endemic, and 
contagious diseases . . Made to 
the State board of health October 
14, 1879. RA87 CI 1879a. 8643 

Report on slaughter-houses, 

rendering-eatablishments, etc. 

[1879?] RA87 CI 1879. 8644 

Illinois. State board of health. 
Monthly bulletin. Library has t. 
4, 1908, V. 6, no. 11, 1910. v. 7, 
no. 2, 1911. RA54 B2. 8645 

Indiana, Board of medical registra- 
tion and examination. Annual re- 
port. Library has 1898-'01. 

1902 '08, 1909. RA61 HI S8. 


Indiana. State board of health. An- 
nual report. Library has 1898, '99, 
'00, '01, '03-date. RA61 Bl. 3647 

Boofc of instructions to health 

authorities [1909]. RA61 A5 
1909. 3648 

-State boards of health; their 

object and use, etc. 1882. RA419 
14. 8640 

Intematioiial sanitary conference, 

5th, Washington, D. C, 1881. 
Proceedings of the International 
sanitary conference provided for 
by joint resolution of the Senate 
and House of representatives in 
the early part of 1881. 1881. RA 
422 18 1881. 8650 

International sanitary convention of 
the American republics. 2d, Waah- 
ington, D. C, 1905. Transactions 
of the second International sani- 
tary convention of the American 
republics, Washington, D. C, Oc- 
tober 9, 10, 12, 13, and 14, 1905. 

1906. RA422 19 1905. 3651 


Jackson, D. D. Pollution of New 
York harbor as a menace to health 
by the dissemination of intestinal 
diseases through tbe agency of the 
common house fly; a report to the 
committee on pollution of the Mer- 
chants' association of New York. 

1907. RA447 N7 J2. 3652 

Johnson, J. B. What sanitary science 
has done for American life, by J. 
B. Johnson, also. Relations of the 
state board of health to the pub- 
lic, by S. W. Williston. 1899. RA 
67 CI 1899. 3653 

Kansas. State board of health. An- 
nual report. Library has 1885- 
1900. Biennial report. Library 
has 1904, '06. RA67 Bl. 8654 

Laws, rules and regulations of 

the Kansas state board of health. 
1904. RA6? A5 1904. 8655 

216 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

— Preyention and suppreBBion of 
epidemic and malignant diseases; 
diphtheria. 1896. RA67 CI 1896. 


— Prevention and suppression ot 
epidemic and malignant diseases; 
scarlet fever. 1896. RA67 CI 
1896a. 8657 

— Prevention of tuberculosis. 1908. 
RA67 Gl 1908a. 8658 

-The registration of physicians in 

the state of Kansas, 1893. 1894. 
RA67 CI 1893. 8650 

-Typhoid fever; diagnosis and 

prevention. With a report of the 
epidemic at Manhattan, Kan. 1898. 
RA67 CI 1898. 8660 

-Typhoid fever; prevalence. 

cause, restriction and prevention. 

1908. RA67 CI 1908. 8661 

Law, James. Tuberculosis. RA34 CI 
1894. 3662 

From the Report of the secre- 
tary of the Connecticut state board 
of agriculture, 1894. 

Lederle, E. J. New York City's sani- 
tary problems and their solution. 
[1904?] RA447 N7 N7 L4. 8663 

lievy, E. O. Advantages and difficul- 
ties of publicity in connection with 
municipal public health work. 

1909. RA436 L66. 3664 

^The importance of co-operation 

of the medical profession in muni^ 
cipal health work. [1908?] RA 
436 L69. 8665 

IJonisiaiiA. State board of health. 
Biennial report. Library has 1901. 
RA74 Bl. 8666 

Massachusetts. Commissioners for 
sanitary survey of the State. Re- 
port of a general plan for promo- 
tion of public and personal health. 
1850. RA84 HI. 8667 

Massachusetts. State board of health. 

Annual report. Library has 1875. 
RA84 Bl. 8668 

Michigan. Laws relating to public 
health. 1910. RA87 A5 1910. 8669 

Michigan. Sanitary convention. Pro- 
ceedings. Library has Sept. 1886, 
June, Dec. '88, May, July, Dec. *89, 
Aug. 1890. Aug., Oct., '91, March, 
'92. Apr. '93, Dec. '97. RA87 B5. 


Michigan. State board of health. An- 
nual report. Library has 1893* 
1908. RA87 Bl. 3671 

— Concerning weekly reports of 
diseasea in Michigan during the 
year 1879. 1881. RA87 CI 1880. 


— Concerning weekly reports of 
diseases in Michigan during the 
year 1880. 1882. RA87 CI 1881. 


— Public health, Michigan. Quar- 
terly. Library has v. 4, no. 3, 4., 
V. 5, nos. 1-4. RA87 B51. 3674 

— Report relative to small -pox in 
Michigan during the year 1895. 
1896. RAd/ CI 1896. 3675 

— Reports and statistics relative 
to communicable diseases in Michi- 
gan in 1893. 1896. RA87 CI 
1893. 3676 

— ^The time of greatest prevalence 
of each disease. 1886. RA87 CI 
1886. 3677 

— Trichiniasis in Michigan, and 
Protection from diseased animals 
and diseased meat. By the secre- 
tary of the State board of health. 
1884. RA87 CI 1884. 3678 

-The water-supply in its relation 

to health and disease, in Michigan. 
1876. RA87 CI 1876. 3670 

Montana. State board of health. Bi- 
ennial report. Library has 1904, 
'06. '08. RAlOl Bl. 8680 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Montaiui health bulletin. Pub. quart- 
erly by the Montana state board 
of health. Library has vol. 1. no. 
4, March-May, 1904, toI. 2. no. 1, 
June-Ausu8t, 1904. RAlOl B2. 


National qnanuitiiie and sanitary 
conTentlon. 3d, New York, 1869. 
Proceedings and debates of the 
third National quarantine and 
sanitary convention. 1859. RA422 
N4 1859. 3682 

New Hampshire. State board of 
health. Annual report. Library 
has 1884, '85. RAlll Bl. 3683 

New l^<»rk (State) Conference of 
sanitary officers. Proceedings. Li- 
brary has 9th, 1909. RA121 B8. 


New York (State) Department ot 
health. Monthly bulletin. Library 
has Aug » Oct., 1908; Nov., 1910. 
RA121 B2. 3685 

Ohio. State board of health. Annual 
report. Library has 1899-1907. 
RA131 Bl. 3686 

Oregon. State board of health. Bi- 
ennial report. Library has 1907, 
'09. Annual report. Library has 
1908« RA137 Bl. 3687 

Panama Canal Zone. Dept. of sanita- 
tion. Population and deaths from 
various diseases in the city of Pan- 
ama, by months and years, from 
November, 1883, to August, 1906. 
Number of employees and deaths 
from various diseases among the 
employees of the French canal 
companies, by months and years, 
from January, 1881, to April, 
1904. Isthmian canal commission, 
government of the Canal Zone, 
Health department. W. C. Gk)rga8, 
chief sanitary officer. 1906. RA 
192 A6 1906. 3688 

Pennsylvania. Dept. of health. De- 
scriptive catalogue of the exhibit 
of the State department of health 
of Pennsylvania at the Internation- 
al congress on tuberculosis. Wash-, 

ington, D. C, September 21 to Oc- 
tober 12, 1908. Samuel 6. Dixon, 
commissioner of health. 1908. RA 
141 CI 1908. 3689 

-The duties of physicians con- 

cerning the making of proper cer* 
tificates of deaths and births. 1907. 
RA141 CI 1907. 3600 

-Health bulletin. Library has no. 

5-10, 12, Nov. '09-Apr., June, 
Aug.-Dec, 1910, Jany., 1911. 
RA141 B12« 3601 

-Information for the people of 

Pennsylvania with regard to the 
influence of vaccination on small- 
pox. 1907. RA141 CI 1907a. 


Rules and regulations of the 

Department of health of the com- 
monwealth of Pennsylvania. 
Adopted under the provisions of 
the act of April 27, 1905. To Oc- 
tober 1, 1907. 1907. RA141 B9 
1907. 3603 

Pennsylvania. State board of health. 
Annual report. Library has 1893, 
'94. RA141 Bl. 3604 

Post, J. A. A plea for the village 
hospital. [1885?] RA87 Cl 1885. 


Purdue university. Department of 

sanitary science. Series relating to 

public health. Library has nos. 

1-5. RA421 P98. 3606 

Purdue university monographs. 

Reeves, J. E. The health and wealth 
of the city of Wheeling. 2d ed., 
enl. and illus. 1871. RA447 W4 
W5 R3. 3607 

Rhode Island. State board of health. 
Annual report. Library has 1883, 
1902, 1903. RA144 Bl. 3608 

^The Monthly bulletin. Library 

has v. 21, no. 1, Jan.-Oct., 1909. 
RA144 B3. 3600 

Rhode Island. State board of regis- 
tration in embalming. Annual re- 

218 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

port. Library has Ist, 1909. 
RA623 A3 R4. 3700 

Koster, Q, V. L'acido carbonioo dell' 
aria e del saolo di Firenze; in- 
dagini Bisteznatiche esegulte nel 
1886. 1889. RA575 R7. 3701 

(Florence. R. Istituto di stud! 
superiori. Secione di medicina e 
chirurgia. Publicazionl [no. 7]) 

Sad Francisco. Citizens' health com- 
mittee. Eradicating plague from 
San Francisco; report of the Citi- 
zens' health committee and an ac- 
count of its work. March 31, 1909. 
Prepared by F. M. Todd, historian 
for the Committee. 1909. RA644 
P7 S2. 370a 

Smith, F. C. Tuberculosis, its nature 
and prevention. 1910. RAll 
B176. 3708 

(U. S. Public health and marine 
hospital service. Public health bul- 
letin, no. 36) 

Smith, W. R. The laws concerning 
public health, including the va- 
rious sanitary acts passed in the 
session 1883, and the circulars is- 
sued by Her Majesty's most hon- 
ourable privy council and the local 
government board. Ed. by W. R. 
Smith, assisted by H. Smith. 1883. 
RA241 A5 S6. 3704 

Tardlen, A. A. Dictionnaire 
d'hygidne publique et de salubrity, 
ou, Repertoire de toutes les ques- 
tions relatives & la sant6 pub- 
lique, consid6r6es dans leurs rap- 
ports avec les subeistancee, les 
Epidemics, les professions, les 
etablissements et institutions 
d'hygidne et de salubrity com- 
plete par le tezte des lois, 
decrets, arr6t6s, ordonnances et in- 
structions qui s'y rattachent. 
1852-54. 3 V. RA423 T18. 3705 

Teachers* sanitary bulletin. Pub. 
monthly by the state board of 
health, Lansing, Mich. Library 
hasT. 2-8 (incomplete). RA87 B4. 


Texas. State board of health. An- 
nual report. Library has 1908. 
RA157 Bl. 3707 

U. 8. Bureau of chemistry. Use of 
cold storage. Letter the sec- 
retary of agriculture transmitting 
certain data on cold storage and 
cold-storage products, by H. W. 
Wiley, chief of the Bureau of 
chemistry. 1910. RA601 U6. 3708 

U. S. Hygienic laboratory. Bulletin. 
Library has nos. 5, 8, 14, 16-63, 
73, 74. RAll B171. 3700 


Anderson, J. F. The antiseptic 
and germicidal properties of solu- 
tions of formaldehyde and their 
action upon toxines. 1907. (no. 39) 


1. Maternal transmission of 

immunity to diphtheria toxine. 2. 
Maternal transmission of immunity 
to diphtheria toxine and hypersus- 
ceptibility to horse serum in the 
same animal. 1906. (no. 30) S711 

1. The presence of tubercle 

bacilli in the circulating blood in 
clinical and experimental tubercu- 
losis, by J. F. Anderson. 2. The via- 
bility of the tubercle bacillus, by 
M. J. Rosenau. 1909. (no. 67) 371S 

Spotted fever (tick fever) 

of the Rocky Mountains. A new 
disease. 1903. (no. 14) 371S 

Bdmunds, C. W. The physiolog- 
ical standardization of digitalis, by 
C. W. Edmunds and Worth Hale. 
1909. (no. 48) 3714 

ElTOve, Elias. The Axing power 
of alkaloids on volatile acids and its 
application to the estimation of al- 
kaloids with the aid of phenolph- 
thalein or by the Volhard method. 
1909. (no. 54) 3715 

Hale, Worth. Digitalis standard- 
ization and the variability of crude 
and of medicinal preparations. 1911. 
(no. 74) 371S 

^The influence of certain 

drugs upon the toxicity of acetan- 
ilide and antipyrine. 1909. (no. 53) 


Hunt, Reid. Changes in the phar- 
macopoeia of the United States of 
America. Eighth decennial revis- 
ion. (Official from September I, 
1905) By Reid Hunt and M. O. 
Motter. 1906. (no. 23) 3718 

^The effects of a number of 

derivatives of choline and analo- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


goua compounda on the blood- 
pressure, by Reid Hunt and R. de 
M. Taveau. 1911. (no. 73) S719 

Studies in experimental al- 
coholism. 1907. (no. 33) 8720 

Studies on thyroid. 1. — The 

relation of iodine to the phsrsiolog- 
ical activity of thyroid prepara- 
tiona By Reid Hunt and Atherton 
SeideU. 1909. (no. 47) 8721 

Kastlev J. H. Chemical tests for 
blood. 1909. (no. 51) 8722 

On the stability of the ox- 
idases and their conduct toward 
various reagents. The conduct of 
phenolphthalein in the animal or- 
ganism. A test for saccharin, and 
a simple method of distinguishing 
between cumarin and vanillin. The 
toxicity of ozone and other oxidiz- 
ing agents to lipase. The influence 
of chemical constitution on the lip- 
olytic hydrolysis of ethereal salts. 
1906. (no. 26) .3723 

^Variations in the peroxidase 

activity of the blood in health and 
disease. By J. H. Kastle and H. L. 
Amoss. 1906. (no. 31) 3724 

McClintic, T. B. Chloride of zino 
as a deodorant, antiseptic, and ger- 
micide. 1905. (no. 22) 8725 

^The limitations of formalde- 
hyde gas as a disinfectant, with 
special reference to car sanitation. 
1906. (no. 27) 8726 

Milk and its relation to the 
public health. 1908. (no. 41) 3727 

Bfllk and its relation to the pub- 
lic health. (Rev. and enl. ed. of 
bulleUn no. 41) 1909. (no. 56) 3728 

MlDer, W. W. Hepatozoon per- 
niciosum (n. g., n. sp.); a haemo- 
gregarine pathogenic for white 
rats; with a description of the sex- 
ual cycle in the intermediate host, 
a mite (Lelaps echidninus) 1908. 
(no. 46) 8729 

Motter, M. G. Digest of com- 
ments on the pharmacopoeia of the 
United States of America (eighth 
decennial revision) and the Na- 
tional formulary (third edition) 
for the calendar year ending De- 
cember 31, 1906, by M. O. Motter 
and M. I. Wilbert. 1909. (no. 58) 


-Digest of comments on the 

pharmacopoeia of the United States 
of America (eighth decennial re- 
vision) for the period ending De- 
cember 31, 1905, by M. a. Motter 
and M. I. Wilbert. 1909. (no. 49) 


Bansoin, B. H. An account of 
the tapeworms of the genus Hy- 
menolepsis parasitic in man, includ- 
ing reports of several new cases of 
the dwarf tapeworm (K. nana) in 
the United States. 1904. (no. 18) 


Boflenaiiy M. J. The antiseptic 
and germicidal properties of glyc- 
erin. 1903. (no. 16) 8788 

Further studies upon ana- 
phylaxis, by M. J. Rosenau and J. 
F. Anderson. 1908. (no. 45) 8784 

Further studies upon the 

phenomenon of anaphylaxis, by M. 
J. Rosenau and J. F. Anderson. 
1909. (no. 50) 3735 

The influence of antitoxin 

upon post-diphtheritic paralysis, by 
M. J. Rosenau and J. F. Anderson. 
1907. (no. 38) 3788 

^The immunity unit for stan- 
dardizing diphtheria antitoxin 
(based on Ehrlich's normal serum) 
Official standard prepared under 
the act approved July 1, 1902. 
1905. (no. 21) 8787 

^Laboratory course in path- 
ology and bacteriology. Rev. ed. 
1904. (no. 8) 3788 

^A method for inoculating an- 
imals with precise amounts. 1904. 
(no. 19) 3739 

^The standardization of teta- 
nus antitoxin (an American unit 
established under authority of the 
act of July 1, 1902) By M. J. Rose- 
nau and J. F. Anderson. 1908. (no. 
43) 8740 

^A stomach lesion in guinea 

pigs caused by diphtheria toxine 
and its bearing upon experimental 
gastric ulcer. By H. J. Rosenau and 
J. F. Anderson. 1906. (no. 32) 8741 

Studies upon hypersuscepti- 

bility and immunity, by M. J. Rose- 
nau and J. F. Anderson. 1907. (no. 
36) 3742 

^A study of the cause of sud- 
den death following the injection 
of horse serum. By M. J. Rosenau 
and J. F. Anderson. 1906. (no. 29) 


^The thermal death points of 

pathogenic micro-organisms in 
milk. 1908. (no. 42) 3744 

Schultz, W. H. Quantitative phar- 
macological studies: adrenalin and 
adrenalin-like bodies. 1909. (no. 
65) 8745 

Stiles, C. W. 1. Agamofilarla geor- 
giana n. sp., an apparently new 
roundworm parasite from the ankle 
of a negress. 2. The zoological 
characters of the roundworm ge- 

220 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

nu8 Filarla Mueller, 1787. 3. Three 
new American cases of infection of 
man with horse-hair worms (spe- 
cies Paraffordius varius) with sum- 
mary of all cases reported to date. 

1907. (no. 34) 8746 
^Illustrated key to the ces- 

tode parasites of man. 1906. (no. 
25) 8747 

Illustrated key to the trema- 

tode parasites of man. 1904. (no. 
17) 8748 

Index-catalogue of medical 

and veterinary zoology. Subjects: 
Trematoda and trematode diseases. 
By C. W. Stiles and Albert Hassall. 

1908. (no. 37) S748a 
^The international code of 

soological nomenclature as applied 
to medicine. By C. W. Stiles. 1905. 
(no. 24) 8748 

1. The occurrence of a pro- 
liferating cestode larva (Sparga- 
num proliferum) in man in Flor- 
ida. By C. W. Stiles. 2. A re-ex- 
amination of the type specimen of 
Filarla restiformls Leldy. 1880 
Agamomermis restiformls. By C. 
W. Stiles. 3. Observations on two 
new parasitic trematode worms: 
Homalogaster philippinensis n. sp.» 
Agamodistomum nanus n. sp. By 
C. W. Stiles and Joseph Ooldber- 
ger. 4. A re- examination of the 
original specimen of Taenia aagi- 
nata abietina (Welnland. 1858) By 
C. W. Stiles and Joseph Gtoldber- 
ger. 1908. (no. 40) 8750 

^A statistical study of the 

prevalence of intestinal worms in 
man. By C. W. Stiles and P. E. 
Garrison. 1906. (no. 28) 8751 
^A zoological investigation in- 
to the cause, transmission, and 
source of Rocky Mountain "spotted 
fever." By C. W. SUles. 1906. (no. 
20) 8768 

U. S. Laws, statutes, etc. Quaran- 
tine laws and regulations of the 
United States. Rev. ed. 1910. 
RA665 A4 1910. 8753 

U. S. Public health and marine hospi- 
tal service. Annual report of the 
supervising surgeon-general. Li- 

brary has 1895-'02, '04» '07-date. 
RAll B15. 8754 

— Official list of commissioned and 

non-commissioned officers of the 
public health and marine hospital 
service of the U. S.; also list of U. 
S. marine hospitals, quarantine 
stations, and quarantine vessels. 
Library has July, 1906, Jan., 
1907. RAll B16. 3755 

— Public health bulletin. Library 
has nos. 32, 34-38, 42-44. RAll 
B176. 8756 

-Public health reports. Library 

has V. 19, 1904, v. 22, Part 2, 
July-Dec. 1907, v. 23, 1908, r. 
24, 1909, v. 25-date. RAll BIT. 


-Regulations for the sale of vl> 

ruses, serums, toxins and analog- 
ous products in the District of 
Columbia and in interstate traf- 
fic. Approved May 11, 1909. 1909. 
RA401 A26 1909. 3758 

-Transactions of the annual con- 

ference of state and territorial 
health officers with the United 
States Public health and marine- 
hospital service. Library has 1st, 
1903-date. RAll B2. 3750 

Vermont. State board of health. Bi- 
ennial report. Library has 1897, 
'99, '03, '05. '07. '09. RA164 Bl. 


Vermont. State board of medical 
registration. Biennial report. Li- 
brary has 3d, 1910. RA164 HI. 


Virginia. Department of health. Vir- 
ginia health bulletin, v. 1, nos. 1. 
3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15. v. 2, 
nos. 1-12 and annual report for 
1910. RA167 B2. 8762 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



Bridger, A. E. Man and his maladies; 
or. The way to health. A popular 
handbook of physiology and dom- 
estic medicine in accord with the 
advance in medical science, n. d. 
RA776 B86. 8768 

DoBB^, Alfred. Hygiene des gens du 
monde. 1870. RA776 D68. 3764 

Gardner, John. Longevity: the 
means of prolonging life after mid- 
dle age. 3d ed., rev. and enl. 
1875. RA776 023. 3765 

Greene* R. H. Healthy exercise. 
1900. RA781 081. 8766 

JjOKvitt, J. W. Exercise a medicine; 
or, Muscular action as related to 
organic life. 1870. RA781 L43. 


National conference on Indnstrial 
diseases. First National confer-j 
ence on industrial diseases, Chi- 
cago, June 10, 1910. 1910. RA 
787 N3 1910. 3768 

(Publication no. 10. American aa- 
sociation for labor legislation) 

Terhnne, M. V. (Hawes), ed. Talks 
upon practical subjects. 2d ed. 
1895. RA776 T31. 8769 


Drake, Daniel. A systematic treatise, 
historical, etiological ana pracii- 
cal, on the principal diseases of 
the interior valley of North Ameri- 
ca, as they appear in the Cauca- 
sian, African, Indian, and EiSqui- 
maux varieties of its population. 
1850. RA802 D76. 8770 

-Same. Ed. by S. H. Smith 

and F. G. Smith. 2d ser. 1854. 
RA802 D77. 8771 

Granville, A. B. The £pas of Eng- 
land, and principal sea-bathing 
places. 1841. 3 v. RA849 5 G76. 


v. 1. Northern spas. — v. 2. Mid- 
land spas. — ^v. 3. Southern spas. 

Herpin, J. C Etudes m^dicalee, 
scientifiques et statistiques sur les 
principales sources a'eaux minSr- 
ales de FVance, d'angleterre et 
d'allemagne. 1855. RA845 H56. 


Meding, H. L. Essai sur la topo- 
graphie m^dicale de Paris. Examen 
g6n6ral des conditions de salu- 
brity dans lesquelles cette ville est 
Plac^e. 1852 RA864 P2 M4. 3774 

— Paris medical vade-mecum des 
mddecins strangers, renseigne- 
ments historiques, statistiques, ad- 
ministratifs et scientifiques. Pr6- 
c6d6b d'une topographie m6dicale 
de Paris. 1852. 2 v. RA864 P2 
M41. 8774a 

Moorman, J. JT. Mineral springs of 
North America: how to reach, and 
how to use them. 1873. RA803 
M8. 8775 

U. 8. Dept. of the interior. The Hot 
Springs of Arkansas. Report of 
an analysis of the waters on the 
Hot Springs reservation. Garland 
County, Ark., with an account of 
the methods of analysis employed 
and the medicinal value of various 
substances usually found in min- 
eral water, by J. K. Haywood; and 
Geological sketch of Hot Springs, 
Arkansas, by W. H. Weed. 1902. 
RA807 H8 H94. 3776 

Walton, G. E. The mineral springs 
of the United States and Canada, 
with analyses and notes on the 
prominent spas of Europe, and a 
list of sea-side resorts, by 6. E. 
Walton. 1873. RA803 W232. 


222 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 


Bnrdett, Sir H. O. Hospitals and 
asylums of the world: their ori- 
gin, history, construction, adminifl^ 
'tratlon, management, and legisla- 
tion; with plans of the chief medi- 
cal institutions accurately drawn 
to a uniform scale, in addition to 
those of all the hospitals or Lon- 
don in the jubilee year of Queen 
Victoria's reign. 1891-93. 4 y. 
RA963 B95. 8778 


V. 1. Asyluma— History and ad- 
ministration. 1891. — ^v. 2. ABylum 
construction, with plans and bibli- 
ography. 1891. — ^v. 3. Hospitals — 
History and administration. 1893. — 
V. 4. Hospital construction, with 
plans and bibliography. 1893. Port- 
folio of plans . . . the best British 

. . . and foreign hospitals. 1893. 


Johns Hopkins hospital, Baltimore. 
Hospital plans. Five essays relat- 
ing to the construction, organiza- 
tion & management of hospitals, 
contributed by their authors for 
the use of the Johns Hopkins hos- 
pital of Baltimore. 1875. RA963 
J7. 8779 

Essays with the general title: 
Hospital construction and organi- 
zation, by J. S. Billingsi N. Polsom, 
J. Jones, C. Morris, and S. Smith. 

Reports and papers relating to 

construction and organization. No. 
5, on heating and ventilation. 
1878. RA967 J7. 8780 

I/eveiing hospital, Hannibal, Mo., 
1909. 1909. RA982 H24 L6. 8781 

Iioniitianft. Charity hospital. New 
Orleans. Report of the Board of 
administrators. Library has 1901. 
'03. RA982 N45 05. 8782 

Philadelphia. Founders' week me- 
morial volume, containing an ac- 
count of the two hundred and 
twenty-fifth anniversary of the 
founding of the city of Philadel- 
phia, and histories of its principal 
scientific institutions, medical col- 
leges, hospitals, etc. Ed. by F. P. 
Henry. Pub. by the city of Phil- 
adelphia in commemoration of the 
two hundred and twenty-fifth an- 
niversary of its founding. 1909. 
RA982 P5 A6 1909. 8788 

Stewart, F. C. The hospitals and 
surgeons of Paris. An historical 
and statistical account of the civit 
hospitals of Paris; with miscel- 
laneous information, and biogra- 
phical notices of some of the most 
eminent of the living Parisian sur- 
geons. 1843. RA989 F7 S8. 8784 

Union protestant infiimary, Balti- 
more, Md. Annual report. Library 
has 24th, 1878. RA982 B2 U5. 


Washington, D. C, Freedmen's hos- 
pital. Report. Library has 
1901, '04, '05, '06, '07. RA982 W3 
F8. 3786 


Ghrlstlson, Sir Robert, hart. A treat- 
ise on poisons in relation to medi- 
cal jurisprudence, physiology, and 
the practice of physic. 2d ed. 1832. 
RA1211 C56. 8787 

Ihinglison, Bobley. Syllabus of the 
lectures on medical Jurisprudence 
and on the treatment of poisoning 
& suspended animation, delivered 
in the University of Virginia. Univ. 
of Va., 1827. RA1050 D91. 8788 

Taylor, A. S. A manual of medical 
Jurisprudence. Sixth American 
from the eighth and revised Lon- 
don ed., with notes and references 
to American decisions by C. B. 
Penrose. 1880. RA1051 T2. 3789 

-On poisons, in relation to medi- 

cal Jurisprudence and medicine. 
By A. S. Taylor. Ed., with notes 
and additions, by R. E. Orifflth. 
1848. RA1211 T26. 8790 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Same. 2d ed. 1859. RA1211 

T261. 3790a 

Wormley, T. O. Micro-chemistry of 

poiBons, including their phsnaiolo- 
gical, pathological, and legal rela- 
tions: 1869. RA1211 W92. 3701 


Beale, L. 8. The microscope in its 
application to practical medicine. 
3d ed. 1867. RB43 Bo6. 3792 

Bvdd, George. On diseases of the 
liver. 2d ed. 1853. RC845 B9. 


-On the organic diseases and 

functional diaorders of the stom- 
ach. 1856. RC816 B92. 3794 

Cooper, Sir Astley Paston, bart. The 
anatomy and diseases of the breast. 
To which are added, his various 
surgical papers. 1845. RC941 C77. 


Bobell, Horace. Demonstrations of 
diseases in the chest, and their 
physical diagnosis. 1858. R0734 
D63. 3796 

Flint, Austin. A practical treatise on 
the diagnosis, pathology, and 
treatment of diseases of the heart. 
2d ed., rev. and enl. 1870. RC681 
F63. 3797 

Green, Horace. A treatise on dis- 
eases of the air passages: compris* 
ing an inquiry Into the history, 
pathology, causes, and treatment, 
of those affections of the throat 
called bronchitis, chronic laryn- 
gitis, clergyman's sore throat, etc. 
1846. RC791 079. 3798 

Illinois, Commission on occupational 
diseases. Governor's special mes- 
sage, transmitting the Report of 
the Commission on occupational 
diseases to the forty-sixth General 
Assembly, April 1909. 1909. 
RC964 13. 3799 

MackenjEie, Sir MoreU. The use of 
the laryngoscope in diseases of 
the throat: with an essay on 
hoarseness, loss of voice, and stri- 
dulous breathing, in relation to 

nervo-muscular affections of the 
larynx. By MoreU Mackenzie. 2d 
ed. With additions, and a chapter 
on the examination of the nasal 
passages, by J. S. Cohen. 1869. 
RC786 M15. 3800 

Morgafi;ni, G. B. The seats and 
causes of diseases investigated by 
anatomy; containing a great va- 
riety of dissections, and accom- 
panied with remarks. Abridged 
by William Cook. 1882. 2 v. RB 
24 M7. 3801 

Paget, Sir James. Lectures on sur- 
gical pathology delivered at the 
Royal college of surgeons of Eng- 
land. 3rd ed., rev. and ed. by W. 
Turner. 1870. RHlll P13. 3802 

Rindflelsch, Canard. A text-book of 
pathological histology: an intro- 
duction to the study of pathologi- 
cal anatomy. By Dr. Edward 
Rindflelsch. Tr. from 2d German 
ed. by W. C. Kloman, and P. T. 
Miles. 1872. RB25 R57. 3803 

Rnppaner, A. Contributions to prac- 
tical laryngoscopy. Four cases of 
morbid growths within the larynx. 
1870. RC786 R94. 3804 

Stokes, William. The diseases of the 
heart and the aorta. 1855. RC681 
S87. 3805 

Strahan, 8. A. K. Marriage and 
disease. A study of heredity and 
the more important lamily degea« 
erations. 1892. RB155 S9. 3800 

Sntton, J. B. Evolution and disease. 
1890. RB151 S8. 3807 

Vidal de Cassis, A. T. Trait6 de 
pathologie exteme et de mddecine 
op^ratoire avec des n6sumes d' 
anatomle des tissus et des re- 
gions. 4me ed. 1855. 5 v. RBllO 
V64. 8808 

224 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

WAtki]i0, R. li. DiagnoslB by meanB 
of the blood; illttstrated by 154 
photo-mlcrograpba of specimens of 

blood, showing products that are 
found in definite diseases. 1902. 
RB146 W33. 3809 


Aitken, Sir WiUiam. The science and 
practice of medicine. By William 
Aitken. 2d Amer., from 5th, enl. 
and rey., London ed., adopting the 
new nomenclature of the Royal 
college of physicians of London. 
With large additions, by Meredith 
Clymer. 1868. 2 v. RC46 A332. 


[Bertilioii, Jacques]. International 
clasdifieatlon of causes of sickness 
and death. Rev. by the Interna- 
tional commission at the session 
of Paris, July 1 to 3, 1909, for 
use beginning January 1, 1910, 
and until December 31, 1919. 
1910. RC96. B4. 8811 

Darby, J. C. Science and the heal- 
ing art, or A new book on old 
facts. Louisville, Ky., 1880. RC48 
D21. 3812 

Physical laws. Dynamic forces. 
Animal life. — ^A new view of physi- 
ology. — Writers on physiology. — 
The lymphatic system. — ^The excre- 
tions. — ^Animal heat. — The liver. — 
The blood. — ^Hyperemia and con- 
gestion. — ^The renewal of life. — 
Emetics and cathartics. — Cathar- 
tics. — Calomel. — Chronic diseases. 
— Cholera. — ^Treatment of cholera. 
— ^Appendix. 

Flint, Austin. Physical exploration 
and diagnosis of diseases affecting 
the respiratory organs. 1856. 
RC76 F62. 3813 

Gregory, George. Elements of the 
theory and practice of physic. By 
George Gregory. With notes and 
additions, adapted to the practice 
of the United States, by Nathan- 
iel Potter and S. Colhoun. 2d 
Amer. from 3rd London ed., with 
numerous additions and amend- 

ments. 1829. 2 V. T. 2 wanting. 
RC46 G82. 3814 

Morton, Bowditch. Handbook of first 
aid to the injured, prepared at the 
request of the Society for instruc- 
tion in first aid to the injured. 2d 
rev. ed. RC87 M878. 3815 

Racle, V. A« Trait6 de diagnostic 
medical ou guide clinique pour 
rdtude des signes caract^ristiques 
des maladies. 1854. RC71 R12. 


Reynolds, Sir J. R., 1st hart., ed. A 
system of medicine. 2d ed. 1870. 
3 V. Library has vols. 1, 3. RC41 
R4. 3817 

Schenck, Ralph. The family physi- 
cian. To which are prefixed a| 
treatise on chemistry, a brief anat- 
omy and physiology, and a ma- 
teria medica. By Ralph Schenck. 
physician of Botetourt co., Va., 
formerly of New Jersey. Flncas- 
tle, Va., O. Callaghan & W. E. M. 
Word, 1842. RC81 332. 3818 

Skoda, Josef. Auscultation and per- 
cussion. Tr. from 4th ed. by W. O. 
Markham. 1854. RC76 3 S62. 


Trousseau, Armaad. Lectures on 
clinical medicine, delivered at the 
Hotel-Dieu, Paris. Tr. from ed. 
of 1868 by J. R. Cormack. 1867- 
71. 4 V. RC61 T86. 3820 

U. S. Census office. 12 th census, 
1900. Manual of international 
classification of causes of death. 
Adopted by the United States 
Census office for the compilation 
of mortality statistics, for use be- 
ginning with thQ year 1900. Pre- 
pared under the supervision of W. 
A. King, chief statistician for vital 
statistics. 1902. RC96 U52. 8821 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



Bell, John. All tlie material facts in 
the history of epidemic cholera: 
being a report of the College of 
physicians of Philadelphia, to the 
Board of health: and a full ac- 
count of the causee, post mortem 
appearances, and treatment of the 

, disease. By John Bell and by D. 
F. Condie. 2nd. ed. 1832. RC126 

Boorke, Michael. A review of the 
subject of canine madness. 1792. 
RC148 B78. 

Cmrle, WiUiam. Memoirs of the yel- 
low fever, which prevailed in 
Philadelphia, and other parts oi 
the United States of America, in 
the summer and autumn of the 
present year, 1798. To which is 
added, a collection of facts re- 
specting the origin of the fever. 
1798. RC211 P5 H4. 3824 

(Bound in [Pamphlets on yellow 
fever in Philadelphia] ) 

Darling, S. T. Studies in relation to 
malaria. 1910. RC116 D3. 3825 

Diday, P. Traits de la syphilis des 
nouveau-nte et dee enfants & la 
mamelle. 1854. RC201 D55. 


Heidler, C J. Die schutzmittel gegen 
die cholera mit rlicksicht auf ein 
urs&chliches luftinfusorium und 
deseen nicht-contagidse natur. 
1854. RC126 H46. 3827 

Versuch einer neuen empirischen 

begriindung der cholerawissen- 
schaft. 1854. RC126 H46. 3828 

Helmuth, J. H. C. A short account 
of the yellow fever in Philadel- 
phia, for the reflecting Christian. 
By H. C. Helmuth. Tr. from the 
German by C. Erdmann. 1794. 
EC211 P5 H4. 8829 

(Bound in [Pamphlets on yellow 
fever in Philadelphia] ) 

Hunter, John. Trait6 de la maladle 
v6n6rienne. Traduit de I'anglais 
par le docteur G. Richelot, avec 

des notes et des additions par 
P. Ricord, 2 me 6d., rev., cor. et 
aug. 1852. RC201 H94. 3830 

Hvss, Magnus. Statistique et traite- 
ment du typhus et de la fldvre ty- 
pholde. 1855. RC188 H97. 3831 

Jacksonville aiudllary sanitary 
dation, Jacksonville, Fla. Report 
of the Jacksonville auxiliary sanl« 
tary association, of Jacksonville, 
Florida. Covering the work of the 
association during the yellow fever 
epidemic, 1888. Ed. by C. S. 
Adams. 1889. RC211 F7 J2. 

Jameson, H. G. A treatise on epi- 
demic cholera. 1855. RC126 J32. 


Jones, Joseph. Observations on 
malarial fever. 1858. RC156 J76. 


Joynes, L. S. Yellow fever: liability 
of Richmond to the disease, and 
the need of preventive measures. 
[1878?J RC211 V8 R4. 3835 

La Roche, Ren^. Yellow fever con- 
sidered in its historical, pathologi- 
cal, etiological, and therapeutical 
relations. Including a sketch of 
the disesae as it has occurred in 
Philadelphia from 1699 to 1854. 
1855. 2 V. RC206 L32. 3836 

Levy, E. C. Certain conclusions con^ 
cerning typhoid fever in the South, 
as deduced from a study of ty- 
phoid fever in Richmond, Virginia. 
[By] E. C. Levy, and A. W. Free- 
man. 1908. RC192 V8 R4. 3837 

The extermination of mosqui* 

toes. 1908. RCtl6 L66. 3838 

Louisiana. Board of health. Inves- 
tigation and refutation of certain 
statements and charges made by 
the National board of health, in 
its Annual report for the year 
1882. 1883. RC211 L8. 3839 

Louisiana. Leper home. Bi-annual 
report of the board of control. 
Library has 1904. RC154 5 L8. 


226 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

McLaughlin, J. W. An explanation 
of the phenomena of Immunity and 
contagion, based upon the action 
of physical and biological laws. 
[1890] RC114 M16. 3841 

Macnamara, C. N. A history of Asta- 
tic cholera. 1876. RC127 M16. 


Afason, G. F. The spread of disease 
by insects, with suggestions re- 
garding prophylaxis. 1904. RC115 
M39. 3843 

Merchants* association of New York. 

The house-fly at the bar, indict- 
ment, guilty or not guilty? Evi- 
dence: in the matter of the people 
against the common house fly. 
April. 1909. RC115 M5. 3844 

Outbreak of yellow fe-^er at Biloxi, 
Harrison County, Mies., and its 
relation to inter- state notification. 
1886. RC211 M7 B5. 3845 

Philadelphia. Academy of medicine. 
Proofs of the origin of the yellow 
fever in Philadelphia & Kensing- 
ton, in the year 1797, from domes- 
tic exhalation. 1797. RC211 PB 
H4. 8846 

(Bound in [Pamphlets on yellow 
fever in Philadelphia] ) 

Philadelphia. College of physicians. 
Proceedings of the college of phy- 
sicians of Philadelphia, relative to 
the prevention of the introduction 
and spreading of oontagious dis- 
eases. 1798. RC211 P5 H4. 3847 
(Bound in [Pamphlets on yellow 
fever in Philadelphia] ) 

Reed, Walter. Abstract of report on 
the origin and spread of typhoid 
fever In U. S. military camps dur- 
ing the Spanish war of 1898. 
1900. RC187 U41. 3848 

lUcord, Philippe. Lettres sur la 
syphilis. Avec une introduction 
par A. Latour. 2me. 6d. rev., cor. 
and aug. 1856. RC201 R54. 3849 

Robert, J. M. Traits des maladies 
v6n6riennes, ouvrage th6orique et 
pratique r6dlg6 d'aprte les docu- 

ments pulsus dans les lecons et 
dans le service de M. Ricord. 1853. 
RC201 R63. 3850 

Rush, Benjamin. Observations upon 
the origin of the malignant bilious, 
or yellow fever in Philadelphia, 
and upon the means of preventing 
it: addressed to the citizens of 
Philadelphia. 1799. RC206 R95. 


Short history of the yellow fever, 
that broke out in the city of Phila- 
delphia, in July, 1797: with list 
of the dead; of the donations for 
the relief of the poor, and a va- 
riety of other intereeting particu- 
lars. 1797. RC211 P5 H4. 8852 
(Bound in [Pamphlets on yellow 
fever in Philadelphia] ) 

Steptoe, George. Disputatio medica 
inauguralis de febre nervosa. 1767. 
RC199 S83. 3853 

Stevens, William. Observations on 
the nature and the treatment of 
the Asiatic cholera. 1853. RC126 
S84. 8854 

U. S. Commissioner to investigate 
cholera in Europe and India. Re- 
port on cholera In Europe and In- 
dia, by E. O. Shakespeare, U. S. 
commissioner. 1890. RC127 U5. 

U. S. Medical dept. Report on th^ 
origin and spread of typhoid fever 
in U. S. military camps during the 
Spanish war of 1898. By Walter 
Reed. V. C. Vaughan and B. O. 
Shakespeare. 1904. 2 v. v. 1 
wanting. RC187 U4. 3850 

Appendices 1-3, included in v. 1: 
The sanitary examination of seven 
hundred samples of drinking water, 
by Victor C. Vaughan. — ^A paper on 
the chemical disinfection of drink- 
ing water, prepared by James M. 
Cooper, M. D. — ^A paper on typhoid 
bacilluria, prepared by John Ral- 
ston Williams, M. D. 

U. S. Public health and marine hos- 
pital service. Preliminary report 
on the yellow-fever epidemic of 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


1882, in the state of Texas. [1882] 
RC211 T4 A2. 8867 

-The present pandemic of plague. 

By Assistant surgeon-general J. 
M. Eager. 1908. RC176 U5. 8858 

— The rat and its relation to the 

public health. 1910. RC115 U5. 


-Studies upon leprosy. 1908. Li- 

brary has 1-7; 9-13. RC164 9 H3 
A6. 8860 

-Yellow fever: its nature, diag- 

nosis, treatment, and prophylaxis, 
and quarantine regulations relat- 
ing thereto, by officers of the U. 
S. marine hospital service. 1898. 
Walter Wyman, supervising sur- 
geon-generaL RC211 A19 1898. 


U. S. Public health and marine hos- 
pital service. Yellow fever insti- 
tute. Bulletin. Library has nos. 
13, 15, 16, 17. RC211 A2. 8862 

V. S. Surgeon-general's office. The 
cholera epidemic of 1873 in the 

United States. 1875. RC131 A24. 


— Report on epidemic cholera and 
yellow fever in the army of the 
United States, du!ring the yeai* 
1867. 1868. Report written by 
J. J. Woodward. RC131 Al 1867. 


— Report on epidemic cholera in 
the army of the United States, dur- 
ing the year 1866. 1867. Report 
written by J. J. Woodward. RC131 
A22. 3865 

— Yellow-fever commission. Let- 
ter from the surgeon-general of the 
United States army relative to the 
appointment of the Yellow-feveh 
commission; Senate report no. 574, 
Sixty- first Ck)ngress, second ses- 
sion, relative to the case of J. R. 
Kissinger; and the message from 
the President of the United States 
of December 5, 1906, in support 
of Senate bill 8024, "A bill pro- 
viding a memorial statue and tab- 
let iu honor of the Yellow-fever 
commission." [1910] RC211 A19 


Baird, A. W. 30 pictures; tubercu- 
losis, communicable, preventable, 
curable. 1903. RC312 B16. 8867 

Oonnecttcnt. Special commission to 
investigate tuberculosis. Report. 
1908. RC309 A5 C81. 8868 

Flick, li. F. The crusade against 
tuberculosis; consumption a cur- 
able and preventable disease; what 
a layman should know about it. 
1904. RC311 F62. 8869 

Georgia. State commission on tuber- 
culosis. Report. RC309 A5 G4c. 


Indiana. State tuberculosis commis- 
sion. Report, 1906. 1906. RC309 
A5 I6c. 8871 

Indiana. State tuberculosis hospital 

commission. Report, 1907-08, 
1908. RC309 A5 I6oo. 8872 

Iowa. Board of control of state in- 
stitutions. Report on the extent 
of tuberculosis in Iowa and the 
best means of prevention and 
treatment of the disease. 1906. 
RC309 A5 I8b. 8878 

Michigan. State sanatorium for tu- 
berculosis. Report. Library has 
1908. RG309 A5 M5. 8874 

National association for the study 
and prevention of tuberculosis. 
Conetitution and by-laws. List of 
members, 1906. 1906. RC306 
N2c. 8875 

— ^Transactions. Library has 1st- 
3rd, 1905, '06, '07. RC306 N2. 


228 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Ohio. CommlsBlon appointed to in- 
yestlgate the feasibility of erect- 
ing sanatoria for tubercttloiis. 
Report. 1903. RC309 AS 03c. 


Rhode IfllancL Commission on state 
sanatorium for consumptives. Re« 
port, 1904. 1904. RC309 A5 R41. 


Rhode Island. General assembly. 
Joint special committee on state 
sanatorium for consumptives. Re- 
port, 1901. 1901. RC309 A5 
R42. 8879 

Rhode Island. State sanatorium at 
Wallum Lake. Annual report of 
the trustees to the general as- 
sembly. Library has 1908, '09, 
1910. RC309 A5 R4. 3880 

St. liOnis. Municipal commission on 
tuberculosis. Report and recom* 
mendations. Library bias 1st., 
Feb., 1909. RC313 A6 M8St. 


Thompson, Theophllns. Clinical lec« 
tures on pulmonary consumption. 
1854. RC311 T46. 

U. 8. Office of Indian affairs. Man- 
ual on tuberculosis; its cause, 
prevention and treatment. By J. 
A. Murphy, medical supervisor, U. 
S. Indian service. 1910. RC313 
A64. 3888 

Vermont. Tuberculosis commission. 
Report, 1904. 1904. RC313 V5. 


-Report, 1908. RC313 V51. 



American medico-psychological as- 
sociation. Proceedings. Librairy 
has 1906, '07. RC326 A2. 3886 

Brlerre de Bolsmont, A. J. F. Hal- 
lucinations: or, the rational his- 
tory of apparitions, visions, 
dreams, ecstasy, magnetism, and 
somnambulism. Ist American 
from 2nd Paris ed. 1853. RC610 
B84. 3887 

Connectlcnt. Hospital for insane, 
Middletown. To the memory of 
Dr. Joseph W. Alsop; also to the 
trustees and local trustees, of the 
Connecticut hospital for insane, 
1868. This reprint of one quar^ 
ter of a century la presented by 
the first trustee of Hartford coun- 
ty [H. S. Hayden] 1895. RC445 
C8 M6. 3888 

Drewry, W. F. Circular insanity: 
report of three cases, n. d. RC608 
D70. 3889 

Clinical study of thyroid ex- 
tract. By W. F. Drewry, and J. 
M. Henderson, [1900?] RC602 
I>74. 8890 

— The commission of lunacy; its 
scope and limitations. RC602 
D72. * 8891 

-Commitment of the insane in 

the Southern States. [1896?] 
RC602 D75. 3892 

— Epilepsy and its treatment 
[1908?] RC395 D73. 3893 

-Evolution of psychiatry; or. 

Progress in the care and treat- 
ment of the insane. 1904. RC602 
D70. 3894 

Feigned insanity: report of 

three cases. RC602 D73. 3895 

) The insane. £1909?] RC602 

D76. 3890 

-The present status of epileptics 

in Virginia. [1901?] RC395 D71. 


-Provision for the criminal in- 

sane. [1903?] RC602 D71. 3898 

— State provision for epileptics. 
1895. RC395 D72. 3899 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Barle, Pliny. The curability of in- 
sanity: a series of studies. 1887. 
RC601 E12. 8000 

Haslam^ John. Obeervations on 
madness and melancholy: in- 
cluding practical remarks on those 
diseases; together with cases and 
an account of the morbid appear- 
ances on dissection. 2d ed. 1808. 
RC601 H35. 3001 

Howe, S. G. The causes and pre* 
▼ention of idiocy. 1874. RC630 
H86. 3002 

Illinois. Asylum for insane crimi- 
nals, Chester. Biennial report. 
Library has 1908. RC445 13 C. 


niinola. Central hospital for the in- 
sane, Jacksonville. Biennial re- 
port. Library has 1908. RC446 
13 J. 3004 

Illinolfi. Eastern hoi^ital for the 
insane, Kankakee. Biennial report. 
Library has 1908. RC445 13 K. 


niinolB. General hospital for the in- 
8ane» at Peoria. Biennial report. 
Library has 1908. RC445 13 P. 


Illinois. Northern hospital for the 
insane, Elgin. Biennial report. 
Library has 1908. RC445 13 B. 


Illinois. Southern hospital for the 
insane, Anna. Biennial report. 
Library has 1908. RC445 13 A. 


Illinois. Western hospital for the 
insane, Watertown. Biennial re- 
port. Library has 1908. RC445 
13 W. 3000 

Indiana. Central Indiana hospital 
for the insane. Annual reports. 
Library has 1902-date. RC445 16 
I. 3010 

Indiana. Eastern Indiana hospital 
for the insane, Easthaven. Bien- 

nial report. Library has 1902- 
'06. Annual report. Library has 
1905, '07-'09 to date. RC445 16 
Ea. 3011 

Indiana. Northern Indiana hospital 
for the insane, at Longcliff. Bi- 
ennial report. Library has 1902, 
'04, '06. Annual report. Library 
has 1907-'09. RC445 16 L. 3012 

Indiana. Southeastern hospital for 
the insane. Annual report. Li- 
brary has 1910. RC445 16 M. 


Indiana. Southern Indiana hospital 
for the insane, Evansville. Bien- 
nial report. Library has 1902 -'08. 
Annual report. Library has 1909. 
RC446 16 E. 3014 

-Financial exhibit. Library has 

1905, '07. RC445 16 Ef. 3015 

Indiana. Village for epileptics. An- 
nual report. Library has 1908, 
1909. RC395 A8 16. 3016 

Jarris, Edward. Insanity among the 
colored population of the free 
states. 1844. RC443 J3. 3017 

Letchworth, W. P. The insane in 
foreign countries. 1889. RC494 
L64. 3018 

Louisiana. Insane asylum. Bien- 
enlal report. Library has 1904. 
RC446 L8. 3010 

Maine. Insane hospital. Reports. 
Library has 1894. RC445 M2. 


Massachusetts. Commission on 
lunacy. Report on insanity and 
idiocy in Massachusetts, by the 
Commission on lunacy, under re- 
solve of the legislature of 1854. 
1855. RC445 M33. 3021 

Massachusetts. State lunatic hospi- 
tal at Northampton. Annual re- 
port. Library has 1864-1885. 
RC445 M4 N. 

Maudsley, Henry. Responsibility in 
mental disease. 1875. RC601 

230 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

•Same. 1905. 


Mercier, C. A. Sanity and insanity- 
1890. RC601 M56. 3924 

Meylert^ A. P. Notes on the opium 
habit. 3d. ed., rev. 1885. RC371 
06 M57. 8925 

Michigan. Asylum for the insane, 
Kalamazoo. Report. Lib^rary ha« 
1902, '04, '06. '08. RC445 M6 K. 


Michigan. EastejTn Michigan aJSy- 
lum, Pontlac. Biennial report 
Library has 1902, '04. '06. '08. 
1910. RC445 M5 P. 3927 

Michigan. Northern Michigan asy- 
lum. Traverse City. Report. Li- 
brary has 1902. '04, '06, 08. 
1910. RC445 M5 T. 3928 

Michigan. State asylum, Ionia. Re- 
port. Library has 1902, '04. '06, 
'08. RC445 M5 L 3929 

Michigan. State psychopathic hos- 
pital. Biennial report. Library 
has 1908. RC445 M5 A. 3930 

Michigan. ' Upper peninsula hospital 
for the insane. Report. Library 
has 1902. '04, '06, '08. RC445 
M5 N. 8931 

Montana. State board of commis- 
sioners for the insane. Annual 
report. Library has 1902, '06. 
RC445 M9. 3932 

National a^ssociation for the study 
of epilepsy and the care and 
treatment of epileptics. Public 
care and treatment for the epilep- 
tic, n. d. RC395 B70. 3933 

^Transactions. Librarj' has 1st, 

1901. RC395 Al N2. 3934 

New York: (State) State commis- 
sion In lunacy. Annual report. 
Library has 6th, 10th. 1894, '98, 
RC445 N63. 3935 

Nova Scotia. Hospital. Halifax. Re- 
port. Library has 1882. RC448 
N9. 3988 

Ohio. Athens state hospital. An- 
nual report. Library has 1900- 
'07. Issued as Biennial report, 
1909. RC445 03 A. 8937 

Ohio. Cleveland state hospital. An- 
nual report. Library has 1900- 
'07. Issued as Biennial report. 
19d9. RC445 03 Cle. 8988 

Ohio. Columbus state hospital. An- 
nual report. Library has 1901- 
'07. Issued as Biennial report. 
19d9. RC445 03 C. 8989 

Ohio. Dayton state hospital. An- 
nual report. Library has 1900- 
'07. Issued as Biennial report, 
1909. RC445 03 D. 5949 

Ohio. Hospital for epileptics. An- 
nual report. Library has 1898, 
1900-'02, '04-'07. Issued as Bi- 
ennial report. 1909. RC395 A8 
03. 3941 

Ohio. Lima state hospital commis- 
sion. Report, 1908. RC445 03 
LI. 8942 

Ohio. Massillon state hospital. An- 
nual report. Library has 1900- 
'08. Issued as Biennial report, 
1909. RC445 03 M. 8948 

Ohio. Toledo state hospital. An- 
nual report. LlBrary has 1900- 
'07. Issued as Biennial report. 
1909. RC445 03 T. 3944 

Oregon. State insane asylum. Bi- 
ennial report. Library has 1897, 
'99, '03, '07. '09. RC445 07. 


Pennsylvania. Board of public char- 
ities. Committee on Lunacy. Rules 
and regulations. 1906. RC445 P4 
A4. 8946 

tMiiladelphia. Asylum for twe to]M 
of persons deprived of their rea- 
son. Annual report. Library has 
1882. RC445 P4P54. 8947 

Rush, Benjamin. Medical inquiries 
and observations upon the dis- 
eases of the mind. 3d ed. 1827. 
RC601 R95. 3948 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


^orzheliiit J. C. ObseryationB on 
the derangdd manifestations of 
the mind, or insanity. 1st Amer. 
ed., with notes, improvements, 
and plates. With an appendix by 
A. Brigham. 1833. RC601 877. 


Texas. North Texas hospital for the 
irsane. Terrell. Annual report. 
Library has 1907. RC445 T4t. 


Texas. Southwestern insane asylum. 
Annual report. Library has 1907. 
RC445 T48. 8951 

Texae. State epileptic colony. An- 
nual report. Library has 1908. 
RG395 A8 T4. 8952 

Texas. State lunatic asylum at Aus- 
tin. Annual report. Library has 
1907, '08. RC446 T4a. 8953 

Tnke, Daniel Hack. A dictionary of 
psychological medicine, giring the 
definition, etymology and sy- 
nonyms of the terms used in 
medical psychology, with the 
symptoms, treatment, and pa- 
thology of insanity and the law of 
lunacy in Great Britain and Ire- 
land. Ed. by D. H. Tuke. 1892. 
2 T. RC601 T91 Ref. 8954 

U. S. Government hospital for the 
insane. Bulletin. Library hss no. 
1, 2. RC445 D4 B 8955 

Report. Library has 1897, '01. 

1903-'07. RC445 D4. 8956 

U. 8. Philippine commission, 1900. 
Opium investigation committee. 
Report of the Committee ap«. 
pointed by the Philippine com- 
mission to investigate the use of 
opium and the traffic therein and 
the rules, ordinances and laws 
regulating such use and traffic in 
Japan, Formosa, Shanghai, Hong- 
kong, Saigon, Singapore, Bur- 
mah, Java, and the Philippine Is- 
lands. 1906. RC371 05 P6 
1906a. 8957 

Vermont. State hospital for the in- 
sane, Waterbury. Biennial report. 
Library has 1904, 1910. RC445 
V5. 8958 

Vermont. Supervisors of the insane. 
Biennial report. Library has 
1904, 1910. RC445 V62. 8959 

Virginia. Hospitals for insane. 

Note: A full statement of the doc- 
uments of the Virginia hospitals in 
the Virginia State Library will ap- 
pear in a future bulletin of Virginia 
documents. 8059a 

Winslow, F. B. On obecure diseases 
of the brain, and disorders of the 
mind. 4th ed., rev. 1868. RC601 
W77. 8960 


Abemethy, John. Surgical observa* 
tions, containing a classification 
of tumors, with cases to illustrate 
the history of each species; an 
account of diseases which strik- 
ingly resemble the venereal dis- 
eases; and various cases illus^ 
trative of different surgical sub- 
jects. 1804. RD33 A2. 8961 

-Surgical observations on dis- 

eases resembling syphilis; and on 
diseases of the urethra. 1810. 
RD33 A2. 

Bernard, Claude. Precis icono- 

graphique de mfidecine op^ratoire 
et d'anatomie chirurgicale. 1856. 
RD32 B51. 8968 

Bonnet, AmM^. Trait6 de thdra- 
peutique des maladies articulaires. 
1863. RD686 B71. 8064 

TtslM des maladies des articu- 

lations accompagnd d'un atlas de 
16 planches. 1846. 2 v. RD686 
B72. 8965 

Canniff, William. A manual of the 
principles of surgery, based on 
pathology. 1866. RD31 C22. 


232 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Cfheilins, M. J., von. A Bystem of sur- 
gery by J. M. Chellus . . . Tr. from 
the German, and accompanied with 
additional notes and obserrations 
by J. F. South. 1847. 3 t. RD31 
056. 8967 

Foy, George. Anssthetlcs, ancient 
and modern: their physiological 
action, therapeutic use, and mode 
of administration and also an ac- 
count of the more celebrated 
anaesthetics in use from the earli- 
est time to the discovery of nitrous 
oxide. 1889. RD79 F79. 3068 

Gibson, William. Institutes and 
•practice of surgery: being out- 
lines of a course of lectures. 4th 
ed., enl. 1835. 2 y. Library has 
vol. 1. RD31 G42. 3960 

Goffres, Joseph Marie. Precis icono- 
graphique de bandages panse- 
mentB et appareils. Desslns d' 
apr6s nature par M. Cornuel, 
gravures au burin sur ader par 
M. Davesne. 1853. RD113 G61. 


Gross, S. D. A manual of military 
surgery; or. Hints on the emer- 
gencies of field, camp and hospi- 
tal practice. 2d ed. 1862. RD151 
G87. 8071 

Guthrie, 0[B8iaB]. Memoirs of Dr. 
Samuel Guthrie, and xhe history 
of the discovery of chloroform, 
by O. Guthrie. 1887. RD86 06 
G9. 8072 

Gwathmey, J. T. A plea for the 
scientific administration of anes^ 
thetics. 1906. RD81 G99. 3073 

Holmes, Timothy, ed. A system ot 
surgery, theoretical and practical, 
in treatises by various authors. 
Ed. by T. Holmes. 2d ed. 1870. 
Library has v. 1-4. RD31 H748. 


Johnston, George Ben. Complete 
removal of the shaft of the tibia 
for osteomyelitis, with restoration 
of the bone. [1904] RD684 J72. 


Lyman, H. BL The discovery of 
anaesthesia. [1886] RD79 L98. 


McGulre, H. H. Gun-shot, and 
other wounds of the peritoneum. 
[1873] RD156 M14. 8977 

McGuire, Stuart. Lectures on prin- 
ciples of surgery. 1908. RD31 
M28. 8978 

Malgaigne, J. F. Traitd des frac- 
tures et des luxations. Avec un 
atlas de 16 planches, dessin^ d* 
apr6s nature, par M. Delahaye. 
1847-1855. 2 V. RDlOl M235. 


-A treatise on fractures. By J. 

F. Malgaigne. Tr. from the 
French, with notes and additions, 
by J. H. Packard. 1859. RDIOI. 
M24. 8980 

Morton, W. T. G. Statements, sup- 
ported by evidence, of Wm. T. G. 
Morton, on his claim to the dis- 
covery of the ansesthetic proper- 
ties of ether, submitted to the 
honorable the Select committee 
appointed by the Senate of the 
United States. 3 2d Oongress, 2d 
session, January 21, 1853. 1853. 
RD80 M8 1853. 3981 

[Otis, G. A.] A report on amputa- 
tions at the hip-Joint, in military 
surgery. 1867. RD553 U5. 3982 

— ^A report of surgical cases 
treated in the army of the United 
States from 1865 to 1871. 1871. 
RD205 U6. 3988 

— Reports on the extent and na- 

ture of the materials available for 
the preparation of a medical and 
surgical history of the rebellion. 
1865. RD205 U48. 3984 

Parrish, Joseph. Practical observa- 
tions on strangulated hernia, and 
some of the diseases of the 
urinary organs. 1836. RD621 
P26. 3985 

Skey, F. C. Operative surgery. 1851. 
RD32 S6. 3086 



Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Snow, John. On chloroform and 
other anaesthetics; their action 
and administration. By John 
Snow . . . Ed., with memoir of 
the author, by B. W. Richardson. 
1858. RD81 S67. 8987 

U. 8. Surgeon-general's office. The 
medical and surgical history of 
the war of the rebellion. (1861- 
65). Prepared under the direc- 
tion of Surgeon general J. K. 
Barnes, 1870-88. 3 v. in 6. RD206 
U6. 898to 

Of the medical history v. 1 and 
2 were prepared by J. J. Wood- 
ward, 1870-79; v. 3. by Charles 
Smart, 1888. v. 1 contains also an 
appendix with reports of medical 
directors and other documents by 
J. J. Woodward and George A. Otis, 

with separate title-page and pagi- 
nation. Of the surgical history v. 
1 and 2 were prepared by George 
A. Otis, 1870-76; v. 3. by O. A. Otis 
and D. Lb Huntington, 1883. 

VelpeaUf A. A. I/. M. New elements 
of operative surgery: by A. A. 
L. M. Velpeau, carefully rev., en- 
tirely remodelled, and augm. with 
a treatise on minor surgery. Il- 
lustrated by over 200 engrayings« 
accompanied with an atlas in 
quarto of twenty-two plates, re- 
presenting the principal operative 
processes, surgical instruments, 
&c. 1st Amer. from the last Paris 
ed. Tr. by P. S. Townsend. 
Augm. with notes and observa- 
tions by Valentine Mott. 1847. 3 
V. and alias. Library has atlas 
only. RD32 V44. 3980 


Baltimore. Presbyterian eye, ear 
and throat charity hospital. An- 
nual report. Library has 3d, 
1880. RES B2 P8. 8990 

lilinois. Charitable eye and ear in- 
firmary, Chicago. Biennial report 
of the trustees, superintendent 
and treasurer. Library has 26th, 
1908. RES C5 12. 8991 

Renling, George. Clinical remarks 
on several interesting cases, 
treated at the Maryland eye and 
ear infirmary, Baltimore. 1876. 
RE47 5 R44. 8992 

Toynbee, Joseph. The diseases of 
the ear: their nature, diagnosis. 



and treatment. 2d Amer. ed. 
1865. RF121 T75. 3098 

8. Public health and marine hos- 
pital service. Trachoma, its char- 
acter and effects. By T. Clark 
and J. W. Schereschewsky. 1907. 
RE321 C58. 8994 

Wells, J. 8. A treatise on the dis^ 
eases of the eye. By J. Soelberg 
Wells. 1st Amer. ed., with addi- 
tions. Together with selection 
from the test-tsrpes of Prof. E. 
Jaeger and Dr. H. Snellen. Ed. by 
I. Minis Hays. RE46 W47. 1869. 



Barker, Fordyce. The puerperal 
diseases. Clinical lectures deliv- 
ered at Bellevue hospital. 4th ed. 
1880. RG801 B25. 3996 

Hodge, H. li. The principles and 
practice of obstetrics. 1866. RG 
524 H68. 8997 

Jennings, 8. K. The married lady's 
companion; or. Poor man's 
friend. 2d ed., rev., cor. and enl. 
1808. RG121 J5. 8998 

Johnston, O. B. A case of bilateral 
diffuse virginal hsrpertrophy of 
the breasts. [1903] RG499 J72. 


A vase of uterus didelphys, with 

delivery of full-term child by 
cffsarean section from one organ 
and hysterectomy of other for a 
large myoma. 1904. RG761 JV. 


Scanzonl [von Lichtenfels], F. W. 

A practical treatise on the dis- 

234 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

eases of the eexual organs of 
women, by F. W. von Scanzoni. 
Tr. from the French of Drs. H. 
Dor and A. Socin, and annotated 
. . . by A. K. Gardner. [1861] 
RGlOl 828. 4001 

Weet, CliAiles. An Inquiry Into the 
pathological Importance of ulcera- 
tion of the OB uteri. Being the 
Croonian lectures for the year 
1854. 1854. RG310 W5. 4002 


Fiflcher, Louis. The health-care of 
the baby; a handbook for mothers 
and nurses. 1906. RJlOl F62. 


Fltz, Mrs. R. K, Problems of baby- 
hood; building a constitution, 
forming a character, by R. K. 
Fitz, and George Wells Fltz. II- 

lus. by E. 

A. Bell. 1906. RJ61 


Holt, L. £. The care and feeding of 
children; a catechism for the use 
of mothers and children's nurses, 
3d ed., rev. and enl. 1904. RJ61 
H74. 4005 


Duhring, L. A. Atlas of sftin dis- 
eases. 1876[-81]. RL81 D87. 


Green, Jonathan. A practical com- 
pendium of the diseases of the 
skin, with cases. 2d ed., cor. and 
imp. 1837. RL71 079. 4007 

U. S. Public health and marine hos- 

pital service. Pellagra, a precis, 
by Passed assistant surgeon C. H. 
Lavinder. 1908. RL291 U6. 


Wilson, Sir W. J. E. On diseases 
of the skin; a system of cutaneous 
medicine. 7th Amer. from the 
6th rer. Eng. ed. 1868. RLr71 
W74. 4000 


Althaus, Jnlins. A treatise on medi- 
cal electricity, theoretical and 
practical; and its use in the treat- 
ment of paralysis, neuralgia, and 
other diseases. 2d ed. 1870. RM 
871 A46. 4010 

Boone, U. S. Antipyrine, acetanilide 
and phenacetln; are tney harmful 
remedies? are they habit-forming 
drugs? [1910?] RM666 C57 B7. 


Briquet, P. Traits th^rapeutique du 
quinquina et de ses preparations. 
2me ed. 1855. RM666 C53 B8. 


Duchenne de Bonlog^e, G. B. A. De 

Telectrisation localis^e et de son 
application k la physiologie, k la 
pathologie et & la th6rapeutlque. 
1855. RM871 D82. 4018 

-A treatise on localized electri- 

zation, and its application to 
pathology and therapeutics. Tr. 
from 3d ed. of the original by H. 
Tibbits. 1871. RM871 D83. 4014 

Graham, Douglas. Manual therapeu- 
tics; a treatise on massage; its 
history, mode of application and 
effects, indications and contra- 
indications, 3d ed., rev., enl., and 
illus. 1902. RM721 G75. 4015 

Harrison, Eveleen. Home nursing; 
modern scientific methods for the 
care of the sick. [1908] RT61 
H31. 4016 

Headland, F. W. The action of 
medicines in the system; or, "On 
the mode in which therapeutic 
agents introduced into the stom- 
ach produce their peculiar effects 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


on the animal economy." 2d 
Amer., from 2d rev. and enl. 
London ed. 1856. RM300 H43. 


Hansoii, O. F. A treatise on the 
physiological and therapeutic ac- 
tion of the sulphate of quinine. 
1882. RM666 C53 M2. 4018 

Ohio. Dairy and food dept. Bulle- 
tin. Patent or proprietary medi- 
cines. 1909. RM671 P2 06. 4019 

PllCeaire, J. Puissance de I'^lectrl- 
cit6 anlmale» ou du magn^tlsme 
Tltal et de ses rapports avec la 
physique, la physlologie et la 
m6declne. 1839. RM901 P62. 


PHcalm, John. Vaccination. 

[1907?] RM787 P68. 4021 

Stills, Alfred. Therapeutics and ma- 
teria medlca. A systematic trea^ 
tlse on the action and uses of 
medicinal agents, Including their 
description and history. 3d ed. 

rev. and enl. 1868. 2 v. RM121 
S86. 4022 

Timberlake, J. Dr. C. J. B. Wil- 
liams and others on the principles 
of the water cure: with comments 
and explanatory remarks. 1853. 
RM811 T58. 4028 

Vance, R. A. The prevention of ab- 
scesses in hypodermic medication. 
1871. RM169 V22. 4024 

The Wellcome physiological research 
laboratories, founded 1894, Wal- 
ter Dowson, director. [1903?) 
RM741 W44. 4025 

Williams, E. G. Principles govern- 
ing the technlc of Roentgan ray 
therapy. [1905] RM849 W71. 


Wilson, James. The practice of the 
water cure, with authenticated 
evidence of Its efficacy and safe- 
ty. Pt. 1. 1844. RM811 W74. 



The dental cosmos. 
50, 1908-date. 

Library has v. 

llUaois. State board of dental ex- 
aminers. Annual report. Library 
has 1898, 1900, 1901, 1910. 
RK6 13. 4020 

Items of Interest. (Dental.) Library 
has T. 30, 1908-date. 4080 

MonCana. Board of dental exami- 

ners. Annual report. 
1903. RK5 M9. 

Library has 

Ohio. State dental board. Annual 
report. Library has 1907, '08, 
'09. RK5 03. 4032 

Rhode Island. State board of regis- 
tration In dentistry. Annual re- 
port. Library has 1902-1904. 
RK5 R4. 4083 


Acad^mie royale de m^decine de 
Belgique. Commission de legisla- 
tion m^dicale. De la vente des 
medicaments en Belgique; rap- 
port fait k I'academle royale de 
medecine. 1846. RS67 B42. 4034 

American pharmaceutical association. 
Proceedings. Library has 1867, 
'59, '60, '62. '63, '67, '73-'75, '77- 

'86, '89, '90, '92, '93, '95, '98, 
1901-date. RSI A2. 4035 

Arkansas. Law, statutes, etc. Act 
creating the state board of phar- 
macy. 1901. RS5 A8 A6. 4030 

Atlanta. College of physicians and 
surgeons. Department of phar- 

236 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

macy. Catalogue. Library baa 
1910. RSI 11 Q4A88. 4087 

Aonyid, 8. H. Botanical materia 
medica and pharmacology; drugs 
coneidered from a botanical, piiar* 
maceutical, physiological, thei^- 
peutical and tozicological stand- 
point. 1899. RS91 A27. 4088 

Hare, H. A. The national standard 
dispensary. Containing the na- 
tural history, chemistry, phar^ 
macy, actions, and uses of medi- 
cines. In accordance with the 
eighth decennial feyision of the 
United States pharmacopoeia, as 
amended to 1908. By H. A. Hare, 
Charles Oaspari, jr., H. H. Rusby, 
J. F. Geisler, Edward Kremers 
and Daniel Base. 2d ed., thor- 
oughly rev. and much enl. 
[C1908] RS151 2 H3 Ref. 4030 

Henry, Thomas. Experiments and 
obserYations on the following sub- 
jects; magnesia ' alba, calcined 
magnesia, quick-lime, on various 
absorbents, on the comparative 
antiseptic powers of vegetable in- 
fusions prepared with lime, etc., 
on the sweetening properties of 
fixed air. 1773. RS80 H52. 4040 

HofT^nann, Friedrich. Manual of 
chemical analysis as applied to 
the examination of medicinal 
chemicals. A guide for the de- 
termination of their identity and 
quality. 1873. RS421 H68. 4041 

Illinois. State board of pharmacy. 
Annual report. Library has 1906- 
date. RS5 13. 4042 

Indiana. Board of pharmacy. An- 
nual report. Library has 1907, 
1910. RS5 16. 4043 

Joynes, It. S. Curiosities of medical 

history; th^ Paris pharmacopoeia 
of 1758 and its treasures. R866 
J89. 4044 

'Maryland* University. Department 
of pharmacy. Annual announce- 
ment. Library has 1910. RSlll 
M3B19. 4045 

Mlalhe, Louis. Chimie appliqu6e h 
la physiologie et la th6rapeutique, 
1825. 2 V. RS91 P23. 4046 

Michigan. Laws, statutes, etc. Phar- 
macy laws. 1908. RS5 M5 A6. 


Paris, John Aryton. Pharmacologia; 
ed. the 6th. Cor. and extended, 
1825. 2 V. RS91 P23. 4048 

Philadelphia college of pharmacy. 
Quarterly bulletin. Library has 
vol. 2, no. 1, Jul>, 1909. RSlll 
P4P54. 4040 

Philadelphia college of pharmacy. 
Alumni association. Alumni re- 
port. Monthly. Library has 1882; 
Nov., 1896; Oct., 1903. RSll P4 
P6. 4050 

Purdue nnlYersity. School of phar- 
macy. Bulletin. Library has 
April, 1906, '08. '09, '11. RSlll 
16L1. 4051 

Rhode Island. State board of phar- 
macy. Annual report. Library 
has 1902, '03,'07, '09,'10. RS5 
R4. 4052 

Sweringen, H. W. Pharmaceutical 
lexicon: a dictionary of phar- 
maceutical science. Containing a 
concise explanation of the various 
subjects and terms of pharmacy, 
with appropriate selections from 
the collateral sciences. 1873. 
RS51 S95 Ref. 4058 


Henderson, William. Homoeopathy 
fairly represented, a reply to 
Professor Simpson's "Homoeo- 
pathy" misrepresented. 1st Amer. 
ed. 1854. RX81 H5l'. 4054 

Simpson, Sir J. Y.. Homoeopathy: 
its tenets and tendencies, theore- 
tical, theological, and therapeu^ 
tical. 1st Amer. from 3d Edin- 
burgh ed. 1854. RX85 S61. 4055 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


still college of osteopathy. Annual 
catalogue. Ldbrary has 12tli, 
1910. RZ338 S85. 4056 

Ward, J. W. The agnostic in medi- 
cine. Presidential address deliv- 

ered at the sixty-sixth annual ses- 
sion of the American institute of 
homcBopathy held at Pasadena, 
CaL, July 11, 1910. 1910. RX78 
W3. 4057 

Periodicals, Societies^ 1>ociinients, and Other Cbllections. 

Alabama. Dept. of agriculture and 
industries. Alabama. 1907. S31 
A3 B. 4058 

Bulletin of State agricultural de- 
partment Serial no. 27.) 

Alaska. Agricultural experiment sta- 
tion. Bulletin. Library has 
nos. 1, 3. S33 E4. 4050 


Georgeeon, C. O. Suggestions to 
pioneer farmers in Alaska. 1902. 
(no. 1) 4063 

Ross, P. H. Haymaking at Kenai 
experiment station. By P. H. Roas, 
under the supervision of Office of 
experiment stations, U. S. Depart- 
ment of agriculture. 1907. (no. 3) 


• Annual report. Library has 

1906-date. S33 E2. 4062 

Alberta. Department of agriculture. 
Annual report. Library has 

1908, 1909. S135 A3. 4063 

— Bulletin. Library has no. 1, 
1908. S135 A31. 4064 

Statistics branch. Crop bulle- 
tin. Library has no. 9, 1906. 
S135 S8. 4065 

The American agriculturist. 1842- 
1905. Monthly. Library has v. 1- 
10, 1842-'51, V. 12-14, 1854-'55, 
V. 16-18, 1857-59. Weekly. Nov. 
14th, 1903-Mar. 10. 1906, Jan. 
20, 1906, wanting. SI A49. 4066 

The American farmer. Baltimore, 
1821-1868. Weekly. Library has 
V. 1. 2, 4-15, 1819-'20, 1822-'33 
Monthly. New eeriee v. 1-14, 
1845-1860. (V. 11 missing) 6th 
series v. 1, 2, 1866-1868. SI A51. 

Annals of agriculture. Library has 
V. 1-17, 1784-1792. 4068 

Annates d 'horticulture de Paris. Li- 
brary has y. 18-44, 1836-1853. 


Argentine Republic. Comisidn del 
cenao agropecuario. Agricultural 
and pastoral census of the nation. 
Stock-breeaing and agriculture in 
1908. Census taken up during 
the presidency of Dr. J. F. Alcor- 
ta. 1909. 3 V. S187 A3. 4070 

Bulletin des sciences agricoles et 
6conomiques. 4 me section du bul- 
letin universel des sciencee et de 
rindustrie, public sous la direc- 
tion de M. Le Bon. De F6russac. 
1824-1831. Library has ▼. 1-19. 
S5 B93. 4071 

California. State agricultural so- 
ciety. Transactions. Library has 
1858. S3 9 A2. 4072 

Colorado. Agricultural college. Ex- 
periment station. Bulletin. Li- 
brary has no. 83, 145, 153. S41 
E8. 4073 

Colorado. State board of immigra- 
tion. Geneial farming on irri- 
gated land in Colorado. [1910] 
S41 A4. 4074 

Connecticut. State board of agricul- 
ture. Agriculture of Connecticut. 
From report of the secretary of 
the state board of agriculture for 
1880. 1881. S43 A31. 4075 

Annual report of the secretary. 

Library has 1869, '70, '95, '97. 
'98, 1900. S43 A3. 4076 

The cultivator. Monthly. Albany, 

238 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

New Tortt, 1834-1859. Library 
has V. 1-8, 1834-'41. New serieB. 
Y. 1-7. 1844-'B0. 3rd serieB. v. 1- 
7. 1853-'59. SI C96. 4077 

Delaware. State board of agricul- 
ture. Annual report. Library lias 
1903, '04. S45 A3. 4078 

£xperiment station record. Library 
baa 1903-date. 4079 

The farmer & gardener. Library has 
V. 1-5, 1834-'39. 4080 

The fanner and mechanic. Library 
has 1847-52. 4081 

The farmer^s magazine. Library has 
V. 1-32, 1840-'55. 4082 

The farmer's register. Library haa 
V. 1-9, 1833-'41. 4088 

France. Inspecteurs de I'agricul- 
ture. Agriculture francalse. 7 v. 
S229 A3. 4084 

Department de I'lsfere, 1843; 
Hautes-Pyrenees, 1843; Nord, 1843; 
Haute-Oaronne. 1843; Cotes-du- 
N6rd, 1844; Tarn, 1845; Aude, 

Georgia. Department of agriculture. 
Report of the commissioner. Li- 
brary has 1909. S51 A3. 4085 

Hawaii. Agricultural experiment 
Btation. Bulletin. Library has 
noB. 1-3, 5-13, 15-17. S399 E4. 


Higglns, J. B. The banana in 
Hawaii. 1904. (no. 7) 4087 

Citrus fruits in Hawaii. 1905. 

(no. 9) 4068 

^The mango in Hawaii. 1906. 

(no. 12) 4089 

Kranss, F. G. Methods of milk- 
ing. 1905. (no. 8) 4090 

Sedgwick, T. F. Chickena and 
their diseases in Hawaii. 1901. (no. 
1) 4091 

^The root rot of tare. 1902. 

(no. 2) 4092 

Shorey, C C. Composition of 

some Hawaiian feeding stuffs. 1906. 

(no. 13) 4098 

Smith, J. G. The black wattle 

(Acacia decurrens) in Hawaii. 
1906. (no. 11) 4094 

^The Ceara rubber tree in 

Hawaii. 1908. (no. 16) 4095 

-Cultivation of tobacco in 

Hawaii. By J. G. Smith and C. R. 
Blacow. 1907. (no. 15) 4(^0 

Van Dine, D. li. Hawaiian honey. 
By D. L. Van Dine and Alice R. 
Thompson. 1908. (no. 17) 4/991 

Insect enemies of tobacco In 

Hawaii. 1905. (no. 10) 4098 

^Insecticides for use in 

Hawaii. 1904. (no. 3) 4099 

Mosquitoes in Hawaii. 1904. 

(no. 6) 4100 

^A sugar-cane leaf-hopper in 

Hawaii. 1904. (no. 5) 4101 

-Press bulletin. Library has nos. 
1-5, 9-14. 16. S399 E5. 4102 

^Annual report. Library has 

1906, '07, '10. S399 B2. 4108 

Hawaii. Commissioner of agricul- 
ture and forestry. Report. Li- 
brary has 1900, '02. S399 A3. 


Higliland society of Scotland. Prlze^ 
essays and transactions. 1829- 
1843. Library has v. 1-7, 14 (?) 
New series. S3 H63. 4105 

nUnois. Department of agriculture. 
Transactions. Library haa 1871- 
1875, 1885-1887, 1889, 1891, 
1907-1909. S55 A3. 4106 

Illinois. Farmers' institute. An- 
nual report. Library has 1896, 
'98. '99, '00, '02, '03. ' 
S55 F2. 4107 

— Bulletin. Library has no. 16. 
S55 F2 B. 4108 

Circular. Library has no. 3. S55 

F2 C. 4100 

niinois. State agricultural society. 
Trancactions. Library has v. 1, 8, 
1854, '70. 4110 

Illinois. University. Agricultural ex- 
periment station. Bulletin. Li- 
brary has no. 138, 139, 141-148. 
S55 E8. 4111 

— Circular. Library has nos. 109, 
110, 140. S55 E81. 4112 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Indiana. Farmers' institutes. Re- 
port of the superintendent. Li- 
brary has 1904-09. oo9 F2. 4113 
1904 report containa history of 
the work from 1882 to 1904. 1910. 

Indiana. State board of agriculture. 
Annual report. Library has 1853. 
•56, '84, '95-'06. S59 A3. 4114 

The tndnstrialist. Issued weekly by 
the Kansas state agricultural col- 
lege, Manhattan, Kansas. Library 
has V. 1. no. 2-5. c. d. v. 34, no. 7. 
S63 B851. 4115 

Iowa. Department of agriculture. 
Annual year book. Library has 
6th, 1905. S61 A31. 4116 

Iowa. State agricultural society. Re- 
port. Library has 1879, '81, '82. 
'84. '85, '87, '89, '95, '96, '98, '99. 
S61 A2. 4117 

Jonmal d'agrlculture pratique et de 
Jardinage public par les r^dac- 
teurs de la Maison rustique du 19 
siftcle. 1843-1849. Library has v. 
1-6, 2me ser. S5 J86. 4118 

(Maison rustique du 19 sidcle, 
2me pte) 

Kansas. State agricultural college. 
Report of experiment in pig-feed- 
ing, made by the farm depart- 
ment, Manhattan. Kansas. 1899. 
S63 A41. 411© 

Report of the professor of agri- 
culture. Experiments. 1884. 1885. 
S63 E81. 4120 

1898-'08, 1910. S68 A3. 


Report for the month ending 

State agricultural college. 
Experiment station. Annual re- 
port. Including bulletins. Library 
has 1888-91, 1900. 1902-'07. 
Sr.3 E8. 4121 

-Bulletin. Library nos. 6. 8, 9, 

19, 29, 37, 61, 63-74, 76-80, 87, 
90-93, 96, 98, 101, 103, 108-117, 
120-126, 128, i:s9, 131. 132, 142. 
150-157. For others see . . . 
annual rept. E63 B8. S63 E85. 


Kansas. State board of agriculture. 
Biennial report. Library has 

Dec. 31, 1895. 1895. S63 S8. 4124 

Report for the qtiarter. Library 

has incomplete set Dec. 1897-date. 


Kentucky. Bureau of agriculture, 
labor, and statistics. Biennial re- 
port. Library has 10th, 16th, 
1893, 1905. S65 A3. 4126 

Louisiana planter. Library has v. 
39. 1908-date. 4127 

Louisiana. State board of agricul- 
ture and immigration. Bulletin. 
Library has no. 11, 1907. S67 
A31. 4128 

Crop report. Library has 1908. 

1909. S67 Z. 4129 

Maine. Board of agriculture. An- 
nual report of th© secretary. Li- 
brary has 1861, '62, '92-'96, '98, 
'00, '01. S69 A3. 4130 

Maryland. Agricultural college. 
Quarterly. Library has May, 
1907-date. 4131 

Maryland. Agricultural experiment 
station. Annual report. Library 
has 1907-'09, '10. S71 E82. 4132 

Bulletin. Library has 103, 134, 

141-145, 147-151. S71 E8. 4133 

Massachusetts. Board of agricul- 
ture. Annual report. Library has 
3d, 4th, 1840, '41, Ist series; 14th, 
15th. 1867, '68, 2d series. S73 A3. 


Massachusetts. Society for promot- 
ing agriculture. Centennial year. 
1792-1892. 1892. S73 B2. 4135 

Michigan. Department of state. 
Crop report. Library has May- 
Nov., '01, Aug., '02-Jan. '03. 
March-Nov. '03. Jan. '04-Jan. '05. 
Apr. '05-Jan. '07. Nos. 235-241. 
250-255, 257-265, 267-279, 282- 
303. Sept. '09-April '10, no. 335- 
342-351. S75 Z. 4136 

240 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Michigan. Secretary of state. An- 
nual report relating to farms and 
farm products. Library has 17th- 
23rd, 1895-1901. S75 S8. 4187 

Michigan. State agricultural college. 
Experiment station. Bulletin. Li- 
brary has March, 1901-May, 1906, 
noB. 189-238. S75 £8. 4188 

Michigan. State board of agricul- 
ture. Annual report of the sec- 
retary. Library has 1894-'98, 
1900-'02, lb04-'07, '09, '10. S75 
A3. 4139 

Farmers' institutes. Institute 

bulletin. Library has May 1897, 
June 1901, nos. 3, 7. S75 F2. 


Mississippi. Department of agricul- 
ture and commerce. Bulletin. Li- 
brary has V. 2, no. 3. Oct., '07. 
S79 A31. 4141 

Missouri. State board of agriculture. 
Annual report. Library has 1908, 
'09. S81 A3. 4142 

Modem farming. Library has v. 20, 
Oct., 1907-May. 1909. 4148 

Montana. Agricultural college. 
Science studies. Library has v. l. 
no. 1-3. SI M9. 4144 

Montana. Farmers' institutes. An- 
nual report. Library has 1902- 
'06, l8t-5th. S83 F2. 4145 

Nebraska. Agricultural experiment 
station. Aonual report. Library 
has 7th, 1894. S85 E8. 4146 

Nebraska. State board of agricul- 
ture. Annual report. Library has 
1870, '93. '94. S86 A3. 4147 

The New England farmer. 1822- 
1840. Library has v. 1-18. SI 
N53. 4148 

New Hampsliire. Board of agricul- 
ture. Annual report. Library 
has 1880, '82-'86. S89 A3. 4149 

New Hampshire. State agricultural 

society. Transactions. Library has 
1857, '58. S89 A2. 4160 

New York. State agricultural so- 
ciety. Transactions. Library has 
1841-50, '56. V. 1-10, 16. S95 A2. 


New York farmers. Proceedings. Li- 
brary has 1893, '94, '97-'99, '01, 
'03-date. SI N71. 4152 

La Normandie agrioole. 1843-1846. 
V. 1-3. S5 N84. 4158 

Ohio. Agricultural experiment sta- 
tion. Annual report. Library has 
1901, '07. SlOl E81. 4154 

Bulletin. Library has nos. 128, 

130, 132, 134. SlOl B8. 4155 

Ohio. Laws, statutes etc. Laws re- 
lating to the Ohio state board of 
agriculture and the state board of 
live stock commissioners. Revise<i 
Feb. 20, 1905. SlOl A311. 4156 

Ohio. State board of agriculture. 
Annual report. Library has 1894- 
'96, 98, '99, 1901-date. SlOl A3. 


— Annual report of farmers' in- 
stitutes with proceedings of the 
state farmers' institute, and re- 
port of the annual meeting of the 
state board of agriculture. Library 
has 1901-'05, '07. '08, '09. SlOl 
F2. 4158 

— Bulletin of the farmers' insti- 
tutes. Library has 19ul-'06 SlOl 
F25. • 4159 

— The farmers' centennial history 
of Ohio. 1803-1903. 1904. S451 
03. 4160 

— ^Laws and rules governing and 
relating to county or district 
agricultural societies in Ohio. Li- 
brary has 1902, '05. S487 035. 


— OfiSclal report on the condition 
of crops and live stock, etc. Li- 
brary has May-Aug., Oct.-Dec. 

Bulletin of the Virginl\ State Library. 


1901, Jan., March, April, May, 
July, Aug., Dec. 1902, Jan., 
March-July, 1903. SI 01 S8. 4162 

fThe Ohio cultivator: semi-monthly. 
Library has v. 1-6, 1845-'50. SI 
036. 4163 

Oregon. State board of agriculture. 
Annual report. Library has 1899, 
190U. S105 A3. 4164 

PennfiylTBnia. Department of agri- 
culture. Annual report. Library 
has 1894, 1896. S107 A3. 4165 

Bulletin. Library has 147^157, 

159, 160-170, 172-174, 178-160, 
182, 184, 185, 187, 189, 190, 192- 
196, 198, 200, 203, 204, 205. S107 
A4. 4166 

Porto Rico. Agricultural experiment 
station. Bulletin. Library has 
nos. 1-8, 10. S181 E4. 4167 


Barrett, O. W. The changa, or 
mole cricket (Scapteriscus didacty- 
lus Latr.) in Porto Rico. 1902. 
(no. 2) 4168 

^The yautias, or tanlers, of 

Porto Rico. 1905. (no. 6) 4169 

Dorsey, C. W. Soil survey from 
Arecibo to Ponce, Porto Rico. By 
C. W. Dorsey, Louis Mesmer, and 
T. A. Caine. 1903. (no. 3) 4170 

Gardner, F. D. The agricultural 
experiment station of Porto Rico; 
its establishment, location and pur- 
pose. 1903. (no. 1) 4171 

Henrlcksen, H. C. Pineapple grow- 
ing In Porto Rico. By H. C. Hen- 
ricksen and M. J. lorns. 1909. (no. 
8) 4172 

^Vegetable growing in Porto 

Rico. 1906. (no. 7) 4173 

Propagation and marketing 

of oranges in Porto Rico. 1904. 
(no. 4) 4174 

Leenhoff, J. Tan, jr. Tobacco in- 
vestigations in Porto Rico during 
1903-4. 1906. (no. 5) 4175 

Tower, W. V. Insects injurious to 
citrus fruits and methods for com- 
bating them. 1911. (no. 10) 4176 

— Circular. Library has nos. 1, 3- 
6. S181 E5. 4177 

— ^Annual report. Library has 
1906, '07. S181 E2. 4178 

The Progressive farmer. Weekly. 
Raleigh, N. G. Library has v. 
23, no. 40, 41, 43, 44, 46, 48-51, 
1908; V. 24, no. 1-21, 23, 25-32, 
35-37, 39, 41, 42, 1909. Si P94. 


Purdue University. Agricultural ex- 
periment station. Bulletin. Li- 
brary has nos. 17, 18, 68, 70, 72, 
79, 81, 87, 88, 91, 92, 97, 99, 110, 
113-124, 126-128, 130-137, 141- 
147, 149. S59 E8. 4181 

Circular. Library has nos. 2-5, 

10, 11, 15, 17, 18, 20-27. S59 E82. 


The Quarterly journal of agriculture. 
Edinburgh. 1828-1843. Library 
has V. 1-13. 1828-1843. S3 Ql. 


Rhode Island. State board of agri- 
culture. Annual report. Library 
has 1900-date. S109 A3. 4184 

Royal agricultural society of Eng- 
land. Th journal. 1840-1878. Li- 
brary has V. 1-25. 1st series, 1-15. 
2nd series. S3 R88. 4185 

Royal Hawaiian agricultural society. 
Transactions. Library nas t. 2, 
no. 1. S399 B2. 4186 

Soci6t^ d 'agriculture du d^partement 
de la Seine. M^moires d'agrlcul- 
ture, d'^conomie rurale et domes- 
tique. 1801-1846. 33 v. Library 
has V. 1-16. 19-21, 23, 27-39. 
1801-'13, 1816-'18, 1820, 1824- 
'31, '33. '46. S5 S67. 4187 

The Southern farm gazette. Stark- 
ville. Miss. Library has incom- 
plete set from v. 11, no. 15, June 
15, 1906-date. SI S72. 4188 

The Southern planter. Richmond, 
Va. Library has v. 1-20, 1841-60 
(Bound) 1868 (Bound. Jan. & 
Mar. missing) 1869; 1870, Jan.- 
Apr.; 1872, March; 1874; 1875, 
(Aug. missing) 1876, Jan., Mar.- 
Oct, Dec; 1877; 1878, Jan.-Oct.; 

1879, Jan., Mar.-July., Sopt.-Nov.; 

1880, Feb., Mar., July-Dec; 1881. 
Jan. & Oct.; 1883, Jan.-June, 

242 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Aag.-Oct.; 1884, (Feb. missing), 
1885, June & July; 1886, Jan- 
May, Aug.; 1887, Feb., June, Aug. 
Oct.; 1888, Feb., May-Aug.; 1890, 
May and June; 1893, July ft Dec.; 
1894, May-Dec.; 1896; 1896, 
June, Sept., Oct. ft Dec. 1897-date. 
SI S728. 4189 

The Soathem tobacconist and mod- 
ern farmer. Official paper of the 
Interstate tobacco growers' protec- 
tive association of Virginia and 
North Carolina. Richmond. Li- 
brary has May, June, 1906. Aug. 
1906-Sept. 1907. SI S725. 4100 

Tennessee. Commissioner of agri- 
culture. Biennial report. Library 
has 1900. S116 A3. 4101 

Texas. Department of agriculture. 
Bulletin. Library has nos. 1-5. 
S117 A31. 4102 

U. S. Dept. of agriculture. Estimates, 
appropriations, and expenditures. 
Library has 1907-date. S21 A86. 


Monthly reports. May 1863-Dec. 

1876. [18631-76. 14 v. Library has 
1869, 1874-1876. S21 A22. 4104 
No more published. 

— Report. Library has 1847-'49, 
1851-72, 1874-date. S21 A2. 4105 

Yearbook 1894. Library has 

1894-date. S21 A3 5. 4106 

U. S. Dept. of agriculture. Division 
of accounts. Fiscal regulations of 
the U. S. Dept. of agriculture. 
1898. S21 A88. 4107 

U. 8. Dept. of agriculture. Div. of 
publications. Bulletin. Library 
has nos. 1-9. S21 P4. 4108 


Gresthonse, O. H. Historical 
sketch of the U. S. Department of 
agriculture; its objects and present 
organisation. 2d rev. 1907. (no. 3) 


Index to farmers' bulletins. 

Nos. 1-250. 1907. (no. 8) 4200 

Index to the Yearbooks of 

the U. 8. Department of agricul- 
ture. 1894-1900. 1902. (no. 7) 


^Index to the Yearbooks of 

the United States department of 
agriculture, 1901-1906. 1908. (no. 
9) 4202 

Handy, R. B. List by titles of 
publications of the United States de- 
partment of agriculture from 1840 
to June, 1901, inclusive. Comp. by 
R. B. Handy and M. A. Cannon. 
1902. (no. 6) 420S 

Index to the annual reports of the 
U. £^. Department of agriculture for 
the years 1837 to 1893, inclusive. 

1896. (no. 1) 4204 
Thompson, O. F. Index to au- 
thors with titles of their publica- 
tions appearing in the documents of 
the U. S. Department of agriculture, 
1841 to 1897. 1898. (no. 4) 4205 

Index to literature relating to 

animal industry in the publications 
of the Department of agriculture. 
1837 to 1898. 1900. (no. 6) 4206 

Synoptical index of the re- 
ports of the statistician, 1863-1894. 

1897. (no. 2) 4207 

Circular. Library has nos. 1-18. 

S21 P5. 4208 

U. 8. Dept. of agriculture. Farmers' 
bulletin. Library has nos. 1-36, 
38-75, 77-304, 306-442, 444-453. 
S21 A6. 4200 


Abel, M. W. (Hlnman) Beans, 
peas, and other legumes as food. 
[Rev. ed] 1906. (no. 121) 4210 

Care of food in the home. 

1909. (no. 376) 4211 

Sugar as food. 1906. (no. 

93) 4212 

Adams, J. W. Horseshoeing. 
1903. (no. 179) 4218 

Allen, E. W. Feeding of farm ani- 
mals. [3d] rev. ed. 1901. (no. 22) 


Leguminous plants for green 

manuring and for feeding. 1894. 
(no. 16) 4215 

Alvoid, H. E. Breeds of dairy 
cattle. 1899. (no. 106) 4210 

Cheese making on the farm. 

1903. (no. 166) 4217 

^The dairy herd: Its formation 

and management. Rev. ed. 1904. 
(no. 55) 4218 

Armsby, H. P. The computation 
of rations for farm animals by the 
use of energy values. 1909. (no. 
346) 4210 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Arnold, J. H. How a city family 
managed a farm. 1911. (no. 432) 


Atwater, H. W. Bread and bread 
making. 1910. (no. 389) 4221 

Bread and the principles of 

bread making. Rev. ed. 1906. (no. 
112) 4222 

Poultry as food. 1903. (no. 

182) 4223 

Atwater, W. O. Foods: nutritive 
value and cost 1894. (no. 33) 


Principles of nutrition and 

nutritive value of food. 1902. (no. 
142) 4225 

Bailey, li. H. Farmers' reading 
courses. 1900. (no. 109) 4226 

Bailey, Vernon, Harmful and 
beneficial mammals of the arid in- 
terior, with special reference to the 
Carson and Humboldt valleys, Neva- 
da. 1908. (no. 335) 4227 

Ball, C. R% Mllo as a dry-land 
grain crop. By C. R. Ball and A. H. 
Leidlgh. 1908. (no. 322) 4228 

^Pearl millet. 1903. (no. 168) 


Saccharine sorghums for for- 
age. 1906. (no. 246) 4230 

Winter forage crops for the 

south. 1902. (no. 147) 4231 

F. EX li. Some common 

birds in their relation to agricul- 
ture. 3d rev. ed. 1904. (no. 64) 


Beal, W. H. Barnyard manure. 
1894. (no. 21) 4283 

Barnyard manure. 1904. 

(no. 192) 4234 

Beattie, W. R. Celery. 1907. (no. 

282) 4235 

Celery culture. 1902. (no. 

148) 4236 

^The home production of 

onion seed and sets. 1911. (no. 434) 


The home vegetable garden. 

1906. (no. 255) 4238 

Okra: its culture and uses. 

1905. (no. 232) 4289 

Onion culture. 1909. (no. 

354) 4240 

^The peanut. 1911. (po. 431) 


Peanuts. 1909. (no. 356) 


The repair of farm equip- 
ment. 1909. (no. 347) 4243 

Sweet potatoes. 1908. (no. 

324) 4244 

Beavers, J. C. Farm practice in 
the use of commercial fertilizers in 
the south Atlantic states. 1910. 
(no. 398) 4245 

Bell, G. A. Poultry management 
1907. (no. 287) 4246 

Bennett, R. Ij. A method of 
breeding early cotton to escape 
boll-weevil damage. 1908. (no. 314) 


Bentley, H. Ij. Cattle rangers of 
the southwest: a history of the ex- 
haustion of the pasturage and sug- 
gestions for its restoration. 1898. 
(no. 72) 4248 

Benton, lYank. Bee keeping. 
Rev. ed. 1905. (no. 69) 4249 

Benton. Hannon. A successful 
southern hay farm. 1907. (no. 312) 


Blahopp, F. C. The cotton boll- 
worm; a summary of its life history 
and habits, with some results of in- 
vestigations in 1905 and 1906. By 
F. C. Bishopp and C. R. Jones. 1907. 
(no. 290) 4251 

BoUey, H. Ij. Flax culture. Ex- 
tracted from a report of H. Jm Bol- 
ley . . . by W. U Marcy. 1907. (no. 
274) 4252 

Boss, Andrew. Meat on the farm: 
butchering, curing, and keeping. 
1903. (no. 183) 4253 

Boykin, E. B. Comparative value 
of whole cotton seed and cotton- 
seed meal in fertilizing cotton. 1907. 
(no. 286) 4254 

Brackett, 6. B. The apple and 
how to grow it. Rev. ed. 1909. (no. 
113) 4255 

Breazeale, J. F. Canning vegeta- 
bles in the home. 1909. (no. 359) 


Brodle, D. A. Building up a run- 
down cotton plantation. 1908. (no. 
326) 4257 

Diversified farming under the 

plantation system. By D. A. Brodle 
and C. K. McClelland. 1907. (no. 
299) 4258 

Brown, C. F. Drainage of liri- 
gated lands. 1909. (no. 371) 4259 

Brown, Edgar. Alfalfa seed. 1904. 
(no. 194 4259a 

— Seed of red clover and its 
Impurities. By Edgar Brown and 
F. H. Hillman. 1906. (no. 260) 


Batterweck, O. C. The culture of 
tobacco. 1898. (no. 82) 4261 

Carleton, M. A. Emmer: a grain 
for the semlarld regions. 1901 (no. 
139) 4262 

^Lessons from the grain-rust 

epidemic of 1904. 1905. (no. 219) 


Carrier, Ijyman. Cost of filling 
silos. 1907. (no. 292) 4264 

244 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

^A profitable tenant dairy 

farm. 1907. (no. 280) 4265 

Cates, J. S. A method of eradicat- 
ing Johnson grass. By J. S. Gates 
and W. J. 81[>lllman. 1907. (no. 
279) 4266 

Chesnut, V. K. Thirty poisonous 
plants. 1898. (no. 86) 4267 

Chittenden, F. H. Some Insects 
Injurious to stored grain. 1896. 
(no. 46) 4268 

Clothier, G. B. Forest planting 
and farm management. 1909. (no. 
228) 4269 

Oonferaioe on conservation of na- 
tural resources, Washington, 1908. 
Declaration of governors for con- 
servation of natural resources. 1908. 
(no. 340) 4270 

[Conn, H. W.] Milk fermenta- 
tions and their relations to dairy- 
ing. 1892. (no. 9) 4271 

Souring of milk and other 

changes In milk products. 1896. 
(no. 29) 4272 

The oonstractlon of concrete 
fence posts. 1910. (no. 403) 4273 

Corbett, Ii. C. Annual flowering 
plants. 1904. (no. 196) 4274 

Beans. 1907. (no. 289) 4275 

Beautifying the home 

grounds. 1904. (no. 186) 4276 

Cabbage. 1911. (no. 433) 

-Cranberry culture. 1903. (no. 


Cucumbers. 1906. (no. 254) 


^The home fruit garden: pre- 
paration and care. 1905. (no. 154) 


The lawn. 1906. (no. 248) 


The potato as a truck crop. 

1910. (no. 407) 4282 

^The propagation of plants. 

1909. (no. 157) 4283 
Pruning. 1903. (no. 181) 

Raspberries. 1905. (no. 213) 


^The school garden. 1909. 

(no. 218) 4286 
Strawberries. 1904. (no. 198) 

^Tomatoes. 1905. (no. 220) 


Cotton seed and Its products. 1896. 

(no. 36) 4280 

Cox, H. R. The eradication of 
bindweed, or wild morning-glory. 
1909. (no. 368) 4200 

Craig, J. A. Sheep feeding. 1908. 
(no. 49) 4201 


Crosby, D. J. School exercises in 
plant production. 1910. (no. 408) 


School lessons on corn. By 

D. J. Crosby and F. W. Howe. 1910. 
(no. 409) 4j|9g 

Crosby, M. A. A successful Ala- 
bama diversification farm. By M. 
A. Crosby, J. P. Duggar and TV. J. 
S^plUman. 1907. (no. 310) 4204 

Curtis, C. F. Raising sheep for 
mutton. 1899. (no. 96) 4295 

Some essentials in beef pro- 
duction. 1898. (no. 71) 4296 

Coshman, A, S. The corrosion of 
fence wire. 1905. (no. 239) 4207 

I>earbom, Ned, How to destroy 
English sparrows. 1910. (no. 3 a up 

I>enton, A. A. The manufacture 
of sorghum sirup. 1899. (no. 90) 

Sorghum sirup manufacture. 

1901. (no. 135) 4300 

I>err, H. B. Barley culture in the 
southern states. 1910. (no. 427) 

{Dewey, li. H.] The Russian 
thistle and other troublesome weeds 
in the wheat region of Minnesota 
and North and South Dakota. 1893 
(no. 10) 4302 

^Weeds and how to kill them. 

2d rev. ed. 1905. (no. 28) 4308 

Dodge, C. B^ Flax for seed and 
fiber in the United States. 1895. 
(no. 27) 4304 

Dodge, li. G. Cropping systems 
for New England dairy farms. 1908. 
(no. 337) 4305 

Farm management in north- 
em potato-growing sections 1909. 
(no. 365) 4306 

Dorset* Marion. Hog cholera. 
1909. (no. 379) 4S07 

Some common disinfectants. 

1908. (no. 345) 4308 

Duggar, B. Bf. The cultivation of 
mushrooms. 1904. (no. 204) 4300 

Duggar, J. P. Potato culture. 
1896. (no. 35) 4310 

Sweet potatoes: culture and 

uses. 1895. (no. 26) 4311 

Dnvel, J. W. T. The germination 
of seed corn. 1906. (no. 253) 4812 

£Ildridge, M. O. Earth road& 1902. 
(no. 136) 4318 

Good roads for farmers. 2d 

ed. 1900. (no. 95) 4314 

Cnilott, C. 6. Drainage of farm 
lands. 1904. (no. 187) 4315 

Farm drainage. 1896. (no. 

*0) 4316 

f^tes^ J. M. Tobacco: instructions 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


for its cultivation and curiner. 1892. 
(no. 6) 4817 

FaUyer, G. H. Management of 
soils to conserve moisture, with spe- 
cial reference to semiarid conditions. 
1906. (no. 266) 4318 

FtJconer, William. How to grow 
mushrooms. 1897. (no. 53) 4819 

Femow, B. EX Forestry for far- 
mers. 1898. (no. 67) 4320 

Fletcher, A. B. Macadam roads. 

1909. (no. 338) 4821 
Flint, DanieL Hop culture In Cali- 
fornia. 1900. (no. 116) 4322 

Fortier, Samuel. Irrigation of al- 
falfa. 1909. (no. 373) 4328 

^Irrigation of orchards. 1910. 

(no. 404) 4824 

Practical information for be- 
ginners in irrigation. 1906. (no. 
263) 4825 

Frear, William. The production 
of cigar-leaf tobacco in Pennsylva- 
nia. By William Frear and E. K. 
Hibshman. 1910. (no. 416) 4826 

Free, B. E. The control of blow- 
ing soils. By E. E. Free and J. M. 
Westgate. 1910. (no. 421) 4327 

Froley, J. W. A system of tenant 
farming and its results. By J. W. 
Froley and C. B. Smith. 1911. (no. 
437) 4328 

Fuller, P. E. The use of wind- 
mills in irrigation in the semiarid 
west. By P. B. Fuller. 1910. (no. 
394) 4320 

Galloway, B. T. Fungous diseases 
of the grape and their treatment. 
1891. (no. 4) 4330 

Potato diseases and their 

treatment By B. T. Galloway. 1899. 
(no. 91) 4881 

Some destructive potato dis- 
eases: what they are and how to 
prevent them. By B. T. Galloway. 
1894. (no. 15) 4382 

Spraying for fruit diseases. 

1896. (no. 38) 4333 

Game laws for 1902-date: a sum- 
mary of the provisions relating to 
seasons, shipment, sale, limits, and 
licenses. 1902-date. (no. 160, 180, 
207, 230, 265. 308, 336) 4384 

Garriott, E. B. Notes on frost. 
Rev. July, 1910, by A. G. McAdie. 

1910. (no. 104) 4335 
Goodrich, C. IX A profitable cot- 
ton farm. 1909. (no. 364) 4336 

Goodrich, O. P. Butter making 
on the farm. 1897. (no. 57) 4387 

Gould, H. P. Canning peaches 
on the farm. By H. P. Gould and 
W. P. Fletcher. 1910. (no. 426) 




— Practical suggestions 
growers. 1902. (no. 

Evaporation of apples. 1907. 

(no. 291) 4330 


Gray, D. T. Feeding hogs In the 
South. 1910. (no. 411) 4341 

GrayUll, H. W. Methods of ex- 
terminating the Texas-fever tick. 
1909. (no. 378) 4342 

Greatboose, C. H. The vegetable 
garden. 1899. (no. 94) 4343 

Gmbb, E. H. Potato culture on 
irrigated farms of the west. 1910 
(no. 386) 4344 

Hall, W. D. Tree planting on 
rural school grounds. 1901. (no. 
134) 484S 

Handy, R. B. Asparagus culture. 


1897. (no. 61) 

^Peanuts: culture 

1896. (no. 25) 

Hartley, C. P. Broom corn. 




—Corn cultivation. 



<;orn / growing. 1904. 

-Harvesting and storing 


1907. (no. 313) " 4351 
^A more profitable corn-plant- 
ing method. 1910. (no. 400) 4352 

The production of good seed 

corn. By C. P. Hartley, with an ap- 
pendix on the Selection and care 
of seed corn. By H. J. Webber. 
1906. (no. 229) 4853 

Seed com. 1910. (no. 415) 

Haywood, J. K. Insecticides and 
fun^cAdSes: chemical comt)ositlon 
and effectiveness of certain prepa- 
rations. 1902. (no. 146) 4855 
Henkel, Alice. Weeds used in 
medicine. 1904. (no. 188) 4356 
Henry, A. J. Lightning and light- 
ning conductors. 1909. (no. 367) 


Hickman, R. W. The dehorning 

of cattle. 1909. (no. 350) 4358 

Scabies in cattle. Rev. ed. 

1904. (no. 152) 4359 

HUl, G. G. Marketing farm pro- 
duce. 1903. (no. 62) 4360 
—Practical suggestions for 
farm buildings. 1901. (no. 126) 


Hinman, F. H. The adulteration 

of forage-plant seeds. 1909. (no. 

382) 4362 

Dodder in relation to farm 

seeds. 1907. (no. 306) 4363 

^Testing farm seeds In the 

home and in the rural school. 1911. 
(no. 428) 4864 

246 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Hinds, W. E. Carbon biBUlphid aa 
an in3ecUcide. 1902. (no. 145) 

Hltcboock, A. S. Alfalfa growing. 

1905. (no. 215) 4S6« 

Rape as a forage crop. 1903. 

(no. 164) 4S«7 

Howard, G. K, Ducks and geeae: 

standard breeds and management. 

1906. (no. 64) 4S68 
— — Standard varieties of chick- 
ens. [3d rev. ed.] 1907. (no. 51) 


Howard, li. O. The brown-tail 
moth and how to control it. 1906. 
(no. 264) 4870 

The gipsy moth and how to 

control it. 1907. (no. 275) 4371 

How insects affect health in 

rural districts. Rev. ed. 1908. (no. 
155) 4872 

^Insects affecting the cotton 

plant. 1909. (no. 47) 4878 

^The principal insects affect- 
ing the tobacco plant 1900. (no. 
120) 4874 

Remedies and preventives 

against mosquitoes. 1911. (no. 444) 


Some facts about malaria. 

1911. (no. 450) 4376 

^Three insect enemies of 

shade trees. 1899. (no. 99) 4877 

Howe, F. W. Boys' and girls' 
agricultural clubs. 1910. (no. 385) 


Hubbard, W. F. The basket wil- 
low. By W. P. Hubbard, with a sum- 
mary by C. D. Men. 1909. (no. 341) 


Maple sugar and sirup. 1906. 

(no. 262) 4380 

Hunter, Byron. Farm practice in 
the Columbia basin uplands. 1907. 
(no. 294) 4881 

Forage crop practices in 

western Oregon and we3^ern Wash- 
ington. 1906. (no. 271) 4382 

Hunter, W. D, The boll weevil 
problem, with special reference to 
means of reducing damage. 1909. 
(no. 344) 4388 

^The control of the boll 

weevil, including results of recent 
investigations. 1905. (no. 216) 

-Controlling the boll weevil 

in cotton seed and at ginneries. 
1904. (no. 209) 4885 

Information concerning the 

Mexican cotton boll weevil. 1904. 
(no. 189) 4386 

Methods of controlling the 

boll weevil. (Advice based on the 

work of 1902.) 1903. (no. 163) 


^The use of Paris green in 

controlling the cotton boU weevil. 
1904. (no. 211) 4388 

Haamann, 6. C. F. Home manu- 
facture and use of unfermented 
grape Juice. 1903. (no. 175) 4889 

Jaffa, M. E. Nuts and their uses 
as food. 1908. (no. 332) 4890 

Jolmstoii, C. T. How to build 
small irrigation ditches. By C. T. 
Johnston and J. D. Stannard. 1902. 
(no. 158) 4891 

Kearney, T. H. The choice of 
crops for alkali land. 1911. (no. 
446) 4399 

KeUer, D. F. Habit-forming 
agents: their indiscriminate sale 
and use a menace to the public 
welfare. 1910. (no. 393) 4893 

Harmfulness of headache 

mixtures. By Ix F. Kebler and Drs. 
F. P. Morgan and Philip Rupp. 

1909. (no. 377) 4394 
Kellennan, K. F. Inoculation of 

legumes. By K. F. Kellerman and 
T. R. Robinson. 1905. (no. 240) 


Progress in leg^ime inocu- 
lation. By K. F. Kellerman and 
T. R. Robinson. 1908. (no. 315) 


Kelly, H. A. Silkworm culture. 
1903. (no. 165) 4397 

Kennedy, P. B. Saltbushes. 1900. 
(no. 108) 4398 

jKing, D. W. The use of the split- 
log drag on earth roads. 1908. (no. 
321) 4399 

King, F. H. Irrigation in humid 
climates. 1896. (no. 46) 4400 

Klrkland, A. H. Usefulness of 
the American toad. 1904. (no. 196) 


Knapp, S. A. Demonstration 
work in cooperation with southern 
farmers. 1908. (no. 319) 4402 

Demonstration work on 

southern farms. 1910. (no. 422) 


Rice culture. 1910. (no. 

417) 4404 

Rice culture in the United 

States. 1900. (no. 110) 4405 

liangworthy, G. F. Economical 
use of meat in the home. By C. F. 
Langworthy and Caroline L. Hunt. 

1910. (no. 391) 4406 
Eggs and their uses as food. 

Rev. ed. 1906. (no. 128) 4407 
Fish as food. 1898. Rev. 

1907. (no. 85) 4408 
^The Guinea fowl and its use 

as food. 1905. (no. 234) 4409 

Bulletin of the Virgiioa State Library. 



crops as food. 


1903. (no. 170) 
^Use of fruit 



other root 

(no. 296) 


horse feeding. 


as food. 1907. 



-How to destroy rats. 


1907. (no. 297) 
The muskrat. 

(no. 293) 

lAotz, D. £2. Deer farmingr in the 
United Btates. 1908. (no. 330) 




of destroyinir rats. 

1910. Cno.396) 

The relation of coyotes to 

stock raising: in the west. 1905. 
(no. 226) 4417 

Jincke» C. C The use of alcohol 
and gasoline in farm engines. By 
C. S. Lucke and S. M. Woodward. 
1907. (no. 277) 4418 

MoBryde, J. M. Fertilizers for 
cotton. 1894. (no. 14) 4419 

Mcdnrie^ H. B. Conditions affect- 
ingr the value of market hay. 1909. 
(no. 362) 4420 

McGiew, T. F. Turkeys: stand- 
ard varieties and management. 
1904. (no. 200) 4421 

McUmgbiin^ W. W. Irrifiration of 
grain. 1910. (no. 399) 4422 

McNair, A. D. Lespedeza, or 
Japan clover. By A. D. McNair and 
W. B. Mercier. 1911. (no. 441) 


Mally, F. W. The Mexican cot- 
ton-boll weevil. 1901. (no. 130) 


Marlatt, C. Ij. The control of the 

codling moth and apple scab. By 

C. L. Marlatt and W. A. Orton. 

1906. (no. 247) 4424 

Danger of general spread of 

the gipsy and brown-tail moths 
through imported nursery stock. 
1911. (no. 463) 4425 
Important insecticides: di- 
rections for their preparation and 
use. Rev. ed. 1895. (no. 19) 4426 

Same. 2d rev. ed. 1908. (no. 

127) 4427 

' T he peach twig- borer: an 
important enemy of stone fruits. 
80) 4428 

principal insect enemies 
wheat. 1908. (no. 132) 


principal insect enemies 

the grape. 1898. (no. 70) 4430 

Scale insects and mites on 

citrus trees. 1903. (no. 172) 4431 
Marsh, C. B. The loco-weed dis- 
ease. 1909. (no. 380) 4432 

1898. (no. 


of growing 



Mayer, August. The cattle tick 
in its relation to southern agricul- 
ture. 1906. (no. 261) 4433 

Milk as food. 1904. (no. 74) 


Mllner, R« D. The use of milk as 
food. 1909. (no. 363) 4435 

Mitchell, G. F. Home-grown tea. 
1907. (no. 301) 4436 

Mohler, J. R. Milk fever: its sim- 
ple and successful treatment. 1904. 
(no. 206) 4437 

Rabies or hydrophobia. 1911. 

(no. 449) 4438 

^Texas or tick fever and its 

prevention. 1906. (no. 258) 4439 

The tuberculin test of cattle 

for tuberculosis. 1909. (no. 361) 


Moore, G. T. Beneficial bacteria 
for leguminous crops. By Q. T. 
Moore and T. R. Robinson. 1905. 
(no. 214) 4441 

Moore, W. M. Forest nurseries 
for schools. By W. M. Moore and 
E. R. Jackson. 1910. (no. 423) 


Nesbit, D. M. Sweet potatoes. 
1901. (no. 129) 4443 

Nielsen, H. T. Cowpeas. 1908. 
(no. 318) 4444 

Oakley, R. A. Canada bluegrass: 
its culture and uses. 1910. (no. 
402) 4445 

O'Gara, P. J. The protection of 
orchards in the Pacific northwest 
from spring frosts by means of 
fires and smudges. 1910. (no. 401) 


Oldys, Henry. Pheasant raising 
in the United States. By Henry 
Oldys. With a chapter on diseases 
of pheasants. By O. B. Morse. 1910. 
(no. 390) 4447 

Ortom W. A. Cotton wilt. 1908. 
(no. 333) 4448 

Sea island cotton: its culture, 

improvement, and diseases. 1907. 
(no. 302) 4449 

Spraying for cucumber and 

melon diseases. 1905. (no. 231) 


OsgtMMl, W. H. Silver fox farm- 
ing. 1908. (no. 328) 4451 

Palmier, T. S. Importation of 
game birds and eggs for propaga- 
tion. By T. S. Palmer and Henry 
Oldys. 1904. (no. 197) 4452 

Pario% Maria. Canned fruit, pre- 
serves» and jellies: household meth- 
ods of preparation. 1904. (no. 203) 


Preparation of vegetables 

for the table. 1906. (no. 256) 4454 

Patrick, G. £<• Household tests 

248 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

for the detection of oleomargarine 
and renovated butter. 1901. (no. 
131) 4455 

Pearl, Baymond. Methods of 
poultry manasrement at the Maine 
agricultural experiment station. 
1909. (no. 367) 4456 

Pearson, R. A. Care of milk on 
the farm. Rev. ed. 1906. (no. 63) 


Facts about milk. Rev. 1906. 

(no. 42) 4458 

Phillips, E. F. Bees. 1910. (no. 
397) 4459 

Bees. 1911. (no. 447) 4460 

^The treatment of bee dis- 
eases. 1911. (no. 442) 4461 

Pleroe, N. B. Grape diseases of 
the Paclflc coast. 1895. (no. 30) 


Pleters^ A. J. The farmers' Inter- 
est In good seed. 1900. (no. Ill) 


Red clover seed: information 

for purchasers. 1901. (no. 123) 


Plnchoc, Gilford. The conserva- 
tion of natural resources. 1908. 
(no. 327) 4465 

^A primer of forestry. 1903- 

09. (nos. 173, 368) 4466 

Piper, C. V. Leguminous crops 
for green manuring. 1907. (no. 
278) 4467 

Orchard enemies In the Pa- 
cific northwest 1902. (no. 163) 


Soy beans. By C V. Piper 

and H. T. Nielsen. 1909. (no. 372) 


Piper, 8. R The Nevada mouse 
plague of 1907-8. 1909. (no. 352) 


Plumb, O. S. fillos and silage. 
Rev. ed. 1903. (no. 32) 4471 

^Marketing live stock. 1903. 

(no. 184) 4472 

Qoalntanoe, A. Ij. The cotton 
bollworm: an account of the In- 
sect, with results of experiments In 
1903. 1904. (no. 191) 4478 

^The cotton bollworm: some 

observations and results of field 
experiments In 1904. By A. IL. 
Qualntance and F. C. BIshopp. 
1905. (no. 212) 4474 

Insect and fungous enemies 

of the grape east of the Rocky 
Mountains. By A. L. Qualntance 
and C. L*. Shear. 1907. (no. 284) 


Qnlnn, C. E. Forage crops for 
hogs In Kansas and Oklahoma. 
1908. fno. 331) 4476 

Ragao, W. H. The home vine- 
yard, with special reference to 
northern conditions. 1902. (no. 
166) 4477 

^Varieties of fruits recom- 
mended for planting. 1904. (no. 
208) 4478 

Bawl, B. H. The dairy industry 
in the South. By B. H. Rawl, 
Duncan Stuart, and O. M. Whlt- 
aker. 1909. (no. 349) 4479 

Redding, B. J. Essential steps in 
securing an early crop of cotton. 
1906. (no. 217) 4480 

Bioe, W. B. Squab raising. Rev. 
ed. 1904. (no. 177) 4481 

Boedln^:, F. W. Irrigation of 
sugar beeta 1910. (no. 392) 4482 

Bogers, li. A. Bacteria in milk. 
1909. (no. 348) 448S 

Bcrtfs, P. H. Citrus fruit grof^Ing 
in the Gulf states. 1906. (no. 
238) 4484 

Pineapple growing. 1901. 

(no. 140) 4485 

Bomt?ael G. BC Pig man&ge- 
ment 1908. (no. 205) 4486 

Salmon, D. B. Hog cholera and 
swine plague. 1905. (no. 24) 4487 

Poultry raising on the farm. 

1901. (no. 141) 4488 

Results of experiments with 

inoculation for the prevention of 
hog cholera. 1892. (no. 8) 4489 

Scab in sheep. By D. B. 

Salmon and C. W. Stllea 1903. (no. 
159) 4490 

Sanderson, B. D. Miscellaneous 
cotton insects in Texas. 1906. (no. 
223) 4491 

Saunders, WllUam. Cranberry 
culture. 1894. (no. 13) 4498 

Scherfflos, W. H. The cultivation 
of tobacco In Kentucky and Ten- 
nessee. By W. H. Scherfflus and 
H. Woosley and C. A. Mahan. 1909. 
(no. 343) 4493 

Scott^ W. M. Spraying for apple 
diseases and the codling moth in 
the Ozarks. By W. M. Scott and 
A. L. Qualntance. 1907. (no. 283) 


-Spraying peaches for the 

control of brown-rot, scab, and 
curcullo. By W. M. Scott and A. I*. 
Qualntance. 1911. (no. 440) 4495 

Scrilmer, F. li. Southern forage 
plants. 1899. (no. 102) 4496 

Shaw, lliomas. Canadian field 
peas. 1905. (no. 224) 4497 

-The rape plant: its history* 

culture and uses. 1893. (no. ID 


Shear, C. L. Fungous diseases of 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


the cranberry. 1906. (no. 221) 


Simpson, C. B. The control of 
the codUn? moth. 1903. (no. 171) 


l^ocmn, R. R. Capons and cap- 
onizlnff. 1911. (no. 452) 4501 

^Marketing egfTs through The 

creamery. 1911. (no. 445) 4602 

Smith, O. B. Clover farming on 
the sandy Jack-pine lands of the 
north. 1908. (no. 323) 4503 

Replannlng a farm for pro- 
fit. By C. B. Smith and J. W. 
Froley. 1909. (no. 370) 4504 

Smith, S. F. The black rot of 
the cabbage. 1898. (no. 68) 4505 

^Peach growing for market. 

1896. (no. 33) 4500 

^Peach yellows and peach 

rosette. 1894. (no. 17) 4507 

Smith, J. 6. Alfalfa, or lucern. 

1896. (no. 31) 

1899. (no. 

-Meadows and 



^ ..^^ pastures: 

formation and cultivation In the 
Middle eastern states. [3d rev. ed.] 
1904. (no. 66) 4510 

Smith, J. B. Insects Injurious 
in cranberry culture. 1903. (no. 
178) 4511 

Smith, Theohald. Sewage dis- 
posal on the farm, and the protec- 
tion of drinking water. 1896. (no. 



Sonle, A. M. Conformation of 
beef and dairy cattle. 1902. (no. 
143) 4518 

Spillman, W. J. An example of 
model farming. 1906. (no. 242) 


Renovation of worn-out 

soils. 1906. (no. 246) 4515 

Soil conservation. 1910. 

(no. 406) 1516 

^A successful hog and seed- 
corn farm. 1906. (no. 272) 4517 

^A successful poultry and 

dairy farm. 1909. (no. 365) 4518 

Spooo, W. Tj. Sand-clay and 
burnt-clay roads. 1907. (no. 311) 


Spraying fruits for Insect pests 
and fungous diseases, with a spec- 
ial consideration of the subjoct in 
Its relation to the public health. 
1892. (no. 7) 4520 

Stockborger, W. W. Growing and 
curing hops. 1907. (no. 304) 4521 

Same. Rev. ed. 1910. (no 


Snggestlons to southern farmers. 
1899. (no. 98) 4522 

Swingle, W. T. The grain smuts: 

how they are caused and how to 
prevent them. 1898. (no. 76) 4528 

The prevention of stinking 

smut of wheat and loose smut of 
oats. 1906. (no. 260) 4524 

^Treatment of smuts of oats 

and wheat. 1892. (no. 6) 4525 

rniQmpsQfn, G. F. The Angora 
goat. By G. F. Thompson. Rev. 
(May. 1908) by E. L. Shaw. 1908. 
(no. 137) 4520 

Tracy, S. M. Cassava. 1903. 
(no. 167) 4527 

Corn culture In the south. 

1S9S. (nu. 81) 4528 

Dairying In the south. 1902. 

(no. 161) 4529 

Forage plants for the south. 

1894. (no. 18) 4580 

Grape growing in the south. 

1900. (no. 118) 4581 

Hog raising in the south. 

1899. (no. 100) 4582 

Some Important grasses and 

forage plants for the Gulf coast 
region. 1907. (no. 300) 4588 

Vinall, H« N. Meadow fescue: 
Its culture and uses. 1909. (no. 
361) 4584 

Voorhees, B. B. Commercial fer- 
tilizers: composition and use. Rev. 
ed. 1906. (no. 44) 4585 

Waite, M. B. Fungicides and 
their use in preventing diseases of 
fruits. 1906. (no. 243) 4586 

Warhiuton, C. W. The nonsac- 
charine sorghums. 1907. (no. 288) 


Oats: distribution and uses. 

1910. (no. 420) 4588 

Oats: growing the crop. 

1910. (no. 424) 4589 

Sixty- day and Kherson oats. 

1910. (no. 396) 4540 
^Winter oats for the south. 

1911. (no. 436) 4541 
Warren, J. A. Hog houses. 1911. 

(no. 438) 4542 

Small farms In the corn 

belt. 1908. (no. 325) 4548 

WafOihnm, H. J. Anthrax, with 
special reference to its suppres- 
sion. 1911. (no. 439) 4544 

Washed soils: how to prevent 
and reclaim them. 1894. (no. 20) 


Watson, G. C. Fowls: care and 
feeding. 1896. (no. 41) 4546 

Watts, R. li. Onion culture. 1896. 
(no. 39) 4547 

Webber, H. J. The advantage of 
planting heavy cotton seed. By H. 
J. Webber and E. B. Boykln. 1907. 
(no. 286) 4548 

Webster, S. H. Butter making 

250 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

on the farm. 1905. (no. 241) 4649 

^The cream veparator on 

western farma. By E. H. Webster 
and C. E. Gray. 1904. (no. 201) 


Wente^ A. O. Potato culls as a 
source of industrial alcohol; with a 
general discussion of the availabil- 
ity of other wastes. By A. O. Wente 
and L. M. Tolman. 1910. (no. 410) 


Wesismie, J. M. Alfalfa. 1908. 
(no. 339) 4652 

Wesler, P. J. Roselle: its culture 
and uses. 1907. (no. 307) 4653 

What and why of agricultural 
experiment stations. 1889. (no. 
1) 4554 

Wheeler, H. J. The liming of 
soils. [3d rev. ed.] 1906. (no. 77) 


Whitaker, G. M. The care of 
milk and its use in the home. By 
G. M. Whitaker, Li. A. Rogers and 
Caroline L. Hunt 1910. (no. 413) 


White, H. C. The manuring of 
cotton. 1897. (no. 48) 4557 

Whitney, Milton. Alkali lands. 
By Milton Whitney and T. H. 
Means. 1899. (no. 88) 4558 

Methods of curing tobacco. 

2d rev. ed. 1902. (no. 60) 4559 

Soil fertility. An address de- 
livered before the Rich Neck far- 
mers' club, of Queen Anne coun- 
ty, Maryland. 1906. (no. 257) 4560 

^Tobacco soils. 1898. (no. 

83) 4501 

Wiclcson, E. J. Irrigation in field 
and garden. 1901. (no. 138) 4502 

Irrigation in fruit growing. 

1900. (no. 116) .4503 

Wiley, H. W. Culture of the 
sugar beet. 1891. (no. 3) 4504 

Industrial alcohol: sources 

and manufacture. 1906. (no. 268) 

Same. Rev. by H. E Sawyer. 

1911. (no. 429) 4505 

Industrial alcohol: uses and 

statistics. 1906. (no. 269) 4500 

Nostrums for increasing the 

yield of butter. 1893. (no. 12) 


^The sugar beet: culture, 

seed development, manufacture, 
and statistics. By H. W. Wiley. (3d 
rev. ed., August, 1908.) By A. H. 
Bryan. 1908. (no. 52) 

Same. (4th rev. ed., July, 

1910.) By A. H. Bryan. 1910. 
(no. 52) 4508 

Williams, Franklin, jr. Clearing 
new land. 1908. (no. 150) 4500 

Williams, H. E. Protection of 

food products from InjurlouB tem- 
peratures. 1901. (no. 125) 4570 

Williams, T. A. Millets. 1899. 
(no. 101) 4571 

Sorghum as a forage crop. 

1897. (no. 50) 4573 

-The soy bean as a forage 

crop. By T. A. Williams; witb. an 
appendix on soy beans as food for 
man. By C. F. Liangworthy. Rev. 
ed. 1899. (no. 58) 4573 

Willis, O. P. The preservative 
treatment of farm timbers. 1910. 
(no. 387) 4574 

Wilson, EL T. Modern conven* 
iences for the farm home. By S. 
T. Wilson. 1906. (no. 207) 4575 

Withyoombe, James. Sheep hus- 
bandry in the Pacific northwest. 
(In no. 117. p. 6-16.) 4576 

Wood, R. H. Incubation and in- 
cubators. 1905. (no. 236) 4577 

Woods, C. D. Cereal breakfast 
foods. By C. D. Woods and Harry 
Snyder. 1906. (no. 249) 4578 

Food value of corn and corn 

products. 1907. (no. 298) 4579 

Meats: composition and 

cooking. 1904. (no. 34) 4580 

The work of the agricultural ex- 
periment stations. Better cows. 
Fibrin in milk. Bacteria in milk. 
Silos and silage. Alfalfa. Field ex- 
periments with fertilizers. 1890. 
(no. 2) 4581 

Woimeley, P. li., Jr. Cement mor- 
tar and concrete: preparation and 
use for farm purposes. 1905. (no. 
235) 4582 

Zintlieo, C J. Corn-harvesting 
machinery. 1907. (no. 303) 4583 

C. 8. Dept. of Agr. Office of the se- 
cretary. Circular. Library has 
noB. 4, 10-14, 16-21, 23, 24, 26, 
28-34. S21 A4. 4684 

U. S. Dept. of agriculture. [Special] 
report. Library has nos. 46, 75, 
77, 80, 82, 88. S21 A8. 4585 


BickneU, F. W. Alfalfa and beef 
production in Argentina. 1904. 
(no. 77) 4586 

Indian corn in Argentina: 
production and export. 1903. (no. 
75) 4587 

Hog cholera: its history, nature, 
and treatment, as determined by 
the inquiries and Investigations of 
the Bureau of animal Industry. 
1889. (no. 46) 4588 

Progress of the beet-sugar in- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


dustry In the United States. 
Library has 1904, 1907-'09. 4589 

U. 8. Dept of agriculture. Referee 
board of consulting Bcientiflc ex- 
perts. The Influence of Bodlum 
benzoate on the nutrition and 
health of man. 1909. (no. 88) 


U. & Dept of agriculture. Office of 
the solicitor. Circular. Library 
has nos. 1-4. 82 1 S3. 4691 

U. S. Office of experiment stations. 
Bulletin. Library has nos. 7» 9, 
32, 33, 34. 37, 61, 63, 64, 67, 66, 
71, <}S, 80, 81, 89, 97, 100, 103, 
106, 112, 115, 117, 120, 131, 
135-233, 238. S21 E4. 4592 


Adams^ lYaidc Delivery of 
water to Irrigators. 1910. (no. 
229) 450S 

American assodatloii of farmen^ 
instltate workers. Proceedings. 
(Doa 110, 120. 138. 164, 166) 
Library has 7th. 1902-date. 4594 

Associaiion of American a^iical- 
coral ooDegss and experiment sta- 
dons. Proceedings, (nos. 99. 116, 
123. 142. 153. 164. 184. 196. 212) 
Library has nos. 7. 116. 123, 142. 
153. 164, 184, 196. 212. 228. 4595 

Atkinson, T. R. Irrigation in 
North Dakota. 1909. (no. 219) 


Atwater, W. O. Experiments on 
the metabolism of matter and ener- 
gy in the human body. 1900-1902. 
By W. O. Atwater. and P. G. Bene- 
dict* with the cooperation of A. P. 
Bryant. R. D. Milner. and Paul 
Murrill. 1903. (no. 136) 4597 

Bailey, L. H. Farmers' reading 
courses. 1899. (no. 72) 4598 

Bark, 1). H. Irrigation in Kan- 
saa 1909. (no. 211) 4599 

Beach, C. W. Irrigation In Col- 
orado. By C. W. Beach and P. J. 
Preston. 1910. (no. 218) 4600 

Benedict, F. G. Experiments on 
the metabolism of matter and en- 
ergy in the human body. 1903- 
1904. By F. G. Benedict and R. D. 
Milner. 1907. (no. 176) 4601 

^The influence of muscular 

and mental work on metabolism 
and the efficiency of the human 
body as a machine. 1909. (no. 
208) «602 

Bowie, A. J., jr. Irrigation in the 
North Atlantic states. 1906. (no. 
167) 4608 

BnlTam, B. C. The U9e of water in 
irrigation in Wyoming and its re- 
lation to the ownership and dis- 
tribution of the natural supply. 
1900. (no. 81) 4694 

Conn, H. W. The fermentations 
of milk. 1892. (no. 9) 4605 

The cotton plant: its history, 
botany, chemistry, culture, ene- 
mies, and usea 1896. (no. 33) 


Crosby, D. J. Exercise in ele- 
mentary agriculture. Plant pro- 
duction. 1907. (no. 186) 4608 

Special and short courses in 

agricultural colleges. 1903. (no. 
139) 4609 

Current wheels: their use in 
lifting water for irrigation. 1904, 
(no. 146) 4610 

Day, E. D. Digestibility of starch 
of different sorts as affected by 
cooking. 1908. (no. 202) 4611 

Dyer, Bernard. Results of in- 
vestigations on the Rothamsted 
soils, being the lectures delivered 
under the provisions of the Lawes 
agriculture trust, by Bernard Dyer 
. . . before the Association of 
American agricultural colleges and 
experiment stations at New Haven 
and Middletown. Conn., in Novem- 
ber. 1900. 1902. (no. 106) 4618 

Elliott, C. G. Report on drain- 
age investigations. 1903. 1904. (no. 
147) 4618 

fWtier, SamneL Drainage of Ir- 
rigated lands in the San Joaquin 
valley. California. By Samuel Fort- 
ler and V. M. Cone. 1909. (no. 217) 


Evaporation losses in irriga- 
tion and water requirements of 
crops. 1907. (no. 177) 4615 

Irrigation in Montana. By 

Samuel Fortier. assisted by A. P. 
Stover and J. S. Baker. 1906. (no. 
172) 4616 

Irrigation in the Sacramen- 
to Valley. California. 1909. (no. 
207) 4617 

Frissell, H. B. Dietary studies of 
negroes in eastern Virginia in 1897 
and 1898. By H. B. Frissell and 
Isabel Bevier. 1899. (no. 71) 4618 

Galloway, B. T. School gardens; 
a report upon some cooperative 
work with the normal schools of 
"WlELshinglon. with notes on school- 
garden methods followed in other 
American cities. 1906. (no. 160) 


Goes, Arthur. Nutrition investi- 
gations in New Mexico in 1897. 1898. 
(no. 54) 4629 

252 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Green, S. B. Course In fruit arrow- 
ing for movable schools of apicul- 
ture. 1907. (no. 178) 4621 

Greene, J. S. Acquirement of 
water riffhts in the Arkansas Valley 
in Colorado. 1903. (no. 140) 4622 

Gregory. W. B. Cost of pumping 
from wells for the iiriiration of rice 
in Louisiana and Arkansas. 1908. 
(no. 201) 462S 

Mechanical tests of pumps 

and pumping plants used for irri- 
gation and drainage in tiouisiana in 
1905 tiiid 1906. 1907. (no. 183) 


Grlndley, H. S. Experiments on 
losses in cooking meat, 1900-1903. 
By H. S*. Qrindley and Timothy Mo- 
jonnier. 1904. (no. 141) 462S 

Studies of the effect of dif- 
ferent methods of cooking upon the 
thoroughness and ease of digestion 
of meat at' the University of Illi- 
nois. By H. 8. Grindley, Timothy 
Mojonnier and H. C. Porter. 1907. 
(no. 193) 4626 

Studies on the influence of 

cooking upon the nutritive value of 
meats at the University of Illinois, 
1903-1904. By H. S. Grlndley and 
A. D. Emmett. 1905. (no. 162) 


Hamilton, John. Agricultural in- 
struction for adults in continental 
countries. 1906. (no. 163) 4628 

^Agricultural instruction for 

adults in the British empire. 1905. 
(no. 155) 4620 

College extension in agricul- 
ture. Discussions before the grad- 
uate school of agriculture, at the 
Iowa state college, Ames, Iowa. 
July 4-27, 1910. 1910. (no. 231) 


^History of farmers' institu- 
tes in the United States. 1906. (no. 
174) 4631 

^Legislation relating to far- 
mers' institutes in the United States 
and the province of Ontario, Cana- 
da. 1905. (no. 135 (rev.) ) 4632 

Hatch, K. Ii. Simple exercises il- 
lustrating some applications of 
chemistry to agriculture. 1908. (no. 
195) 4633 

Herrmann, F. C. Somali reservoirs 
in Wyoming. Montana, and South 
Dakota. 1907. (no. 179) 4634 

Hills, J. Jj. Dietary studies in ru- 
ral regions in Vermont, Tennessee, 
and Georgia. By J. L. Hills, C. E. 
Wait, H. C. White. 1909. (no. 221) 


Jayne, S. O. Irrigation in the 

Yakima Valley, Washington. 1907. 
(no. 188) 4636 

Johnston, C T. Irrigation in Wy- 
oming. 1909. (no. 205) 4637 

Jordan, W. H. Dietary studies at 
the Maine state college in 1895. 
1897. (no. 37) 4638 

Knorr, G. W. Consolidated rural 
schools and organization of a coun- 
ty system. 1910. (no. 232) 4639 

Lea, S. BL Irrigation in South Da- 
kota. 1909. (no. 210) 4640 

Le Conte, J. N. Mechanical tests 
of pumping plants in California. By 
J. N. Le Conte and C. C Tait. 
1907. (no. 181) 4641 

Lewis^ J. H. Irrigation in Oregon. 
By J. H. Lewis assisted by P. A. 
Cupper. 1909. (no. 209) 4642 

List of publications of the a^rri- 
cultural experiment stations in the 
United States (to June 30, 1906). 

1907. (no. 180) 4643 
Longfarldge, R. H. Distribution 

of water In the soil in furrow irri- 
gation. 1908. (no. 203) 4644 

Lncke, C. E. Tests of internal - 
combustion engines on alcohol fuel. 
By C. E. Lucke and S. M. Wood- 
ward. 1907. (no. 191) 4645 

McCrory, S. H. A report upon the 
reclamation of the overflowed lands 
in the Maraia des C!ygnes Valley, 
Kansas, by S. H. McCrory assisted 
by D. L. Yamell, W. J. McEathron. 
1911. (no. 234) 4646 

Mallet, J. W. The physiological 
effect of creatin and creatinin and 
their value as nutrients. 1899. (no. 
66) 4647 

Malllnckiodt, Edward, Jr. DieUry 
studies with Harvard university 
students. 1905. (no. 162) 4648 

Mead, Eflwood. Irrigation in 
northern Italy. 1904-07. (nos. 144, 
190) 4649 

Report of irrigation investi- 
gations in California. 1901. (no. 
100) 4650 

^Report of irrigation investi- 
gations in Utah. 1903. (no. 124) 


Miller, M. F. The evolution of 
reaping machines. 1902. (no. 103) 


Mitchel], M. J. Course in cereal 
foods and their preparation, for 
movable schools of agriculture. 

1908. (no. 200) 4652 

Morgan, A. £2. Report on the St. 
Francis Valley drainage project in 
northeastern Arkansas. 1911. 2 v. 
(no. 230) 4654 

Nagle, J. C. Irrigation in Texas. 
1910. (no. 222) 4655 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Organization lists of the agricul- 
tural colleges and experiment sta- 
tions in the United States^ 1889, 
1892, 1894-1900. 1903-date (nos. 
1, 6, 12, 13. 19. 23, 27. 39. 47. 69, 
74, 88, 111. 122. 137. 151. 161, 176, 
197, 206. 224. 233. 

Bulletins 59. 74. 88. Ill con- 
tain also a list of agricultural ex- 
periment stations in foreign coun- 

Library has 137-233. 4650 

Oshima, Kintaro. A digest of 
Japanese investigations on the nu- 
trition of man. 1905. (no. 159) 

Owens, C. J. Secondary agricul- 
tural education in Alabama. 1909. 
(no. 220) 4658 

Plans of structures in use on ir- 
rigation canals in the United States. 
From drawings exhibited by the Of- 
fice of experiment stations at Paris 
in 1900 and at Buffalo in 1901. 1903. 
(no. 131) 4659 

Pratt, H. A. Dietary studies at 
the government hospital for the in- 
sane, Washington. D. C By H. A. 
Pratt and R. D. Milner. 1904. (no. 
150) 4660 

Preparing land for irrigation and 
methods of applying water. 1904. 
(no. 145) 4661 

Report of irrigation and drain- 
age investigations, 1900-02, 1904. 
(no. 104. 119. 133, 158) Library has 
158. 4662 

Report on agricultural investi- 
gations In Alaska, 1905. 1906. (no. 
169) 4663 

Sherman, H. C. Calcium, mag- 
nesium, and phosphorus in food and 
nutrition. By H. C. Sherman, A, 
J. Mettler, and J. E. Sinclair. 1910. 
(no. 227) 4664 

Iron in food and its functions 

in nutrition. 1907. (no. 185) 4665 
Sipe, S. B. School gardening and 
nature study in English rural 
schools and in Lrondon. 1909. (no. 
204) 4666 

Sme^ey. Kmma. Dietary studies 
in public institutions in Philadel- 
phia, Pa., by Emma Smedley and 
R. D. Milner, and Dietary studies 
in public institutions in Baltimore, 
Md.. by H. L.. Knight. H. A. Pratt, 
and C. F. lAngworthy. 1910. (no. 
223) 4667 

Snyder, Harry. Studies on the di- 
gestibility and nutritive value of 
bread and macaroni at the Univer- 
sity of Minnesota 1903-1905. 1905. 
(no. 156) 4668 

Stephenson, James, Jr. Irrigation 
in Idaho. 1909. (no. 216) 4669 

Stewart, J. T. Report on the 
drainage of the eastern parts of 
Ca3s, Traill. Grand Forks. Walsh 
and Pembina counties. North Dako- 
ta. 1907. (no. 189) 4670 

Stone, W. £. Dietary studies at 
Purdue university. Lafayette. Ind., 
in 1895 by W. E. Stone with com- 
ments by "Wl O. Atwater and C D. 
Woods. US 9 6. (no. 32) 4670a 

Stover, A. P. Irrigation experi- 
ments and investigations in western 
Oregon. 1910. (no. 226) 4671 

Sturtevant, £• D. Varieties of 
corn. 1899. (no. 57) 4672 

Snllivan, V. li. Irrigation in New 
Mexico. 1909. (no. 215) 4678 

Teele^ R. P. Irrigation and drain- 
age laws of Italy. Tr. by R. P. 
Teele. 1907. (no. 192) 4674 

^The state engineer and his 

relation to irrigation. 1906. (no. 
168) 4675 

Water rights on interstate 

streams: the Platte River and tribu- 
taries. Results of investigation. R. 
P. Teele. Water rights within the 
states. Elwood Mead. 1905. (no. 
157) 4676 

Tme, A. C. Agricultural experi- 
ment stations in foreign countries. 
By A. C. True and D. J. Crosby. 
1904. (no. 112 (rev.)) 4677 

The agricultural experiment 

stations in the United States. By 
A. C. True and V. A. Clark. The 
Paris exposition, 1900. Prepared to 
accompany the experiment station 
exhibit. Contributed to by the As- 
sociation of American agricultural 
colleges and experiment stations. 
1900. (no. 80) 4678 

Van Slyke, L. Ij. Course in cheese 
making for movable schools of agri- 
culture. 1906. (no. 166) 4679 

Voorheos, E. B. A review of in- 
vestigation in soil bacteriology. By 
E. B. Voorhees and J. Q. Lipman. 
1907. (no. 194) 4680 

Wait, C. E. Experiments on the 
effect of muscular work upon the 
digestibility of food and the meta- 
bolism of nitrogen, conducted at the 
University of Tennessee, 1897 to 
1899. 1901. (no. 89) 4681 

Experiments on the effect of 

muscular work upon the digestibil- 
ity of food and the metabolism of 
nitrogen. Conducted at the Univer- 
sity of Tennessee, 1899-1900. 1902. 
(no. 117) 4682 

^Nutrition investigations at 

the University of Tennessee in 1896 
and 1897. 1898. (no. 53) 468S 

Studies on the digestibility 

and nutritive value of legumes at 

254 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

the University of Tennessee, 1901- 
1906. 1907. (no. 187) 4684 

'WaOer, O. U Irrigation in the 
state of Washington. 1909. (no. 
214) 4«86 

Woods, C. D. A report of inves- 
tigations on the digestibility and 
nutritive value of bread. By C. D. 
Woods, U H. Merrill. 1900. (no. 
86) 4686 

Studies of the food of Maine 

lumbermen. By C. D. Woods and 
E. R. Mansfield. 1904. (no. 149) 


^Studies on the digesUbility 

and nutritive value of bread at the 
Maine agricultural experiment sta- 
tion 1899-1908. By C. D. Woods 
and L. H. Merrill. 1904. (no. 143) 


Wrfgbt, J. O. The prevention of 
injury by floods in the Neosho Val- 
ley, Kansas. By J. O. Wright. Pre- 
pared under the direction of C. G. 
Elliott. 1908. (no. 198) 4689 

Zintlieo, C. J. Corn-harvesting 
machinery. 1907. (no. 178) 4690 

-Circular. Library has nos. 43, 

51-63, 56-62, 64-111. S21 E5. 


— ^Farmers* Institute lectures. Li- 
brary has noB. 1-11. S21 E9. 


Bryden, Jamee. Syllabus of illus- 
trated lecture on the production 
and marketing of eggs and fowls. 

1909. (no. 10) 469S 
Harper, J. N. Syllabus of illus- 
trated lecture on tobacco growing. 
1907. (no. 9) 4694 

HnmfOTd, F. B. Syllabus of illus- 
trated lecture on profitable cattle 
feeding. 1906. (no. 4) 4695 

Pearson, R. A. Syllabus of illus- 
trated lecture on the 
milk. 1904. (no. 1) 

Scfaulte, J. I. Syllabus 
trated lecture on wheat 

1910. (no. 11) 
Soole, A. M. Syllabus of illus- 
trated lecture on silage and silo 
construction for the south. 1906. 
(no. 6) 4698 

care of 


of iUus- 



Stewart, F. C. Syllabus of illus- 
trated lecture on potato diseases 
and their treatment. By P. C. 
Stewart and H. J. Eustace. 1904. 
(no. 2) 4699 

Syllabua of illustrated lecture on 
roads and road building. 1907. 
(no. 7) 4700 

Thome, C. E. Syllabus of illus- 
trated lecture on essentials of suc- 
cessful field experimentation. 1906. 
(no. 6) 4701 

Wheeler, H. J. Syllabus of illus- 
trated lecture on acid soils. 1904. 
(no. 3) 4702 

WUson, E. T. Syllabus of illus- 
trated lecture on farm architecture. 
1907. (no. 8) 4703 

Annual report. Library has 

1907-'09. S21 El. 4704 

Viennont. Commissioner of agricul- 
ture. Annual report. Library 
has 1895-1902, '04, '07, '08, '09, 
'10. S121 A3. 4704* 

Viilgiiii*. Agricultural experiment 
station. Bulletin. Library has 
no. 101, June, 1899-no. 188, 
March, 1910, except nos. 106, 
133-136, 138. 140, 150-153, 160, 
163, 165. 4705 

Circular. LibraT has no. 7, 

March, 1909-date. 4706 

Virginia. Dept. of Agriculture. 
Bulletin. Library has nos. 10, 
1902-date. (Except 22, 28, 29) 


Farmers' bulletin. Library has 

nos. 4, 6. 4708 

Virginia farmer. Library has v. 11, 
March, 1908-date. 4700 

West Virginia. State board of agri- 
culture. Biennial report. Libra- 
ry has 1894. 4710 

General Works. Handbooks. History. 

Adam, James. Practical essays on 
agriculture. 1789. 2 v. S521 A19. 

[Agricultural eesays] S405 L15. 



Bonjean, Joseph. Monographie 
de la pomme de terre envisag^e 
dans ses rapports agrlcoles, scien- 
tiflques et Industriels et compre- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


nftnt rhlstoire gr^ndrale de la 
maladle des pommes de terre en 
1845. 1846. 4718 

Ijadonoette, Ii. Ij. N. C. De I'in- 
fluence des divers modes de loca- 
tion flur le produit des terres en 
Ftance. 1844. 4714 

Plchat. Pratique des semailles 
& la vol^e. 1846. 4715 

SBUzean. Agriculture de partie 
du Poitou. 1844. 4716 

Allen, R. li. The American farm 
book; or compend of American 
agriculture; being a practical 
treatise on soils, manures, drain- 
ing, irrigation, grasses, and every 
staple product of the U. S. 1850. 
S499 A42. 4717 

Bound with Barlow, J. The haB- 

American husbandry. Containing an 
account of the soil, climate, pro- 
duction and agriculture, of the 
British colonies in North Ameri- 
ca and the West Indies; with ob- 
servations on the advantages and 
disadvantages of settling in them, 
compared with Great Britain and 
Ireland. By an American. 1775. 
S441 A51. 4718 

Balleyt I^ H. ed. Cyclopedia of 
American agriculture; a popular 
survey of agricultural condi- 
tions, practices and ideals in the 
United States and Canada. 1907- 
09. 4 V. S493 B2 Ref. 4719 

Contents. — ^v. 1. Farms. — ^v. 2. 
Crops. — ^v. 3. Animals. — v. 4, Farm 
and community. 

The (principles of agriculture; 

a text-book for schools and rural 
societies. 10th ed., 1905. S495 
B2. 4720 

Barral, J. A. Le bon fermler, aide- 
memoire du cultivateur. 1858. 
S517 B26. 4721 

Beatty, Adam. Southern agricul- 
ture, being essays on the cultiva- 
tion of corn, hemp, tobacco, 
wheat, etc. and the best method 
of renovating the soil. Including 
his prize essays carefully revised. 
[C1843] S507 B37. 4722 

Bentz, liouis. Premiers elements 
d'agriculture. Par L. Bentz et 
A. J. Chretien. 1845. S495 B47. 


Borie, Victor. Les travaux des 
champs, elements d'agriculture 
pratique. 1857. S495 B73. 4724 

Brooks, W. P. Agriculture. [1901] 
3 V. S501 B87. 4725 

Brown, Robert. A treatise on agri- 
culture and rural affairs. 1811. 2 
y. S511 B88 4726 

Bnjanlt, Jacques. Oeuvres de Jac- 
ques Bujault, laboureur ft Cha- 
loue, prte Melle, recueillies et 
pr^€d6es d'une introduction de 
Jules Rieffel. 1845. S521 B93. 


[Burke, J. F.] British husbandry; 
exhibiting the farming practice 
in various parts of the United 
Kingdom. Pub. under the super- 
intendence of the Society for the 
diffusion of useful knowledge. 
1834-40. 3 V. S511 B96. 4728 

Caird, Sir James. Situation econom- 
ique et agricole; modes de cul- 
ture des oomt^s de I'angleterre. 
Traduit de Tanglais de Calrd par 
M. Bancelin-Dutertre. S455 B21. 


Carey, Mathew. Address delivered 
before the Philadelphia society 
for promoting agriculture, at its 
meeting on the twentieth of July, 
1824. 6th ed., rey. and cor. 1827. 
S523 C27. 4730 

Colman, Henry. European agricul- 
ture and rural economy. 1846. 2 
V. S403 C7. 4731 

Congrte central d' agriculture. Paris, 
1844-1851. Library has 1844-51. 
1-8 session. S402 F81. 4732 

Deane, Samnel. The New England 
farmer; or, Georgical dictionary. 
1822? S411 D28. 4783 

Dickerman, C. W. How to make the 
farm pay; or. The farmer's book 

256 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

of practical information on agri- 
culture. Block raising, fruit cul- 
ture, epecial crops, domestic 
economy & family medicine. By 
C. W. Dickerman, assisted by 
C. L. Flint and other practical 
agricultural writers. 1870. S501 
D55. 4784 

Bickson, R. W. The farmer's com- 
panion. 2d ed. [1810] 2v. S511 
D55. 4785 

Downing, A. J. Rural essays. Ed., 
with a memoir of the author, by 
G. W. Curtis, and a letter to his 
friends, by Frederika Bremer. 
1853. S521 D75. 4736 

Contents. — Horticulture. — ^Land- 
scape gardening. — Rural architec- 
ture. — Trees, — Agriculture. — 
Fruit. — ^Letters from England. 

Drury, Charles. Important hints 
and discoveries in agriculture; or 
A new system of farming in gen- 
eral: whereby such essential ad- 
vantage is gained over the gener- 
al system in practice, as is judged 
nearly to equal the rent. 4th ed. 
enl. and improved. S511 D8. 4737 

Emmons, EbenesEer. Agriculture of 
New York: comprising an ac- 
count of the classification, com- 
position and distribution of the 
soils and rocks, together with a 
condensed view of the climate 
and the agricultural productions 
of the state. 1846-54. 5 v. S451 
N56 E5. 4738 

(Added t-p.: Natural history of 
New York [pt. 5]) 

Explanation of the engravings of 
the most important implements 
of husbandry used in Scotland. 
From drawings prepared for the 
board of agriculture, by Mr. An- 
drew Gray. 1814. S459 E96. 4739 

Farm science. cl906. S405 F2. 


Contents. — pt. 1. Alfalfa culture 
in America, by J. E. Wing. — pt. 2. 
Modem corn culture, by P. G. Hol- 
den. — pt. 3. Best methods in seed- 

ing, by W. F. Brown. — ^pt- 4. 
Small grain growing, by Wl M. 
Hays. — ^pt. 6. Profitable hay mak- 
ing, by T. Shaw. — pt. 6. Up-to-date 
dairying, by C. D. Smith. — ^pt. 7. In- 
creasing fertility, by C. Q. Hop- 
kins. — pt. 8. Power on the farm* 
by F. R. Crane. 

Fessenden, T. O. The complete 
farmer and rural economist; con- 
taining a compendious epitome 
of the most important branches 
of agriculture and rural economy. 
10th ed., 1851. S499 F42. 4741 

-The new American gardener. 

containing practical directions on 
the culture of fruits and vege- 
tables; including landscape and 
ornamental gardening . . . 13 th 
ed. 1851. S499 F42. 4742 

Fitz, J. W. Profitable farming in the 
southern states. By J. W. Fitz, as- 
sisted by Josiah Ryland, Jr., and 
a large corps of prominent agri- 
cultural writers; with an intro- 
duction by Robert Beverly. 1890. 
S505 F54. 4743 

Flint, C. L. The American farmer. 
A complete agricultural library, 
with useful facts for the house- 
hold, devoted to farming in all its 
departments and details. 1884. 2 
V. S501 F62. 4744 

Gardner, D. P. ed. The farmer's 
dictionary: a vocabulary of the 
technical terms recently introduced 
into agriculture and horticulture 
from various sciences, and also a 
compendium of practical farming: 
the latter chiefly from the works 
of the Rev. W. L. Rham, Louden, 
Lrow, and Youatt, and the most 
eminent American authors. 1849. 
S411 G22. 4745 

Gasparin, A. E. P., comte de. Cours 
d'agriculture. 1843-1848. 5 v. S493 
G25. 4746 

Gandry, J. A. Recherches scien- 
tifiquee en orient entreprises par 
les ordres du gouvernement, pen- 
dant les ann6es 1853-1854. Partie 
agricole. 1855. S403 G26. 4747 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


CSourcy, Gonrad, comte de. Troisidme 
voyage agricole en Angleterre & 
en EcoBse. 1855. S453 G7. 4748 

-Voyage agricole dans Tlntdrleur 

de la France. Extrait des an- 
nales de Tagrlculture francalee. 
1855. S463 G71. 4749 

-Voyage agricole en France — Al- 

lemagne - Hongrie - Bohdme - Bel- 
glque. [1854] S403 G7. 4760 

Hall, Bolloii. Three acres and lib- 
erty, by Bolton Hall assisted by 
R. F. Powell, with an Introduction 
by G. T. Powell lcl907] S521 H2. 


Hayward, Joseph. On the science of 
agriculture: comprising a com- 
mentary on and comparative In- 
Yestigation of the agricultural 
chemistry of Mr. Klrwan and Sir 
Humphry Davy; the code of agri- 
culture of Sir John Sinclair, Sir 
Joseph Banks, and other authors 
on the subject. 1825. S493 H42. 


Hnnt, T. F. How to choose a farm, 
with a discussion of American 
lands. 1906. S441 H9. 4763 

Johnson, C W. The farmer's encyc- 
lopaedia and dictionary of rural 
affairs. Adapted to the United 
States, by Gouyerneur Emerson. 
1844. S411 J6. 4764 

Johnston, J. F. W. Experimental ag- 
riculture, being the result of past, 
and suggestions for future exper- 
iments in scientific and practical 
agriculture. 1849. S587J72. 4766 

Joiinieaux, J. Les champs et les pr6s. 
1852. S521 J74. 4766 

Jones, Joseph. First report to the 
Cotton planters' convention of 
Georgia, on the agricultural re- 
sources of Georgia. 1860. S451 G3 
J7. 4767 

Kames, lord. The gentleman 

farmer. Being an attempt to im- 

prove agriculture, by the test of 
subjecting it to the test of rational 
principles. 4th ed. with the 
author's last corrections and ad- 
ditions. 1798. S493 K16. 4768 

L. L. Epargne et pr^voyance; let- 
ters & un jeune laboureur. 1840. 
S495 B47. 4769 

(Bound with Bentz, Li. Premiers 
dl^menta d* agriculture. 1846.) 

JjAYergMke, Lt. G. Ij. O. de. The rural 
economy of England, Scotland, and 
Ireland. Transl. from the French 
with notes by a Scottish farmer. 
1855. S455 L39. 4760 

[Lawrence, John] The new farmer's 
calendar; or monthly remem- 
brancer for all Idnds of country 
business. 5th ed. 1809. S511 N53. 


Lecontenx, Edonard. Trait6 616men- 
talre de I'agricuUure du depart- 
ment de la Seine. 1840. S567 M25. 


Lorain, John. Nature and reason 
harmonized in the practice of hus- 
bandry. With an alphabetical in- 
dex. 1825. S499 L86^ 4768 

Loudon, J. O. An encyclopsedla of 
agriculture. 1826. S493 L88. 


Low, David. Elements of practical 
agriculture; comprehending the 
cultivation of plants, the husban- 
dry of the domestic animals, and 
the economy of the farm. 2d ed.. 
1838. S511 L9. 4766 

Same. 3d ed., 1840. S511 L92. 


MaoGerald, Willis. Practical farming 
and gardening. 1902. S501 M14. 


Malo, Amand. Elements de compta- 
bllitd rurale th^orique et pratique. 
1841. S567 M25. 4768 

Marshall, William. The rural econ- 

258 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

omy of Olocestershire; including 
ItB dairy: together with the dairy 
management of north Wiltshire; 
and the management of orchards 
and fruit liquor, in Herefordshire. 
1789. 2 V. S455 M367. 4769 

-The rural economy of Norfolk: 

comprising the management of 
landed estates, and the present 
practice of husbandry in that 
county. 2d ed. 1795. 2 v. S455 
M367. 4770 

-The rural economy of the mid- 

land counties; including the man- 
agement of livestock, in Leices- 
tershire and its environs: togeth- 
er with minutes on agriculture 
and planting in the district of the 
midland station. 1790. 2v. S455 
M367. 4771 

— The rural economy of the 

southern counties; comprising 
Kent, Surrey, Sussex; the Isle of 
Wight; the chalk hills of Wilt- 
shire, Hampshire, etc.; and in- 
cluding the culture and manage- 
ment of hops, in the districts of 
Maidstone, Canterbury, and Farn- 
ham. 1798. 2 v. S455 M367. 4772 

-The rural economy of the west 

of England: including Devonshire 
and parts of Somersetshire, Dor- 
setshire, and Cornwall. Together 
with minutes in practice. 1796. 2 
V. S455 M367. 4773 

^The rural economy of York- 
shire. Comprizing the manage- 
ment of landed estates, and the 
present practice of husbandry in 
the agricultural districts of that 
county. 1788. 2 v. S455 M367. 


Martinelli, Jules. Manuel d'agricul- 
ture. 2me 6d., rev. et cor. 1846. 
S495 M38. 4775 

Moll, Louis. Colonisation et agri- 
culture de TAlgfirie, 1845. 2 v. 
S471 A4 M7. 4776 

— Manuel d'agriculture, ou tralt6 
6l6mentaire de Tart du cultiva- 

teur, 3 me ed., rev. cor. et con- 
sid^rablement aug. 1841. S515 
R39. 4777 

(Bound with Rendu, V. Manuel 

Moore, Thomas, of Maryland. The 
great error of American agricul- 
ture exposed: and hints for im- 
provement suggested. 1801. S497 
M82. 4778 

[Morris, Edmund] Ten acres 
enough: a practical experience, 
showing how a very small farm 
may be made to keep a very large 
family. With extensive and pro- 
fitable experience in the cultiva- 
tion of the smaller fruits. 8th ed., 
1867. S52i M87. 477» 

Mortimer, Jolm. The whole art of 
husbandry; or, the way of manag- 
ing and improving of land. The 
6th ed., with large additions. The 
whole revised, and carefully cor- 
rected, by the editor, Tho. Morti- 
mer. 1761. 2 V. S509 M88. 4780 

Morton, J. G. ed. A cyclopedia of 
agn*iculture, practical and scienti- 
fic; in which the theory, the art, 
and the business of farming are 
thoroughly and practically treat- 
ed. By upwards of fifty of the most 
eminent practical and scientific 
men of the day. 1851-55. 2 v. Li- 
brary has V. 2. S411 M89. 4781 

Nicholson, John, of Herkimer Co., N. 
Y. The farmer's assistant; being 
a digest of all that relates to agri- 
culture, and the conducting of ru- 
ral afPairs; alphabetically ar- 
ranged, and adapted for the United 
States. 2d ed., cor. and enl. 1820. 
S411 N6. 4782 

phio. State board of agriculture. 
The farmers' handbook contain- 
ing laws of Ohio relating to agri- 
culture and of use and interest to 
all country residents. Comp. from 
the latest ed. of the Revised stat- 
utes of Ohio by the secretary of 
agriculture. Library has 1901, 
•02, '04. S487 03. 4783 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


lOlmsted, Frederick Law]. Walks 
and talks of an American farmer 
in England. 1852. 2 v. S456 051. 


PemiBjrlvaiiia agricultural society. 
Memoirs with selections from the 
most approved authors, adapted 
to the use of the practical farmers 
of the U. S. 1824. S499 P41. 4785 

Powell, E. P. The country home, 
1904. S521 P88. 4786 

Rendu, Victor. Manuel d'agrlcul- 

ture, d, I'usage des cultivateure et 

des ecoles primaires du nord de 

la Prance. 1838. S515 R39. 4787 

(Bound with Moll, 1», Manuel 


Richard, A. Dictionnaire raisonnd 
d'agriculture et d'6conomie du b6- 
tail suivant les principea des 
sciences naturelles applique^s. 
1855. 2 y. S411 R51. 4788 

Roberts, I. P. The farmstead; the 
making of the rural home and the 
lay-out of the farm. 3d ed., 1905. 
S521 R64. 4789 

Rodgers, M. M. Scientific agriculture; 
or. The elements of chemistry, ge- 
ology, botany and meteorology, 
applied to practical agriculture. 2d 
ed., stereotyped, rev., and enl. 
1860. S495 R69. 4790 

Royer, C. E. L'agriculture alle- 
mande, ses ^colee, son organisa- 
tion, ses moeurs et ses pratiques 
les plus r^centes, publico par or- 
dre de M. le ministre de l'agricul- 
ture et du commerce. 1847. S465 
R89. 4701 

RnlBn, Edmund. Essays and notes 
on agriculture. 1865. S521 R92. 


Report of the commencement 

and progress of the agricultural 
survey of South-Carolina, for 
1843. 1843. S451 S6. 4708 

Saint Manr, Mrs. K. (VandenholT). 
A self-supporting home. 1906. 
S501 S17. 4704 

Schllpf, J. A. Manuel populaire 

d'agriculture. Traduit de Talle- 

mand par Napoleon Nicklto. 1844. 

S517 S34. 4705 

Supplement: Du mouton. 1845. 

[Sinclair, Sir John]. Account of the 
origin of the board of agriculture 
and its progress for three years 
after its establishment. 1796. 
S453 S61. 4706 

(Bound with Washington, O. 
Letters to Sir John Sinclair, 1800.) 

-An account of the systems of 

husbandry adopted in the more 
improved districts of Scotland. 
Drawn up for the consideration of 
the Board of agriculture with a 
view of explaining how far those 
systems are applicable to the less 
cultivated parte of England and 
Scotland. 3d ed. 1814. 2 y. S459 
S60. 4707 

-Appendix to the general report 

of th$ agricultural state, and po- 
litical circumstances, of Scotland. 
1814. 2 V. S459 S62. 4708 

-The code of agriculture; includ- 

ing observations on gardens, or- 
chards, woods, and plantations. 
1st Amer. ed., with notes. 1818. 
S511 S6. 4700 

General report of the ag^ricul- 

tural state, and political circum- 
stances, of Scotland. 1814. 3 v. 
S459 S61. 480O 

Smith, J. O. Agriculture in Hawaii. 
1908. S399 S65. 4801 

Stephens, Henry. The book of the 
farm: detailing the labors of the 
farmer, steward, plowman, hedger, 
cattle-man, shepherd, field-worker, 
and dairymaid. By Henry Steph- 
ens. To which are added, explan- 
atory notes, remarks, &c., by J. 
S. Skinner. 1846. 2 y. S511 S84. 


-The farmer's guide to scientific 

and practical agriculture. Detail- 
ing the labors of the farmer, in all 
their variety, and adapting them 
to the seasons of the year as they 

260 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

fiucceBBlvely occur. 1850-1861. 2 
y. S511 S83. 4803 

StoltK, J. li. Manuel 616mentalre du 
cultlvateur alsacien. 1842. S517 
S87. 4804 

[Taylor, John]. Arator; being a se- 
ries of agricultural essays, practi- 
cal & political: in Bixty one num- 
bers. By a citizen of Virginia. 
1813. 8497 T23. 4804a 

— Same. 2d ed., rev. and enl. 1814. 
S497 T24. 4805 

Same. In sixty-four numbers. 

6th ed. rev. and enl. 1818. S497 
T25. 4806 

Todd, 8. B. The young farmer's 
manual. 3 y. Library has v. 3. 
S499 T63. 4807 

Trayanet, marquis de. Preseryatif 
d' agromanie empirique ou lettres 
agriooles adress^s ft un cultiyat- 
eur debutant. Premiere partie. 
1845. S517 T77. 4808 

Tall, JeChro. The horse-hoing hus- 
bandry; or, an essay ou the prin- 
ciples of tillage and yegetation. 
Wherein Is shown a method of in- 
troducing a sort of ylneyard- cul- 
ture into the cornflelde, in order 
to increase their product, and di- 
minish the common expense; by 
the use of instruments described 
in cuts. 1733. S509 T91. 4800 

Washington, George. Letters from 
his excellency George Washington, 
to Sir John Sinclair, on agricul- 
tural, and other interesting top- 
ics. Engrayed from the original 

letters, so as to be an exact fac 
simile of the hand writing of that 
celebrated character. 1800. S453 
S61. 4810 

(Bound with Sinclair, Sir John. 
Account of origin of Board of agri- 

Waring, G. E. The elements of agri- 
culture: a book for young farm- 
ers. 2d and rey. ed. [1868.] S495 
W27. 4811 

Wilcox, E. V. Farmer's cyclopedia 
of agriculture; a compendium af 
agricultural science and practice 
on field, orchard, and garden 
crops, spraying, soils, the feeding 
and diseases of farm animals, 
dairy farming, and poultry in the 
United States and Canada, by E. 
V. Wilcox and C. B. Smith. 1905. 
S411 W66 Ref. 4812 

Wilson, J. M. ed. The rural cyclope- 
dia, or A general dictionary of 
agriculture, and of the arts, 
sciences, instruments, and prac- 
tice, necessary to the farmer, 
stockfarmer, gardener, forester, 
landsteward, farrier, ftc. 1852. 4 v. 
S411 W75. 4813 

Woll, F. W. A handbook for farm- 
ers and dairymen. By P. W. Woll 
with the assistance of well-known 
specialists. 3ed., rey. 1903. S501 
W88. 4814 

[Young, Arthur] A six months tour 
through the north of England. 
Containing, an account of the 
present state of agriculture, man- 
ufactures and population, in seyer- 
al counties of this kingdom. 2d 
ed., 1771. 4 y. S453 Y68. 4815 

(Including Agricultural Exhlbitioiis.) 

Appalachian exposition company. 
Premium list and prospectus, Ap- 
palachian exposition to be held 
at Knoxyille, Tenn., from Sept. 
12th to Oct. 12th. 1910. [1910?] 
S555 A64. 4810 

Benson, Charles. Records of the 
Said&pet experimental farm, to 

which is added a guide to the 
farm. Comp. and ed. under the 
orders of goyernment. 1885. S543 
13 SI B4. 4817 

Connecttcnt fair association. Cata- 
log. Library has 1909. S555 C8c. 


Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


— Catalog of the poultry and 
pigeon show. Library has 1909. 
S555 C8cp. 4819 

Premium list. Library haa 

1909. S555 C8p. 4820 

France. Minlstdre de I'agriculture 
et du commerce, Compte rendu 
de I'exdcution du d^cret du 3 Oc- 
tobre 1848» relatif a TenBeigne- 
ment professionnel de I'agricul- 
ture. 1850. S535 F8 A3. 4821 

Indiana. Department of public in^ 
Btruction. Discussion of the work 
outlined in agriculture for the 
township and town high schools 
and the township consolidated 
schools of Indiana. 1905. Library 
has 2d pt. S534 16 A3. 4822 

Japan. Bureau of agriculture. A 
deecriptive catalogue of the agri- 
cultural products, exhibited in the 
World's Columbian exposition. 
1893. S559 J7 1893. 4823 

Afnasachnaetta. Board of education. 
Report of the Board of education 
of Massachusetts on agricultural 
education. Submitted to the Leg- 
islature of Massachusetts, Janu- 
ary. 1911. 1911. S533 M38. 4824 

North Georgia agricultural college, 
Dahlonega, Ga. Report of Board 
of trustees. Library has 1910. 
S537 03 N8. 4825 

Ohio. Agricultural and industrial 
exposition, Columbus. Bulletin. 
Library has 1902, '04, '05, '07. 
S555 03b. 4826 

Premiums and regulations. 

Library has 1902, '03, 04, 
'09. S555 03. 4827 

Pnrdue uniTersity, Lafayette, Ind. 
School of agriculture. [Announce- 
ment] Library has 1909, '10, '11. 
S537 P87. 4828 

Rhode Island. Commission in refer- 
ence to the Rhode Island college 
of agriculture and mechanic arts. 
Report. Presented to the General 
assembly April 16, 1909. 1909. 
S537 R4. 4829 

KnfBn, Edmund. Premium essay on 
agricultural education. Submit- 
ted to the executive committee of 
the Southern central agricultural 
association. 2d ed. 1853. S.133 
R92. A83U 

l^ennessee. State fair association. 
Premium list, rules and regula- 
tions. Library has 1907. S555 1 
2p. 4831 

Texas. Agricultural and mechanical 
college. College Station. Report. 
Library has 1908. S537 T6. 4832 

U. S. Laws, statutes, etc. General 
laws relating to agricultural and 
mechanical land-grrant colleges. 
1905. S533 U6 L. 4833 


Bonasinganlt, J. B. Rural economy, 
in its relations with chemistry, 
physics and meteorology; or, 
chemistry applied to agriculture. 
Tr., with an introduction and notes 
by George Law. 1845. S585 B77. 


D«Ty, Sir Humphry. Elements of 
agricultural chemistry, in a 
course of lectures for the Board 
of agriculture. With an appen- 
dix. 2d Amer. ed. 1819. S585 
D26. 4835 

Johnson, S. W. How crops feed. A 
treatise on the atmosphere and 
the soil as related to the nutri- 
tion of agricultural plants. 
[C1870] S585 J69. 4836 

Johnston, J. F. W. Catechisme de 
chimie et de geologie agricoles. 
1847. S585 J72. 4837 

-Elements of agricultural chem- 

istry and geology. 7th ed. 1856. 
S585 J77. 4838 

262 ^ Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Lectures on the applications of 

chemistry and geology to agricul- 
ture. New ed., with an appendix, 
containing suggestions for experi- 
ments in practical agriculture. 
1850. S585 J774. 4889 

Petaeholdt, Aleocaader. Lectures to 
farmers on agricultural chemis- 
try. 1846. S585 P49. 4840 

Snyder, Harry. The chemistry of 
plant and animal life. 1905. S585 
S67. 4841 

Storer, F. H. Agriculture In som^ 
of its relations with chemistry. 
1887. 2 y. S585 S87. 4842 

-Agriculture in some of its re- 

lations with chemistry. 7th ed. 
rev. and enl. 1905. 3 y. S585 888. 


U. S. Bureau of chemistry. Bulle- 
tin. Library has nos. 9, 13 (pts. 
1-10). 14, 15, 17-35, 37, 39-64, 
66-69 (pt. 3, 5, 6), 70-84 (pts. 
1-5), 85-134. S585 U5 A4. 4844 


Alwood, W. B. The chemical 
composition of apples and cider. 
1. The composition of apples in re- 
lation to cider and vinegar produc- 
tion. 2. The composition of cider 
as determined by dominant fer- 
mentation with pure yeasts. By W. 
B. Alwood, R. J. Davidson, W. A. 
P. Moncure. 1904. (no. 88) 4845 

Enological studies. 1. Ex- 
periments in cider making appli- 
cable to farm conditions. 2. Notes 
on the use of pure yeasts in wine 
making. 1909. (no. 129) 4846 

The fermenting power of 

pure yeasts and some aasociated 
fungi. 1908. (no. Ill) 4847 

^A study of cider making in 

Prance, Germany, and England 
with comments and comparisons on 
American work. 1903. (no. 71) 


Aasodatron of official agricnl- 
tnral chemists. Methods of analy- 
sis adopted by the Association of 
official agricultural chemists, (no. 

Same. Ed. by H. W. Wiley. 

1899. (no. 46. rev. ed.) 4849 

Proceedings, (nos. 7, 12, 16, 

19, 24, 28, 31, 35. 38, 43, 47, 49, 

51. 66-57. 62. 67, 73, 81, 90, 99, 
105. 116. 122, 132.) nos. 7, 12. 16. 
19. 24. 28, 35, 38 wanting. 4880 

Committee on revision of 

methods. Official and provisional 
methods of analysis. Association of 
official agricultural chemists. No- 
vember 1. 1906. Provisionally 
adopted by the association. Ed. by 
H. W. Wiley. 1907. (no. 107) 4851 

— - — Same. Further revlaed and 
finally adopted, October, 1907. 
1908. (no. 107) 4859 

BIgelow, W. D. The composition 
of American wines. 1900. (no. 59) 


Foods and food control. 1-2. 

Legislation during the year ended 
July 1, 1903-1904. 1904. (no. 
83) 4854 

(no. 69) Pts. 1, 2. 4. want- 
ing. 4855 

Rev. ed. 9 pts. (no. 69) 


Food legislation. Library 

has 1906-1908. nos. 104. 112, pts. 1 
& 2, 121. 4856 

^Meat extracts and similar 

preparations, including studies of 
the methods of analysis employed. 
By W. D. Blgelow and F. C. Cook. 
1908. (no. 114) 4857 

Preserved meats. 1902. (no. 

13) 4858 

Pure -food laws of European 

countries affecting American ex- 
ports. 1901. (no. 61) 4859 

Some forms of food adultera- 
tion and simple methods for their 
detection. By W. D. Blgelow and 
B. J. Howard. 1906. (no. 100) 


Studies on apples. 1. Stor- 
age, respiration^ and growth. 2. In- 
soluble carbohydrates or marc S. 
Microscopic and macroscopic ex- 
aminations of apple staroh. By Wl 
D. Bigelow, H. C. Qore, and B. J. 
Howard. 1906. (no. 94) 4861 

— —Studies on peachea 1. Com- 
piled analyses of peaches. 2. 
Changes in chemical composition of 
the peach during growth and 
ripening. 8. Effect of storage on 
the composition of peaches. By 
W. D. Bigelow and H. C. Gore. 
1906. (no. 97) 4868 

Bitting, A. W. The canning of 
peas, based on factory inspection 
and experimental data. 1909. (no. 
125) 486S 

Experiments on the spoil- 
age of tomato ketchup. 1909. (no. 
119) 4864 

Preparation of the cod and 

other salt fish for the market; in- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


cludinfiT a bacteriological study of 
the causes of reddening. 1911. (no. 
133) 4865 

Browne, C. A. Jr. Chemical 
analysis and composition of Ameri- 
can honeys, by C. A. Browne, in- 
cludinsr a microscopical study of 
honey pollen, by W. J. Younar. 
1908. (no. 110) 48M 

Bryaji, A. H. Maple-sap sirup: 
its manufacture, composition, and 
effect of environment thereon. 
1910. (no. 134) 4867 

Cereals and cereal products. 
1898. (no. 13) 4868 

Chaoe, C M. Chemical composi- 
tion of some tropical fruita and 
their products. 1. A study of Cu- 
ban fruits. 2. The composition of 
fresh and canned pineapples. By 
E. M. Chace, L. M. Tolman, and L. 
S. Munson. 1904. (no. 87) 4869 

CSuunlierlaiii, J. S. The feeding: 
value of cereals, as calculated from 
chemical analyses. By J. S. Cham- 
berlain in collaboration with the 
Bureau of plant industry. 1909. 
(no. 120) 4870 

Cook, F. C. Metabolism of or- 
ganic and inorganic phosphorus: a 
feeding experiment using phytin 
and sodium phosphates. 1909. (no. 
123) 4871 

Cnunpton, C. A. Baking pow- 
ders. 1889. (no. 13) 487S 

Fermented alcoholic bever- 
ages, malt liquors, wine and cider. 
1887. (no. 13) 4873 

Record of experiments at 

Des liignes sugar experiment sta- 
tion, Baldwin, La., during the sea- 
son of 1888. 1889. (no. 22) 4874 
Coshmaii, A. S. The effect of 
water on rock powders. 1905. (no. 
92) 4876 

Dairy products. 1887. (no. 13, 
pt. 1) 4876 

Edson, Hnbert. Record of ex- 
periments at the sugar ex- 
periment station on Calumet 
plantation, Pattersonville, La. 
1889. (no. 23) 4877 

l>nrell, "E. "E. Sxhibit of the Bu- 
reau of chemistry at the Pan- 
American exposition, Buffalo, New 
York, 1901. By B. E. Ewell, W. D. 
Blgelow, and L. W. Page. 1901. 
(no. 63) 4878 

The fertilizing value of street 

sweepinga 1898. (no. 55) 4879 

Gore, H. C. Unfermented apple 
Juice. 1908. (no. 118) 4880 

Haywood, J. K. Arsenic in pa- 
pers and fabrics. By J. K. Hay- 
wood, with the collaboration of H. 

J. Warner. 1904. (no. 86) 4881 

The chemical composition of 

insecticides and fungicides. WHth 
an account of the methods of 
analyses employed. By J. K. Hay- 
wood. In cooperation with the Di- 
vision of entomology. 1902. (no. 

68) *««« 

Commercial feeding stufts of 

the United States: their chemical 
and microscopical examination. By 
J. K. Haywood and H. J. Warner 
with the collaboration of B. J. 
Howard. 1908. (no. 108) 4888 
Injury to vegetation and ani- 
mal life by smelter wastea By J. 
K. Haywood. 1910. (no. 113 (rev.)) 


Injury to vegetation by 

smelter fumes. 1905. (no. 89) 


^Insecticide studies. 1. Pyre- 
thrum powders containing poison- 
ous metals. 2. A compilation of 
analyses of insecticides and fungi- 
cides. 3. State laws governing the 
composition and sale of insecticides. 
1903. (no. 76) 4886 

^Lead arsenate. 1. Composi- 
tion of lead arsenates found on the 
market. 2. "Home-made" lead ar- 
senate and the chemicals enter- 
ing into the manufacture. 3. Ac- 
tion of lead arsenate on foliage. By 
J. K. Haywood and C. C. McDon- 
nell, in cooperation with the Bu- 
reau of entomology. 1910. (no. 

131). *®®J 

^The Ume-sulphur-salt wash 

and its substitutes. By J. K. Hay- 
wood, in collaboration with the Bu- 
reau of entomology. 1907. (no. 

101) ^®®® 

^Mineral waters of the United 

States. 1. Classification and meth- 
ods of analysis. 2. Commercial 
waters. 3. Saratoga waters 
sampled at source. By J. K. Hay- 
wood with the collaboration of B. 
H. Smith. 1905. (no. 91) 4889 

Paris green spraying experi- 
ments. 1904. (no. 82) 4890 

Kebler, H. F. Adulterated drugs 
and chemicals. 1. Inferior drugs 
and insidious methods of deception. 
2. Rose geranium oil and Its sub- 
stitutes. 3. Phenacetln: methods 
of analysis and commercial status. 
1904. (no. 80) 4891 

^Drug legislation In the 

United States. By L. F. Kebler 
with the collaboration of E. T. 
Ragan. 1906. (no. 98) 4892 

Drug legislation In the 

United States. Rev. to July 15, 

264 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

1908. 1909. (no. 98 (Rev.) pt 1) 


The harmful effects of acet- 

anilid, antipyxin, and phenacetin. 
By L. P. Kebler with the collabora- 
tion of Bra. F. P. Morgran and 
Philip Rupp. 1909. (no. 126) 


Ijo Clerc, J. A. Chemical studies 

of American barleys and malts. By 

J. A, Le Clerc and Robert Wahl. 

1909. (no. 124) 4895 
^Tri-local experiments on the 

influence of environment on the 
composition of wheat. By J. A. Le 
C!lerc . . . with the collaboration 
of Sherman Leavitt. 1910. (no. 128) 


McKlroj, K. T. P. Canned vege- 
tables. By K. P. McElroy, with the 
collaboration of W. D. Bigelow. 
1893. (no. 13) 4897 

MaUet, J. W. Report on an in- 
vestigation of analytical methods 
for distinguishing between the ni- 
trogen of proteids and that of the 
simpler amids or amido-acida By 
J. W. Mallet. With a chapter on 
the separation of flesh bases from 
proteid matters by means of 
bromin. By H. W. Wiley. 1898. 
(no. 64) 4898 

Moore, O. €. Cassava: its content 
of hydrocyanic acid and starch and 
other properties. By C. C. Moore in 
collaboration with the Bureau of 
plant industry. 1907. (no. 106) 


Mnnflon, IX & Fruits and fruit 
products: chemical and microscop- 
ical examination. By L. S. Munson, 
L. M. Tolman, and Burton J. How- 
ard. 1902. (no. 66) 4900 

Page^ Jj, W. The cementing pow- 
er of road materials. By L. W. 
Page and A. S. Cushman. 1904. 
(no. 86) 4901 

^The testing of road mater- 
ials, including the methods used and 
the results obtained in the Road 
material laboratory in collaboration 
with the Otflce of public-road in- 
quiries. By L. W. Page with the 
cooperation of A. 6. Cushman. 
1903. (no. 79) 4902 

Itooord of experiments conducted 
by the Commissioner of agriculture 
in the manufacture of sugar from 
sorghum and sugar canes at Fort 
Scott, Kansas, Rio Grande, New 
Jersey, and Lawrence, Louisiana. 
1887-1888. 1888. (no. 17) 4903 

Rldiardson, OHfford. An investi- 
gation of the composition of Ameri- 

can wheat and corn. 1883. (no. 1) 


Spices and condiments. 1887. 

(no. 13, pt. 2) 4905 

Third report on the chemical 

composition and physical proper- 
ties of American cereals, wheat, 
oats, barley and rye. 1886. (no. 9) 


Spencer, G. D. Tea, coffee, and 
cocoa preparations. By G. L. Spen- 
cer with the collaboration of Mr. 
E. E. Ewell. 1892. (no. 13, pt. 7) 


Report of experiments in the 

manufacture of sugar. Season of 
1888.'89. 1889. (no. 21) 4908 

Stnmghn, M. N. The influence of 
environment on the composition of 
sweet corn. 1906-1908. By M. N. 
Straughn and C. G. Church. 1909. 
(no. 127) 4909 

Sugar, molasses and sirup, con- 
fections, honey and beeswax. 1892. 
(no. 13, pt 6) 4910 

Sngar-productn^ plants. Record 
of analyses 1887-*88. Sorghum; 
Fort Scott, Kansas; Rio Grande, 
New Jersey. Sugar cane: Law- 
rence, Louisiana, together with a 
study of the data collected on sor- 
ghum and sugar cane. 1888. (no. 
18) 4911 

Tolman, Ij. M. Olive oil and its 
substitutes. By L. M. Tolman and 
L. S. Munson. 1903. (no. 77) 4919 

Veltch, F. P. Commercial Sici- 
lian sumac. By F. P. Veitch, includ- 
ing notes on the microscopical ex- 
amination of Sicilian sumac and its 
adulterants, by B. J. Howard . . . 
1908. (no. 117) 491S 

Walker, Percy H. Some techni- 
cal methods of testing miscellaft- 
eous supplies, including paints and 
k>aint materials, inks^ lubricating 
oils, soaps, etc. 1908. (no. 109) 


Same. 1910. (no. 109, rev.) 


Wedderlram, A. J. A compila- 
tion of the pharmacy and drug laws 
of the several states and terri- 
tories. 1894. (no. 42) 4916 

^A popular treatise on the 

extent and character of food adul- 
terations. 1890. (no. 26) 4917 

Report on the extent and 

character of food and drug adulter- 
ation. 1894. (no. 41) 4918 

Special report on the extent 

and character of food adultera- 
tions, including state and other 
laws relating to foods and bever- 
ages. 1892. (no. 32) 4919 

Wiley, H. W. Address on the ra- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


tional uae of fertilizers, (no. 90, p. 
236-238, 1905) 4920 

^American wines at the Paris 

exposition of 1900: their composi- 
tion and character. With a mono- 
graph on the manufacture of wines 
In California, by Henry Lachman. 

1903. (no. 72) 4921 
^Analyses of cereals collected 

at the World's Columbian exposi- 
tion, and comparisons with other 
data. 1896. (no. 45) 4922 

— — Chemical composition of the 
carcasses of piffs. By H. W. Wiley. 
With the collaboration of E. E. 
Ewell, W. H. Kruff, T. C. Trescot. 
and othera 1898. (no. 53) 4923 

Composition of maize (In- 
dian corn) including the grain, 
meal, stalks, pith, fodder and cobs. 
Comp. chiefly from the records of 
the Division of chemifltry. 1898. 
(no. 50) 4924 

Experimental work in the 

production of table sirup at Way- 
cross, Oa.. 1905, together with a 
summary of the four-year experi- 
ment on fertilization of sugar cane. 
By H. W. Wiley with the collabora- 
tion of W. B. Roddenbery. G. R. 
You mans, and Arthur Qiven. 1906. 
(no. 103) 4925 

Experiments in the culture 

of sugar cane and its manufacture 
into table sirup. A report on the 
Investigation conducted at Way- 
cross and Cairo, Ga., in 1903 and 

1904. By H. W. Wiley [and others]. 

1905. (no. 93) 4926 
Experiments with sugar 

beeta in 1890. 1891. (no. 30) 4927 
—^Experiments with sugar 
beets in 1892. By H. W. Wiley with 
the collaboration of Walter M'ax- 
well. 1893. (no. 36) 4928 

Same. In 1893. 1894. (no. 

39) 4929 

Same. In 1897. 1898. (no. 

52) 4980 

Foreign trade 

the manufacture and 
of alcoholic beverages 
gooda Summary of an 
made In Great Britain 
Germany and France. 

practises in 


and canned 


and Ireland, 

1906. (no. 


The influence of environment 

upon the composition of the sugar 
beet [19001-1904. By H. W. "V^ley 
in collaboration with the Weather 
Bureau and the agricultural experi- 
ment stations of Cal., Colo., Ind., 
Iowa, Ky., Mich., N. Y.. N. C, 
Utah, Va., and Wis. 1901-05. (no. 
64, 78, 95, 96) 4932 

Influence of food preserva- 
tives and artificial colors on diges- 
tion and health. 1. Boric acid and 
borax. By H. W. Wiley with the 
collaboration of W. D. Bigelow and 
others. 1904. (no. 84, pt 1) 4988 

2. Salicylic acid and salicy- 
lates. By H. W. Wiley with the 
collaboration of W. D. Bigelow, F. 
C. Weber and others. 1906. (no. 
84, pt. 2) 4934 

3. Sulphurous acid and sul- 
phites. By H. W. Wiley with the 
collaboration of W. D. Bigelow, F. 
C. Weber and others. 1907. (no. 
84, pL 3) 4985 

4. Benzoic acid and ben- 

zoates. By H. W. Wiley with the 
collaboration of W. D. Bigelow, F. 

C. Weber and others 1908. (no. 
84, pt. 4) 4986 

5. Formaldehyde. By H. W. 

W41ey with the collaboration of W. 

D. Bigelow, F. C. Weber, and 
others. 1908. (no. 84, pt. 6) 4987 

The influence of soil and cli- 
mate upon the composition of the 
sugar beet, 1901. 1903. (no. 74) 


^Lard and lard adulterations. 

1889. (no. 13, pt. 4) 4989 

Manufacture of denatured al- 
cohol. Based on the operations of 
an experimental still at Washing- 
ton, D. C, and a course of lec- 
tures delivered in connection there- 
with. By H. W. Wiley with the 
collaboration of H. B. Sawyer, L. 
M. Tolman, A. H. Bryan. A. Given, 
and H. W. Berger. (no. 130) 4940 

The manufacture of starch 

from potatoes and cassava. 1900. 
(no. 58) 4941 

Itfanufacture of table sirups 

from sugar cane. 1902. (no. 70) 


A preliminary study of the 

effects of cold storage on eggs, 
quail, and chickens. By H. W. 
Wiley with the collaboration of 
M. B. Pennington, G. W. Stiles, Jr.. 
B, J. Howard, and F. C. Cook. 
1908. (no. 115) 4948 

Record of experiments at 

Fort Scott, Kansas, in the manu- 
facture of sugar from sorghum and 
sugar-canes, in 1886. 1887. (no. 
14) 4944 

Record of experiments in the 

manufacture of sugar from sor- 
ghum at Rio Grande, New Jersey; 
Kenner, Lioulsiana; Conway 

Springs, Douglass, and Sterling. 
Kansas. 1889. (no. 20) 4945 

Record of experiments in the 

266 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

production of sugar from sor- 
ghum in 1889 at Cedar Falls, Iowa; 
Rio Grande, New Jersey; Morris- 
ville, Virginia; Kenner, Louisiana; 
College Station, Maryland; and 
Conway Springs* Attica, Medicine 
Lodge, Ness City, Liberal, Arkalon, 
Meade. Minneola, and Sterling, 
Kansas. 1890. (no. 26) 4946 

Record of experiments with 

sorghum in 1890. 1891. (no. 29) 


Record of experiments with 

sorghum in 1891. By H. W. Wiley 
with the collaboration of G. L. 
Spencer, A. A. Denton, and W. J. 
Thompson. 1892. (no. 34) 4948 

Same. In 1892. By H. W. 

Wiley . . . with the collaboration of 
Messrs. A. A« Denton, G. O'Brien, 
C. I. Hinman, W. J. Thompson, J. 
L. Fuelling, and Oma Carr. 1893. 
(no. 37) 4948a 

The sugar-beet industry. 

Culture of the sugar-beet and 
manufacture of beet sugar. 1890. 
(no. 27) 4949 

Sugar-cane culture in the 

southeast for the manufacture of 
table sirup. By H. W. Wiley. 1. 
Fertiliser experiments on sugar 
cane, conducted by W. B. Rodden- 
bery. 2. Reports of special agents 
on sugar-cane culture, introduc- 
tion by G. Li. Spencer. 1903. (no. 
76) 49SO 

^The sunflower plant: its cul- 
tivation, composition and uses. 
1901. (no. 60) 4951 

Sweet cassava: its culture, 

properties and uses. 1894. (no. 44) 


Zinc in evaporated apples. 

1896. (no. 48) 495S 

-Circular. Library has nos. 3, 

10, 12-19, 21, 23-25, 27-37, 39- 
69. S585 US A5. 4954 


Hilgard, E. W. Soils, their forma- 
tion, properties, composition, and 
relations to climate and plant 
growth in the humid and arid re- 
gions. 1906. S591 H6. 4955 

King, F. H. The soil, its nature, re- 
lations, and fundamental princi- 
ples of management. 1905. S591 
K5. 4956 

Soil survey field book. Field sea- 
son, 1906. [1906] S599 U5 S6. 


U. S. Bureau of soils. Bulletin. Li- 
brary has nos. 1-4. 6-10, 12-67, 
69, 70, 72-76. S591 U5 A4. 4958 


Brlggs, L. J. Capillary studies 
and filtration of clay from soil so- 
lutions. By L. J. Briggs and M. H. 
Lapham. 1902. (no. 19) 4959 

^The centrifugal method of 

mechanical soil analysis. By L. J. 
Briggs. F. O. Martin, and J. R. 
Pearce. 1904. (no. 24) 4960 

Electrical instruments for 

determining the moisture, tempera- 
ture, and soluble salt content of 
soils. 1899. (no. 15) 4961 

^The mechanics of soil mois- 
ture. 1897. (no. 10) 4962 

The moisture equivalents of 

soils. By L. J. Briggs and J. W. 
McLane. 1907. (no. 46) 496S 

Buckingham, Edgar. Contribu- 
tions to our knowledge of the aera- 
tion of soils. 1904. (no. 25) 4964 

—Studies on the movement of 

soil moisture. 1907. (no. 38) 4965 

Cameron, F. K. The action of 
water and aqueous solutions upon 
soil carbonates. By F. K. Cameron 
and J. M. Bell. 1907. (no. 49) 4966 

The action of water and 

aqueous solutions upon soil phos- 
phates. By F. IC Cameron and J. 
M. Bell. 1907. (no. 41) 4967 

Calcium sulphate in aqueous 

solutions: a contribution to the 
study of alkali deposits. By F. K. 
Cameron and J. M. Bell. 1906. (no. 
33) 4968 

^The mineral constituents of 

the soil solution. By F. K. Cameron 
and J. M. Bell. 1905. (no. 30) 4969 

Moisture content and physi- 
cal condition of soils. By F. K. 
Cameron and F. E. Gallagher. 1908. 
(no. 60) 4970 

Soil solutions: their nature 

and functions, and the classification 
of alkali lands. By F. K. Cameron. 
1901. (no. 17) 4971 

— • — Solution studies of salts oc- 
curring in alkali soils. By F. K. 
Cameron. L. J. Briggs, and Ather- 
ton Seidell. 1901. (no. 18) 4972 

Oarr, M. C A preliminary report 
on the Volusia soils, their problems 

Bulletin of the Virginla. State Library. 


and manaerement. 1909. (no. 60) 


DttTls, R. O. £. The electrical 
bridge for the determination of 
soluble salts In soil. By R. O. B. 
Davis and H. Bryan. 1910. (no. 61) 


Dorsey, €. W. Alkali soils of the 
United States. A review of litera- 
ture and summary of present in- 
formation. 1906. (no. 35) 4975 

Reclamation of alkali land 

in Salt Lake Valley. Utah. 1907. 
(no. 43) 4976 

Reclamation of alkali soils. 

1906. (no. 34) 4977 

Reclamation of alkali soils 

at Billingrs, Montana. 1907. (no. 44) 


FftUyer, 6. H. Barium in soila 
1910. (no. 72) 4979 

The mineral composition of 

soil particles. By G. H. Failyer, J. 
6. Smith, and H. R. ^Wbde. 1908. 
(no. 54) 4980 

Gardner, F. D. The electrical 
method of moisture determination 
in soils: results and modifications 
in 1897. 1898. (no. 12) 4981 

^Fertility of soils as affected 

by manures. 1908. (no. 48) 4982 

Kln^, F. H. Investifirations in soil 
managrement. Part 1. Amount of 
plant food readily recoverable from 
field soils with distilled water. Part 
2. Relation of crop yields to the 
amounts of water-soluble plant- 
food materials recovered from soils. 
Part 3. Relation of differences of 
climatoloffieal environment to crop 
yields. 1905. (no. 26) 498S 

liivingston, B. E. Further studies 
on the properties of unproductive 
soils. By B. E. Livingston, assisted 
by C. A. Jenson, J. F. Breazeale, F. 
R. Pember, and J. J. Skinner. 1907. 
(no. 36) 4984 

Studies on the properties of 

an unproductive soil. By B. E. Liv- 
ingrston, J. C. Britton, and F. R. 
Reid. 1905. (no. 28) 4985 

Mackle, W. W. Reclamation of 
white-ash lands affected with alkali 
at Fresno, California. 1907. (no. 
42) 4986 

McNees, G. T. Experiments in 
errowinfiT Cuban seed tobacco in Ala- 
bama. By O. T. McNess and L. W. 
Ayer. 1906. (no. 37) 4987 

Experiments in growingr Cu- 
ban seed tobacco in Texas. [By] G. 
T. McNess and W. M. Hlnson. 1905. 
(no. 27) 4988 

Improvement of Virginia fire- 
cured tobacco. By G. T. McNess 

and E. H. Mathewson, and B. G. An- 
derson. 1907. (no. 46) 4989 

^Tobacco investigations in 

Ohio. By G. T. McNess and G. B. 
Massey. 1905. (no. 29) 4990 

Means, T. H. Reclamation of al- 
kali lands in Egypt. As adapted to 
similar work in the United States. 
1903. (no. 21) 4991 

Methods of the mechanical analy- 
sis of soils and of the determination 
of the amount of moisture in soils 
in the field. 1896. (no. 4) 4992 

Patten, H. E. Absorption by soils. 
By H. E. Patten and W. H. Wag- 
gaman. 1908. (no. 62) 4993 

^Absorption of vapors and 

gases by soils. By H. E. Patten and 
F. E. Gallagher. 1908. (no. 51) 


Heat transference in soils. 

1909. (no. 59) 4995 

Schreiner, Oswald. The absorp- 
tion of phosphates and potassium by 
soils. By Oswald Schreiner and G. 
H. Failyer. 1906. (no. 32) 4996 

Certain organic constituents 

of soils in relation to soil fertility. 
By Oswald Schreiner and H. S. 
Reed, assisted by J. J. Skinner. 
1907. (no. 47) 4997 

Chemical nature of soil or- 
ganic matter. By Oswald Schreiner 
and E. C. Shorey. 1910. (no. 74) 


Colorlmetric, turbidity, and 

titration methods used in soil In- 
vestigations. By Oswald Schreiner 
and G. H. Failyer. 1906. (no. 31) 


The isolation of harmful or- 
ganic substances from soils. By Os- 
wald Schreiner and B. C. Shorey. 
1909. (no. 53) 5001 

^Lawn soils. By Oswald 

Schreiner, and J. J. Skinner. 1911. 
(no. 75) 6002 

The rOle of oxidation in soil 

fertility. By Oswald Schreiner «»nd 
H. S Reed. 1909. (no. 66) 500S 

— Some effects of a harmful 
organic soil constituent By Oswald 
Schreiner and J. J. Skinner. 1910. 
(no. 70) 5004 

Some factors influencing soil 

fertility. By Oswald Schreiner and 
H. S. Reed. 1907. (no. 40) 5005 

Studies in soil oxidation. By 

Oswald Schreiner and M. X. Sulli- 
van, assisted by F. R. Reid. 1910. 
(no. 73) 5009 

Soil moisture. A record of the 
amount of water contained in soils 
during the month of May, 1896. 
1895. (no. 1) 6007 

268 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

-June, 1896. 1896. (no. 2) 
^uly. 1896. 1896. (no. 3) 

Stewart^ J. B. Effects of shading 
on soil conditions. 1907. (no. 39) 


Stunts, S. O. Reference list on the 
electric fixation of atmospheric ni- 
trogen and the use of calcium cy- 
anamld and calcium nitrate on soils. 

1910. (no. 63) ftOOO 
Waggawnn, W. H. A review of 

the phosphate fields of Florida. 

1911. (no. 76) 5010 
^A review of the phosphate 

fields of Idaho, Utah, and Wyom- 
ing. With special reference to the 
thickness and quality of the depos- 
its. 1910. (no. 69) 5011 

Whitney, MUton. The alkali soils 
of the Yellowstone Valley from a 
preliminary Investigation of the 
soils near Billings^ Montana. By 
Milton Whitney and T. H. Means. 
1898. (no. 14) 5012 

—Catalogue of the first four 
thousand samples In the soil collec- 
tion of the Division of soils. 1899. 
(no. 16) 5013 

The chemistry of the soil as 

related to crop production. By Mil- 
ton Whitney and F. K. Cameron. 
1903. (no. 22) 5014 

^The composition of commer- 
cial fertilizers. By Milton Whitney. 
1910. (no. 68) 5015 

An electrical method of de- 
termining the moisture content of 
arable soils. By Milton Whitney, F. 
D. Gardner, and L. J. Briggs. 1897. 
(no. 6) 5016 

^An electrical method of de- 
termining the soluble salt content 
of soils, with some results of in- 
vestigations on the effect of water 
and soluble salts on the electrical 
resistance of soils. By Milton Whit- 
ney and T. H. Means. 1897. (no. 8) 


-An electrical method of de- 

termining the temperature of soils. 
By Milton Whitney and L*. J. Briggs. 
1897. (no. 7) 5018 

Fertilisers for corn soils. 

1910. (no. 64) 5019 

Fertilisers for cotton soils. 

1909. (no. 62) 5020 
^Fertilisers for potato soils. 

1910. (no. 66) 5021 
Fertilisers for wheat soils. 

1910. (no. 66) 5022 

Fertilizers on soils used for 

oats, hay, and miscellaneous crops. 
1910. (no. 67) 502S 

(Growing Sumatra tobacco un- 
der shade in the Connecticut Val- 
ley. 1902. (no. 20) 5024 

— ^Investigations In soil fertility. 
By Milton Whitney and F. K. Cam- 
eron. 1904. (no. 23) 5025 

^A preliminary report on the 

soils of Florida. 1898. (no. 13) 


— Soil moisture: a record of the 
amount of water contained in soils 
during the crop season of 1896. By 
Milton Whitney and R. S. Hosmer. 
1897. (no. 9) 5027 

Soils of the United States^ 

based upon the work of the Bu- 
reau of soils to January 1, 1908. 
1909. (no. 66) 5028 

^A study of crop yields and 

soil composition In relation to soil 
productivity. 1909. (no. 67) 5020 
U. 8. Bureau of soile. Circular. Li- 
brary has nos. 3-6, 8-20, 25, 26. 
Sb91 U5 A5. 503O 

Field operations. Library has 

1899-1907. S599 U5 A3. 5031 

Yvart, Victor. Assolements, jach^re 
et succession des cultures. Ouv- 
rage annot6 par Victor Rendu. 
1842. S603 T96. 5032 


Ancelon, E. A. Mdmoire sur T^tat 
de la v6g^tation dans les terres 
salif^reB, et sur les moyens d'am6- 
llorer les terres par le chlorure de 
sodium; par M. Ancelon et M. 
Parl&ot [1847] S663 B39. 5033 

Atwater, W. O. On commercial fer- 
tilizers at home and abroad. 1873. 
S633 A88. 5034 

Becquerel, A. C. Des engrais Inor- 
ganiques en g6n6ral, et du sel 
marln (chlorure de sodium) en 
partlculier. 1848. S633 B398. 


— M6molre sur les quantit^s de 
sel (chlorure de sodium) con- 
tenues dans lea plantes des ter- 
rains salifdres et non salif^res, et 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


sur r^tat de la v6g6tation dans 
les premiers terrains, sous Tlnfiu- 
ence de i'eau. 1847. S663 B39. 


With his Recueil de m^molres 
relatlf k Temploi du sel marln en 
agrriculture. 1849. 

-Recherches ezp^rlmentales sur 

Taction du sel dans la vegetation, 
et Bur son emplol en agriculture. 
[18471 S663 B39. 5037 

With his Recueil de m^moires 
relatlf k remploi du sel marln en 
agriculture. 1849. 

Recueil de mSmolreB relatlfs 

& Templol du sel marln en agri- 
culture. 1849. S663 B39. 5038 

"Considerations sur Temploi du 
sel en agriculture, par M. Bouchar- 
dat": p. 58-68. 

*'Extralt des Mdmolres de la So- 
ciety nationale et central e d'agrl- 
culture. Annies. 1848-1849." 

Bobierre, Adolphe. Du phosphate de 
chauz et de son emplol en agri- 
culture. 1858. S647 B66. 5039 

Browne, D. J, The American muclf 
book; treating of all the principal 
fertilizers and manures in com- 
mon use. 1852. S633 B88. 5040 

Donaldson, John. A treatise on ma- 
nures, their nature, preparation, 
and application. With a descrip- 
tion of the most approved British 
grasses. To which Is added a 
miscellaneous article on farming. 
1846. S633 D67. 5041 

Harlan, Caleb. Farming with green 
manures, on Plumgrove farm. 2d 
ed. rev. and enlarged. 1880. S651 
H28. 5042 

Harris, Joseph. Talks on manures. 
A series of familiar and practical 
talks between the author and the 
deacon, the doctor, and other 
neighbors, on the whole subject o\ 
manures and fertilizers. 2d ed. 
1878. S633 H31. 5043 

Kirwan, Richard. The manures most 
advantageously applicable to the 

various kinds of soils, and the 
causes of their beneiiclal effect in 
each particular instance. From 
the 6th London ed. 1807. S633 
K6. 5044 

Ohio. State board of agriculture. 
Commercial fertilizers properly 
licensed for sale in Ohio, together 
with claims of ingredients made 
by manufacturers or dealers. Li- 
brary has l901-'05. S641 03. 


•Official report of the secretary 

on commercial fertilizers licensed 
to be sold. Library has 1901, '04, 
'05, '09. S641 031. 5040 

PennsylvanlA. Board of agriculture. 
List of fertilizer manufacturers 
and brands of fertilizers licensed 
for sale in Pennsylvania. Library 
has 1907, '08. S641 P4. 5047 

Ruffln, Edmund. An essay on cal- 
careous manures. 3d ed. 1842. 
S643 R92. 5048 

Schmit, J. P. Des moyens de recueil- 
lir et d'utilleer les engrais qui se 
perdent dans les grands centres de 
population, au detriment de la 
salubrity publlque et de I'agrlcul- 
ture, par J. P. Schmit. Rapport 
fait k la suite d'une circulaire 
adrees6e ft MM. les gouverneurs 
des provinces, sous la date du 8 
avrll 1848, par C. Rogier, minls- 
tre de I'intdrieur. 1850. S657 S35. 


Ville, Georges. Artificial manures; 
their chemical selection and 
scientific application to agricul- 
ture, by Georges Ville, tr. and ed. 
by [Sir] William Crookes. 2d ed. 
1882. S633 V72. 5050 

Voorhees, E. B. Fertilizers; the 
source, character and composition 
of natural, home-made and manu- 
factured fertilizers; and sugges- 
tions as to their use for different 
crops and conditions, 6th ed., 
1904. S633 V96. 5051 

270 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 


Jonrdier, Angnste. Le materiel agri- 
cole ou deBcription et examen des 
instruments, des machines des ap- 
pareils et des outils. 2me ed. 1856. 
S675 J86. 6052 

[Stabler, Edward] A brief narra^ 
tive of the invention of reaping 
machines; and an examination of 

the claims for priority of inven- 
tion: by a Maryland farmer and 
machinist. 1854. Reprinted. 
1897. S695 S77. 5053 

Swift, R. B. Who invented the 
reaper? An answer to the protest 
statement said to have been filed 
at the treasury department. 1897. 
S695 S97. 5054 


Adlum, John. A memoir on the cul- 
tivation of the vine in America, 
and the best mode of making 
wine. 2d ed. 1828. SB389 A3. 


Bailey, J. M. The book of ensilage; 
or, The new dispensation for 
farmers. Experience with "ensi- 
lage" at Winning farm." How to 
produce milk for one cent per 
quart; butter for ten cents per 
pound; beef for four cents per 
pound; mutton for nothing if wool 
is thirty cents per pound. 1880. 
SB195 B14. 5056 

-Same. 1881. SB195 B15. 5057 

Bailey, Liberty H. Cyclopedia of 
American horticulture, comprising 
suggestions for cultivation of hor- 
ticultural plants, descriptions of 
the species of fruits, vegetables, 
flowere and ornamental plants 
sold in the United States and 
Canada, together with geographi- 
cal and biographical sketches, by 
L. H. Bailey assisted by Wilhelm 
Miller and many expert cultiva- 
tors and botanists. Illustrated 
with over two thousand original 
engravings. 1904. 4 v. SB45 B15 
Ref. 5058 

— Garden-making: suggestions for 
the utilizing of home grounds, 
11th ed. 1906. SB93 B15. 5050 

The principles of fruit-growing. 

6th ed. 1905. SB355 B15. 5060 

Baker, Walter, & co. Cocoa and 
chocolate; a short history of their 

production and use, with a full 
and particular account of their 
properties, and of the various 
methods of preparing them for 
food. [C1886]. SB267 B14. 5061 

Barry, Patrick. The fruit garden; a 
treatise intended to explain and 
illustrate the physiology of fruit 
trees, the theory and practice of 
all operations connected with the 
propagation, transplanting, prun- 
ing and training of orchard and 
garden trees. 1851. SB355 B27. 


Le bon Jardinler almanach. Library 
has 1855, '56. SB7 B69. 5063 

Budd, J. L. American horticultural 
manual. By J. L. Budd assisted by 
N. E. Hansen. 2 v. 1903-04. SB93 
B92. 5064 

Chazotte, P. S. Facts and observa- 
tions on the culture of vines, 
olives, capers, almonds, &c. in the 
southern states, and of coffee, co- 
coa, and cochineal, in East Flori- 
da. 1821. SB355 C51. 5065 

Compton, D. A. The prize essay on 
the cultivation of the potato. 
Prize offered by W. T. Wylie and 
awarded to D. H. Compton. How 
to cook the potato, furnished by 
Prof. Blot. [1870] SB211 P8 C73. 


Courtois-G^rard, — Cours 616mentaire 
de culture maraich^re public sous 
le patronage de la Soci§t6 imperl- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


ale et centrale d 'horticulture. Sine 
ed. 1852. SB99 C86. 6067 

Ooze, WlUlam, of Burlington, New 
Jersey. A view of the cultivation 
of fruit trees» and the manage- 
ment of orchards and cider; with 
accurate descriptions of the most 
estimable yarieties of native and 
foreign apples, pears, peaches, 
plums, and cherries, cultivated in 
the middle states of America. 
1817. SB355 C87. 6068 

Curtis, WiUiam. Practical observa- 
tions on the British grasses, es- 
pecially such as are best adapted 
to the laying down or Improving 
of meadows and pastures: 6th ed., 
with considerable additions, by 
John Lawrence. To which is 
subjoined, a short account of the 
causes of the diseases in com. By 
Sir Joseph Banks. 1824. SB 197 
C97. 6060 

A description and history of vege- 
table substances, used in the arts, 
and in domestic economy. 1830- 
33. 3 V. SB321 V42. 6070 

Downing, A. J. The fruits and fruit 
trees of America; or. The culture, 
propagation, and management, in 
the garden and orchard, of fruit 
trees generally; with descriptions 
of all the finest varieties of fruit, 
native and foreign, cultivated in 
this country. [Rev. and cor.] by 
Charles Downing. 1878. SB355 
D745. 5071 

Fairholt, F. W. Tobacco: its history 
and associations. Including an 
account of the plant and its man- 
ufacture; with its modes of use 
in all ages and countries. 1876. 
SB276 F17. 5072 

Fitz, James. The southern apple 
and peach culturist, adapted to the 
soil and climate of Maryland, Vir- 
ginia, the Carolinas, etc. Con- 
taining full and practical instruc- 
tions in successful culture, graft- 
ing, budding, etc. Also a treatise 
on insects and their extermina- 
tion. 1872. SB363 P54. 6078 

Flagg, W. J. Three seasons in Euro- 
pean vineyards: treating of vine- 
culture; vine disease and its cure; 
wine making and wines, red and 
white; wine-drinking, as affecting 
health and morals. 1869. SB398 
F57. 6074 

France. Commission d'6nqu6te con- 
cernant le tabac. Enqu^te sur les 
tabacs. [1840]. SB273 F81. 6076 

Fream, William. The Rothamsted 
experiments on the growth of 
wheat, barley, and the mixed herb- 
age of grass land. 1888. SB189 F 
84. 5076 

Haines, R. H. The fruit grower's 
friend. An easy guide for the 
raising of fruits, for pleasure or 
profit. 1891. SB115 H77. 5077 

Haraszthy, A. Grape culture, wines, 
and wine-making. With notes on 
agriculture and horticulture. 1862. 
SB388 H26. 5078 

Hayward, Joseph. The science of hor- 
ticulture, including a practical 
system for the management of 
fruit trees, . . . With a commen- 
tary on the works of Bradley, Hitt, 
Miller, Forsyth, Knight, Kirwan, 
Sir Humphry Davy, and Mrs. Ib- 
botson. 1818. SB98 H42. 6O70 

Hedricfc, U. P. The grapes of New 
York, by U. P. Hedrick, assisted 
by N. O. Booth, O. M. Taylor, R. 
Wellington. M. J. Dorsey. 1908. 
SB389 H45. 5080 

(Report of the New York Agri- 
cultural experiment station, 1907. 

Hewitt, Robert, jr. Coffee: its his- 
tory, cultivation, and uses. By 
Robert Hewitt, Jr. 1872. SB269 
H61. 5081 

mstoricQs, pseud. Cocoa: all about 
it. 1896. SB267 H67. 6082 

Hood, W. T. & CO. Descriptive cata- 
logue of fruit and ornamental 
trees, grape vines, small fruits 
shrubs, plants, etc., SB115 H77* 


272 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Harwood, W. S. New creations in 
plant life; an authoritative ac^ 
count of the life and work of 
Luther Burbank. 1905. SB 123 
H34. 5084 

The horttcnltiirist. Library has t. 
2-14, 1847-1869. 6085 

Indiana. Horticultural society. 
Tranfiactions. Library has 1900- 
date. SB21 16 A2. 5086 

Johnson, O. W. The apple; its cul* 
ture, uses, and history. 1847. 2 t. 
SB363 J67. 5087 

The cucumber and the goose- 
berry; their culture, uses, and 
history. 1847. SB337 J67. 5088 

The peach; its culture, uses, 

and history. 1847. SB371 J67. 


culture and cure, marketing and 
manufacture. By J. B. KiUebrew. 
and Herbert Myrick. 1902. SB273 
K48. 5095 

Loudon, J. C. A catalogue of all the 
plants Indigenous, cultivated in 
or introduced to Britain. 1830. 
SB47 L88. 5006 

— The pine apple; its culture, 
uses, and history. 1847. 2 v. SB 
375 J67. 5000 

-The potato; its culture, uses, 

and history. 1847. SB211 P8 J6. 


Jordan, D. S. The scientific aspects 
of Luther Burbank's work, by D. 
S. Jordan and V. L. Kellogg. 1909. 
SB123 J8. 5092 

Kansas. State horticultural society. 
Transactions. Library has 1909. v. 
30. SB21 K2 A2. 5093 

Kenrick, William. The new Ameri- 
can orchardist, or An account of 
the most valuable varieties of 
fruit of all climates, adapted to 
cultivation in the United States, 
with their history, modes of cul- 
ture, management, uses, &c. and 
the culture of silk. With an ap- 
pendix on vegetables, ornamental 
flowers, the agricultural resources 
of America, and on silk, &c. 7th 
ed, enl. and improved. With a 
supplement. 1844. SB355 KJ. 


Killebrew, J. B. Tobacco leaf, its 

An encyclopaedia of gardening; 

comprising the theory and prac- 
tice of horticulture, floriculture, 
arboriculture, and landscape- 
gardening. 3rd ed. 1825. 8B45 
L88. 5007 

McIhCosIi, Charles. The practical 
gardener, and modem horticul- 
turist. 1832. 2 V. SB98 M15. 


MJchlgaa. State horticultural so- 
ciety. Annual report of the 
secretary. Library lias 1890, '93, 
'95, '97-'02, '06, '07, 1909. SB21 
M5 A2. 5099 

Michigan. State pomologlca] society. 
Annual report. Library has 4th, 
1874. SB21 M51. 510O 

Minnesota. Horticultural society. 
History from the first meeting 
held at Rochester in 1866, to the 
last at St. Paul in 1873. Cim- 
prising debates, addresses, essays 
and reports. 1873. SB85 M6. 5101 

Missouri. State board* of horticul- 
ture. Annual report. Library 
has Ist-date, 1907-date. SB21 M8 
A2. 5ioa 

Montana. Horticultural society. Pro- 
ceedings. Library has 1906. SB21 
M9 B2. 5103 

Mcmtana. State board of horticul- 
ture. Biennial report. Library has 
1904, '06, '08. SB21 M9 A3. 5104i 

Nebraska. State horticultural so- 
ciety. Annual report. Library has 
1893, '94, '95. SB21 N2 A2. 5105 

Nicholls, H. A. A. A text-book of 
tropical agriculture. 1900. SBlll 
N61. 510O 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Odart, A. P., comte. Amp61ograpliie 
ou trait6 dee c6pageB les plus es- 
tim^s dans tons les Ylgnobles de 
quelque renom. 1845. SB393 022. 

Same: 4me 6d. SB393 023. 


Oregon. Board of horticulture. Bi- 
ennial report. Library has 1898, 
'03-'09, 1911. SB21 07 A3. 5108 

Palmer, T. G. The beet sugar Indus- 
try of the United States. Ad- 
dresses upon the progress of the 
industry, its economic value ^o 
the nation. Its special importance 
to arid America, and the legisla- 
tion which threatens its destruc- 
tion. 1908. SB219 P3. 5109 

Phillips, Henry. Pomarium britan- 
nicum; an historical and botanical 
account of fruits known In Great 
Britain. 3d ed. 1827. SB367 G7 
P5. 5111 

Qnincy, Joslah. Essays on the soil- 
ing of cattle. Illustrated from ex- 
perience; and an address contain- 
ing suggestions which may be 
useful to farmers . . . With a 
memoir of the author, by Edmund 
Quincy. SB195 Q7. 5112 

K<«ndii« Victor. De la maladie de la 
vlgne dans le midl de la France et 
le nord de ritalie. Rapport 
pr^s^nte & M. le ministre de Tin- 
t^rieur, de Tagriculture et du 
commerce. 1853. SB393 R37. 


Report of the ensilage competition 
of 1884, held In connection with 
the Smithfield club cattle show at 
Islington. Reprinted from "The 
Field" with additions. [1884?] 
SB195 S58. 5114 

Silos for preserving British fodder 
crops stored in a green state. 
Notes on the ensilage of grasses, 
clovers, vetches, etc. Comp. and 
annotated by the sub-editor of 
"The Field." 3d ed.. 1885. SB195 
S58. 5115 

SocieCe Imperiale et centrale d'hor- 
tlculture. Exposition unlverselle 
de 1855. Procds verbaux des st- 
ances du jury pr6c6d6s de la liste 
generale des exposants. 1857. 
SB107 S67. 5116 

Btnbbs, W. G. Sugar cane; a treat- 
ise on the history, botany and 
agriculture of sugar cane. Issued 
by the [Louisiana] State bureau of 
agriculture and immigration. 
[1897?] Library has v. 1. SB231 
S93. 5117 

IT. S. Butreau of manufactures. 
Soya bean and products. Special 
consular reports. 1909. SB205 S7 
U5. 5118 

U. S. Bureau of plant Industry. 
Bulletin. Library has nos. 1-23, 
25-51 (pts. 2, 3, 4, 6), 52-72 
(pts. 1, 2. 3, 4), 73-205, 207-211, 
213. SB19 A4. 5119 


Aaronsohn, Aartm. Agricultural 
and botanical explorations in Pales- 
tine. 1910. (no. 180) 5120 

American pomologlcal society. 
Fruits recommended by the Amer- 
ican pomologlcal society for cultiva- 
tion in the various sections of U. 
S. and Canada. 1909. (no. 161) 


Ball, C. R. The history and dis- 
tribution of sorghum. 1910. (no. 
175) 5122 

^The importance and im- 
provement of the grain sorghums. 
1911. (no. 203) 512S 

^Johnson grass: report of in- 
vestigations made during the sea- 
son of 1901. 1902. (no. 11) 5124 

Soy bean varieties. 1907. 

(no. 98) 5125 

Barrett, O. W. Promising root 
crops for the South. I. — Yautias. 
taros, and dasheens. By O. W. 
Barrett. II. — Agricultural history 
and utility of the cultivated aroids. 
By O. F. Cook. 1910. (no. 164) 


Bartlett, H. H. The source of the 
drug Dioscorea, with a considera- 
tion of the Dioscoreee found in the 
United States. 1910. (no. 189) 


Bentley, H. L. Experiments in 
range improvement in central 
Texas. 1902. (no. 13) 5128 

274 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Bku^, O. F. The determination 
of the deterioration of maize, with 
incidental reference to pellagra. By 
O. F. Black and C. Li. Alsberff. 1910. 
(no. 199) 5129 

BUmchard, H. F. Improvement 
of the wheat crop in California. 
1910. (no. 178) 51S0 

Brand, C J. Cold resistance of 
alfalfa and some factors influencing 
it. By C. J. Brand and L. R. Wal- 
dron. 1910. (no. 185) 51S1 

Grimm alfalfa and its utili- 
zation in the Northwest. 1911. (no. 
209) 51S2 

^A new type of red clover. 

1906. (no. 95) 51SS 

-Peruvian alfalfa: a new 

long-aeason variety for the south- 
west. 1907. (no. 118) 51S4 

Bray, W. L. The mistletoe pest 
in the Southwest. 1910. (no. 166) 


BrlggB, li. J. Dry farmingr in re- 
lation to rainfall and evaporation. 
By L. J. Briggs and J. O. Bels. 
1910. (no. 188) 5136 

Brown, E. A quick method for 
the determination of moisture in 
grain. By Kdgar Brown and J. W. 
T. Duvel. 1907. (no. 99) 5187 

^Wild rice: its uses and pro- 
pagation. By Edgar Brown and 
Carl S. Scofield. 1903. (no. 60) 


Carleton, M. A. The commercial 
status of durum wheat. By M. A. 
Carleton and J. S. Chamberlain. 
1904. (no. 70) 5189 

^Investigations of rusts. 1904. 

(no. 63) 5140 

Macaroni wheats. 1901. (no. 

3) 5141 

^Ten years* experience with 

the Swedish select oat. 1910. (no. 
182) 5149 

Chilcott, K. C. A study of cul- 
tivation methods and crop rotations 
for the Great Plains area. 1910. 
(no. 187) 5148 

Collins, O. N. The avocado* a salad 
fruit from the tropics. 1906. (no. 
77) 5144 

^The mango in Porto Rico. 

1903. (no. 28) 5145 

-A new type of Indian com 

from China. 1909. (no. 161) 5146 

^The value of flrst-generation 

hybrids in corn. 1910. (no. 191) 


Cook, O. F. The culture of the 
Central American rubber tree. 1903. 
(no. 49) 5148 

^Dimorphic branches in trop- 
ical crop plants: cotton, coffee, ca- 

cao, the Central American rubber 
tree, and the banana. 1911. (no. 
198) 5149 

Evolution of cellular struct- 

urea By O. F. Cook and W. T. 
Swingle. 1905. (no. 81) 5150 

Hindi cotton in Egypt. 1911. 

(no. 210) 5151 

^Local adjustment of cotton 

varietiea 1909. (no. 159) 515S 

Methods and causes of evolu- 

Uon. 1908. (no. 136) 5158 

^A study of diversity in Egyp- 
tian cotton. By O. F. Cook, Argyle 
McLachlan and R. M. Meade. 1909. 
(no. 166) 5154 

^The superiority of line 

breeding over narrow breeding. 
1909. (no. 146) 5155 

Suppressed and intensified 

characters in cotton hybrids. 1909. 


Vegetation affected by 

culture in Central America, 




145) 5157 

^Weevil-resisting adaptations 

of the cotton plant. 1906. (no. 88) 


Cotton, J. S. The improvement 

of mountain meadows. 1908. (no. 

127) 5150 

Range management in the 

state of Washington. 1905. (no. 75) 


CovlUe, F. V. Experiments in 

blueberry culture. 1910. (no. 193) 


Crawford, A. C. Barium, a cause 

of the loco-weed disease. 1908. (no. 

129) 5189 

^The use of suprarenal glands 

in the physiological testing of drug 
plants. 1907. (no. 112) 5188 

Coflliman, A« S. The use of felda- 
pathic rocka as fertilizers. 1907. 
(no. 104) 5184 

Davy, J. B. Stock ranges of 
northwestern California: notes on 
the grasses and forage plants and 
range conditiona 1902. (no. 12) 

Dfflman, A. C. Breeding drought- 
resistant forage plants for the 
Great Plains area. 1910. (no. 196) 


Dry land agriculture. Papers 
read at the second annual meeting 
of the Cooperative experiment as- 
sociation of the Oreat Plains area, 
held at Manhattan, Kans.. June 26- 
27, 1907. 1908. (no. 130) 5187 

Doggar, B. M. The principles of 
mushroom growing and mushroom 
spawn making. 1906. (no. 85) 


Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


I>ay<d, Josepb WUllam Tell. The 

vitality and grerminatlon of seeds. 

1904. (no. 58) 5169 
The vitality of hurled jseeds. 

1905. (no. 83) 5170 
EUls, li. W. Traction plowing. 

1910. (no. 170) 5171 

Foirchlld, D. G. Berseem: the 
great forage and soiling crop of 
the Nile Valley. 1902. (no. 23) 


Japanese bamhoos and their 

introduction into America. 1903. 
(no. 43) 5178 

Persian grulf dates and their 

introduction into America. 1908. 
(no. 54) 5174 

Spanish almonds and their 

introduction into America. 1902. 
(no. 26) 5175 

-Three new plant introduc- 

tions from Japan. 1903. (no. 42) 


Ferguson, M. C. A preliminary 
study of Uie germination of the 
spores of Agaricus campestris and 
other basidiomycetous fungi. 1902. 
(no. 16) 5177 

Foeden, 6. P. Notes on Egyptian 
agriculture. 1904. (no. 62) 5178 

Freeman, E. M. The loose smuts 
of barley and wheat. By E. M. 
Freeman and E. C. Johnson. 1909. 
(no. 152) 5179 

Folton, S. H. The cold storage of 
small fruits. 1907. (no. 108) 5180 

Gamer, Wightman IVells. Prin- 
ciples and practical methods of 
curing tobacco. 1909. (no. 143) 


^The relation of the compo- 
sition of the leaf to the burning 
qualities of tobacco. 1907. (no. 
105) 5182 

Gilbert, W. W. The root-rot of 
tobacco caused by Thielavia basl- 
cola. 1909. (no. 158) 5188 

Gould, H. P. Orchard fruits in 
the Piedmont and Blue Ridge re- 
gions of Virginia and the South At- 
lantic States. 1908. (no. 135) 


Summer apples in the Middle 

Atlantic states. 1911. (no. 194) 


Grlffltlis, David. Forage condi- 
tions and problems in eastern 
Waahlngton, eastern Oregon, north- 
eastern California, and northwest- 
em Nevada. 1903. (no. 38) 5186 

^Forage conditions on the 

northern border of the Great Basin, 
being a report upon investigations 
made during July and August, 
1901, in the region between Wln- 

nemucca, Nevada, and Ontario, 
Oregon. 1902. (no. 15) 5187 

The prickly pear and other 

cacti as food for stock. 1905. (no. 
74) 5188 

^The prickly pear as a farm 

crop. 1908. (no. 124) 5180 

^A protected stock range in 

Arizona. 1910. (no. 177) 5100 

Range improvement in Ari- 
zona (Cooperative experiments 
with the Arizona experiment sta- 
tion.) 1901. (no. 4) 5101 

Range investigations in Ari- 
zona. 1904. (no. 67) 5102 
-The reseeding of depleted 

range and native pastures. 1907. 
(no. 117) 5108 

^The "spineless" prickly 

pears. 1909. (no. 140) 5104 

^The tuna as food for man. 

By David Griffiths and R. F. Hare. 
1907. (no. 116) 5105 

Hansen, N. S. The wild alfalfas 
and clovers of Siberia, with a per- 
spective view of the alfalfas of the 
world. 1909. (no. 150) 5106 

Harter, li. U. The influence of a 
mixture of soluble salts, principally 
sodium chlorid, upon the leaf 
structure and transpiration of 
wheat, oats, and barley. 1908. (no. 
134) 5107 

^The variability of wheat va- 
rieties in resistance to toxic salts. 
1905. (no. 79) 5108 

Hartley, G. P. Injurious effects of 
premature pollination: with gener- 
al notes on artlflcial pollination and 
the setting of fruit without pollina- 
tion. 1902. (no. 22) 5100 

Field studies of the crown- 
gall and hairy-root of the apple- 
tree. 1910. (no. 186) 5200 

^Field studies of the crown- 
gall of the grape. 1910. (no. 183)' 


Henkel, Alice. American medi- 
cinal barks. 1909. (no. 139) 5202 

^American root drugs. 1907. 

(no. 107) 520S 

Wild medicinal plants of the 

United States. 1906. (no. 89) 


Hitchcock, A. S. Cultivated for- 
age crops of the northwestern 
states. 1902. (no. 31) 5205 

^Methods used for controll- 

ing and reclaiming sand dunes. 
1904. (no. 57) 5206 

^North American species of 

Agrostis. 1905. (no. 68) 5207 

North American species of 

Leptochloa. 1903. (no. 33) 5208 

Hunter, Byron. Farm practice 

276 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

with forage crops in western Ore- 
gon and western Washington. 1906. 
(no. 94) 5209 

Hnamaim, George O. F. Grape 
investigations in the vinifera re- 
gions of the United States with 
reference to resistant stocks, di- 
rect producers and viniferaa. 1910. 
(no. 172) 5210 

Jensen, C. A. Seasonal nitrifica- 
tion as influenced by crops and 
tillage. 1910. (no. 173) 5211 

Jones, li. R. Disease resistance 
of potatoes. 1906. (no. 87) 5212 

Kearney, T. H. Agricultural ex- 
plorations in Algeria. 1905. (no. 
80) 5213 

^Agriculture without irriga- 
tion in the Sahara desert. 1905. 
(no. 86) 5214 

Breeding new types of Egyp- 
tian cotton. 1910. (no. 200) 5215 

^The comparative tolerance 

of variouB plants for the salts com- 
mon in alkali soils. By T. H. Kear- 
ney and L. L. Harter. 1907. (no. 
113) 5216 

^Date varieties and date cul- 
ture in Tunis. 1906. (no. 92)> 


Dry- land olive culture in 

northern Africa. 1908. (no. 125) 


Egyptian cotton in the 

southwestern United States. By T. 
H. Kearney and W. A. Peterson. 
1908. (no. 128) 5210 

Keilennan, K. F. Bacteriological 
studies of the soils of the Truckee- 
Carson irrigation project. By K. F. 
Kellerman and E. R. Allen. 1911. 
(no. 211) 5220 

^The disinfection of sewage 

eflfluents for the protection of public 
water supplies. By K. F. Keller- 
man. R. W. Pratt and A. E. Kim- 
berly. 1907. (no. 116) 5221 

Farm water supplies of Min- 
nesota. By K. F. Kellerman and H. 
A. Whittaker in cooperation with 
the Minnesota state board of 
health. 1909. (no. 164) 5222 

Knapp, S. A. Recent foreign ex- 
plorations, as bearing on the agrri- 
cultural development of the south- 
ern states. 1903. (no. 36) 5228 

rioew, Oscar. The physiological 
rOIe of mineral nutrients in plants. 
1903. (no. 46) 5224 

The relation of lime and 

magnesia to plant growth. I. Lim- 
ing of soils from a physiological 
standpoint. By Oscar Loew. II. 
Experimental study of the relation 
of lime and magnesia to plant 

growth. By D. W. May. 1901. (no. 
1) 5225 

Ijyon, T. li. Improving the qual- 
ity of wheat. 1905. (no. 78) 5226 

^Pasture, meadow, and for- 
age crops in Nebraska. By T. L. 
Lyon and A. S. Hitchcock. 1904. 
(no. 69) 5227 

McKee, Roland. Orchard green- 
manure crops in California. 1910. 
(no. 190) 5228 

Mason, 8. G. Drought resistance 
of the olive in the southwestern 
states. 1911. (no. 192) 5220 

Merrill, E. D. The North Amer- 
ican species of Spartina. 1902. (no. 
9) 52S0 

Meyer, F. N. Agricultural explo- 
rations in the fruit and nut or- 
chards of China. 1911. (no. 204) 


Moore, G. T. Copper as an algi- 
cide and disinfectant in water sup- 
plies. By G. T. Moore and K« F. 
Kellerman. 1906. (no. 76) 5232 

^A method of destroying or 

preventing the growth of Algae and 
certain pathogenic bacteria in 
water supplies. By G. T. Moore and 
K. F. Kellerman. 1904. (no. 64) 


Soil inoculation for legumes; 

with reports upon the successful 
use of artificial cultures by practi- 
cal farmers. 1906. (no. 71) 5234 

Oliver, G. W. Budding the pe- 
can. 1902. (no. 30) 5235 

The mulberry and other silk- 
worm food plants. 1907. (no. 119) 


^New methods of plant breed- 
ing. 1910. (no. 167) 5237 

The production of Easter 

lily bulbs in the United States. 
1908. (no. 120) 5238 

The propagation of the 

Easter lily from seed. 1903. (no. 
39) 5230 

^The propagation of tropical 

fruit trees and other plants. 1903. 
(no. 46) 5240 

^The seedling-inarch and 

nurse-plant methods of propaga- 
tion. 1911. (no. 202) 5241 

Silkworm food plants: cul- 
tivation and propagation. 1903. 
(no. 34) 5242 

Orton, W. A. Some diseases of 
the cowpea. I. The wilt disease of 
the cowpea and its control. By W. 
A. Orton . . . II. A cowpea* resis- 
tant to root knot (Heterodera rad- 
icicola). By H. J. Webber and W. 
A. Orton. 1902. (no. 17) 5243 

Patterson, Mrs. flora CWam- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


iMMisli) A collection of economic 
and other funerl prepared for dis- 
tribution. 1902. (no. 8) 5244 
— — Some fungous diseases of 
economic importance. I. Miscella- 
neous diseases. By F. W. Patter- 
son and V. K. Charles. II. Pine- 
apple rot caused by Thielariopsis 
paradoza. By F. W. Patterson and 
V. K. Charles and F. J. Veihmeyer. 
1910. (no. 171) 5245 

Pleters, A. J. Kentucky blue 
srass seed: harvesting, curing, and 
cleaning. By A. J. Pieters and Ed- 
gar Brown. 1902. (no. 19) 5246 

Piper, C. V. The Florida velvet 
bean and related plants. By C. V. 
Piper and S. M. Tracy. 1910. (no. 
179) 5247 

Grass lands of the South 

Alaska coast 1905. (no. 82) 5248 

The soy bean; history, vari- 
eties and field studies. By C. V. 
Piper and W. J. Morse. 1910. (no. 
197) 5240 

Powell, G. H. The apple in cold 
storage. By G. H. Powell and 
S. H. Fulton. 1903. (no. 48) 5250 

Cold storage, with special 

reference to the pear and peach. 
By G. H. Powell and S. H. Fulton. 
1903. (no. 40) 5251 

^The decay of oranges while 

in transit from California. By G. 
H. Powell assisted by A. V. Stub- 
enrauch, L. S. Tenny, H. J. Eustace, 
G. W. Hosford, and H. M. White. 
1908. (no. 123) 5252 

^Italian lemons and their by- 
products. I. — ^The Italian lemon 
Industry. By G. H. Powell. II. — 
The by-products of the lemon in 
Italy. By E. M. Chace. 1909. (no. 
160) 5253 

Rabak, fVank. Peach, apricot, 
and prune kernels as by-products 
of the fruit industry of the United 
States. 1908. (no. 133) 5254 

The production of volatile 

oils and perfumery plants in the 
United States. 1910. (no. 195) 


Ragan, W. H. comp. Nomencla- 
ture of the apple; a catalogue of 
the known varieties referred to in 
American publications from 1804 
to 1904. 1906. (no. 66) 5256 

Nomenclature of the pear; 

a catalogue-index of the known va- 
rieties referred to in American 
publications from 1804 to 1907. 
1908. (no. 126) 5257 

Rockwell, J. E. Contents of and 
index to bulletins of the Bureau of 
plant industry nos. 1 to 100, inclu- 

sive. Prepared by J. E. Rockwell. 
1907. (no. 101) 5258 

Rolfs, P. H. The avocado in 
Florida; its propagation, cultiva- 
tion, and marketing. 1904. (no. 
61) 5259 

^Wither-tip and other dis- 
eases of citrous trees and fruits 
caused by Colletotrichum gloeospor- 
ioides. 1904. (no. 62) 5260 

Schrenk, Hermann von. The bit- 
ter rot of apples. By Hermann 
von Schrenk and Perley Spaulding. 
1903. (no. 44) 5261 

^The "blueing" and the "red 

rot" of the western yellow pine, 
with special reference to the Black 
Hills forest reserve. 1903. (no. 36) 


^The decay of timber and 

methods of preventing it 1902. 
(no. 14) 5263 

^A disease of the white ash 

caused by Polyporus fraxinophilus. 
1903. (no. 32) 5264 

Diseases of deciduous forest 

trees. By Hermann von Schrenk 
and Perley Spaulding. 1909. (no. 
149) 5265 

Sap-rot and other diseases 

of the red gum. By Hermann von 
Schrenk. 1907. (no. 114) 5266 

Soofleld, C. S. The Algerian du- 
rum wheats: a classified list with 
descriptions. 1902. (no. 7) 5267 

^The commercial grading of 

corn. 1903. (no. 41) 5268 

^The description of wheat va- 
rieties. 1903. (no. 47) 5269 

Dry farming in the Great 

Basin. 1907. (no. 103) 5270 

^The Truckee-Carson experi- 
ment farm. By C. S. Scofleld and 
S. J. Rogers. 1909. (no. 157) 6271 

Scott, W. M. Apple blotch, a se- 
rious disease of southern orchards. 
By W. M. Scott and J. B. Rorer. 
1909. (no. 144) 5272 

^The control of apple bitter- 
rot 1906. (no. 93) 5273 

^The control of peach brown- 
rot and scab. By W. M. Scott and 
T. W. Ayres. 1910. (no. 174) 5274 

Scrlbner, F. Ik Records of seed 
distribution and cooperative expe- 
riments with grasses and forage 
plants. By F. L. Scrlbner. 1902. 
(no. 10) 5275 

Seeds and plants imported. 
Inventory. Library has bulletin no. 
5, 66, 97, 106, 132. 137. 142. 148, 
153, 162, 168. 176. 205. 207. 208. 


Shamei, A. D. Tobacco breed- 
ing. By A, D. Shamei and W. W. 

278 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Cobey. 1907. (no. 96) 5277 

^Varieties of tobacco seed 

distributed in 1906-6, with cultural 
directions. By A. D. Shamel and 
W. W. Cobey. 1906. (no. 91) 6278 

Shants, H. li. Natural vegetation 
as an indicator of the capabilities 
of land for crop production in the 
Great Plains area. 1911. (no. 201) 


Shaw, H. B. The curly-top of 
beets. 1910. (no. 181) 5280 

Shear, C. li. The control of 
black-rot of the srrape. By C. L. 
Shear and G. F. Miles and L. A. 
Hawkins. 1909. (no. 166) 5281 

Cranberry diseases. 1907. 

(no. 110) 5282 

Skinner, R. P. Manufacture of 
semolina and macaroni. 1902. (no. 
20) 5283 

Smith, E. F. Crown-gall of 
plants: its cauae and remedy. By 
E. P. Smith, N. A. Brown . . . and 
C. O. Townsend. 1911. (no. 213) 

-The dry rot of potatoes due 

to Fusarium oxysporum. By E. F. 
Smith and D. B. Swingle. 1904. 
(no. 65) 5285 

^The effect of black rot on 

turnips: a series of photomicro- 
graphs, accompanied by an explan- 
atory text. 1903. (no. 29) 5286 

SpiUman, W. J. Application of 
some of the principles of heredity 
to plant breeding. 1909. (no. 166) 


Stewart, J. B. The production of 
cigar-wrapper tobacco under shade 
in the Connecticut Valley. 1908. 
(no. 138) 5288 

Swingle, I>. B. Formation of the 
spores in the sporangia of Rhixo- 
pus nigricans and of Phycomyces 
nitens. By D. B. Swingle. 1903. 
(no. 37) 5289 

Swingle, W. T. The date palm 
and its utilization in the south- 
western states. 1904. (no. 63) 


Townsend, C. O. Curly-top, a 
disease of the sugar beet. 1908. 
(no. 122) 52»1 

^The development of single- 
germ beet seed. By C. O. Town- 
send and E. C. Rittue. 1906. (no. 
73) 5292 

^A soft rot of the calla lily. 

1904. (no. 60) 5298 

Tracy, W. W., jr. American va- 
rieties of garden beans. 1907. (no. 
109) 5294 

^American varieties of let- 
tuce. 1904. (no. 69) 5295 

^A list of American varieties 

of peppers. 1902. (no. 6) 5296 

Li»t of American varieties 

of vegetables for the years 1901 
and 1902. 1903. (no. 21) 5297 

^The production of vegeta- 
ble seeds: sweet corn and garden 
peas and beans. 1910. (no. 184) 


Tyler, F. J. Varieties of Amer- 
ican upland cotton. 1910. (no. 163) 


Wehber, H. J. Spermatogenesis 
and fecundation of Zamia. 1901. 
(no. 2) 5S00 

Westgate, J. M. Reclamation of 
Cape Cod sand dunes. 1904. (no. 
66) 5301 

Variegated alfalfa. 1910. 

(no. 169) 5302 

-Observations on the mosaic 

disease of tobacco. 1902. (no. 18) 


— Circular. Library has noa. 1- 
76. SB19 A5. 0804 

•[ Miscellaneous 

SB19 ASS. 



Boys' demonstration work: the 
com clubs. 1911. 5309 

Cooperative experiments with 
forage crops, autumn of 1906- 
spring of 1907. 5307 

Corbett, li. C. The school gar- 
den. 1904. 5308 

Distribution of the Morton cit- 
range in 1906. 5309 

Distribution of the Rusk cit- 
range. Library has 1906, '07. 5310 

Distribution of the Wlllits cit- 
range. Library has 1906, '07. 


ReiBiilts of boys' demonstration 
work in corn clubs in 1910. 5312 

U. 8. Dept. of agriculture. Pro- 
gre68 of the beet-sugar Industry in 
the United States. Library has 
no. 86, 92. SB219 A13. 5813 

U. S. Dept. of agriculture. Division 
of agrostology. Bulletin. Library 
has nos. 1-26. SB197 U5 A4. 



Bentloy, H. Ii. A report upon 
the grasses and forage plants of 
central Texas. 1898. (no. 10) 5315 

Kearney, T. H. Notes on grasses 
and forage plants of the south- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


eastern states. By T. H. Kearney, 
Jr. 1895. (no. 1) 5316 

Kennedy, P. B. Cooperative ex- 
periments with grasses and forage 
plants. By P. B. Kennedy. 1900. 
(no. 22) 5817 

^The structure of the caryop- 

8ls of grasses with reference to 
their morphology and classification. 
By P. B. Kennedy. 1900. (no. 19. 
Rev.) «• 5318 

Nelson, ATen« The red desert of 
Wyoming and its forage resources. 
1898. (no. 13) 5319 

Pummel, L. H. Notes on the 
grasses and forage plants of Iowa, 
Nebraska, and Colorado. 1897. (no. 
9) 5320 

Rydberig, P. A« A report upon 
the grasses and forage plants of 
the Rocky Mountain region. By P. 
A. Rydberg and C. L. Shear. 1897. 
(no. 6) 5321 

Scrihner, F. L. American 
grasses.— [I-III] (lllus.) 1897- 
1900. (no. 7. 17, 20) 5322 

Economic grasses. 1900. (no. 

14. (Rev.) ) 5323 

-Studies on American grasses. 

I. Some recent collections of Mexi- 
can grasses. By F. Lamson-Scrib- 
ner and E. D. Merrill. II. Notes on 
Panicum nitidum Lam., Panicum 
scoparlum Lam., and Panicum 
pubescens Lam. By F. Lamson- 
Scrlbner and B. D. Merrill. III. 
Miscellaneous notes and descrip- 
tions of new species. By F. Lam- 
son-Scrlbner and C. R. Ball. 1900. 
(no. 24) 5324 

-Studies on American grasses. 

The North American species of 
Chaetochloa. By F. Lamson-Scrib- 
ner and E. D. Merrill. 1900. (no. 
21) 5325 



grasses. 1896. (no. 3) 5826 

Shear, C. Ij. Field work of the 
Division of agrostology: a review 
and summary of the work done 
since the organization of the Di- 
vision, July 1, 1896. 1901. (no. 25) 


-Studies on American grasses. 

A revision of the North American 
species of Bromus occurring north 
of Mexico. 1900. (no. 23) 5328 
ftmlth, J. G. Fodder and forage 
plants, exclusive of the grasses. 
1900. (no. 2. (Rev. ed.) ) 5329 

Grazing problems in the 

southwest and how to meet them. 
1899. (no. 16) 5330 

— — Studies on American grasses. 
A synopsis of the genus Sitanion. 

1899. (no. 18) 5331 

Tracy, S. M. A report upon the 
forage plants and forage resources 
of the Gulf States. 1898. (no. 15) 


U. S. Division of agrostology. 
Studies on American grasses. I. 
New or little known grasses. By F. 
liamson-Scribner. II. Leaf struc- 
ture of Jouvea and of Eragrostis 
obtusiflora. By Miss E. L. Ogden. 
1897. (no. 8) 5833 

U. S. Division of agrostology. 
Studies on American grasses. I. A 
revision of the North American 
species of Calamagrostis. By T. H. 
Kearney, jr. II. Descriptions of 
new or little-known grasses. By 
F. Lamson-Scribner. 1898. (no. 11) 


U. S. Division of agrostology. 
Studies on American grasses. I. The 
genus Ixophorus. By F. Lamson- 
Scribner. II. A list of the grasses 
collected by Dr. E. Palmer in the 
vicinity of Acapulco, Mexico, 1894- 
95. By F. Lamson-Scribner. III. 
Some Mexican grasses collected by 
E. W. NeUon in Mexico, 1894-96. 
By F. Lamson-Scribner and J. G. 
Smith. IV. Some American panl- 
cums in the Herbarium Beroll- 
nense and in the herbarium of 
Wind enow. By Theo. Holm. V. 
Native and introduced species of 
the genera Hordeum and Agropy- 
ron. By F. Lamson-Scribner and 
J. G. Smith. VI. Miscellaneous 
notes and descriptions of new spe- 
cies. 1897. (no. 4) 5335 

WOllams, T. A. Grasses and for- 
age plants of the Dakotas. 1897. 
(no. 6) 5386 

A report upon the grasses 

and forage plants and forage con- 
ditions of the eastern Rocky Moun- 
tain region. 1898. (no. 12) 5337 

Circular. Library has nos. 1-15, 

17-86. SB197 US A5. 5338 

U. 8. Dept. of agriculture. Diyialon 
of botany. Bulletin. Library has 
nos. 1, 3, 5-10, 12, 13, 15-29. BS 
19 A8. 5830 


Carleton, M. A. Russian cereals 
adapted for cultivation in the 
United States. 1900. (no. 23) 5340 

Chefinnt, V. K. Principal poison- 
ous plants in the United States. 
1898. (no. 20) 5341 

^The stock -poisoning plants of 

Montana; a preliminary report by 

280 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

V. K. Chestnut and E. V. Wilcox. 
1901. (no. 26) 5S4A 

ColUiis, G. N. Seeds of commer- 
cial saltbushea. 1901. (no. 27) 


Cook, O. F. The chayote: a trop- 
ical vegetable. 1901. (no. 28) 5344 

Shade in coffee culture. 

1901. (no. 25) 5345 

Dewey, Ij. H. Legrislation against 
weeds. 1896. (no. 17) 5346 

^The RusBian thistle: its his- 
tory as a weed in the United States, 
with an account of the means 
available for its eradication. 1894. 
(no. 16) 5347 

GollxralUi, S. J. Vanilla culture as 
practiced in the Seychelles Islands. 

1898. (no. 21) 5348 
Hlcka, G. H. The grermination of 

seeds as affected by certain chemi- 
cal fertilizers. 1900. (no. 24) 5349 

Kalns, Af. G. Chicory growing- as 
an addition to the resources of the 
American farmer. 1898. (no. 19) 


Knapp, S. A. The present status 
of rice culture in the United States. 

1899. (no. 22) 5351 
Nash, G. V. American ginseng: 

its commercial history, protection 
and cultivation. Rev. and extended 
by M. G. Kains. 1898. (no. 16. Rev. 
ed.) 5352 

[NeeJly, G. C] Report of an in- 
vestigation of the grasses of the 
arid districts of Texas, New Mexico, 
Arizona. Nevada, and Utah, in 1887. 
1888. (no. 6) 5353 

Pleters, A. J. The seed coats of 
certain species of the genus Bras- 
sica. By A. J. Pieters and V. K. 
Charles. 1901. (no. 29) 5354 

Report on the experiments made 
in 1888 in the treatment of the 
downy mildew and black rot of the 
grape vine. 1889. (no. 10) 5355 

ScHbner, F. Ij. Black rot (Ltes- 
tadia bidwellii) By F. L.. Scribner 
and Pierre Viala. 1888. (no. 7) 


Report on the experiments 

made in 1887 in the treatment of 
the downy mildew and the black- 
rot of the grape vine, with a chap- 
ter on the apparatus for applying 
remedies for these diseases. 1888. 
(no. 6) 5357 

Smith, E. F. Peach yellows: a 
preliminary report by E. F. Smith. 
1888. (no. 9) 5358 

Vasey, George. Grasses of the 
Pacific slope including Alaska and 
the adjacent islands. Plates and 
descriptions of the grasses of Cal- 
ifornia. Oregon. Washington, and 

the northwestern coast including 
Alaska. 1892-93. (no. 13) Ldbrary 
has pt. 2. 5359 

Grasses of the South. A re- 
port on certain grasses and forage 
plants for cultivation in the South 
and Southwest. 1887. (no. 3) 5360 

Grasses of the Southwest. 

Plates and descriptions of the 
grasses of the desert region of 
western Texas, New Mexico, Arizo- 
na, and southern California. 1890- 
91. 2 V. (no. 12) 5361 

^A record of some of the 

work of the Division, including ex- 
tracts from correspondence and 
other communications. Prepared 
by Dr. Geo. Vasey and B. T. Gallo- 
way. 1889. (no. 8) 5362 

Report of an investigation of 

the grasses of the arid districts of 
Kansas, Nebraska, and Colorado. 
1886. (no. 1) 5363 

Webber, H. J. The water hya- 
cinth, and its relation to navigation 
in Florida. 1897. (no. 18) 5364 

Circular. Library has nos. 1- 

30. SB19 A9. 5365 

U. S. Dept. of agriculture. DiTision 
of microscopy. Food products. Li- 
brary has noB. 1, 2, 3. S21 M4. 



Taylor, Thomas. Eight edible 
and twelve poisonous mushrooms 
of the United States, with direc- 
tions for the culture and culinary 
preparation of the edible species. 
2d rev. ed. 1893. (no. 2) 5367 

1. Improved methods of dis- 
tinguishing between pure and fic- 
titious lard. II. Four edible mush- 
rooms of the United States. 1893. 
(no. 3) 5368 

Twelve edible mushrooms of 

the United States, with directions 
for their identification and their 
preparation as food. Reprinted 
. . . with an appendix. 1894. (no. 
1) 5369 

U. B. Department of agriculture. 
Divleion of pomology. Bulletin. 
Library has nos. 1-10. SB19 A16. 



American pomologlcal codety. 

Catalogue of fruits recommended 
for cultivation in the various sec- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


tions of the United States. Re- 
vised by a committee of the society, 
T. T. Lyon, chairman. 1897. (no. 
6) 5371 

Revised catalogue of fruits 

recommended for cultivation in thQ 
various sections of the United 
States and the British provinces. 
Revised by a committee of the so- 
ciety, W. H. Ragan, chairman. 
1899. (no. 8) 5372 

EUsen, Gnstav. Fig culture. Edi- 
ble figs: their culture and curing. 
By Qustav Eisen. Fig culture In 
the Gulf states. By F. S. Earle. 
1897. (no. 6) 5373 

^The flg: its history, culture, 

and curing with a descriptive cata- 
logue of the known varieties of 
figs. 1901. (no. 9) 5374 

Lake, £3. R. Prunes and prune 
culture in western Europe, with 
special reference to existing condi- 
tions in the Pacific northwest. 1901. 
(no. 10) 5375 

Lyon, T. T. Report on the adap- 
tation of Russian and other fruits 
to the extreme northern portions 
of the United States. 1888. (no. 2) 


•Mmisoii, T. V. Classification and 

generic synopsis of the wild grapes 

of North America. 1890. (no. 3) 

Report on the condition of trop- 
ical and semi-tropical fruits In the 
United States in 1887. 1891. (no. 1) 
Contents. — Tropical and semi- 
tropical fruits in Florida and the 
Gulf states. By P. W. Reasoner. — 
Tropical and semi-tropical fruits of 
California, Arizona, and New Mex- 
ico. By W. G. Klee. 5378 
Report on the relative merit of 
various stocks for the orange, with 
notes on mal dl goma and the mu- 
tual influence of stock and scion. 
1891. (no. 4) 5379 
Taylor, W. A. The fruit industry, 
and substitution of domestic for 
foreign-grown fruits, with histori- 
cal and descriptive notes on ten va- 
rieties of apple suitable for the 
export trade. 1898. (no. 7) 5380 

Nut culture in the United 

States, embracing native and in- 
troduced species. 1896. 5381 

U. B. Dept. of agriculture. Division 
of vegetable physiology and path- 
ology. Bulletin. Library has 
nos. 1-13, 16-29. SB19 A12. 5382 

Garieton, M. A. The basis for 
the improvement of American 

wheats. 1900. (no. 24) 5383 

Cereal rusts of the United 

States: a physiological investiga^ 
tion. 1899. (no. 16) 5384 

DorseCt, P. H. Spot disease of the 
violet (Altemaria viols n. sp.) 
1900. (no. 23) 5385 

Bvans, W. H. Copper sulphate 
and germination. Treatment of 
seed with copper sulphate to pre- 
vent the attacks of fungi. 1896. (no. 
10) 5386 

Fairchild, D. G. Bordeaux mix- 
ture as a fungicide. 1894. (no. 6) 


Galloway, B. T. The effect of 

spraying with fungicides on the 

growth of nursery stock. 1894. (no. 

7) 5388 

Report on the experiments 

made in 1889 in the treatment of 
the fungous diseases of plants. 
1890. (no. 11) 5389 

Report on the experiments 

made in 1891 in the treatment of 

plant diseases. 1892. (no. 3) 5393 

Hays, W. M. Plant breeding. 

1901. (no. 29) 5301 

Loew, Oscar. The physiological 

r6le of mineral nutrients. 1899. 

(no. 18) 5392 

Ortoo, W. A. The wilt disease of 

cotton and its control. 1900. (no. 

27) 5393 

Pierce, N. B. The California vine 

disease. A preliminary report of 

investigations. 1892. (no. 2) 5394 

Peach leaf curl: its nature 

and treatment. 1900. (no. 20) 5395 

Scbrenk, Hermann von. Some 

diseases of New England conifers: 

a preliminary report 1900 (no. 25) 


Two diseases of red cedar, 

caused by Polyporus Juniperinus n. 
sp. and Polyporus cameus Nees. A 
preliminary report 1900. (no. 21) 

Smith, E. F. Additional evidence 
on the communlcability of peach 
yellows and peach rosette. 1891. 
(no. 1) 5398 
^A bacterial disease of the to- 
mato, eggplant and Irish potato. 
(Bacillus solanacearum n. sp.) 
1896. (no. 12) 5399 

The cultural characters of 

Pseudomonas hyacinthi, Ps. camp- 
estris, Ps. phaseoli, and Ps. stewartl 
— four one-flagellate yellow bacteria 
parasitic on plants. 1901. (no. 28) 


ExperimenU with fertilizers 

for the prevention and cure of 
peach yellows, 1889-'92. 1893. (no. 
^> 5401 

282 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

-Wakker's hyacinth germ. 

Pseudomonas hyaclnthl (Wakker). 
1901. (no. 26) 5402 

^Wilt disease of cotton, water- 
melon, and cowpea (Neocosmospo- 
ra nov. gen.) 1899. (no. 17) MM 

Swingle, W. T. Bordeaux mix- 
ture: Its chemistry, physical proper- 
ties, and toxic effects on Fungi and 
Algse. 1896. (no. 9) 5404 

^The principal diseases of cit- 
rous fruits in Florida. By W. T. 
Swingle and H. J. Webber. 1896. 
(no. 8) 5405 

Walter BC B. The pollination of 
pear flowers. 1894. (no. 5) 5400 

Webber, H. J. Sooty mold of the 
orange and its treatment. By H. 
J. Webber. 1897. (no. 13) 5407 

^Xenia, or the immediate ef- 
fect of pollen, in maize. 1900. (no. 
22) 5408 

Woods, A. F. The Bermuda lily 
disease: a preliminary report of in- 
vestigations. 1897. (no. 14) 5409 

-Stigmonose: a diseaae of car- 

nations and other plnka 1900. (no. 
19) 5410 

U, S. mushroom & spawn co., St. 
Paul, Minn. How to grow mush- 
rooms for market. cl908. SB353 
H84. 6411 

Useful and ornamental planting. 
With an index. Published under 
the superintendence of the Societ/ 
for the diffusion of useful know- 
ledge. 1832. SB98 U84. 5412 

Ysabean, A. Lecons 61em6ntalres d' 
horticulture r6dlge^s d'aprds lea 
programmes officiels de Tenselg- 
nement primalre k Tusage des 
6cole8 normales prlmaires, des 
6col66 prlmaires snp^rleures et 
des 6cole8 profeasionnelles. 1858. 
SB99 T91. 5413 



Allen, C. L. Bulbs and tuberous- 
rooted plants. Their history, de- 
scription » methods of propagation. 
1893. SB425 A42. 5414 

Buist, Robert. American flower- 
garden directory: containing 
practical directions for the cul- 
ture of plants In the flower-gar- 
den, hot-house, green-house, 
rooms, or parlor windows, for 
every month in the year. 6th ed., 
1854. SB405 B93. 5415 

Church, E. R. M. The home garden. 
1881. SB405 C56. 5416 

Cook, E. T., ed. Sweet violets and 
pansles. And violets from moun- 
tain and plain. Written by sev- 
eral authorities and ed. by E. T. 
Cook. [1903]. SB413 P2 C7. 


Elliott, J. W. A plea for hardy 
plants, with suggestions for effec- 
tive arrangement. 1902. SB471 
E46. 5418 

Ely, H. R. A woman's hardy gar- 
den, with illustrations from pho- 
tographs [cl903.] SB405 E5. 


Galloway, B. T. Commercial violet 
culture. A treatise on the grow- 
ing and marketing of violets for 
profit. 1899. SB413 V8 G17. 


Greene, M. L. Among school gar- 
dens. 1910. SB453 G7. 5421 

Hmm, C. E. The practical garden- 
book, containing the simplest di- 
rections for the growing of the 
commonest things about the 
house and garden, by C. E. Hunn 
and L. H. Bailey. 5th ed. 1906 
[C1898]. SB455 H93. 5422 

Ijondon, J. C. The villa gardener: 
comprising the choice of a subur- 
ban villa residence; the laying 
out, planting, and culture of the 
grarden and grounds; and the 
management of the villa farm, 
including the dairy and poultry- 
yard. 2d ed. 1850. SB453 L88. 


McFarland, J. H. How to plant the 
home grounds. [1904] SB455 
M14. 5424 

Marshall, Charles. A plain and 
easy introduction to the know- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


ledge and practice of gardening, 
with hints on fish-ponds. 3rd ed. 
considerably enlarged and im- 
proved. 1800. SB467 M36. 5426 

— Same. 5th ed. 1813. 

Newark, N. J. Shade tree commis- 
sion. Annual report. Library- 
has 3rd, 1906. SB483 N7 A3. 


OalLcy, A. F. Home grounds. 1881. 
SB 473 Oil. 6427 

Parsons, SamneL Landscape gar- 
dening. Notes and Buggestions on 
lawns and lawn planting, laying 
out and arrangement of country 
places. 1891. SB472 P3. 6428 

Rhode Island. Metropolitan park 
commission. Annual report. 

Library has 3d, 4th in 1 v. '07. 
'08. SB483 P96. 6429 

Seattle, Wash. Board of park com- 

missioners. Park playgrounds and 
boulevards of Seattle, Washing- 
ton. 1909. SB483 S44. 6430 

Thomas, J. J. The American fruit 
culturist, containing practical di- 
rections for the propagation and 
culture of all fruits adapted to 
the United States, by J. J. Thom- 
as. 2l8t ed., rev. and enl. by W. 
H. S. Wood, illustrated with over 
eight hundred accurate figures. 
1906. SB3B5 T47. 6431 

Wood, John. Hardy perennials and 
old-fasnloned garden fiowers. De- 
scribing the most desirable plants 
for borders, rockeries, and shrub- 
beries, and including both foliage 
and fiowering plants, n. d. SB407 
W87. 6432 

[Wri^t, Mrs. Mabel (Osgood)]. 

The garden of a commuter's wife, 
recorded by the gardener; with 
eight illustrations in photograv- 
ure. [C1901.] SB456 W95. 6433 


Aluood, W. B. Report on the in- 
spection of Nelson county, for the 
San Job6 scale. 1902. 6434 

-Report on the inspection of 

Roanoke county for the San Jo66 
scale. 1901. 6436 

-Report on the inspection of Al- 

bemarle county for the San Jos6 
scale. 1902. 6436 

Connold, E. T. British yegetable 
galls, an introduction to their 
study. Illustrated with one hun- 
dred and thirty full-page plates 
and twenty-seven smaller draw- 
ings. 1902. SB767 C7. 6437 

Georgia. State board of entomology. 
Bulletin. Library has nos. 12, 13, 
18, 21-24, 26, 27, 29-32. SB824 
G4. 6438 

— Circular. Library has no. 6, 8. 
SB824 G41. 6439 

Harris, T. W. A treatise on some of 
the insects injurious to vegetation. 
A new ed., enlarged and im- 
proved, with additions from the 
author's manuscripts and original 
notes. Illustrated by engravings 
drawn from nature under the sup- 
ervision of Professor Agassiz. Ed. 
l)y C. L. FliDt. [C1862] SB931 
H33. 6440 

Hunter, S. J. Alfalfa, grasshoppers, 
bees: their relationship. A re- 
port of the field-work of the de- 
partment of entomology, summer 
of 1898. 1899. SB823 K2 H94. 


niinois. State entomologist. Report. 
Library has 1900. SB824 13. 6442 

Indiana. State entomologist. Horti- 
cultural and bee inspection laws 
of Indiana and nursery laws of 
other states. 1909. SB983 16 A5. 


284 Finding List of Science, Agriculture,|Technology. 

-A preliminary bulletin on some 

economic insecta aod plant dis- 
easoB of Indiana. B. W. Doug- 
lass, state entomologist. 1907. 
SB824 16 AB 1907. 5444 

-Report. Library has 1902. An- 

nual report: 1st, 2d. 1908. '09, 
1910. SB824 16. 5445 

liOdenuui, E. G. The spraying of 
plants; a succinct account of the 
history, principles and practice of 
the application of liquids and pow- 
deiB to plants, for the purpose of 
destroying insects and fungi; by 
E. G. Lodeman with a preface by 
B. T. Galloway. 1903. SB953 L8. 


liOulsiana. Crop pest commission. 
Biennial report. Library has 2d, 
1907. SB824 L8 A3. 5447 

Mickleboroiigh, John. A report on 
the chestnut tree blight, the fun- 
gus, Diaporthe parasitica, Murrill. 
1909. SB608 05 M6. 5448 

Ohio. State board of agriculture. 
Bulletin of the division of nursery 
and orchard inspection. Library 
has no. 1-6. SB983 031. 5440 

^Report of the chief inspector of 

nurseries and orchards. Library 
has 1902-'05, '07. SB983 03. 


Pennsylvania. Department of agri- 
culture. Monthly bulletin of the 
division of zoology. Library has 
an imperfect set from July 1906 
to date. SB990 P4. 5451 

Rhode Island. Board of agriculture. 
The San Joe6 scale (Aspidiotus 
pemiciosus, Comst.) and methods 
of treatment. A. E. Stene. [1908] 
SB939 R26. 5452 

Saunders, William. Insects injuri- 
ous to fruits. Illus. with four 
hundred and forty wood-cuts. 
1883. SB931 S25. 5453 

Stone, A. H. The truth about the 
boll weevil; being some observa- 

tions on cotton growing under 
boll weevil conditions in certain 
areas of Louisiana, Texas and 
Mississippi. By A. H. Stone and 
J. H. Fort. 1910. SB945 B7 S7. 


U. S. Bureau of entomology. Bulle- 
tin. Library has nos. 3-7, 26, 27. 
41-82, 83 (pt. 1), 84-89. 90 (pt. 
1), 94 (pt. 1). SB823 U5 A4. 



Ainslie, C. N. Papers on cereal 
and forage insects. The new 
Mexico range caterpillar. [Hemll- 
euca alivi® Ckll.] 1910. (no. 85. pt. 
v) 5456 

AlnsUe, G. G. Papers on cereal 
and forage insects. The cowpea 
curcuUo. [Chalcodermus seneus 
Boh.] 1910. (no. 86, pt. vlU) 


Association of economic entomol- 
ogists. Proceedings, (new ser., nos. 
2. 6, 8, 17. 20. 26. 31, 37, 
40. 46. 62, 60) Library has 20. 46. 
52, 60, 67. 5458 

Back, E. A. Some miscellaneous 
results of the work of the Bureau 
of entomology. — IX. The woolly 
white-fly [Aleyrodes howardi 
Quaintance], a new enemy of the 
Florida orange. 1910. (no. 64, pt. 
VIII) 5459 

Ball. B. D. Some Insects inju- 
rious to truck crops. The leaf- 
hoppers of the sugar beet and their 
relation to the "curlyleaf" condi- 
tion, (no. 66, p. 33-62. 1909) 


Banks, Nathan. A list of works 
on North American entomology. 

1900. (no. 24. aew ser.) 5461 

^Same. 19^0. (no. 81) 5462 

Chittenden, F. H. A brief ac- 
count of the principal insect ene- 
mies of the sugar beet. 1903. (no. 
43) 546S 

Some insects injurious to the 

violet, rose, and other ornamental 
plants. A collection of articles 
dealing with insects of th\a class. 

1901. (no. 27, new ser.) 5464 

Some insects injurious to 

truck crops. Notes on the cucum- 
ber beetles. By F. H. Chittenden. 
Biologic notes on species of Dia- 
brotica in southern Texas. By H. 
O. Marsh. 1910. (no. 82, pt. VI.) 


Some Insects injurious to 

truck crops. Notes on various 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


truck -crop insects. 1911. (no. 82, 
pt. VII) 5466 

Some miscellaneous tresults 

of the work of the Bureau of en- 
tomology — IX. An Injurious North 
American species of Apion, with 
notes on related forms. 1908. (no. 
64. pt. IV) 5467 

Cooky O. F. Report on the hab- 
its of the kelep, or Guatemalan 
cotton-boll- weevil ant. 1904. (new 
3er., no. 49) 5468 

Carrie, R. P. Catalogue of the 
exhibit of economic entomology at 
the Lewis and Clark centennial ex- 
position. Portland, Oregon, 1906. 
1905. (new ser. no. 53) 5469 

Dean, W. H. Papers on cereal 
and forage insects. The sorghum 
midge. [Contarinia [Diplosis] sor- 
ghlcola Coq.] 1910. (no. 85. pt IV) 


Foster, S. W. Papers on decidu- 
ous fruit insects and insecticides. 
On the nut-feeding habits of the 
codling moth. 1910. (no. 80, pt. V) 


Hammar, A. G. Papers on decid- 
uoua fruit insects and insecticides. 
Life history of the codling moth 
in northwestern Pennsylvania. 
1910. (no. 80, pt. VI) 5472 

Hinds, W. E. Hibernation of the 
Mexican cotton boll weevil. By W. 
E. Hinds and W. W. Yothers. 1909. 
(no. 77) 5473 

Proliferation as a factor in 

the natural control of the Mexican 
cotton boll weevil. 1906. (no. 59) 


Some factors in the natural 

control of the Mexican cotton boll 
weevil. 1907. (no. 74) 5475 

Hooker, W. A. The tobacco 
thrlps, a new and destructive ene- 
my of shade grown tobacco. 1907. 
(no. 65) 5476 

Hopkins, A. D. The Black Hills 
beetle, with further notes on its 
distribution, life history, and meth- 
ods of control. 1905. (no. 66) 


Catalogue of exhibits of In- 
sect enemies of forests and forest 
products at the Louisiana purchase 
exposition, St. Louis, Mo., 1904. 
1904. (no. 48) 5478 

Practical information on 

the scolytid beetles of North Amer- 
ican forests. I. Barkbeetles of the 
genus Dendroctonus. 1909. (no. 
83, pt. I) 5479 

Howard, L. O. Economic loss to 
the people of the United States 
through insects that carry disease. 
1909. (no. 78 rev.) 5480 

The laws in force against in- 
jurious insects and foul brood in 
the United States. Comp. by L. O. 
Howard and A. F. Burgess. 1906. 
(no. 61) 5481 

Preventive and remedial 

work against mosquitoes. 1910. 
(no. 88) 5482 

The principal household in- 
sects of the United States. By L. 
O. Howard and C. L. Marlatt With 
a chapter on Insects afCecting dry 
vegetable foods. By F. H. Chitten- 
den. 1896. (no. 4, new ser.) 5483 

Hunter, W. D. Information con- 
cerning the North American fever 
tick, with notes on other species. 
By W. D. Hunter and W. A. Hook- 
er. 1907. (no. 72) 5484 

The Mexican cotton boll 

weevil. By W. D. Hunter and W. 
E. Hinds. 1904. (new ser.. no. 46) 


^The Mexican cotton boll 

weevil: a revision and amplifica- 
tion of bulletin 45, to include the 
most Important observations made 
In 1904 by W. D. Hunter and W. E. 
Hinds. 1905. (new ser., no. 61) 


Hyslop, J. A. Papers on cereal 
and forage Insects. The smoky 
crane-fly [Tlpula Infuscata Loew] 
1910. (no. 85, pt. VII) 5487 

Johnson, Fred. The grape root- 
worm [Fldla vltlclda] with spec- 
ial reference to investigations in 
the Erie grape belt from 1907 to 
1909. By Fred Johnaon and A. G. 
Hammar. 1910. (no. 89) 5488 

Jones, P. R. Papers on deciduous 
fruit insects and insecticides. Tests 
of sprays against the European 
fruit Lecanlum [Lecanlum cornl 
Bouch^] ahd the European pear 
scale [Epidlaspls pyrlcola Del 
Guer.] 1910. (no. 80, pt. VIII) 


——Papers on insects injurious 
to citrus and other sub-tropical 
fruits. The orange thrlps [Eu thrlps 
cltrl]: a report of progress for the 
years 1909 and 1910. By P. R. 
Jones and J. R. Horton. 1911. (no. 
99. pt. I) 5490 

Marlatt, C. Ij. The periodical 
cicada. 1907. (no. 71) 5491 

^The San Jose or Chinese 

scale. 1906. (no. 62) 5492 

Afarsh, H. O. Some miscellane- 
ous results of the work of the Bu- 
reau of entomology — IX. Notes on 
a Colorado ant. [Formica clnereo- 
ruflbarbis Forel] 1910. (no. 64, pt. 
IX) 649S 

286 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Jome InsectB injurious to 
truck crops. Biologic and economic 
notes on the yellow-bear caterpil- 
lar. [Diacrlsia virginica Fab.] 1910. 
(no. 82. pt. V) M94 

Mlscellaaecms papers on apicul- 
ture. 1911. (no. 75) 5495 

MorrUl, A. W. Fumigation for the 
citrua white fly, as adapted to 
Florida conditions. 1908. (no. 76) 


Papers on the cotton boll 

weevil and related and associated 
insects. The strawberry weevil in 
the south-central states in 1905. 
(no. 63. p. 59-62. 1907) 5497 

Plant-bugs injurious to cot- 
ton bolls. 1910. (no. 86) 5498 

Osborn, Herbert. Insects affect- 
ing domestic animalu: an account of 
the species of importance in North 
America, with mention of related 
forms occurring on other animals. 
1896. (no. 5, new ser.) 5499 

Packard, A. S. The Hessian fly, its 

ravages, habits, enemies and means 

of preventing its increase. 1880. (no. 

4) 55(KI 

Insects injurious to forest 

and shade trees. 1881. (no. 7) 5501 

Papers on deciduous fruit insects 
and insecUcides . . . 1909. (no. 68). 


Parker, W. B. Some insects in- 
jurious to truck crops. The life his- 
tory and control of the hop flea- 
beetle. [Psylliodes punctulata 
Melsh.] 1910. (no. 82, pt. IV) 


Phillips, E. F. Miscellaneous pa- 
pers on apiculture, (no. 75) 5504 

The rearing of queen bees. 

1905. (no. 55) 5505 

Pierce, W. D. Studies of para- 
sites of the cotton boll weevil. 1908. 
(no. 73) 5506 

Quaintance, A. I>. The cotton 
bollworm. By A. L. Quaintance and 
C. T. Brues. 1905. (new ser.. no. 
50) 5507 

Fumigation of apples for the 

San Jose scale. By A. L. Quain- 
tance. 1909. (no. 84) 5508 

Papers on deciduous fruit 

Insects and insecticides. The one- 
spray method in the control of the 
codling moth and the plum curcu- 
lio. By A. L. Quaintance . . . and 
E. L. Jenne. E. W.. Scott and R. W. 
Braucher. 1910. (no. 80. pt. VII) 


Report of the meeting of inspec- 
tors of apiaries. San Antonio. Tex.. 
November 12. 1906. 1907. (no. 70) 


Reports of observations and ex- 
periments in the practical work of 
the division. 1883-94. (no. 3. 4. 18, 
14, 22, 23. 26. 30. 32) Library has 
nofl. 3. 4. 26. 5511 

RlleV» C. V. The cotton worm. 
Summary of its natural history, 
with an account of its enemies, and 
the best means of controlling it; 
being a report of progress of the 
work of the commission. 1880. (no. 
3) 5512 

Rogers, D. M. Report on the field 
work against the gipsy moth and 
the brown-tail moth. By D. M. 
Rogers and A. P. Burgess. 1910. 
(no. 87) 551S 

Sanderson, E. D. Report on 
miscellaneous cotton insects in 
Texas . . . 1906. (no. 57) 5614 

Simpson, C. B. The codling 
moth. 1903. (no. 41) 5515 

Snyder, T. E. Insects injurious 
to forests and forest products. 
Damage to chestnut telephone and 
telegraph poles by wood-boring in- 
sects. 1910. (no. 94. pt. 1) 5516 

Some insects injurious to forests. 
1910. (no. 58) 5517 

Some insects injurious to truck 
crops. 1910. (no. 66) 5518 

Some miscellaneous results of 
the work of the Bureau of ento- 
mology. 1897. (nos. 7. 10, 18, 22. 
30. 38. 44. 54. 64.) Library has no9. 
44. 54. 64. 5519 

Thomas, Cyrus. The chinch-bug. 
its history, characters, and habits, 
and the means of destroying it or 
counteracting its injuries. 1879. 
(no. 5) 5520 

Tltns, E. S. G. Catalogue of the 
exhibit of economic entomology at 
the Louisiana purchase exposition, 
St. Louis. Mo., 1904. Compiled by 
B. S. G. Titus and F. C. Pratt 1904. 
(no. 47 rev.) 5521 

Viekery, R. A. Papers on cereal 
and forage insects. Contributions 
to a knowledge of the corn root- 
aphis. 1910. (no. 85. pt VI) 5522 

Webster, P. M. The chinch bus. 
1907. (no. 69) 552S 

Some insects attacking the 

stems of growing wheat, rye, bar- 
ley, and oats, with methods of pre- 
vention and suppression. 1903. (no. 
42) 5524 

Wojtrlnm, R. S. Fumigation in- 
vestigations in California. (Chemi- 
cal work performed by the Miscel- 
laneous division of the Bureau of 
chemistry.) 1909. (no. 79) 5525 

-Bulletin, technical series. LI- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


brary haB nos. 3, 9» 10, 11, 12 
(pts. 1-9). 13-15, 16 (pts. 1-3), 17 
(pt. 1), 18, 19 (pts. 1-3), 20 (ptB. 
1. 2.) SB823 U5 A6. 5626 


Banks, Natban. A revision of 
the Ixodoidea. or ticks, of the 
United States. 1908. (no. 16) 5527 

^A revision of the Tyrogly- 

phids of the United States. 1906. 
(no. 13) 5628 

Cook, O. F. The social organi- 
zation and breeding habits of the 
cotton-protecting kelep of Guate- 
mala. 1905. (no. 10) 5520 

CoqullleU, D. W. A classifica- 
tion of the mosquitoes of North 
and middle America. 1906. (no. 
11) 5580 

Crawford, J. C. Technical re- 
sults from the gipsy moth parasite 
laboratory. II. Descriptions of cer- 
tain chalcidoid parasites. 1910. 
(no. 19. pt II) 5531 

Hopkins, A. D. Contributions to- 
ward a monograph of the scolytid 
beetles. I. The genus Dendroctonus. 
1909. (no. 17, pt. 1) 5532 

Technical papers on miscel- 
laneous forest insects. I. Contribu- 
tions toward a monograph of the 
bark-weevils of the genus Pissodes. 
1911. (no. 20, pt. 1) 5533 

Revision of the Nematinae 

of North America, a sub-family of 
leaf-feeding Hymenoptera of the 
family Tenthredinldae. 1896. (no. 
3) 5584 

Patterson, T. Ij. Technical re- 
sults from the gipsy moth parasite 
laboratory. III. Investigations into 
the habits of certain Sarcophagi- 
dae. By T. L. Patterson with an 
introduction by W. F. Piske. 1911. 
(no. 19, pt. Ill) 5586 

Pergande, Theodore. The life 
history of two species of plant- lice 
inhabiting both the witch-hazel 

and birch. 1901. (no. 9) 5586 

Hohwer, S. A. Technical papers 
on miscellaneous forest insects. 
II. The genotypes of the sawfliea 
and woodwasps, or the superfamily 
Tenthredinoidea. 1911. (no. 20, pt. 
II) 5537 

Snodgrass, R. E. The anatomy 
of the honey bee. 1910. (no. 18) 


White, G. F. The bacteria of 

the apiary, with special reference 

to bee diseases. 1906. (no. 14) 


-Circular. Library has nos. 20, 

21, 24, 31, 32, 37, 38. 39, 43, 47, 
52, 54-57, 59-93, 95-99. 101-106, 
109, 111-132, 134-136; 2d aeries, 
3-5, 7, 9-11, 13, 15, 16, 19, 25, 
26, 34, 36, 42, 43, 46, 50. SB823 
U5 A5. 5540 

-Insect life. Devoted to the econ- 

omy and life habits of insects, es- 
pecially in their relations to agri- 
culture. 7 y. Library has v. 1, noe. 
1-12; V. 2. noe. 1-5, 7-12; v. 3, 
nos. 1-4, 6-10; v. 4, nos. 9-12; v. 
5, nos. 1, 3-5; v. 6, noe. 1, 3, 4. 
SB823 U5 A8. 5541 

U. S. Dept. of agriculture. Report 
upon cotton insects, prepared un- 
der the direction of the commis- 
sioner of agriculture in pursuance 
of an act of Congress approved 
June 19, 1878. By J. H. Com- 
stock. 1879. SB608 C8 C7. 5542 

Virginia. State crop pest commis- 
sion. Circular. Library has new 
ser., no. 1-5. 5543 

Virginia. State entomologist and 
plant pathologist. Report. Li- 
brary has 4th, 1903-date. 5544 


American forestry association. Pro- 
ceedings. Library haa v. 12, 1897. 
SDl A5. 5545 

Amnions, E. M. Forest reservations 
. . . Address delivered before the 
joint session of the Colorado legis- 
lature, March, 1909, relative to 
the rights in and uses of forest 


1910. SD426 A66. 


Baird, Jean. Arbor day exercise. 
[1903?] SD363 B16. 5547 

Brisbin, J. S. Trees and tree-plant- 
ing. 1888. SD391 B86. 5548 

288 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Browne, D. J. The sylva Americana; 
or a description of the forest trees 
indigenous to the United States, 
practically and botanically con- 
sidered. 1832. SD385 B89. 5549 

-The trees of America; native 

and foreign, pictorially and botan- 
ically delineated, and scientifically 
and popularly described; illus- 
trated by numerous engravings. 
1846. SD385 B88. 5550 

Bnincken, Ernest. North American 
forests and forestry; their rela- 
tions to the national life of the 
American people. 1902. SD373 
B89. 5551 

California. State board of forestry. 
Bulletin. Library has no. l. SD12 
02 Al. 5552 

for the Massachusetts tree planter. 
1906. SD12 M4. 5560 

Indiana. Dept. of public instruction. 
Arbor and bird day. Library 
has 1902, '03, '05-'07. SD363 16. 


Indiana. State board of forestry. 
Annual report. Library has 3rd- 
9th. 190a-'09. SD12 16. 556:2 

California. State forester. Biennial 
report. Library has 3d. 1910. 
SD12 02 A2. 6553 

Colorado. Dept. of public instruc- 
tion. Arbor day book. Library has 
1906, '07, ' 09, '10. SD363 06. 


Connecticut. Laws, statutes, etc. 
Connecticut laws relating to for- 
ests. Compiled by Austin P. 
Hawes, state forester. 1905. SD 
566 08. 5555 

Davey, John. A new era in tree 
growing. 2d ed. [cl907] SD391 D 
25. 5556 

Femow, B. E. Economics of fores- 
try; a reference book for students 
of political economy and profes- 
sional and lay students of forestry. 
2d ed. [1902] SD371 F36. 5557 

Forest planting leaflet. Library has 
noe. 1-24. SDll A7. 5558 

Hampton, Va. Normal and agricul- 
tural institute. Arbor day sugges- 
tions. 1908. SD363 H23- 5550 

(The Hampton leaflets, n. s. v. 3, 
no. 2, Nov., 1907) 

Hawley, R. C. Practical suggestions 

Bulletin. Library has no. 1, 2. 

1901, '02. SD12 161. 5563 

Instructions for making forest 
maps and surveys. (Rev. Nov. 16, 
1909.) 1910. SD360 U5. 5564 

Iowa. Department of education. Se- 
lections for arbor and bird day 
memorial day. Library has 1906. 
SD363 18. 5565 

DMEaine. Forest commissioner. Re- 
port. Library has 4th, 5tn, 1902, 
'04, 1910. SD12 M2. 5566 

Massachusetts. State forest service. 
Bulletin. Library has nos. 1-4. 
SD12 M4. 5567 

Leaflet. Library has no. 1-3. SD 

12 M42. 5568 

Michigan. Forestry commission. The 
advance movement in Michigan 
forestry. [1905] SD144 M5 A3. 


— Report. Library has 1901, '04, 
'06, '08. SD12 M5. 6570 

Some questions answered con- 
nected with a vital subject. 
[1905O] SD144 M5 A35. 5571 

Minnesota. Forestry board. Bulle- 
tin. Library has nos. 2, 3. SD12 
M65. 5573 

— Pillsbury forest. Report of the 
survey and working plan. Sept. 
20, 1902. SD12 M65. 5574 

Report. Library has 1904. SD 

12 M63. 5575 

IVIinnesota. Laws, eUtutes, etc. 
Forest reserves. An act to encour- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


age the growing and preservation 
of forests, and to create forest 
boards and forest reserves, and to 
appropriate money therefor. 
[1899] SD428 A2 M6. 5676 

New Hampshire. Forestry commis- 
sion. Report. Library has 1885, 

1904. bD12 N4. 5577 

New York (State) Commissioners of 
state parks. Annual report. Li- 
brary has 1st. 1873. SD428 N5 
A2. 5678 

New York, Forest preserve board. 
Annual report. Library has 2(1, 
3d, 1898, '99. SD12 N7 5379 

Northrop, B. G. Tree planting and 
schools of forestry in Europe, with 
other papers. 1879. SD381 N87. 


Ohio. State commissioner of com- 
mon schools. Arbor day. Li-^ 
brary has 1902, *03, '05. '08-'10. 
SD363 032. 5581 

Oregon. State board of forestry. Bi- 
ennial report. Library has 1st, 
1908. SD12 07. 6582 

Pennsylvania. Department of for- 
estry. Report. Library has 1901- 
'04. SD12 P4. 5583 

Phythian, J. Ernest. Trees in nature, 
myth and art. [1907] SD3T3 P 
57. 5584 

Pinchot, Glfford. A primer of for- 
estry ... By Gilford Pinchot, 
forester. 1899-1905. 2 v. SD373 
P64. 5585 

Pratt, J. H. The Southern Appala- 
chian forest reserve. Reprinted 
from the Journal of the Ellsha 
Mitchell scientific society for Dec. 

1905. SD428 S72 P91. 5586 

Rhode Island. Commissioner of 
forestry. Annual report. Library 
hos 2nd-4th. 1907-'09, 1911. SD 
12 R4. 5587 

Rhode Island. Department of educa- 
tion. Arbor day annual. Library 
has 19(f9, 1910. SD363 R4. 5588 

Silvical leaflet. Library has 3-6, 8-42, 
49. SDll A6. 5589 

U. S. Bureau of forestry. Bulletin. 

Library has nos. 2, 4-10, 13-19, 

21, 24, 26, 27-74, 76, 78-83. SDll 

A4. 5590 


Allen, E. T. The western hem- 
lock. 1902. (no. 33) 5591 

Bailey, Vernon. Wolves in rela- 
tion to atock, £rame, and the na- 
tional forest reserves. 1907. (no. 
72) 559d 

Bolsen, A. T. The commercial 
hickories. By A. T. Boisen and J. 
A. Newlin. 1910. (no. 80) 5593 

Braniff, E. A. Grades and 
amount of lumber sawed from yel- 
low poplar, yellow birch, sugar 
maple, and beech. 1906. (no. 73) 


Bray, W. L. Forest resources of 
Texas. 1904. (no. 47) 5595 

The timber of the Edwards 

plateau of Texas; Its relation to 
climate, water supply, and soil. 

1904. (no. 49) 5596 
Chapman, O. S. A working plan 

for forest lands in Berkeley Coun- 
ty, South Carolina. 1905. (no. 66) 

Chittenden, A. K. Forest condi- 
tions of northern New Hampshire. 

1905. (no. 55) 5598 
^The red gum. By A. K. 

Chittenden. With a discussion of 
the mechanical properties of red 
gum wood. By W. K. Hatt. 1905. 
(no. 58) 5599 

Same rev. ed. 1906. 

Clements, P. B. The life history 
of lodgepole burn forests. 1910. 
(no. 79) 5600 

Clothier, G. li. Advice for forest 
planters in Oklahoma and adja- 
cent regions. 1905. (no. 65) 5601 

Cooper, A. W. Sugar pine and 
western yellow pine in California. 

1906. (no. 69) 5602 
Coville, F. V. Forest growth and 

sheep grazing in the Cascade 
Mountains of Oregon. 1898. (no. 
IS) 5603 

Fairchild, D. G. Systematic 
plant Introduction: its purposes 
and methods. 1898. (no. 21) 5604 

Femow, B. B. Timber physica 
Part I. Preliminary report . . . 
1892. (no. 6) 5605 

What is forestry? 1891. (no. 

6) 5606 

Flsh», R. T. The redwood. I. A 

290 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

study of the redwood. By R. T. 
Fisher. II. The brown rot disease 
of the redwood. By Hermann von 
Schrenk. III. The Insect enemies 
of the redwood. By A. D. Hop- 
kins. 1903. (no. 38) 6607 

Foley, John. Conservative lum- 
beriner at Sewanee, Tennessee. 1903. 
(no. 39) 6608 

Foreet Influences. I. Introduc- 
tion and summary of conclusions. 
By B. E. Fernow. 2. Review of 
forest meteorolofirlcal observations: 
a study preliminary to the discus- 
sion of the relation of forests to 
climate. By M. W. Harrington. 3. 
Relation of forests to water sup- 
plies by B. B. F«rnow. 4. Notes 
on the sanitary significance of 
forests. By B. E. Fernow. Appen- 
dix 1. Determination of the true 
amount of precipitation and its 
bearing on theories of forest in- 
fluences. By Cleveland Abbe. Ap- 
pendix 2. Analysis of rainfall with 
relation to surface conditions. By 
a. B. Curtis, (no. 7) 5600 

Forest products in the United 
States, (no. 74. 77) 5610 

Forest reserves in Idaho. 1905. 
(no. 67) 5611 

Fox, W. F. A history of the lum- 
ber Industry in the state of New 
York. 1902. (no. 34) 6612 

^The maple sugar Industry. 

By W. F. Fox and W. F. Hubbard. 
With a discussion of the adultera- 
tions of maple products. By H. W. 
Wiley. 1905. (no. 59) 6618 

GlfTord, J. C. The Luquillo forest 
reserve, Porto Rico. 1905. (no. 54) 


Graves, H. S. Practical forestry 
in the Adlrondacks. 1899. (no. 
26) 5616 

Protection of forests from 

fire. 1910. (no. 82) 5616 

^The woodlot: a handbook 

for owners of woodlands in south- 
ern New England. By H. S. Graves 
and R. T. Fisher. 1903. (no. 42) 


^The woodsman's handbook. 

Rev. ed. Part I. 1903. (no. 36) 


^The woodsman's handbook 

(rev. and enl.) By H. S. Graves 
and B. A. Zlegler. 1910. (no. 36) 


Han, W. H. The forests of the 

Hawaiian Islands. 1904. (no. 48) 


The hardy catalpa. I. The 

hardy catalpa in commercial plan- 

tations, by "Wl U Hall. II. The 
diseases of the hardy catalpa by 
Hermann von Schrenk. 1902. (no. 
37) «^«21 

Herty, C. H. A new method of 
turpentine orcharding. 1903. (no. 
40) fi«22 

Hodson, K. R* Rules and speci- 
fications for the grading of lum- 
ber adopted by the various lum- 
ber manufacturing associations of 
the United States. 1906. (no. 71) 

Hosmer, R. S. A forest working 
plan for township 40, Totten and 
Crossfleld purchase. Hamilton 
County, New York state forest pre- 
serve. By R. S. Hosmer and E. S. 
Bruce, preceded by a discussion of 
conservative lumbering and the 
water-supply, by F. H. Newell. 
1901. (no. 30) 6624 

Hubbard, W. F. The basket wil- 
low. By W. F. Hubbard with a 
chapter on Insects injurious to the 
basket willow, by F. H. Chittenden. 
1904. (no. 46) 6625 

Keffer, C. A. Experimental tree 
planting in the plains. 1898. (no. 
18) ^ 5«26 

Kellogg, R. S. Forest belts of 
western Kansas and Nebraska. 
1905. (no. 66) 6627 

^Forest planting in western 

Kansas. 1904. (no. 52) 6628 

The forests of Alaska. 1910. 

(no. 81) 5629 

Kempton, H. B. The planting of 
white pine in New England. 1903. 
(no. 45) 5«W> 

McClatchie, A. J. Bucalypts cul- 
tivated In the United States. 1902. 
(no. 35) 5«»i 

ACobr, Charles. Notes on the red 
cedar. 1901. (no. 31) 66S2 

The timber pines of the 

southern United States by Charles 
Mohr, together with a discussion of 
the structure of their wood by Fll- 
ibert Roth. 1896. (no. 13) 56»» 
Olmsted, F. B:. A working plan 
for forest lands near Pine Bluff, 
ArkanssA 1902. (no. 32) 5634 

Pettis, C. R. How to grow and 
plant conifers in the northeastern 
states. 1909. (no. 76) 5685 

Plnchot, Gilford. A primer of 
forestry. 1905. 2 v. (no. 24) 66S6 

Reed, F. W. Report on an ex- 
amination of a forest tract in west- 
ern North Carolina. 1905. (no. 60) 


A working plan for forest 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


]and3 in central Alabama. 1906. 
(no. 68) 5638 

Report on the forest conditions 
of the Rocky Mountains, and other 
papers; with a map showingr loca- 
tion of forest areas on the Rocky 
Mountain rangre. 1888. (no. 2) 


Roth, Flllbert. Forestry condi- 
tions and interests of Wisconsin. 
By Filibert Roth with a discussion 
by B. E. Fernow. 1898. (no.l6) 


Timber: an elementary dis- 
cussion of the characteristics and 
properties of wood. 1895. (no. 10) 


Schrenk, Hermann tod. Cross- 
tie forms and rail fasteniners, with 
special reference to treated tim- 
bers. 1904. (no 60) 5642 

Report on the condition of 

treated timbers laid in Texas, Feb- 
ruary. 1902. 1904. (no. 61) 5643 

Seasoning of timber. By 

Hermann von Schrenk assisted by 
Reynolds HiU. 1903. (no. 41) 


Schwarz, G. F. The diminished 
flow of the Rock River in Wiscon- 
sin and Illinois, and its relation to 
the surrounding: forests. 1903. 

(no. 44) 5645 

Sherfesee, W. F. Wood preser- 
vation in the United States. 1909. 
(no. 78) 5646 

Shemurd, T. H. A working plan 
for forest lands in Hampton and 
Beaufort counties. South Carolina. 
1903. (no. 43) 5647 

A short account of the big trees 
of California. 1900. (no. 28) 5648 

Simpson, J. M. Osier culture. 
1898. (no. 19) 5649 

Spalding, V. BC The white pine 
(Pinus strobus Linnaeus) by V. M. 
Spalding. Rev. and enl. by B. E. 
Fernow with contributions: Insect 
enemies of the white pine by F. H. 
Chittenden. The wood of the white 
pine by Filibert Roth. 1899. (no. 
22) 5650 

Spring, S. N. The natural re- 
placement of white pine on old 
fields in New England. 1906. (no. 
€3) 5651 

Sndworth, G. B. Check list of 
the forest trees of the United 
States, their names and ranges. 
1898. (no. 17) 5652 

The forest nursery: collec- 
tion of tree seeds and propagation 
of seedlings. 1900. (no. 29) 5658 

Nomenclature of the arbor- 

escent flora of the United States. 
1897. (no. 14) 5654 

Terms used in forestry and log- 
ging. Prepared in cooperation with 
the Society of American foresters. 
1906. (no. 61) 5655 

Tlemann, H. D. Effect of mois- 
ture upon the strength and stiff- 
ness of wood. 1906. (no. 70) 5656 

Timber physics. Part II. Pro- 
gress report. Results of investiga- 
tions on long-leaf pine (Pinus 
palustris). 1893. (no. 8) 5657 

Toiimey, J. W. Practical tree 

planting in operation. 1900. (no. 

27) 5658 

Tratman, K. C R. Report on the 
use of metal railroad ties and pre- 
servative processes and metal tie- 
plates for wooden ties. By E. E. R. 
Tratman. (Supplementary to re- 
port on the substitution of metal 
for wood in railroad ties, 1890) 
1894. (no. 9) 5659 

U. S. Public lands commission. 
Grazing on the public lands. Ex- 
tracts from the report of the Public 
lands commission. 1906. (no. 62) 


Woodruff, G. W. comp. Federal 
and state forest laws. 1904. (no. 
67) 5661 

Zon, Raphael. Chestnut in south- 
em Mpryland. 1904. (no. 63) 5662 

The forest resources of the 

world. 1910. (no. 83) 5663 

^Loblolly pine In eastern Tex- 
as, with special reference to the 
production of cross- ties. 1906. (no. 
64) 5664 

— Field program. Library haa 
July. 'OB-Feb., '06, Aug. '06, Feb.. 
Dec. '07, Feb.-Oct., '08. SDll A9. 


— Forest trees of the Pacific slope. 
By G. B. Sudworth. 1908. SD143 
S94. 5606 

— National forest reserves In the 
U. S.. Alaska, and Porto Rico. 
Library has Feb., July-Nov., 1905; 
Jan. 1906, Jan., Oct., 1907. SDll 
A91. 6667 


SDll A92. 


Directions and specifications for 
building: telephone lines on the na- 
tional forests. 1907. (no. 6) 5669 

Extent and importance of the 

292 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

chestnut bark disease. By E. R. 
Hodson. Ib08. (no. 2) 5670 

Grazing: trespass by drifting 
stock. 1^08. (no. 3) 6671 

The green book. Instructions re- 
latinsr to salaries, travel and field 
expenses* cost keepingr* property 
accountability, and the preparation 
of accounts in accordance with the 
fiscal regulations. 1907. (no. 9) 


Instructloiis for making forest 
maps and surveys, (no. 1) 5673 

Rate schedules. Tables of graz- 
ing fees for the national forest re- 
serves. 1906. (no. 6) 5674 

Ttmber preservation and timber 
testing at the Louisiana purchase 
exposition. 1904, (no. 8) 5675 

The use of the national forests. 
1907. (no. 7) 5676 

-The use book; regulationB and 

InstructioiiB for the use of the na- 
tional forest reserves. Library has 
1906-'08, 1910-date. SDll AZ. 


U. S. Cong. House. Committee on 
agriculture. Hearings before 

committe on bills having for 
their object the eetablishment of 
forest reserves in the eouthem Ap- 
palachian and White mountains. 

1906. SD426 A5 U5 1906. 5678 

U. S. Dept. of agriculture. Message 
from the President of the United 
States, transmitting a report of 
the secretary of agriculture in re- 
lation to the forests, rivers and 
mountains of the southern Appa- 
lachian region. December 19, 
1901. 1902. SD143 U5. 5679 

U. S. Weather bureau. A report on 
"The influence of fores us on cli- 
mate and on floods," by W. L, 
Moore. 1910. SD425 U5 1910. 


The use of the national forests. 

1907. SD426 U5. 5681 

West Virginia. Dept of free schools. 
Arbor and bird day annual. Li- 
brary has 1911. SD363 W4. 5682 

Wisconsin. Department of education. 
Arbor and bird day annual. Li- 
brary has 1904, '05, '07. SD363 
W8. 5683 

Wisconsin. State forester. Annual 
report. Library has 1st 1906. SD 
12 W6. 5684 


Bardonnet des Martels, — . Trait6 des 
maniements, des 6preuves et des 
moyens de contention et de gouv- 
erne qu'on emploie sur les espdcee 
domestiques chevaline, bovine, 
ovine et porcine. 1854. SF75 B24. 


Concours r^gionaux d'animaux re- 
producteurs, d 'instruments, ma- 
chines ustensiles ou appareils a 
I'usage de I'industrie agricole. 
Compte rendu. Library has 1853- 
1857. SF15 F8 C7. 5687 

The Fanner's library. Animal econ- 
omy, [n. d.] 2 V. SF71 F23. 


France. Minlstdre de I'agricultnre 
et du commerce. Concours d'ani- 
maux reproducteurs m&les d 'in- 
struments, machines, ustensiles ou ! 

appareils k I'usage de I'industrie 
agricole et des divers produits de 
I'agriculture ou des difT^rentes in- 
dustries agricoles tenu k Versail- 
les du 8 au 18 Octobre 1850. 1851. 
SF15 F8 C71. 5689 

GeoflTroy Saint-HUaire, Isidore, 1805- 
1861. Rapport g6n6ral sur les 
questions relatives & la domestica- 
tion et & la naturalisation des ani- 
maux utiles address^ & M. le min- 
istre de I'agriculture et du com- 
merce. 1849. SF87 F81 G34. 


Henderson, Andrew. The practical 
grazier; or, a treatise on the prop- 
er selection and management of 
live stock; likewise a proper sys- 
tem of management pointed out, 
for grazing farms of different 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


soils, in various climates and ait- 
uationfi. 1S26. SF71 H49. 5691 

Henry, W. A. Feeds and feeding, a 
hand-book for the student and 
stockman. 6th ed., 1904. SF95 H 
52. 5692 

S^faine. Commissioners on contagious 
diseases of animals. Report. Li- 
brary has 1900. SF13 M3. 5693 

Massachusetts. Board of cattle 
commiBsioners. Annual report. 
Library has 1895. SF13 M4. 5604 

Ohio. State board of agriculture. 
OflScial report of the secretary on 
commercial feed stuffs licensed to 
be sold. Library has 1904, '05, 
•07. SF97 03. 5696 

Paris. Ck>ncours agricole universel, 
1856. Catalogue des animaux, 
machines, instruments et produits 
ezposte. 1856. SF15 F8 C73c. 


Oompte rendu. 1857. SF15 F8 

C73. 5698 

Soci6t6 zoologique d'acclimatation. 
Bulletin. 1854. Library has Ist, 
1854. SF29 S67. 5699 

Thi^bant de B^neaud, Arsenne. 

Trait6 de I'^ducation des animaux 
domestiques. 1823. 2 Y. SF75 
T42. 5699a 

Thomson, R. I>. Experimental re- 
searches on the food of animals, 
and the fattening of cattle. With 
remarks on the food of man. 1846. 
SF9& T48. 5700 


Armsby, H. P. Manual of cattle- 
feeding. The laws of animal nutri- 
tion and the chemistry of feeding- 
stuffs in their application to the 
feeding of farm-animals. With 
illustrations and an appendix of 
useful tables. 1880. SF203 A73. 


Association of state and national 
food and dairy departments. An« 
nual convention. Library has 7th, 
1904. SF221 A84. 5702 

Bellamy, P. La vache bretonne, 
utile au riche, providence da 
pauve. 1857. SF196 B8 B4. 5703 


Caldwell, O. C. Oleomargarin. [Re- 
printed from the Journal of the 
Franklin institute, September 
1892] 1892. SF268 C14. 5704 

Carr, William. The history of the 
rise and progress of the Killerby, 
Studley and Warlaby herds tf 
shorthorns. 1867. SF199 S5 C3. 


Chicago. Civic federation. Health 
and sanitation committee. Analy- 

ses of Chicago markef milk. A 
report July 1904. SF257 C53. 


Colorado. State dairy oommiaeioner. 
Semi-annual report. Library has 
1903-'04. SF226 C6. 5707 

Complete grazier; or farmer's and 
cattle-breeder and dealer's assis- 
tant. By a Lincolnshire grazier. 
4th ed. rev., cor., enl., and greatly 
improved. 1816. SF197 C73. 


Concours d'animaux de boucherie. 
Oompte rendu. Library has 1844- 
49, in 1 v.; 1850. 1851, 1853, 
1854, 1855, 1857. SF191 074. 


Decker, J. W. Cheese making. Ched- 
dar, Swiss, brick, Limburger, 
Edam, cottage. 1905. SF271 D 
285. 5710 

Gera, F. De la fabrication du from- 
■age, par le F. Gera. Tr. de I'ltal- 
ien par V. Rendu . . . Traduc- 
tion oouronn6e par la Soci6t6 
royale et centrale d'agriculture. 
1843. SF271 G35. 5711 

294 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Illinois. General assembly. Jaint 
committee on tuberculin test and 
pasteurization of milk. Joint com- 
mittee of House and Senate to in- 
veetigate the tuberculin test and 
the pasteurization of milk and its 
products, under House Joint reso- 
lution number 20 . . . Evidence 
taken before the Committee. 
[1910] SF253 14. 5712 

Indiana. State dairy association. An- 
nual report. Ldbrary has 18th and 
19th, 1908. '09, 1910. SF225 16. 


liawrence, B. The complete cattle- 
keeper, or, farmer's and grazier's 
guide. Hints to dairymen, on the 
best construction of the cow-house. 
A description of the internal 
structure of neat cattle. The proper 
treatment of calves and lambs. 
1832. SF197 L40. 5714 

Lawrence, John. A general treatise 
on cattle, the oz, the sheep, and 
the swine: comprehending their 
breeding, management, improve- 
ment and diseases. 2d ed. with 
additions. 1809. SF197 L42. 5715 

lie Oontenlx, Gostave. Animaux de 
la race courte come am61ior6e 
dite race de Durham, dissends 
d'aprte nature par Gustave Le 
CouteuU, suivant les or d res de 
Monsieur le Ministre de I'agricul- 
lure et du commerce, et sur les 
indioations de M. Lefebvre-Ste.- 
Marle. SF199 D9 L4. 5716 

liefebvre-Ste. -Marie, G. De la race 
bovine courte come am61ior6e 
dite race de Durham en Angle- 
terre aux Etat Unis d' Amfirique 
et en France. 1849. SF193 S5 
L48. 5717 

Michigan. Dairy and food depart- 
ment. Bulletin. Library has no. 
91, March, 1903. SF225 M511. 


National association of state dairy 
and food departments. Journal of 
proceedings of the annual conven- 
tion. Library has 8th, 1904. SP 
226 N27. 5721 

Nebraska. Dairsnmen's association. 
Annual report. Library has 1st, 
1894. SF225 N2. 

Ohio. Dairy and food commissioner. 
Annual report. Library has 15th- 
23rd, 1900-'08, '09. SF225 031. 


Ohio. Dairymen's association. Re- 
port. Library has 1904, '05, '07. 
SF226 03. 5724 

Oregon. Dairy and food commission- 
er. Biennial report. Library has 
1899, '07, '09, 1911. SF226 07. 

Report. Library has 1896-1906, 

'08. SF225 M51. 5719 

Michigan. Dairymen's association. 
Annual report. Library has 1896, 
1898-'09, 1910. SF225 M5. 5720 

PennsylTania. Department of agri- 
culture. Monthly bulletin of the 
dairy and food division. Library 
has July-Dec, 1906, v. 4, no. 6- 
11. Feb.-Nov., 1907, v. 5, no. 1- 
10. Dec, 1908, v. 6, no. 11. v. 7, 
no. 12, V. 8, no. 2-7, 11, 12. SF 
225 P4. 5720 

Texas. Dairy and food commission- 
er. Annual report. Library has 
1st, 1908. SF225 T4. 5727 

Tisserant, Engt^ne. Guide des pro- 
priStaires et des cultivateurs dans 
le choix I'entretien et la multipli- 
cation dee vaches laiti^res. 1858. 
SF239 T61. 5728 

Vermont. Cattle commission. Re- 
port. Library has 1902-'08, '10. 
SF191 V5. 572» 

Wing, H. H. Milk and its products; 
a treatise upon the nature and 
qualities of dairy milk, and the 
manufacture of butter and cheese. 
8th ed., 1904. SF251 W77. 5730 

[Yonatt, William]. Cattle; their 
breeds, management, and diseases; 
with an index. Published under 
the superintendence of the Society 
for the diffusion of useful know- 
ledge. 1838. SF197 Y6. 5781 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



The American stud book, contftining 
full pedigrees of all the imported 
thorough-bred etallions and mares, 
with their produce, including the 
Arabs, Barbs, and Spanish horses, 
from the earliest accounta of rac^ 
ing in America, to the end of the 
year 1872, also all the native 
mares and their produce. By S. D. 
Bruce. 1873-1894. v. 1-6. SP293 
A51. 6782 

Annales des haras et de I'agricul- 
ture; pub. par une eoci6t6 d'ele- 
veurs, de profesaeurs et d'anciens 
616veB de I'Ecole royale des haraa. 
Library has v. 1-3; 1845-47. SP 
285 P6. 6733 

Boigne, Cbarles de, b. 1808. Du che- 
yal en France. 1843. SF283 B67. 


Bonley, H. Ecole royale v^t^rinaire 
d'alfort. Discours pronouncd & la 
distribution dee prix faite sous la 
pr6sidence de M. Dittmer. le 30 
aotlt 1845. 1845. SF293 F81. 


Cook, T. A. Eclipse & O'Kelly; being 
a complete history so far as is 
known of that celebrated English 
thoroughbred Eclipse (1764- 
1789), of his breeder the Duke of 
Cumberland & of his subsequent 
owners William Wildman, Dennis 
O'Kelly & Andrew O'Kelly, now 
for the first time set forth from 
the original authorities & family 
memoranda. 1907. SF355 El C7. 


Cumieiif baron de. Lecons de science 
hippique g^n^rale ou trait6 com- 
plet de I'art de connaitre, de gou- 
vemer et d' 61ever le cheval. 1855- 
1857. 2 V. SF285 C97. 6787 

]>odge, T. A. Riders of many lands. 
1894. SF309 D64. 6788 

Dnvall, Charles. Instructions for 
training. [1835]. SF285 M41. 


(Mason, R. The gentleman's 
new pocket farrier p. 405-408) 

Dwyer, Francis. On seats and sad- 
dles, bits and bitting, and the pre- 
vention and cure of restiveness in 
horses. 1869. SF309 D98. 6740 

France. Miniature des travauz pub- 
lics. Stud book francais, registre 
des chevaux de pur sang nSs ou 
import^s en France. 1838. 2 v. 
SF293 F81. 6741 

The general stud-book, containing 
pedigrees of race horses, &c. from 
the earliest accounts to the year 
1826 inclusive. 1827. 3 v. SF293 
G32. 6742 

Girardin, A. comte de. Sur I'^tat de 
la population chevaline en France, 
et sur ees consequences, k Mon- 
sieur le ministre de I'agriculture 
et du commerce. 1844. SF293 F 
81. 6748 

-Vingt pages k lire ou la ques- 

tion chevaline simplifi^e, par Cte 
A. de Girardln, et le Marquis de 
Torcy. 1843. SF293 F81. 6744 

Herbert, H. W. Frank Forester's 
horse and horsemanship of the 
United States and British pro- 
vinces of North America. With 
steel-engraved original portraits 
of celebrated horses. 1857. 2 v. 
SF283 H53. 6746 

The horse; with a treatise on 
draught; and a copious index. 
Published under the superinten- 
dence of the Society for the dif- 
fusion of useful knowledge. 1831. 
SF285 H81. 6740 

Honel, E. O. Trait6 complet de 
r^ldve du cheval en Bretagne, sta- 
tistique hippique de la circonscrip- 
tion du d^pOt d'^talons de Lang- 
onnet. 1842. SF291 H83. 5747 

Large, Alfred. Appendix to Stone- 
henge's work on the horse, in the 
stable and the field: containing 

296 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

diseases Indigenous 
1869. SF285 W22. 

to America. 

liawrence, Richard. An inquiry into 
the structure and animal economy 
of the horse; comprehending the 
diseases to which his limhs and 
feet are subject, with proper di- 
rections for shoeing. To which is 
added, an attempt to explain the 
laws of his progressive motion, on 
mechanical and anatomical prin- 
ciples. A new ed. rev. and cor. [n. 
d.] SF285 L42. 5749 

Mason, Richard. The gentleman's 
new pocket farrier, comprising a 
general description of the noble 
and useful animal the horse. 6th 
ed. with additions. To which is 
added, a prize essay on mules; and 
an appendix. Also, an addenda, 
containing annals of the turf, 
American stud book, rules for 
training, racing, &c. 1835. SF285 
M41. 5750 

QPontet, — .Repertoire historique des 
chevaux de race pure en France 
Ire partie.-Reproduction. (1801 
& 1853). 1856. SF293 P8. 5751 

La question chevaline consid6r6e 
sous le point de vue national, 
agricole, dconomique et militaire. 
1843. SF293 F81. 6752 

Rarey, J. S. A new illustrated edi- 
tion of J. S. Rarey's Art of taming 
horses. 1859. SF287 R22. 5753 

Richard, A. (?) De la conformation 
du cheval suivant les lois de la 
phjrsiologie et de la m^canique. 
[n. d.] SF279 R51. 5754 

Richmond Jockey club. Rules and 

regulations of the Richmond Jock*. 

ey club. [1835] SF285 M41. 5755 

(Mason, R. The gentleman's new 

pocket farrier, p. 409-420) 

Skeavington, George. The modern 
system of farriery; comprehend- 
ing the present entire improved 
mode of practice, according to the 
rules laid down at the royal vet- 
erinary college, [n. d.] 8F285 
S62. 5756 

South Carolina Jockey club. South 
Carolina jockey club; [a history 
of the turf in South Carolina] 
Charleston. 1857. SF347 S72. 


Torcy, marquis de. Des remontes de 
Tarm^e, et de leurs rapports avec 
I'agriculture. 2me ed. 10 Avril, 
1842. SF293 F81. 5758 

Trevathan, C. E. The American 
thoroughbred. 1905. SF293 T5 
T8. 5759 

Walsh, J. H. The horse, in the stable 
and the field: his varieties, man- 
agement in health and disease, 
anatomy, physiology, etc. New ed. 
1869. SF285 W22. 5760 

Yonatt, William. The horse, by Wil- 
liam Youatt. A new ed., with 
numerous illustrations together 
with a general history of the 
horse; a dissertation on the Amer- 
ican trotting horse, how trained 
and Jockeyed, an account of his 
remarkable performances; and an 
essay on the ass and the mule, by 
J. S. Skinner. 1843. SF285 Y67. 



little, John. Practical observations 
on the improvement and manage- 
ment of mountain sheep, and the 
sheep farms: also remarks on 
stock of various kinds. 1815. SF 
375 L77. 5762 

Malingi6-Nonel, E. li. A. Considera- 
tions sur les betes a laine au mil- 

ieu du xlxe siecle, en notice sur 
la race de la charmoise. Litho- 
graphies de Soulange-Tessier, d' 
aprds les dessins de Rosa Bon- 
heur. 1851. SF375 M25. 5763 

Montana. Board of sheep commis- 
sioners. Annual report. Library 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


has 1897. '98, 1902-*04, 1906- 
•08, 1909-1910. SF371 M9. 5764 

Oregon. Board of Bheep commission- 
ers. Annual report. Library has 
1st, 1907. SF371 07. 5765 

Randall, H. 8. 1811-1876. Sheep 
husbandry in the South: compris- 
ing a treatise on the acclimation 
of sheep in the southern states, 
and an account of the different 
breeds. Also, a complete manual 
of breeding, summer and winter 
management, and of the treat- 
ment of diseases. In a series of 
letters from H. S. Randall to R. 
P. W. Allston. 1849. SP375 R191. 


Sheep: their breeds, management 
and diseases. To which is added 

the mountain shepherd's manual. 
Published under the superintend- 
ence of the Society for the dif- 
fusion of useful knowledge. 1837. 
SP375 Y69. 5767 

Spooner, W. C. The history, struct- 
ure, economy, and diseases of the 
sheep. In three parts. Illustrated 
with fine engravings from draw- 
ings by W. Harvey. By W. C. 
Spooner. 1844. SP375 S76. 5768 

Youatt, WUUam. Sheep: their 
breeds, management, and diseases. 
Pub. under the superintendence 
of the Society for the diffusion of 
useful knowledge. To which are 
added, remarks on the breeds and 
management of sheep in the 
United States, and on the culture 
of fine wool in Silesia. 1851. SP 
375 Y68. 5769 


Harris, Joseph. Harris on tbe pig. 
Breeding, rearing, management, 
and improvement. cl870. SF395 
H31. 5770 

Indiana. State board of agriculture. 
Special report on the hog. 1900. 
SF396 16. 5771 

YouaU, William. The pig: a treat- 
ise on the breeds, management, 
feeding, and medical treatment, of 

• swine; with directions for salting 
pork, and curing bacon and hams. 
1847. SP395 Y67. 5772 

Birds. Oogs. Cats. 

Adams, H. G. Cage and singing 
birds: how to catch, keep, breed, 
and rear them. With full direc- 
tions as to their nature, habits, 
food, diseases, etc. 1854. SP461 
A21. 5773 

The American kennel club stud book. 
Official. Library has v. 1-22, 1878- 
1905. SP423 A51. 5774 

Dog stories from the "Spectator". 
Being anecdotes of the intelligence, 
reasoning power, affection and 
sympathy of dogs, selected from 
the corresponding columns of the 
"Spectator". With an introduc- 
tion by J. S. L. Strachey. 1895. 
SP437 D65. 5775 

The field dog stud book; an authen- 
tic register of names, colors, ages, 
pedigrees, sex, winnings and own- 
ers of field dogs, on the American 
continent. Issued annually. 1901. 
Library has v. 1 & 2. SF423 P45. 


Hill, J. W. The management and 
diseases of the dog. 3d ed. [1888?] 
SP427 H64. 5777 

Jesse, G. R. Researches into the his« 
tory of the British dog, from an- 
cient laws, charters, and historical 
records. With original anecdotes, 
and illustrations of the nature and 
attributes of the dog. Prom the 
poets and prose writers of ancient, 

298 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

medieyal, and modern times. ( about them. SF447 S6. 5779 

1866. 2 V. SF437 J68. 5778 

Young, E. B. My dogs in the North- 
Simpson, Frances. Cats and all land. [1902] SF437 Y71. 5780 


Bement, C. N. The American poul- 
terer's companion: a practical 
treatise on the breeding, rearing 
and general management of the 
various species of domestic poul- 
try. 5th ed. 1847. SF487 B45. 


Ferguson, George. Ferguson's illus- 

trated series of rare and prize 
poultry, including comprehensive 
essays upon all classes of domestic 
fowL 1854. SF487 F35. 5782 

Shackleton, James. System in poul- 
try practice, by James Shackleton. 
C1903. Library has v. 1, 1905. 
SF487 S52. 5783 


Bevan, Edward. The honey-bee; its 
natural history, physiology and 
management. 1827. SF525 B57. 


The cottage bee keeper; or sugges- 
tions for the practical manage- 
ment of amateur, cottage and farm 
apiaries, on scientific principles. 

By a country curate. 1851. SP 
525 C84. 5785 

Debeauvoys, J. B. Guide de Tapicul- 
teur. 3me 6d. 1851. SF527 D2. 


Honter, S. «f. The honey-bee and its 
food plants, with special reference 
to alfalfa. 1899. SF523 H94. 



Annates de la societe sericicole, 
fondle en 1837, pour la propaga- 
tion et I'amelioration de I'indus- 
trie de la sole en France. 1842- 
1849. Library has v. 5-9, 11, 12, 
1841-'45, 1847, '48. SF541 A61. 


Boyer, F. De la culture du mdrier, 
par F. Boyer et G. de Labaume. 
1845. SF557 B79. 5788a 

Homergne, John d*. Essays oh 
American silk, and the best means 
of rendering it a source of indiv- 
idual and national wealth, with 
directions to farmers for raising 
silk worms. By John d'Homergue 
and P. S. Duponceau. 1830. SF 
545 H76. 5789 

Charrel, J. Traits des magnaneries. 
1848. SF549 C48. 5700 

Boullenois, Fr6d6ric de. Conseils 
aux nouveaux ^ducateurs de vers 
2l sole, r§sum6 des m6thodes et 
des pratiques 2L suivre pour plant- 
er des mdriers, construire des 
magnaneries, 61ever les vers & 
sole et filer les cocons. 1842. SF 
549 F38. 5791 

Ferrier, — . De la filature ou de Tart 
de tirer la sole des cocons. Ex- 
trait des annales de la eoci^t^ 
s6ricole, 3e numero. [1842?] SF 
549 F38. 5792 

Julien, A. S., originally Noel. Re- 
sume des principaux trait^s chin- 
ois sur la culture des mfiriers et 
r^ducation des vers d, sole, tr. par 
Stanislas Julien. Publi6 par ordre 
du ministre des travaux publics, 
de Tagriculture et du commerce. 
1837. SF549 F38. 5793 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



Bovrgaignon, H. On the cattle 
plague: or, contagious typhus in 
honied cattle. 1869. SF967 03 
B7. «795 

Chaavean, J. B. A. The comparative 
anatomy of the domesticated ani- 
mals. Rev. and enl., with the co- 
operation of S. Arloing. 2d ed. Tr. 
and ed. hy George Fleming. 1873. 
SF761 05. 5796 

OatOT, FWincis. Every man his own 
farrier; containing the causes, 
symptoms, and most approved 
methods of cure for every disease 
to which the horse is liable. 25th 
ed., with numerous additions and 
corrections. To which \b added, a 
practical treatise on the most pre- 
valent diseases of dogs. 1826. SF 
955 061. 5707 

Ooimecticiit. Oommissioners on dis- 
eases of domestic animals. Report. 
Library has 1881, *95, '96. Special 
report June, 1890. SF624 08. 


Curtice, Cooper. The animal para- 
sites of sheep. 1890. SF968 S17. 


Delafond, H. M. O. Instruction sur 
la pleuro-pneumonie ou p6ripneu- 
monie contagieuse dee bfites bo- 
Tlnes de la vall6e de Bray (Seine- 
inferieure). 1840. SF964 D33 


^Traite sur la maladie de poit- 

Tine du gros b6tail, connue sous le 
nom de p6ripneumonie contagie- 
use. 1844. SF964 D33. 5801 

^Trait6 sur la maladie de sang 

des betes a laine. 1843. SF964 
D33. 5802 

Downing, Joseph. A treatise on the 
disorders incident to homed cat- 
tle, comprising a description of 
their symptoms, and the most ra- 
tional methods of cure. To which 
are added receipts for curing the 
gripes, staggers, & worms in 
horses. SF961 D75. 5803 

Hinds, John. The veterinary sur- 
geon; a treatise on all the dis- 
eases and accidents to which the 
horse is liable. With considerable 
additions and improvements, par- 
ticularly adapted to this country, 
by T. M. Smith. 1830. SF955 H66. 


Illinois. General assembly. Joint 
committee on tuberculin test and 
pasteurization oi milk. Repori, 
1911. 1911. SF808 13. 5805 

Illinois. State board of live stock 
commissioners. Annual report. Li- 
brary has 21st-date, 1906-date. SF 
624 13. 5806 

-Bulletin. Library has nos. 1, 3, 

Sept., 1910; no. 2, Nov., 1910. SF 
624 132. 5807 

— Laws of the state of Illinois re- 
lating to contagious and infectious 
diseases among domestic animals. 
Oruelty to animals and meat in- 
spection. 1909. SF624 13. 1909. 


— Revised list of veterinary sur- 
geons licensed. 1911. SF624 137. 


Rules and regulations. Library 

has 1909. SF624 131. 5810 

Obidiana. State veterinarian. Annu- 
al report. Library has '04, '06, 
'08, '09. SF624 16. 5811 

Maine. Legislature. Joint special 
committee to investigate cause of 
outbreak of disease among tne 
cattle at the state college farm. 
iReport with testimony taken be- 
fore the committee. 1887. SF961 
M22. 5812 

Mayhew, £2dward. The illustrated 
horse doctor. To which are added 
epidemic influenza, compiled from 
lectures and reports of Prof. A. S. 
Oopeman, prepared by Midy Mor- 
gan, and practical horseshoeing, 
by Q. Fleming. 1873. SF955 M46. 


300 Finding List of^ Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Blichigan. Live stock sanitary laws. 
Comp. under tiie supervision of F. 
G. Martindale, secretary of state. 
1910. SF624 M6 A3 1910. 5814 

Michigan. Live stock sanitary com- 
mission. Biennial report. Library 
has 1900-'06, Sth-llth. SF624 M 
5. 5815 

Montana. Board of stock commis- 
sioners. Annual reports of the 
board, of the state veterinarian, 
and the recorder of marks and 
brands. Library has 1898, '02, 
1904-'06, '08. SF624 M9. 5816 

Montana. State veterinary depart- 
ment. Bulletin. Library has G-no. 
1, S-no. 2. SF624 M9 A2. 5817 

Ohio. State board of live stock com- 
missioners. Annual report. Li- 
brary has 1901-'05, '07, '09. SF 
624 03. 5818 

Bulletin. Library has no. 2, 

1903; no. 5, Nov., 1909. SF624 O 
35. 5819 

Oregon. Domestic animal commis- 
sion. Report. Library has 1907. 
SF624 07. 5820 

Pearson, Leonard. Diseases and 
enemies of poultry. 1897. SF995 
P36. 5821 

Pennsylvania, State livestock sani- 
tary board. Circular. Library has 
no. 7, 16, 18. SF624 P4. 58229 

Texas. Live stock sanitary commis- 
sion. Report. Library has 1908. 
SF624 T4. 5823 

U. S. Bureau of animal industry. 
Annual report. Library has 6th, 
1889; 9th. '92; 12th, '95; 25th, 
'08. SF623 U5 A2. 5824 

-Bulletin. Library has nos. 1-4, 

6-28, 30-35, 37, 39-100, 102-126, 
129, 131. SF623 U5 A4. 5825 

Alvord, H. E. The milk supply 
of two hundred cities and towns. 

By H. K. Alvord and R. A. Pearson. 
1903. (no. 46) 5826 
Statistics of the dairy. Com- 
piled from the United States cen- 
sus for 1890, with explanatory 
notes. 1896. (no. 11) 5827 
Statistics of the dairy. Com- 
piled from the United States cen- 
sus for 1900 with explanatory 
notes. 1903. (no. 65) 5828 
Armsby, H. P. The available 
eneriry of timothy hay. Investiga- 
tions with the respiration calorime- 
ter in cooperation with the Penn- 
sylvania state college agricultural 
experiment station. By H. P. 
Armsby and J. August Fries. 1903. 
(no. 51) 5829 

Energy values of red clover 

hay and maize meal. Investigations 
with the respiration calorimeter, in 
cooperation with the Pennsylvania 
state college agricultural experi- 
ment station. By H. P. Armsby 
and J. A. Fries. 1905. (no. 74) 

Feeding for meat produc- 
tion. 1908. (no. 108) 5831 
Association of experiment station 
veterinarians. Proceedings of the 
second annual meeting, Omaha, 
Neb.. Sept. 8, 1898. 1898. (no. 22) 


Ayers, 8. H. The bacteriology of 

commercially pasteurized and raw 

market milk. By S. H. Ayers and 

W. T. Johnson, jr. 1910. (no. 126) 

Bicknea, F. W. The animal in- 
dustry of Argentina. 1903. (no. 
48) 5834 

Bolton, B. M, The bacteriolytic 
power of the blood serum of hogs. 
1907. (no. 95) 5835 

Brown, E. W. Digestion experi- 
ments with poultry. 1904. (no. 56) 

Campbell, H. C. Leucocytes in 
milk: methods of determination 
and the effect of heat upon their 
number. (In cooperation with 
Pennsylvania state livestock sani- 
tary board.) 1909. (no. 117) 5837 
Ciiapln, R. M. The analysis of 
coal-tar creosote and cresylic acid 
sheep dips. 1908. (no. 107) 5838 
Chnbbnck, Ijevl. The dairy in- 
dustry in Missouri and Kansas. 
1897. (no. 18) 5839 

Conference of federal and state 
repreeentatlves to consider plans 
for the eradication of the catUe 
tick, Nashville, Tenn., 1906. Pro- 
ceedings. 1907. (no. 97) 5840 
Conn, H. W. The Camembert 
type of soft cheese in the United 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


states. By H. W. Conn, Charles 
Thom, A. W. Bosworth, W. A, 
Stockingr, Jr., and T. W. Issajeff. 
1905. (no. 71) 5841 

Crawley, Howard. Studies on 
blood and blood parasites. 1909. 
(no. 119) 5842 

District of Columbia. Medical 
society. Committee on public 
health. Rabies. Report of the 
Committee. 1900. (no. 25) 5848 

Doane, O. F. The influence of 
lactic acid on the quality of cheese 
of the Cheddar type. 1910. (no. 
123) 5844 

Investigations in the manu- 
facture and curing of cheese. VI. 
— The cold curing: of American 
cheese, with a digest of previous 
work on the subject. 1906. (no. 
85) 5845 

The milk supply of twenty- 
nine southern cities. 1905. (no. 70) 


^Varieties of cheese: descrip- 
tions and analyses. By C. F. Doane 
and H. W. Lawson. 1908. (no. 105) 


Dorset, Marion. The etiologry of 
hog cholera. By M. Dorset, B. M. 
Bolton and C. N. McBryde. 1905. 
(no. 72) 5848 

^Further experiments con- 
cerning the production of immuni- 
ty from hog cholera. By M. Dor- 
set, C. N. McBryde, and W. B. 
Niles. 1908. (no. 102) 5849 

Dox, A. W. The intracellular en- 
zyms of Penicillium and Aspergil- 
lus, with special reference to those 
of Penicillium camemberti. 1910. 
(no. 120) 5850 

Proteolytic changes in the 

ripening of Camembert cheese. 
1908. (no. 109) 5851 

Dnggar, J. F. Experiments in 
beef production in Alabama. By J. 
F. Duggar and W. F. Ward, 1908. 
(no. 103) 5852 

Fossum, Andre^v. The poultry 
and egg industry of leading Euro- 
pean countries. 1904. (no. 65) 


Fries, J. A. Investigations in the 
use of the bomb calorimeter in co- 
operation with the Pennsylvania 
state college agricultural experi- 
ment station. 1907. (no. 94) 5854 

^Methods and standards in 

bomb calorimetry. Investigations 
in cooperation with the Institute 
of animal nutrition of the Pennsyl- 
vania state college. 1910. (no. 124) 


German meat regulations, with 

original texts. 1903. (no. 50) 


Gilbert, B. D. The cheese indus- 
try ot the state of New York. 1896. 
(no. 15) 5857 

Gray, C. £. Investigations in the 
manufacture and storage of butter. 
I. — The keeping qualities of but- 
ter made under different conditions 
and stored at different tempera- 
tures. By C. E. Gray. With re- 
marks on the scoring of the butter 
by Q. L. McICay. 1906. (no. 84) 


Gray, D. T. Beef production in 
Alabama. I. Cost of raising the 
cattle. II. "Wintering steers pre- 
paratory to summer fattening on 
pasture. III. Fattening cattle on 
pasture. By D. T. Gray and W. F. 
Ward. 1911. (no. 131) 5859 

Griffiths, David. Feeding prick- 
ly pear to stock in Texas. 1906. 
(no. 91) 5863 

Hall, M. C. The gid parasite and 
allied species of the cestode genus 
Multiceps. 1910. (no. 125) Li- 
brary has part 1. 5861 

Hare, R. F. Experiments on the 
digestibility of prickly pear. 1908. 
(no. 106) 5862 

Hickman, R. W. Description 
and treatment of scabies in cattle. 
1902. (no. 40) 5863 

Issajeff, T. W. Investigations in 
the manufacture and curing of 
cheese. VII. — Directions for mak- 
ing the Camembert type of cheese. 
1907. (no. 98) 5863a 

Kennedy, W. J. Cattle, sheep, 
and hog feeding in Europe. 1905. 
(no. 77) 5864 

Kllbome, F. L. Miscellaneous 
investigations concerning infectious 
and parasitic diseases of domesti- 
cated animals by F. L. Kilborne. V. 
A. Moore, E. C. Schroeder, Theo- 
bald Smith, and C. W. Stiles. 1893. 
(no. 3) 5865 

Jjane, C. B. The cold storage of 
cheese. (Experiments of 1903-4) 
1906. (no. 83) 5866 

— • — -Market milk investigations. 
II. — The milk and cream exhibit at 
the National dairy show, 1906. 
1906. (no. 87) 5867 

Medical milk commissions 

and the production of certified milk 
in the United States. 1908. (no. 
104) 5868 

The milking machine as a 

factor in dairying (a preliminary 
report) I. — Practical studies of a 
milking machine. By C. B. Lane. 
II. — Bacteriological studies of a 
milking machine. By W. A. Stock- 

302 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

ing. 1907. (no. 92) 5869 

Records of dairy cows In the 

United States. 1^05 (no 75) 5870 
Laws (federal, state and terrlto- 
rial) relating to contagious and in- 
fectious diseases of animals. 1902 
and 1903. 1904. (no. 64) 5871 
McBryde, C. N. Filtration experi- 
m^te with Bacillus cholerie suis 

1909. (no. 113) , 5^®;/ 
^The germicidal va ue of li- 
quor cresolls composltus (U. ^-^'^ 

'''liiGi^' t'I American bS 
of^^X'V-The Wyandotte 

1901. (no. 31) _^*** 

Mflwh, C. D. The loco-weed dls- 

easTof the plains. 1909. (no. 112)^ 

Btudv of tubercle bacilli from va- 
ried sources. By J. R- Mohler and 
H J. Washburn. 1907. <««>• J5> 

^Foot-rot of sheep: its na- 
ture cause, and treatment. By J. 
R^^kSSler and H. J. Washburn 

1904. (no. 63) ^nk of 

^Infectiveness of milk or 

cowa which have reacted to the 
tuberculin test 1903. (no. ^40 

Necrotic stomatitis. with 

special reference to its occurrence 
m calves (calf diphtheria) and pl^ 

(sore mouth). ^yJ'^\J^''^J^^ 
and G. B. Morse. 1905. (^0.^67) 

^The need of controlling and 

standardizing the nianufacture of 

veterinary tetanus f ^1*^^°^*": ^?^-i- 
R. Mohler and Adolph Elchhorn. 
1909. (no. 121) 5880 

Takosis, a contagious dis- 
ease of goats. A preliminary report 
on Its nature, cause a^^ prevention. 
By J. R. Mohler and H. J. Wasn- 
burn. 1903. (no. 45) 5881 

^Texas fever (otherwise 

known as tick fever splenetic fev- 
er or southern cattle fever), with 
methods for its prevention. 1905 

inck 78 > oo9^ 

Monrnd, J. H. The dairy Indus 
try in Nebraska. South I^akota. and 
North Dakota. 1896. (no. 16) 6883 

Moore, V. A. Cornstalk disease 
and rabies in cattle. An investi- 
gation into the nature, cause, and 
means of Preventing the cornstak 
disease (Toxaemia maldis) of cattle. 
By V. A. Moore. A disease in cat- 
tle not distinguishable from rabies. 
By V. A. Moore. Chemical exami- 
nation of cornstalks presumably 
the cause of cornstalk disease in 

cattle. By E. A. de Schweinitz. 
1896. (no. 10) 5884 

Pearl, Raymond. A blometrical 
study of egg production In the do- 
mestic fowl. By Raymond Pearl, 
and F. M. Surface. 1909. Library 
has parts 1, 2. (no. 110) 5885 

Pearson, B. A. Dairy schools. 
1896. (no. 17) 5886 

National and state dairy 

laws. 1900. (no. 26) 5887 

-Notes upon dairying in Cal- 

ifornia and the export of California 
butter to the Orient. 1900. (no. 
24) 5888 

Ransom, B. H. The gid parasite 
(Ccenurus cerebralis): its presence 
In American sheep. 1905. (no. 
66) 5889 

— — Manson's eye worm of 
chickens (Oxyspirura mansoni) 
with a general review of nema- 
todes parasitic in the eyes of birds, 
and notes on the spiny-suckered 
tapeworms of chickens (Davalnea 
echinobothrida (Taenia botrio- 
plltes) and D. tetragona). 1904. 
(no. 60) 5890 

Rasmussen, Frederik. Cattle 
breeders' associations in Denmark. 
1911. (no. 129) 5891 

Rogers, li. A. The bacteria of 
pasteurized and unpasteurized milk 
under laboratory conditions. 1905. 
(no. 73) 5892 

The influence of acidity of 

cream on the flavor of butter. By 
L. A. Rogers and C. B. Gray. 1909. 
(no. 114) 589S 

Investigations In the manu- 
facture and storage of butter. II. — 
Preventing molds in butter tubs. 
1906. (no. 89) 5894 

^The relation of bacteria to 

the flavors of Cheddar cheese. 1904. 
(no. 62) 5895 

Studies upon the keeping 

quality of butter. I. Canned butter. 
1904. (no. 57) 5896 

Rommel, O. M. American breeds 
of beef cattle with remarks on ped- 
igrees. 1902. (no. 34) 5897 

The hog industry. Selection, 

feeding, and management. Recent 
American experimental work. Sta- 
tistics of production and trade. 
1904. (no. 47) 5898 

1 ^Market classes of horses. 

1902. (no. 37) 5899 

^The score card in stock 

breeding. 1905. (no. 76) 590O 

The score card in stock 

Judging at agricultural colleges. 
1904. (no. 61) 5901 

*— — State stock breeders' asso- 
ciations. 1904. (no. 64) 5902 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Rales and regulations governlngr 
the operations of the Bureau of an- 
imal industry; also the acts of 
Congress under which they are 
made. 1896. (no. 9) 590a 

Salmon, D. £. Emergency report 
on surra. By D. E. Salmon and C. 
W. Stiles with a bibliography of 
surra and allied trypanosomatlc 
diseases. By Albert Hassall. 1902. 
(no. 42) 5904 

Legiallation with reference 

to bovine tuberculosis, being a di- 
gest of the laws now in force and a 
transcript of the laws, rules and 
regulations, and proclamations for 
the several states and territories. 
1901. (no. 28) 5905 

Mexico as a market for 

purebred beef cattle from the 
United States. 1902. (no. 41) 5906 

Relation of bovine tubercu- 
losis to the public health. 1901. (no. 
33) 5907 

Reports on bovine tubercu- 
losis and public health. 1904. (no. 
53) 5908 

Sheep scab: its nature and 

treatment. By D. E. Salmon and C. 
W. Stiles. 1898. (no. 21) 5909 

— The tuberculin test of Import- 
ed cattle. 1901. (no. 32) 5910 

^Tuberculosis of the food- 
producing animals. 1906. (no. 38) 


Sanunis, J. Ij. Factors controll- 
ing the moisture content of cheese 
curds. By J. L. Sammis and S. K. 
Suzuki and F. W. Laabs. 1910. 
(no. 122) 5912 

Schroeder, "E. C. The danger 
from tubercle bacilli In the envi- 
ronment of tuberculous cattle. By 
E. C. Schroeder and W. E. Cotton. 
1907. (no. 99) 5918 

Experiments with milk ar- 
tificially Infected with tubercle 
bacilli. By E. C. Schroeder and W. 
E. Cotton. 1906. (no. 86) 5914 

^The relation of tuberculous 

lesions to the mode of Infection. 
By E. C. Schroeder and W. E. Cot- 
ton. 1906. (no. 93) 5915 

^Tests concerning tubercle 

bacilli in the circulating blood. By 
E. C. Schroeder and W. B. Cotton. 
1909. (no. 116) 5916 

^The tuberculin test of hogs 

and some methods of their Infec- 
tion with tuberculosis. By E. C. 
Schroeder and J. H. Mohler. 1906. 
(no. 88) 591T 

Schwelnltz, "E. A. de. The serum 
treatment of swine plague and hog 
cholera. By E. A. de Schwelnltz 
with the collaboration of Marion i 

Dorset and E. C. Schroeder. 1899. 
(no. 23) 5918 

i ^Tuberculosis Investigations. 

The growth of the tuberculosis 
bacillus upon acid media. By E. A. 
de Schwelnltz and Marion Dorset. 
Further experiments with an atten- 
uated tuberculosis bacillus. By E. 
A. de Schwelnltz and E. C. 
Schroeder. The effect of tuberculin 
injections upon the milk of healthy 
and diseased cows. By E. A. de 
Schwelnltz. 1896. (no. 13) 5919 

Shaw, R. H. A chemical and 
physical study of the large and 
small fat globules in cows' milk. 
By R. H. Shaw and C. H. Eckles. 
1909. (no. Ill) 5920 

Smith, Theotiald. Additional in- 
vestigations concerning infectious 
swine diseases. By Theobald Smith 
and V. A. Moore. 1894. (no. 6) 


^Xnvestigatlons concerning 

bovine tuberculosis, with special 
reference to diagnosis and preven- 
tion. 1894. (no. 7) 5922 

Investigations concerning in- 
fectious diseases among poultry. 
By Theobald Smith and V. A. 
Moore. 1896. (no. 8) 5928 

^Investigations Into the na- 
ture, causation, and prevention of 
Texas or southern cattle fever by 
Theobald Smith and F. L. Kil- 
borne. 1893. (no. 1) 5924 

State and territorial laws relat- 
ing to contagious and infectious 
diseases of animals. 1901. 1902. 
(no. 43) 5925 

Stevenson, C C. The external 
parasites of hogs, being articles on 
the hog louse (Haematoplnus suls) 
and mange, or scabies, of hogs. 
1905. (no. 69) 5926 

Stiles, C. W. The determination 
of generic types and a list of 
roundworm genera, with their orig- 
inal and type species. By C. W. 
Stiles and Albert Hassall. 1905. 
(no. 79) 5927 

Eleven miscellaneous pa- 
pers on animal parasites. 1902. 
(no. 35) 5928 

Index-catalogue of medical 

and veterinary zoology . . . (Auth- 
ors) By C. W. Stiles and Albert 
Hassall. 1902. (no. 39) Library 
has 1-date. 5929 

The Inspection of meats for 

animal parasites. I. The flukes 
and tapeworms of cattle, sheep, 
and swine, with special reference 
to the inspection of meats. By C. 
W. Stiles. 11. Compendium of the 
parasites, arranged according to 

304 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

their hosts. By Albert Hassall. III. 
Bibliography of the more Impor- 
tant works cited. By Albert Has- 
sall. 1898. (no. 19) 5930 

^A revision of the adult ces- 

todes of cattle* sheep and allied 
anlmaU by C. W. SUles and Albert 
Hassall. 1893. (no. 4) 69S1 

The synonymy of Tsnla, T. 

crasslcoUls, T. marglnata, T. ser- 
rata, T. cCBnurus. T. serlalis, and 
Echinococcus. By C. W. Stllea and 
E. C. Stevenson. 1905. (no. 80) 


^Tapeworms of poultry. Re- 
port upon the present knowledge 
of the tapeworms of poultry. By C. 
W. Stiles. Bibliography of the 
tapeworms of poultry. By Albert 
Hassall. 1896. (no. 12) 5938 

^Trichinosis in Germany. Pt. 

I. General remarks on trichlnosia 
in Germany. Pt. II. A statistical 
review of trichinosis in Germany 
during the eighteen years 1881- 
1898. Pt. III. European cases of 
trichinosis of alleged Amierican 
origin. Pt. IV. Bibliography of 
trichinosis in Germany. By Albert 
Hassall. 1901. (no. 30) 5934 

Thorn, Cbarles. Camembert 
cheese problems in the United 
States. 1909. (no. 116) 5935 

Cultural studies of species of 

Penicilllum. 1910. (no. 118) 5936 

Fungi in cheese ripening: 

Camembert and Roquefort. 1906. 
(no. 82) 5937 

Thompeon, G. F. Information 
concerning the Angora goat. Rev., 
1906, by S. R. Reevea 1906 (no. 
27) 5938 

Information concerning the 

milch goats. 1905. (no. 68) 5939 

U. S. Bureau of animal industry. 
Experiments concerning tubercu- 
losis under the supervision of the 
Biochemlc division. 1904-05. 3 pts. 
(no. 52) 5940 

Dairy division. The cold 

curing of cheese. Report upon ex- 
periments. By S. M. Babcock and 
H. L. Russell, assisted by U. S. 
Baer and L. L. Van Slyke, G. A. 
Smith, and E. B. Hart. 1903. (no. 
49) 5941 

Webster, E. H. The farm sepa- 
rator: its relation to the creamery 
and to the creamery patron. 1904. 
(no. 69) 5942 

The fat testing of cream by 

the Babcock method. 1904. (no. 
68) 5943 

Whltaker, G. M. The milk sup- 
ply of Boston and other New Eng- 
land cities. 1898. (no. 20) 5944 

The milk supply of Boston, 

New York and Philadelphia. 1905. 
(no. 81) 5945 

Wlckson, E. J. Dairying in Cal- 
ifornia. 1896. (no. 14) 5946 

Woods. C. D. Poultry investiga- 
tions at the Maine agricultural ex- 
periment station. By C. D. Woods 
and Gilbert M. Gowell. 1906. (no. 
90) 5947 

— Circular. Library haB nos. 1-15, 
17-20. 22-29, 31-35, 37-48, 50-73. 
75-166, 168. 176. SF623 U5 A5. 


-Order. Library has nos. 46, 121, 

125, 127, 130, 131. 133, 135-146, 
150, 151. 165-168. SF623 U5 A8. 


Special report on diseases of 
cattle. By Drs. Atkinson. Dickson, 
Harbaugh. Hickman, Law. Lowe. 
Mohler, Murray, Pearson, Ransom, 
Salmon, Smith and Trumbower. 
Rev. ed., 1908. 1909. SF961 U5. 


Special report on diseasee of the 
horse. By Drs. Pearson. Michener, 
Law, Harbaugh, Trumbower, Liau- 
tard, Holcombe, Huidekoper. 
Stiles, Mohler. and Adams. Rev. 
ed. 1907. SF951 U53 1907. 5951 

Special report on diseases of the 
horse. Prepared under the direc- 
tion of Dr. D. E. Salmon, chief of 
the Bureau of animal industry. By 
DiB. Michener. Law, Harbaugh, 
Trumbower, Liautard. Holcombe. 
Huidekoper. and Dickson. 1890. 
SF951 U49. 5952 

U. S. Mounted service school. Fort 
Riley, Kan. The army horse in ac- 
cident and disease. A manual pre- 
pared for the use of students of 
the Training school for farriers 
and horseshoers, by the Training 
school instructors. School of ap- 
plication for cavalry and field ar- 
tillery. Fort Riley. Kansas. 1906. 
SF951 U6 1906. 5953 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 




Brooks, W. K. The ojrster; a popu- 
lar summary of a scientific study. 
2d and rev. ed. 1906. SH371 B88. 


Brown, J. J. The American angler's 
guide; or, complete fisher's man- 
ual, for the United States: con- 
taining the opinions and prac- 
tices of experienced anglers of 
both hemispheres. 5th ed., revised 
and greatly enlarged, with the ad- 
dition of a third part. 1876. 
SH463 B87. 5955 

Canada. Governor-general, 1883- 
1888. Correspondence relative to 
the fisheries question, 1885-87. 
Presented to Parliament 3rd May 
1887. 1887. SH223 A35. 5956 

duunbers, E. T. D. The ouananiche 
and its Canadian environment. 
1896. SH691 093 C44. 5957 

Connecticnt. Shell fish commission- 
ers. Biennial report. Library has 
1908, 1910. SH365 C8. 5958 

Coste, J. J. M. C. V. Voyage d*explo- 
ration sur le littt>ral de la France 
et de I'ltalie, 1855. SH77 C8. 


Field, I. A. Unutilized fishes and 
their relation to the fishing indus- 
tries. 1907. SH387 F45. 5960 

Hallock, Charles. The fishing tour- 
ist: angler's guide and reference 
book. 1873. SH461 H19. 5961 

Henshall, J. A. Culture of the Mon- 
tana grayling. 1907. SH167 G8 
H5. 5962 

Hutchinson, H. G., ed. Fishing, 1904. 
SH439 H97. 5963 

niinois. State board of fish commis- 
sioners. Report. Library has 
1902-'08. SHll 13. 5964 

London. International fisheries exhi- 
bition, 1883. The fisheries exhibi- 

tion literature. 1884. 13 v. SH 
341 16 1883. 5965 

Contents. — ^v. 1-3. Handbooks. — 
v. 4-7. Conferences. — v. 8-11. Prize 
€8says. — v. 12. Official catalogue; 
jury awards. 4th ed. — ^v. 13. Ana- 
lytical index. 

Louisiana. Oyster law. Library has 
1908. SH365 L81. 5966 

Louisiana. Oyster commission. Bi- 
ennial report. Library has 1906, 
'08. Annual report. 1904. SH 
365 L8. 5967 

Louisiana. State board of agricul- 
ture and immigration. Gulf biol- 
ogic station. Bulletin. Library has 
no. 8, 9. 1907. SH365 L82. 5968 

Maine. Commissioner of sea and 
shore fisheries. Report. Library 
has 1900. SHll M2. 5969 

Maryland. Shell fish commission. 
Report. Library has Ist, 2nd, 
1907, '09. SH365 M3. 5070 

Medwtn, Thomas. The angler in 
Wales, or days and nights of 
sportsmen. 1834. 2v. SH607 M49. 


Michigan. State board of fish com- 
missioners. Biennial report. Libra- 
ry has 1898, 1904-'08. SHll M5. 


Moore, H. F. Condition and extent 
of the natural oyster beds of Del- 
aware. 1911. SH365 D3 M82. 


Oysters and methods of oyster- 
culture, with notes on clam-cul- 
ture. 1897. SH371 M82. 5974 

Nettle, Richard. The salmon fisher- 
ies of the St. Lawrence and its 
tributaries. 1857. SH348 N47. 


New Jersey. Bureau of shell fisher- 
ies. Report. Library has 1908. SH 
365 N5. 6076 

306 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology, 

New Jersey. Statute law relative to 
clams and oysters. Library has 
1909. SH366 N61. 5977 

yew York (State). Forest, flah and 
game commission. Annual report. 
Library has lst-12th, 1896-1906. 
8th & 9th in 1 v. 10, 11. 12 in 1 v. 
8th also separate. SHll NTS. 


-Bureau of marine fisheries. An- 

nual report. Library has 1909. SH 
365 N71. 5979 

New York (State). Marine fisheries 
law. Library has 1909. SH325 
N71. 5980 

Oregon. Department of fisheries. 
Annual report. Library has 1906- 
'08, biennial 1911. SHll 07. 5981 

I^ennsylTanla. Department of fisher- 
ies. Bulletin. Library has no. 4, 
Sept., 1906. SHll P41. 5982 

Report. Library has 1892-'94. 

SHll P4. 5988 

Perry, W. A. American game fishes, 
their habits, habitat, and peculiar- 
ities; how, when, and where to 
angle for them. By W. A. Perry, 
A. A. Mosher [and others] 1892. 
SH441 P46. 5984 

Prime, W. C. I go Srfishlng, 1901. 
SH441 P96. 5985 

Bhode Island. Commlsslonere of In- 
land fisheries. Annual report. Li- 
brary has 32d-39th, 1902-'09. 
SHll R4. 5986 

Rhode Island. Commissioners of 
shell fisheries. Annual report. Li- 
brary has 1903, '04, 'Oft-date. SH 
365 R4. 5087 

Boberts, W. A. The crab industry of 
Maryland. 1906. SH380 R64. 


Sabine, Lorenzo. Report on the 

principal fisheries of the American 

seas. SH221 Sll. 5989 

(In U. S. Treasury dept Annual 

report of the secretary on the state 
of the finances. [1863] 1861-62, p. 

Contents. — ^pt. 1. France. Spain. 
Portugal. — ^pt. 2. Newfoundland. 
Nova Scotia. Cape Breton. Prince 
Edward Island. Magdalene Islands. 
Bay of Chaleurs. Labrador. New 
Brunswick. — pt. 3. United States. 
Plsrmouth colony. — ^pt 4. Historical 
view of the controversy as to the 
intent and meaning of the first ar- 
ticle of the convention of 1818. 

South Carolina. [Acts relating to 
fish and oysters] Library has acts 
approved 1906, '07, '08. SH325 
S61. 5990 

South Carolina. Board of fisheries. 
Annual report Library has 1908. 
SHll S6. 5991 

Stevenson, C. H. Whalebone: its 
production and utilization. 1907. 
SH385 S8. 5992 

Stone, . livingBlon. Domesticated 
trout. How to breed and grow 
them. 3d ed. rev. and enl. 1877. 
SH167 T86 S87. 5993 

Texas. Fish and oyster commiesion. 
Annual report. Library has 1908. 
SH366 T4. 5994 

U. S. Bureau of fisheries. Bulletin. 
Library has v. 1, 1881-v. 28, 
1908. SHll A2. 5995 

[Documents]. Library has nos. 

602, 610, 613, 618, 627, 630, 632, 
643, 644, 645, 728, 730. 731, 733, 
746. 5996 


American catfishes: habits, cul- 
ture, and commercial Importance. 
1910. (no. 738) SH361 C4U6 1910. 


Aquatic plants in pond culture. 
1909. (no. 648) SH169 U6. 5098 

The distrilmtion of fish and fish 
eggs. 19 (no. 630, 644, 728) Libra- 
ry has 1907-date. SHll A29. 5000 

The distribution of food fishes 
during the fiscal year 1906. 1907. 
(no. 613) SHll A3 1907. 6000 

The flsberles of Alaska in 1906- 
'09, 1907. (Doc. 618, 632. 646, 780, 
746)SH222 A4 A32. 6001 

Oyster culture experiments and 
Investigations in Louisiana. 1910. 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


(no. 781) SH365 L.85 1910. 6002 
The propagation and distribution 
of food fishes in 1906. 1906. (no. 
602) SHll A3 1906. 6003 

Some observations on salmon 
and trout In Alaska [By F. M. 
Chamberlain, n^turaliat, U. S. fish- 
eries steamer Albatross]. 1907. 
(doo. 627) 8H348 A16. 6004 

Survey of oyster bottoms in Mat- 
agorda Bay, Texas. [By H. F. 
Moore] 1907. (no. 610) SHll A6 
1907. 6005 

-The fisheries and fishery indus- 

tries of the United States. Pre- 
pared by G. B. Goode. 1884-87. 6 
V. SH221 U5. 6006 

-The fnr-eeal fisheries of Alaska. 

1910. Library has 1909. SH222 
A4 A33. 6007 

-Report. Library has pt. 2» 1873 

— pt. 30, 1904. SHll Al. 6008 
— ^The United States Bureau of 

fisheries, its establishment, func- 
tions, organization, resources, op- 
erations, and achieyements. 1908. 
SHll A45. 6000 

v. S. Coast and geodetic survey. Re- 
port on the sounds and estuaries 
of North Carolina with reference 
to oyster culture, by Francis Win- 
slow. [1889]. SH365 N8 W78. 

(Bulletin no. 10) 

— Survey of oyster bars, Somer- 
set County, Maryland; description 
of boundaries and landmarks and 
report of work of United States 
Coast and geodetic survey in co- 
operation with United States Bu- 
reau of fisheries and Maryland 
Shell fish commission. By C. C. 
Tates. 1908. SH366 M3 1908. 


-Survey of oyster bars, Wicomi- 

— Survey of oyster bars, Anne 
Arundel County, Maryland. De- 
scription of boundaries and land- 
marks and report of work of 
United States Coast and geodetic 
survey in cooperation with Mary- 
land Shell fish commission, by C. 
C. Tates. 1907. SH365 M3 1907. 


— Survey of oyster bars, Calvert 
County, Maryland. Description of 
boundaries and landmarks and re- 
port of work of United States 
Coast and geodetic survey In co- 
operation with United States 
Bureau of fisheries and Maryland 
Shellfish commission. By C. C. 
Yates. 1910. SH366 M3 1910. 


CO County, Maryland. Description 
of boundaries and landmarks and 
report of work of United States 
Coast and geodetic survey in co- 
operation with United States Bu- 
reau of fisheries and Maryland 
Shell fish commission. By C. C. 
Tates assistant. Coast and geodetic 
survey. 1909. SH365 M3 1909. 


-Survey of oyster bars, Worces- 

ter County, Maryland. Description 
of boundaries and landmarks and 
report of work of United States 
Coast and geodetic survey In co- 
operation with United States Bu- 
reau of fisheries and Maryland 
Shell fish commission. By C. C. 
Tates, chief of Coast and geodetic 
survey party. 1909. SH366 M3 
1909a. 6015 

U. B. 5l8t Cong., 2d sees. Senate. 
Sub-committee of the committee 
on fisheries. Report in the matter 
of the investigation of the United 
States fish commission. Feb. 21, 
1891. 1891. SHll A55. 6016 

^Testimony in the matter of the 

investigation of the United States 
fish commission. 1891. SHll A55. 


U. S. Dept. of commerce and labor. 
Reports relating to Alaskan seal 
fisheries. Preliminary and annual 
reports of W. I. Lembkey, agent 
in charge 1906-1907. 1908. SH 
361 U4 1908. 6018 

U. 8. Dept. of commerce and labor. 
Division of Alaskan fisheries. Re- 
port on the salmon fisheries of 

308 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Alaska. Library has 1896. '98, 
1903/04. SH348 A2. MIO 

U. S. Revenue cutter service. A re- 
port on the sea-otter banks of 
Alaska. Range and habits of the 
sea otter — its decrease under 
American rule, and some of the 
causes — importance of the sea ot- 
ter to the natives of Alaska in- 
habiting the Aleutian Islands — 
proposed regulations for 1898. 
1897. SH364 U6 1897. 6020 

U. S. Treasury dept. CommiSBion on 
fur-seal Investigations. The fur 
seals and fur-seal islands of the 
North Pacific Ocean. By D. S. 
Jordan, Leonhard Stejneger and 
P. A. Lucas, J. P. Moser, C. H. 
Townsend, G. A. Clark, Joseph 
Murray. With special papers by 
other contributors. 1898-99. 4v. 
and atlas. SH361 U5. 6021 

-Observations on the fur seals of 

the Pribilof Islands. Preliminary 
report by D. S. Jordan commis- 
sioner in charge of fur seal inves- 
tigations for 1896; aided by L. 
Stejneger and P. A. Lucas, J. F. 

Moser, C. H. Townsend, G. A. 
Clark, Joseph Murray. 1896. SH 
361 U4 1896. 6022 

Van Doren, L, O. The fishes of the 
east Atlantic coast, that are caught 
with hook and line, by L. O. Van 
Doren. Including The fishes of the 
east coast of Plorida. By S. C. 
Clarke. 1884. SH463 V24. 6023 

Vermont. State fish and game com- 
missioners. Biennial report. Li- 
brary has 1900-'04, '08, '10. SH 
11 V5. 6024 

Walton, Izaak. The complete angler, 
or The contemplative man's rec- 
reation, of Izaak Walton and 
Charles Cotton, [n. d.]. 2 v. SH 
433 A. 6025 

— The complete angler of Izaak 
Walton and Charles Cotton: To 
which are added, an introductory 
essay and illustrative notes. 2d ed. 
1824. 2 V. bound in I. SH433 A 
1824. 6026 

Yale, li. M. Angling. 1896. SH461 
Y18. 6027 


American tnrf register. Library has 
V. 1-15, 1829-1844. 6028 

Annals of sporting. Library has v. 1- 
13, 1822-'28. 6020 

Arkansas. Game laws. Library has 
1901. SK371 A81. 6030 

Baldwin, W. C. African hunting, 
from Natal to the Zambesi, includ- 
ing Lake Ngami, the Kalahari 
Desert, &c. From 1852 to 1860. 
1863. SK251 B18. 6031 

Carnegie, William. Practical trap- 
ping: being papers on traps and 
trapping for vermin, with a chap- 
ter on general trapping and snar- 
ing of birds, rat catching, &c. By 
W. Carnegie ("Moorman") 2d ed., 
enl. 1903. SK283 C28. 6032 

Colorado. Game and fish commis- 
sioner. Biennial report. Library 
has 1908. SK375 A2. 6033 

Connecticut. Laws, statutes, etc. 
Fish and game laws. Library has 
1905, '09. SK377 C81. 6034 

Daniel, W. B. Rural sports. 1812. 3 
V. SK31 D18. 6035 

Elliott, William. Carolina sports by 
land and water; Including inci- 
dents of devil-fishing, wild-cat, 
dear and bear hunting, etc. 1859. 
SKI 2 5 E46. 6036 

Flack, Captain. A hunter's experi- 
ence in the southern states of 
America. Being an account of the 
natural history of the varioue 
quadrupeds and birds which are 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


the objects of chase in those coun- 
tries. 1866. SK43 F57. 6037 

Greenwood, James. Wild sports of 
the world: a book of natural his- 
tory and adventure. 1870. SK31 
681. 6038 

Harding, Stanley. The amateur trap- 
per, and trap-maker's guide. A 
complete and carefully prepared 
treatise on the art of trapping, 
snaring, and netting. cl875. SK 
283 H26. 6030 

Hutchinson, H. O. Shooting. 1903. 
2 y. SK311 H97. 6040 

Illinois. Game commissioner. An- 
nual report. Library has 1st, 1900. 
SK389 A2. 6041 

Indiana. Ck>mmissioner of fisheries 
and game. Biennial report. Li- 
brary has 1900-'08. SK393 A2. 


Lefflngwell, W. B., ed. Shooting on 
upland, marsh, and stream. A se- 
ries of articles written by promi- 
nent sportsmen, descriptive of 
hunting the upland birds of Amer- 
ica. 1890. SK313 L49. 6048 

Maine. Commissioners of inland fish- 
eries and game. Report. Library 
has 1900. SK403 A2. 6044 

Maryland. Synopsis of game and fish 
laws. 1906. SK405 1906. 6045 

Michigan. Game and fish laws. Li- 
brary has 1897, '01, '05, '09. SK 
409 M52. 6046 

Montana. Game and fish oommis- 
sloners. Annual report. Library 
has 1900. Biennial report, 1910. 
SK417 A4. 6047 

New Hampshire. Fish and game 
commissioners. Report. Library 
has 1908. SK423 A2. 6048 

New York (State). Forest, fish and 
game law. Relating to the forest 
preserve, fish, game and the Adi- 
rondack and international parks. 

Enacted by the legislature of 1900 
and amended by the legislature of 
1905. 1905. SK429 N7 1905. 


Ohio. Fish and game commissioners. 
Annual report. Library has 1900- 
'06. SK435 A2. 6050 

Ohio. Laws relating to birds, fish 
and game. Library has 1901. SK 
435. 6051 

Oregon. Game and forestry warden. 
Annual report. Library has 1905, 
'06, '08. SK439 07. 6052 

Oregon. State fish and game pro- 
tector. Annual report. Library 
has 3d-6th, 1895-98. SK439 A2. 


Pennsylvania. Game commissioners. 
Annual report. Library has 1906- 
'08. SK441 A2. 6054 

Save our birds and game. Meth- 
ods whereby game and wild birds 
can best be protected and cared 
for. Recommendations as to the 
trapping and care of quail. Jos- 
eph Kalbfus, secretary of Game 
commission. 1906. SK441 K3. 


Pennsylvania. Digest of the game, 
fish and forestry laws. Library has 
1905, 1907. SK441 P41. 6056 

Rogers, Archibald. Hunting, by 
Archibald Rogers, W. S. Rainsford, 
Frederick Irland, Birge Harrison, 
H. C. Hale, Frank Russell, G. B. 
Grinnell. 1896. SK33 R72. 6057 
Contents. — I. Hunting American 
big game, by Archibald Rogers.— 

II. Camping and hunting in the 
Shoshone, by W. S. Rainsford.-— 

III. Climbing for white goats, by 
George Bird Grinnell. — IV. Sport in 
an untouched American wilderness, 
by Frederic Irland. — ^V, A kangaroo 
hunt, by Birge Harrison. — VI. The 
last of the buffalo, by George Bird 
Grinnell. — ^VII. At St. Mary's, by 
Harry C. Hale.— VIII. Hunting 
musk-ox with the Dog Ribs, by 
Frank RuaselL 

Roosevelt* Theodore. African gams 
trails, an account of the African 

310 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

wanderings of an American hunt- 
er-naturalist, by Theodore Roose- 
velt; with illustrations from photo- 
graphs b7 Kermit Roosevelt and 
other membere of the expedition, 
and from drawings by P. R. Good- 
win. 1910. SK252 R72. 0058 

Hunting trips of a ranchman, 

Bketches of sport on the northern 
cattle plains. 1903. SK45 R73. 


The wilderness hunter; an ac- 
count of the big game of the United 
States and its chase with horse, 
hound and rifle. 1902. SK41 R78. 


Schley, Frank. FYank Schley's Ameis 
lean partridge and pheasant shoot- 
ing, written by himself, describ- 
ing the haunts, habits, and meth- 
ods of hunting and shooting the 

American partridge; quail; ruffed 
grouse; pheasant. With directions 
for handling the gun, hunting the 
dog, and the art of shooting on 
the wing. Containing a history of 
the partridges and grouse Inhabit- 
ing North America. 1877. SK323 
S3 4. 6001 

Scott, W. H. British field sports: em- 
bracing practical Instructions in 
shooting, coursing, racing, cocking, 
fishing, &c. With observations on 
the breaking and training of dogs 
and horses. 2d ed. 1820. SK31 
S43. 6062 

The sporting magazine. Library has 
V. 1-128, 1792-1854, except v. 22- 
25. 6063 

Texas. Game laws. Library has 
1909. SK451. 6064 



Annual of scientific discovery: or. 
Tear-book of facts In science and 
art, for [1850]-71. 1850-71. 21 v. 
Library has 185 1-' 54. Tl A6. 6065 

Appleton*s dictionary of machines, 
mechanics, engine-work, and en- 
giueering. 1852. 2 y. T9 A65 Ref. 


Beckmann, JTohann. A concise his- 
tory of ancient institutions, inven- 
tions, and discoveries in science 
and mechanic art; abridged and 
translated from the Beytr&ge zur 
gepchichte der erfindungen. With 
various important a4ditions. 1823. 
2 V. T15 B38. 6067 

Cooley, A. J. Cooley's cyclopaedia of 
practical receipts and collateral 
information in the arts, manufact- 
ures, professions, and trades in- 
cluding medicine, pharmacy, and 
domestic economy. 6th ed., rev. 
and partly rewritten by R. V. Tu- 
son, 1879. 2 v. T49 C765. 6068 

Crabb, George. Universal technol- 
ogical dictionary; or. Familiar 

explanations of the terms used in 
all arts and sciences. 1823. 2 v. 
T9 C87 Ref. 6060 

Deinhardt, Kurt. The Deinhardt- 
Schlomann series of technical dic- 
tionaries in six languages: By 
Kurt Deinhardt and Alfred Schlo- 
mann. 1908. Library has v. 2 and 
3. T9 D32 Ref. 6070 

Contents: — v. 2. Electrical en- 
gineering including telegraphy and 
telephony — ^v. 3. Steam boilers, 
steam engines, steam turbines. 

Engineering index. Library has v. 
22, 1908-date. 6071 

The engineering magazine. Library 
has V. 34, 1908-date. 6072 

Hopkins, A. A., ed. The Scientific 
American cyclopedia of receipts, 
notes and queries. 1892. T49 H 
788 Ref. 6073 

lies, George. Flame, electricity and 
the camera; man's progress from 
the first kindling of fire to the 
wireless telegraph and the pho- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


tography of color. 1900. T19 127. 


-Inventorg at work, with chapters 

on discovery. 1907. T19 13. 6075 

Jamieson, Alexander. A dictionary 
of mechanical science, arts, manu- 
factureSp and miscellaneous know- 
ledge. 7th ed. 1830. T9 J32. 6076 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. 
Library has T. 1-70. 1828-'60. 
1905-date. 6077 

Jonmal of the society of arts, and of 
the institutions in union. 1853- 
1905. Library has v. 1, Nov. 26, 
1X62-V. 7, Nov. 16, 1860; v. 12. 
Nov. 20, 1863-v. 53, Nov. 10. 
1905. Tl J86. 6078 

Knight, Charles. Knowledge is 
power: a view of the productive 
forces of modern society, and the 
resulto of labour, capital, and skill. 
1855. T47 K69. 6070 

Knight, E. H. Knight's American 
mechanical dictionary. A descrip- 
tion of tools, instruments, ma- 
chines, processes, and engineering; 
history of inventions; general 
technological vocabulary; and di- 
gest of mechanical appliances In 
science and the arts. 1874-76. 3 
▼. T9 K69 Ref. 6080 

-Knight's new mechanical dic- 
tionary. A description of tools. 
Instruments, machines, processes, 
and engineering. With indexlcal 

references to technical Journals 
(1876-1880). Illustrated with 
more than three thousand engrav- 
ings. 1884. T9 K689. 6081 

JBOntledge, Roberta Discoveries and 
V inventions of the nineteenth cen- 
tury. New ed., rev. 1876. A por- 
tion of the work by J. H. Pepper. 
T19 R86. 6082 

Scientific American. Library has 
1904-date. 6083 

Thomas* register of American manu- 
facturers and first hands in all 
lines. A classified reference 
book for buyers and sellers. 1906. 
Library has 3rd, 1908. 4th, 1909. 
T12 T45 Ref. 6084 

Thompson. E. P. How to make in- 
ventions; or. Inventing as a 
science and an art. A practical 
guide for inventors. 2d ed. Rev. 
and enL [cl893] T47 T46. 6085 

Ure, Andrew. A dictionary of arts, 
manufactures, and mines: con- 
taining a clear exposition of their 
principles and practice. 4th ed., 
cor. and greatly enl. 1853. 2 v. 
T9 n75 Ref. 6086 

WilUams, Archibald. The romance 
of modern invention, containing 
interesting descriptions in non- 
technical language of wireless 
telegraphy, liquid air. modern ar- 
tillery, submarines, dirigible tor- 
pedoes, solar motors and airships. 
1904. T19 W72. 6087 


Connecticnt. Commission on trade 
schools. Report. 1907. T74 C8 A5 
1907. 6088 

Elliott, E. C. Industrial education; 
summary of legislation concerning 
industrial education in public ele- 
mentary and secondary schools. 
1910. T73 E46. 6080 

(Legislative summary, no. 1, 
American association for labor leg- 

Georgia school of technology. An- 
nual report. Library has 1910. T 
171 6353. 6000 

Oilman, D. C. Our national schools 
of science. 1867. T73 048. 6001 

Report on the national schools 

of science. 1872. T73 0481. 6002 

Lewis institute. Chicago. Bulletin. 
Library has July, Oct., 1909; Jan., 

312 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Apr., Oct., 1910; AprU, 1911. T171 

L6. eoos 

Massachusetts. Commission on in- 
dustrial education. Annual re- 
port. Library has 1907, '08. T61 
M38. 6094 

• Bulletin. Library has no. 3, 4. 

T61 M39. 6095 

Massachusetts institute of technol- 
ogy. Annual catalogue. Library 
has 1871, '96-*98, 1903-date. T171 
M42. 6096 

— Inauguration of H. S. Pritchett 
as president. 1901. T171 M44 
1901. 6097 

— The Massachusetts institute of 
technology, a brief account of its 
foundation, character, and equip- 
ment. [1904] T171 M44 1904a. 


— President's report. Library has 
Jan., 1905. T171 M43. 6099 

— Register of former students, 

with an account of the alumni as^ 

sociations. Marclv, 1909. T171 M 

423. 6100 

(BuUeUn v. 44, vkO. 3) 

Register of graduates. 1904. T 

171 M422. 6101 

Nattonal education association of the 
United States. National council of 
education. Committee on the place 
of industries in public education. 
Report. 1910. T73 N2. 6102 

Contents. — ^Letter of tranmnittal. 
Historical statement. — ^Introduction 
by the chairman. — ^The industrial 
factor in social progress [by F. T. 
Carlton] — ^The industrial factor in 
education [by E. N. Henderson — 
Notes on history of industrial edu- 
cation in the United States [by C. R. 
Richards] — I. Report of Subcom- 
mittee on place of industries in the 
elementary school. — ^11. Report of 

Subcommittee on intermediate in- 
dustrial schools. — III. Report of 
Subcommittee on industrial and 
technical education in the second- 
ary school. — Minority report — Se- 
lected bibliography on industrial 
education [by H. D. Brundage and 
C. R. Richards] 

National society for the promotion 
of industrial education. Bulletin. 
Library has no. 2, July, 1907-date. 
T61N2. 610a 

Proceedings of annual meeting. 

Ist-date. T61 N2. 6104 

(Its Bulletin nos. 6, 6, 9, 10) 

New Jersey. Commission on indus- 
trial education. Report submitted 
to the Senate and General assem- 
bly of the state of New Jersey, in 
accordance with joint resolution 
no. 11, approved April 14, 1908. 
1909. T69 N46. 6105 

The Pratt institute record. Library 
has 1907-1908. T171 P96 3. 6106 

Rensselaer polytechnic institute, 
Troy, N. Y. Annual register. Li- 
brary has 43rd, 1867. T171 R42. 


Warren, S. E. Notes on polytechnic 
or scientific schools, in the United 
States; their nature, position, 
aims and wants. 1866. T73 W28. 


White, A. D. An address delivered 
before the New York state agri- 
cultural society. [Revised by the 
author] 1874. T73 W58. 6110 

Wisconsin. Commission upon the 
plans for the extension of indus- 
trial and agricultural training. 
Report. 1911. T74 W6. 6111 

Woodward, O. B£. Manual, indus- 
trial, and technical education in 
the United States. 1906. T73 W 
89. 6112 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



Description deb machines et pro- 
c6d6s pour leequels des brevets d' 
invention ont 6t6 pris sous le 
regime de la loi du 5 Juillet 1844. 
Library has v. 1-34, 1850-1860. 


Hutchinson, W. B. Patents and how 
to make money out of them, by 
W. B. Hutchinson and J. A. E. 
CriBwelL 1902. T215 H97. 6114 

JobMTd, J*. B. A. M. Nouvelle 6co- 
nomie sociale, ou Monautopole in- 
dustriel, artlstique, commercial et 
lltt6raire: fond6 sur la p6ren- 
nit6 des brevets d'lnvention, des- 
slns, modules et marques de fab- 
Tique. 1844. T211 J63. 6115 

Moore, J. O. Patent office and patent 
laws: or, A guide to inventors and 
a book of reference for judges, 
lawyers, magistrates and others. 
With appendices. 1855. T223 Zl 
M8. 6116 

Patent centennial celebration, Wash- 
ington, D. C, 1891. Proceedings 
and addresses. Celebration of the 
beginning of the second century 
of the American patent system at 
Washington City, D. C. April 8, 9, 
10, 1891. 1892. T223 Zl P2. 


Pontins, A. W., comp. Protection ex- 
tended to patents, designs, trade- 
marks and copyrights in China, 
Japan and Korea. Prepared by A. 
W. Pontius, under the direction of 
Huntington Wilson, third assis- 
tant secretary of state. Pub. under 
the direction of B. B. Moore, com- 
missioner of patents. 1909. T299 
U6. 6118 

Recent discussions on the abolition 
of patents for inventions in the 
United Kingdom, France, Ger^ 
many, and the Netherlands. Evi- 
dence, speeches, and papers in its 
favor by Sir William Armstrong 
[and others] With suggestions as 
to international arrangements re- 
garding Inventions and copyright. 
1869. T211 R29. 6119 

Repertory of patent inventions. Li- 
brary has 1847-'55. 6120 

Singer, Berthold. Patent and trade 
mark laws of the world. 1911. T 
216 S615. M21 

U. S. Laws, statutes, etc. Patent 
laws, with annotations. Rev. Dec. 
1. 1905. [1905] T223 Tl 1905. 


Same. Ed. of Nov. 21, 1908. 

[1908] T223 Tl 1908. 6128 

Same. Ed. of March 15, 1909. 

1909. T223 Tl 1909. 6124 

Same. Ed. of Jan. 16, 1911. 

1911. T223 Tl 1911. 6125 

United States statutes concern- 
ing the Registration of trad^ 
marks, with the rules of the pa- 
tent office relating thereto. Rev. 
August 1, 1906. [1906] T223 V2 
A2 1906. 6126 

Same. Rev. April 26, 1909. 

1909. T223 V2 A2 1909a. 6127 

V. 8. Patent office. Classification 
bulletin of the United States Pa- 
tent office, containing the classifi- 
cation of subjects of invention. Li- 
brary has nos. 18, 19, 22, 24, 25. 
T223 F3. 6128 

-Decisions of the commissioner. 

Library has 1871, 72, 74-date. 


Index of patents relating to 

electricity. Library has 1883, 
18S6, 1889, 1894. 1896. 6130 

— Official gazette. Library has v. 
150, Jan., 1910-date. 6181 

— Report. Library has 1845-date. 

— Specifications and drawings. Li- 
brary has 1871-date. 6188 

-Rules and regulations for pro- 

ceedings in the Patent office. July, 
1870. [1870]. T223 K 1870. 6184 

314 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

— Rules of practice In the United 
States Patent office. Rev. Jan. 2, 
1903. [1903] T223 K 1903. 6185 

— Same. Rev. July 17, 1907. 1907. 
T223 K 1907. 6136 

— Subject matter Index of patents 
for Inventions Issued by U. S. 
patent office from 1790-1873. 
1873. 3 v. 6137 

— Subject matter index of patents 
for Inventions granted In France 
from 1791-1876. Paris, 1883. 


-Women Inventors to whom 

patents have been granted by the 
U. S. government. 1790 to July 1, 
1888. 1888. 6180 


Arkansas. Board of managers, 
V/orld's Industrial and cotton cen- 
tennial exposition, 1884-85. Proc- 
lamation by the Governor and ad- 
drees of the €k>mmisslonerB for 
the state of Arkansas. 1844. T 
777 F3 A8. 6140 

Bennitt, Mark, oomp. History of the 
Louisiana purchase exposition, 
comprising the history of the Lou- 
isiana territory, the story of the 
Iiouislana purchase and a full ac- 
count of the great exposition. St. 
Louis, 1904; oomp. from official 
sources by Mark Bennltt, editor- 
in-chief, F. P. Stockbrldge, man- 
aging editor, with an introduction 
by W. B. Stevens. Illus. under di- 
rection of E. M. Dllley with more 
than four thousand engravings. 
1905. T860 Bl B4, 6141 

Berlyn, Peter. The crystal palace. 
By Peter Berlyn and Charles 
Fowler, Jr. 1851. T690 Bl B51. 


Birdwood, O. C. M. Paris universal 
exhibition of 1878. Handbook to 
the British India section. [1878?] 
T802 Gl 14 B6. 6143 

Brace, B. C. The century: its fruits 
and its festival. Being a history 
and description of the Centennial 
exhibition, with a preliminary out- 
line of modem progress. 1877. 
T825 Bl B8. 6144 

Cameron, W. B., ed. History of the 
World's Columbian exposition. 2d 
ed. 1893. T500 CI C2. 6145' 

-The World's fair, being a pic- 

torial history of the Columbian 
exposition. With a description of 
Chicago by W. B. Cameron. With 
an introduction by T. W. Palmer. 
Including a chapter on the Wo- 
man's department, by F. B. Wil- 
lard. [1893] T500 Bl C18. 6146 

Canada. Executive committee for 
the Paris exhibition, 1856. Can- 
ada at the Universal exhibition of 
1855. 1856. T800 Gl C2. 6147 

Ceylon. Commission, Louisiana pur- 
chase exposition, St. Louis, 1904. 
Official handbook of the Ceylon 
court. 1904. T860 Gl C4. 6148 

Chicago. World's Columbian expo- 
sition, 1893. Classification and 
rules. Department of manufact- 
ures. L1892?] T500 HI M2. 6149 

Report of the president. 1898. 

T500 D2. 6160 

Dept. of publicity and promotion. 

New York and the World's fair. 
1 he dinner given in the Interest of 
the World's Columbian exposition 
by the New York members of the 
National commission, at Delmonl- 
co's, Dec. 21, 1891. 1892. T500 LI 
N7. 6151 

Chile. Comisidn para la Bxposicidn 
pan-amerlcan, Buffalo, 1901. Chile 
at the Pan-American exposition; 
brief notes on Chile and general 
catalogue of Chile exhibits. 1901. 
T485 Gl C5. 6162 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Connecticiit. Board of World's fair 
managers. Connecticut at the 
World's fair. Report of the com- 
missioners from Connecticut of the 
Columbian exhibition of 1893 at 
Chicago. Also Report of the work 
of the Board of lady managers of 
Connecticut. 1898. T500 F3 C7. 


Connecticut. Commission, Louisiana 
purchase exposition, St. Louis, 
1904. Catalogue of the furniture 
and works of art in the Connec- 
ticut state building at the Louisi- 
ana purchase exposition, including 
a sketch of early Connecticut co- 
lonial history. Saint Louis/ 1904. 
[1904] T860 F3 C62. 6154 

-Connecticut at the World's fair. 

Report of the commiflsioners. 
1906. T860 F3 C6. 6155 

Connecticut. Governor, 1907. Mes- 
sage to the General assembly re- 
lating to the Jamestown tercenten- 
nial exposition; transmitting Re- 
port of the Connecticut Commis- 
sion. 1907. T648 F3 C8. 6156 

Cook, JoeL The World's fair at Chi- 
cago, described in a series of let- 
ters to "The London times". 1891. 
T500 Bl C7. 6157 

Fairall, H. 8. The World's Industrial 
and cotton centennial exposition. 
New Orleans, 1884-1885. 1885. 
T777 Bl F16. 6158 

Germany. Reichskommiesion, Welt- 
ausstellung in St. Louis, 1904. In- 
ternational exposition St. Louis 
1904. Official catalogue. Exhibi- 
tion of the German empire. [1904] 
T860 Gl G3. 6159 

Ot. Brit. Royal commission, Chicago 
exhibition, 1893. Official catalogue 
of the British section. 1st ed. 
1893. T500 Gl G5. 6160 

Gt. Brit. Royal commission for the 
Paris exhibition, 1878. Catalogue 
of the British colonies. [1878] 
T802 Gl G7. 61^1 

-Official catalogue of the British 

section. 2d ed. 1878. 2 v. Part 1 
wanting. T802 Gl G6. 6162 

Illinois. Board of World's fair com- 
missioners. Report May 1-October 
30, 1893. [1895] T500 F3 13. 


Iowa. Commission to tne Louisiana 
purchase exposition. Report. Comp. 
and ed. by the secretary F. R. Con- 
away. [1906] T860 F3 18. 6164 

Italy. Giuria per la E3sposizione uni- 
versale di Vienna, 1873. Relaz- 
Icni, 1873-74. Library has 1 vol., 
5 pts. T960 D8 18. 6165 

Jamestown exposition, 1907. James- 
town exposition on Hampton 
Roads, 1907. Rules and regula- 
tions governing the system of 
awards, n. d. T648 D15. 6166 

— ^The official blue book of the 
Jamestown ter-centenniai exposi- 
tion, A. D. 1907. [C1909] T648 
Bl A5. 6167 

— Official classification of exhibit 

departments. 1907. T397 J3. 6168 

Jamestown official photograph corpo* 
ration. Scenes at the Jamestown 
exposition, with historic sites in 
eld Virginia. [1907] T648 CI J3. 


The Jamestown tercentennial. A 
magazine devoted to the interests 
of the Jamestown exposition. 1907. 
Library has v. 1, no. 1, May, 1904 
-V. 1, no. 3, Aug., 1904. T648 
Bl J 3. 6170 

Japan. Bureau of commerce and in- 
dustry. Details of the industrial 
specimens exposed at the World's 
Columbian exposition by the Bu- 
reau of commerce and industry, 
Department of agriculture and 
commerce, Japan. 1893. T500 Gl 
J3. 6171 

Jobard, J. B. A. M. EiXposition de 
rindustrie Beige, 1847. 1848. 
T465 1847 Bl J6. 6172 

316 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Kansas. Board of World's fair man- 
agers. Report from April 1892, to 
March 1893, and transactions from 
March 1893, to December 1893. 2d 
ed. 1894. T500 F3 K3. 6178 

Knight, K. B. History of the work of 
Connecticut women at the World's 
Columbian exposition, Chicago, 
1893. 1898. T500 F3 08. 6174 

Jjectures on the results of the exhi- 
bition delivered before the Society 
of arts, manufactures, and com- 
merce. Reprinted by A. Hart. 
1852. T690 LI L3. 6176 

Contents. — ^Whewell, W. The gen- 
eral bearing of the Great exhibition 
on the progress of art and science. 
— De la Beche, Sir H. T. Mining, 
quarrying, and metallurgical pro- 
cesses and products. — Owen. Rich- 
ard. The raw materials from the 
animal kingdom. — Bell, Jacob, 
Chemical and pharmaceutical pro- 
cesses and products. — Playfair, 
Xiyon. The chemical principles in- 
volved in the manufactures of the 
Exhibition as indicating the neces- 
sity of industrial instruction. — ^Lind- 
ley, John. Substances used as food, 
illustrated by the Great exhibition. 
— S'oUy, Edward. The vegetable sub- 
stances used in the arts and manu- 
factures, in relation to commerce 
generally. — Willis. Robert. Machines 
and tools for working in metal, 
wood, and other materials. — Glaish- 
er, James. Philosophical instru- 
ments and processes, as represented 
in the Great exhibition. — Hensman, 
Henry. Civil engineering and ma- 
chinery generally. — Royle, J. F. 
The arts and manufactures of In- 
dia. — ^Washington, Captain. On the 

progress of naval architecture. 


London. American exhibition, 1887. 
The American exhibition of the 
arts, inventions, manufactures, 
products and resources of. the 
United States of America. London. 
To be opened May Ist, 1886. 
[1885?] T697 LI A2. 6176 

— Extracts from reports of U. S. 
consuls in Europe, respecting the 
importance of the American exhi- 
bition, London, 1886. [1885?] 
T697 D9. 6177 

Loitdon. Great exMbition of the 
works of industry of all natlonSi 

1851. Official catalogue, 1851. 3d 
cor. and improved ed., let Aug. 
1851. [1851] T690 D63. 6178 

-Reports by the juries on the 

subjects in the thirty classes into 
which the exhibition was divided. 
1852. T690 D82. 6179 

jjonisiana pnrcliase exiK>fiition com- 
pany* Message from the President 
of the U. S., transmitting a state- 
ment showing the receipts and dis- 
bursements of the Louisiana pur- 
chase exposition company from 
date of incorporation to Septem- 
ber 30, 1903, together with a re- 
port submitted by the Exposition 
company showing progress made 
by the various departments of the 
exposition. 1903. T860 D5. 6180 

McDaniel, E. A. UUh at the World's 
Columbian exposition. [1894] 
T500 F3 U8. 6181 

Maryland. Commission to the Liouisl- 
ana purchase exposition, 1904. 
Report to the General assembly of 
Maryland, 1906. 1906. T860 P3 
M3. 6182 

Michigan. Board of World's fair 
managers. Report. Ed. by I. M. 
Weston. 1899. T500 F3 M5. 6188 

N<5w York (State) Board of man- 
agers. World's Columbian exposi- 
tion. Report to the Legislature 
April 18, 1894. 1894. T500 P3 
NtJ 6184 

Now York (State) Commission, 
Jamestown exposition, 1907. New 
Ycrk at the Jamestown exposition, 
Norrolk, Virginia, April 26 to 
Tec. 1, 1907. PreiMired by Cuyler 
Reynolds, historian. 1909. T648 
F3 N7. 6185 

New York (State) Legislature. Com- 
mittee to Alaska-Tukon-Pacific 
exposition. Report to the Legisla- 
ture Jan. 25, 1910. 1910. T890 
F3 N4. 6186 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Oregon. Lewis and Clark centennial 
exposition oommlesion. Report. 
1906. T834 F3 07. 6187 

Paris. Exposition des produits de 
rinduetrie francaise, 1844. Jury 
central. Rapport. 1844. 3 y. T799 
1844 D8. 6188 

Paris. Exposition uniyerselle, 1865. 
Catalogue offlciel, Deuxidme ed. 
[1855?] T800 D61. 6189 

— Rapports du Jury mixte inter- 
national, 1856. T800 D8. 6100 

-Commission imp6riale. Lists 

g6n6rale, par ordre alphabdtique, 
des exposants inscrits au catalogue 
officiel. 1855. T800 Kl. 6101 

-Rapport pr6sent6 & I'empereur 

par S. A. I. le prince Napol6on, 
prteident de la commission. 1857. 
T800 D2 P2. 6102 

Pennsylvania. Committee on fine 
arts, World's Columbian exposi- 
tion. Pennsylvania art contribu-* 
tions. 1893. T500 F3 P4a. 6108 

Pennsylvania. Jamestown exposition 
commission. Pennsylvania at the 
JameetX)wn exposition, Hampton 
Roads, Va. 1907. Prepared by J. 
H. Lambert, executive oflScer, 
1908. T648 F3 P4. 6194 

Pennsylvania. Louisiana purchase 
exposition commission. The story 
of Pennsylvania at the World's 
fair St. Louis, 1904. Prepared by 
J. H. Lambert, executive officer. 

1905. 2 V. T860 F3 P4. 6105 

Rhode Island. Commission, James- 
town exposition, 1907. Report to 
the General assembly January 

1906. J. T. Blodgett, chairman of 
commission. 1906. T648 F3 R3. 


Report to the General assembly 

January, 1908. J. T. Blodgett, 
chairman. 1908. T648 F3 R4. 


Rossia. World's Columbian exposi- 

tion 1893, Chicago. Catalogue of 
the Russian section. 1893. T500 
Gl R87. 6108 

Tallis, [John]. Tallis's history and 
description of the Crystal palace* 
and the Exhibition of the world's 
industry in 1851; illustrated by 
beautiful steel engrravlngs, from 
original drawings and daguerreo- 
types by Beard, Mayall, 1852. 3 v. 
in 6. T690 Bl T14. 6100 

U. S. Board of management of gov- 
ernment exhibit, Tennessee cen- 
tennial exposition, 1897. Report. 
1^97. 1901. T775 F2 U5. 6200 

U. S. Centennial commission. Inter- 
national exhibition. 1876. [Re^ 
ports! l£fO-84. U v. v. 10 & 11 
wanting. T825 D2. 6201 

Contents. — ^v. 1. Report of the di- 
rector-general, A. T. Goshorn. Re- 
ports of the bureaus of administra- 
tion: Installation by Henry Pettit 
Art by John Sartain. Machinery by 
J. S. Albert Agriculture by Burnet 
Landreth. Horticulture by C. H. 
Miller. Engineering by H. J. 
iSchwarzmann. Transportation by 
Dolphus Torrey. Admissions by D. 
O. Tates. Awards by F. A. Walker. 
Classification and catalogue by 
Dorsey Gardner. Medical service 
by William Pepper. Protection by 
A. T. Goshorn. Fire by Atwood 
Smith. Water-supply by Frederick 
Graff. Telegraphy by W. J. Philips. 
— V. 2. Reports of the president, 
secretary, and Executive commit- 
tee. Together with the Journal of 
the final session of the commission. 
— ^v. 3-8. Reports and awards. 
Groups I-XXXVI, and collective ex- 
hibits. Ed. by F. A. Walker. — v. 9. 
Grounds and buildings of the Cen- 
tennial exhibition. Ed. by Dorsey 
Gardner. — ^v. 10-11. Report of the 
Board on behalf of the United 
States executive departments. 

Officers and members of the 

United States Centennial commis- 
Bion: also standing committees. 
[By-laws, and copies of acts of 
Acts of Congress. 1873?] T825 
D15. 6202 

— Official catalogue, rev. ed. 1876. 
T825 D64. 6208 

318 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

— Reports and awarcUi. Ed. by F. 
A. Walker. 1877-78. 32 v. Lib. 
has Groups no. 1, 3, 10, 14, 20, 
30-36 & awards on collective ez- 
MblU. T826 D8 P5. 6204 

Contents. — Group I. Minerals, 
mining and metallurgy. 1878. — 
Group II. Pottery, porcelain^ 
bricks, clays, cements, and their 
materials, etc. 1877. — Group III. 
Chemistry and pharmacy. 1878. — 
Group IV. Animal and vegetable 
products, and the machinery for 
their preparation. 1877. — Group V. 
Fish and fish products — apparatus 
of fishing, etc. 1877. — Group VL 
Timber, worked lumber, parts of 
'buildings, forestry. 1877. — Group 

VII. Furniture, upholstery, wooden- 
ware, baskets, etc. 1877. — Group 

VIII. Cotton, linen, and other fab- 
rics, including the materials and the 
machinery. 1877. — Group IX. Wool 
and silk fabrics, including the ma- 
terials and the machinery. 1877. — 
Group X. Clothing, furs, india-rub- 
ber goods, ornaments, and fancy 
articles. 1877. — Group XI. Jewelry, 
watches, silver-ware, bronses, ets. 
1877. — Group XII. Leather and 
manufactures of leather. 1877. — 
Group XIII. Paper industry, sta- 
tionery, printing, and bookmaking. 
1877. — Group XIV. Apparatus of 
heating, lighting, ventilation, water- 
supply, and drainage. 1878. — 
Group XV. Builders' hardware, 
edge tools, cutlery, etc. 1877. — 
Group XVI. Military and sporting 
arms, weapons, apparatus of hunt- 
ing, explosives, etc. 1877. — Group 
XVII. Carriages, vehicles^ and ac- 
cessories. 1877. — Group XVIII. 
Railway plant, rolling stock, and 
apparatus: road engines. 1877.— « 
Group XIX. Vessels and apparatus 
of transportation, not included in 
other groups. 1877. — Group XX. 
Motors, • hydraulic and pneumatic 
apparatus^ etc. 1878. — Group XXI. 
Machine tools. 1877. — Group XXII. 
Machines, apparatus, and imple- 
ments used in sewing and making 
clothing, lace, ornamental objects, 
pins, etc 1877. — Group XXIII. 
Agricultural machines, Implements 
of agriculture, horticulture, and 
gardening. 1877. — Group XXIV. 
Instruments and apparatus of hy- 
giene, medicine, surgery, prosthesis, 
etc. 1877. — Group XXV. Instru- 
ments of precision, research, expe- 
riment, and illustration. 1878. — 
Group XXVI. Architecture and en- 

gineering. 1877. — Group XXVU. 
Plastic and graphic art. 1877. — 
Group XXVIII. Education and 
science. 1878.— Group XXIX. Hor- 
ticulture. 1878. — Group XXX- 

XXXV. Live stock. 1877. — Group 

XXXVI. Pomology. 1877.— ^Awards 
on national, state, and other col- 
lective exhibits. International rifle 
matchea International rowing 
regatta. International yacht regatta. 

U. S. Commleaion to the Paris expo« 
sltion, 1878. Official catalogue of 
the United States exhibitors, com- 
piled by T. R. Pickering. iSYtf. 
T802 Gl U5. 6205 

Reports. 1880. 6 v. T802 El US. 

Contents. — ^v. 1. Report of the 
commissioner-general, with accom- 
panying papers, including lists of 
exhibitors and of awards. — ^v. 2. 
Fine arts, W. W. Story. Education, 
J. L. Chamberlain. Political educa- 
tion, A. D. White. Manual train- 
ing schools, E. C. Jewett Wood- 
carving, J. T. Norton. Textile fab- 
rics, Henry Howard. — ^v. 3. Iron and 
steel, D. J. Morrell. Ceramics, W. P. 
Blake. Glass and glass-ware, W. P. 
Blake. Forestry, F. P. Baker. Cot- 
ton culture, P. M. B. Young. — ^v. 4. 
Chemical processes, T. E. Jenkins. 
Mining industries, J. D. Hague. 
Steam and ga« engines, A. J. Swee- 
ney. Machines and machine tools, 
W. T. Porter. CTlocks and watches, 
E. H. Knight Railway apparatus, 
W. A. Anderson. — ^v. 6. Agricultural 
implements, E. H. Knight. Agricul- 
tural products, J. J. Woodman. Live 
stock, Samuel Dsnsart. Horticulture, 
Q. W. Campbell. Pisciculture, T. B. 

U. S. Commiesion to the Paris ex- 
pofiition, 1880. Reports. 1891. 5 
y. V. 2, 4 wanting. T803 El U6. 

Contents. — v. 1. Report of the 
commissioner-general, with accom- 
panying documents, including re- 
ports of officers of the Commission, 
official regulations, classiflcation, 
lists of exhibitors, awards, etc. — v. 
2. Fine arts; education and liberal 
arts; furniture; textile fabrics and 
wearing apparel; extractive arts^ 
raw and manufactured produ'cts; 
hygiene. — v. 3. Apparatus and pro- 
cesses of mechanical industries, civil 
engineering, etc. Ed. by C. B. Rich- 
ards. — ^v. 4. Electricity, military and 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


ilfe-savinff material, alimentary pro- 
ducts, horticulture. — ^v. 6. Agricul- 
ture. Ed. by C. V. Riley. 

U. S. CommisBion to the Paris expo- 
sition, 1900. Report. February 28, 
1901. 1901. P. W. Peck, oom- 
mlBBioner-general. 6 v. T804 61 
U5. 6208 

U. 8. Commieeioner for Nebraska, 
World's industrial and cotton cen- 
tennial exposition. New Orleans, 
1884-85. Report of R. W. Furnas. 
1886. T777 F3 N2. 6209 

U. 8. Commissioners to the Centen- 
nial international exhibition at 
Melbourne. 1888-1889. Reports. 
1889. T732 El U5. . 6210 

U. S. Commissioners, World's indus- 
trial and cotton centennial exposi- 
tion, 1884-85. Proceedings of an 
informal conference of the U. S. 
commissioners and the representa- 
tives of the several departments 
of the National government, Wash- 
ington, D. C, May 7-9, 1884. 
T777 D9. 6211 

U. 8. Dept. of state. A catalogue of 
the exhibit of the Department of 
state at the Louisiana purchase 
exposition, St. Louis, 1904. 1904. 
T860 F2 A5. 6212 

— ^Unlversal and international ex- 
position at Brussels. Message from 
the President transmitting a re- 
port by the secretary of state, with 
acoompansring papers, stating 
reasons why it is desirable to take 
part oillcially in the Brussels ex- 
position. 1909. T467 Gl 115 
1909a. 6213 

U. 8. Jamestown ter-centennial com- 
mission. Final report. Message 
from the President of the United 
States, transmitting the final re- 

port embodying reports of various 
officers of the Jamestown exposi- 
tion, held at Norfolk, Virginia, in 
1907. 1909. T648 D25 1909. 


U. 8. Laws, statutes, etc. Amend- 
ment to sundry civil appropria- 
tion bill entitled "Jamestown ex- 
position." Passed by 59 th Con- 
gress and approved by the Presi- 
dent. T648 Dl U5. 6215 

U. 8. Louisiana purchase exposition 
commission. Board of lady man- 
agers. Report to the Louisiana 
purchase exposition commission. 
[cl905[ T860 D3 L2. 6216 

U. 8. World's Columbian commis- 
sion. Classification of the World's 
Columbian exposition, Chicago, U. 
S. A., 1893. 1891. T500 D3. 6217 

-Committee on awards. World's 

Columbian exposition, Chicago, 111., 
1893. Report of the Committee on 
awards. Special reports upon 
special subjects or groups. 1901. 
2 V. T500 D8 C5. 6218 

"Portraits of Columbus" and 
"Collective exhibit in the convent of 
La Rabida, at the World's Colum- 
bian exposition." by Thomas Wil- 
son: v. 1, p. 187-200. 

Venezuela. Mlnisterlo de reladones 
exteriores. World's Columbian ex- 
position at Chicago. The United 
States of Venezuela in 1893. 
[1893] T500 Gl V4. 6219 

Vienna. Weltauestellung, 1873. Amt- 
licher catalog der ausstellung der 
im Reichsrathe vertretenen koe- 
nigreiche und laender Oester* 
reichs. 1873. T960 D61 A9. 6220 

What is the Centennial? And how 
to see it. [C1876] T825 A2 W5. 



Alberta. Dept. of public works. An- [Barlow, Peter. An essay on the 
nual report. Library has 1907, '08. strength and stress of timber, pre- 
TA27 A3 A2. 6222 ceded by an historical review of 

320 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

former theories and experiments, 
with numerous tables and plates. 
Also an appendix on the strength 
of iron, and other materials. 1826. 
TA420 B25. 

Belangcr — . Notes sur la m^canique 
appllQu^e aux principea de la eta- 
bilit6 des constructions et & la 
th6orie dynamique des machines. 
T47 P2. 6224 

(Bound in Ecole des ponts et 
chausse^B. Session 1848-60.) 

Notes sur le courts d'hydraul- 

ique. TA7 P2. 6226 

(Bound in Ecole des ponts et 
chau8s6es. Session 1848-50) 

Byrne, Oliver. The practical model 
calculator, for the engineer, me- 
chanic, machinist, manufacturer 
of engine-work, naval architect, 
miner, and millwright. 1852. TA 
tbl B9. 6226 

The Civil engineer and architect's 
journal. William Laxton, editor, 
1837-54. Library has v. 22, 23, 
1859, '60. TAl 06. 6227 

Colorado. State engineer. Biennial 
report. Library has 1908, pt. 1 
and 2. TA24 06. 6228 

Concrete. Library has ▼. 9, 1909- 
date. 6229 

Cyclopedia of engineering; a com- 
plete manual of steam and ma- 
chine-shop practice. Ed. by a 
corps of distinguished engineers, 
technical experts and eminent au- 
thorities. Editor-in-chief Louis 
Derr. Illus. 1904. 4 v. TA9 099 
Ref. 6230 

Tiio Digest of physical tests and 
laboratory practice. A r6sum6 of 
practical tests made in the labo* 
ratories of the world. Library has 
V. 1, no. 1. TA401 D5. 6231 

Dufr^noy — . Oours de mindralogle 
appliqu6e aux constructions. Ed. 
de 1847. 6232 

(Bound with Frlssard. Notes 
prises au cours de ports de mer.) 

Frfciice. Direction g6n6rale des 
ponts et chauss^es et des mines. 
Situation des travaux. Library has 
1836, 1838. TA71 Al. 6238 

France. Minist^re des travaux pub- 
lics. Notice sur les travaux pub- 
lics ex6cut6s depuis 1830. 1847. 
TA71 A28 1847. 6234 

Frlssard. Notes prises au cours de 
ports de mer. TA7 P2. 6235 

(Bound with Dufr6noy, Cours de 
min6ralogie appliqu6e aux con- 

Gillmore, Q. A. Report on the com- 
pressive strength, specific gravity, 
and ratio of absorption of the va- 
rious kinds of buildingnstone from 
different sections of the United 
States, tested at Fort Tompkins, 
SUten Island, N. Y. 1874. TA427 
048. 6236 

Report on b6ton agglom6r6; or, 

Ooignet-b6ton, and the materials 
of which it is made. 1871. TA681 
048. 6236a 

Hawaii (Ter.) Department of public 
works. Annual report of the sup- 
erintendent of public works to the 
governor. Library has 1st, 1900, 
2d, 1902 & suppl. TA123 H39. 


Hawaii (Ter.) Survey dept. Report 
of the surveyor. Library has June, 
Dec. 1902. TA123 H35. 6288 

Hcdgkinson, Eaton. Experimental re^ 
searches on the strength and oth- 
er properties of cast iron: with the 
development of new principles; 
calculations deduced from them; 
and inquiries applicable to rigid 
and tenacious bodies generally. 
1846. TA475 H6. 6289 

Hmnphreys, D. C. Notes on Rankin's 
Civil engineering after the notes 
of William Allan & G. W. O. Lee, 
[1894] TA145 R24 H. 6240 

Hunt, C. W. American society me- 
chanical engineers. President's ad- 
dress 1898. The engineer: his 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


work; hie ethics; hto pleasures.! 
[1898] TA167 H9. 6241 

niipols society of enslneers and snr- 
Teyors. Annual report. Library 
has 12th, 1897-i5th, 1900; 18th, 
1903;. 19th, 1904. TAl 129. 6242 

Infftitatioii of cItU engineers, Lon- 
don. Transactions of the Institu- 
tion of civil engineers. 1836-42. 
3 y. TAl 15. 6243 

Iiouisiana. Board of state engineers. 
Report. Library has 1902, 1904. 
TA24 L8. 6244 

McWilliam, Robert. An essay on the 
origin and operation of the dry 
rot, with a view to its prevention 
or cure. To which are annexed, 
suggestions on the cultivation of 
forest trees, and an abstract of 
the several forest laws, from the 
reign of Canute to the present 
time. 1818. TA422 M17. 6245 

Mary, — . Notes prises par les el^ves 
au cours de navigation int^rieure. 
1850. TA7 P2. 6246 

(Bound in Ecole dea ponts et 
ohauss^es. Seseion 1848-50.) 

Nicholson, Peter. A popular and 
practical treatise on masonry and 
stone-cutting; containing the con- 
struction of profiles of arches; the 
articles being preceded by the re- 
quisite information in plane and 
solid geometry. 1828. TA670 N6. 


Ohio. Board of public works. An- 
nual report. Library has 1901- 
1908, '09. TA24 032. 6248 

Orefcon. State engineer. Biennial re- 
port. 1906. Library has 1st ft 2d. 
1st with supplement. TA24 07. 


Paris. Ecole nationale des ponts et 
chaues^es. Cours de construction 
des routes. Session 1850-1851. 
TA7 P2. 6250 

(Bound in Ecole des ponts et 
chauss^es. Session 1847-61.) 

L4gende explicative des instru- 
ments de g6od6sle, d'arpentage et 
de nivcllement TA7 P2. 6251 
(Bound in Ekiole des ponts et 
chausades. Session 1847-61.) 

Patton, W. M. A practical treatise on 
the foundations, explaining fully 
the principles involved, supple- 
mented by articles on the use of 
concrete in foundations. 1st ed., 
1893. TA775 P32. 6252 

Priestley, Joseph. Historical account 
of the navigable rivers, canaJs, and 
railways, throughout Great Bri- 
tain, as a reference to Nichols, 
Priestley ft Walker's new map of 
inland navigation. 1831. TA57 
P94. 6253 

Rankine, W. J. M. A manual of civil 
engineering. By W. J. M. Rankine 
14th ed., thoroughly rev. By W. J. 
Millar. 1885. TA145 R216. 6254 

Smeaton, John. Reports made in the 
fyfcourse of his employment as a 

civil engineer. 1»12. 3 v. TA7 S 
63. 6234a 

^ — The miscellaneous papers of 
^ John Smeaton. 1814. TA7 S63. 


Taylor, P. W. A treatise on con- 
crete, plain and reinforced; mate- 
rials, construction, and design of 
concrete and reinforced concrete, 
with chapters by R. Peret, W. B. 
Fuller & S. B. Newberry; by P. W. 
John Smeaton. 1814. TA7 Sb'3. 


Treilgold, Thomas. Practical essay 
on the strength of cast iron and 
other metals; containing practical 
rules, tables, and examples, 
founded on a series of experi- 
ments; with an extensive table of 
the properties of materials. By 
Thomas Tredgold. 4th ed., 
edited, with notes, by Eaton Hodg- 
kinson, to which are added Experi- 
mental researches on the strength 
and other properties of cast iron; 
by the editor. TA475 T83. 6257 

322 Finding List of Science, AcRicxn-TURE, Technology. 

U. 8. Engineer department. Report 
of board of engineer officers on 
testing hydraulic cements, with 
specifications for the eeyeral 
classee used by the engineer de- 
partment. 1901. TA436 U5. 6258 

-Report of the chief of engineers. 

Library hajs 1908-date. For oth- 
ers see congressional doc. set. TA 
23 A25. 6259 

U. 8. Ordnance dept. Report of the 
testa of metals and other materials 
for industrial purposes, made with 
the United States testing machine 
at Watertown «u:senal, Massachu- 
setts. 1882-19. Library has 1884- 
date. Pt. 2, 1886; 1900 wanting. 
TA410 U7. 6260 

WilUams, Archibald. The romance 

of modem engineering, containing 
Interesting descriptions in non- 
technical language of the Nile 
dam, the Panama canal, the Tower 
bridge, the Brooklyn bridge, the 
Trans-Siberian railway, the Niag- 
ara Falls power co., Bermuda 
floating dock. 1904. TA19 W72. 


Wood, 1>e Volson. A treatise on the 
resistance of materials, and aji ap- 
pendix on the preservation of tim- 
ber. 2d ed. 1875. TA405 W87. 

Woodbiiry, B. P. Treatise on the ya- 
rious elements of stability in the 
well-proportioned arch. With 
numerous tables of the ultimate 
and actual thrust. 1858. TA7 U5 


Gibson, Robert, The theory and 
practice of surveying. By Robert 
Gibson. Newly arranged, im- 
proved, and enl., with useful se- 
lections, and a new set of accu- 
rate mathematical tables. By 
James Ryan. 1828. TA545 G43. 


Gillespie, W. M. A treatise on land- 
surveying: comprising the theory 
developed from five elementary 
principles; and the practice with 
the chain alone, the compass, the 
transit, the theodolite, the plane 
table, &c. gth ed. 1882. TA545 
047. 6265 

A treatise on levelling, topog- 
raphy and higher surveying. By 
W. M. Gillespie. Ed. by Cady Sta^ 
ley. 1882. TA545 G472. 6266 

GuUmln, A. Gouts de math^matiquea 
appliqu6es, lev6 de plans, arpen- 
tage, nlvellement, notions de g6- 
om^trie descriptive. 1858. TA545 
G96. 6267 

Hawes, J. H. Manual of United 
States surveying. System of rect- 
angular surveying employed in 
subdividing the public lands of the 

United States; also instructions 
for subdividing sections and re- 
storing lost corners of the public 
lands. Illustrated with forms, 
diagrams, and maps; constituting 
a complete text-book of govern- 
ment survesring. To which is added 
an appendix containing informa- 
tion in regard to entering, locate 
ing, purchasing, and settling lands 
under the various land laws, 1868. 
TA622 H39. 6268 

Hornby, Thomas. A treatise on the 
new method of land surveying, 
with the improved plan of keep- 
ing the field book. 1827. TA545 
H81. 6260 

An Introduction to the present prac- 
tice of surveying and levelling; 
being plain explanation of the 
subject and of the instruments 
employed. With an appendix. By 
a civil engineer. 1859. TA545 
161. 6270 

[Lee, T. J.] Tables and formulsB use- 
ful in surveying, geodesy, and 
practical astronomy, including ele- 
ments for the projection of maps, 
and instructions for field magnetic 
observations. 3d ed., rev. and 
enl. 1873. TA552 L48. 6271 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


MaDnlng, W. H. Directions for sur- 
veylng and arranging home and 
achool grounds. 1900. TA625 M28. 


17. S. General land office. Manual of 
Instructions for the survey of the 
mineral lands of the United States. 
1909. TA622 U58 1909. 6273 

— Tables and formulas for the use 
of the U. S. surveyors and engi- 
neers on public land surveys; a 
supplement to the Manual of sur- 
Yeylng Instructions. Ck)mp, under 
the direction of Fred Dennett, 
commissioner of the General land 
office. 1910. TA622 U58 1910. 



District of Columbia. Commissioners. 
Improvement of the harbor front 
of Washington, D. C. Letter from 
the president of the board of com- 
missioners transmitting a report 
on the Improvement of the harbor 
front of the city of Washington. 
1908. TC225 W31. 6275 

Kurtz, J. D. Reports on the effects 
of the sea-water and exposure up- 
on the iron-pile shafts of the 
Brandywlne- Shoal lighthouse. By 

J. D. Kurtz and M. R. Brown. 
1874. TC375 K9. 6276 

Rhode Island. Harbor commission- 
ers. Annual report. Library has 
1903-date. TC224 R4 A2. 6277 

U. 8. Light-house board. Report on 
use of acetylene gas by the Cana- 
dian government as an lllumi- 
nant for aids to navigation, by 
Albert Ross. 1907. TC377 U5 
1007. 6279 


Argentine Republic. Direcci6n gen- 
eral de obras hldr&ulicas. Index 
explicatif des objets exposes par 
le Minlstdre des travaux publics 
de la R6publique Argentine. Direc- 
tion g6n6rale des traraux hydrau- 
liques. Port militaire de Bahfa 
Blanca. D^partement des ingdni- 
eurs de la province de Tucum&n. 
1904. TC36 A53. 6280 

Argentine Republic. Ministerio de 
obras ptiblioas. Project for im- 
proving the navigability of the 
river Uruguay between the river 
Plate and Concordia. 1904. TC437 
US A6. 6281 

CaHer, E. K. The oonservatlon and 
improvement of tidal rivers, con- 
sidered principally with reference 
to their tidal and fluvial powers. 
1853. TC405 C16. 

Ellei, Charles. The Mississippi and 
Ohio rivers: containing plans for 
the protection of the delta from 
inundation; and investigations of 
the practicability and cost of im- 

proving the navigation of the Ohio 
and other rivers by means of res- 
ervoirs, with an appendix, on the 
hare at the mouths of the Mississ- 
ippi. 1853. TC423 E45. 6288 

Great Britain. Commissioners for 
the improvement of the River 
Shannon. Report with maps, 
plans and estimates. 1837-1839. 
Library has 2d-5th in 2 v. TC464 
S52. 6284 

Hiunphreys, A. A. Reply to criti- 
cisms made by Dr. Hagen, by A. 
A. Humphreys and H. L. Abbot. 
1878. TC425 M6 A31 1878. 6285 

-Report upon the phsrslcs and 

hydraulics of the Mississippi River; 
upon the protection of the alluvial 
region against overflow; and upon 
the deepening of the mouths. 
Submitted to the Bureau of topo- 
graphical engineers. War depart- 
ment, 1861, (Reprinted with ad- 
ditions.) Prepared by A. A. Hum- 
phreys and H. L. Abbot. 1876. TC 
425 M6 A3 1861a. 6286 

324 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

lieffel, James, & oo. The canBtruc- 
tk>n of mill dams: comprieing 
also the building of race and res- 
ervoir embankments and head 
gates, the measurement of 
streams, gauging of water supply, 
&c. 1874. TC540 L48. 6287 

New York (State) Water supply 
commission. Annual report. 1906. 
Library has 1908, 1909, 1910. TC 
424 N7 A3. 6288 

-Studies of water storage for 

flood prevention and power devel- 
opment in New York state under 
public ownership and control. 
Progress report under chapter 
569, Laws of 1907 transmitted to 
the governor and Legislature, 
February 1, 1908. 1908. TC424 
N7 A4 1908. 6289 

Pennsylvania. Water supply com- 
mission. Report. 1907. Library 
has 1905-1907. TC424 P4 A3. 



iiode Island. Commission for im- 
provement of navigation in Seek- 
onk River. Report to the General 
assembly. 1910. TC425 S6 A5 
1910. 6291 

Rhode Island. Commissioner of 
dams and reservoirs. Annual re- 
port. Library has 1902-1907, 
1909. TC424 R4. 6292 

Taggart, H. T. Improvement of the 
Anacostia flats. Letter from the 
commissioners of the District of 
Columbia transmitting the report 
of H. T. Taggart, special counsel, 
on the ownership of lands and ri- 
parian rights along the Anacostia 
River in the District of Columbia. 
[1910] TC425 A5 1910. 6293 

U. S. Engineer department. Dela- 
ware River, from Allegheny 
Avenue, Philadelphia, to the sea. 
Letter from the secretary of war, 
transmitting, with a letter from 
the chief of engineers, reports of 
examination and survey. [1910] 
TC425 D34 A5 1910. 6294 

— Examination and survey of Sac- 
ramento River, California, from 
its mouth to Feather River. 1909. 
TC425 S12 A5 1909. 

— [Examinations of rivers and 
harbors] Library has 1907, 1908. 
TC423 U6. 6296 

Mississippi River, St. Paul to 
Minneapolis, Minn. Letter from 
the acting secretary of war, trans- 
mitting, with a letter of the chief 
of engineers, report on examina- 
tion of Mississippi River, from St. 
Paul to Minneapolis, with a view 
to modification of project to pro- 
vide for Increased depth and util- 
izing the surplus water for devel- 
opment of power. 1910. TC425 
A16 A5 1910. 6297 

— Report by a special Board of 
engineers on survey of Mississippi 
River from St. Louis, Mo., to its 
mouth, with a view to obtaining a 
channel 14 feet deep and of suit- 
able width, including a considera- 
tion of the survey of a proposed 
waterway from Chicago, 111., to St. 
Louis, Mo., heretofore reported 
upon. Submitted by the chief of 
engineers to the secretary of war. 
1909. TC425 M6 A5 1909. 6298 

— Report of examination of Ohio 
River with a view to obtaining 
channel depths of 6 and 9 feet, 
respectively, made by a board of 
engineers, transmitted by the 
chief of engineers, War depart- 
ment. 1908. TC425 04 1908. 


-Reports of examination and 

survey of San Joaquin River, 
Stockton channel, etc., from San 
Francisco Bay to Stockton, Cal. 
Letter from the secretary of war, 
transmitting, with a letter from 
the chief of engineers, reports of 
examination and survey. 1908. 
TC425 S18 A5 1908. 6900 

— St. Johns River, Florida. Letter 
from the secretary of war, trans- 
mitting, with a letter from the 
chief of engineers, reports on pre- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



Umlnary examinations and Burvey. 
1910. TC425 S14 A6 1910. 6301 

Valine, li. li. Du Rh6ne et du lac de 

Geneve ou des grands travaux & 
executor pour la navigation du 
L^man & la mer. TC472 R4 VI. 



{Armroyd, Georgel] A connected 
view of the whole internal navi- 
gation of the United States, na- 
tural and artificial; present and 
prospective. [With maps.] 1830. 
TC623 A72. 6308 

[Brlndley, James] The history of in- 
land navigations, particularly 
that of the Duke of Bridgwater. 
With geographical plans. 3d ed., 
with additions. 1779. TC744 L44. 


ChesapeaJce and Ohio caaAl eotm- 
pany. Acts of Virginia, Maryland, 
and Pennsylvania, and of the 
Congress of the U. S. in relation 
to the Chesapeake and Ohio 
canal company; with the proceed- 
ings of the convention, which led 
to the formation of said company. 
Also the acts and resolutions of 
Virginia and Maryland concerning 
the Potomac company. 1828. 
TC625 C6 Al. 6305 

of Chesapeake and Ohio canal 

-Report of the president and di- 

rectors. April 22, 1836. 1836. 

TC626 C6 Al. 6310 

(Bound with 4th annual report 

of Chesapeake and Ohio canal 
company. ) 

-Reports and letters from the en- 

— Annual report of the president 
and directors. Library has 1st, 
1829-8th. 1836. TC625 C6 Al. 


— ^The memorial of the Chesa- 
peake and Ohio canal company, 
to the general assembly of Mary- 
land, December 31, 1832. 1832. 
TC625 C5 Al. 6307 

(Bound with 4th annual report 
of Chesapeake and Ohio canal 
company. ) 

— Report of the general commit- 
tee of the stockholders Dec. 3, 
1831. 1831. TC626 C6 Al. 6308 
(Bound with Ist, 2d, & 3d an- 
nual reports of the Chesapeake and 
Ohio canal company.) 

— Same. Presented July 18, 1836. 

1836. TC626 C6 Al. 6309 

(Bound with 4th annual report 

gineers employed in the revised 
location of the western section of 
the Chesapeake and Ohio oanal: 
with the estimates of the cost of 
the same. [1829] TC626 C6 Al. 

(Bound with Ist annual report of 
Chesapeake and Ohio canal com- 

-^^^Special report of the president 

V^and directors on the subject of 

slack-water navigation, etc. April 

21, 1837. 1837. •TC626 C6 Al. 

(Bound with 4th annual report 
of Chesapeake and Ohio canal 

Colden, C. D, Memoir, prepared at 
the request of a committee of the 
Common council of the city of 
New York, and presented to the 
mayor of the city, at the celebra- 
tion of the completion of the New 
York canals. 1825. TC624 N7 C6. 



lllgnon, O. E. Du concours cies 
canaux et des chemins de fer et de 
I'achdvement du canal de la 
Marne au Rhin. 2d ed. 1845. TC 
655 C69. 6314 

Cc^^ell, E. Ia. Report by E. L. 

ir Corthell, delegate of the U. S. (re- 
presenting the State department) 
to the seventh International con- 
gress of navigation, held at Brus- 
sels, Belgium, July, 1898. 1900. 
TC6 15 1898a 6315 

326 / Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 


n, Alexandre. Mdmoire sur le 
canal lateral & la Garpnne, 6tab- 
llssant la jonctlon d^flaitive des 
deux mere. 1836. TC672 M6 D6. 


Dnane, W. J. Letters, addressed to 
the people of Pennsylvania re- 
specting the internal improve- 
ment, of the commonwealth; by 
means of roads and canals. 1811. 
TC624 P4 D8. 6317 

Facts and observations in relation 
to the origin and completion of 
the Erie oanal. 2d ed. 1827. TO 
625 E6 A5 1827. 6318 

Nb/Pranre. Miniature de Tinterieur. 
Rapport au roi sur la situation 
des canaux. Library has 1826- 
1831, 1833. 10671 Al. 6310 

V^ ii< 

ance. Ministdre des travaux pub- 
lics. Documents relatifs aux ca- 
naux. 1840. TC671 A2. 6320 

lUliiois. Canal commissioners. Re- 

N/port Library has 1895, '97-'03. 

'05, '07-date. TC624 13 A2. 6321 

v/lllinois. General assembly, 1909. 
Deep waterway debates of the 
46 th General assembly of the 
state of Illinois. Senate, House 
and committees. 1910. TC624 13 
A5 1910. 6322 



Internal improvement convention. 

Journal of the Internal improve- 
ment convention, which assembled 
in the city of Baltimore, on the 
8th day of December, 1834. 1835. 
TC625 C5 Al. 6828 

(Bound with 4th annual report 
of Chesapeake and Ohio canal 


Leach, Edmnnd. A treatise of uni- 
versal inland navigations, and the 
use of all sorts of mines. To 
which is added a supplement. 
1791. TC744 L44 6324 

(Bound with Brindley, James, 
History of inland navigations.) 

MUIs, Robert. A treatise on inland 
navigation. 1820. TC745 M65. 


New York (State) Canal commis- 
sioners. Annual repori. Library 
has 1817, 1818, 1820, 1822, i823, 
1841. TC624 N7 A2. 6326 

New York (State) Laws, statutes, 
etc. Laws of the state of New 
York, in relation to the Erie and 
Champlain canals, together with 
the annual reports of the Canal 
commissioners, and other docu- 
ments requisite for a complete 
official history of those works. 
Also, correct maps delineating the 
routes of the Erie and Champlain 
canals, and designating the lands 
through which they pass. 1825. 
2 V. TC624 N7 A3. 6327 

New York corresponding association 
/for the promotion of internal im- 
V provements. Public documents, 
relating to the New York canals, 
which are to connect the western 
and northern lakes, with the At- 
lantic Ocean; with an introduc- 
tion. 1821. TC624 N7 A4 1821. 

Ohio. Canal commission. Report. Li- 

^brary has 1900, 1902-1905. TC 

624 03. 6329 



Ojiio, Canal commission appointed 
under act of April 9th, 1902. 
Report ending November 15th, 
1903. 1903. TC624 032. 6330 

^Iregon. Board of commissioners of 

V canals and locks. Report for the 

canal and locks at Willamette 

Falls. Library has 1907. TC625 

W6 A2. 6331 

Phillips, John. A general history 
of inland navigation, foreign and 
domestic: containing a complete 
account of the canals already exe- 
cuted in England, with considera- 
tions on those projected. 1792. 
TC744 P55. 6382 

Same. 4th ed. 1803. TC744 

P56. 6382a 

Sntcliffe, John. A treatise on canals 
and reservoirs, and the best mode 
of designing and executing them; 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



with observations on the Roch- 
dale, Leeds and Liverpool, and 
Huddersfield canals. Likewise ob- 
servations on the best mode of 
carding, roving, drawing and 
spinning all kinds of cotton twist. 
Also instructions for designing 
and building a corn mih, together 
with Important directions on pub- 
lic drains. 1816. TC753 S96. 


Tponp, Robert. A letter to the Hon- 
orable Brockholst Livingston, esq., 
one of the justices of the Su- 
preme court of the United States, 
on the lake canal policy of the 
state of New York. With a sup- 
plement, and additional docu- 
ments. 1822. TC624 N7 T85. 



B. Congress. House. Committee 
on roads and canals. Chesapeake 
and Ohio canal. [To accompany 
bill H. R. no. 94] April 17, 1834. 
Report. [1834] TC625 C5 U5. 

(U. S. 23d Cong., 1st seas. House 
Rept. 414) 

Chesapeake and Ohio canal 
company. [To accompany bill H. 
R. no. 416] March 3, 1836. 1836. 
TC625 C5 Al. 6336 

(Bound with 4th annual report 
of Chesapeake and Ohio canal 

VCL/S. Engineer dept. Report upon 
Wsurvey, with plans and estimates 
of cost, for a navigable waterway 
14 feet deep from Lockport, 111., 
by way of Des Plaines and Illi- 
nois rivers, to the mouth of sal 
Illinois River, and thence by wa; 
of the Mississippi River to St. 
Louis, Mo., and for a navigable 

. waterway of 7 and 8 feet depth, 
respectively, from the head of 
navigation of Illinois River at La- 
salle. 111., through said river to 
Ottawa, 111., by the Mississippi 
River commission, covering the 
section below the mouth of the 
Illinois River, and by a Board of 
officers of the corps of engineers, 
U S. army, covering the section 
above the mouth of the Illinois 
River. 1905. TC624 13 A3 1905. 


U. 8. Treasury dept. Report of the 
secretary of the Treasury on the 
SI bject of public roads and ca- 
nals; April 12, 1808. 1808. TC 
623 A58 1808. 6338 


Roads and canals. Letter from 
the secretary of the Treasury, 
transmitting a report, respecting 
roads and canals. Reprint from 
State paper no. 250, Tenth Con- 
gress, first session. 1910. TC623 
A2 1808a. 6330 

(61st Cong., 2d sess. Senate Doc. 

U/S. War department. Chesapeake 
^and Ohio canal. Letter from the 
^ secretary of war, transmitting in- 
formation in relation to the Ches- 
apeake and Ohio canal. January 
14, 1834. 1834. TC625 C5 Al. 


(Bound with 4th annual report 
of Chesapeake and Ohio canal 

a. Note: A special list of 

orks in this library on inland 

navigation in Virginia will be 

published as a separate bulletin. 



BM^neering news. Best type of 
canal for Panama. 1909. TC774 
£6 6342 

•<Satun dam and earth dams In 

general. 1909. TC774 E64. 6348 

Freeman, J. R. Lock canal at Panar 
ma. 1909. TC774 F8. 6844 

Ckietbals, O. W. The Isthmian canal, 
1909. TC774 G7. 6345 

Johnson, W. F. Four centuries of 
the Panama canal. 1907. TC774 
J7. 6346 

Johnston^ W. E. The true history of 

328 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

the Panama canal scheme, 1884. 
TC774 J73. eS47 

Jiaahey, L. M. The Nicaragua canal 
nud the Monroe doctrine; a po- 
litical history of isthmus transit, 
with special reference to the Nic- 
aragua canal project and the at- 
titude of the United States gov- 
ernment thereto. 1896. TC784 
K24. 6348 

Jicaragaa canal constractioii com- 
pany. The inter-oceanic canal of 
Nicaragua: its history, physical 
condition, plana and prospects. 
Puh. hy the company. Officers, 
Warner Miller, pros., O. W. Davis, 
2d vice pres. and general mana- 
ger. 1891. TC784 N57. 6340 

Papers relating to the construction 
of the Panama canal. 1909. TC 
774 U6 1909d. 6350 

Papers A-F, in favor of the sea- 
level type. A., Change in canal 
plans. Special report of chairman 
of commission, recommending locks 
and dams at Miraflores instead of 
at La Boca, signed G. W. Goethals: 
p. [l]-3. B., Substance of an ad- 
dress before Commercial club of 
Boston, by Philippe Bunau-Varilla, 
on the Panama canal, February 25, 

Rodrlgues, J. O. The Panama oanal; 
its history, its political aspects, 
and financial difficulties. 1885. 
TC774 R69. 6351 

Ronssean, H. H. The Isthmian ca- 
nal. Presented at the Trans- 
Mississippi commercial congress, 
Denver, Colo. August 16-21, 
1909. 1909. TC774 R8. 6352 

Same. 1910. TC774 R82. 6853 

U. S. Bureau of statistics (Dept. of 
commerce and labor) Traffic, fi- 
nances, shipping and tonnage, and 
receipts and expenditures of the 
Suez canal, and monograph on the 
great canals of the world. Letter 
from the chief of the Bureau of 
statistics, transmitting informa- 

ticn November 25, 1903. 1903. 
TC791 U5. 6354 

U. S. Congress. House. Committee 
on industrial arts and expositions. 
World's Panama exposition. Re- 
port. (To accompany H. R. 
29362) [1911] TC781 A2 1911. 


U. S. Congress. House. Committee 
on interstate and foreign com- 
merce. Hearings before the com- 
mittee on the new Panama canal 
company, the Maritime company, 
and the Nicaragua canal company^ 
( Qrace-Eyre-Craigan syndicate ) 
Jan. 17-20, and 25, 1899. 1899. 
TC773 U32. 6356 

^Transportation by sea of ma- 
terial and equipment for use in 
construction of Panama canal. Re- 
port. (To accompany S. R. 40) 
[1908] TC774 U6 1908d, 6357 

U. 8. Congress. Senate. Committee 
on interoceanic canals. Hearings 
before the Senate Committee on 
inter-oceanic canals on H. R. 
3110, first session F^fty-seventh 
Congress. In three parts. March 
14, 1902. 1902. TC773 U35 
1902d. 6358 

— Investigation of Panama canal 
matters. Hearings in the matter 
of the Senate resolution adopted 
January 9, 1906, providing for an 
investigation of matters relating 
to the Panama canal, etc. [Jan. 
11, 1906-Feb. 12, 1907] 1906-07. 
4 y. Joseph H. Millard, chairman. 
TC774 U6 1906. 6859 

Report on the proposed ship 

canals through the American isth- 
mus connecting the continents of 
North and South America. Dec. 
12, 1901. 1901. TC773 U36 1901. 


U. 8. Dept. of state. History of 
amendments proposed to the Clay- 
ton-Bulwer treaty. 1911. TC773 
U7 1911. 6361 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


U. S. lethmian canal oommission. and report upon the feasibility 

Library has 1905, 1907-date. TC 
774 U52. 0362 

Manual of information concern- 
ing employments for service on 
the Isthmus of Panama. Library 
has revision of Jan. 1908. Feb. & 
Sept. 1909, Apr. & Nov., 1910. TC 
774 U537. 6363 

^Report of the department of 

sanitation. Library has 1907- 
date. TC778 3 S22. 6364 

li. S. Isthmian canal commission, 
1899. Report of the Isthmian ca- 
nal commission, 1899-1901. J. G. 
Walker, president. 1901-02. 2 v. 
TC773 U58 1901b. 6365 

Same. 1904. TC773 U58 1904. 


U. S. Naval observatory. Report on 
interoceanlc canals and railroads 
between the Atlantic and Pacific 
oceans. C. H. Davis, superintend- 
ent of the Naval observatory. 
1867. TC773 U45 1867. 6367 

U. 8. President, 1901-1909 (Roose- 
velt) Isthmian canal. Message 
transmitting report of the Board 
of engineers appointed to accom- 
pany ex-secretary of war W. H. 
Taft to the Isthmian canal to look 
into the condition of canal work 

and safety of the Qatun dam, etc. 
1909. TC774 U6 1909e. 6368 

•Special message of the Presi- 

dent Dec. 15, 1908. 1908. TC774 
U6 1908 1. 6360 

-Special message of the Presi- 

dent concerning the Panama ca- 
nal, Dec. 17, 1906. 1906. TC774 
U6 1906a. 6370 

U. S. War dept.. Panama canal com- 
pany. Message from the Presi- 
dent of the United States, trans- 
mitting a letter from the secretary 
of war, with a memorandum pre- 
pared by Mr. Charlton, the law 
officer of the Bureau of insular 
affairs, in connection with Mr. 
Rogers the general counsel of 
the Isthmian canal commission, 
containing a statement as to the 
so-called archives transferred by 
the Panama canal company. Luke 
B. Wright, secretary of war. 1908. 
TC774 U6 1908O. 6371 

WaterhoQse, Sylvester. The Nicara- 
gua canal. The benefits which it 
will confer upon the United 
States Justify government aid. 
1892. TC784 W31. 6373 

The Nicaragua canal. Govern- 
ment control. 1^3. TC784 W32. 



Bryas, C. R. A. de, marquis. Exp086 
des travauz de drainage et des- 
s6chement ez6cut6e. 1855. TC978 
F8 B9. 6374 

Blstobb, W. An historical account 
of the great level of the fens, 
called Bedford Level, and other 
fens, marshes and low-lands in 
this kingdom, and other places; 
1793. TC978 G72 K49. 6375 

France. Minist^re de Tagriculture, 
du commerce et des travauz pub- 
lics. Instructions pratiques sur 
le drainage. 1855. TC970 F8. 


King, F. H. Irrigation and drain- 
age; principles and practice of 
their cultural phases. 3d ed., 
1903. S613 K4. 6377 

Mead, ElvroodL Irrigation institu- 
tions; a discussion of the economic 
and legal questions created by the 
growth of irrigated agriculture in 
the West. 1903. S613 M48. 6378 

Nadault de Bnffon, [Benjamin] 

Traits th^orique et pratique des 
irrigations envisag^es sous les di- 
vers points de vue de la produc- 
tion agricole, de la science by- 

330 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

draulique et de la legislation; 
1843. 3 V. TC805 N2. 6S79 

Straten-Ponthoz, F, van der, comte. 
Etat, progress et avenir du drain- 
age en France. De sa pratique et 
de son application dans le d6- 
partement de la. Moselle. 1853. 
TC978 F8 S8. 6380 

U. S. Dept. of the Interior. Drain- 
age flurvey of certain lands In 
Minnesota. Letter from the sec- 

retary of the Interior, transmit- 
ting a detailed report of a drain- 
age survey of certain wet, over- 
flowed, or swampy lands ceded by 
the Chippewa Indiana in Minne- 
sota. [1909] TC977 M6. 6381 

U. S. Reclamation service. Annual 
report. Library has 5th, 1906- 
date. TC823 U6. 6382 

Villeroy, F^lix. Manuel de I'irriga- 
teur par FSllx Vllleroy, et Adam 
Muller. [n. d.] S613 V74. 6383 


Baker, M. N. Municipal engineering 
and eanltation. 1902 [1901] TD 
145 B16. 6384 

Belgrand, M. F. E. Recherches ata- 
tistiquee sur les sources du bas- 
sln de la Seine qu'll est possible 
de conduire k Paris ex6cut6es en 
1854. 1854. TD272 P23. 6385 

Branch, J. G. Heat and light from 
municipal and other waste, 
[C1906] TD795 B81. 6386 

Bridge, J. H. The ozone treatment 
of public water supplies. [1904] 
TD461 B85. 6387 

Carrier, C. G. Water purification, 
hyglenlcally considered. [1897] 
TD430 C97. 6388 

France. D6partement de la Seine. 
Prefecture. M6molre sur les eaux 
de Paris, [par le baron G. E. 
Haussmann pr6fet de la Seine] 
1854. TD272 P23. 6389 

Hartford, Conn. Street dept. An- 
nual report of the Board of street 
commissioners. Library has 32d» 
33d, 1903, 1904. TD25 H2 A3. 


Illinois. Water survey. Chemical 
survey of the waters of Illinois. 
Report for the years 1897-1902 by 
A. W. Palmer. 1903. TD224 13 
A5. 6391 

Johnson, C. O. Water supply and 
prevention of waste In leading 
European cities; report to the 
Merchants' association of New 
York. 1903. TD495 J7. 6392 

King, Charles. A memoir of the 
construction, cost, and capacity 
of the Croton aqueduct, together 
with an account of the civic cel- 
ebration of the fourteenth Octo- 
ber, 1842, on occasion of the com- 
pletion of the great work: pre- 
ceded by a preliminary essay on 
ancient and modern aqueducts. 
1843. TD225 N5 K5. 6393 

The Manual of American water- 
works. Containing the history and 
descriptions of the source and 
mode of supply, pumps, reservoirs, 
stand-pipes, distribution systems, 
piessures, consumption, etc. of 
the water-works of the United 
States and Canada. With sum- 
maries for each state and group 
of states, and water rates charged. 
Ed. by M. N. Baker. 1889. Is- 
sued annually from 1888-91. The 
fourth issue was In i897. Library 
has 1888. TD222 M2. 6394 

Merchants* association of New York. 

Against construction of more res- 
ervoirs in the Croton Valley; a 
report to the Merchants' associa- 
tion of New York by Its Commit- 
tee on water supply. May 3, 1909. 
[1909] TD225 N5 M47. 6395 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


^The battle of the microbes, na- 
ture's fight for pure water; a 
clear description of the methods 
of sewage disposal. December, 
1908. [1908] TD741 M5. 6396 

Contents. — Committee on pollu- 
tion of state waters, Edward Hatch, 
jr., chairman [and others] — ^The 
bittle of the microbes, nature's fight 
for pure water. — ^The sewage prob- 
lem popularly stated. Extracts 
from a paper by C. P. Collins. — ^The 
British Royal commission on sew- 
age disposal, summary of report, 
made by sanitary authorises in 
Great Britain. 

Protest against the proposed 

Bronx River Valley sewer. By J. 
H Dougherty, counsel, on behalf 
of the Merchants' association of 
New York, February, 1907. [1907] 
TD525 N6 M5. 6307 

Waste of water in New York 

and its reduction by meters and 
iDspection; a report by J. H. 
Fuertes, to the Committee on 
water-supply of the Merchants' 
association of New York; also a 
Digest of laws governing the use 
of water-meters in New York, by 
A. L. Marllley, and a Summary 
of present conditions relating to 
the water-supply of New York, by 
J. H. Dougherty. 1906. TD225 
N5 M6. 6898 

MlUe, — . Rapport sur le mode d'as- 
salnissement des villes en Angle- 
terre et en Ecosse. 1854. TD272 
P23. 6309 

Naylor, William. Trades waste: its 
treatment and utilisation. With 
sr^cial reference to the preven- 
tion of rivers pollution. A hand- 
book for borough engineers, sur- 
veyors, architects and analysts. 
1902. TD897 N33. 6400 

New York (City) Croton aqueduct 

board. Minutes July 18, 1849, to 
April 9, 1870. Department of 
water supply, gas and electricity. 
July 1, 1903. 1903. TD225 N5 
A3 5. 6401 

New York (State) Water supply 
commission. New York's water 
supply and its conservation, dis- 
tribution and uses. [1910] TD224 
N7 N7. , 6402 

Ohio. State board of health. Report 
of an investigation of water and 
sewage purification plants in 
Ohio, 1906-1907. 1908'. TD430 
03. 6403 

Contents. — Introductory report 
by the secretary, C. O. Probst. — 
General report by the chief engi- 
neer, R. W. Pratt — Report on ex- 
amination of water purification 
plants, by Philip Burgess. — Report 
on examination of water softening 
plant at Oberlin, by A. E. Kimber- 
ly. — Report on examination of sew- 
age purification plants and supple- 
mentary reports on disinfection of 
sewage effluents and purification of 
acid iron wastes at Shelby, by A. E. 

Parsons, H. de B. The disposal of 
mdniclpal refuse. 1906. TD795 
P26. 6404 

Switzer, Stephen. An universal sys- 
tem of water and water-works, 
philosophical and pmctical. 1734. 
2 V. TD344 S97. 6405 

Tower, F. B. Illustrations of the 
Croton aqueduct. 1843. TD225 
N5 T7. 6406 

U. S. Engineer department. Prelim- 
inary investigations and surveys 
for increasing the water supply of 
the District of Columbia. Letter 
from the sec. of war. 1909. TD 
224 D6 U5. 6407 

Venable, W. M. Garbage crematories 
in America. 1906. TD803 V44. 




tken, Thomas. Road making and 
maintenance. With an nxstorical 

sketch of ancient and modern 
practice. 1900. TE145 A31. 6400 

332 . Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

\ Aftanflas. Laws, statutes, etc. Laws 
w of Arkansas as to roads and high- 
ways for the use of overseers, 
[1899] TE324 A8 1899. 6410 

Baker, I. O. A treatise on roaas ana 
pavements. 1905. TE146 B16 



royales. — Routes d^partementales. 
1837. TE71 A2. 642^ 

Fk*u^. Ministdre de I'interleur. 

ystatistique des routes royales de 

France. 1824. TE71 Al. 6422 

GiU^te, H. P. Economics of road 
V^onstruction. 1901. TE145 647. 
leUs, C. H. Highway manual of / 6423 

the state of New York; a complete / 
compilation of all the laws relat-^ ^reenwell, Allan. Roads: their con- 

ing to highways, with annoiacions 
and forms. Official ed. 1904. TE 
324 N7 B56. 6412 

Byrne, A. T. A treatise on highway 
fconstructlon. 4th rev. an<d enl. 
ed. 1903. TE145 B99. 6413 

. jConnectlcnt. Highway commis^ 

V sloner's ipfflce. Report. Library 

has 1904. TE24 08. 6414 

C^necticnt. Connecticut law for the 
^/Improvement of public roads. Of- 
fice of the state highway commis- 
sioner. [1903] TE324 C8 1903. . 

64i5|Bll|m8. Highway commission. An- 
nual report. Library has 1st, 


struction and maintenance: with 
special reference to road mater- 
ials. By Allan Green well and J. 
y. Elsden. 1901. TE145 G8. 6424 

,upt, li. M. The road movement. 
1893. TE155 H37. 6425 


ys, J. W. A little road talk by a 
practical road builder. [1910] 
TE155 H41 6426 


o. Road laws of the state of 
Idaho. 1905. TE324 12 1905. 



Connecticut law for improve- 
ment of public roads. Passed 
1905. Office of the state highway 
commissioner. [1905] TE324 C8 
1905. 6416 

\rk>nnecticut. State board of agricul- 

^ ture. Good roads a necessity [and 

other addresses] [1893] TE24 C8 

A2. 11417 

'06, 2d, '07. TE24 13 A3. 6428 

-Bulletin. Library has 

1910. TEl 13. 


no. 6, 

brhols. Laws of the state of Illinois 
in relation to roads and brldtges 
In counties not under township 
organization. Pub. by secretary of 
state. Library has 1902, '07. TE 
324 13. O430 

iott, B. K. A treatise on the law 
roads and streets. 2d ed. 1900. 
TE315 E46. 6418 

^torids. Road laws of the state of 

V Florida to and including session 

of 1903. [1903] TE324 F6. 6410 

xFrance. Commission ep^ciale du 
roulage. Recherches sur les prin- 
cipes qui paraissent devoir former 
la base d'une nouvelle legislation. 
1842. TE7 Ai85. 6420 

l^rance. Direction g6n6rale des ponts 

^Laws of the state of Illinois In 

V relation to roads and bridges in 
counties under township organi- 
zation. Pub. by secretary of state. 
Library has 1902, '06, '07. TE 
324 131. 6431 

loya. Laws of Iowa relating to 
^ ioads, bridges and ferries, with all 
y amendments, including the acts 
of the twenty-ninth general as- 
sembly. 1903. TE324 18 1903. 


Hdson, W. P. City roads and pave- 

et chaus^es et des mines. Routes | ments suited to cities of moderate 

size. 2d ed., 
TE145 J93. 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



rev. and enl. 1902. 



[orin, A. J. Experiences eur le 

tirage des voituree faites en 1837 
Ax, 1838, 1839. TE7 M85. 6445 

Janne, liten. Tables nouvellee||X 

pour abrgger divers calculs relat- TfaTier, O. L. >£. H. Considerations 

Bur les principes de la police du 
roulage et sur les travaux d'en- 
tretien dee routes; suiviee d'un 
appendix contenant un extrait de 
diverses enqudtes parlementaires 
anglaises, ainsi que du nouTeau 
traite des routes de Sir Henry 
Parnell, et I'instruction offlcielle 
pour la direction des travaux de la 
route de Londres & Holyhead. 
18^5. TE146 N32. 6446 

ifs aux projets de routes princi- 
palement les calculs des terrasses 
et des plans parcellaires. 1839. 
TEiBl LI 9. 6434 

^liOTe, E. G.] comp. Pavements and 
roads; tueir construction and 
maintenance. 1890. TE145 L89. 


^cAdam, J. L. Observations on the 
management of trusts lor the care 
of turnpike roads. London, 1825. 
TE243 Mil. 6436 

Remarks on the present system 
of road making. 7th ed., carefully 
rev., with an appendix. 1824. 
TE243 Mil. 6437 


ion, H. D. Mason on highways; 
containing the New York high- 
way law, including the Good roads 
law of 1898 and 1901 and the 
Motor vehicle law of r904, all as 
amended to the end of the ses- 
sion of 1905, with annotations 
and forms. 4th ed. 1905. TE324 
N7 M41. 6438 

ilmchants* association of New York. 

^ Committee on city conditions. 
Maintenance of pavements and ad- 
ministration of streets in the city 
of N. Y. [1906?] TE25 N6 M5. 


Michigan. Highway dept. Biennial 
report. 1907. Library has 2d. 
1908, 1910. TE24 M5 A3. 6440 

Michigan. Law creating the state 
highway department. 1905. 
[1905] TE324 M5 1905. 6441 

-Laws relating to highways and 

bridges, with blank forms. 1909. 
TE324 M5 1909. 6442 

t Aussonri. Laws of the state of Mls- 

V souri relating to roads, highways 

and bridges. Rev. to date. [1905] 

TE324 M8 1905. 6444 


Jersey. Ck)mmiBsioner of pub- 

roaas. Annual report. Ll- 

braxy has 10th, llth, 1903, '04. 

1^24 N5. 6447 

Jfew Jersey. An act to provide for 
^<the 'permanent improvement of 
public roads in this state. (Revis- 
ion of 1905) 1905. TE324 N6 
1905. 6443 

g^ York. The highway law of the 
instate of New York, containing all 
laws relating to highways as 
amended, 1902. With annota- 
tions, forms and cross references. 
By H. N. Greene. 2d ed. By Li. u 
Boyce. 1902. TB324 N7 1902. 



Carolina. Highway commifr> 
eion. Recent road legislation in 
North Carolina. 1902. TE324 N8. 


No^h Dakota. Public library com- 
y/mission. Legislative reference 
dept. Good roads, an outline of 
state road systems. Comp. by 
Sveinbjorn Johnson, 1910. TE 
323 N6. 6451 

Otil^ Highway dept. Annual report. 

HLibrary has 1st, 1905-4th, 1908. 

TE24 03 A3. 6452 

I^BulIetin. Library has 
", 9. TE24 03 A32. 




1, 2. 

, J. B. Road making and main- 
tenance; the latter wrought into 
the texture and structure of the 

334 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

road, a return to flrat principles. 
Lecture. [From the report of the 
Massachufietts board of agricul- 
ture, 1891] TE229 042. 6454 

Ora^n. Lawfi, statutes, etc. 9ta- 
^^utes of the state of Oregon relat- 
ing to roads, highways, bridges, 
and ferries, comp. from Bellinger 
and Cotton's Annotated codes and 
statutes and laws or 1903 and 
1905. In efTect May 18, 1906. 

1905. TE324 07 1905. 6455 

PennsyKania. Laws, statutes, etc. 
Supplement to Pennsylvania road 
laws. Issued by the State high- 
way department. 1908. TE324 P4 

1906. 6456 

tion of good county roads. De- 
livered at the annual meeting of 
the Virginia board of trade, Roan- 
noke, Va., August 30-31, 1905. 
1905. TE155 S53. 6463 


onssat, St. G. 1m Highway legisla- 
tion in Maryland and its influence 
on the economic development of 
Oie state. TE324 M3 S6. 6464 

^i^uthem good roads. A magazine 
devoted to highway and street im- 
provements. Library has v. 1, 
1910. TE23 5 S72. 6465 



<^e, A. A. Highway improvement. 
An address before the Carriage 
builders' national association, at 
Syracuse, N. Y., October 17, 1889. 
[1889?] TB155 P816. 6457 



-A memorial to Congress on the 

subject of a comprehensive ex- 
hibit of roads, their construction 
and maintenance, at the World's 
Columbian exposition. [1892] 
TE6 P82. 6458 

\^ — The movement for better roads. 
An address before the Board of 
trade at Hartford, Conn., Febru- 
ary 11, 1890. An open letter to 
the people of the United States. 
Relating to a department of road 
construction and maintenance at 
the World's Columbian exposition. 
Width of tires. Extracts from re- 
cent special consular reports on 
streets and highways in foreign 
countries. 1892. TE155 P825. 


Bh^jfde Island. Board of public roads. 

V^inu«il report. 1903. Library has 

1st, '03-date. TE24 R4 A3. . 6460 

palding, F. P. A text-book on roads 
and pavements. 2d ed. rev. and 
enl. 1905. TE147 S74. 6466 


Shaler, N. S. American highways; a 
{>opular account of their condi- 
'tions, and of the means by which 
they may be bettered. 1896. TE 
23 S5. 6462 


Shaw, G. P. Address on the ques- 

tone, Roy. New roads and road 
laws in the United States. 1894. 
TE23 S8. 6467 

'!]^n«iessee. Road laws in general of 

Wie state of Tennessee. 1901 to 

1906. Applying to all counties not 

having a special road law. [n. d.] 

TE324 T2. 6468 

ILB; Alaska road commission. Re- 
*port. Library has 1907. TE24 A4. 


€| Sr Congress. Senate. Committee 

ym agriculture and forestry. E«x- 

periments on certain highways, 

etc. Report, (lo accompany S. 

6931.) 1910. TE23 A5 1910. 

(6l8t Cong., 2d sess. Senate. 
Rent 438) 

IL i^ Office of public roads. Bulletin. 
VLlbrary has nos. 1, 3-35. TE23 
A8, 6471 


Branner, J. C. Report on road- 

injLking materials in Arkansas. 

1*94. (no. 4) 6472 

y/Bnrrongh, Edward. State aid to 

Foa/fl-building in New Jersey. 

19§4. (no. 9) 6473 

x/Cmmp, M. H. Kentucky high- 
ways. History of the old and new 
e^tems. 1895. (no. 13) 6474 

sA Cnsbman, A. 8. The corrosion of 
iron. 1907. (no.30) 6475 


Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



decomposition of the 
By A. S. Cushman and 

Prevost Hubbard. 1907. (no. 28) 
y 6476 

^ The preservation of Iron and 

steel. 1909. (no. 35) 6477 

yyodgCt Sfartln, comp. Road con- 
y^entions In the southern states, and 
object-lesson roads constructed un- 
der the supervision of the Office of 
public road inquiries, with the co- 
operation of the Southern railway. 
Prepared under the direction of 
MarUn Dodge, director. 1902. (no. 
2Z/^ 6478 

y/kldridge, M. O. Public-road 
mileage, revenues, and expendi- 
tures in the United States in 1904. 
1907. (no. 32) 6479 

- yli'Ietcher, A. B. The construction 
Vf macadam roads. 1907. (no. 29) 
y 6480 

i/Good roads conventiQui of Texas, 
HHouston, Texas, 1895. Proceedings 
of the Good roads convention of 
Texas, held at Turner's hall In 
Houston. Texas, February 19, 1895. 
1895. (no. 15) 6481 

\X Good roads Gonventlon of the 
boards of sap^visors of tlie state 
of New York, Albany, 1902. Pro- 
ceedings of the third annual good 
roads convention of the state of 
New York, held at Albany, N. Y., 
January 28 and 29, 1902. 1902. 
(no. 22) 6482 

/Hnbhard, Prevost. Dust preven- 
l/ives. 1908. (no. 34) 6488 

i>^nfonnation regarding road ma- 
*terials and transportation rates in 
certain states west of the Mississip- 
pi River. (Furnished by officials of 
various railway companies) 1894. 
(no. 5) 6484 

v/^Infomiatloii regarding roads and 
*^oad-making materials In certain 
eastern and southern states. (Fur- 
nished by officials of the various 
railway companies) 1894. (no. 7) 




Information regarding roads, 
road materials, and freight rates 
in certain states north of the Ohio 
River. (Furnished by officials of 
various railway companies.) 1894. 
(n*. 6) 6486 

I yintematloiial good roads cM>n- 
v-^^wfls, Buffalo, N. Y., 1901. Pro- 
ceedings, September 16 to 21, 1901. 
1»01. (no. 21) 6487 

I /Jefferson memorial and inter- 
state good roads convention, Char- 
lottesvllUe, Va., 1902. Proceedings, 
April 2, 3. and 4. 1902. 1902. (no. 

i/^I/eighton, Henry. Road materials 

of southern and eastern Maine. By 

Henry Leighton and £. S. Bastln. 

im. (no. 33) 6489 

ly/ijord, £. C. £2. Examination and 

^lasslflcation of rocks for road 

building, including the physical 

properties of rocks with reference 

to Qieir mineral composition and 

stricture. 1907. (no. 31) 6490 

f^^atlonal good roads convention, 

UsL Liouis, 1903. Proceedings, April 

2^ to 29, 1903. 1903. (no. 26) 6491 

l/ National road conference, Asbury 

Park, N. J., 1894. Proceedings, 

July 5 and 6. 1894. 1894. (no. 10) 

National road parliament, Atlan- 
ta, Oa., 1895. Progress of road con- 
struction in the United States. Re- 
pprts by delegates. 1897. (no. 19) 

Neely, S. T. Traction tests. 1896. 
' (no. 20) 6494 

I / North Carolina good roads con- 
(Aention^ Raleigh, N. C, 1902. Pro- 
ceedings, February 12 and 13, 1902. 
Conrt). by J. A. Holmes. 1903. (no. 
2yr 6495 

Xsheffleld, O. H. Improvement of 
»^he road system of Georgia. 1894. 
(iy&. 3) 6496 

I ^^poon, W. Tj, The construction 
M>f sand-clay and burnt-clay roads. 
19^6. (no. 27) 6497 

i/Stone, Roy, comp. Earth roads: 
%lnta on their construction and re- 
1894. (no. 8) 6498 

-Good roads. Extracts from 
Lges of governors. 1895. (no. 

-Historical and technical pa- 
pers on road building in the United 
St^s. 1895. (no. 17) 6500 

y- Notes on the employment of 

Convicts in connection with road 

bulging. 1896. (no. 16) 6501 

-State laws relating to the 

gement of roads, enacted in 

'93. 1894. (no. 1) 6502 

-Same. Enacted in 1894-95. 

(no. 18) 6503 

Wide tires. Laws of certain 


States relating to their use, and 

other pertinent Information. 1895. 

(no. 12) 6504 

i/Virginia good roads convention, 
^^Richmond, Va., 1894. Proceedings, 

October 18, 1894. 1895. (no. 11) 


Office of public roads. Clrcu- 

Llbrary has nos. 14-23, 25- 

6488 1 31, 33-93. TE23 A9. 6506 

336 Finding List of Science, Agricxh-ture, Technology. 


An act to provide for the con- 
struction of roads by local assess- 
ment, county, and state aid [in New 
York state]. 1894. (no. 16) 6507 

Addresses on road improvement. 
1894. (no. 14) 6508 

Armevrong, W. W. [The Hlffbie- 
Armstronff road improvement act] 
1900. (no. 36) 6509 

QBrlck paving for country roads. 
1896. (no. 26) 6510 

Ohoafie, A. B. State aid to road 
buildiniT in Minnesota. 1898. (no. 
32) 6511 

Conunenta on systems of main- 
taining country roads. 1896. (no. 
20) 8512 

Cost of hauling farm products to 
market or to shipping points in 
European countries. 1891!. (no. 
27) 6513 

Craig, A. li. The railroads and 
the wagon roads. 1904. (no. 37) 


Cushman, A. S. A study of rock 
decomposition under the action of 
water. 1906. (no. 38) 6515 

[Eadrldge, M. C] Public roads 
. . . mileage and expenditure in 
1904. 1906-7. (no. 39-46, 48-87) 


Harrison, S. G. Repairs on ma- 
cadam roads. 1898. (no. 30) 6517 

Highway taxation: comparative 
results of labor and money systems, 
(no. 16) 6518 

Hnbbard, Provost. Bitumens and 
their essential constituents for 
road construction and mainten- 
ance. 1911. (no. 93) 6510 

[l4itta, W. C] Money value of 
good roads to farmers. 1896. (no. 
23) 6520 

lAst of national, state and local 
road associations and kindred or- 
ganizations in the United States. 
1902. (no. 36) 6521 

[liocke, C. A.] [Appeal for the 
organization of state and local road 
improvement societies] 1896. (no. 
22) 6522 

Methods of constructing macad- 
amized roads. 1896. (no. 21) 6523 

Moore, W. H. The social, com- 
mercial, and economic phases of 
the road subject. 1900. (no. 34) 


Origin and work of the Darling- 
ton road league. 1896. (no. 17) 


Progress reports of experiments 

with dust preventives. 1908. (no. 

89) 9526 

1909. (no. 90) 6527 

1910. (no. 92) 6528 

PubUcatlons of the Office of pub- 
lic roads. 1907. (no. 88)'* 6529 
-Same. 2d rev. ed. 

Same. 3d revision. 

Spoon, W. li. Sand-clay and 
earth roads in the middle west. 
1910. (no. 91) 6530 

[Stone, Roy] Addresses on road 
improvement in Maine, New York, 
North Carolina, and Illinois. 1897. 
(no. 28) 6581 

Road improvement in gov- 
ernors' messages. 1899. (no. 33) 


ly^ Tar and oil for road improve- 
ment: report of progress of experi- 
ments at Jackson, Tenn. 1906. (no. 
47) 6533 

^^^ Thayer, EL H. Going in debt for 
good roads. (Address, May 24, 
1893.) 1897. (no. 26) 6534 

W^ Traffic of the country roads. 
1896. (no. 19) 6535 

V> Virginia good roads association. 

Committee on legislation. Report 
of committee on legislation, adopted 
by the State good roads forirenf\»tn, 
held in Richmond, Va., October 10 
and 11. 1896. (no. 18) 6536 

Whittle, G. li. The forces which 
operate to destroy roads, with notes 
on road stones and problems there- 
with connected. 1897. (no. 29) 


U. S. Office of public roads. Ex- 
hibit of the Office of public roads. 
Alaska-Yukon-Paclflc exposition. 
1909. TE6 A3 U5. 0338 

V^mont. Highway commission. Re- 
port. Library has: 1909, '02, '06, 
'08. 1910. TE24 V5 A3. 6539 


Witenlngton. Road lawiB of the state 
of Washington, Including laws 
passed at the session of the legis- 
lature of 1905. 1905. TE324 W2 
19Q6. 6540 

Wm!OJisin. Legislature. special 
Joint committee on highways. Re- 
port, together with a bill provid- 
ing for state aid in constructing 
and improving highways. 1910. 
TE24 we A5. 6541 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



American railroad journal. 1832- 
[86] Library has new series, v. 
±-9, 1838-'42; 3d series, v. 1, 2, 
1843, '44. TFl A3. 6542 


olomew, W. 8. Air brakes for 
electric cars. cl905. TF949 B7 
B2. 654» 

Borden, Simeon. A system of useful 
formulae, adapted to the practical 
operations of locating and con- 
structing railroads. 1851. TF216 
B72. 6544 

Brees, S. O. Railway practice. A 
collection of working plans and 
practical details of construction 
in the public works of the most 
celebrated engineers on the several 
railways, canals, and other pub- 
lic works throughout the kingdom. 
1837. TF7 B83. 654o 

-Appendix to railway practice, 

containing a copious abstract of 
the whole of the evidence given 
.upon the London and Birming- 
ham, and Great western railway 
bills, when before Parliament, 
properly digested and arranged, 
with marginal notes. To which is 
added, a glossary of technical 
terms, used in civil engineering 
and the details of Hawthorne's 
celebrated locomotive engine, for 
the Paris and Versailles railway. 
1839. TF7 B83. 6546 

NChlcago. City council. Committee 
on local transportation. Recom- 
mendations and general plans for 
a comprehensive passenger sub- 
way system for the city of Chica- 
go, made by B. J. Arnold, Jan- 
uary, 1911. [1911] TP847 C4 A5 
1911. 6547 

Dempsey, G. D. Railways. Papers 
on the mechanical and engineering 
operations and structures com- 
bined in the making of a railway. 
, 1846. TF144 D38. 6548 

VDrinker, H. S. Tunneling, explosive 
compounds, and rock drills. Giv- 

ing the details of practical tunnel 
work; the constituents and pro- 
perties of modern explosive com- 
pounds; the principles of blasting; 
the history of machine rock-drill- 
ing; and detailed descriptions of 
the various rock-drills and air- 
compressors in use with a history 
of tunneling from the reign of 
Rameses II. to the present time. 
1882. TF230 D78. 6540 

Earle, Thomas. Treatise on rail 
roads and internal communica- 
tions. 1830. TF144 E13. 6550 

Kennedy, W. S. Wonders and cu- 
riosities of the railway; or. Stor- 
ies of the locomotive in every land. 
"84. TF147 K36. 6551 


Ijeigh, E. B. Brakebeams and foun- 
dation rigging. The requirements 
from the standpoint of safety and 
emergency. [1906?] TF415 L52. 




ans, [J. M,] Henri. Rapport sur 
les etudes du chemin de fer de 
Chambfiry k Turin et de la ma- 
chine propos6e pour ex^cuter le 
tunnel des Alpes entre Modane et 
Bardonnfiche, par Henri Maus et 
Rapport r6dig6, au nom de la 
commission charg6e de I'examen 
de ces Etudes, par Pierre Paleo- 
capa suivi des Procfis-verbaux des 
stances de cette commission. 
J^850. TF238 M7 M4. 6553 


ew York. Chamber of commerce of 
the slate of New York. Rapid 
transit in New York city and in 
other great cities. Prepared for the 
Chamber of commerce of the 
state of New York by its special 
committee on recognition of ser- 
vices of members of the Cham- 
ber on the Rapid transit commis- 
sion. 1905. TF725 N5 A4. 6554 

^jfew York (State). Public service 
commission. First district. Re- 
port upon car fender and wheel- 
guard tests. Submitted to the 
Commission December 29 1908 
1909. TP947 N5. ' 6555 

338 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 


'arke, R. A. The effect of brake- 
^beam hanging upon brake •effi- 
ciency. [1907] TF415 P23. 6556 

Pennsylvania railroad company, v^at- 

alogue of the exhibit of the Penn- 
sylvania railroad company at the 
World's Columbian exposition, un- 
der the direction of T. N. Ely 
[and] J. E. Watkins. Chicago, 
1893. [1893] TF6 C6 P4. 6657 

Spearman, F. H. The strategy ox 
great railroads. 1904. TF23 874. 


Tredgold, Thomas. A practical trea- 
tise on rail-roads and carriages. 
1826. TF144 T78. 6559 


Tamer, W. V. Brakes for freight 
cars. From both an economic and 
operative point of view. By W. V. 
Turner and S. W. Dudley. 1909. 
TF415 T95. 6560 

U.^ Block signal and train control 
^^oard. Block signals on the rail- 
roads of the United States. Li- 
brary has Jan., 1911. TF630 U7. 


U./s. Interstate commerce commls- 
i/sion. Operation of trains on heavy 
^ grades. Report of safety ap- 
pliance inspectors to the Interstate 
commerce commission. December, 
1907. 1907. TF610 U62. 6562 

Walker, James. Report to the direc- 
tors of the Liverpool and Man- 
chester railway, on the compara- 
tive merits of locomotive and fixed 
engines, as a moving power. By 
James Walker. Observations on 
the comparative merits of loco- 
motive and fixed engines, as ap- 

plied to railways. By Robert 
Stephenson and Joseph Locke. An 
account of the Liverpool and Man- 
chester railway. By Henry Booth. 
>1831. TF64 L7 W24. 6563 


estlnghoase, George. The conc^- 
tion, introduction and development 
of the air brake. Presidential 
address. Presented at the annual 
meeting of the American society 
of mechanical engineers, Dec. 6, 
1910. TF420 W52. 6664 

Westinghonse air brake company, 
Pittsburg, Pa. The combined auto- 
matic and straight-air locomotive 
brake equipment. 1909. TF425 
A2. 6565 

— ^The no. 6 ET locomotive brake 
equipment. [1909] TF425 A3. 


—The type K freight triple valve. 
[1909] TF425 A2. 6567 

— ^Type L triple valve. [1910] TF 
426 Al. 6568 

— ^Westinghouse 8 1-2 Inch cross 
compound air compressor. [1910] 
TF425 A4. 6560 

— The Westinghouse high-speed 
brake and double-pressure control 
apparatus. 1909. TF425 A21. 


^Westinghouse steam-driven air 

compressors. Simple or single 
stage type. [cl907] TF425 A5. 


Wood, Nicholas. A practical treatise 
on rail-roads, and interior com- 
munication in general. 1825. TF 
144 W91. 6572 


^ 9^>oper, Theodore. American rail- 
N/ road bridges, [n. d.] Ta445 C77 


^npt, Herman. General theory of 

\J bridge construction: containing 

demonstrations of the principles of 

the art and thei^ 
practice. 1851. 

application to 

TG145 H369. 


Merrlman, Mansfield. A text-l>ook on 
roofs and bridges. By Mansflold 
Merriman and H. S. Jacoby. ^tix 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


ed., rewritten and enl. 1905. TO 
145 M56. ^'^^ 

Contents. — Pt. 1. Streaaes In sim- 
ple truases.— pt. 2. Graphic BtatlcB. 
— pt. 3. Bridgre design. — ^pt 4. 
Higher structures. 

cirYork (City). Board of trustees 
of the New York and Brooklyn 
bridge. Report of the committee 
appointed by the Board of tras- 
tees, consieting of the mayors or 
the cities of New York and Brook- 
lyn, together with the report of 
the accountants to said committ:^e 
in the matter of an examination 
of the financial affairs of the New 
York and Brooklyn bridge, Decem- 
ber 31, 1883. 1884. TG^S NoS 
A3. «57tf 

Ponceau, A. R. Notice sur le nou- 
veau eystfeme de ponts en fonte 
suivi dans la construction du pont 

du Carrousel. 1839. TG333 P77. 


flkode Island. Board of commis- 
▼ Bioners for the construction of a 
new bridge. Report. Library has 
19jD6. 1908. TG24 R4. 6578 

, ide Island. Stone bridge commis- 
sion. Annual report. Library nas 
' 2rf, 1910. TG24 P4 Al. 6579 

W&od, De Volson. Treatise on the 

^ theory of the construction of 

bridges and roofs. 1873. TG145 

W88. 6580 

Toang, £. W. Simple practical meth- 
ods of calculating strains on gir- 
ders, arches, and trusses; with a 
supplementary essay on economy 
in suspension bridges. 1873. TG 
265 Y68 6581 


(Including Heating, Ventilation, liishting, PInmbing.) 

Accnm, F. O. A practical treatise on 
gas-light; exhibiting a summary 
description of the apparatus and 
machinery best calculated for il- 
luminating streets, houses, and 
manufactories, with carburetted 
hydrogen, or coal gas. 1815. TH 
7910 A17. 65«2 

Atlas Portland cement company. New 

York. (Concrete construction about 
the home and on the farm. 
[C1909] TH1461 A9 1909a. 6583 

fi'ryer, W. J. Architectural Iron 
work. A practical work for iron 
workers, architects and engineers, 
with specifications of iron work, 
useful tables, and valuable sugges- 
tions for the successful conduct of 
the business. 1876. TH1651 P94. 


Hales, Stephen. A treatise on ventl- 
latoiw. 1758. TH7652 H2. 6585 

Hodgson, F. T. Modern carpentry, a 
practical manual. [cl902] Tli 
5607 H72. 

— Practical carpentry; being a 
guide to the correct working aad 
laying out of all kinds of carpeu- 
ters' and joiners* work. With the 
solutions of the various prooiems 
in hip-roofs. Gothic work, center- 
ing, etc. To which is prefixed a 
thorough treatise on "Carpenter^!' 
geometry." 1900. TH5606 H66. 


-A practical treatise on the steel 

square and its application to every- 
day use; being an exhaustive col- 
lection of steel square problems 
and solutions, "old and new," 
with many original and useful ad- 
ditions. 1903. 2 v. TH5619 H73. 


Massachnsetts association of plumb- 
ing inspectors. Compilation of all 
statutes of Massachusetts relative 
to the supervision of plumbing. 
Plumbing regulations in the city of 
Boston; extracts from ordinances 
of all other cities. Constitution 
and by-laws of the Massachusetts 
assoc'n of plumbing inspectors. 
1910. TH6165 M4 M4. 6589 

340 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Nicholson, M. A. The carpenters & 
jolner*e companion, in the geo- 
metrical construction of working 
drawings, required by journeymen 
in the progress of building. Im- 
proved from the original princi- 
ples of P. Nicholson. 1826. TH 
o605 N62. 6590 

Pott«r, Thomas. Concrete; its uses 
in building from foundations to 
finish, by Thomas Potter. 3d ed., 
rev. and enl. 1908. TH1461 P8. 


Reid, D. B. Illustrations of the 
theory and practice of ventilation, 
with remarks on warming, exclu- 
sive lighting, and the communica- 
tion of sound. 1844. TH7653 R3. 


The theory and practice of warming 
and ventilating public buildings, 
dwelling-houses, and conserva- 
tories. Including a general view of 
the changes produced in atmos- 
pheric air, by respiration, com- 
bustion, and putrefaction, with the 
means of obviating its deleterious 
agency; and a description of all 
the known varieties of stoves, 
grates, and furnaces; with an ex- 

amination of their comparative ad- 
vantages for economising fuel and 
preventing smoke. By an engineer. 
1825. TH7221 T4. 6508 

Tredgold, Thomiw. Elementary prin- 
ciples of carpentry; a treatise on 
the pressure and equilibrium of 
timber framing, the resistance of 
timber, and the construction of 
floors, centres, bridges, etc., with 
practical rules and examples. To 
wiaich Is added an essay on the 
nature and properties of timoer, 
including the methods of season- 
ing, and the causes and preven- 
tion of decay, with descriptions 
of the kinds of wood used In 
building. Also numerous tables of 
the scantlings of timber, the speci- 
fic gravities of materials, &c. 2 
ed., cor. and considerably enl. 
1828. TH5604 T78. 6504 

Principles of warming and ven- 
tilating public buildings, dwelling- 
houses, manufactories, hospitals, 
hot-houses, conservatories, &c. ; 
and of constructing fire-places, 
boilers, steam apparatus, grates, 
and drying rooms; 2d ed., 1824. 
TH7010 T77. 6505 


Bird, Joseph. Protection against fire, 
and the best means of putting out 
fires In cities, towns, and villages, 
with practical suggestions for the 
security of life and property. 
1873. TH9146 B6. 6506 

Costello, A. E. Our firemen. A his- 
tory of the New York fire depart- 
ments, volunteer and paid. 350 
biographies. 1887. TH9505 N5 
C8. 6507 

Merchants* association of New York. 

Investigation of the Fire depart- 
ment of New York; a report for 
the Commissioners of accounts, by 
G. S. Curtis, con. eng'r., represent- 
ing the Merchants' association of 
New York, May 5, 1908. TH9505 
N504 1908. 6508 

Ohio. State fire marshal. Annual 
report. Library has 5th, •04-9th, 
'08. TH9504 03. 65iitl 


American machinist. Library has v. 
30, 1907-date. 6600 

— A ball-bearing testing machine 
and Its work. [1909?] TJ1071 A 
52. 6601 

— Ball bearings In a marble plant 
[1907?] TJ1071 A51. 6602 

Barnard, Charles. 

chines. [1903] 

Tools and ma- 

TJ1180 B25. 


Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Branch, J. O. Stationary engineer- 
ing. A reference and text book. 
[C1907] TJ275 B8. 6604 

Brown, W. H. The history of the 
first locomotivee in America. From 
original documents, and the testi- 
mony of living witnesses. 1871. 
TJ603 B86. 6605 

Buchanan, Robertson. Practical es- 
says on mill work and other ma- 
chinery, by Robertson Buchanan, 
2d ed. cor., with notes and' adui- 
tionai articles, containing new re- 
searches on various mechanical 
subjects, by Tiiomas Tredgold. 
1823. 2 V. TJ1040 B9. 6606 

Colbnm, Zerah. Locomotive engi- 
neering, and the mechanism of 
railways: a treatise on the prin- 
ciples and construction of the lo- 
comotive engine, railway car- 
riages, and railway plant, [pref. 
1871] 2 V. TJ605 C68. 6607 

Dixon, Joseph, crucible co. Dixon's 
graphite on shipboard. cl910. 
TJ1077 G7 D8. i>fl08 

-Graphite afloat and afield. An 

explanation of particular interest 
to all yachtsmen and sportsmen. 
1904. TJ1077 G7 D7. 6609 

-Graphite as a lubricant. 

ancient and 
vations on 
nected with 
eluding the 
ment of the 
rev. and cor 

modern: with obser- 

various subjects con- 

the mechanic arts: in- 

progreBsive develop- 

steam engine. 2d ed., 

., to which is added, a 

1846. TJ900 E936. 


treatise upon the theory and prac- 
tice of graphite lubrication. 11th 
ed. 1909. TJ1077 G7 D6. 6610 

Edison. T. F., comp. The mechanics' 
complete library of modern rules, 
facts, processes, etc. Facts about 
electricity, how to make and run 
dynamos, all about batteries, tele- 
phones, electric railway and light- 
ing, engineering explained, rules 
for the Instruction of engineers, 
firemen, machinists, mechanics, 
artisans and all craftsmen, tables 
of alloys. Ck>mp. by T. F. Edison, 
and C. J. Westinghouse. cl900. 
TJ151 E24. 6611 

Ewbank, Thomas. A descriptive and 
historical account of hydraulic and 
other machines for raising water. 

Farmer, Thomas, jr. The effect of 
preparations applied to belts. By 
Thomas Farmer, jr. and C. W. 
Evans. 1905. TJ1105 F23. 6613 

The Fidelity and casualty company 
of New York. The prevention of 
industrial accidents. 1909. Li- 
brary has no. 1. TJ166 F4. 6614 

Goodeve, T. M. The elements of 
mechanism. Designed for students 
of applied mechanics. 2d ed. 1872. 
TJ175 G64. 6616 

Goss, W. F. M. A study in graphite. 
With tests. 1907. TJ1077 G7 G6. 


Graham, D. F. Ball-bearing chart, 
for motor cars, pleasure vehicles 
only. C1910. TJ1071 G73. 6617 

Gregory, O. G. A treatise of mechan- 
ics, theoretical, practical, and de- 
scriptive. 4th ed., corrected and 
improved. 1826. 2 v TJ145 G82. 


Greth, J. C. W. Feed water heaters 
as purifiers. [1909] TJ379 G85. 


— Scaling and corroding sub- 
stances and their elimination from 
water for boilers. [1909] TJ379 
G83. 6620 

-The softening and purification 

of boiler feed water. [1909?] TJ 
379 G87. 6621 

— Water for economic steam gen- 
eration. TJ379 G84. 6622 

— Water purification facts for 
steam users. [cl910] TJ379 G8. 


342 Finding List of Science, Agricxh^ture, Technology. 

Water purification for ice and 

refrigerating plants. [1909] TJ 
379 G86. 6624 

<Myonneaa de Pambour, F. M., 

\/oomte. A practical treatise on lo- 
^ comotiye engines upon railways. 
To which is added, an appendix, 
showing the expense of conveying 
goods hy locomotive engines, on 
railroads. 1S36. TJ604 096. 


Hartness, James. Machine building 
for profit, and the Hartness flai 
turret lathe. 1909. TJ1218 H37. 


Hera, Henry. Ball-bearing lineshaft 
hangers. [1909?] TJ1071 H59. 


Ball bearings. A discussion of 

their use in genera] and on auto- 
mobiles in particular. TJ1071 H 
58. 6628 

-Gages and fixtures for testing 

ball bearings used in the piant of 
the Hess-Bright manufacturing 
company. TJ1071 1157. 6629 

-Line shaft efficiency, mechani- 
cal and economic, [n. d.] TJ 
1071 H56. 6630 

'^^Ustory of the eteam engine, from 
its earliest invention to the pres- 
ent time. 1827. TJ461 H67. 66S1 

Industrial engineering and engineer- 
ing digest. The making of a high 
grade file. [1909] TJ1285 142. 


Jenrey, H. S. Boilers of locomotives 
^/of interstate commerce. State- 
ment in support of the bill (S. 
6702) to promote the safety of 
employees and travelers upon 
railroads by oompelling common 
carriers engaged in interstate 
commerce to equip their locomo- 
tives with safe and suitable boil- 
ers and appurtenances thereto. 
[1910] TJ642 U5 1910a 6633 

Lardner, Dionyslus. Popular lectures 

on the steam engine, in which its 
construction and operation are 
familiarly explained; with an his- 
torical sketch of its invention and 
progressive improvement. TJ4(>4 
L32. 6634 

Lamer, G. W. Characteristics of 
modern hydraulic turbines. By C. 
W. Lamer, with discussion by L. 
P. Moody, J. C. Parker. [1910?] 
TJ870 L32. 6685 

Itfabery, C. F. Lubrication and lu- 
bricants. Presented at the Jan- 
uary 1910 meeting of the Ameri- 
can society of mechanical engi- 
neers. TJ1075 Mil. 6636 

Bfathot, R. E. Gas-engines and pro- 
ducer-gas plants; a practice trea- 
tise setting forth the principles of 
gas-engines and producer design, 
the selection and installation of 
an engine, conditions of perfect 
operation, producer-gas engines 
and their possibilities, the care of 
gas-engines and producer-gas 
plants, with a chapter on volatile 
hydrocarbon and oil engines, by 
R. E. Mathot. Tr. from French by 
W. B. Kaempffert, with a preface 
by Dugald Clerk. 1906. TJ770 M 
42. 6637 

Montana. Boiler inspector's office. 
Annual report of State boiler in- 
spector. Library has 12th, 1900, 
16th, '04, 18th, '06, 1910. TJ303 
M9 A3. 6638 

Moyer, J. A. The steam turbine; a 
practical and theoretical treatise 
for engineers and designers, in- 
cluding a discussion of the gas 
turbine. 1st ed. 1908. TJ735 M 
93. 6639 

Ohio. Dept. of inspection of work- 
shops, fact<.Tic6 and public build- 
ings. Illustrated pamphlet con- 
taining cuts of practical devices 
for guarding dangerous machin- 
ery, etc. rhe laws governing fac- 
tory and building inspection. 
1902. TJ1177 03. 6640 

Rankine, W. J. M. A manual of mu- 
chinery and. millwork. 5th ed.. 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


thoroughly revised by W. J. Mil- 
lar. 1883. TJ145 R2. 6641 

-A manual of the steam engine 

and other prime movers. 11th ed., 
rev. 1885. TJ250 R21. 6642 

I R^^anlt, H. V. Relation dee exp6r- 
y^ iences pour determiner les princi- 
palee lois et les donn^es num- 
6rlques qui entrant dans le calcul 
des machines & vapeur. 1847. TJ 
464 R33. 6643 

Renwick, James. Treatiee on the 
steam engine. 1830. TJ464 R42. 


Stuart, Robert. A descriptive his- 
tory of the steam engine. 2d ed., 
1824. TJ461 893. 6645 

Thurston, R. H. A history of the 
growth of the steam-engine. 1878. 
TJ461 T53. 6646 

Tredgold, ThonMS. The principles 
and practice and explanation of 
the construction of the eteam en- 
gine, including pumping, station- 
ary, and marine engines, includ- 
ing also the new subjects con- 

tained in the present amended ed. 
of the late Mr. Tredgold's work; 
and a general index. 1852-63. 
TJ464 T78. 6647 

(Div. C. to Q., new ed. of Tred- 
gold on the steam engine) 

Trowbridge, W. P. Heat as a source 
of power; with applications of 
general principles to the con- 
struction of steam generators. An 
introduction to the study of heat- 
engines. 1874. TJ255 T86. 6648 

Wakeroan, W. H. Feeding graphite 
for lubricating purposes. Re- 
printed from Graphite. cl907. rj 
1077 G7 Wl. 664i# 

Weisbach, Jnltas. Principles of the 
mechanics of machinery and en- 
gineering. By Julius Weisbach. 
Ed. by W. R. Johnson. 1848-49. 
2 V. V. 2. lacking. TJ175 W44. 


White, James. A new century of in- 
ventions, being designs & descrip- 
tions of one hundred machines, 
relating to arts, manufactures, oc 
domestic life. 1824. TJ153 W58. 



Oassoo, H. N. The history of the 
telephone. 1910. TK6015 C3. 


Golllns, A. F. Wireless telegraphy; 
its history, theory and practice. 
1905. 'iA.5741 C7. 6653 

DIckerson, E. N. Joseph Henry and 
magnetic telegraph. 1885. TK 
5118 H5 D54. otf54 

The electrical world and engineer. 
Library has v. 43, 1904-date. 


l>Aeld, H. M. The story of the Atlan- 
ic telegraph. 1893. TK5611 F47. 


Gordon, J. E. H. A practical treatise 
on electric lighting. 1884. TK 
4161 G66. 6657 

Hitchcock, Romyn. Automatic tele- 
graphy. "A study of the commer- 
cial aspects of machine telegra- 
phy." [1910] TK5541 H6. 6658 

Houston, E. J. Recent types of dy- 
namo-electric machinery; a com- 
plete guide for the electrician, en- 
gineer, student and professor, be- 
ing a valuable history of the build- 
ing of American dynamo machines 
and their application. By E. J. 
Houston and A. E. Kennelly. 
TK2341 H84. 6659 

Hutchinson, C. T. Report upon 
types of electric meters in use in 
New York city. Submitted Febru- 
ary 19, 1909. Public service com- 
mission for the first district. New 
York. [1909] TK393 H8. 6660 

344 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Manhattan electrical supply co. Man- 
ual of wireless telegraphy. [1909] 
TK5743 M27. 6661 

Mullaly, John. The laying of the 
cable, or the ocean telegraph; be- 
ing a complete and authentic nar- 
rative of the attempt to lay tne 
cable across the entrance to tne 
Gulf of St. Lawrence in 1855, and 
of the three Atlantic telegraph 
expeditions of 1857 and 1858: 
with a detailed account of the me- 
chanical and scientific part of the 
work, as well as biographical 
eketchee of C. W. Field, W. E. 
Everett, and other prominent per- 
sons connected with the enter- 
prise. 1858. TK5625 M95. 6662 

Philadelphia. IntematioiiAl electri- 
. cal exhibition, 1884. International 
electrical exhibition — 1884, of tne 
Franklin Institute. General report 
of the chairman of the Committee 
on exhibitions. 1885. TKb I884f. 


International electrical exhibi- 
tion — 1884, of the BYanklin in- 
stitute. Reports of the examiners. 
1885. Library has Reports of ex- 
aminers of 8 Bectione. TK6 
1884m. 6664 

Pope, F. L. Evolution of the elec- 
tric incandescent lamp. 1889. TK 
4341 P82. 6665 

Prescott, G. B. Electricity and the 
electric telegraph. 6th ed., rev. 
and enl. 1885 [1884] 2 v. TK 
5261 P8 1885. 6666 

History, theory, and practice of 

the electric telegraph. 1866. TK 
5261 P82. 6667 

Roebling, wire manufacturers, 
Trenton. Wire in electrical con- 
struction. 1906. TK3201 R71. 


St. John, T. M. Wireless telegraphy 
for amateurs and students. 
[C1906] TK9946 S2. 6669 

Thompson, Si P. Dynamo -electric 
machinery: a manual for students 
of electrotechnics. 4th ed., enl. 
and rev. 1902. 2 v. TK2181 T45. 


Polyphase electric currents and 

alternate- current motors. 1902. 
TK1161 T47. 6671 

Tnnzelmann, G. W. Eiectrfcity in 
modern life. [1889] TK148 T9. 


U. S. Engineer dept. Report on the 
International exhibition of elec- 
tricity, Paris, August to Novem- 
ber. 1881. 1884. TK6 1881g. 


Oavallo, Tiberius. The history and 
practice of aerostation. 1785. TL 
515 C37. 6674 

Glaisher, James. Travels in the air. 
By James Glaisher, Camille Flam- 
marion, W. de Fonvielle, and Gas- 
ton Tissandier. Ed. by James 
Glaiflher. 1871. TL610 G54. 6675 

liounrheed, Victor. Vehicles of the 
air; a popular exposition of mod- 
ern aeronautics with working 
drawings. [1909] TL545 L7. 



Mansfield, C. B. Aerial navigation, 
by the late C. B. Mansfield. Ed. 
by his brother R. B. Mansfield. 
With a preface by J. M. Ludlow. 
1877. TL545 M2. 6677 

Ailirion, Fulgence. Wonderful bal- 

Vioon ascents: or, the conquest of 

the skies. A history of balloons 

and balloon voyages. 1871. TL605 

M34. 6678 

Maxim, Sir H. S. Artificial and na- 
tural flight. 1908. TL545 M45. 


Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Santos-Dmnont, Alberto. My air- 
ships. 1904. TL650 S23. 6080 

Tumor, C. H. Astra castra; experi- 
ments and adventures in the at- 
mosphere. 1865. TL515 T95. 


"Roll of the first 600 aeronauts, 
with the date and place of their first 
ascenU": p. [467]-462. 

"Books hitherto published on 
aerostation": p. 463-465. 

Wise, John. A syetem of aeronau- 
tics, comprehending its earliest 
investigations, and modern prac- 
tice and art. Also, full instruc- 
tions in the art of making bal- 
loons. 1850. TL515 W8. 0082 


Arkansas. Bureau of mines, manu- 
factures and agriculture. Bien- 
nial report. Library has 6th, 
1900. TN24 A7. 0083 

Belden, A. W. Washing and coking 
tests of coal at the fuel-testing 
plant, Denver, Colo. July 1, 1908, 
to June 30, 1909, by A. W. Bel- 
den, G. R. Delamater, J. W. 
Groves and K. M. Way. 1910. TN 
23 U4. 0084 

[U. S.] Bureau of mines. Bulle- 
tin 5) 

British Columbia. Mines dept. An- 
nvtsl report. Library has 1900. 
TN27 B7. 0085 

Bamham, 8. M. History and uees 
of limestones and marbles. 1883. 
TN967 B96. 0080 

Butler, J. O. Jr. Iron ore. Supple- 
mental report regarding iron ore 
filed with the Senate Finance com- 
mittee, June 15, 1909, with addi- 
tional reports and appendixes. 
[1909] TN403 A5B8. 0087 

Contains a report by John Birk- 
inbine on the "Iron ore reserves 
in the United l&tates." 

California. State mining bureau. 
Bulletin. Library has nos. 6, 16. 
TN24 C2 A3. 0087a 

Colorado. Bureau of mines. Report. 
Library has 1903-4. TN24 C6. 


Colorado. School of mines. Bien- 
nial report. Librai^ has 1904. 
TN174 C6 A2. 0089 

Colorado. State coal mine inspec- 
tor. Biennial report. Library has 
1904, '08. TN805 C6 A4. OOOO 

Comstock, <f. li. A history of the 
precious metals, from the earliest 
periods to the present time; with 
directions for testing their purity, 
and statements of their compara- 
tive value, estimated cost, and 
amount at different periods; to- 
gether with an account of the pro- 
ducts of various mines; a history 
of the Anglo-Mexican mining com- 
panies, and speculations concern- 
ing the mineral wealth of Cali- 
fornia. 1849. TN410 C73. 00»1 

Cone, Anilrew. Petrolia: a brief his- 
tory of the Pennsylvania pe- 
troleum region, Us development, 
growth, resources, etc., from 1859 
to 1869. By Andrew Cone and 
W. R. Johns. Ed. by W. R. Johns. 
1870. TN872 P4 C7. 0092 

Cooper, A. 8. The genesis of pe- 
troleum, and asphaltum in Cali- 
fornia. 1899. TN24 C2 A3. 0093 
(California. State mining bureau. 
Bulletin no. 16) 

Dufr^noy, P. A. Description terrain 
houiller de la France par MM. 
Dufr/^noy et EUe de Beaumont. 
1842. TN808 F8 D8. 0094 

Edwards, H. M. Rapport sur la pro- 
duction et I'emploi du sel en An- 
gleterre. 1850. TN903 G7 E26. 


Edwards, W. S. Coals and cokes in 
West Virginia; a hand-book on the 

346 Finding List of SaENCE, Agriculture, Technology. 

coals and cokes of Great Kana- 
wha, New River, Plat Top, and ad- 
jacent coal districts in West Vir- 
gfnia. 1892. TN805 W4 E3. 6096 

Engineering & mining journal. Li- 
brary has V. 77, 1904-date. 6697 

Fernald, R. H. Features of pro^ 
ducer-gas power-plant develop- 
ment in Europe. 1911. TN23 U4. 

([U. 8.] Bureau of mines. Bulle- 
tin 4) 

Recent development of the pro- 
ducer-gas power plant in the 
United States. 1910. TN23 U4. 

([U. S.] Bureau of mines. Bulle- 
tin 9) 

France. Direction g^n^rale des 
ponts et chaussTes et des mines. 
R6sum6 dee travaux etatlstiques 
de Tadminlstration des mines. Li- 
brary has 1834, 1838. 1842. TN 
71 Al. 6700 

Greene, Homer. Coal and the coal 
mines. 1889. 1N8OI G8. 6701 

Grlmsley, Q. P. Oil, gas and glass, 
chemical induatriee and minerals, 
in Kansas. 1903. TN24 K2 A5. 


Hager, A. D. The marbles of Ver- 
mont. An address, Oct. 29, 1858. 
1858. TN967 V5 H14. 6703 

Hauer, Franz, ritter von. Coup 
d'oeil g^ologique sur les mines de 
la monarchic Autrichienne. R6- 
dige par. Fr. de Hauer et Fr. Poe- 
terre avec une introduction par 
GuiUaume Haidinger. 1855. TN 
65 H36. 6704 

Hoskold, H. D. Official report upon 
the mines, mining, metallurgy and 
mining lawa, &c., &c. of the Ar- 
gentine Republic. 1904. TN36 H 
83. 6705 

Idaho. Inepector of mines. Report. 
Library has 1903, '04. TN24 12 
A2. 6706 

Illinois. Bureau of labor statistics. 
Annual coal report Library has 
1906-date. TN805 13 A3. 6707 

-Report on the Cherry mine dis- 

aster. Issued by the State Board 
of commissioners of labor, David 
Ross, secretary. 1910. TN315 I 
4. 6708 

Illinois. Coal mining laws of Illi- 
nois, in force July 1, 1909 and 
1910. Pub. by the State board of 
commissioners of labor, David 
Rose, secretary. 1909. TN224 13 
1909. 6709 

Indian Territory. Mine inspector. 
Annual report. Library has 1901, 
1903-1907. TN805 14 A2. 6710 

Kansas mining laws. 
[1905] TN224 K2. 6711 

Kansas. University. Geological sur- 
vey. Annual bulletin on mineral 
resources of Kansas. Library has 
1897-1^03. TN24 K2. 6712 

Lieber, O. M. The assayer's guide; 
or. Practical directions to assay- 
ers, miners, and smelters, for the 
tests and assays, by heat and by 
wet processes, of the ore of all 
the principal metals, and of gold 
and silver coins and alloys. 1852. 
TN550 L71. 6718 

MacfarUme, James. The coal-regions 
of America: their topography, 
geology, and development. 1873. 
TN800 M2. 6714 

]M[ammatt, Edward. A collection of 
geological facts and practical ob- 
servations, intended to elucidate 
the formation of the Ashby coal- 
field, in the parish of Aehby-de-la- 
Zouch and the neighbouring dis- 
trict; being the result of forty 
years' experience and research. 
Illus. by a map and profiles, col- 
oured sections of the stratifica- 
tions, and one hundred and two 
plates of vegetable fossils, by 
Robert Ironmonger. 1834. TN 
808 G7E6. 6715 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Manchline, Robert. The mine fore- 
man's handbook of practical and 
theoretical information on the 
opening, ventilating, and working 
of collieries. 3d ed., thoroughly 
rev. and en!., by F. E. Brackett. 
1905. TN802 M45. 0716 

Michigan. Commissioner of mineral 
statistics. Mineral resources by 
C. D. Lawton. 1886. TN24 M5 A 
5. 0717 

Mines and mineral statistics. 

Library has 1896, 1902, '07-'09. 
1910. TN24 M5. 6718 

Millem, Alexander von. All about 
petroleum, and the great oil dis- 
tricts of Pennsylvania, West Vir- 
ginia, Ohio, &c. 1864. TN872 A3 
M65. 6719 

Afissourl. Bureau of mines, mining 
and mine inspection. Annual re- 
port. Library has 1908, 1909. 
TN24 M8. 6720 

Montana. Inspector of mines. An- 
nual report. Library has 1900, 
'02, 1906, 1908, 1910. TN24 M9 
A3. 6721 

Montana. State coal mine inspector. 
Biennial report. Library has 
1906, 08, 1905. TN805 M9 A4. 


New Mexico (Ter.) Mine inspector. 
Annual report. Library has 1899, 
'03, '04, ''06, '07. TN24 N6 U6. 


Ohio. Inspector of mines. Annual 
report. Library has 1899^1907, 
1908, 1909. TN805 03 A4. 6724 

Ontario. Bureau of mines. Report. 
Library has 2d, 1892. TN27 04. 


Pennsylvania. Inspectors oi mines. 
Reports of the inspectors of coal 
mines of the anthracite coal re- 
gions of Pennsylvania. Library 
has 1894. TN805 P4 A2. 6726 

Pennsylvania. Laws relating to coal 
mining. [1895] TN224 P4. 


Piiilipi^e Islands. Translation of 
the mining law and regulations in 
force in the Philippines. 1900. 
TN255 P55. 6728 

Philippine Islands. Mining bureau. 
The coal measures of the Philip- 
pines. A rapid history of the dis- 
covery of coal in the archipelago 
and subsequent developments, with 
the full text of the record of the 
MacLeod coal concession in Gebu. 
or the Uling-Lutac coal and rail- 
way concession. Compiled by O. 
H. Burritt. 1901. TN809 P5 A4. 


Porter, H. C. The volatile matter 
of coal, by H. C. Porter and F. K. 
Ovitz. 1910. TN23 U4. 6730 
(tU. 8.] Bureau of mines. Bulle- 
tin 1) 

Preston, E. B. Ca«lifomia gold mill 
practices. 1895. TN24 C2 A3. 


(California. State mining bureau. 
Bulletin no. 6) 

Ramires, Santiago. Noticia historica 
de la riqueza minora de Mexico 
y de su actual estado de explota- 
cion. 1884. TN28 R17. 6732 

Randall, D. T. North Dakota lignite 
as a fuel for power-plant boilers, 
by D. T. Randall and Tienry Krels- 
inger. 1.910. TN23 U4. 6733 

(U. S. Bureau of mines. Bulletin 

Ray, W. T. The flow of heat through 

furnace walls by W. T. Ray ana 

Henry Kreisinger. 1911. TN2S 

U4. 6734 

(U. S. Bureau of mines. Bulletin 


Raymond, R. W. Silver and gold: 
an account of the mining and 
metallurgical industry of the 
United States, with reference 
chiefly to the precious metals. 
1873. TN23 R27. 6735 

Roberts, Peter. The anthracite coal 
industry; a study of the economio 
oomditions And relations of the 
co-operative forces in tho devel- 

348 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

opment of the anthracite coal In- 
dustry of Pennsylvania, by Peter 
Roberts, with an lntr4>ductlon by 
W. G. Sumner. 1901. TN820 R6. 


Simonin, L. L. Underground life; 
or, Mines and miners. Tr. adapt- 
ed to the present state of British 
mining, and ed. by H. W. Brletow. 
1869. TN147 S6. 6787 

Smith, J. R. Modern assaying; a 
concise treatise describing latest 
methods and appliances, by J. R. 
Smith; ed. by F. W. Braun. 
[C1910] TN550 S65. 6788 

Stevens, H. J. The copper hand- 
book. A manual of the copper 
industry of the world. Library 
has V. 4, 1903. TN440 S84. 6739 

Sutro, Theodore. The Sutro tunnel 
company and the Sutro tunnel. 
Property, income, prospects, and 
pending litigation. Report to tne 
stockholders. 1887. TN413 N3 
A3 1887. 6740 

Tair, J. A. Description of the un- 
leaeed segregated asphalt lands in 
the Chickasaw Nation, Indian Ter- 
ritory. 1904. TN805 05 A5. 


— Maps of segregated coal lands 
in the McCurtaln-Massey district, 
Choctaw Nalion. Indian Territory, 
with description of the unleased 
segregated coal lands. 1904. 
TN805 05 A5. 6745 

-Maps of eegregated coal lands 

— Maps of segregated coal lands 
in the Howe-Poteau district, Choc- 
taw Nation, Indian Territory, wJt> 
description of the unleased segre- 
gated coal lands. 1904. TN8 Ub 
05 A5. 6742 

— Maps of segregated coal lands 
in the Lehigh-Ardmore districts, 
Choctaw and Chickasaw Nations, 
Indian Territory, with descriptions 
of the unleased segregated coal 
lands. 1904. TN805 05 A5. 


-Maps of segregated coal lands 

in the McAlester district, Choctaw 
Nation, Indian Territory, wfth ds- 
scriptlons of the unleased segre- 
gated coal lands. 1904. TN805 
05 A5. 6744 

in the Wilburton-Stigler district, 
Choctaw Nation, Indian Territory, 
with descriptions of the unleaded 
segregated coal lands. 1904. 
TN805 05 A5. 6746 

Tennessee. Bureau of labor, statis- 
tics and mines. Annual report. 
Library has 6 th report, 1896. 
TN24 T2 A3. 6747 

Tennessee. Inspector of mines. 
Coal. Report of H. E. Colton on 
the coal mines of Tennessee, and 
other minerals. 1883. TN805 T2 
A3. 6748 

Tennessee. Mining dept. Annual 
report. Library has 16th, 1906- 
18th. 1908, 1909. TN24 T2 A2. 


Thorpe, T. E., ed. Coal Its history 
and uses, by Professors Green, 
Mlall, Thorpe, Riicker, and Mar- 
shall of the Yorkshire college. Ed. 
by Prof. Thorpe. 1878. TN800 T5. 


U. S. Bureau of manufactures 
(Dept. of commerce and labor. 
Zinc Industry In Mexico. 1909. 
TN484 M6 U6. 6751 

U. 8. Bureau of mines. Bulletin. 
Library has no. I, 2, 4, 5, S, 9. 
TN23 U4. 6762 

U. 8. Congress. Senate^ Commit- 
tee on mines and mining. Bu- 
reau of mines. Report. (To ac- 
company H. R. 13915.) 1910. 
TN23 U75 1910. 6753 

V. 8. Dept. of interior. Disasters 
in mines. Letter from the secre- 
tary of the interior, in response to 
Senate resolution no. 101, of De- 
cember 16. 1909, requesting infor- 
mation with reference to disasiers 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


in mines. 1909. TN311 U6. 


U. 8. Geological survey. Mineral 
resoufrces of the United States, 
[annual report] Library has '82, 
83-'84, '86, '87. •91-*93, '00, 'OS- 
OS. TN23 U6. 6756 

U. S. United States mining laws, and 
regulations thereunder. Approved 
Dec. 18, 1903. [1903?] TN223 
A3 1903. 6756 

^UhTled States mining laws, and 

regulations thereunder. 19t)7. 
TN223 A3 1907. 6757 

United States mining l|iws and 

regulations thereunder. 1909. 
TN223 A3 1909. 6758 

U. 8. Sutro tunnel commission. Re- 

port of the commissioners and 
evidence taken by the committee 
of mines and mining of the House 
of representatives of the U. S., in 
regard to the Sutro tunnel, to- 
gether with the arguments and re- 
port of the committee, recommend- 
ing a loan by the government in 
aid of the construction of said 
work. 1872. TN413 N3 A3 1872. 


White, I. C. The barren zone or the 
northern Appalachian coal field 
and its relations to Pittsburg's in- 
dustries. [1908] TN805 A5 W6. 


Whitney, J. D. The metallic weaitn 
of the United States, described 
and compared with that of other 
countries. 1854. TN23 W62. 



Duniap, Thomas. Wiley's American 
iron trade manual of the leading 
iron industries of the United 
States, with a description of the 
iron ore regions, blast furnaces, 
rolling mills, Bessemer steel 
works, crucible steel works, car 
wheel and car works, locomotive 
works, steam engine and machine 
works, iron bridge works, iron 
ship yards, pipe and tube works, 
and stove foundfles of the coun- 
try, giving their location and ca- 
pacity of product. 1874. TN704 
U5 D9. 6762 

Gore, George. The art of electro- 
metallurgy, including all known 
processes of electro-deposition. 
1877. TN685 066. 6768 

Gn^yveau, [A] De I'Stat de la fab- 
rication du fer, et de I'avenir des 
forges en France et sur le conti- 
nent de I'Europe. 1838. TN705 G 
92. 6764 

Hartman, J. M. Notes on the blast 
furnace. 1892. TN713 H33 


Hawkins, Sir Christopher, hart. Ob- 
servations on the tin trade of the 

ancients in Cornwall, and on the 
•*Ictis" of Diodorus Siculus. 1811. 

TN793 H3. 


Th'e metal industry. Library has v. 
6, 1908-date. 6767 

Overman, Frederick. The manufac- 
ture of steel: containing the prac- 
tice and principles of working and 
making steel. 1851. TN730 095. 


-A treatise on metallurgy; com- 

prising mining, and general and 
particular metallurgical opera- 
tions, with a description of char- 
coal, coke, and anthracite fur- 
naces, blast machines, etc. 1852. 
TN665 096. 6769 

Pnlsifer, W. H. Notes for a history 
of lead, and an inquiry into tne 
development of the manufacture 
of white lead and lead oxides. 
1888. TN785 P98. 6770 

Swank, J. M. History of the manu- 
facture of iron in all ages, and 
particularly in the United States 
for three hundred years, from 
1585 to 1885. 1884. TN703 897. 


350 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Tmran, Williiun. The iron mBimfao- 
ture of Great Britain, theoretically 
and practically considered. Hy W. 

Truran, 2d ed. Rev. by J. A. Phil- 
lipB and W. H. Dorman. 1897. 
TN704 G7 T8. 0772 

•i : • rn/, i 


Accum, F. G. A tTealiee on the art 
of brewing. 2d ed. 1822. TP670 
A17. 6773 

Antiflell, Thomas. The manutaccure 
of photogenic or hydro-carbon oils, 
from coal and other bituminous 
Bubstances* capable of supplying 
burning fluids. 1866. TP080 A63. 


Bernadoa, J. B. Smokeless powder, 
nitro-cellulose. and theory of the 
cellulose molecule. 1901. TP273 
B51. 6775 

BertholleC, O. L., comte. Elements of 
the art of dyeing; with a descrip- 
tion of the art of bleaching by oxy- 
muriatic acid. 2d ed. By C. u. 
and A. B. Berthollet. Tr. by An- 
drew Ure. 1824. 2 v. TP897 
B54. 6776 

Bntterfleld, W. J. A. The chemistry 
of gas manufacture. A practical 
handbook on the production, puri- 
fication and testings of illuminating 
and fuel gas, and on the by-pro- 
ducts of gas manufacture. 3d ed. 
1904. 2 v. Library has v. i. 
TP75I B97. 6777 

CalTO, J. B. Report on cofTee^with 
special reference to the Costa 
Rican product. 1901. TP645 
CI 6. 6778 

Clegg, Samuel. A practical treatise 
on the manufacture and distribu- 
tion of coal-gas, its introduction 
and progressive improvement. 2d 
ed. 1853. TP751 C62. 6779 

Cripps, F. 8, Gasholder and tank 
(of one million cubic feet capa- 
city) at the Sutton gas worn. 
Designed and carried out tiy F. 
S. Cripps. Embracing notcm on 
gasholder construction generally. 
1898. TP751 G94. 6780 

The guide-framing of gasnoia- 

ers and other papers chiefly relat- 
ing to strains in structures con- 
nected with gas-works. Fully re- 
vised and corrected, with many 
additions. 1889. TP761 C93. 


IHmcan, R. K. The chemistry of 
commerce; simple interpretation 
of some new chemistry in its rela- 
tion to modern industry. 1907. 
TP19 D88. 6782 

Encyclopaedia of chemistry, theoret- 
ical, practical, and analytical, as 
applied to the arts and manufac- 
tures. By writers of eminence. 
1877-1880. 2 V. TP9 M9 Ref. 


Foregger, R. von. The utilization of 
active oxygen electrically and 
chemically produced. 1905. 

TP245 09 F71. 6784 

Groves, ۥ B. ed. Chemical tech- 
nology; or. Chemistry in its appli- 
cationa to arts and manufactures; 
ed. by C. S. Groves and William 
Thorp. With which is incorpor- 
ated Richardson & Watts' Chemi« 
cal technology. Library has v. 3, 
'04. TP145 G9 Ref. 6785 

Hornby, John. A text-book of gas 
manufacture for students. 1902. 
TP751 H81. 6786 

-Same. 1905. 

TP751 H81. 

Illinois fuel conference. Proceed- 
ings of the Illinois fuel conference, 
March 11, 12, 13, 1909. 1910. 
TP315 13. 6787 

Johnston, J. F. W. The chemistry 
of common life. New ed., rev., 
and brought down to the present 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


time, by A. H. Church. 1881. 
TP147 J72. 6788 

Knapp, h. To. Chemical technology; 
or, Chemistry, applied to the arts 
and to manufactures. By F. 
Knapp. Tr. and ed, with numer- 
ous notes and additions: by Ed- 
mund Ronalds and Thomas Rich- 
ardson, with notes and additlone 
by W. R. Johnson. 1848-49. 2 v. 
TP115 K73. 6780 

'Lotenz^ Hans. Modern refrigerating 
machinery, its concttruction, meth- 
ods of working and Industrial ap* 
plications; a guide for engineers 
and owners of refrigerating plants. 
Authorized tranelutlon by T. H. 
Pope. With chapters on "Xmeri- 
can practice in refrigeration, insu- 
lation, auditorium and other cool- 
ing by H. M. Haven and F. W. 
Dean. 1905. TP492 L87. 6796 

McCnlloh, R. S. Reports from the 
secretary of the Treasury, of scien- 
tific inye'stigations in relation to 
sugar and hydrometers, made un- 
der the superintendence of A. D. 
Bache, by R. S. McCulloh. Rev. 
ed., 1848. TP377 M13ft. 6701 

Mallet, J. W. Chemistry applied to 
the arts. A lecture. May 30, 1868. 
1868. TP185 M25. 6702 

Marks, W. D. London sliding scale 

for gas. [1909] TP733 07 L8 

1909. 6708 


Marx, G. W. The heating values and 
proximate analyses of Missouri 
ooaL By C. W. Marx [and] Paul 
Schweitzer. [2d ed.] 1901. TP 
326 U6 M8 1901. 6704 

Mentor, pseud, fielf-lnstructlon for 
students in gas manufacture. Be- 
ing answers to questions based on 
the honours grade syllabus in gas 
manufacture of the city and guilds 
of London institute, [n. d.] TP 
751 M66. 6790 

-Self-instruction for students in 

grade syllabus in gas manufacture 
of the city and guilds of London 
insUtute. 3d ed. [n. d] TP761. 
M54. 6706 

-Self-instruction for students 

gas manufacture. Being answers 
to questions based on th^ ordinary 

in gas manufacture: construction- 
al, [n. d.] TP75i M55. 6707 

Mordecal, Alfred. Report of experi- 
ments on gunpowder, maae at 
Washington arsenal, in 1843 and 
1844. 1845. TP272 M83. 6708 

Morflt, Campbell. A practical trea- 
tise on the manufacture of soaps. 
1871. TP990 M85. 6700 

Nagel, Oskar. The mechanical ap- 
pliances of the chemical and met- 
allurgical Industries; a complete 
description of the machines and 
apparatus used in chemical and 
metallurgical processes. 1908. TP 
155 N2. 6800 

Newbigging, GRiomas. Handbook 
for gas engineers and managers. 
7th ed. 1904. TP751 N53. 6801 

One hundred years of brewing; a 
complete history of the progress 
made in the art, science and indus- 
try of brewing In the world, par- 
ticularly during the nineteenth 
century. Historical sketches and 
views of ancient and modern 
breweries. Lives and portraits of 
brewers of the past and present. 
A supplement to the Western 
brewer, 1903. 1903. TP573 A3 
U6. 6802 

0*Neill, Charles. Chemistry of cali- 
co printing, dyeing, and bleach- 
ing. Including sflken, woollen, and 
mixed goods, practical and theo- 
retical: with copious references to 
original sources of Information, 
and abridged specifications of the 
patents connected with these sub- 
jects for the years 1858 and 1859. 
1860. TP893 058. 6803 

Pamell, E. A. Applied chemistry; in 
manufactures, arts, and domestic 
economy. TP149 P25. 6804 

352 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Payen, [Anselme] Industrial chem- 
istry. A manual for use in techni- 
cal colleges or schools and for 
manufacturer's, etc. Based upon 
a translation (partly by T. D. 
Barry) of Stohiaann & Engler's 
German edition of Payen's 'Precis 
de chimie industrielle.' Ed. 
throughout and supplemented with 
chapters on the chemistry of the 
metals, &c. by B. H. Paul. i8Tb 
TP145 P3. 6805 

— Precis de chimie industrielle ft 
I'usage des eooles prSparatolres 
aux professions Industrielles des 
fabricants et des agriculteurs. 2. 
6d. augm. de chapltres sur le sul- 
fure de carbone, les allumettes k 
frottement, la fonte des suifs, les 
acides gras par distillation, le 
hlanc de zinc, le caoutchouc et la 
gutta-percha, les p6ras artiflciels 
et les charbons moulds. 1851. 
TP145 P2. 6806 

Same. 3d M., 1855, with 1 v. 

PI. 6806a 

[Porter, G. R.] A treatise on the 
origin, {progressive Improvement 
and present state of the manufac- 
ture of porcelain and glass. X83z. 
TP807 P84. ^ 6807 

Redding, Cyras. A history and de- 
scription of modern wine. 3d ed., 
with additions and corrections. 
1851. TP549 R31. 6808 

Thorpe, T. E. A dictionary of ap- 
plied chemistry by T. E. Thorpe 
assisted by eminent contributors. 
1890-'92. 3 V. V 3. wanting. TP 
9 T6 Ref. 6809 

Totten, J. G. Essays on hydraulic 
and common mortars and on lime- 
burning. Tr. from the French of 
Gen. TreuBsart, M. Petot, and M. 
Courtols. With brief observations 
on common mortars, hydraulic 
mortars, and concretes. By J. G. 
Totten. 1842. TP877 T7. 6810 

IT. 8. Congress. Senate. Committee 
on manufactures. Adulterated or 
mislabeled paint, turpentine, or 

linseed oil. Report. (To accom- 
pany S. 1130.). [1910] TP935 
A2 U6 1910. 6811 

U. S. Congress. Senate. Committee 
on the District of Columbia. Price 
of gas in District of Columbia. 
Report. (To accompany H*. R. 
18345.) [11909] TP724 D6 A? 
1909b. 68ia 

V, 8. Dept of commerce and laoor. 
Oil-seed products and feed stuffs, 
by Jullen Brod6, special agent of 
the Department of commerce and 
labor, and American consular offi- 
cers. 1910. TP680 U6 1910. 


U. S. Naval liquid fuel board. Re- 
port of the U. 8. Naval liquid 
fuel" board of tests conducted on 
the Hohenstein water tube boiler, 
showing the relative evaporative 
efficiencies of coal and liquid fuel 
under forced and natural draft 
conditions as determined by an ex- 
tended series of tests, made under 
the direction of G. W. Melville, 
englneer-in-chief, U. S. Navy. 
1904. TP321 U59. 6814 

U. S. Office of Internal revenue. 
Gangers' weighing manual, em- 
bracing regulations and tables for 
determining the taxable quantity 
of distilled spirits by weighing. 
November 1, 1900. 1900. TP609 
U46 1900. 6815 

United States internal revenue. 

Extracts from the Gangers' man- 
ual. Gangers' weighing manujftl, 
and Regulations no. 7, revised, re- 
garding duties of United States 
internal-revenue gaugem, store- 
keepers, and storekeeper-gangers. 
July 30, 1906. 1906. TP609 U49 
1906. 6816 



United States internal-revenue 

gangers' manual, embracing regu- 
lations and instructions, and 
tables, prescribed by the commis- 
sioner of Internal revenue. De- 
cember 7, 1906. 1907. TP609 U 
48 1906. 6817 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Vicat, li. J. Nouvelles etudes sux les 
pouzzolanes artificielles comparSes 
k la pouzsolane d'ltalie dans leur 
emploi en eau douce et en eau de 
mer. 1846. TP884 P8 V6. 6818 

Vlzefelly, Henry. Facts about port 
and Madeira, with notices of tlie 
wines vintaged around Lisbon, 
and the wines of Tenerife. 1880. 
TP559 P8 V8. 6819 

Wagn^, Rudolf. A handbook of 
chemical technology. Tr. and ed. 
from the 8th German ed.. with ex- 
tensive additions, by ' William 
Crookes. 1872. TP145 W2. 6820 

-Manual of chemical technology 

by Rudolf Ton Wagner: tr. and 
ed. by Sir William Crookes from 
the 13th enl. German ed, as re- 
modelled by Ferdinand Fischer. 
1900. TP145 W3 Ref. 6821 


American wool & cotton reporter. 
Library has v. 20, 1906-date. 


Raines, Sir Edward. History or tne 
cotton manufacture in Great Bri- 
tain; with a notice of its early 
history in the East, and in all the 
quarters of the globe. [1835] TS 
1565 G7 B2. 6823 

Ralrd, R. H. The American cotton 
spinner and managers* and card- 
ers' guide. 1851. TS1577 B2. 


Redell, W. li. B. Practical electro- 
plating; a guide for the electro- 
plater, giving complete instruc- 
tions for the arrangement of the 
shop, the installation of the plant, 
polishing, plating, buffing, and 
lacquering. 1910. 2d. ed. TS670 
B5. 6825 

Rimie, Rogers, jr. Gun making in 
the United States. 1907. TS535 
B61. 6826 

Ede, George. The management of 
Bteel. From 4th ed. rev. and enl. 
1867. TS305 E21. 6827 

Fuller, John. Art of coppersmlth- 
Ing. A practical treatise on work- 
ing sheet copper into all forms. 
3d ed.. rev. 1904. TS620 F83. 


Geldard, James. Hand-book on cot- 
ton manufacture, or, A guide to 
machine-^building, spinning and 

weaving, with practical examples, 
all needful calculations, and many 
u'seful and important tables. 1867. 
TS1575 G3. 6829 

Hall, J. S. The book of the feet; a 
history of boots and shoes. From 
2d London edition, with a history 
of boots and shoes in tne trnlced 
States, biographical sketches of 
eminent shoemakers and Crispin 
anecdotes. 1847. TSIOOO H18. 


Hazlitt, G. H. A. History of the 
'American Waltham watch com- 
pany of Waltham, Mass. 1905. 
TS543 W23 H4. 6881 

[Holland, John] A treatise on the 
progressive improvement and 
present etate of the manufactures 
in metal. 1831-34. 3 v. TS205 H 
73. 68S2 

Hunt, A. E. Aluminum: its manu- 
facture and uses from an engi- 
neering standpoint. 1892. TS555 
H94. 6883 

The Iron age. Library has v. 78, 
1906-date. 6834 

The Iron age directory; a classified 
index of goods manufactured by 
advertisers in the Iron age. liU 
brary has 11th, eds., 1907, 
'08. TS301 18. 6835 

Le Play, P. O. F. M^molre sur le 
fabrication de Tacier en York* 
shire et recherches sur TStat ac- 
tuel et Tavenir probable de la 

354 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

fabrication de I'acier sur le oon- 
tinent Europ6en et particuU6re- 
ment en France. 1843. TS3(ri Ok 
L5. 6886 

The Nonotnek silk company, Flor- 
ence, Maaa. Silk; ita origin, cul- 
•ture, and mannfactnre; 1902. TS 
1671 082. 6837 

Oremuui, Frederick. The manufac- 
ture of iron, in all its various 
branches. Also, a description of 
forge hammers, rolling mills, blast 
machines, hot blast, etc. To which 
is added, an essay on the manu- 
facture of st^^. 1850. TS306 u 
96. 6888 

-The moulder's and founder's 

pocket guide; a treatise on mould- 
ing and founding. With an ap- 
pendix containing receipts for al- 
loys, bronze, varnishes, and col- 
ours for castings, also tables on 
the strength and other qualities 
of cast metals. 1851. TS230 095. 


[Porter, G. R«] A treatise on the 
origin, progressive improvement, 
and present state of the silk 
manufacture. 1831. TS1650 P84. 


Richards, John. Wood-working ma- 
chinery and the arrangement of 
factories; a manual for practical 
workmen. 1885. TS850 R51. 


Richards, J. W. The aluminum 
problem. 1891. TS565 R6. 6842 

Scott, Robert. The practical cotton 
spinner, and manufacturer. Cor. 
and enl., by Oliver Byrne. 1851. 
TS1581 S38. 6848 

Young, T. M. The American cotton 
industry; a study of work and 
workers, contributed to the Man- 
chester guardian, with an intro- 
duction by Elijah Helm. 1902. 
TS1565 U6 T7. 0844 


Dienlafait, Ixmis. Diamonds and 
precious stones, a popular account 
of gems. Tr. from the French of 
Louis Dieulafait. By Fanchon 
Sanford. 18*74. TS752 D56. 6846 

Emannel, Harry. Diamonds and 
precious stones: their history, val- 
ue, and distinguishing charac- 
teristics. With simple teste for 
their identification. 1867. TS752 
E53. 6846 

Jeffries, Davld« A treatise on dia- 
monds and pearls; in which their 
importance is considered; and 

plain rules are exhibited for as- 
certaining the value of both; also 
the true method of manufacturing 
diamonds. 4 th ed., with large im- 
provements, [n. d.] TS753 J47. 


King, C. W. The natural history 
of precious stones, and of the prec- 
ious metals. 1870. TS752 K63. 


Streeter, E. W. The great diamonds 
of the world. Their history and 
romance. Ed. and annotated by 
Joseph Ifatton and A. H. Keano. 
[1882] TS753 S91. 0840 


The artlzan. Library has 



Greth, J. C W. Water for the laun- 
dry. [C1909] TT998 08. 6851 

Hasluck, P. N., ed. The handsrman's 
book of tools, materials, and pro* 
cesses employed in woodworking. 
1903. TT180 H35. 6852 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Mechanics magazine. Library has v. 
1-73, 1823-1860, except y. 66-69. 


Niabet, B. A. An addreee before the 
Gwinnett manual labor institJte, 
30th June, 1837. TT167 099 N7. 

685 A 

The plough, the loom, & the anvil. 
Library has v. 1-7, 1848-'65. 6855 

Rhode Island. State board of ex- 
aminers for barbers. Annual re- 
port. Library has 6th, 1909. TT 
963 R4 A2. 6856 

Salomon, Otto. The sldjd in the ser- 
vice of the school, by Otto Salo- 

mon. Tr. by W. H. Carpenter. Ed. 
by N. M. Butler. 1888. TT187 S 
27. 6857 

Sickels, Ivln. Exercises in wood- 
working, with a short treatise on 
wood; written for manual train- 
ing classes in schools and col- 
leges. TT186 866. o858 

Texas. College of industrial arts. 
Biennial report of the board of re- 
gents. Library has 3d, 190tf. TT 

166 U6 T4. 6859 

Wallis, S. T. Address at the Com- 
mencement of the McDonogh in- 
stitute, June 3, 1882. 1882. TT 

167 B19 Ml W2. 6860 


[Andrews, J. C] Breakfast, dinner, 
and tea: viewed classically, poet- 
ically, and practically. Contain- 
ing numerous curious dishes and 
feasts of all times and all coun- 
tries. Besides three hundred mod- 
ern receipts. 1876. TX633 A50. 


Atkinson, Edward. The science of 
nutrition. The Aladdin oven. 
1896. TX661 A87. 6862 

Barrows, Anna. Principles of cook- 
ery. 1907. TX7 L6. 6868 

Battershall, J. P. Food adultera- 
tions and its detection. 1887. TX 
663 B29. 6864 

Bevler, Isabel. The house; its plan, 
decoration and care. 1907. TX7 
L6. 6865 

Bishop, Frederick. The illustrated 
London cookery book, containing 
upwards of fifteen hundred first- 
rate receipts. 1862. TX717 B62. 


Brlllat-Savarin, J. A. The handbook 
of dining, or corpulency and lean- 
ness scientifically considered. By 
Brillat-Savarin. Tr. by L. P. 

Simpson. 1870. TX637 B86. 


Cotton, A. C. Care of children. 
1907. TX7 L6. 6860 

[La culsini^re] [1850?] TX719 C 
9. 6870 

Dodd, M. E. Chemistry of the 
household. 1907. TX7 L6. 6871 

Donovan, Michael. Domestic econ- 
omy, new ed. 1830-1845. 2 v. TX 
363 D68. 6872 

Elliott, S. M. Household bacteriol- 
ogy. 1907. TX7 L6. 6878 

Household hygiene. 1907. TX 

7 L6. 6874 

The experienced American house- 
keeper, or Domestic cookery: 
formed on principles of economy 
for the use of private families. 
TX716 E956. 6875 

Ferrier, J, T. Concerning human 
carnivorlsm. 1903. TX392 F39. 


Flemini^, M. E. (Lee). Emergency 
helps for housekeepers and others 
1906. TX168 P53. 6877 

356 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Oalller, Adolphe. The majestic fam- 
ily oook-book. Containing 1300 
selected recipes, simplified for the 
use of housekeepers, also a few 
choice bills of fare. 1897. TX715 
G168. 6878 

Hassall, A. H. Food: its adultera- 
tions, and the methods for their 
detection. 1876. TX663 H369. 


Illinois. Farmers' institute. Deps^t- 
ment of household science. Year 
book. Library has 1910. TXl I 
29. 6880 

Kenney-Herbert* Arthur. Common- 
sense cookery for English house- 
holds, with twenty menus worked 
out in detail. Rev. and enl. ed. 

1906. TX717 K36. 6881 

lie Bosquet, Maurice, ed. Personal 
hygiene. 1907. TX7 L6. 6882 

Norton, Mrs. A. (P.) Food and die- 
tetics. 1907. TX7 L6. 6883 

pope, A. E. Home care of the sick. 

1907. TX7 L6. 6884 

Smith, Edward. Foods. 1876. TX 
353 S64. 

-Same. 1903. TX353 S645. 6886 

Temple, L. li. Home made candies, 
with lessons. [1909?] TX791 T 
28. 6887 

Terrill, B. M. Household manage- 
ment. 1907. TX7 L6. 6888 

IT. S. Office of Indian affairs. Su- 
perintendent of Indian schools. 
Teaching the rudiments of cook- 
ing in the class room. Primary 
methods and outlines for the use 
of teachers in the Indian schools. 
1906. TX663 U5. 6888 

Waahbume, Mrs. M. (F.) Study of 
child life. 1907. TX7 L6. 6890 

Watson, K. H. Textiles and cloth- 
ing. 1907. TX7 L6. 6891 

Wiley, H. W. Foods and their adul- 
teration; origin, manufacture, and 
composition of food products; de- 
scription of common adultera- 
tions, food standards, and national 
food laws and regulations. 1907. 
TX531 W67. 6892 


Annuaire milltaire de la r<§publi- 
que BYancaise pour rann6e 1852. 
1852. UIO F8. 6893 

Bigelow, John. The principles of 
strategy, illustrated mainly from 
American campaigns. 1891. U 
162 B59. 6894 

Bulletin tdes sciences milltaires. 
1824-1831. Library has v. 1-11. 
U2 B93. 6895 

Ghesney, [F. R.]. Observations on 
the past and present state of fire- 
arms, and on the probable effects 
in war of the new musket. 1852. 
U886 C52. 6896 

I>ecker, C. von. Taktiek der drie 
wapens: infanterie, kavalerle en 
artillerie, op zich-zelve en verbon- 

den, in den geest der nieuwere 
krijgsvoering, door C. von Decker, 
uit bet Hoogdultsch vertaald 
door L. Baron von Boecop. 1831- 
33. 2 V. U165 D29. 6897 

Farrer, J. A. Military manners and 
customs. 1885. U750 F24. 6898 

Farrow, E. 8. Farrow's military en- 
cyclopedia. 1885. 3 V. U24 F24. 
Ref. 6899 

France. MlnistSre de la guerre. In- 
struction pour Tenseignement de 
la gymnaetique dans lee corps de 
troupes et les ^tablissements mili- 
taires. 1847. U325 F8 1847. 


{Fry, J. B. Military miscellanies. 
1889. U17 F94. 6901 

Bulletin of thb Virginia State Library. 


Gay de Vernon, S. F., baron. 
Traits ^lementaire d'art milltaire 
et de fortification, & I'usage des 
61dves de T^oole polytechnique, et 
des 61dye6 des ^coles militairee. 
1832. 2 V. U102 G28. 6002 


rose, Francis. Military antiquities 
respecting a history of the Eng- 
lish army, from the conquest to 
the present time. A new edition 
with material additions & im- 
provements. 1812. 2 y. U43 G7 
G8. 6003 

Halleok, H. W. Elements of military 
ai^ And science; or. Course of 
instruction in strategy, (fortifica- 
tion, tactics of battles, &c., em- 
bracing the duties of stafT. in- 
fantry, cavalry, artillery, and en- 
gineers; adapted to the use of 
volunteers and militia. 1846. U 
104 H18. 6004 

Hamersly, T. H. S. Complete gen- 
eral army register of the United 
States of America, from the time 
of the revolutionary war to the 
•present time, together with the 
volunteer general staff, during the 
war with Mexico. Also a military 
history of the Department of war. 
1888. Ull U5 HSB. 6005 

Henderson, G. F. R. The science of 
war; a collection of essays and 
lectures, 1892-1903, by G. F. R. 
Henderson. Ed. by Neill Malcolm, 
with a memoir of the author, by 
Field Marshall Earl Roberts. 
1906. U17 H5. 6006 

Jomini* Henri, baron. The art of 
war. A new edition, with appen- 
dices and maps. Tr. from the 
French by G. H. Mendell and W. 
P. Craighill. 1864. U102 J73. 


Precis de Tart de la guerre, ou 

nouveau tableau analytique dee 
principales combinaisons de la 
stratdgie, de la grande tactique 
et de la politique milltaire. Der- 
nidre 6d., conslddrablement aug- 
mentfie. 1838. 2 v. U102 J74. 


Summary of the art of war, or, 

a new analytical compend of the 
principal combinations of strate- 
gy, of grand tactics and of mili- 
tary policy. Tr. from the French 
by O. F. Winship, E. E. McLean. 
1S54. U102 J75. 6000 

Kantz, A. V. Customs of service for 
non-commissioned officers and 
soldiers as derived from law and 
regulations and practised in the 
army of the U. S. 2d ed. 1865. 
U113 1865 K. 6010 

Lee, J. K. The volunteer's hand 
book: containing an abridgment 
of Hardee's infantry tactics, 
adapted to the use of the percus- 
sion musket in squad and com- 
pany exercises, manual of arms 
for rifiemen, and U. S. army regu- 
lations as to parades, reviews. 3d 
ed. Richmond, Va. 1861. U143 5 
L47. 6011 

Montecncull, Ralmondo, conte de. 
Memoires de Montecuculi, avec 
les commentaires de M. le comte 
Turpin de Criss6. 1770. 3 v. U 
14 M77. 6012 

Schalk, Emit. Summary of the art 
of war: written expressly for and 
dedicated to the U. S. volunteer 
army. 1862. U162 S29. 6018 

-Same. 2d ed., 1863. 


Schwartz, A. V. von. Influence of 
the experience of the siege of Port 
Arthur upon the construction of 
modern fortresses, by A. von 
Schwartz. Tr. from the Russian. 
1908. Ul U76. 6014 

Solovleev, L. Z. Actual experiences 
in war: Battle action of the in- 
fantry; impressions of a company 
commander. 1906. Ul U76. 


Tnrpin de Criss^ [Lancelot] comte. 
Commentaires sur les M6moires 
de Montecuculi, g^n^ralissime des 
armies, ft grand mattre de I'artil- 
lerie de Tempereur; 1769. 3 v. 
U14 T95. 6016 

358 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

U. S. Adjutant-senerars office. Of- 
ficial army register. Library has 
1867-1873, 1882, 1908-date. Ull 
U5. 6917 

-Official register of officers of 

Tolanteere In the service of the 
United States. Organized under 
the act of March 2, 1899. 1900. 
Ull U53. 6918 

-Military Information division 

The autumn maneuvers of 1898. 
Austria- Hungary, France, Ger- 
many, Great Britain, Russia, and 
Switzerland, August 1899. 1899. 
Ul U76. 6919 

— ^The autumn maneuvers of 1899. 
Austrla-ITungary, Germany, Great 
Britain, Italy, and Norway. Janu- 
ary, 1900. 1900. Ul U75. 6920 

— Colonial army systems of the 
Netherlands, Great Britain, 
France, Germany, Portugal, Italy, 
and Belgium. Comp. by J. S. 
Herron. 1901. Ul U75. 6921 

-A French-English military tech- 

nical dictionary, by C. D. Wlllcox. 
1899[-19003 3 pts. Pt. 2 want- 
ing. Ul U75. 6922 

-Notes of military Interest for 

1901. Comp. and arranged by E. 
A. Edwards, J. S. Herron, H. B. 
Ferguson, R. S. Clark. 1902. Ul 
U75. 6923 

— ^Notes of military Interest for 
1902. Compiled and arranged by 
E. A. Edwards, J. S. Herron, H. 
B. Ferguson, R. S. Clark. 1903. 
Ul U75. 6924 

— The organized mllltla of the 
United States. Statement of the 
condition and efficiency for ser- 
vice of the organized militia. 
From special reports, and other 
Information, covering the en- 
campment season of 1893 [-April 
20, 1898]. 1894-1900. 6 v. Li- 
brary has no. 7, 19, 29. Ul U75. 


-Report of Major General Nelson 

A. Miles, of his tour of observa- 
tion In Europe. May 6 to October 
10, 1897. 1899. Ul U76. 6926 

Content8.*—Itlnerary of travel. — 
War between Turkey and Greece. — 
Gun factories, arsenals, etc. — ^Re- 
marks on English troops. — ^Maneu- 
vers of foreign armies: Russian, 
German, French. 

-Selected professional papers 

translated from European mili- 
tary publications. 1898. Ul U76. 

Contents. — Materiel of the Span- 
ish field and mountain artillery, by 
C. Benoit. — Manual for Cossack rid- 
ing and training of horses, by C. 
Fleisher. — ^The mllltla of the United 
fitates of America, by George [?] 
Tricoche. — ^The military and naval 
power of the United States in 1896, 
— Practice march of a Swiss artil- 
lery batalllon, January and Feb- 
ruary, 1897, by Lieut Ceresole. — 
The new German gun, by Capt 
Marin. — Supply and expenditure of 
ammunlton, by Capt. Balck.-— For- 
eign war games. FVom the "Revue 
militaire de Tetranger," August and 
October, 1897. — ^A comparative ex- 
amination of the war budgets of 
France and Germany for 1897. 

-StafTe of various armies. [Jan- 

uary, 1899J 1899. Ul U75. 6928 
Contains a reprint of the intro- 
duction to General Bronsart von 
Schellendorff's book. "The duties of 
the General staff," tr. by Lieut. Col. 
W. A. H. Hare. 

-Target practice and remount 

systems abroad. Arranged by E. 
A. Edwards and J. S. Herron, 
April, 1902. 1902. Ul U75. 6929 

U. S. Chief of artillery. Extracts 
from reports by regular and mlll- 
tla officers on the joint army and 
mllltla coast-defense exercises. 
Library has 1907-'10. U253 Al. 


V. S. General stafT. 2d (Military in- 
formation) division. Drill regula- 
tions for the Infantry, German 
army 1906; translated by F. J. 
Behr. 1907. Ul U76. 6931 


— Epitome of the Russo-Japanese 
war. 1907. Ul U76. 6982 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


Reports of military observers 

attached to the armies in Man- 
churia during the Russo- Japanese 
war. 1906-07. 5 v. Ul U76. 


U. S. War department. Camps of 
instruction, 1908. Reports of of- 
ficers of the U. S. army. 1909. 
U293 A2 1908. 6984 

— Field service regulations, U. S. 
army, 1905, with amendments to 
1908. Prepared under the direc- 
tion of the chief of staff, U. S. 
army. 1908. U173 A3 1908. 




United States army. 
U173 A3 1910. 


1910. 1910. 


— Instructions and problems in 
guard duty for the private sol- 
dier. Prepared in the Division of 
militia affairs, by M. C. Kerth. 
1909. U193 A3 1909. 6087 

— Manual of guard duty, U. S. 
army, rev. ed. [1908] U193 A3 
1908. 6088 

— Provisional instructions for 
maneuvers. Prep, under the direc- 
tion of the Chief of staff, U. S. 
army. 1904. U253 A2 1904. 


-Regulations for field maneuvers, 

U. 8. army, 1910. 1910. U253 A3 
1910. 6040 

— The soldier's handbook for use 
in the army of the United States. 
1906. U113 1905. 6041 

— Same. 1908. Nli3 1908. 6942 

— Division of militia affairs. Man- 
ual for privates of infantry of the 
organized militia of the United 
States. Comp. under the direc^ 
tion of E. M. Weaver, Capt. M. C. 
Kerth. 1909. U143 A3. 6943 

Wiihelm, Thomas. A military dic- 
tionary and gazetteer. Compiled 
from the best authorities of all 
nations. With an appendix con- 
taining the articles of war, etc. 
Rev. ed. 1881. U24 W67 Ref. 


mhjtary education. 

Cnllnm, G. W. Biographical register 
of the officers and graduates of the 
U. S. military academy at West 
Point, N. Y., from ito establish- 
ment March 16, 1802 to the army 
re-organization of 1866-67. 2d ed. 
1868. 2 V. U410 H5 1865. 6046 

Dickinson, J. M, Address to the 
graduating class of the United 
States Military academy. West 
Point, New York, June eleven, 
nineteen nine, by the secretary of 
war. 1909. U410 F3 D6. 6046 

Haaen, W. B. The school and the 
army in Germany and France, 
with a diary of siege life at Ver- 
sailles. 1872. U505 H42. 6047 

Smith, F. H. The regulations of 
military institutions, applied to 
the conduct of common schools. 
1849. U408 S64. 6048 

West Point fifty years ago. 

1879. U410 Kl S6. 6040 

U. S. Congress. Senate. Committee 
on military affairs. Increase in 
corps of cadets at the United 
States Military academy. Report. 
(To accompany S. 2325.) [1910] 
U410 E5 1910. 6050 

U. 8. Engineer dept. Ceremonies at 
the laying of the corner stone of 
the Army war college building at 
Washington Barracks, with the 
addresses and invocation delivered 
on the occasion, February 21» 
1903. 1903. U413 F7 U5. 6051 

U. S. Infantry and cavalry school. 
Fort Leavenworth. Annual report 
of the commandant. Library has 
1906. U415 El. 6052 

360 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

U. 8. Military academy. West Point. 
The centennial of the United 
States Military academy at West 
Point, New York. 1802-1902. 
1904. 2 v. U410 LI A2. 6953 

-Official register of the officers 

end oadets. Library has 1908- 
date. U410 H3. 6954 

^Annual report. Library has 

1909. U410 E4. 6955 

U. S. War dept. Hazing at the 
United States military academy. 

Letter from the secretary of war, 
forwarding all papers called for 
in the matter of hazing at West 
Point since January 1, 1908. 
1909. U410 E9 1909a. 6956 

-Same. Letter from the secretary 

of war, transmitting a response to 
the inquiry of the House. 1909. 
U410 E9 1909b. 6957 

— Information relative to the ap- 

pointment and admission of cadets 
to the United States military acad 
emy. [1911.] U410 Ql 1911 


Organization, IHstribntion, Military Situation. 

The armies of today. 1893. UA15 
A67. 6959 

Alabama. Adjutant-general's office. 
Biennial report. Library has 
1894, '02, '06. UA43 A2. 6960 

€k>lorado. Adjutant-general's office. 
Biennial report. Library has 
1904. UA43 06. 6961 

Connecticut. Arsenal and armory 
commission. State of Connecticut. 
[1907] UA119 A4. 6962 

IHipin, Charles, baron. View of the 
history and actual state of the mil- 
itary force of Great Britain. 
Tr. with notes by an officer. 1822. 
2 T. UA647 D93. 6963 

Georgia. Adjutant-general's office 
Report. Library has 1909. UA43 
G4. 6964 

Qril&ths, A. O. F. The English 
army; its past history, present 
condition, and future prospects. 
[1878] UA649 G85. 6965 

Head, Sir F. Bond, 1st hart. The de- 
fenceless state of Great Britain. 
1850 UA647 H43. 6966 

Illinois. Adjutant-general's office. 
Report. Library has 1898-1908. 
UA43 13. 6967 

Indiana. Adjutant-general's office. 
Report. Library has 1899, 1901- 
1902, '03, '05, '07, 1910. UA43 I 
6. 6968 

Iowa. Adjutant-general's office. Re- 
port. Library has 1897, '99, '05, 
'06. UA43 18. 6969 

Kansas. Adjutant general's office- 
Biennial report. Library has 
1908. UA43 K2. 6970 

Louisiana. Adjutant-general's office. 
Annual report. Library has 1903. 
UA43 L8. 6971 

McClellan, 6. B. The armies of 
Europe: comprising descriptions 
in detail of the military systems 
of England, France, Russia and 
embodying the report of observa- 
tions in Europe during the Crim- 
ean war. 1862. UA646 M12. 6972 

Maine. Adjutant-general's office. 
Annual report. Library has 1841: 
1897-1900; 1906. UA43 M2. 6973 

Massachusetts. Adjutant-general's 
office. Annual report. Library has 
1848. UA43 M4. 6974 

Michigan. Adjutant-general's office. 
Annual report. Library has 1846, UA43 M5. 6975 

Missouri. Adjutant-general's office. 
Report. Library has 1907-8, 1910. 
UA43 M82. 6976 


Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


MonUuiA. Adjutant-generars office. 
Rep6rt. Library has 1900, 1904. 
UA43 M9. 6977 

New Hampshire. Adjutant-generars 
office. Report. Library has 1868. 
UA43 N2. 6978 

Ohio. Adjutant-generars office. An- 
nual report. Library has 1900- 
1908, 1909. UA43 03. 6979 

-Roster of the troops of the Ohio 

National guard. Library has Sept 
'01, March '02. UA392 R83. 6980 

Oregon. Adjutant-general's office. 
Report of the adjutant general, 
library (has ^biennial: 6th, 
TS96-8th, 1902; 10th, 1906- 
12th, 1910. UA43 07. 698] 

PeimsylTaiiia. Adjutant- general's 
office. Annual report. Library 
has 1848, '90, '93, '94. UA43 P 
42. 6982 1 

Rhode Island. Adjutant- general's 
office. Annual report. Ldbrary has 
1902-1909. UA43 R4. 6983 

Rhode Island. Providence armory 
commission. Report. Library has 
1908. UA431 A3. 6984 

Scott, Sir S. D. The British army: 
its origin, progress, and equip- 
ment. 1868. 2 V. U767 S42. 


Stewart^ David. Sketches of the 
character, manners, and present 
state of the Highlanders of Scot- 
land; with details of the military 
service of the highland regiments. 
3d ed. 1825. 2 v. UA659 H6 S9. 


U. 8. Adjutaint-general's office. Cir- 
cular showing the distribution of 
troops of the line of the United 
States army. January 1, 1866, to 
June 30, 1909. [1909] UA26 A2. 


— ^Llst of military poets, etc., es- 
tablished In the United States 
from Its earldest settlement to the 

present time [Feb. 1, 1902] Sub- 
ject to corrections and additions 
1902. UA26 Al. 6988 

-Roster of the organized mllltla 

of the United States, by divisions, 
brigades, regiments, companies, 
and other organizations, with their 
stations. Feb. 1, 1908. 1908. UA 
52 A2 1908. 6989 

U. 8. Military secretary's dept. An- 
nual report. Library has '04, '05. 
UA24 A3. 6990 

17. S. War dept. Annual report of 
the secretary of war. Library has 
1907-date. For those prior to 
1907 see Cong. doc. set. UA24 A 
11. 6991 

-Five years of the War depart- 

ment following the war with 
Spain, 1899-1903, as shown In the 
Annual reports of the secretary of 
war. [1904] UA24 AT. 6992 

"An authentic account of the 
principal events, and the action and 
policy of the United States during 
— The military government of Porto 
Rico. The development and es- 
tablishment of the fRepublic of 
Cuba. The China relief expedition 
of 1900. The suppression of the 
insurrection and the building up of 
civil government in the Philippines. 
The reorganization of the army. 
The beginning of the new militia 

-Organization of the military 

peace establishment of the United 
States, in conformity to the pro- 
visions of an act of Cone^ress, 
passed the third day of Maffcli» 
1815. 1815. UA25 A2 1815. 6998 

-Roster of the organized militia 

of the United States, by divisions, 
brigades, regiments, companies, 
and other organizations, with their 
stations. 1907. UA52 A2 1907. 


Same. 1909. UA52 A2 1909. 


Upton, Kmory. The armies of Asia 
and Europe, embracing official re- 
,ports on the armies of Japan, 

362 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

China. India, Pemia, Italy, Russia, 
Austria, Germany, France, and 
England, by Emery Upten. 1878. 
UA16 U71. 6996 

Vermont. Adjutant and inspector 
general's office. Report. Library 
has 1904, 1910. UA43 V5. 6997 

Wyndham, H. C. The Queen'e ser- 
vice, or the real "Tommy Atkins" 
Being the experiences of a pii- 
Yate soldier In the British infan- 
try at home and abroad. 1899. 
U767 W98. 6098 


Alabama. Military laws of the state 
of Alabama. Comp. by adjutant- 
general. Wth roeter of com- 
mlfisioned officers. 1907. UB 
604 A2 A4 1907. 6999 

Confederate States of America. A 
digest of the military and naval 
laws of the Confederate States, 
from the commencement of the 
provisional congress to the end of 
the first congress under the per- 
manent constitution. Analytically 
arranged by W. W. Lester and W. 
J. Bromwell. 1864. UB504 5 D 
57. 7000 

-Military laws of the Confederate 

Statee embracing all the leglsla- 
lation of congress appertaining to 
military affairs from the first to 
the last session inclusive. With a 
copious index. 1863. UB504 6 M 
64. 7001 

Confederate States of America. War 

dept. [Regulations for the army 
of the Confederate States] t.-p. 
wanting. Imperfect copy. UB504 
5. 7002 

—Same. 1862. 1862. UB504 5 
1862. 700S 

— Same. 1862. Authorized ed. UB 
504 5 1862a. 7008a 

-Same. 1864. Rev. and enl.. 

with a new and copious index. 
Third and only reliable edition. 
1864. UB504 5 1864 3d. 7004 

Connecticnt. Militia law of the state 
of Connecticut. Revision of 1887. 

the adjutant-general. 1888. UB 
504 C8 1887. 7005 

Same. Revision of 1893. UB504 

C8 1893. 700Sa 

Qeorgia. Commissioner of pensions. 
Report. Library has 1907-date. 
UB374 G4. 7006 

Georgia. Confederate soldiers' home. 
Report of the trustees. Library 
has 1910. UB384 04. 7007 

Gerhardt, Cliarles, comp. Manual 
for boards of survey. Prepared 
under the direction of the general 
commanding the army. 1900. UB 
863 G35. 700S 

[Gobrecht, J. C] History of the 
National home for disabled volun- 
teer soldiers: with a complete 
guide-book to the central home, at 
Dayton, Ohio. 1875. UB383 A5 G 
57. 7009 

Illinois. Soldiers' and sailors' home. 
Quincy. Biennial repent of the 
Board of trustees and officers. Li- 
brary has 12th, 1908. UB384 I 
29. 7010 

Illinois. Soldiens' widows' home. 
Wilmington. Biennial report. Li- 
brary has 6th, 1908. UB404 13 W 
5. 7011 

Indiana. State soldiers' home. An- 
nual report. Library has 1904, 
'06. '07-'09, 1910. UB384 16. 


Ing^ersoU, L. D. A history of the war 
department of the United States. 

In force January 1, 1888. Pub. by With biographical sketches of the 


Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



1880. UB23 147. 


liCe, C. H. The Judge advocate's 
Yade mecum: embracing a general 
view of military law, and the prac- 
tice before courts martial, with an 
epitome of the law of evidence, as 
applicable to military trlale. 1863. 
UB500 L47. 7014 

liOalsianA. Board of pension com- 
missioners. [Report] Library has 
1904. UB374 L8. 7016 

QUichigan. Soldiers' home. Biennial 
report. Library has 3rd, 1890, 
9th, 1902-date. UB384 M6. 7016 

Montana. Soldiers' home, Columbia 
Falls. Annual report. Library has 
1900, '02, '04, '06. UB384 M9. 


Nvtional home for disabled volun- 
teer soldiers. Report of an in- 
spection of the several branches 
of the National home for dis- 
abled volunteer soldiers. Library 
has '07, '08, '09. UB383 A2. 7018 

Report of the Board of man- 
agers. Lib'^ary has '07, '08. UB 

383 A2. 7019 

Ohio. Commissioner of soldiers' 
claims. Annual itc^port. Library 
has 1901, '04, '05-date. UB374 O 
3. 7020 

Ohio. Laws of Ohio relating to 
bounties, memorials, monuments, 
relief fund and soldiers' homes. 
Comp. and issued by the Depart, 
▼nc^nt of soldiers' claims, August 
Ist, 1903. 1903. UB374 03 AJ2, 


Ohio. Soldiers' and sailors' home, 
Sandusky. Annual report of the 
Board of trustees and officers. Li- 
brary has 1901-1907, 1909. UB 

384 03 A3. 7022 

Oregon. Soldiers' home. Biennial 
report of the Board of managers. 
Library has 1898, *06, '08. UB384 
07. 7023 

Pennsylvania. Soldiers' and sailors' 
home, Erie. Report of the Board 
of trustees. Library has 1906. UB 
384 P42. 7024 

Rhode Island. Board of soldiers' re- 
lief. Annual report. Library nas 
14th, 1903-date. UB384 H4. 702«% 

Texas. Confederate home. Biennial 
report of the Board of managers. 
Library haa 1908. UB384 T4. 7026 

U. S. Adjutant-general's office. Leg- 
islative history of the General staff 
of the army of the United States 
(its organization, duties, pay, and 
allowances) from 1776 to 1901. 
Comp. and annotated under the di- 
rection of H. C. Corbln by R. T. 
Thian. 1901. UB223 A2 T42. 


Regulations of the War depart- 
ment governing the organized mil- 
itia, under the Ooostitution and 
the Laws of the United Btates. 
1908. UB503 Al 1908. 7020 

U. 8. Auditor for War dept. Ele- 
mentary manual of practice. Civil 
war claims. Comp. by W. C. Bid- 
ridge and L. R. Ginn. Office of the 
auditor for the War department. 
P. H. Morris, auditor. 1900. UB 
373 E37. 70SO 

U. 8. Board of commissioners of the 
U. S. soldiers' home. Regulations 
for the government of the United 
States military prison and of any 
branch thereof. 1909. 1909. UB 
803 U5. TMl 

U. 8. Congress. Senate. Committee 
on military affairs. Affray at 
Brownsville, Tex. 1908. 6 v. in 5 
23 cm. UB323 A4 1908b. 7032 

U. 8. Department of Justice. Opinion 
on the constitutional power of the 
military to try and execute the as- 
sassins of the president. By At- 
torney General James Speed. 
1865. UB843 U5. 7033 

U. 8. Inspector-general's dept. A 
guide for the use of officers of the 

364 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Inspector-genend's dei>artmeiit, 
1908; (Revteed to include August 
31, 1908) 1908. UB243 Al 1908. 


-The BnownsTille affray. Report 

of tb<e inspector-general cf the ar- 
my; ordeiB of the President dis- 
diarging enlisted men of com- 
panies B, C, and D, Twenty-fifth 
infantry; messages of the Presi- 
dent to the Senate; and majority 
and minority reports of the Sen- 
ate Committee on military affairs. 
1908. UB323 A4 1908. 7035 

IT. 8. Judge-adTocate-generars dept. 
(Army) United States \military 
reservations, national cemeteries, 
and military parks. Title, Juris- 
diction etc. Rey. ed., by L. W. 
GalL 1910. UB393 A4 1907. 7030 

U. 8. Laws and abstracts of laws re- 
lating to army and navy pensions, 
with official instructions, regula- 
tiofDfi, and forms, issued by the 
commissioner, in lieu of instruc- 
tions, etc., heretofore published, 
1869. UB373 A2 1869. 7037 

-The military laws of the United 

States. 4th ed., 1901. Prepared 
under the direction of Elihu Root, 
secretary of war, by G. B. JJavls. 
With supplement showing changes 
to March 4, 1907, and appendices, 
by J. B. Porter. 1908. UB600 A2 
1908. 7038 

U. 8. Pension bureau. Decisions of 
the Department of the Interior in 
appealed penalon claims. Library 
has V. 6 and 10. UB373 A3. 7030 

-Report of the commissioner of 

pensions. Library has 1898, '01, 
•04-'07, 1910. UB373 A15. 7O40 

— ^A treatise on the practice of the 
Pension bureau governing the ad- 
judication of the army and navy 
pensions. 1898. UB373 A25 1898. 


U. 8. War department. Appendix to 
army regulations, edition of 1901, 
showing changes to December 31, 
1902, and orders and circulars re- 
lating thereto. [1902] UBS 01 US 
1901. 7042 

— Drill regulations for field artil- 
lery. United States army (provis- 
ional) 1908. 1908. UBSOl A2 
1908. 7043 

-^— Field orders, messages and re- 
ports, by Major Eben Swift, 12th 
cavalry, assistant commandant, U. 
S. Staff college. 1906. UB280 S9. 


-A manual for courts->martlal, 

courts of inquiry, and retiring 
boards, and of other procedure un- 
der military law. Rev. ed. 1908. 
1908. UB8S3 A3 1908. 7045 

— Same. (Corrected to August, 
1910) 1910. UB853 A3 1910. 


-Revised regulations for the 

army of the United States, 1861. 
With a full index. cl861. UB501 
US 1861. 7047 

— Revised army regulations of 
1861. With an appendix contain- 
ing the changes and laws affect- 
ing army regulations and articles 
of war to June 2S, 1863. 1863. 
UBSOl US 1863. 7048 

— Supplement showing changes to 
June 1, 1904, with appendices. 
Prepared under the direction of 
W. H. Taft, secretary of war, by 
J. B. Porter, Judge-advocate, 
United States army. 1904. UB 
SOO A2 1901a. 7050 

Vermont. Soldiers' home, Benning- 
ton. Rea>ort of the officers. Li- 
brary has 1900-1904, 1908, 1910. 
UB384 VS. 7051 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 



Maintenance and 

Confederate States of America. War 
dept. Regttlatione for the army of 
the Confederate States, and for 
the Qnextermaetcr's department 
and pay department. 1861. ITC 
85 A4. 7052 

France. CommiBSlon d'hygidne hip- 
pique. Reciieil de mSmoires et ob- 
servations sur I'hygl^ne et la 
m^decine v^t^rinaires militalres, 
r§dig6 sous la surveillance de la 
commission d'hygi6ne. 1847-1857. 
8 V. UC605 F8 C7. 7053 

U. S. Adjutant-generars office. Cir- 
cular relative to pay of officers and 
enlleted men of the army: com- 
piled by Johnson Hagood, coast 
artillery corps. 1907. UC73 Al. 


U. S. Army. Recipes used in the 
cooking schools, U. S. army. 1906. 
UC723 A4. 7055 

U. S. Mounted service school. Fort. 
Riley, Kan. The army horseehoer. 
1910. A manual prepared for the 
use of students of the Training 
school for farriers and horseshoers 
by the training school instructors. 
1910. UC633 1910. 7066 

U. S. Pay dept (War dept.) Manuel 
for the Pay department, revised 
to include August 15, 1910. 1910. 
UC72 A3 1910. 7057 

-Official table of distances for the 


guidance of disbursing officers of 
tl'e army charged with payment 
of money allowances for travel. 
1906. UC75 U55. 7058 

S. Quartermaster's dept. Manual 
of pack transportation by H. W. 
Daly, chief packer. 1910. UC303 
A2 1910. 7059 



•V/^ack transportation by H. W. 

^Daly, chief packer. 1908. UC303 

A2 1908. 7060 

U. S. Subsistence dept. Manual for 
army bakeni. 1910. UC723 A4 
1910. 7061 

Manual for army cooks. 1896. 

UC723 A3. 7062 

«ame. 1910. UC723 A3 1910. 


— Manual for the Snbsietence de- 
partment, U. 8. army. Rev. to 
Sep. 1, 1908 (2d 1908 ed.). 1908. 
UC42 A2 1908a. 7064 

-Same. 1910. UC42 A2 1910. 


U. S. Surgeon general's office. A re- 
port on barracks and hospitals, 
with descriptions of military posts. 
1870. UC403 U5. 7060 

U. 8. War deportment. Compendium 
of regulations for the quartermas- 
ter's department. 1898. UC31 
1898a. 7067 

Manual of instructions for quar- 
termasters serving In the field. 
104)0. UC32 U5. 7068 

-V^RegulatioDs for the army trans- 
port service. [1898] UC273 1898. 


r— -/-Report oi the secretary of war, 
^^mmunicating information re- 
specting the purchase of camels 
for the purposes of military trans- 
portation. 1857. UC350 U5 1857. 



United States army transport 
service regulations, 1908. 1908. 
UC273 Al. 7071 


Farrow, E. 8. American small arms; 
a veritable encyclopedia of knowl- 
edge for sportsmen and military 
men. 1904. UD380 F24. 7072 

France. Miniature de la guerre. Or- 
donnance dn rol, du 4 Mars 1831, 
sur Tezerdce et les manoeuvres 

366 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

<de rinfanterie. 1831. 2 v., 1 ▼. of 
plat60. UD228 1831. 7073 

Qraener, W. W. The gun &nd Its de- 
velopment. [1881?] UD380 aSl. 


V. S. Ordnance department. Reports 
of experiments with, small arms 
for the mllltaxy eervlce, U. S. 
army. 1856. UD383 A4 1856. 


V. S. War dept. Drill regulations for 
maohine-gun platoons, infantry, 
United States army. 1909. 1909. 
UD160 A31 1909. 7070 

-Manual of bayoiLet exercises. 

United States army ( provisional ) 
1907. 1907. UD343 A3 1907 


-Provisional small arms firing 

manual, for the U. S. army and 
for the organized militia of 
the U. 8. 1909. UD383 A2 
1909. 7078 

— Small arms firing regulations for 
the United States army and for 
the organized militia of the United 
States. Amended to April 20, 
1908. 1908. UD383 A2 1908. 



Aldfguler, Flavten d*. Des princJftes 
qui servent de 'base k I'instructlon 
et k la tactique de la cavalerle 
pr6o6d6s d'une revue historique 
des divers systdmes d'instruction 
0^ des ordonnances de cette arme. 
1843. UB146 A39. 7080 

Confederate States of AmeHca. War 
dept Skirmish drill for mounted 
troops, 1861. UE160 6 S62. 7081 

Sanmiir, Prance. Ecole d'ap^lication 
de cavalerie. Notes on equitation 
and horse training, in answer to 
the examination questions at the 
school of application for calvar? 

at Saumur, France. 1910. UE470 
F82. 7082 

U. 8. War dept. Drill regulations for 
cavalry. United States army. 1909. 
UE153 A3 1909. 7083 

-Drill regulations for machine- 

gun organizations, cavalry. 1910. 
1910. UE159 U5. 7084 

-Provisional regulations for 

saber exercise; U. S. Army, 1907. 
1907. UE423 U5 1907. 7085 

Wood, Sir EiVelyn. Achievements of 
cavalry. 1897. UE15 W87. 7086 


Aide-memoire & Tueage des offlciers 
d'artiUerie. 2me Edition (1844). 
1861. UF165 F8 Al. 7087 

Anderson, O. U Course of instruc- 
tion for artillery gunners. Elec- 
tricity and its applications in ar- 
tillery practice. Adjutant general's 
office. 1893. UF7 U5. 7088 

Brnysu A. W. de. Voorlezingen over 
de artillerie. 1836-36. 2 v. UF 
146 B91. 7090 

Confederate States of America. War 

dept The ordnance manual for 
the use of the officers of the Con- 

federate States army. Prepared 
under directio'* of J. Gorgas, chief 
of ordnance. 1863. UF145 C7 


France. Comit6 de rartillerie. Me- 
morial de rartillerie, ou recueil 
de m^moires, experiences, observa- 
tions et precedes relatlfis au ser- 
vice de rartillerie; redige par les 
BOins du comite, avec Tapprobation 
du minlstre de la guerre, 1852. 
Library has v. 7. UF7 F8. 7092 

France. Commission mixte d'officiers 
d'artiUerie et du genie, instituee 
le 12 juin 1847 pour etudler les 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


prlncipes de rexficution des brdoheB 
pcLT le canon et i>ar le mine. Ex- 
periences de Bapaume. Rapport 
fait & M. le Minlstre de la guerre. 
1852. UF810 F8. 7093 

[Hunt, H. J.] Memoir on the U. S. 
artillery. Dec., 1851. UF23 H'94. 


IngallB, J. M* Ck>ur8e of Instruction 
frr artillery gunners. Ballistics. 
Ad'f atari general's office. 189.'^. 
IF? U5. iOlf-i 

-Same. Supplement. 1895. 7095a 

Kosdnszfco, T. A. B. Manoeuvres of 
horse artillery. Notes and de- 
ecrlptlve plates, by Jonathan 
Williams. 1808. UF410 K86. 


McLean, J. H. Dr. J. H. McLean's 
peace-makers. 1880. UF920 Ml 2. 


Morrison, €. C. Course of Instruction 
for artillery gunners. Modern 
guns and mortars adopted In the 
U. S. land service, their carriages, 
projectiles, fuzesf and sights. 1895. 
UF7 U5. 7098 

Murray, Arthur. Course of Instruc- 
tion for artillery gunners. Mathe- 
matics. 1893. UF7 U5. 7099 

Pashkievitsch, Col. Interior ballis- 
tics. Tr. from the Russian by T. 
H. Bliss. 1892. UF7 U5. 7100 

The resistance of guns to tan- 
gential rupture. 1899. UF7 U5. 


Rifled field pieces. A short compi- 
lation of what is known of the 
new field artillery of Europe, with 
some accounts of our own. 1862. 
UF630 R56. 7102 

U. 8. Adjutant general's office. Ar- 
tillery circular. Library has A, B, 
1892. B, C, F, & suppl. H, I, 1893. 
UF7 U5. 7108 

U. 8. Board of ordnance and forti- 

fication. Report. Library has 
1907-1909. UF23 A4. 7104 

U. 8. Engineer department. Report 
upon the practice In Europe with 
the heavy Armstrong, Woolwich, 
and Krupp rifled guns, submitted 
by the board of engineers for for- 
Uflcatlons. 1883. UF810 U5. 7105 

U. 8. Ordnance dept. Annual report 
of the chief of ordnance. Library 
has 1891. UF23 A2. 7106 

— Cost of manufacture of guns, 
etc., at various arsenals, 1907. 
Letter from the secretary of war, 
transmitting with a letter from 
the chief of ordnance statements 
as to cost of manufacture of arms 
and other articles. 1907. UF533 
A6 1907. 7107 

-Same. 1908. UF533 A6 1908. 


-Same. 1909. UF533 A6 1909. 


^The ordnance manual for the 

use of the officers of the United 
States army. 3d ed. 1862. UF145 
U6. 7110 

U. 8. War dept. Coast artillery drill 
regulations. United States army. 
1909. UF453 A2 1909. 7111 

— ^Drill regulations for coast artil- 
lery, U. S. army. Prep, under the 
direction of the major general 
commanding the army, by the 
Board on the regulation of coast 
artillery fire: J. I. Rogers, presi- 
dent. 1898. UF453 A2 1898. 


— Drill regulations for field artil- 
lery United States army (provis- 
ional) 1908. UF403 A19 1908. 


— Drill regulations for mountain 
artillery (Provisional) U. S. army. 
1908. UF443 1908. 7114 

— Instruction for field artillery. 
Prep, by a board of artillery offl- 

368 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

cers. 1860. UF403 A2 1860. 7115 
nA flystem of exercise and Inetruc- 

tion of field-iurtllleryt including 
manceuvree for light or horse-ar- 

tillery. 1833. UF403 A19. 7116 

Waike, Wlllooghby. Course of In- 
struction for artillery gunnere. 
Gunpowder and high, ezplosiyes. 
1893. UF7 U5. 7117 


Abbot, H. li. Report upon ezperl- 
menta and investigationg to de- 
velop a system of submarine mines 
for defending the harbors of the 
United SUtes. 1881. UG490 A12. 


Connor, W. D. Military railways. 
1910. U0345 C75. 7119 

Dufour, G. H. M6morial pour les 
travaux de guerre. 1820. UG403 
D86. 7120 

King, W. R. Report on certain ex- 
perimental amd theoretical inves- 
tigations relative to the quality, 
form, and combination of mater- 
ials for defensive armor, together 
with Incidental facts relative to 
their use for industrial purposes. 
1870. UG408 K53. 7121 

Mahan, D. H. Summary of the course 
of permanent fortification and of 
the attack and defence of per- 
manent works, for the use of the 
cadets of the U. S. military acad- 
emy. 1863. UG405 M21. 7122 

Pasley, Sir O. W. Rules, for con- 
ducting the practical operations of 
a siege, originally composed for 
the use of the Royal engineer es- 
tablishment at Chatham. Part I, 
2d ed. 1841. UG444 P28. 7123 

U. S. Engineer dept. Engineer field 
manual, parts 1-vi. 1. Reconnais- 
sance. 2. Bridges. 3. Roads. 4. 
Railroads. 5. Field fortification. 
6. Animal transportation. 2d (re- 
vised) ed. 1907. UG360 U5 1907. 


-Engineer regulations and digest 

of orders, circulars, regulations, 
etc., relating to the work of the 
Engineer department, U. S. army, 

In force March 22, 1906. [1906] 
UG160 A2 1906. 7122^ 

-The fortifications of to-day. Fire 

against models of coast batteries 
and parados. Horizontal and 
curved fire in defense of coasts. 
Tr. under the dii^ectlon lof the 
Board of engineers for fortifica- 
tions/ 1883. UG407 U5. 7128 


Organization of the bridge 
Equipage of the United States 
army, with directions for the con- 
struction of military bridges. Prep, 
by a board of engineer officers. 
1870, reprinted, 1898. UG335 U 
59. 7127 

U. S. Signal office. Electrical instru- 
ments and telephones of the U. S. 
Signal corps. Rev. 1910. 1911. 
UG603 U5. 712S 

-General, property, and disburs- 

ing regulations. Signal corps, U. 
S. army. 3d ed. Rev. to include 
June 1, 1909. 1909. UG573 A3l. 


— Handbook of submarine cables. 
U. S. Signal corps. Prep, under 
the direction of A. W. Greely by 
E. Russel with supplementary 
chapter on factory testing by S. 
Reber. 1905. UG607 A12 1905. 


-Manual of visual signaling of 

the U. S. Signal corps. Prep, un- 
der the direction of A. W. Greely 
by D. J. Oarr. 1905. UG583 A3 
1905. 7131 

■Property and disbursing regu- 

lations. Including miscellaneous 
general regulations. Signal corps, 
U. S. arm^. Prep, under the di- 

Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. 


rection of A. W. Oreely, by C. DeF 
Chandler. 1906. U0573 A29. 7132 

-Same. 2d ed. Rev. to include 

Nov. 6, 1907. 1907. U0573 A3 


W -ml 

Regulations for United States 
miliitary telegraph lines, U. S. sig- 
nal coriMS. Prep, under the direc- 
tion of J. Allen. 1909. 7134 

^Visual signaling, Signal corps. 

United States army, 1910. 1910. 
UG5S3 A3 1910. 7185 

|.IV S. War dept. Defenses of the 
^^ Panama canal. Message from the 
President of the U. S., transmitting 
a letter from the secretary of war 
incloeing the report of a board of 
officers of the army and navy ap- 
pointed by him .to consider the de- 
tenses of the Panama canal. 
[1910] UG412 P3 A3. 71«6 

— Handbook for the use of elec- 
tricians, in the operation and care 
of electrical machinery and appa- 
ratus of the U. S. seaooast de- 
fenses. By G. L. Anderson. 1902. 
UG480 U59. 7137 

— Military and naval defences. Re- 
ports from the secretaries of war 
and navy, relative to the militarv 
and naval defences of the country. 
1836. [Reprinted] Washington, 
1862. (37th Cong., 2d sees. House. 
Doc. 92) UG410 1836. 7138 

— Questions and answeiB for use 
in the instruction of torpedo coim- 
panics and detachments. (New 
system) 1908. UG653 U5. 713^ 

VioHet-le-Dnc, E. E. Annals of a 
fortress. Tr. by Benjamin Buck- 
nail. 1876. UG406 V79. 7140 

Medical and Sanitary Service^ 

U. S. Bureau of medicine and sur- 
gery. Report on (the Russian medi- 
cal and sanitary features of the 
Russo-Japanese war to the sur- 
geon-general, U. S. navy, by Sur- 
geon Raymond Spear, U. S. navy. 
July 1, 1906. UH306 '04/05 U6. 


U. S. Provost-marshal-general's bu- 
reau. Statistics, medical and an- 
thropological, of the Provost- 
marshal-general's bureau, derived 
from reoorda of the examination 
for military service in the armies 
of the United States during the late 
war of the rebellion. Comp. by J. 
H. Baxter. 1875. 2 v. UH223 A4. 


U. S. Surgeon general's office. Drill 
regulations and outlines of first 
aid for the hospital corps, U. S. 
army. Pub. by authority of the 
secretary of war. 1900. UH483 
A2 1900. 7148 

— Sama Rev. 1908. 1908. UH'483 
A2 1908. 7144 

— Manual for the medical depart- 
ment. 1898. UH393 U5 1898. 


— Report of the surgeon-general 
of the. army to the secretary of 
war. Lribrary has 1910. UH223 A 
2. 7146 


Brady, W. N. The kedge-anchor; or, 
young sailors' assistant. Apper- 
taining to the practical evolutions 
of modem seamanship, rigging, 

knotting, splicing. Also tables of 
rigging spars, blocks. 18th ed. 
Imp. and enl. 1882. VllO B81. 


370 Finding List of Science, Agriculture, Technology. 

Bardlef-Wilmot, 8. M. The develop- 
meat of nftvies during the last half 
centuiT. 1892. V53 B12. 7148 

Fletcher, Charles. The naval guard- 
ian. In two Yolumes. 1800. 2 y. 
V21 P61. 7149 

Glasscock, W. N. Naval sketch-book; 
or, The service afloat and asrhore; 
with characterietic reminiscences, 
fragments, and opinions. 1835. V 
737 054. 71S0 

Hamersly, L. R. The records of liv- 
ing officers of the U. S. navy and 
Marine oorps. 1870. Vll H20. 


Jane, F. T. All the world's fighting 
ships. Cosmopolitan naval annual. 
Library has 1898, 1901. V 
10 J33. 7152 

The Naval chronicle contaliving a 
general and biographical history 
of the royal navy of the United 
Kingdom. [1799-1818] 40 v. Li- 
brary has V. 1-36, 1799-1816. VI 
N3. 7152a 

A Naval encyclopaedia: comprising a 
dictionary of nautical worda and 
phrases; biographical notices, and 

records of naval officers; special 
articles on naval art and science 
together with deecriptions of the 
principal naval stations and aea- 
ports of the world. 1881. V23 H 
21. 7158 

U. 8. Bureau of navigation (Navy 
dept.) Correction to pages 293- 
352 of The landing force and small 
arms instruction, U. 8. navy, 1907. 
1910. V175 U6 1910. 7154 

U. 8. Navy dept. List and station of 
the commissioned and warrant of' 
fleers of the navy of the United 
States^ and of the marine oorps, 
on the active list, and officers on 
the retired list employed on active 
duty. Library has 1900, 1902-1904, 
'06, '07. Vll U58. 7155 

-Register of